The URL can be used to link to this page

10/09/1991 Agreement+�ouNryo cuiQ4R?G,� F � 39annp 1. Rotbage BRANCH OFFICE CLERK OF THE CIRCUIT COURT 3117 OVERSEAS HIGHWAY MONROE COUNTY MARATHON, FLORIDA 33050 500 WHITEHEAD STREET TEL. (305) 743-9036 KEY WEST, FLORIDA 33040 TEL. (306) 294.4641 M E M O R A N D U M To: Douglas Fuller Morrison-Knudsen/Gerrits From: Rosalie L. Connolly, Deputy Clerk Date: February 5, 1992 11 Subject: Contract No. KJ-06 Mowrey Elevator Co., Inc. Hydraulic Elevators New Detention Facility BRANCH OFFICE P.O. BOX 379 PLANTATION KEY, FLORIDA 33070 TEL. (305) 852-9253 On October 9, 1991, the Board of County Commissioners approved and authorized execution of a Contract with Mowrey Elevator Co., Inc. for the New County Detention Facility, WHICH CONTRACT WAS JUST RECEIVED BY THIS OFFICE FOR FINAL PROCESSING AND TRANSMITTAL. A duplicate original of the Contract, now executed and sealed by all parties, is attached hereto for delivery to the Contractor. Rosalie L. C nolly Deputy Clerk Attachments cc: County Attorney County Administrator w/o document Finance Director File Contract Documents Contract No KJ-06, Hydraulic Elevators Mowrey Elevator Co., Inc. Table of Contents Item I. Contract Agreement A. AIA Document A101/CM B. Public Construction Bond C. Certificates of Insurance Item II. Submitted Bid Proposal by Mowrev Elevator Co., Inc. Item III. Bidding Documents A. Volume I, Bid Group 2 Bid Documents B. Volume II, Bid Group 2 Technical Specifications C. Addendum No. 1 - 8/12/91 D. Addendum No. 2 - 8/29/91 E. Addendum No. 3 - 9/13/91 F. Addendum No. 4 - 9/20/91 THE AMERICAN INSTITUTE OF ARCHITECTS AIA Document A101/CM CONSTRUCTION MANAGEMENT EDITION Standard Form of Agreement Between Owner and Contractor where the basis of payment is a STIPULATED SUM 1980 EDITION THIS DOCUMENT HAS IMPORTANT LEGAL CONSEQUENCES; CONSULTATION WITH AN ATTORNEY IS ENCOURAGED. This document is intended to be used in conjunction with AIA Documents A201/CM, 1980; B141/CM, 1980; and B801, 1980. AGREEMENT No. KJ - 006, Bid Package 11 - Hydraulic Elevators made as of the ?74 day of Af. bW- in the year of Nineteen Hundred and Ninety -One. BETWEEN the Owner: Board of County Commissioners Monroe County 500 Whitehead Street =' Key West, Florida 33040 and the Contractor: CD Mowrey Elevator Co., Inc. nr- m T, P.O.Box 290067 Davie, Florida 33329 z r, the Project: 800-432-2966 n 71 New Monroe County Detention FacilityCD co Stock Island, Key West, Florida 33t401 the Construction Manager: Morrison-Knudsen/Gerrits the Architect: Hansen Lind Meyer/Gonzalez The Owner and the Contractor agree as set forth below. Copyright 1975, © 1980 by The American Institute of Architects, 1735 New York Avenue, N.W., Washington, D.C. 20006. Re- production of the material herein or substantial quotation of its provisions without written permission of the AIA violates the copyright laws of the United States and will be subject to legal prosecution. AIA DOCUMENT A101/CM • OWNER -CONTRACTOR AGREEMENT • CONSTRUCTION MANAGEMENT EDITION • JUNE 1980 EDITION • AIA® • ©1980 • THE AMERICAN INSTITUTE OF ARCHITECTS, 1735 NEW YORK AVE., N.W., WASHINGTON, D.C. 20006 A101/CM —1980 1 ARTICLE 1 THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS The Contract Documents consist of this Agreement, the Conditions of the Contract (General, Supplementary and other Conditions), the Drawings, the Specifications, all Addenda issued prior to and all Modifications issued after execution of this Agreement. These form the Contract, and all are as fully a part of the Contract as if attached to this Agreement or repeated herein. An enumeration of the Contract Documents appears in Article 7. ARTICLE 2 THE WORK The Contractor shall perform all the Work required by the Contract Documents for (Here insert the caption descriptive of the Work as used on other Contract Documents.) Bid Group 2, Bid Package 11 - Hydraulic Elevators ARTICLE 3 TIME OF COMMENCEMENT AND SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION The Work to be performed under this Contract shall be commenced on the date established in the Notice to Proceed. and, subject to authorized adjustments, Substantial Completion of the Work shall be achieved not later than (Here insert any special provisions for liquidated damages relating to failure to complete on time.) the time indicated in Section 00352, Milestone Schedule. AIA DOCUMENT A101/CM • OWNER -CONTRACTOR AGREEMENT • CONSTRUCTION MANAGEMENT EDITION • JUNE 1980 EDITION • AIA® • ©1980 • THE AMERICAN INSTITUTE OF ARCHITECTS, 1735 NEW YORK AVE,, N.W., WASHINGTON, D.C. 20006 A101/CM —1980 2 ARTICLE 4 CONTRACT SUM The Owner shall pay the Contractor in current funds for the performance of the Work, subject to additions and deductions by Change Order as provided in the Contract Documents, the Contract Sum of Two Hundred Fifty Five Thousand, Nine Hundred and Two Dollars and no Cents. .$255,902.00 The Contract Sum is determined as follows: (State here the base bid or other lump sum amount, accepted alternates and unit prices, as applicable.) ARTICLE 5 PROGRESS PAYMENTS Based upon Applications for Payment submitted to the Construction Manager by the Contractor and Project Certificates for Payment issued by the Architect, the Owner shall make progress payments on a coup of thh C r t Sum to the Contractor as provided in the Contract Documents for the period ending the Tweny— if tefi ��5 month as follows: (Approximately) day of each Not later than Thirty ( 30 ) days following the end of the period covered by the Application for Payment, Ninet percent ( 9 0 %) of the portion of the Contract Sum properly allocable to labor, materials and equipmeWt incorporated in the Work and Ninety percent (90 /,) of the portion of the Contract Sum properly allocable to materials and equipment suitably stored at the site or at some other location agreed upon in writing, for the period covered by the Application for Payment, less the aggregate of previous payments made by the Owner; and upon Substantial Completion of the Work, a sum sufficient to increase the total payments to One Hundred percent L00 %) of the Contract Sum, less such amounts as the Architect shall determine for all incomplete Work and unsettled claims as provided in the Contract Documents. (If not covered elsewhere in the Contract Documents, here insert any provision for limiting or reducing the amount retained after the Work reaches a certain stage of completion.) @ayments due and 6Xlpaid under the Contract Mocuments shall bear )bterest from the date Nayment is due at the rate e ltered l glow, or in the absXnce thereof, at the legakrate prevailing at t1k place of the Project. (Here insert any rate of interest agreed upon.) (Usury laws and requirements under the Federal Truth in tending Act, similar state and local consumer credit laws and other regulations at the Owner's and Contractor's principal places of business, the location of the Project and elsewhere may affect the validity of this provision. Specific legal advice should be obtained with respect to deletion, modification or other requirements such as written disclosures or waivers.) AtA VVCUMENT A101/CM • OWNER -CONTRACTOR AGREEMENT • CONSTRUCTION MANAGEMENT EDITION • )UNE 1980 EDITION • AIAO • 01980 • THE AMERICAN INSTITUTE OF ARCHITECTS, 1735 NEW YORK AVE., N.W., WASHINGTON, D.C. _0M A101 /CM —198 � 3 ARTICLE 6 FINAL PAYMENT Final payment, constituting the entire unpaid balance of the Contract Sum, shall be paid by the Owner to the Contractor when the Work has been completed, the Contract fully performed, and the Architect has issued a Project Certificate for Payment which approves the final payment due the Contractor. ARTICLE 7 MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS 7.1 Terms used in this Agreement which are defined in the Conditions of the Contract shall have the meanings designated in those Conditions. 7.2 The Contract Documents, which constitute the entire agreement between the Owner and the Contractor, are listed in Article 1 and, except for Modifications issued after execution of this Agreement, are enumerated as follows: (List below the Agreement, the Conditions of the Contract (General, Supplementary and other Conditions), the Drawings, the Specifications, and any Addenda and accepted alternates, showing page or sheet numbers in all cases and dates where applicable.) I. Bidding Documents: 1. Bid Group 2 Bid Documents for New Monroe County Detention Facility Volume I Table of Contents, as enumerated on Pages 00001-1 through 00001-3, Dated September 16, 1991. 2. Bid Group 2 Technical Specifications, Volume II, Table of Contents, as --enumerated on Pages 00001-4 and 00001-5, Dated September 16, 1991. 3. Addendum No. 1 Dated August 20, 1991. 4. Addendum No. 2 Dated September 4, 1991. 5. Addendum No. 3 Dated September 17, 1991. 6. Addendum No. 4 Dated September 20, 1991. 7. Addendum No. lA Dated August 15, 1991. 8• Addendum No. 3A Dated September 11, 1991. II. Submitted Bid Documents by Mowrey Elevator Co., Inc. 9. Proposal Form, Dated September 24, 1991, Pages 00111-1 through 00111-4. 10. Schedule of Unit Prices, Page 00141-1. 11. Contractor's Qualification Statement. 12. Lobbying and Conflict of Interest Clause. 13. Sworn Statement of Public Entity Crimes. 14. Non -Collusion Affidavit. 15. Subcontractor Listing. AIA DOCUMENT A101/CM • OWNER -CONTRACTOR AGREEMENT • CONSTRUCTION MANAGEMENT EDITION • )UNE 1980 EDITION • AIA® • 01980 • THE AMERICAN INSTITUTE OF ARCHITECTS, 1735 NEW YORK AVE., N.W., WASHINGTON, D.C. 20006 A101/CM —1980 4 ARTICLE 7, cont1d III. Post bid modifications: 16. As per specification section 14240-31 paragraph 1.6 Maintenance Service, Mowrey Elevator Company has included in contract amount, first years price of maintenance, guaranteed. 17. As per Mowrey Elevator Company letter of October 3, 1991, (attached and made a part of this contract), Mowrey will provide a 24 month warranty for workmanship and materials. This is an increase above the 12 month warranty specified. 18. Include Mowrey Elevator Company Income Statement and Balance Sheet, as a part of item II.11. above, (attached and made a part of this contract). 19. As relates to specification section 14240-3, paragraph 1.7 Quality Assurance, include as a part of this contract the attached letters from elevator componentry manufacturers, attesting to the equipment that is used by Mowrey Elevator Co. o Mowrey Elevator letter of October 2, 1991 o G.A.L. Manufacturing Corp. letter of October 2, 1991 o Maxton Manufacturing Co. letter of October 2, 1991 A101/CM - page 4a 7.3 Temporary facilities and services: (Here insert temporary facilities and services which are different from or in addition to those included elsewhere in the Contract Documents.) Reference Contract Documents 7.4 Working Conditions: (Here list any special conditions affecting the Contract.) Reference Contract Documents (Seal) Attest: Danny L. Kolhage, Clerk BY: � �-_j e-Az DATE: 4o? This Agreement entered into as of the day and year first written above. OWNER Monroe County Board of County Commissioners B Y : 1. ITS.: G-�Ajr�A1n CONTRACTOR "Approved as to Form and Legal Sufficiency" BY DATE (Seal) Mowrey Elevat r Co., Inc. BY• ITS : AIA DOCUMENT A101/CM • OWNER -CONTRACTOR AGREEMENT • CONSTRUCTION MANAGEMENT EDITION • JUNE 1980 EDITION • AIA® • ©1980 • THE AMERICAN INSTITUTE OF ARCHITECTS, 1735 NEW YORK AVE., N.W., WASHINGTON, D.C. 20006 A101/CM-1980 5 AND NO. FL0506 BY THIS BOND, Wo Mowrey Mevatnr Com an Ina. Rxcd 1ximornxla• Cpm as a P Y ae Pririclpel and Cvtttrccriturcc Handier Co3nnniseioners, Ma:uroe Boa Corporation, as tlurety, Qre bound to board of County Five 'Y'liuur+Mrtd Nine Hundred Two and 00Called0 8owner5,g02)in �Dotlgre prwnyyHmmundxed Fifty - we bind ourselvoa, our hetks, }'eraanQl represetttattves, eurCessar0, and payment of yIand severally. THE CONDITION OIr T1116 DOND is that if Principal: i• Performs the contract dated 10/09 cutistructiun of supply and instolllct ono A evature nt Maauroe County Detbntlotl Center, ��, between Principal sand Owner far the contract being made a part of t1 S bolts reference, at the t Prescribed in the contract; and lines and its the man net 2. Promptly Makes payulents to a" clabnants, as defined in Bectlon 2.55.05(i), Fiorlri 6t"lutes, ecappplying Principal with labor, materials, or suppplies, used directly or Indirectly b Princlpal in File pro,eC}ion of the work provided us for in the used a ct, and y y Page Owner all losses, damages, expenseb* costs, and attorne�yy's tees, appellate proceedhigs, that Owner oustaine bemuse of a decatilt ry Principal uncludths contract; and 4. Performs the guarantee of All work and materials furnished under the contract for the th1e specified in the contract, then this bond is voidl otherwise it remains In fall farce, Any r116riges In or under documents and Compliance with any fornwittles cvnnetlecl with file contract or kiie clutngos does not affect Surety's obligation under Oda bond. DATE ON . JANUARY 17, 19 92. . BY COntreMore Donding and (NAME -0T1fffTW--- UY t O C Peter A. Kessler BOND NO. FL0506 CBIC CONTRACTORS BONDING AND INSURANCE COMPANY Home Office: 1213 Valley Street P.O. Box 9271 Seattle, WA 98109-0271 (206)622-7053 KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS that CONTRACTORS BONDING AND INSURANCE COMPANY, a corporation duly organized and existing under the laws of the State of Washington, and having its principal office in Seattle, King County, Washington, does by these presents make, constitute and appoint PETER A. KESSLER, of Lauderhill, Florida, its true and lawful attorney -in -tact, with full power and authority hereby conferred in its name, place and stead, to execute, acknowledge and deliver: (1) SBA guaranteed performance and payment bonds not exceeding the penal sum of $1,250,000; (2) bid bonds for jobs where, if the contract is awarded, the SBA guaranteed performance and/or payment bond(s) will not exceed $1,250,000; (3) all other bonds coded and classified by the Surety Association of America in its Rate Manual of Fidelity, Forgery and Surety Bonds (including future amendments thereto) as Judicial, Contract (excluding bid bonds), Miscellaneous, License and Permit, and Federal not exceeding the penal sum of $2,000,000; (4) bid bonds for jobs written pursuant to the authority in clause (3) above where, if the contract is awarded, the performance and/or payment bond(s) will not exceed $2,000,000; and (5) all other bonds not exceeding the penal sum of $500,000. Provided, however, that PETER A. KESSLER is granted power and authority to exceed the applicable penal limit previously set forth for any bond in an amount equal to the amount of any letter of credit, or similar security, received as collateral security by the Company as an inducement to issue the bond; and to bind the Company thereby as fully and to the same extent as if such bonds were signed by the President, sealed with the corporate seal of the Company and duly attested by its Secretary; hereby ratifying and confirming all that the said attorney - in -fact may do in the premises. Said appointment is made under and by authority of the following resolutions adopted by the Board of Directors of the CONTRACTORS BONDING AND INSURANCE COMPANY on January 15, 1991: Limited Power of Attorney RESOLVED that the President is authorized to appoint as attorney -in -fact of the Company PETER A. KESSLER with power and authority to sign on behalf of the Company: (1) SBA guaranteed performance and payment bonds not exceeding the penal sum of $1,250,000; (2) bid bonds forjobs where, if the contract is awarded, the SBA guaranteed performance and/or payment bond(s) will not exceed $1,250,000; (3) all other bonds coded and classified by the Surety Association of America in its Rate Manual of Fidelity, Forgery and Surety Bonds (including future amendments thereto) as Judicial, Contract (excluding bid bonds), Miscellaneous, License and Permit, and Federal not exceeding the penal sum of $2,000,000; (4) bid bonds for jobs written pursuant to the authority in clause (3) above where, if the contract is awarded, the performance and/or payment bond(s) will not exceed $2,000,000; and (5) all other bonds not exceeding the penal sum of $500,000. RESOLVED FURTHER that PETER A. KESSLER is granted power and authority to exceed the applicable penal limit set forth in the preceding resolution for any bond in an amount equal to the amount of any letter of credit, or similar security, received as collateral security by the Company as an inducement to issue the bond. RESOLVED FURTHER that the authority of the Secretary of the Company to certify the authenticity and effectiveness of the foregoing two resolutions in any Limited Power of Attorney is hereby delegated to the following persons, the signature of any of the following to bind the Company with respect to the authenticity and effectiveness of the foregoing resolutions as if signed by the Secretary of the Company: Donald Sirkin, Steven A. Gaines, Gary Bailey, Charles J. Falskow and Donald R. Bailey. RESOLVED FURTHER that the signatures (including certification that the Power of Attorney is still in force and effect) of the President, Notary Public and person certifying authenticity and effectiveness, and the corporate and Notary seals appearing on any Limited Power of Attorney containing this and the foregoing resolutions may be by facsimile. RESOLVED FURTHER that all resolutions adopted prior to today appointing the above named as attorney -in -tact for CONTRACTORS BONDING AND INSURANCE COMPANY are hereby superseded. IN WITNESS WHEREOF, CONTRACTORS BONDING AND INSURANCE COMPANY has caused these presents to be signed by its President and its corporate seal to be hereto affixed this 15th day of January, 1991. CONTRACTORS BONDING AND INSURANCE COMPANY d�41rr1 B Z S'` AL : Steven A. Gaines, President sir STATE OF WASHINGTON—COUNTY OF KING ,rrh �q •l979.��= ' h,.SHIN� On this 15th day of January,1991, personally appeared STEVEN A. GAINES, to me known to be the President of the corporation that executed the foregoing Limited Power of Attorney and acknowledged said Limited Power of Attorney to be the free and voluntary act and deed of said corporation, for the uses and purposes therein mentioned, and on oath stated that he is authorized to execute the said Limited Power of Attorney. IN WITNESS WHEREOF, I have hereunto set my hand and affixed my official seal the day and year first PNK DAwfttvm;,: NOT%.' s : ... Notary Public in and for the State of Washington, residing at The undersigned, acting under authority of the Board of Directors of CONTRACTORS BONDING AND INSURANCE OMPANY, hereby certifies, as or in lieu of Certificate of the Secretary of CONTRACTORS BONDING AND INSURANCE COMPANY, that the above and foregoing is a full, true and correct copy of the Original Power of Attorney issued by said Company, and does hereby further certify that the said Power of Attorney is still in force and effect. GIVEN under my hand at PoaPK01.03-US011591 Peter A. Kesgler Attorney —in —Fact day of January ,19 92 AI/III�II® w m ISSUE DATE (MMlDD/YY) /1 PRODUCER THIS CERTIFICATE IS ISSUED AS A MATTER OF INFORMATION ONLY AND �ED6WICK DAMES OF FLORIDA, INC CONFERS NO RIGHTS UPON THE CERTIFICATE HOLDER. THIS CERTIFICATE DOES NOT AMEND, EXTEND OR ALTER THE COVERAGE AFFORDED BY THE )ITE 2400 POLICIES BELOW. _ ONE FINANCIAL PLAZA COMPANIES AFFORDING COV'i Jq� FORT LAUDERDALE, FL 33394 COMPANY 4 % LETTER A NATIONAL UNION COMPANY DEC1991 ry INSURED LETTER B Home Insurance Co RECEIVED MWISONd(NUDSEN ti Mowrey Elevator Company LETTER"Y C �C-1 GERRITS w Hwy. 20, Route 1, Box 123 COMPANY Blountstown FL 32424 LETTER D Summit Consulting, Inc. COMPANY E LETTER COV'Ei�A�S THIS IS TO CERTIFY THAT THE POLICIES OF INSURANCE LISTED BELOW HAVE BEEN ISSUED TO THE INSURED NAMED ABOVE FOR THE POLICY PERIOD INDICATED, NOTWITHSTANDING ANY REQUIREMENT, TERM OR CONDITION OF ANY CONTRACT OR OTHER DOCUMENT WITH RESPECT TO WHICH THIS CERTIFICATE MAY BE ISSUED OR MAY PERTAIN, THE INSURANCE AFFORDED BY THE POLICIES DESCRIBED HEREIN IS SUBJECT TO ALL THE TERMS, EXCLUSIONS AND CONDITIONS OF SUCH POLICIES. LIMITS SHOWN MAY HAVE BEEN REDUCED BY PAID CLAIMS. T TYPE OF INSURANCE POLICY EFFECTIVE POLICY EXPIRATION LTR POLICY NUMBER DATE (MM/DD/YY) DATE (MM/DD/YY) LIMITS A GENERAL LIABILITY GL5905216 — 2/25/91 2/25/92 GENERAL AGGREGATE $ 200000() X COMMERCIAL GENERAL LIABILITY PRODUCTS-COMP/OP AGG. $ 1000000 CLAIMS MADE X OCCUR. PERSONAL & ADV. INJURY $ 1 OD0000 OWNER'S &CONTRACTOR'S PROT. EACH OCCURRENCE $ 1000000 FIRE DAMAGE (Any one fire) $ MED. EXPENSE (Any one person) $ y VTOMOBILE LIABILITY BAF565142 /91 6/01 /92 COMBINED SINGLE X ANY AUTO �" x -y' to n i' LIMIT $ )( ALL OWNED AUTOS � �,- Y � •-� i � 'r 1000000 BODILY INJURY SCHEDULED AUTOS r1 R " _ y •w $ (Per person) x HIRED AUTOS BODILY INJURY X NON -OWNED AUTOS i (Per accident) $ GARAGE LIABILITY ""•�'f'"`- ;N� PROPERTY DAMAGE $ EXCESS LIABILITY EACH OCCURRENCE $ UMBRELLA FORM AGGREGATE $ OTHER THAN UMBRELLA FORM D WORKER'S COMPENSATION 8307971B F�LE _ 91 4/01 /92 STATUTORY LIMITS AND EACH ACCIDENT $ 100000 EMPLOYERS' LIABILITY DISEASE —POLICY LIMIT $ 500000 DISEASE —EACH EMPLOYEE $ OTHER _ ._' ' _ 100000 DESCRIPTION OF OPERATIONS/LOCATIONS/VEHICLES/SPECIAL ITEMS CERTIFICATE HOLDER IS ADDITIONAL INSURED. MORRISON-KNUTSEN/ GERRITS A .JOINT VENTURE 4 MONROE COUNTY ARE ADDITIONAL INSUREDS AS RESPECTS TO AUTO LIABILITY ewm n�,.u-ems... ........ _--• ----- ��" �[ CANCELLATION SHOULD ANY OF THE ABOVE DESCRIBED POLICIES BE CANCELLED BEFORE THE MONROE COUNTY BOARD OF COUNTY COMMISSIONERS EXPIRATION DATE THEREOF, THE ISSUING COMPANY WILL ENDEAVOR TO MONROE COUNTY MAIL 60 DAYS WRITTEN NOTICE TO THE CERTIFICATE HOLDER NAMED TO THE C/O MORR I SON-KNUTSEN/OERR ITS LEFT, BUT FAILURE TO MAIL SUCH NOTICE SHALL IMPOSE NO OBLIGATION OR P.O. BOX 5283 LIABILITY OF ANY KIND UPON THE COMPANY, ITS AGENTS OR REPRESENTATIVES, KEY WEST, FL 33045-5283 AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE�� 33- 40 TABLE OF CONTENTS FOR: MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER 1. 5% BID BOND 2. PROPOSAL FORM 3. UNIT PRICE SCHEDULE 4. CONTRACTOR EVALUATION FORM 5. LOBBYING AND CONFLICT OF INTEREST CLAUSE 6. SWDRN STATEMENT OF PUBLIC ENTITY CRIMES 7. NON -COLLUSION AFFIDAVIT 8. SUBCONTRACTOR LISTING 9. 100% PERFORMANCE BOND - PER SCOTT AT MORRISON KNUDSEN / GERRITS ON 9-24-91 NOT NEEDED UNTIL AFTER THE JOB HAS BEEN AWARDED. PER ADDENDUM #2 THE PERFORMANCE BOND WAS DELETED 10. 100% PUBLIC CONSTRUCTION BQND - PER SCOTT AT MORRISON KNUDSEN / GERRITS ON 9-24-91 NOT NEEDED UNTIL AFTER THE JOB HAS BEEN AWARDED MOWREY EwPfCl B�~m^ 290067 * Davie, Flcxida 33329 -1-800-432-2966 SECTION 00111 PROPOSAL FORK Bid Package No. 11 Hydraulic Elevators BID TO MONROE COUNTY - CLERK OF COURTS 500 WHITEHEAD STREET KEY WEST, FLORIDA 33040 '• BOX 290067 DA The undersigned, having carefully examined the Work and reference Drawings, Specifications, Proposal, and Addenda thereto and other Contract Documents for the construction of: Bid Package No. 11, Hydraulic Elevators and having carefully examined the site where the Work is to be performed, having become familiar with all local conditions including labor affecting the cost thereof, and having familiarized himself with material availability, Federal, State, and Local laws, ordinances, rules and regulations affecting performance of the Work, does hereby propose to furnish all labor, mechanics, superintendents, tools, material, equipment, transportation services, and all incidentals necessary to perform and complete said Work and work incidental hereto, in a workman -like manner, in conformance with said Drawings, Specifications, and other Contract Documents including Addenda issued thereto. The undersigned further certifies that he has personally inspected the actual location of where the Work is to be performed, together with the local sources of supply and that he understands the conditions under which the Work is to be performed. The successful bidder shall assume the risk of any and all costs and delays arising from the existence of any subsurface or other latent physical condition which could be reasonably anticipated by reference to documentary information provided and made available, and from inspection and examination of the site. 07/27/91 PROPOSAL FORM 00111 - 1 BASE BID FORIi 1. Mobilization $ 500.00 2. General Conditions $_ 2,100.00 3. Permits $ F,1 '; _ nn 4. Bonds $ 3,002.00 Elevators #1 & #2 5. Jack Casings $ 2h, 7h5.92 6. Elevators Delivery $ 20•074.44 7. Elevators Installation $20,074.44 Elevator #3 8. Jack Casings $ 1-10-m-96 9. Elevator Delivery $ 10,037.22 10. Elevator Installation $ 10,0"17-22 11. Temporary Service: Maintenance Service and Extended Warranty, at $fro op per month, times estimated 6 months, or ($ I s per month X 6 mos.) , equals $ 900-00 Elevator #4 & #5 12. Jack Casings $ 2ti F7h5, - 9h 13. Elevators Delivery • $ ?n-n_, 7a_44 14. Elevators Installation $ 20,074.44 Elevators #6 & #7 15. Jack Casings $ 31 -R_, Rn_nn 16. Elevators Delivery $ 2-1091 n_nn 17. Elevators Installation $ 2-11,910.00 07/27/91 PROPOSAL FORM 00111 - 2 18. Temporary Service: (elev. 6 or 7) Maintenance Service and Extended Warranty, at $ 3oo.00 per month, times estimated 6 months, or ( $' s per month x 6 mos.), equals $ 1 , Ron -no TOTAL BID, items 1 thru 18 (figures) _gng nn 07/27/91 PROPOSAL FORM 00111 - 3 I acknowledge receipt of Addenda No. (s) 1, 1A, 2, 3, 3A, 4 I have included pages 1 through 4 of the Proposal Form X , and attached the required Bid Security X , Unit Price Schedule X Contractor Evaluation Form X , Lobbying and Conflict of Interest Clause X , Sworn Statement of Public Entity Crimes X , Non - Collusion Affidavit X , and proposed Subcontractor listing X (Check mark items above, as a reminder that they are included.) Mailing Address: MOWREY ELEVATOR COMPANY, INC. P.O. BOX 290067 DAVIE, FLORIDA 33329 Phone Number: 305-434-0556 Date: 9/24/91 Signed: 0�19 M 0 5 (Name) �i2G 5 /IJ�N 7- (Title) Witness: / 1�t- - ea--� (Seal) 07/27/91 PROPOSAL FORM 00111 - 4 SECTION 00141 SCHEDULE OF UNIT PRICES Bid Package No. 11 Hydraulic Elevators The following unit prices shall govern, where applicable, for additions or deductions from the requirements of this contract. Description Unit Unit Price 1. Elevator Technician, fully $/Hr. $ $21.50 a hour burdened, incl. profit and overhead. 2. Helper, fully burdened, incl. $/Hr. profit and overhead. $_$13.50 per hour i. 07/27/91 SChEDiLE OF UNIT PRICES 00141 - 1 T H E A M E R I C A N I N S T I T U T E O F A R C H I T E C T AIA Doctunent A.305 Contractor's Qualification Statement 1986 EDITION Tbis form is approved and reco»rmepided h1' The American Institute of Architects (ALA) and The Associated General Contractors of America (AGC) for use in evaluat- i)rg Ibe dual{fications rf contractors. .%'o en(1o»emePit of the submitting party or t•erficatiolr of the b f<N7natlon 1S �nadcl by the AIA or AGC. The Undersigned certifies under oath that the information provided herein is true and Suffi- ciently complete so as not to be misleading. St'BMITTED To: MORRISON/KNUDSON/GERRITS ADDRESS: PO BOX 5283 KEY WEST, FL 33045-5283 S t BM I T T E D BY: MOWREY ELEVATOR COMPANY, INC. NAME: MOWREY ELEVATOR COMPANY, INC 3300 SW 50TH AVNEUE ADDRESS: DAVIE, FL 33314 PRINCIPAI. OFFICE:SAME N A N I I: O I I' h c t) I( I ill: I i, I, 1 1 .,1, l c MONROE DETENTION CENTER TYPE (* V OKii (fil(cp, iritc f(,rm f,)r c.w h CIa�,.ifwJtil to ( if V Gcncral Cun.t rut, tit )n Plumhins; X -_--- (W t h t-r ELEVATORS I�Ic;l.c •I�c� 11 `. Corporation }{ Partnership Individual Joint \Venntrc Other f IVA(: t iCC tI- IC;tl AIA DOCUMENT A305 ill �` �' �,.. it ��i �:�I IIi� .._. �, . .',.. i • - � .. .�, �' • v, A305-1986 1 1. ORGANIZATION 1 1 HOW man' Wean has �uur ,organization been in business as a Contractor? 15 YEARS 1.2 How• mane v e:ir,; has Four organization been in business under its present business name? 15 YEARS 1.2.1 Under What other or former names has your organization operated? N/A 1.3 If your organization is a corporation, answer the following: 1 .3.1 Date of incorporation: 10-4-76 1.3.2 State of incorporation: FLORIDA 1.3.3 President's name: JOE RAMOS 1.3.4 vice-president's name(s): BILL GRABIN 1 ; sccretan''s name: LAURA MOWREY 1.3.6 Treasurer's name LAURA MOWREY 1.4 If your organization is a partnership, answer -the following: l.q.I Date of organization: N/A 1.-4.2 Typc of partnership (if applicahle): 1 -+ 3 Name(s) of general partner(s): int,11\idtr11k nctl. thr itAit)v,Ing. N/A ner AIA DOCUMENT A305 i; hi, A\. i� �,r AN, Ili'!, I' A305-1986 2 l .b If the• fo�rn) of Four organization is other than those listed above. describe it and name the principals. N/A 2. UCENSING 2.1 List jurisdictions and trade categories in which your organization is legally qualified to do business, . and indicate registration or license numbers, if applicable. 1. FLORIDA 2. GEORGIA 3. ALABAMA 4. TEXAS 5. N. CAROLINA MANUFACTURING, INSTALLING AND SERVICING ELEVATORS 2.2 List jurisdictions in which your organization's partnership or trade name is filed. SAME AS ABOVE 3. EXPERIENCE 3.1 List the categories of work that your organization normally performs with its own forces. MANUFACTURING, INSTALLING AND SERVICING ELEVATORS j 2 (:Iainl. and (It the :mswer to any of the questions hel„� • 9 i< <cS. (Tease attach details.) -' I li:+ \our org:mizaticin c'�'cr failed to complete am work awarded to it> NO - Are therc anx Judgnu'nts. L'I.lil, arhitrltion procc'edinL, ur suit I�e'ndini or outstanding _Anst \,)ur organization or its officer .'ur , )rg:ulization fil�i any law suits ) )r rcyuestc'd .+rhivati,nl ith regard to c),nstruc n,m contrac'ts c� )thin they LI't fi\'c• .'cars-, NO e \ ear>. ha, an\' c )f i, t'r ) )r principal ) )rpni%ation ever hec•n an Oflnll(l;l� )1 .i n, ahc'r ()rgxiizatlurl \\ I1C'tl It lallcd 1u C uI111l1CIC' .i � � 41�i r tl� (loll � � )I1I r;IC t.' ( It Il1C' ;111�\\ Cyr' )♦ attach cicr.lil..l NO AIA DOCUMENT A305 +,,� t, + _1 :.; Ilk A1I' )\ �1A11.N1t.\1 Ivra, tl)I1I) )\ 1 l+l \\11.N Ic .>\ I\' i 11 I 1 �� }.,, _ • AIA • ,,.I,\ +1' \\I\1I \\� \>>.I11\),t))\ 1), - I . A305-1986 3 i.-1 Un a scparatc >hcrt. list major construction projects %our organization has in progress, gi�ung thk name of prolcct, owner. architect. contract amount, percent complete and scheduled completion date. � A. 1 state t(�tal %, t )rth of work in progress and un,icr c (intract: 1.2 MINION can a separate sheet. list the major projects your organization has complctcd in the past five scars. giving the name of project. owner, architect, contract amount. date of completion and percentage of the cost of the work performed with your own forces. 3.5.1 state average annual amount of construction work performed during the past five years. 10-12 MILLION 3.h On a separate sheet, list the construction experience and present commitments of the key individ- uals of your organization. RAY GARCIA HAS 11 YEARS WITH THE MOWREY ELEVATOR COMPANY, INC. 4. REFERENCES +.l Trade References: 1. ESI, 2250 NW 30TH PLACE, POMPANO BEACH, FL 33069 305-977-7009 2. S.E.E.S., 117 NW 9TH TERRAC, HALLANDALE, FL 33009 305-454-6557 3. NYLUBE PRODUCTS COMPANY, 2299 STAR CT., AUBURN HILLS, MI 48057 313-852-6500 4. ADAMS ELEVATOR EQUIPMENT CO., 5640 W. HOWARD ST., SKOKIE, IL 60077 800-323-0796 -a.? , Bank References: NCNB, BLOUNTSTOWN, FL 904-877-8011 CONTACT: TOM ROSA surctc: -4.i 1 \aisle U1 h'"'ding Coilpail' SEDGWICK JAMES OF FLORIDA ONE FINANCIAL PLAZA 24TH FLOOR FT. LAUDERDALE, FL 33394 AIA DOCUMENT A305 • F "� 14I f >il �l • : , • . a' A305 -1986 4 1t1RR AA�t.AI 1. Ail UA�1 r'.,.;• - S. FINA14CING S.l Financial Statement. 5.1.1 Attach a financial statement, preferably audited, including your organization's latest halance :heat and income statement showing the following items: N/A Current Assets (e.g., cash, joint venture accounts, accounts receivable. notes receivable, accrued income, deposits, materials inventory and prepaid expenses); Net Fixed Assets; Other Assets; Current Liabilities (e.g., accounts payable, notes payable, accrued expenses, pro- vision for income taxes, advances, accrued salaries and accrued payroll taxes); Other Liabilities (e.g., capital, capital stock, authorized and outstanding shares par values, earned surplus and retained earnings). 5.1 .2 Name and address of firm preparing attached financial statement, and date thereof: N/A 5.1.3 Is the attached financial statement for the identical organization named on page one? N/A 5.1.4 If not, explain the relationship and financial responsibility of the organization whose financial statement is provided (e.g., parent -subsidiary). N/A 5.2 Will the organization whose financial statement is attached act as guarantor of the contract for con. struction? N/A AIA DOCUMENT A305•,, \:P�:c �k. ul �I IFIi �Vu�� 1\I1 Vt\l • ... fIg11, '.• IIII-.AMIRit.A\INS IIItTtof iR�IiiTF�T� ;—.<\!u 1��<h V1i',Ii. 'A Q�,.I11\i,Ik)\ I,i _uu9) A305-1986 5 6. SIGNATURE 6.1 Dated at Id this 199/ L-6'11471DA CalnP1941 Name of Orszzjni )n: In By: T- I ttle:pke 6.2 dav of 19f.. To —5, R P, M 0 5 being duly sworn deposes and says that the information provided herein is true and sufficiently complete so as not to be misleading. Subscribed and s�. orn before me this Now% Puhlic: /f "-, ,%l\- Commission Expirc� 92 2, z, -t PLI/ clav of AIA DOCUMENT A305 - , - 1 I , - - A305-1986 6 MOWREY ELEVATOR COMPANY, INC. P.O. BOX 290067 DAVIE, FLORIDA 33329 1-800-432-2966 FAX: 1-305-583-1119 REFERENCES SOUTH MIAMI HOSPITAL PARKING GARAGE/HRS RELATED 7400 SW 62ND AVENUE MIAMI, FL CONTRACT AMOUNT $87,514.00 JOHN RINGWALD 1-662-8163 100% COMPLETION HUMAN RESOURCES HEALTH SERVICE 5200 NW 22ND AVENUE MIAMI, FL CONTRACT AMOUNT $26,000'00 100% COMPLETION BOCA CARE NURSING HOME/HRS RELATED NW 12T44 AVENUE & 15TH STREET BOCA RATON, FL CONTRACT AMOUNT $109,000.00 407-394-6282 1005 COMPLETION KEY WEST CONVALESCENT CENTER/HRS RELATED 600 JUNIOR COLLEGE BLVD. KEY WEST, FL 305-296-2459 100% COMPLETION MARATHON MANOR/HRS RELATED 320 SOMBRERO BEACH PARK MARATHON, FL ROB BECHT 305-743-4466 100% COMPLETION KIDS IN DISTRESS R3MA CONSTRUCTION 305-987-"555 CONTRACT AMOUNT $26,000.00 100% CUMPLETION REFERENCES IN PROGRESS COMMUNITY HEALTH CLINIC-LANTANA/HRS RELATED REDDING DRIVE & SOUTHWIND LAill TANA, FL HEWITT-KIER CONSTRUCTION 305-979-8978 CONTRACT AMOUNT $24,000.00 95% COMPLETED COMPLETION DATE 10-30-91 COMMUNITY HEALTH CLINIC-DELRAY/HRS RELATED SOUTH CONGRESS AVENUE DELRAY, FL HEWITT-KIER CONSTRUCTION 305-979-8978 CONTRACT AMOUNT $249000.00 95% COMPLETED COMPLETION DATE 10-30-91 TROPICAL VILLAGE !CA CONSTRUCTION 305-442-0427 CONTRACT AMOUNT $165,000.00 60% COMPLETION COMPLETION DATE --UNKNOWN GROVE GATE ADS CONSTRCTION 305-447-3993 CONTRACT AMOUNT $64,000.00 COMPLETION DATE --UNKNOWN LEON DETENTION CENTER AJAX/ENTERPRISE 529 APPLEYARD DRIVE TALLAHASSEE, FL 904-574-1158 0% COMPLETION --JUST BREAKING GROUND COMPLETION DATE --UNKNOWN ARCHITECT--HANSON & MEYER CONTRACT AMOUNT $472,500.00 MOWREY ELEVATOR COMPANY, INC. P.O. BOX 290067 DAVIE, FLORIDA 33329 1-000-432-2966 FAX: 1-305-583-5119 SEPTEMBER 24, 1991 REFERENCES DATE -PE-TUBNPYER CITRUS COUNTY SHERIFF ADMINISTRATION 85/86 1 SOUTH PARK AVENUE INVERNESS, FLORIDA PHONE: 904-726-4488 POMPANO PUBLIC COMPLEX 130 SW 3RD STREET POMPANO BEACH, FLORIDA PHONE: 305-786-4085 86 SOUTH FLORIDA RECEPTION CENTER 86 14000 NW 41 STREET MIAMI, FLORIDA PHONE: 305-744-8022 PLANTATION POLICE FACILITY 451 70 TERRACE: PLANTATION, FLORIDA PHONE: 305-797-2146 mm HILLSBOROUGH COUNTY DETENTION 99 1201 ORIENT ROAD TAMPA, FLORIDA PHONE: 813-247-8300 FEDERAL CORRECTIONAL INSTITUTE Be 101 FCI ROAD MAR IANNA, FLORIDA 32446 PHONE: 904-526-2313 CHATTAHOOCHEE MENTAL HEALTH 84/85 HIGHWAY 90 CHATTAHOOCHEE, FLORIDA 32324 • -• •M n-34-11 if MOWREY ELEVATOR COMPANY, INC. (Company) M " . warrants that it has not employed, retained or otherwise had act on its behalf any former County officer or employee subject to the prohibition of Section 2 of Ordinance No. 010-1990 or any County officer or employee in violation of Section 3 of Ordinance No. 010-1990. For breach or violation of this provision the County may, in its discretion, terminate this contract without liability and may also, in its discretion, deduct from the contract or purchase price, or otherwise recover, the full amount of any fee, commission, percentage, gift, or consideration paid to the former County officer or employee". A (Signature) 9-24-91 STATE OF FLORIDA COUNTY OF BROWARD PERSONALLY APPEARED BEFORE ME, the undersigned authority, JOE RAMOS JOE RAMOS who, after first being sworn by me, affixed his/her signature (name of individual signing) in the space provided above on this 24TH day of SEPTEMBER 1991. NOTARY PUBLIC My commission expires: Notary Public, State of Florida My Commission Expires Nov. 5, 1993 k Bonded Thru Troy fain - Insurance Inc. 07/25/91 LOBBYING AND CONFLICT OF INTEREST CLAUSE 00425 - 1 SWORN STATMONT UNDER SECTION 287.133 ('3') FLORIDA STATUTES, ON PUBLIC ENTITY CRIXZS -;', THIS FORK KUST BE SIGNED IN THE PRESENCE OF A NOT, Y PUBLIC OR OTHER OFFICER AUTHORIZED TO ADXINIBTER OATHS. '• 1 1 1. This sworn statement is submitted with Bid;;,. Proposal or Contract No. BID fcr MONROC COUNTY DETENTION CTR, 2. This sworn statement is submitted by MOWREY: ELEVATOR COMPANY, INC. (Name of entity submitting sworn statement) whose business address is 3300 S.W. 50TH AVENUE 'DAVIE, FL 33314 and (if applicable) its Federal Employer Identification Number (FEIN) is 59-1718363 (If the entity has no FEIN, include the Social Security Number of the individual signing this sworn statement: N/A 3. My name is JOE RAMOS and my relationship to the entity named above is PRESIDENT 4. I understand that a "public entity crime";-as'defined in Paragraph 287.133(1)(g), Florida Statutes, means 4 violation of any state or federal law by a person with respect to and directly related to the transaction of business with any public entity or with an agency or political subdivision of.' any other state or with the United States, including, but not limited to, and bid or contract for goods or services to be provided to any public entity or an agency or political subdivision of any other state or of the United States and involving antitrust, fraud, theft, bribery, collusion,: racketeering, conspiracy, or material misrepresentation. 5. I understand that "convicted" or "conviction" as defined in Paragraph 287.133(1)(b), Florida Statutes, means a finding of guilt or a conviction of a public entity crime, with or without an adjudication of guilt, in any federal or state trial court of record relating to charges brought by indictment or information after July 1, 1989, as a result of 04/30/91 PUBLIC ENTITY CRIMES 00420-1 I, a jury verdict, nonjury verdict, nonjury tral,3 or entry of,,, a plea of guilty or nolo contenders.- 6. I understand that an "affiliate"• as defined. inParagraph 287.133 (1) (a) , Florida Statutes, means: 1. A predecessor or successor of a person convicted of a, public entity crime: or 2. An entity under the control of any natural.person who is .1 active in the management of the entity and who has been, convicted of a public entity crime. The. term. "affiliate" includes those officers, directors, executives, partners, shareholders, employees, members, and agents who are active in the management of an affiliate...._...The.ownership by one person of shares constituting,, '.a controlling interest in another person, or a pooling of equipment or.' income among persons when not for fair market."value under. an arm's length agreement, shall be a prima facie. case that one person controls another person:`-A•person who knowingly enters into a joint venture with a person who has been convicted of a public entity crime in Florida during the preceding 36 months shall- be --considered an affiliate. `` 7. I understand that a "person" as defined in Paragraph J 287.133(1)(a), Florida Statutes, means any natural person or entity organized under the laws of any state or.of the,United; States with the legal power to enter into a binding contract and which bids or applies to bid on contracts `for the provision of goods or services let by a public entity, -or. which otherwise transacts or applies to transact .business with a public entity. The term "Person" includes those officers, directors, executives, partners, shareholders;,,. employees, members, and agents who are active in management of an entity. 8. Based on information and belief, the statement which I have marked below is true in relation to the entity submitting this sworn statement. [Please indicate which statement applies.] X Neither the entity submitting this sworn statement, nor any officers, directors, executives, partners, shareholders, employees, members, or agents who are active in management;of the entity, nor any affiliate of the entity have been charged with and convicted of a public entity crime subsequent to July 1, 1989. The entity submitting this sworn statement, or one or 04/30/91 PUBLIC ENTITY CRIMES 00420-2 more of the officers, directors, executives, partners, shareholders, employees, members, or agents who are active in management of the entity, or an affiliate of the entity has been charged with and convicted of a public entity crime' subsequent to July 1, 1989, b= [Please indicate which. additional statement applies.] There has been a proceeding concerning the conviction before a hearing officer of the State of Florida, Division of Administrative Hearings. IThe final order entered by the hearing officer did not place the person or affiliate in the convicted vendor list. [Please attach a copy of the final order.] The person or affiliate was placed on the convicted vendor list. there has been a subsequent proceeding; before a hearing officer of the State of Florida, Division of Administrative Hearings. The final order.' entered by the hearing officer determined that it was in the public interest to remove the person or affiliate from the convicted vendor list. [Please attach a copy of the final order.] The person or affiliate has not been placed on the convicted vendor list. [Please describe any action taken by or pending with thq�\Departmen�t�f G,4eral Services.] [gigrature ] - Date9-24-91 STATE OF FLORIDA COUNTY OF BROW DA PERSONALLY APPEARED BEFORE ME, the undersigned authority, JOE RAMOS who, after first being sworn by me, [name of individual signing] affixed his/der-signature in the pace provided above on this 24TH day of SEPTEMBER 19 9 NOTARY 'PUBLIC My commission expires': Rotary Public, State of Florida My Commission Expires Rev. 5, 1993 @ondod Thru Troy fain - Insurance Inc; Form PUR 7058(Rev. 11/89) 04/30/91 PUBLIC ENTITY CRIMES 00420-3 I JOE RAMOS of the city of DAVIE according to law on my oath, and under penalty of perjury, depose and say that; 1.) I am PRESIDENT of the firm of MOWREY ELEVATOR COMPANY, INC. the bidder making the Proposal f tthe pro ect described in the notice for calling for bids for MA he DJENTION CENTER and that I executed the said proposal with full authority to do so; 2.) the prices in this bid have been arrived at independently; without collusion, consultation, communication or agreement for the purpose of restricting competition, as to any matterlrelating to such proses with any other bidder or with any competitor; 3.) unless otherwise required by law, the prices which have been quoted in this bid have not been knowingly disclosed by the bidder and will not knowingly be disclosed by the bidder and will not be knowingly disclosed by the bidder prior to bid opening, directly or indirectly, to any other bidder or to any competitor; and 4.) no attempt has been made or will be made by the bidder to induce any other person, partnership or corporation to submit,. or not to submit, a bid for the purpose of restricting competition;, 5.) the statements contained in this affidavit are true and correct, and made with full knowledge that Monroe County relies upon the truth of the statements contained in this affidavit in awarding contracts for said projeRtX A A STATE OF FLORIDA COUNTY OF BHUWAHU (Signature of B di der 9-24-91 DATE PERSONALLY APPEARED BEFORE ME, the undersigned authority, .JOE RAMOS who, after first being sworn by me,. (name of individual signing) affixed his/)gam signature in the space profiiiid above on this 24TH day of SEPTEMBER NOTARY PUBLIC My commission expires: Notary Public, State of Florida My Commission Expires Nov. 5, 1"3 @_ondod Thru Troy Fain • Insurance Inc. 07/26/91 NON -COLLUSION AFFIDAVIT 00430 - 1 SECTION 00440 PROPOSED SUBCONTRACTOR LISTING 1. Subcontractor: MOWREY ELEVATOR COMPANY, INC. Address: 3300 SW 50TH AVENUE FT. LAUDERDALE, FL 33314 Phone • 1-800-432-2966 Contact • GARY HORSLEY Portion of Work: INSTALLATION OF ELEVATORS Percentage this proposed Subcontrzi t is of total 1U� Bid Price as delineated on Proposal Form: $. 2. Subcontractor: Address: Phone: Contact: Portion of Work: Percentage this proposed Subcontract is of total Bid Price as delineated on Proposal Form: $, 3. Subcontractor: i Address: Phone: Contact: Portion of Work: Percentage this proposed Subcontract is of total Bid Price as delineated on Proposal Form: $ 4. Subcontractor: Address: Phone: Contact: Portion of Work: Percentage this proposed Subcontract is of total Bid Price as delineated on Proposal Form: %. 05/20/91 PROPOSED SUBCONTRACTOR LISTING 00440-1 PER SCOTT AT MORRISON KNUDSEN / GERRITS ON 9-24-91 NOT NEEDED UNTIL AFTER JOB IS AWARDED PER ADDENDUM 2 THIS WAS DELETED THE AMERICAN INSTITUTE OF ARCHITECTS A/A Document A311/CM CONSTRUCTION MANAGEMENT EDITION Performance Bond KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS: that as Principal, hereinafter called Contractor, and, as Surety, hereinafter called Surety, are held and firmly bound unto as Obligee, hereinafter called Owner, in the amount of (Here insert full name and address or legal title of Contractor) (Here insert full name and address or legal title of Surety) (Here insert full name and address or legal title of Owner) Dollars ($ for the payment whereof Contractor and Surety bind themselves, their heirs, executors, administrators, successors and assigns, jointly and severally, firmly by these presents. WHEREAS, Contractor has by written agreement dated (Here insert full name, address and descnrrnon of project) in accordance with Drawings and Specifications prepared by 119 , entered into a contract with Owner for !Here insert full name and address or legal title of Architect) which contract is by reference made a part hereof, and is hereinafter referred to as the Contract. AIA DOCUMENT A311/CM • PERFOR.\t+.,,,-- BOND AND LABOR AND MATERIAL PAYMENT BOND • CONSTRUCTION MANAGEMENT EDITION )UNE 15EC EDITION 41A!e • THE - -tERICAN INSTITUTE Of ARCHITECTS, 1735 NEW YORK AVENUE, WASHINGTON, D.C. 200(X 1 of 4 PERFORMANCE BOND NOW, THEREFORE, THE CONDITION OF THIS OBLIGATION is such that, if Contractor shall promptly and faithfully perform said Contract, then this obligation shall be null and void; otherwise it shall remain in full force and effect. The Surety hereby waives notice of any alteration or extension of time made by the Owner. Whenever Contractor shall be and declared by Owner to be in default under the Contract, the Owner having performed Owner's obligations thereunder, the Surety may promptly remedy the default, or shall promptly 1) Complete the Contract in accordance with its terms and conditions, or 2) Obtain a bid or bids for completing the Contract in accordance with its terms and conditions, and upon deter- mination by Surety of the lowest responsible bidder, or, if the Owner elects, upon determination by the Owner and the Surety jointly of the lowest responsible bidder, arrange for a contract between such bidder and Owner, and make available as Work progresses (even though there should be a default or a succession of defaults under the contract or contracts of completion arranged under this paragraph) Signed and sealed this day of sufficient funds to pay the cost of completion less the bal- ance of the contract price; but not exceeding, including other costs and damages for which the Surety may be liable hereunder, the amount set forth in the first para- graph hereof. The term "balance of the contract price," as used in this paragraph, shall mean the total amount pay- able by Owner to Contractor under the Contract and any amendments thereto, less the amount properly paid by Owner to Contractor. Any suit under this bond must be instituted before the expiration of two (2) years from the date on which final payment under the Contract falls due or before the expira- tion of one (1) year from the Date of Substantial Comple- tion of the Project, whichever is later. No right of action shall accrue on this bond to or for the use of any person or corporation other than the Owner named herein or the heirs, executors, administra- tors or successors of the Owner. ,19 (Principal) (Seal) (Witness) (Title) fSureto (Seal) (Witness (Tide) AIA DOCUMENT A311iCM - PERFORI.t4NCE BO1,D ADD LA80R A,D +tATERIAL PAN%AE ,' BOND - CO',STRLCTIO', 10AN'AGEMEN'T EDITION TUNE 1480 EDITION - A,!A= - THE A,NIERICA.., IVTJLTE OF ARCHITECTS, 1'35 \E�% YORK .AVENUE, h W. l%ASHINGTON, D.C. 200136 2 Of 4 PER SCOTT AT MORRISON KNUDSEN / GERRITS ON 9-24-91 NOT NEEDED UNTIL AFTER JOB IS AflpC CONSTRUCTION BOND BY THIS BOND, We , as Principal and a corporation, as Surety, are bound to herein called owner, in the sum of $ for payment of which we bind ourselves, our heirs, personal representatives, successors, and assigns, jointly and severally. THE CONDITION OF THIS BOND is that if Principal: 1. Performs the contract dated 19 , between Principal and Owner for construction of the contract being made a part of this bond by reference, at the times and in the manner prescribed in the contract; and 2. Promptly makes payments to all claimants, as defined in Section. 255.05(1), Florida Statutes, supplying Principal with labor, materials, or supplies, used directly or indirectly by Principal in the prosecution of the work provided for in the contract; and 3. Pays Owner all losses, damages, expenses, costs, and attorney's fees, including appellate proceedings, that Owner sustains because of a default by Principal under the contract; and 4. Performs the guarantee of all work and materials furnished under the contract for the time specified in the contract, then this bond is void; otherwise it remains in full force. Any changes in or under the contract documents any formalities connected with the contract or affect Surety's obligation under this bond. DATE ON , 19 . BY and compliance with the changes does not (NAME OF PRINCIPAL) (AS ATTORNEY IN FACT) (NAME OF SURETY) 07/26/91 PUBLIC CONSTRUCTION BOND 00610 - 1 CBIC B1mm BOND CONTRACTORS BONDING AND INSURANCE COMPANY KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS: That we, MC%?= ! ELEVATOR COMPANY, INC. Home Office: 1213 Valley Street P.O. Box 9271 Seattle, WA 98109-0271 (206)622-7053 (800) 765-CBIC National (206) 382-9623 FAX as Principal, (hereinafter called the 'Principal"), and Contractors Bonding and Insurance Company of Seattle, Washington, a corporation duly organized under the laws of the State of Washington, as Surety, (hereinafter called'the "Surety"), are held firmly bound unto • • • • � � al al - as Obligee, (hereinafter called the "Obligee"), in the sum of FIVE PF'RCENT OF THE AMOUNT BID nottoexceedTHIRTEEN THOUSAND AND ZERO/ONE HUNDRED-------------- -------Dollars ($ 13, 000.00-------), for the payment of which sum well and truly to be made, the said Principal- and the said Surety, bind ourselves, our heirs, executors, administrators, successors and assigns, jointly and severally, firmly by these presents. WHEREAS, the Principal has submitted abid for SUPPLY AND INSTALLATION OF ELEVATORS AT MONROE COUNTY NOW, THEREFORE, if the Obligee shall accept the bid of the Principal and the Principal shall enter into a contract with the Obligee in accordance with the terms of such bid and give such bond or bonds as may be specified in the bidding or contract documents with good and sufficient surety for the faithful performance of such contract and for the prompt payment of labor and material in the prosecution thereof, or in the event of the failure of the Principal to enter into such contract and give such bond or bonds, if the Principal shall pay to the Obligee the difference not to exceed the penalty hereof between the amount specified in said bid and such larger amount for which the Obligee may in good faith contract with another party to perform the work covered by said bid, then this obligation shall be null and void, otherwise to remain in full force and effect. Signed and sealed this 25th Witness c�- J MDrri n Witness 325d-100K 8-75 198717 Approved by the American Institute of Architects, A.I.A. Document No. A-310 February 1970 Edition II40 day of SePtember A.D.19 91 COMPANY, INC. —(Seal) r Principal V Title Surety: Contractors Bonding and Insurance Cpany By Peter MssletAttorney-in.kio BndCBB 1.03-US 100990 7.7 ,� ., ' , �♦"r *.�`, R z i ��`• «Om LI 1 �12�13 I e eet `CONTRA z. e" p, P Y y} CTORS'BONDING, Poo(rer ±A orney ;� _, ,. ANa INSURANCE COMP/�NY.a d 2Q&� w 73os2�� . qq L[ ` a t } � 22 ` 7 t KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS ttiatCONTRACTORS;BONDINGANI) tNSURANCE COMPANYta�rporadon;duy orlIzed arid axis h f State asta arz2 ha I t 1 Is principal office in Seattle King County, Washington dogs by thesepreserris make; consti"d andapparit R P. hEfiSLER,af l audefiiq, Flo ' lawful A. [ne' d { ' 4gi powerarid r F t ` euthoriyhereby oorrfemed In its name;plazx andstead to exewtea acknowledge and deliver (1)`SB gua p�rfoifl`iarrce andpayme ' nds " pe" mi of) bonds " for jobs where, if thecbnhact is awarded, the SBA guaranteed performar>ce and/or payment bond(s)'wlllf not ezo9edS1,250;b00; (3) aD other bonds ad 'Sur t � � Mn its Rate Manual of•Rdelity; Forgery and Surety Bonds (Including future arnerddnents thereto) as auEidal Co'rWad ng bid bonds); an ' Pe + penal sum of $2,000,000; (4j bidPonds for jobs written pursuantto the authorly"in clause (3) above where, it llgwaided.the '° !' "`- gg Q► Nnganda.' " f (5) all other bonds'notexceedinthe penal sum of 3500,000, Provided, however, that PETER A. KESSLER is grai'tred pot%er am,auittonyto e>fceed bond t Ih an amount equal to the amount of an letter of eQ y credtt orsfrnilar security, received ascollateral seglrf ty by the as an mducemerK;to Issue `hood; to the 9was fulud s to, the same extent as ff such bonds were sgned by the Presrdenf, sealed with the corporate seal of the Company zir yattested �yitg Seenetary ay ark rming that saitl attorney In fact may darn the premises. Said appointment is made under and by authority of tfie folio" res6kri6ns adop adb� theBoard of IM66 s 1fZe D k e4 t l J f 66 January15 ,1991 ( t a + 2 , ) , z { E "Fg7 3 j '{y" ""y lAN RA E COM t e•"y i. 3 -� t f ` y r i ( dA fylz. 1 - .RESOLVED thatdie President Isauthonzedfoappon>ta8ttomeyan-tactoftheComparryPE" Ri,A: 1 " 4 t` :. ' - pefiorma aAndpaymentbondslbtex(�dingthepanalsumot$1250000;(2)bkiponds(ogjgps ��F Co , guar eed � �.. I I t I r )" win not exceed$1250,D00:(3)a0other bonds codedandc(assI edbytheSurely,Ass0_"on n6al p � , thereto) as Judial, Contract(excludrngbid horde Miscellan License and Permit mg the " -the authoritymabovew ardk + "t clause (3) wh re rf t e contract fsa w l + of $500,000 tfaperfomrance rpaymentbof>d( %wlfrp(e ar Ip rat a m' • ; 1 a -- RESOLVED FURTIdER that PETER A KESSLER Ls gramtgd rand V J Y to the amountof any letter ofcredt or similar security, received as'cc0aterallsedurily •'`"rt }I rang' in ! a RESOLVED FU T,HER that the autho of th K . _ a i s hereby dekrgatedtothe foilowmgparsons; tiro slgaf en of the fof a r Noivi to d 1 e of 8' — +»lgy Cr P tt,� of the Co Y bind t " by eta!Y mpany Donald SnrWn, Steven A Games, Gary Bar7sy Charles J. � Haiy f and�if a., a e t • «,' RESOCVPD FURTfiER that tfie natures and ' p No ,J i urLr)g cerHficatwn titan lha Power of A sb11 w »; effectiveness and the corporate and Notary $ears airy Limited Power Dfntly onnc 5 @ % i RESOLVED'EURTHERthatall reso�utionsadopt profio Rappprr * tI ....n.. as T" 8 r t 1 SlIperseded ! c§ i•. ♦ 3 y ` INWRNESSVvIfEREOF"CONTRACTORSBONDINGANDINSURANCECOMP�fiasp(usadI " {pbesrgnedbyf>sl bg t affu<ad 1'Sib �F g 1991! „� } tt CONTRACTORS BONDING -AND INSURANCE COMPANY , s A 11 { .. r z ° yMy pr�TF' r e t £` + t •� Z% I..l "' % 2, -•-w• T Y e k gy: Steven A. Games President t : 3 , STATE OF WAS' : ' 'N ' COUNTY OF KING ; , ar .. h '�Sif a y{.- S#� 9 1 € � g tb r On this'i 5thday of January,1941, personally appeared STEVEN A' GAINES, to me kriowri to be'the President of f ° ^ ^ corporation that edited the t limited Power of Attorney to be the free and voluntary act and deedbf said corporation for the uses and forego Um Rower ot% tomey aplcraw�dged and } a a ofAttomey. a o�as mpntionedandon,oath}stated heiaa gcd'p xec'a said adPower t 3 3, ° IN WITNESS WHEREOF I have hereunto set rry hand and affixed my officlatseal theday and year firs c �g • �: ' € R i� n;� �f �KbA1 pG'rs♦ vf ' �• - ._.. is 9 .+ LlG� z �� tI �I - r = •. ; s S NotaryPublicin and for the State of Washington. residing atSeattle f The unders . a w p 0/. �S a ;,BONDING AND AND authoriy of the Board of f)iredors of CONTRACTORS BONDING AN01►�.SU ` PANY hereEy:certespasorin9 of 9 ) cf:A sactvi D CONj$A T HSf n R COMPANY, that the atiove acid is a full, true and comaa copy the Orig'risl Power of'Atto Power of Attamey is still In force and effect - r* issued by said, Y' ddas rp(y foregang' r rVV hand at I,Zll(3e Illll a GNF�J'under FL a 25th a r c f, 6 r day of :: S2 �: ^i d z , ; ry 6 y. a,M +C PoaPK01 03 US011591 `��ter ; A K�'S eY of V s 3R' F, F 9,d R). 3 d 6R t At `in —Fact t t p •: ,. �.:. '" _ irk ', f, dk .. F ... sir.: ,� "•. r{ .-... :.. .� $t*4" Stn .�9 r CBIC CONTRACTORS BONDING AND INSURANCE COMPANY KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS: That we, MOW= ELEVATOR COMPANY, INC. BID BOND Home Office: 1213 Valley Street P.O. Box 9271 Seattle, WA 98109-0271 (206)622-7053 (800) 765-CBIC National (206) 382-9623 FAX as Principal, (hereinafter called the "Principal"), and Contractors Bonding and Insurance Company of Seattle, Washington, a corporation duly organized under the laws of the State of Washington, as Surety, (hereinafter called the "Surety"), are held firmly bound unto MORRISON KNUDSEN/GERRITS as Obligee, (hereinafter called the "Obligee"), in the sum of FIVE PERCENT OF THE AMOUNT BID not to exceed THIRTEEN THOUSAND AND ZERO/ONE HUNDRED ---------------------------------------Dollars ($ 13,000.00-------- ), for the payment of which sum well and truly to be made, the said Principal and the said Surety, bind ourselves, our heirs, executors, administrators, successors and assigns, jointly and severally, firmly by these presents. WHEREAS, the Principal has submitted a bid for SUPPLY AND INSTALLATION OF ELEVATORS AT MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER NOW, THEREFORE, if the Obligee shall accept the bid of the Principal and the Principal shall enter into a contract with the Obligee in accordance with the terms of such bid and give such bond or bonds as may be specified in the bidding or contract documents with good and sufficient surety for the faithful performance of such contract and for the prompt payment of labor and material in the prosecution thereof, or in the event of the failure of the Principal to enter into such contract and give such bond or bonds, if the Principal shall pay to the Obligee the difference not to exceed the penalty hereof between the amount specified in said bid and such larger amount for which the Obligee may in good faith contract with another party to perform the work covered by said bid, then this obligation shall be null and void, otherwise to remain in full force and effect. Signed and sealed this 25th Witness day of September A.D. 19 91 COMPANY, INC. Principal Title Surety: Contractors Bonding and Insurance pany fi By J?Oh Morri n Witness Pe'bar . Kess-let V Attorney -in -Fact C325d-100M,8-75 198717 Approved by the American Institute of Architects, A.I.A. Document No. A-310 February 1970 Edition II40 (Seal) BndCBB 1.03-US 100990 CBIC CONTRACTORS BONDING AND INSURANCE COMPANY Limited Power of Attorney Home Office: 1213 Valley Street P.O. Box 9271 Seattle, WA 98109-0271 (206)622-7053 KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS that CONTRACTORS BONDING AND INSURANCE COMPANY, a corporation duly organized and existing under the laws of the State of Washington, and having its principal office in Seattle, King County, Washington, does by these presents make, constitute and appoint PETER A. KESSLER, of Lauderhill, Florida, its true and lawful attorney -in -tact, with full power and authority hereby conferred in its name, place and stead, to execute, acknowledge and deliver: (1) SBA guaranteed performance and payment bonds not exceeding the penal sum of $1,250,000; (2) bid bonds for jobs where, if the contract is awarded, the SBA guaranteed performance and/or payment bond(s) will not exceed $1,250,000; (3) all other bonds coded and classified by the Surety Association of America in its Rate Manual of Fidelity, Forgery and Surety Bonds (including future amendments thereto) as Judicial, Contract (excluding bid bonds), Miscellaneous, License and Permit, and Federal not exceeding the penal sum of $2,000,000; (4) bid bonds for jobs written pursuant to the authority in clause (3) above where, if the contract is awarded, the performance and/or payment bond(s) will not exceed $2,000,000; and (5) all other bonds not exceeding the penal sum of $500,000. Provided, however, that PETER A. KESSLER is granted power and authority to exceed the applicable penal limit previously set forth for any bond in an amount equal to the amount of any letter of credit, or similar security, received as collateral security by the Company as an inducement to issue the bond; and to bind the Company thereby as fully and to the same extent as if such bonds were signed by the President, sealed with the corporate seal of the Company and duly attested by its Secretary; hereby ratifying and confirming all that the said attorney - in -fact may do in the premises. Said appointment is made under and by authority of the following resolutions adopted by the Board of Directors of the CONTRACTORS BONDING AND INSURANCE COMPANY on January 15,1991: RESOLVED that the President is authorized to appoint as attorney -in -fact of the Company PETER A. KESSLER with power and authority to sign on behalf of the Company: (1) SBA guaranteed performance and payment bonds not exceeding the penal sum of $1,250,000; (2) bid bonds forjobs where, lithe contract is awarded, the SBA guaranteed performance and/or payment bond(s) will not exceed $1,250,000; (3) all other bonds coded and classified by the Surety Association of America in its Rate Manual of Fidelity, Forgery and Surety Bonds (including future amendments thereto) as Judicial, Contract (excluding bid bonds), Miscellaneous, License and Permit, and Federal not exceeding the penal sum of $2,000,000; (4) bid bonds for jobs written pursuant to the authority in clause (3) above where, if the contract is awarded, the performance and/or payment bond(s) will not exceed $2,000,000; and (5) all other bonds not exceeding the penal sum of $500,000. RESOLVED FURTHER that PETER A. KESSLER is granted power and authority to exceed the applicable penal limit set forth in the preceding resolution for any bond in an amount equal to the amount of any letter of credit, or similar security, received as collateral security by the Company as an inducement to issue the bond. RESOLVED FURTHER that the authority of the Secretary of the Company to certify the authenticity and effectiveness of the foregoing two resolutions in any Limited Power of Attorney is hereby delegated to the following persons, the signature of any of the following to bind the Company with respect to the authenticity and effectiveness of the foregoing resolutions as if signed by the Secretary of the Company: Donald Sirkin, Steven A. Gaines, Gary Bailey, Charles J. Falskow and Donald R. Bailey, RESOLVED FURTHER that the signatures (including certification that the Power of Attorney is still in force and effect) of the President, Notary Public and person certifying authenticity and effectiveness, and the corporate and Notary seals appearing on any Limited Power of Attorney containing this and the foregoing resolutions may be by facsimile. RESOLVED FURTHER that all resolutions adopted prior to today appointing the above named as attorney -in -fact for CONTRACTORS BONDING AND INSURANCE COMPANY are hereby superseded. IN WITNESS WHEREOF, CONTRACTORS BONDING AND INSURANCE COMPANY has caused these presents to be signed by its President and its corporate seal to be hereto affixed this 15th day of January, 1991. CONTRACTORS BONDING AND INSURANCE COMPANY By: LL -- Steven A. Gaines, President STATE OF WASH INGTON—COUNTY OF KING r S�p%DING gxhtr Sys ,r� oQ. �ORpORgT�.G9 ly .Q TZ�i S AL 1979 G�o� "\, I.N. On this 15th day of January,1991, personally appeared STEVEN A. GAINES, to me known to be the President of the corporation that executed the foregoing Limited Power of Attorney and acknowledged said Limited Power of Attorney to be the free and voluntary act and deed of said corporation, for the uses and purposes therein mentioned, and on oath stated that he is authorized to execute the said Limited Power of Attorney. IN WITNESS WHEREOF, I have hereunto set my hand and affixed my official seal the day and year *: NOT44� ��— 9f'••• 2j7192.•G't� Public in and for the State of Washington, residing at Seattle The undersigned, acting under authority of the Board of Directors of CONTRACTORS BONDING AND INSURANCE t-O- ANY, hereby certifies, as or in lieu of Certificate of the Secretary of CONTRACTORS BONDING AND INSURANCE COMPANY, that the above and foregoing is a full, true and correct copy of the Original Power of Attorney issued by said Company, and does hereby further certify that the said Power of Attorney is still in force and effect. GIVEN under my hand at Lauderhill f FL , this 25th - day of SePtelTlber , 19 91 PoaPK01.03-US011591 Peter A. Kesffler Attorney —in —Fact 1. TABLE OF CONTENTS (Volume I) Bidding Documents (Volume I) Section 00030 Notice of Calling for Bids Section 00100 Instructions to Bidders Section 00110 Section 00111 Section 00112 Section 00140 Section 00141 Section 00163 Section 00220 Proposal Forms: Precast Concrete Hydraulic Elevators Precast Embeds Schedule of Unit Prices: Precast Concrete Hydraulic Elevators Pre -Bid Substitutions Geotechnical Data Section 00230 Site Survey Scopes of Work for Reference (BG-1): Section 00303 Site Electrical & Temporary Power Section 00305 Site Grading & Caissons Section 00307 Concrete Foundations Section 00309 Site Plumbing Scopes of Work (BG-2): Section 00310 Precast Concrete Section 00311 Hydraulic Elevators Section 00312 Precast Embeds Section 00350 Reference: Milestone Schedule, BG-1 Section 00352 Milestone Schedule, BG-2 Section 00410 Bid Bond - AIA Document A310, February 1970 edition Section 00420 Sworn Statement on Public Entity Crimes Section 00425 Lobbying and Conflict of Interest Clause Section 00430 Non -Collusion Affidavit Section 00440 Proposed Subcontractor Listing 07/29/91 TABLE OF CONTENTS 00001 - 1 2. 3. 4. Section 00450 Contractor Evaluation Form Contract Documents (Volume I) Section 00500 Standard Form of Agreement Between Owner and Contractor - AIA Document A101/CM, June 1980 edition Section 00600 Performance Bond - AIA Document A311/CM, June 1980 edition Section 00610 Public Construction Bond Conditions (Volume I) Section 00750 General Conditions, AIA Document A201/CM, June 1980 edition Section 00805 Supplementary General Conditions Section 00900 Application & Certificate for Payment - AIA Document G702/G703 Section 00901 Addendum #1 dated May 31, 1991 Section 00902 Addendum #2 dated June 5, 1991 Section 00904 Addendum #4 dated July 2, 1991 Section 00905 Contractor's Affidavit of Payment of Debts and Claims Section 00908 Contractor's Affidavit of Release of Liens Section 00910 Consent of Surety to Final Payment - AIA Document G707, April 1970 edition Section 00970 Project Safety and Health Plan Section 00980 Contractor Quality Control Plan Drawings Section 00990 For Reference, Schedule of Drawings, Bid Group 1 Section 00992 Schedule of Drawings, Bid Group 2 07/29/91 TABLE OF CONTENTS UUUUI - L 5. General Requirements (Volume I) Section 01027 Application for Payment Section 01028 Change Order Procedures Section 01200 Project Meetings Section 01301 Submittals Section 01310 Progress Schedules Section 01370 Schedule of Values Section 01385 Daily Construction Reports Section 01395 Document Clarification Requests Section 01410 Testing Laboratory Services Section 01510 Temporary Utilities Section 01520 Construction Aids Section 01550 Access Roads and Parking Areas Section 01560 Temporary Controls Section 01590 Field Offices and Sheds Section 01595 Construction Cleaning Section 01600 Material and Equipment Section 01630 Post -Bid Substitutions Section 01650 Starting of Systems Section 01670 Systems Demonstrations Section 01700 Contract Closeout Section 01710 Final Cleaning Section 01720 Project Record Documents Section 01730 Operation and Maintenance Data 07/29/91 TABLE OF CONTENTS 00001 - 3 6. Technical Specifications, Bid Group Two, (Volume II, dated July 23, 1991) DIVISION 3 - CONCRETE Section 03100 Concrete Formwork Section 03200 Concrete Reinforcement Section 03300 Cast -in -Place Concrete Section 03410 Precast Concrete Hollow Cored Planks Section 03412 Precast Concrete Panels Section 03420 Precast Prestressed Concrete Sections Section 03490 Precast Concrete Modular Cell Section 03600 Grout DIVISION 4 - MASONRY Section 04200 Unit Masonry DIVISION 5 - METALS Section 05180 Miscellaneous Structural Steel Section 05500 Metal Fabrications Section 05510 Metal Stairs Section 05810 Expansion Joint Covers Assemblies DIVISION 6 - WOOD AND PLASTIC Section 06100 Rough Carpentry DIVISION 7 - THERMAL AND MOISTURE PROTECTION Section 07115 Sheet Waterproofing Section 07210 Building Insulation Section 07530 Single Ply Roofing Section 07720 Roof Accessories Section 07900 Joint Sealers DIVISION 8 - DOORS AND WINDOWS Section 08100 Section 08410 Section 08660 Section 08710 Section 08800 Section 08842 Section 08902 Metal Doors And Frames Aluminum Entrances Security Windows Door Hardware Glazing Security Glazing Aluminum Window Walls DIVISION 9 - FINISHES Section 09200 Lath and Plaster Section 09830 Elastomeric Coating 07/29/91 TABLE OF CONTENTS 00001 - 4 Section 09900 Painting DIVISION 10 - SPECIALTIES Section 10200 Louvers and Vents Section 10606 Security Fencing Assembly DIVISION 14 - CONVEYING SYSTEMS Section 14240 Hydraulic Elevators DIVISION 16 - ELECTRICAL Section 16111 Conduit Systems 07/29/91 TABLE OF CONTENTS 00001 - 5 SECTION 00030 NOTICE OF CALLING FOR BIDS NOTICE IS HEREBY GIVEN TO WHOM IT MAY CONCERN that on Tuesday, August 20, 1991 at 10:05 a.m., a Committee consisting of the Clerk of Courts, the County Administrator, the County Attorney, and the County's Construction Manager, will meet and open sealed bids at the Monroe County Clerk's Office, 500 Whitehead Street, Key West, Florida, for the following Bid Packages for the New Detention Facility on Stock Island, Florida: Bid Package No. 10 . . . Precast Concrete Bid Package No. 11 . . . Hydraulic Elevators Bid Package No. 12 . . . Precast Embeds All bids must be in the hands of the Clerk of Courts of Monroe County, Florida, 500 Whitehead Street, Key West, Florida, on or before 10:00 a.m. on Tuesday, August 20, 1991. No Bids will be received after 10:00 a.m. All bids, together with the recommendation of the County Administrator, will be presented to the Board of County Commissioners of Monroe County, Florida, for final awarding or otherwise. All bids are to be submitted in sealed envelopes marked on the outside, "Sealed Bid for New Detention Facility, Bid Package No. ," with the appropriate Bid�Package number and title. Five (5) sets of the Bid shall be submitted in accordance with the Instructions to Bidders. Drawings and specifications can be examined and picked -up at the office of Morrison-Knudsen/Gerrits, 5090 Junior College Road, Stock Island, Key West, Florida 33040, (305) 292-7845, in accordance with the Instructions to Bidders. Drawings and specifications can be obtained for the refundable deposit sum of $50.00. A mandatory pre -Bid Conference will be held at Morrison- Knudsen/Gerrits' office on Stock Island at 10:00 a.m. on Friday, August 2, 1991. Any questions concerning the Bid Documents shall be directed to the Construction Manager, Morrison-Knudsen/Gerrits. Monroe County will automatically reject the proposal of any person 07/25/91 NOTICE OF CALLING FOR BIDS UUUJU - 1 or affiliate who appears on the convicted vendor list prepared by the Department of General Services, State of Florida under Sec. 287.133(3) (d), Fla. Stat. (1989). Bid Security payable to Monroe County Board of County Commissioners in the amount of five percent (5%) of the Bid must accompany each Bid in accordance with the Instructions to Bidders. The Bidder awarded a contract in accordance with this notice shall post a performance and payment bond guaranteeing completion and quality of the work under the drawings and specifications. The successful Bidder shall be properly licensed. Each Bid shall constitute an offer to the County as outlined herein and shall be irrevocable after the time announced for the opening thereof. No bidder may withdraw his bid within sixty (60) calendar days after Bid Opening. Monroe County, Florida, reserves the right to reject any or all proposals, to waive irregularities and informalities in any or all proposals, and the re -advertise for proposals. The Board also reserves the right to separately accept or reject any item or items of a proposal which it deems to be in the best interest of the County. DATED at Key West, Florida, this day of ( SEAL) . 1991. DANNY L. KOLHAGE Clerk of the Circuit Court of Monroe County, Florida, and ex officio Clerk of the Board of County Commissioners of Monroe County, Florida. 07/25/91 NOTICE OF CALLING FOR BIDS 00030 - 2 SECTION 00100 INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS To be considered, Bids must be made in accordance with these Instructions to Bidders. ARTICLE 1 DEFINITIONS 1.1 Terms used in these Instructions to Bidders which are defined in the General Conditions shall have the same meanings or definitions as assigned to them in the General Conditions. 1.2 Bidding Documents include the Advertisement to Bid, Instructions to Bidders, Proposal Form and Unit Price Documents, Bid Package Scope of Work and Schedule, Contractor Evaluation Form, other sample bidding and contract forms and the proposed Contract Documents including any addenda issued prior to receipt of Bids. The Contract Documents proposed for the Work consist of the Standard Form of Agreement, General Conditions, Supplementary General Conditions, General Requirements, Project Safety and Health Program, Quality Control Program, Technical Specifications, Drawings, and other sample contract forms. 1.3 Addenda are written or graphic instruments issued by the Architect/Engineer through the Construction Manager prior to the receipt of Bids which modify or interpret the Bidding Documents by additions, deletions, clarifications, or corrections. 1.4 A Bid is a complete and properly signed proposal to do the Work for the sums stipulated therein, submitted in accordance with the Bidding Documents. 1.5 The Base Bid is the sum stated in the Bid for which the Bidder offers to perform the Work described in the Bidding Documents as the base, to which may be added or from which Work may be deleted for sums stated in Alternate Bids. 1.6 An Alternate Bid (or Alternate) is an amount stated in the Bid to be added to or deducted from the amount of the Base Bid if the correspondinq change in the Work, as described in the Bidding Documents, is accepted. 1.7 An Owner Option Bid (or Option) is an amount stated in the 07/25/91 INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS 00100 - 1 Bid, which can be exercised by the Owner through the Construction Manager, for the corresponding change in the work as described in the Bidding Documents. This Owner Option can be exercised at any time during the contract duration. The Owner is tax exempt and reserves his right to purchase directly various construction materials and equipment that may be a part of the Contract. If the Owner Option is exercised, the Construction Manager will act as a purchasing agent for the Owner. The Owner will, via his Purchase Orders, purchase the materials and equipment, and each Trade Contractor contracting with the Construction Manager shall assist the Construction Manager in the preparation of these Purchase Orders. The materials and equipment shall be purchased from the vendors/suppliers selected by the Trade Contractor. The Contract amount shall be reduced by the amount of the Purchase Orders, plus all the applicable sales taxes. Issuance of the Purchase Orders by the Owner shall not relieve the Contractor of any of his responsibilites regarding material or equipment purchases or installation, with the exception of the payments for these materials. The Contractor shall be fully responsible for coordination, submittals, protection, scheduling, expediting, receiving, and all applicable warranties. The Contractor shall be responsible for paying for all materials over and above the purchase order quantities. For example, if the Bidder's calculated quantity on the proposal form is 50 cy of concrete, and if the Owner so chooses, shall process a purchase order for 50 cy at the Bidder's stated unit price. During the course of construction, the 50 cy of concrete has been incorporated into the work, and more is needed for that Contractor's work, then the Contractor shall be responsible for paying for all additional concrete. 1.8 A Unit Price is an amount stated in the Bid as a price per unit of measurement for materials or services as described in the Bidding Documents or in the proposed Contract Documents. Unit prices shall apply to add and deduct change orders and shall include all overhead and profit. 1.9 A Bidder is a person or entity who submits a Bid. 1.10 A Sub -bidder is a person or entity who submits a bid to a Bidder for materials or labor for a portion of the Work. 1.11 An Allowance is a given amount to be included in the bidders proposal. From this Allowance, payments will be made by the contractor to the vendor for the specified service or product. The contractor will be reimbursed for the vendor payments via presentation of invoices in his monthly payment application, 07/25/91 INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS 00100 - 2 along with a stipulated mark-up percentage. ARTICLE 2 COPIES OF BIDDING DOCUMENTS 2.1 Bidders may obtain complete sets of the Bidding Documents from the issuing office designated in the Notice of Calling for Bids, for the deposit sum of $50.00 per set. Deposits should be made payable to Monroe County, Florida. Bidders who submit a bonafide bid and return the Bidding Documents in good condition within (20) calendar days after receipt of bids, will be refunded the deposit sum. If pages are written on, drawings are torn, or if the issuing office considers the Bidding Documents unusable, then the deposit will be forfeited. 2.2 Bidders shall use complete sets of Bidding Documents in preparing Bids. Neither the Owner nor the Construction Manager, nor the Architect/Engineer assume any responsibility for errors or misinterpretations resulting from the use of incomplete sets of Bidding Documents. ARTICLE 3 EXAMINATION OF BIDDING DOCUMENTS AND SITE 3.1 Before Submitting a Bid: 3.1.1 Each Bidder shall thoroughly examine all the Bidding Documents. 3.1.2 Each Bidder shall himself with local affect the cost, Work. visit the site to familiarize conditions that may in any manner progress, or performance of the 3.2 The lands upon which the Work is to be performed, right-of- ways for access thereto and other lands designated for use by the Contractors in performing the Work are identified in the General Requirements or Drawings. 3.3 Each Bidder shall study and carefully correlate his observations with the Contract Documents. 3.4 The submission of a Bid will constitute an incontrovertible representation by the Bidder that he has complied with every requirement of Article 3 and that the Contract Documents are sufficient in scope and detail to indicate and convey 07/25/91 INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS ouluu - s understanding of all terms and conditions for performance of the Work. ARTICLE 4 INTERPRETATION AND CORRECTION OF BIDDING DOCUMENTS 4.1 Bidders and Sub -bidders shall promptly notify the Construction Manager of any ambiguity, inconsistency or error which they may discover upon examination of the Bidding Documents or of the site and local conditions. 4.2 Bidders and Sub -bidders requiring clarification or interpretation of the Bidding Documents shall submit their questions in writing to the Construction Manager no later than ten days prior to the date for receipt of Bids. Any interpretation, correction or change of the Bidding Documents will be accomplished by Addenda mailed or delivered to all parties recorded as having received plans. Copies of Addenda will also be made available for inspection wherever Bidding Documents are on file for that purpose. Interpretations, corrections, or changes of the Bidding Documents made in any other manner will not be binding, and Bidders shall not rely upon such interpretations, corrections, and changes. Oral and other interpretations or clarifications will be without legal effect. ARTICLE 5 "DELETED" ARTICLE 6 CONTRACTOR QUALIFICATIONS/CERTIFICATIONS 6.1 CONTRACTOR'S QUALIFICATION STATEMENT Bidders must submit as a part of their bid proposal, a properly filled out, and executed Contractor's Qualification Statement. 6.2 Each bidder must submit, as a part of his bid proposal, an executed "Sworn Statement on Public Entity Crimes." 6.3 Each bidder must submit, as a part of his bid proposal, an executed "Lobbying and Conflict of Interest Clause." 6.4 Each bidder must submit, as a part of his bid proposal, 07/25/91 INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS 00100 - 4 an executed "Non -Collusion Affidavit." ARTICLE 7, BIDDING PROCEDURE 7.1 FORM AND STYLE OF BIDS 7.1.1 Bids shall be submitted on the forms included in the Bidding Documents. .1 Bidders shall photocopy documents included in the 'Bid Package' required for submission of Bids. Pages shall not be removed from the 'Bid Package' documents for purposes of submitting bids. The return of Bidding Documents from which pages have been removed, shall result in forfeiture of the Bidding Document deposit. 7.1.2 All blanks on the Bid Form shall be filled in with ink or by typewriter. 7.1.3 Where so indicated on the Bid Form, sums shall be expressed in both words and figures, and in case of discrepancy between the two, the amount written in words shall govern. 7.1.4 Any interlineation, alteration, or erasure must be initialed by the signer of the Bid. 7.1.5 All requested Alternates shall be bid. If no change in the Base Bid is required, enter "No Change". 7.1.6 All requested Allowances shall be bid. 7.1.7 All requested Owner Options shall be bid. 7.1.8 Any Bidder may submit Bids on more than one Bid Package; however each Bid Package will be reviewed separately and award of contract for each Bid Package will be made to the most qualified responsible and responsive, lowest priced bidder. 7.2 ADDENDA 7.2.1 Each Bidder shall ascertain prior to submitting his Bid that he has received all Addenda issued, and he shall acknowledge their receipt in his Bid. 7.2.2 No Addenda will be issued later than four days prior 07/25/91 INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS 00100 - 5 to the date for receipt of Bids except an Addendum withdrawing the request for Bids or one which includes postponement of the date for receipt of Bids. 7.2.3 Copies of Addenda will be made available for inspection wherever Bidding Documents are on file for that purpose. 7.3 BID SECURITY 7.3.1 Each Bid shall be accompanied by a Bid Security made payable to Monroe County, in the amount of five percent of the Bidder's maximum Bid price. The Bid Security shall be in the form of a certified check, cashiers check or a Bid Bond issued by a surety meeting the requirements of Paragraph 7.5 of the General Conditions. If a Bid Bond is submitted as Bid Security, the attorney -in -fact who executes the bond on behalf of the surety shall affix to the Bond a certified and current copy of his power of attorney. 7.3.2 The bid surety constitutes a pledge by the Bidder that he will enter into a Contract with the Owner on the terms stated in his Bid and will furnish the required Performance Bond and Labor and Material Payment Bond, as described in Paragraph 7.4 of this Instructions to Bidders and in the General and Supplementary Conditions. The Bid Security of the successful Bidder will be retained until such Bidder has entered into a Contract with the Owner and furnished the required Performance Bond and Labor and Material Payment Bond, whereupon it will be returned. If the successful Bidder fails to execute and deliver the Contract and furnish the required Bonds, the Owner may annul the Notice of Award and the amount of the bid security of that Bidder shall be forfeited to the Owner not as a penalty, but as liquidated damages. 7.3.3 The bid security of any Bidder whom the Owner believes to have a reasonable chance of receiving the award may be retained by the Owner until either (a) the Contract has been executed and the required Bonds have been furnished, or (b) the sixty-first day after the Bid opening, or (c) all Bids have been rejected. The bid security of the other Bidders will be returned within (14) days of the Bid opening. 07/25/91 INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS 00100 - 6 7.4 PERFORMANCE BOND AND LABOR AND MATERIAL PAYMENT BOND 7.4.1 The Owner shall have the right to require the successful Bidder to furnish a Standard Performance Bond and Standard Labor and Material Payment Bond, or Public Construction Bond, as guarantee for the faithful performance of the contract (including guarantee and maintenance provisions) and the payment of all persons who have, and fulfill, contracts which are directly with the successful Bidder. 7.4.2 In the event that bonds are required, the successful Bidder shall deliver them to the Owner not later than the date of execution of the Contract, or if the Work is to be commenced prior thereto in response to a letter of intent, the bidder shall, prior to Commencement of the Work, submit evidence satisfactory to the Owner that such Bonds will be furnished. 7.5 SCHEDULING, MANPOWER REQUIREMENTS, AND PERMITS 7.5.1 The overall schedule for construction is shown in the Bidding Documents "Milestone Schedule." 7.5.2 The Contractor will be required to man the project, in the event of award, in order to meet the schedule. 7.5.3 The Bidders shall determine all permits, inspections and surveys, (and fees required by same), required by Federal, State, County or Municipal bodies having jurisdiction over the project and shall include in his bid proposal the cost of all such permits, inspections and surveys. The Contractor shall be required to take out and pay for all such permits, inspections and surveys required for the execution of this Contract. 7.6 SUBCONTRACTOR 7.6.1 Each Bidder shall submit along with his Bid the names of all subcontractor(s) and/or entities (including those who are to furnish materials or equipment fabricated to a special design) proposed for each of the principal portions of the Work. 7.6.2 If either the Owner or the Construction Manager, after due investigation, has reasonable objection to any proposed subcontractor, or entity, the Construction Manager will so notify the Bidder 07/25/91 INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS 00100 - 7 before giving Notice of Award and will request the bidder to submit an acceptable substitute without an increase in Bid Price. If the Bidder declined to make any such substitution, the Contract shall not be awarded to him, but his declining to make any substitution will not result in the forfeiture of his Bid Security. 7.7 SUBMISSION OF BIDS 7.7.1 Bids shall be submitted to Monroe County at the designated location not later than the time and date for receipt of Bids indicated in the Notice of Calling for Bids, or any extension thereof made by Addendum. Bids received after the time and date for receipt of Bids will be returned unopened. 7.7.2 One (1) original of all bidding documents, and four (4) copies of the bidding documents are to be submitted. Place the bid security in its own separate envelope, marking on the outside 'Bid Security', and place all other bidding documents in another envelope, marking on the outside 'Proposal Documents'. Both envelopes are to be inserted in one larger envelope. If the Bid is hand -delivered, the envelope shall be filled out as follows: 1. In the upper left hand corner, place the Bidder's name and address. 2. In the center of the envelope, put the following: Monroe County Clerk of Courts 500 Whitehead Street Key West, FL 33040 3. In the lower left hand corner, put the following: Bid for: Bid Package No. , Bid Package Description: Project: New Monroe County Detention Facility To be opened: (Date) (Time) In item 3. above, fill in the Bid Package Number and Bid Package Description. In addition, fill in the date and time for opening of the bids, in order that you may remind yourself of the deadline. 07/25/91 INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS 00100 - 8 If the Bid is sent by mail, the sealed envelope shall be enclosed in a separate mailing envelope with the notation "SEALED BID ENCLOSED" on the face thereof. And then address the mailing envelope in the conventional manner. 7.7.3 The Bidder shall assume full responsibility for timely delivery at the location designated for receipt of Bids. 7.7.4 Oral, telephonic, or telegraphic Bids are invalid and will not receive consideration. 7.8 MODIFICATION AND WITHDRAWAL OF BIDS 7.8.1 A Bid may not be modified, withdrawn, or cancelled by the Bidder during the stipulated time period following the time and date designated for the receipt of Bids, except as provided in Paragraph 7.9 Right to Claim Error in Bid, and each Bidder so agrees in submitting his Bid. 7.8.2 Prior to the time and date designated for receipt of Bids, any Bid submitted may be modified or withdrawn by notice to Morrison-Knudsen/Gerrits at the place designated for receipt of Bids. Such notice shall be in writing over the signature of the bidder or by telegram. If by telegram, written confirmation over the signature of the Bidder shall be mailed and postmarked on or before the date and time set for receipt of Bids, and it shall be so worded as not to reveal the amount of the original Bid. 7.8.3 Withdrawn Bids may be resubmitted up to the time designated for the receipt of Bids provided that they are then fully in conformance with these Instructions to Bidders. 7.8.4 Bid Security shall be in an amount sufficient for the Bid as modified or resubmitted. 7.8.5 No conditional, modified, or qualified bids will be accepted. Bidders are to comply with the instructions on the bid forms, and not make any changes thereto. 7.9 RIGHT TO CLAIM ERROR IN BID 7.9.1 Each Bidder's original work papers, documents, and 07/25/91 INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS 00100 - 9 materials used in preparation of the bid shall be enclosed in an envelope and marked clearly as to contents, must be received by Monroe County Clerk of Courts, not later than 24 hours after the time and date for receipt of Bids, or any extension thereof made by Addendum. A photocopy of all materials is to be received by Morrison- Knudsen/Gerrits, not later than (24) hours after the time and date for receipt of Bids. Bidders who fail to submit their original work papers, documents, and materials used in the preparation of the bid, as provided herein, waive all rights to claim error in the Bid. ARTICLE 8 CONSIDERATION OF BIDS 8.1 OPENING OF BIDS 8.1.1 The properly identified Bids received on time will be opened at Monroe County Clerk of Courts' office. 8.1.2 Any Bid not submitted on or before the deadline for receipt of bids designated in the Notice of Calling for Bids, will be returned unopened. 8.2 BIDS TO REMAIN OPEN 8.2.1 All Bids shall remain open for sixty days after the date designated for receipt of Bids. 8.2.2 The Owner may, at his sole discretion, release any Bid Proposal and return the Bid Security before the sixty days has elapsed. 8.3 AWARD OF CONTRACT 8.3.1 The Owner reserves the right to reject any and all Bids or any part of a Bid, to waive the right to disregard all nonconforming, non -responsive or conditional Bids. 8.3.2 In evaluating Bids, the Owner shall consider the qualifications of the bidders, whether or not the Bids comply with the prescribed requirements, and alternates and unit prices if requested in the Bid Forms. 8.3.3 The Owner shall have the right to accept Alternates 07/25/91 INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS 00100 - 10 in any order or combination and to determine the low Bidder on the basis of the sum of the Base Bid and the Alternates accepted. 8.3.4 The Owner may consider the qualifications and experience of subcontractors and/or other entities (including those who are to furnish materials, or equipment fabricated to a special design) proposed for each of the principal portions of the Work as identified in the Bid. Operating costs, maintenance considerations, performance data and guarantees of materials and equipment may also be considered. 8.3.5 The Owner may conduct such investigations as he deems necessary to assist in the evaluation of any Bid and to establish to responsibility, qualifications, and financial ability of the Bidders, proposed subcontractors, and other persons or organizations to do the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents to the Owner's satisfaction within the prescribed time. The Owner has the right to conduct Bid Clarification meetings with any bidder, to determine if bidder has bid the scope of work in its entirety. Bidder shall be required to attend bid clarification meetings, as necessary. 8.3.6 The Owner reserves the right to reject the Bid of any Bidder who does not pass any such evaluation to their satisfaction. 8.3.7 If the Contract is awarded, it will be awarded to the Bidder whose evaluation by the Owner shows him to be responsible and has indicated to the Owner that the award will be in the best interests of the Project. 8.3.8 If the Contract is to be awarded, the Construction Manager will issue the Notice of Award to the successful Bidder within sixty days after the date of receipt of bids. The Owner reserves the right to return all Bids, not make any awards, and cancel the Project. 8.4 EXECUTION OF CONTRACT 8.4.1 The Notice of Award to the successful Bidder will be accompanied by four copies of the Trade Contract Agreement and all other Contract Documents. The Contractor shall sign and deliver all four copies of the Trade Contract Agreement to the Construction Manager, with all other Contract Documents attached 07/25/91 INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS 00100 - 11 within five days after receipt of Notice of Award. The Construction Manager will return one fully executed copy of the Trade Contract Agreement to the Contractor with all other contract Documents attached within three weeks thereafter. ARTICLE 9 SPECIAL LEGAL REQUIREMENTS 9.1 Each Bidder, before submitting his Bid, shall familiarize himself with all Federal, State, and local laws, ordinances, rules and regulations that may apply to the Work or that may in any manner affect the cost, progress, or performance of the Work. 07/25/91 INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS 00100 - 12 SECTION 00110 PROPOSAL FORM Bid Package No. 10 Precast Concrete BID TO MONROE COUNTY - CLERK OF COURTS 500 WHITEHEAD STREET KEY WEST, FLORIDA 33040 BID FROM: The undersigned, having carefully examined the Work and reference Drawings, Specifications, Proposal, and Addenda thereto and other Contract Documents for the construction of: Bid Package No. 10, Precast Concrete and having carefully examined the site where the Work is to be performed, having become familiar with all local conditions including labor affecting the cost thereof, and having familiarized himself with material availability, Federal, State, and Local laws, ordinances, rules and regulations affecting performance of the Work, does hereby propose to furnish all labor, mechanics, superintendents, tools, material, equipment, transportation services, and all incidentals necessary to perform and complete said Work and work incidental hereto, in a workman -like manner, in conformance with said Drawings, Specifications, and other Contract Documents including Addenda issued thereto. The undersigned further certifies that he has personally inspected the actual location of where the Work is to be performed, together with the local sources of supply and that he understands the conditions under which the Work is to be performed. The successful bidder shall assume the risk of any and all costs and delays arising from the existence of any subsurface or other latent physical condition which could be reasonably anticipated by reference to documentary information provided and made available, and from inspection and examination of the site. 07/27/91 PROPOSAL FORM UUllU - 1 BASE BID FORM 1. Mobilization $ 2. General Conditions $ 3. Permits $ 4. Bonds $ 5. Submittals $ Zone A Precast Concrete 6. Engineering $ 7. Material & Fabrication $ 8. Delivery $ 9. Erection $ Zone B Precast Concrete 10. Engineering $ 11. Material & Fabrication $ 12. Delivery $ 13. Erection $ Zone C Precast Concrete 14. Engineering $ 15. Material & Fabrication $ 16. Delivery $ 17. Erection $ Zone D Precast Concrete 18. Engineering $ 19. Material & Fabrication $ 20. Delivery $ 21. Erection $ 07/27/91 PROPOSAL FORM 00110 - 2 Zone E Precast Concrete 22. Engineering $ 23. Material & Fabrication $. 24. Delivery $ 25. Erection $ 26. Owner Option 10-02: Utility Routing Coordination Drawings $ TOTAL BID, items 1 thru 26 (figures) $ TOTAL BID, (words) DOLLARS 07/27/91 PROPOSAL FORM 00110 - 3 OWNER OPTION BID FORM Owner Option 10-01: Area F Precast Concrete At the option of the Owner, provide precast concrete for future Zone F. This area is defined as the area bound by column lines Gb to La, and 17 line to 24 line, as well as column lines U to X, and 37 line to 42 line. Area F Precast Concrete 30. Engineering $ 31. Material & Fabrication $ 32. Delivery $ 33. Erection $ 34. Joint Seal $ TOTAL OWNER OPTION 10-01 BID, items 30 thru 34, (figures) $ TOTAL OWNER OPTION 10-01 BID, (words) DOLLARS 07/27/91 PROPOSAL FORM 00110 - 4 I acknowledge receipt of Addenda No.(s) I have included pages 1 through 5 of the Proposal Form , and attached the required Bid Security , Unit Price Schedule , Contractor Evaluation Form , Lobbying and Conflict of Interest Clause , Sworn Statement of Public Entity Crimes , Non - Collusion Affidavit , and proposed Subcontractor listing (Check mark items above, as a reminder that they are included.) Mailing Address: Phone Number: Date: witness: Signed: (Name) (Title) (Seal) 07/27/91 PROPOSAL FORM 00110 - 5 SECTION 00111 PROPOSAL FORM Bid Package No. 11 Hydraulic Elevators BID TO MONROE COUNTY - CLERK OF COURTS 500 WHITEHEAD STREET KEY WEST, FLORIDA 33040 BID FROM: The undersigned, having carefully examined the Work and reference Drawings, Specifications, Proposal, and Addenda thereto and other Contract Documents for the construction of: Bid Package No. 11, Hydraulic Elevators and having carefully examined the site where the Work is to be performed, having become familiar with all local conditions including labor affecting the cost thereof, and having familiarized himself with material availability, Federal, State, and Local laws, ordinances, rules and regulations affecting performance of the Work, does hereby propose to furnish all labor, mechanics, superintendents, tools, material, equipment, transportation services, and all incidentals necessary to perform and complete said Work and work incidental hereto, in a workman -like manner, in conformance with said Drawings, Specifications, and other Contract Documents including Addenda issued thereto. The undersigned further certifies that he has personally inspected the actual location of where the Work is to be performed, together with the local sources of supply and that he understands the conditions under which the Work is to be performed. The successful bidder shall assume the risk of any and all costs and delays arising from the existence of any subsurface or other latent physical condition which could be reasonably anticipated by reference to documentary information provided and made available, and from inspection and examination of the site. 07/27/91 PROPOSAL FORM 00111 - 1 BASE BID FORM 1. Mobilization $ 2. General Conditions $ 3. Permits $ 4. Bonds $ Elevators #1 & #2 5. Jack Casings $ 6. Elevators Delivery $ 7. Elevators Installation $ Elevator #3 8. Jack Casings $ 9. Elevator Delivery $ 10. Elevator Installation $ 11. Temporary Service: Maintenance Service and Extended Warranty, at $ per month, times estimated 6 months, or ($Is per month X 6 mos.), equals $ Elevator #4 & #5 12. Jack Casings $ 13. Elevators Delivery $ 14. Elevators Installation $ Elevators #6 & #7 $ 15. Jack Casings 16. Elevators Delivery $ 17. Elevators Installation $ 07/27/91 PROPOSAL FORM 00111 - Z 18. Temporary Service: (elev. 6 or 7) Maintenance Service and Extended Warranty, at $ per month, times estimated 6 months, or ($Is per month X 6 mos.), equals $ TOTAL BID, items 1 thru 18 (figures) $ TOTAL BID, (words) DOLLARS 07/27/91 PROPOSAL FORM 00111 - 3 I acknowledge receipt of Addenda No.(s) I have included pages 1 through 4 of the Proposal Form , and attached the required Bid Security , Unit Price Schedule , Contractor Evaluation Form , Lobbying and Conflict of Interest Clause , Sworn Statement of Public Entity Crimes , Non - Collusion Affidavit , and proposed Subcontractor listing (check mark items above, as a reminder that they are included.) Mailing Address: . Phone Number: Date: Witness: Signed: (Name) (Title) (Seal) 00111 - 4 07/27/91 PROPOSAL FORM SECTION 00112 PROPOSAL FORM Bid Package No. 12 Precast Embeds BID TO MONROE COUNTY - CLERK OF COURTS 500 WHITEHEAD STREET KEY WEST, FLORIDA 33040 BID FROM: The undersigned, having carefully examined the Work and reference Drawings, Specifications, Proposal, and Addenda thereto and other Contract Documents for the construction of: Bid Package No. 12, Precast Embeds and having carefully examined the site where the Work is to be performed, having become familiar with all local conditions including labor affecting the cost thereof, and having familiarized himself with material availability, Federal, State, and Local laws, ordinances, rules and regulations affecting performance of the Work, does hereby propose to furnish all labor, mechanics, superintendents, tools, material, equipment, transportation services, and all incidentals necessary to perform and complete said Work and work incidental hereto, in a workman -like manner, in conformance with said Drawings, Specifications, and other Contract Documents including Addenda issued thereto. The undersigned further certifies that he has personally inspected the actual location of where the Work is to be performed, together with the local sources of supply and that he understands the conditions under which the Work is to be performed. The successful bidder shall assume the risk of any and all costs and delays arising from the existence of any subsurface or other latent physical condition which could be reasonably anticipated by reference to documentary information provided and made available, and from inspection and examination of the site. 07/27/91 PROPOSAL FORM 00112 - 1 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. BASE BID FORM General Conditions $. Bonds $ Cell Chase Door Frames $ Cell Chase Doors and Hardware $ Window Frames $ All Other Embeds $ TOTAL BID, items 1 thru 6 (figures) $ TOTAL BID, (words) DOLLARS 07/27/91 PROPOSAL FORM OO112 - L OWNER OPTION BID FORM Owner Option 12-01: Area F Embeds At the option of the Owner, provide precast embeds for future Zone F. This area is defined as the area bound by column lines Gb to La, and 17 line to 24 line, as well as column lines U to X, and 37 line to 42 line. Area F Precast Embeds 7. Cell Chase Door Frames $ 8. Cell Chase Doors & Hardware $ 9. Window Frames $ 10. All Other Embeds $ TOTAL OWNER OPTION 12-01 BID, items 7 thru 10, (figures) $ TOTAL OWNER OPTION 12-01 BID, (words) DOLLARS 07/27/91 PROPOSAL FORM 00112 - 3 I acknowledge receipt of Addenda No.(s) I have included pages 1 through 4 of the Proposal Form , and attached the required Bid Security , Unit Price Schedule , Contractor Evaluation Form , Lobbying and Conflict of Interest Clause , Sworn Statement of Public Entity Crimes , Non - Collusion Affidavit , and proposed Subcontractor listing (Check mark items above, as a reminder that they are included.) Mailing Address: Phone Number: Date: Witness: Signed: (Name) (Title) (Seal) 07/27/91 PROPOSAL FORM 00112 - 4 SECTION 00140 SCHEDULE OF UNIT PRICES Bid Package No. 10 Precast Concrete The following unit prices shall govern, where applicable, for additions or deductions from the requirements of this contract. Description Unit Unit Price 1. Equipment Operator, fully $/Hr. $ burdened, incl. profit and overhead. 2. Rigger, fully burdened, incl. $/Hr. $ profit and overhead. 3. Welder, fully burdened, incl. $/Hr. $ profit and overhead. 4. Concrete Finisher, for finishing $/Hr. $ precast in the field, incl. profit and overhead. 07/27/91 SCHEDULE OF UNIT PRICES 00140 - 1 SECTION 00141 SCHEDULE OF UNIT PRICES Bid Package No. 11 Hydraulic Elevators The following unit prices shall govern, where applicable, for additions or deductions from the requirements of this contract. Description Unit Unit Price 1. Elevator Technician, fully $/Hr. $ burdened, incl. profit and overhead. 2. Helper, fully burdened, incl. $/Hr. $ profit and overhead. 07/27/91 SCHEDULE OF UNIT PRICES 00141 - 1 SECTION 00163 SUBSTITUTIONS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 Document includes A. Pre -Bid Substitutions 1.2 BIDDER'S OPTIONS A. For products specified only by reference standard, select product meeting that standard, by any manufacturer. B. For products specified by naming several products or manufacturers, select one of products and manufacturers named which complies with the technical Specifications. C. For Products specified by naming several products or manufacturers and stating "or equivalent", "or equal", or "or Architect approved equivalent", or similar wording, submit a request as for substitutions, for any product or manufacturer which is not specifically named for review and approval by the Architect. D. For products specified by naming only one product/manufacturer, there is no option and no substitution will be allowed. 1.3 SUBSTITUTIONS A. Base Bid shall be in accordance with the Contract Documents. 1. Substitutions for products may be made during the bidding prior by submitting completed substitution request form and substantiating product data/literature a minimum of ten calendar days prior to the Bid Date to : MK/Gerrits. 2. The Architect will consider requests utilizing this section from the Bidder for substitution of products in place of those specified. 3. Those submitted 10 calendar days prior to Bid Date will be included in the addendum if acceptable. 4. Substitution requests may be submitted utilizing a facsimile machine (FAX) if substitution request forms and substantiating data are submitted. B. Submit separate request for each substitution. Support 05/17/91 SUBSTITUTIONS 00163 - 1 1.4 each request with: 1. Complete data substantiating compliance of proposed substitution with requirements stated in Contract Documents: a Product identification, including manufacturer's name and address. b. Manufacturer's literature, identifying: 1) Product description. 2) Reference standards. 3) Performance and test data. C. Samples, as applicable. d. Name and address of similar projects on which product has been used and date of each installation. 2. Itemized comparison of the proposed substitution with product specified, listing significant variations. 3. Data relating to changes in construction schedule. 4. All effects of substitution on separate contracts. 5. List of changes required in other work or products. 6. Designation of required license fees or royalties. 7. Designation of availability of maintenance services, sources of replacement materials. C. Substitutions will not be considered for acceptance when: 1. Acceptance will require substantial revision of Contract Documents. 2. In judgement of Construction Manager or Architect, do not include adequate information necessary for a complete evaluation. D. Architect will determine acceptability of proposed substitutions. BIDDER'S REPRESENTATION A. In making formal request for substitution the Bidder represents that: 1. He has investigated proposed product and has determined that it is equivalent to, or superior in all respects to that specified. 2. He will provide same warranties or bonds for substitution as for product specified. 3. He will coordinate installation of accepted substitution into the Work, and will make such changes as may be required for the Work to be complete in all respects. 4. He waives claims for additional costs caused by substitution which may subsequently become apparent. 5. Cost data is complete and includes related costs under his Contract, but not: - 05/17/91 SUBSTITUTIONS 00163 - 2 a. Costs under separate contracts. b. Architect's costs for redesign or revision of Contract Documents. 6. Cost data need not be submitted, if request is for inclusion in addendum. 1.5 ARCHITECT'S DUTIES A. Review requests for substitutions with reasonable promptness. B. Issue an addendum through the Construction Manager to identify accepted substitutions. C. Substitution requests that are not approved will be returned to the party submitting the request. 1.6 SUBSTITUTION REQUEST FORM A. The form is attached to this Section. B. Substitutions will be considered only when the attached form is completed and included with the submittal with back-up data. 05/17/91 SUBSTITUTIONS 00163 - 3 TO: Project Architect HANSEN LIND MEYER INC. c/o Morrison-Knudsen/Gerrits P.O.Box 5283 5090 Jr. College Road, Key West, F1. 33040 (305)292-7845 FAX (305)292-9697 We hereby submit for your consideration the following product instead of the specified item for the above project: DRAWING NO. SPEC. SEC. SPEC. NAME Proposed Substitution: DRAWING NAME PARAGRAPH SPECIFIED ITEM Attach complete information on changes to Drawings and/or Specifications which proposed substitution will require for its proper installation. Submit with request necessary samples and substantiating data to prove equal quality and performance to that which is specified. Clearly mark manufacturer's literature to indicate equality in performance. The undersigned certifies that the function, appearance and quality are of equal performance and assumes liability for equal performance, equal design and compatibility with adjacent materials. Submitted By: Signature Firm Address Telephone Title Date Signature shall be by person having authority to legally bind his firm to the above terms. Failure to provide legally binding signature will result in retraction of approval. For use by the Architect: Recommended Recommended as noted Not Recommended Received too late Insufficient data received By Date For use by the Owner: Approved Not Approved Approved as noted By Date 05/17/91 SUBSTITUTIONS 00163 - 4 Fill in Blanks Below: A. Does the substitution affect dimensions shown on Drawings? Yes No If yes, clearly indicate changes. B. Will the undersigned pay for changes to the building design, including engineering and detailing costs caused by the requested substitution? Yes No If no, fully explain: C. What effect does substitution have on other Contracts or other trades? D. What effect does substitution have on construction schedule? E. F. G. H. Manufacturer's warranties of the proposed and specified items are: Same Different. Explain: Reason for Request: Itemized comparison of specified item(s) substitution; list significant variations: with the proposed Designation of maintenance services and sources: (Attach additional sheets if required.) **************** END OF DOCUMENT 00163 05/17/91 SUBSTITUTIONS 00163 - 5 SECTION 00220 GEOTECHNICAL DATA A. Data concerning subsurface materials and conditions obtained from test borings has been made available by the Owner for the Architect's use in designing the project. B. Bidders may obtain copies of the subsurface investigation by submitting a request in writing to the Construction Manager, Morrison-Knudsen/Gerrits, at the following address: Morrison-Knudsen/Gerrits P.O. Box 5283/5090 Junior College Road Key West, Florida 33040 C. The report and test boring data is Requirements stated or implied in requirements of the Contract Documents to inform the Bidder of the type materials to be encountered. for information only. the report are not The report is solely and character of the 02/12/91 GEOTECHNICAL DATA 00220-1 SECTION 00230 SITE SURVEY A. The Plat of Survey and other survey data, which are bound with the Contract Documents, are included only for the general information of the bidder and are not part of the Contract Documents. The data contained was prepared by the Owner for the Architect's use for the design of the project, and neither the Owner nor the Architect, nor the Construction Manager make any representation, guarantee of warranty as to the accuracy or completeness of data indicated, expressed or implied. B. Bidders shall visit the site, make their own investigations, assumptions and conclusions as to the nature and extent of existing surface and overhead conditions affecting the work. Neither the Owner nor the Architect, nor the Construction Manager will be responsible for additional type or extent of work required to be performed under the Contract due to any assumptions or conclusions by the successful bidder based upon the survey information provided. 05/17/91 SITE SURVEY 00230-1 1.1 1.2 SECTION 00303 SCOPE OF WORK Bid Package No. 3 Site Electrical & Temporary Power General Scope Provide all labor, supervision, materials, supplies, equipment, tools, transportation, surveying and layout, and proper execution and completion of all Work specified on the drawings, and in the following sections of the Specifications; including, but not limited to: Sections and Descriptions 01510 02222 03300 03600 16010 16111 16400 Temporary Utilities Excavating, Backfilling and Compacting for Utilities Cast -In -Place Concrete Grout Electrical General Conduit Systems Service and Power Special Provisions Provisions Distribution Systems The following Special Provisions clarify, modify, change, add to, or delete from the General Scope of this Bid Package. .1 In accordance with Section 01510 - Temporary Utilities, furnish, and install temporary electric power service for construction needs. Coordinate with City Electric Service, for installation of overhead, connections, etc. Includes high voltage underground lines. Include warning tape in trench, to warn against digging up energized lines later. .2 Owner Option No. 3-01: Temporary Power Maintenance, at the option of the Owner, provide personnel to maintain temporary power. Proposal Form requests hourly rate for personnel. In addition, Proposal Form requests mark-up percentage for maintenance materials invoiced. .3 In accordance with Section 01510 - Temporary Utilities, notify the utility company when Trade Contractors are going to connect unusually heavy loads with special power requirements. 06/01/91 SCOPE OF WORK 00303 - 1 .4 In accordance with Section 01510 - Temporary Utilities, the Temporary Power Contractor shall also provide (2) site lights, equivalent to yard lights as provided by City Electric System. Lights are to be mounted on the power pole used for temporary power. The Construction Manager shall pay the costs of power used. .5 In accordance with Section 01510 - Temporary Utilities, Temporary Power Contractor shall coordinate with the telephone company for provision of site construction telephone lines. .6 Furnish and install primary feeder duct bank, from City Electric utility pole, as shown on drawing 11.01, including telephone conduits. Work includes duct bank, handholes, conduit and stub -ups. Furnish and install (4) ea. #4 rebar, one embedded in each corner, running the full length of duct bank. Cap conduits as necessary to prevent intrusion of moisture and debris. Install pull wire. Flag handholes as necessary to prevent them from being damaged or disturbed by equipment. Work includes all trenching, bedding and backfilling. Follow Section 03300 and related sections, for duct bank concrete. .7 Contractor shall be responsible for calling for, and coordinating all testing required. .8 Contractor is responsible for returning disturbed work area back to rough grade, and dressing out. .9 Procure and pay for all permits, fees and licenses. .10 The Owner will provide material testing for this project. However, this contractor shall be responsible for the cost of any retesting required because of non -conforming Work. .11 Primary site control has been established. The Trade Contractor shall lay out his work from the site control. The Trade Contractor shall be responsible for all measurements therefrom. The Trade Contractor shall furnish, at his own expense, all stakes, templates, platforms, equipment, tools, materials, and labor as may be required in laying out any part of the Work from the established site control. The Construction Manager may arrange to have the Trade Contractor's grades, measurements, or levels checked and verified by an independent licensed surveyor. If they are found to be outside of allowable tolerances, the Trade Contractor shall pay the cost of the checking or verification. 06/01/91 SCOPE OF WORK 00303 - 2 .12 Contractor is to study Division 1 General Requirements for additional responsibilities required. .13 On drawing 11.01, existing utility power pole at entrance is to be relocated. Coordinate relocation with City Electric. .14 Alternate No. 3-01: Temporary electrical materials, Contractor shall retain and own materials, in lieu of turning over to the Owner after removal. 1.3 By Others .1 Supply and installation of primary feeder conductor. 06/01/91 SCOPE OF WORK 00303 - 3 1.1 1.2 SECTION 00305 SCOPE OF WORK Bid Package No. 5 site Grading a Caissons General Scope Provide all labor, supervision, materials, supplies, equipment, tools, transportation, surveying and layout, and proper execution and completion of all Work specified on the drawings, and the following sections of the Specifications; including, but not limited to: Sections and Descriptions 02100 Site Preparation 02211 Rough Grading 02215 Finish Grading 02222 Excavating, Backfilling and Compacting for Structures 02226 Excavating, Backfill ing and Compacting for Utilities 02385 Drilled Caissons 02510 Asphaltic Concrete Paving 02720 Storm Sewerage 02721 Sewer Structures 02930 Lawns and Grasses 02955 Tree Relocation 03100 Concrete Formwork 03200 Concrete Reinforcement 03300 Cast -In -Place Concrete 03600 Grout Special Provisions The following Special Provisions clarify, modify, change, add to, or delete from the General Scope of this Bid Package. .1 All debris and excavated material is to be removed and disposed of off -site. All re -usable material is to be stockpiled on -site as directed by the Construction Manager, or as approved by the Architect. .2 Rough grade 10' mangrove setback area shown on drawings. .3 Grade Wastewater Treatment Plant Area and Effluent Holding Pond Area to approximate adjacent grades as shown. 07/03/91 SCOPE OF WORK 00305-1 .4 Contractor shall be responsible for calling for, and coordinating all required testing. .5 Grade site to drain, and maintain throughout contract duration. .6 Contractor shall be responsible for any dewatering operations required for installation of his work. .7 Contractor is responsible for returning disturbed work area back to rough grade, and dressing out. .8 Contractor shall call for structural inspections, and cooperate with Structural Inspector. .9 Furnish and install Outfall Structures. .10 Primary site control has been established, but this Contractor shall verify the accuracy of the Owner's horizontal and vertical control site monuments. The Trade Contractor shall lay out his work from the site control. The Trade Contractor shall furnish, at his own expense, all stakes, templates, platforms, equipment, tools, materials, and labor as may be required in laying out any part of the Work from the established site control. The Construction Manager may arrange to have the Trade Contractor's grades, measurements, or levels checked and verified by an independent licensed surveyor. If they are found to be outside of allowable tolerances, the Trade Contractor shall pay the cost of the checking or verification. .11 The Owner will provide material testing for this project. However, this contractor shall be responsible for the cost of any retesting required because of non -conforming Work. .12 Procure and pay for all permits, fees, and licenses. .13 At location as directed by the Construction Manager, prepare a concrete truck 'wash -out' hole on site, for use in cleaning out concrete truck chutes. .14 Furnish and install DIP sleeves under entrance roadway and Junior College Road, as shown on drawing 1.09. Restore roadbed, and repave. .15 Furnish and install Silt Fence as shown on drawing 1.01. .16 Excavate and restore, for sleeve, and tapping sleeve and valve, on Junior College Road. Coordinate with 07/03/91 SCOPE OF WORK 00305-2 Contractor installing tapping sleeve and valve. Backf ill and restore roadbed, and repave. .17 At entrance to site, at a location as determined by the Construction Manager, furnish and install 6 ft. high chain link fence, with no top rail. Include (2) ea. 10 ft. wide swinging gates. Use 9 Ga. wire, 4" sch. 40 gate and end posts, sch. 20 line posts, 1-5/8" sch. 20 pipe for gates. Total length of fence shall be 60 ft. .18 Furnish and install Storm Sewerage system complete. .19 Flag and/or protect all permanently installed Work, and maintain through contract duration. .20 Furnish and install caissons complete. Based on bid quantity, job will be on a unit price basis. As -built adjustment, at the end of the job, will be made, at bid unit price. Contractor shall be responsible for removal or re -use of muck from caisson excavations. Contractor shall be responsible for providing adequate site drainage during caisson operation, to prevent flooding of other contractors work. .21 Contractor is to study Division 1 General Requirements for additional responsibilities required. .22 Finish grade retention pond areas in accordance with Section 02215. .23 Owner Option No. 5-03: Topsoil and Sodding, at the option of the Owner, furnish and install topsoil and sodding in retention pond areas, in accordance with Section 02930. .24 Relocate one (1) 12" caliper tree, in accordance with Section 02955. .25 Owner Option No. 5-01: Caisson Concrete, at the option of the Owner, either Contractor or Owner will purchase concrete for caissons. Proposal form requests contractor to calculate quantity, and to insert material only cost. For assistance, the Construction Manager calculated bid lineal footage of caissons to be: 0 5' overburden to drill thru/caisson, at 277 caissons, total = 1385 if 0 competent limerock, total = 4265 if 07/03/91 SCOPE OF WORK 00305-3 .26 Owner Option No. 5-02: Caisson Reinforcing, at the option of the Owner, either Contractor or Owner will purchase reinforcing for caissons. Proposal form requests contractor to calculate quantity, and to insert material only cost. .27 Owner Option No. 5-04: Area F Caissons, at the option of the Owner, install caissons for the future Area F. This area is defined as the area bound by column lines Gb to La and 17 to 24 as well as column lines U to X and 37 to 42. .28 Bid Alternate No. 5-01: If selected by the Owner, furnish and install portland cement concrete paving, in lieu of soil -cement base and asphaltic concrete paving. .29 Bid Alternate No. 5-02: If selected by the Owner, furnish and install a compacted limestone base in leu of a soil cement base under asphaltic concrete paving. 1.3 By Others .1 Finish grading in areas other than retention pond areas. 07/03/91 SCOPE OF WORK 00305-4 SECTION 00307 SCOPE OF WORK Bid Package No. 7 Concrete Foundations 1.1 General_Scope Provide all labor, supervision, materials, supplies, equipment, tools, transportation, surveying and layout, and proper execution and completion of all Work specified on the drawings, and in the following sections of the Specifications; including, but not limited to: Sections and Descriptions 02222 Excavating, Backfilling and Compacting for Structures 03100 Concrete Formwork 03200 Concrete Reinforcement 03300 Cast -In -Place Concrete 03600 Grout 05180 Miscellaneous Structural Steel 07150 Waterproofing 07190 Vapor Retarder 1.2 Special Provisions The following Special Provisions clarify, modify, change, add to, or delete from the General Scope of this Bid Package. .1 Furnish and install all columns from top of caissons to elevated first floor framing. Coordinate top of column connection requirements with precast contractor. .2 Furnish and install grade beams. .3 Furnish and install cast -in -place concrete walls and beams above. .4 Furnish and install concrete slabs -on -grade. .5 Contractor shall be responsible for calling for, and coordinating all required testing. .6 Furnish and install elevator pits. .7 Provide waterproofing and vapor retarder as required for 07/03/91 SCOPE OF WORK 00307-1 the Work. .8 Contractor is responsible for returning disturbed work area back to rough grade, and dressing out. .9 Contractor shall be responsible for any dewatering operations required for installation of his work. .10 Contractor shall call for structural inspections, and cooperate with Structural Inspector. .11 Primary site control has been established. The Trade Contractor shall lay out his work from the site control. The Trade Contractor shall be responsible for all measurements therefrom. The Trade Contractor shall furnish, at his own expense, all stakes, templates, platforms, equipment, tools, materials, and labor as may be required in laying out any part of the Work from the established site control. The Construction Manager may arrange to have the Trade Contractor's grades, measurements, or levels checked and verified by an independent licensed surveyor. If they are found to be outside of allowable tolerances, the Trade Contractor shall pay the cost of the checking or verification. .12 The Owner will provide material testing for this project. However, this contractor shall be responsible for the cost of any retesting required because of non -conforming Work. .13 Furnish and install elevator rail support beams, including plates and anchors, in accordance with Section 05180. .14 Furnish and install all anchor bolts for columns, in accordance with Section 05180. .15 Furnish and install all miscellaneous metals which are embedded in the work of this contractor. These include anchors, channels, edge angles, angles and weld plates. .16 Contractor is to study Division 1 General Requirements for additional responsibilities required. .17 Owner Option No. 7-01: Concrete Procurement. At the option of the Owner, either Contractor or Owner will purchase concrete. Proposal form requests Contractor to calculate quantity, and to insert material only cost. .18 Owner Option No. 7-02: Future Area F Columns. At the option of the Owner, install columns for future Area F. 07/03/91 SCOPE OF WORK 00307-2 This area is defined as the area bound by column lines Gb to La and 17 to 24 as well as column lines U to X and 37 to 42. Contractor to install columns complete. .19 Owner Option No. 7-03: Future Area F Miscellaneous Concrete. At the option of the Owner, install all poured concrete associated with the stairwells in future Area F. This area is defined as the area bound by column lines Gb to La and 17 to 24 as well as column lines U to X and 37 to 42. Contractor to prep area and install all poured concrete complete. 07/03/91 SCOPE OF WORK 00307-3 SECTION 00309 SCOPE OF WORK Bid Package No. 9 Site Plumbing 1.1 General Scope Provide all labor, supervision, materials, supplies, equipment, tools, transportation, surveying and layout, and proper execution and completion of all Work specified on the drawings and in the following sections of the Specifications; including, but not limited to: Sections and Descriptions 02226 Excavating, Backfilling and Compacting for Utilities 02644 Water Mains 02685 Gas Distribution System 02674 Fire Wells 02721 Sewer Structures 02730 Sanitary Sewerage 03600 Grout 1.2 Special Provisions The following Special Provisions clarify, modify, change, add to, or delete from the General Scope of this Bid Package. .1 Cap all lines to prevent intrusion of debris, animals, etc., and flag valve boxes to prevent being disturbed or damaged by equipment. .2 Furnish and install temporary water using charged fire water line. At locations of two (2) fire hydrants, furnish and install suitable temporary water facilities. .3 Subcontractor shall be responsible for calling for, and coordinating all required testing. .4 Furnish and install Grease Trap as shown on drawings. .5 Contractor is responsible for returning disturbed work area back to rough grade, and dressing out. .6 Furnish and install post indicator and valve on Fire Water loop, as shown on drawings. 06/01/91 SCOPE OF WORK 00309-1 .7 Furnish and install Fire Hydrants, and adequately protect from damage with temporary bollards. .8 Contractor shall be responsible for any dewatering operations required for installation of his Work. .9 Primary site control has been established. The Trade Contractor shall lay out his work from the site control. The Trade Contractor shall be responsible for all measurements therefrom. The Trade Contractor shall furnish, at his own expense, all stakes, templates, platforms, equipment, tools, materials, and labor as may be required in laying out any part of the Work from the established site control. The Construction Manager may arrange to have the Trade Contractor's grades, measurements, or levels checked and verified by an independent licensed surveyor. If they are found to be outside of allowable tolerances, the Trade Contractor shall pay the cost of the checking or verification. .10 The Owner will provide material testing for this project. However, this contractor shall be responsible for the cost of any retesting required because of non -conforming Work. .11 Furnish and install fire wells, complete, as shown on drawings, and in accordance with Section 02674. .12 Furnish and install 2-1/2" gas line as shown on drawings. .13 Furnish and install water main and fire water main, complete, including all appurtenances. .14 Furnish and install tapping sleeve and valve for distribution main. Furnish and install thrust blocks as required. Excavation, roadbed restoration, and repaving, will be by Site Grading Contractor. Coordinate operations with Site Grading Contractor. .15 Install Water Meter furnished by FKAA. Coordinate inspections with FKAA. .16 Furnish and install all required concrete thrust blocks. .17 Furnish and install Reduced Pressure Backflow Preventers. .18 Furnish and install Gate Valves and Boxes. .19 Furnish and install floor drains and coordinate embedment with contractor responsible for concrete slabs. 06/01/91 SCOPE OF WORK 00309-2 .20 Furnish all plumbing stub -ups and caps associated with this contractor's work. .21 Furnish and install Sanitary Sewerage as shown on drawings, complete, including manholes, clean -outs, caps and plugs. .22 Furnish and install Gray Water line as shown on drawings, and all appurtenances thereto. .23 Contractor is to study Division 1 General Requirements for additional responsibilities required. .24 Contractor is to protect all installed Work, and maintain throughout contract duration. 1.3 By Others .1 At Junior College Road, excavation for tapping sleeve and valve, backfilling, roadbed restoration, and repaving. 06/01/91 SCOPE OF WORK 00309-3 1.1 1.2 SECTION 00310 SCOPE OF WORK Bid Package No. 10 Precast Concrete General Scope Provide all labor, supervision, materials, supplies, equipment, 1,:ools, transportation, surveying and layout, and proper execution and completion of all Work specified on the drawings, and the following sections of the Specifications; including, but not limited to: Sections and Descriptions 03100 Concrete Formwork 03200 Concrete Reinforcement 03300 Cast -In -Place Concrete 03410 Precast Concrete Hollow Cored Planks 03412 Precast Concrete Panels 03420 Precast Prestressed Concrete Sections 03490 Precast Concrete Modular Cell 03600 Grout 05180 Miscellaneous Structural Steel 07210 Building Insulation 07900 Joint Sealers Special Provisions The following Special Provisions clarify, modify, change, add to, or delete from the General Scope of this Bid Package. .1 Furnish, install and erect all items related to the Precast Concrete, such as anchorage items, clips, bearing pads, inserts and dowels, etc., as required. Furnish only to the appropriate contractor for installation, anchorage items required to be embedded in other construction and associated with the installation of the Precast Concrete. Provide setting diagrams, template diagrams, templates, erection drawings and directions as required for installation of embedded items, in other trades work. .2 Furnish and install rigid insulation for precast concrete sandwich panel, and precast concrete modular cell, in accordance with section 07210. Furnish and install complete detail fire safing insulation and caulking in 07/24/91 SCOPE OF WORK 00310 - 1 locations where installation is required during erection of precast concrete members. For example, see drawing 4.36, section M, on 23 line. .3 Joints of planks specified in sections 03410 and 03420, which are to receive concrete topping, shall be grouted per section 03600 prior to placing concrete topping. .4 Install embeds, anchorage plates, anchors and inserts, for attachment of detention furnishings. .5 Install in precast concrete all blockouts, sleeves, anchors, plates, frames, etc. for all trades; such as, masonry, elevators, roofing, mechanical, electrical, fire sprinkler, plumbing, and security systems, supplied and coordinated by others prior to casting. .6 Welds shall be cleaned and appropriately touched -up. .7 All temporary shoring and rigging during installation shall be the responsibility of the precast contractor. .8 Safety procedures, such as load testing cranes, and construction of temporary safety items, (i.e., opening covers, netting, rails, and guards) shall be the responsibility of the precast contractor. Contractor shall maintain as required all safety construction until permanent construction details are installed. OSHA approved safety barriers are to be provided and maintained until occupancy of follow-on contractor to hazard area, as approved by Construction Manager. Reference section 00970, Project Safety and Health Program. .9 There will be a structural inspector employed by Owner, on this threshold building, and precaster shall cooperate with representatives. .10 Contractor is responsible for returning disturbed work/staging areas back to rough grade, and dressing out. .11 Upon completion of erection, point, patch, clean, remove rust and touch-up paint all metal work. .12 Upon completion of casting and removal of forms, and prior to removing from manufacturer's yard for delivery, point, patch, clean, remove rust and touch-up paint all work. .13 Assist all trades regarding location of field penetrations, and approval of all field penetrations 07/24/91 SCOPE OF WORK 00310 - 2 through precast concrete. .14 Install chase door frames and cell window frames. .15 Furnish and install all double -tee shear connections. .16 Furnish and install all bearing pads, plates, etc., including precast concrete to cast -in -place concrete connections. .17 At all precast to precast connections, provide all embeds and connection plates required. .18 At all precast concrete to dissimilar material connections, install embedded items as furnished by others. Examples include drawing 3.33, sections 1,7,10,19; drawing 3.34, sections 1,8,18,20; drawing 3.35, sections 3 thru 7. .19 Provide, install and maintain temporary scaffold stairways at two locations as directed by the Construction Manager, with provision for egress to 1st, 2nd, and roof levels, until final metal stairways are completed. Temporary stairways will be for general construction use. .20 Precaster shall verify compatibility with finish coating products and denote surface finishes of precast on shop drawings. .21 Owner Option No. 10-01: Area F Precast Concrete Provide Area F precast concrete, complete with engineering, material and fabrication, delivery, erection, embeds work, and all other associated work similar to other areas of building, (Areas A, B, C, D, and E), as described elsewhere in this scope of work. .22 Owner Option No. 10-02: Utility Routing Coordination The Precast Contractor shall produce a suitable and complete set of reproducible precast plan and elevation shop drawings while maintaining a master set, furnish one reproducible and one blueline set for and to each of the following: sheet metal contractor, mechanical piping contractor, plumbing contractor, fire protection piping contractor, security contractor and electrical contractor. Multiple mechanical, plumbing and electrical contracts are anticipated. 07/24/91 SCOPE OF WORK 00310 - 3 Each of the above referenced trade contractors shall use this set as "working set of drawings" for planning, routing, anchoring and hanger details. When directed by the CM, and with timeliness to facilitate jobsite progress, the precaster shall route an additional clean, clear set of reproducibles to first the sheet metal contractor, secondly to the fire protection contractor, thirdly to the plumbing contractors, fourthly to the mechanical piping, fifthly to the electrical and lastly to the security contractors. These contractors shall 'lay- out' their trade work as necessary to develop a composite utility routing plan, which shall be reviewed by the precaster. The precaster shall coordinate with each trade contractor as necessary for suggested changes in routing due to structural or other limitations. Each trade shall coordinate and modify their working plan until the precaster is confident he can provide necessary blockouts and other appropriate penetrations. The precaster shall incorporate blockouts and other penetrations into a final composite utility routing drawing set. The precaster shall then submit to the A/E for approval the composite utility plan and detailing. The precaster shall define the maximum field core drill allowable diameter. Any field core drilling shall be the responsibility of the trade contractor requesting the penetration subject to the advance approval of the precaster and A/E, and shall be in accordance with Article 4.14.3. All costs of field installed penetrations and closure of finished detailing of coordinated precasting, shall comply with fire safing, safety building codes and design intent (draft closure, material fall protection, etc.) requirements shall be borne by the trades using the penetrations. The precaster shall incorporate the final utility routing drawings into the final 'As -Built' submittal. 1.3 By Others .1 Furnish and .2 Installation .3 Installation .4 Installation .5 Installation .6 Installation .7 Installation installation of detention furnishings. of finishes in cells. of light fixtures. of fire sprinkler heads. of HVAC grilles. of plumbing fixtures. of concrete toppings. 07/24/91 SCOPE OF WORK 00310 - 4 1.1 1.2 SECTION 00311 SCOPE OF WORK Bid Package No. 11 Hydraulic Elevators General Scope Provide all labor, supervision, materials, supplies, equipment, tc:ols, transportation, surveying and layout, and proper execution and completion of all Work specified on the drawings, and the following sections of the Specifications; including, but not limited to: Sections and Descriptions 05500 Metal Fabrications 07210 Building Insulation 07900 Joint Sealers 14212 Hydraulic Elevators Special Provisions The following Special Provisions clarify, modify, change, add to, or delete from the General Scope of this Bid Package. .1 Drilling of jack holes for all elevators. Responsibility for satisfactory holes, (depth, plumbness, cleanliness, etc.), will be borne by Elevator Contractor. Elevator Contractor shall sleeve and cap as necessary to maintain holes until installation of elevator plungers and cylinders. Holes are to be drilled prior to precast erection, and a truck or crane mounted drill unit must be utilized. Coordinate installation of jack casings with Caisson contractor and Foundations contractor. .2 Furnish to the appropriate Trade Contractor, for installation in precast concrete, masonry, and cast -in - place concrete, all sleeves, anchors, weld plates and other inserts and devices required as part of the Work under this Bid Package. Coordinate and verify locations with the appropriate contractor. .3 Furnish and install pit ladders. .4 All penetrations through rated walls, floors and ceilings for this contractor's work shall be treated by this contractor, in accordance with section 07210. 07/27/91 SCOPE OF WORK 00311 - 1 .5 Furnish and install all elevator doors, door frames, and sills. Coordinate installation with masonry contractor, who will be providing required grouting of frames and sills. .6 Temporary Service - Elevator 3 and either of elevators 6 or 7 will be used as directed by the Construction Manager, in the last stages of construction of the project. Elevator contractor shall provide adequate protection of walls and floors. Provide warranty/ maintenance period for additional 6 months. .7 Furnish and install divider beams which were not installed by others previously, (Bid Package No. 7, Concrete Foundations). 1.3 By Others .1 Grouting of elevator door sills and elevator hoistway frames. 07/27/91 SCOPE OF WORK 00311 - 2 1.1 1.2 SECTION 00312 SCOPE OF WORK Bid Package No. 12 Precast Embeds General Scope Provide all labor, supervision, materials, supplies, equipment, tools, transportation and proper execution and completion of all Work specified on the drawings, and the following sections of the Specifications; including, but not limited to: Specifications Sections and Descriptions 05180 Miscellaneous Structural Steel 05500 Metal Fabrications 08100 Metal Doors and Frames 08660 Security Steel Windows 08710 Door Hardware Special Provisions The following Special Provisions clarify, modify, change, add to, or delete from the General Scope of this Bid Package. .1 Embed Summary: The scope of this contractor's embed work consists of metal which is to be embedded in precast concrete, for all precast concrete to dissimilar material connections. The precast concrete contractor is responsible for all precast to precast connection embeds. .2 Contractor shall furnish to the precast concrete contractor all embeds to be installed in precast, with appropriate installation instructions, for precast to dissimilar material connections. Examples include drawing 3.36, section 2; drawing 3.38, section 10 thru 12; drawing 4.42, section 1 and 4; drawing 4.51, detail X. .3 Furnish to the Precast Concrete Contractor, four-sided cell chase door frames for embedment in concrete. .4 Provide adequate protection of all material in this scope of work, so that shipping and installation will not cause damage. This contractor shall be liable for all damages and rework due to insufficient protection. 07/27/91 SCOPE OF WORK 00312 - 1 1.3 .5 Protect all material in this scope of work, by providing adequate protection of projections and openings for follow-on work after casting in precast concrete. This shall allow strike plates and screws, etc. to be installed later, without hinderance. .6 Furnish and deliver to job -site, when scheduled by the Construction Manager, non -security chase doors, complete with hardware. .7 Furnish to the Precast Concrete Contractor, all security window frames which are to be embedded in precast concrete. .8 Refer to sections 08800 Glazing, and 08842 Security Glazing, for applicable coordination between this contractor's work, and that work to be done by others. .9 Furnish to the precast concrete contractor, embeds for louvers as shown on drawing 4.42, sections 1 and 4, as examples for all embedded metal for all louvers. By Others .1 Finish painting. .2 Installation of chase doors and hardware. .3 Glass and glazing. 07/27/91 SCOPE OF WORK 00312 - 2 SECTION 00350 MILESTONE SCHEDULE This section contains the project schedule. Each contractor is to study the applicable parts, or milestones, in order to determine his proposed scheduling for the project. Coordinate construction scheduling and operations with the Construction Manager so as to meet the milestone and completion dates as outlined in this section. The Contractors are to note the following special items. a. Bid Due Date . . . . . . . . . . . . . .07/10/91 b. Award Date (Anticipated) . . . . . . . .07/17/91 C. Notice to Proceed (Anticipated). . . . .07/29 91 d. Bid Package No. 3 - Site Electrical & Temporary Power: The Work shall be substantially complete 144 calendar days after the commencement date established in the Notice to Proceed. e. Bid Package No. 5 - Site Grading & Caissons: The Work shall be substantially complete 161 calendar days after the commencement date established in the Notice to Proceed. f. Bid Package No. 7 - Concrete Foundations: The Work shall be substantially complete 157 calendar days after the commencement date established in the Notice to Proceed. g. Bid Package No. 9 - Site Plumbing: The Work shall be substantially complete 144 calendar days after the commencement date established in the Notice to Proceed. 07/03/91 MILESTONE SCHEDULE 00350-1 h. The general flow of installation of caissons and columns will be zone C thru zone A, zone F thru zone D. 07/03/91 MILESTONE SCHEDULE 00350-2 Z Z a a a rn rn I m - cc a cn z a rn m > m in N 00 W > cz,_ CD Z tiQ cc r-y Y H U T U ro CL ci 0� �(a o c . CD CT) U c m C -M C +� C Q) Ql � O Q a 3 C QJ L a m ❑ Z U' �+ N u� mz m i a+ .-. .-. m t`O .. �d _. .. �S .-. .-. m Xl m .- _. m Si ._ Oat .. .-. 7G iG .-. m t`E .+ .-. �+ N .. .. Lei � rn b5V .. '. �1 •.• rn K NIMO<I •• •• t`G � rn m � z � a m N �O C m m - yy-� yy-� - - �- s- - �- - -5"�y�,� - 5- Q- - - m - - - - - ym� 2 d 2 Is g Q E u V7 C C 2 G ¢ O E U 1y- 'cmO o A � q << < m m w u k S �5 in d U o 2 A 2 8 P a 2e o E d SECTION 00352 BID GROUP 2 MILESTONE SCHEDULE This section contains the project schedule. Each contractor is to study the applicable parts, or milestones, in order to determine his proposed scheduling for the project. Coordinate construction scheduling and operations with the Construction Manager so as to meet the milestone and completion dates as outlined in this section. The Contractors are to note the following special items. a. Bid Due Date . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 08 2 0/91 b. Award Date (Anticipated) . . . . . . . .08/28/91 C. Notice to Proceed (Anticipated). . . . .09/02/91 d. Bid Package No. 10 - Precast Concrete: Erection of precast concrete shall commence calendar days after the commencement date established in the Notice to Proceed, and Zones A, B, C, D & E shall be erected within calendar days after Notice to Proceed. e. Bid Package No. 11 - Hydraulic Elevators: The jackwells are to be installed simultaneously with a portion of Bid Package No. 7 - Concrete Foundations work, under Bid Group 1. Two months are being allowed for the jackwell work, which must be complete prior to follow- on concrete foundations and precast concrete erection. Elevator #3 and either of #6 or #7, are to be available for temporary service, should it be deemed necessary, within calendar days after Notice to Proceed. All contract Work shall be substantially complete calendar days after the commencement date established in the Notice to Proceed. 07/26/91 MILESTONE SCHEDULE 00352 - 1 f. Bid Package No. 12 - Precast Embeds: All precast embeds are to be fabricated and delivered to the precaster in order to meet the production schedule of the precaster. This schedule, to be submitted by the precaster, will be submitted after award of the precast concrete package. All other materials under the scope of work: of the precast embed contractor, shall be delivered to the jobsite, when, and as directed by the Construction Manager. All precast embed contractor Work shall be substantially complete calendar days after the commencement date established in the Notice to Proceed. 07/26/91 MILESTONE SCHEDULE 00352 - 2 I a i I I I rn � I � I a I z rn m N N Q O C I rn m I n oa Li a 00 y 7 a� E � ^ p z Z p Z i- Z � Q O O Y � � � Y H rn U U i c-) 0- 0-CD Z W � � Q L7 m m U O O L LiJ `D _ �..� �-. Q] �-. rn ..-� Q1 �+ Q1 Q) CU m N M N M N M N M N M N M Q1 Ql Q7 N f`"1 Ql "-' Q1 N Q1 O Z (S W J Lr7 Q1 CD a Lo I- > > z ¢ m ¢ cc ¢ ¢ a CD �- 10 L7 z¢ U¢ _ c� o o a Q w¢ a Q a w z U rn o w ❑] w ¢ cn ¢ o lD z z �_ v m rn m rn In rn¢ li S O w m N N N CV CU N c+) N i rn rn rn rn rn rn ai a� rn rn rn rn rn r H J m cT ai m U' U' F-- H U rn Z rn U rn m rn Q am m Q LD U' d Q C.7 U Q Q C 7 U O Z U U U W ¢ w W Q W ¢ O O W a ¢ O ¢ = ¢ U O W Ul ¢ ¢ m O t\ O n cm N CV O N W !n m Ql W If] = C ¢ Q1 ¢ Ql Uo [D O V O r m M O QJ y fp Q1 .^ E Q�p) p o'. U7 U U io 0 I � o O U1 li C Ql T T T LD La U U i O O 0 0 C O m U O W y C N C dd y U N O CJ O O w O N N N y O O U U U E p I I c. C C C C C E N .a in C ^ I C C C C U N L L p ++ L L m C O O I I Z C N Oi m a � � al a� a� a� U] E E O O L C C Mt0 c0 L L L L L W U d W W T W W rH L U d w W W W W w W W, IL:I pycr H U U (p U fD U f0 fO l0 fO fO 6J fO N !O 6l �O d ¢J N d fp > 6l fO d fO to (O N O E tp d f9 6l ` H UV] Q W U O L d 6J L d QJ L d a) L d ¢J L d 41 L L L L L L L C C 0- d O m O_ lD n m Ol O N mV 1n (D O �• N MV CDlf7 O O V .-» 'C N N N N m V V V v C Ln In In U"1 In N N H U THE AMERICAN INSTITUTE OF ARCHITECTS A/A Document A310 Bid Bond KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS, that we (Here insert full name and address or legal title of Contractor) as Principal, hereinafter called the Principal, and (Here insert full name and address or legal title of Surety) a corporation duly organized under the laws of the State of as Surety, hereinafter called the Surety, are held and firmly bound unto (Here insert full name and address or legal title of Owner) as Obligee, hereinafter called the Obligee, in the sum of Dollars ($ ), for the payment of which sum well and truly to be made, the said Principal and the said Surety, bind ourselves, our heirs, executors, administrators, successors and assigns, jointly and severally, firmly by these presents. WHEREAS, the Principal has submitted a bid for (Here insert full name, address and description of protect NOW, THEREFORE, if the Obligee shall accept the bid of the Principal and the Principal shall enter into a Contract with the Obligee in accordance with the terms of such bid, and give such bond or bonds as may be specified in the bidding or Contract Documents with good and sufficient surety for the faithful performance of such Contract and for the prompt payment of labor and material furnished in the prosecution thereof, or in the event of the failure of the Principal to enter such Contract and give such bond or bonds, if the Principal shall pay to the Obligee the difference not to exceed the penalty hereof between the amount specified in said bid and such larger amount for which the Obligee may in good faith contract with another party to perform the Work covered by said bid, then this obligation shall be null and void, otherwise to remain in full force and effect. Signed and sealed this day of 19 (Witness) (Witness) (Principal) (Seal) (Title) (Surety) (Seal) (Title) AIA DOCUMENT A310 • BID BOND • AIA ® • FEBRUARY 1970 ED • THE AMERICAN INSTITUTE OF ARCHITECTS, 1735 N.Y. AVE., N.W., WASHINGTON, D. C. 20006 SWORN STATEMENT UNDER SECTION 287.133(3)(a), FLORIDA STATUTES, ON PUBLIC ENTITY CRIMES THIS FORM MUST BE SIGNED IN THE PRESENCE OF A NOTARY PUBLIC OR OTHER OFFICER AUTHORIZED TO ADMINISTER OATHS. 1. This sworn statement is submitted with Bid, Proposal or Contract No. for 2. This sworn statement is submitted by (Name of entity submitting sworn statement) whose business address is and (if applicable) its Federal Employer Identification Number (FEIN) is (If the entity has no FEIN, include the Social Security Number of the individual signing this sworn statement: 3. My name is and my relationship to the entity named above is 4. I understand that a "public entity crime" as defined in Paragraph 287.133(1)(g), Florida Statutes, means a violation of any state or federal law by a person with respect to and directly related to the transaction of business with any public entity or with an agency or political subdivision of any other state or with the United States, including, but not limited to, and bid or contract for goods or services to be provided to any public entity or an agency or political subdivision of any other state or of the United States and involving antitrust, fraud, theft, bribery, collusion, racketeering, conspiracy, or material misrepresentation. 5. I understand that "convicted" or "conviction" as defined in Paragraph 287.133 (1) (b) , Florida Statutes, means a finding of guilt or a conviction of a public entity crime, with or without an adjudication of guilt, in any federal or state trial court of record relating to charges brought by indictment or information after July 1, 1989, as a result of 04/30/91 PUBLIC ENTITY CRIMES 00420-1 a jury verdict, nonjury verdict, nonjury trial, or entry of a plea of guilty or nolo contendere. 6. I understand that an "affiliate" as defined in Paragraph 287.133(1)(a), Florida Statutes, means: 1. A predecessor or successor of a person convicted of a public entity crime: or 2. An entity under the control of any natural person who is active in the management of the entity and who has been convicted of a public entity crime. The term "affiliate" includes those officers, directors, executives, partners, shareholders, employees, members, and agents who are active in the management of an affiliate. The ownership by one person of shares constituting a controlling interest in another person, or a pooling of equipment or income among persons when not for fair market value under an arm's length agreement, shall be a prima facie case that one person controls another person. A person who knowingly enters into a joint venture with a person who has been convicted of a public entity crime in Florida during the preceding 36 months shall be considered an affiliate. 7. I understand that a "person" as defined in Paragraph 287.133(1)(a), Florida Statutes, means any natural person or entity organized under the laws of any state or of the United States with the legal power to enter into a binding contract and which bids or applies to bid on contracts for the provision of goods or services let by a public entity, or which otherwise transacts or applies to transact business with a public entity. The term "Person" includes those officers, directors, executives, partners, shareholders, employees, members, and agents who are active in management of an entity. 8. Based on information and belief, the statement which I have marked below is true in relation to the entity submitting this sworn statement. [Please indicate which statement applies.] Neither the entity submitting this sworn statement, nor any officers, directors, executives, partners, shareholders, employees, members, or agents who are active in management of the entity, nor any affiliate of the entity have been charged with and convicted of a public entity crime subsequent to July 1, 1989. The entity submitting this sworn statement, or one or 04/30/91 PUBLIC ENTITY CRIMES 00420-2 more of the officers, directors, executives, partners, shareholders, employees, members, or agents who are active in management of the entity, or an affiliate of the entity has been charged with and convicted of a public entity crime subsequent to July 1, 1989, AND [Please indicate which additional statement applies.] There has been a proceeding concerning the conviction before a hearing officer of the State of Florida, Division of Administrative Hearings. The final order entered by the hearing officer did not place the person or affiliate in the convicted vendor list. [Please attach a copy of the final order.] The person or affiliate was placed on the convicted vendor list. there has been a subsequent proceeding before a hearing officer of the State of Florida, Division of Administrative Hearings. The final order entered by the hearing officer determined that it was in the public interest to remove the person or affiliate from the convicted vendor list. [Please attach a copy of the final order.] The person or affiliate has not been placed on the convicted vendor list. [Please describe any action taken by or pending with the Department of General Services.] [Signature] Date: STATE OF COUNTY OF PERSONALLY APPEARED BEFORE ME, the undersigned authority, who, after first being sworn by me, [name of individual signing] affixed his/her signature in the space provided above on this day of , 19 NOTARY PUBLIC My commission expires: Form PUR 7068(Rev. 11/89) 04/30/91 PUBLIC ENTITY CRIMES 00420-3 LOBBYING AND CONFLICT OF INTEREST CLAUSE SWORN STATEMENT UNDER ORDINANCE NO. 010-1990 MONROE COUNTY, FLORIDA W (Company) ". warrants that it has not employed, retained or otherwise had act on its behalf any former County officer or employee subject to the prohibition of Section 2 of Ordinance No. 010-1990 or any County officer or employee in violation of Section 3 of Ordinance No. 010-1990. For breach or violation of this provision the County may, in its discretion, terminate this contract without liability and may also, in its discretion, deduct from the contract or purchase price, or otherwise recover, the full amount of any fee, commission, percentage, gift, or consideration paid to the former County officer or employee". STATE OF COUNTY OF PERSONALLY APPEARED (Signature) Date: BEFORE ME, the undersigned authority, who, after first being sworn by me, his/her signature (name of individual signing) in th provided above on this day of , 19_. NOTARY PUBLIC My commission expires: affixed e space 07/25/91 LOBBYING AND CONFLICT OF INTEREST CLAUSE 00425 - 1 Non -Collusion Affidavit I, according to law on my oath, and say that; of the city of and under penalty of perjury, depose am of the firm of , the bidder making the Proposal for the project described in the notice for calling for bids for , and that I executed the said proposal with full authority to do so; 2.) the prices in this bid have been arrived at independently without collusion, consultation, communication or agreement for the purpose of restricting competition, as to any matter relating to such proces with any other bidder or with any competitor; 3.) unless otherwise required by law, the prices which have been quoted in this bid have not been knowingly disclosed by the bidder and will not knowingly be disclosed by the bidder and will not be knowingly disclosed by the bidder prior to bid opening, directly or indirectly, to any other bidder or to any competitor; and 4.) no attempt has been made or will be made by the bidder to induce any other person, partnership or corporation to submit, or not to submit, a bid for the purpose of restricting competition; 5.) the statements contained in this affidavit are true and correct, and made with full knowledge that Monroe County relies upon the truth of the statements contained in this affidavit in awarding contracts for said project. STATE OF COUNTY OF (Signature of Bidder) DATE PERSONALLY APPEARED BEFORE ME, the undersigned authority, who, after first being sworn by me, (name of individual signing) affixed his/her signature in the space provided above on this day of , 19 NOTARY PUBLIC My commission expires: 07/26/91 NON -COLLUSION AFFIDAVIT 00430 - 1 SECTION 00440 PROPOSED SUBCONTRACTOR LISTING 1. Subcontractor: Address: Phone: Contact: Portion of Work: Percentage this proposed Subcontract is of total Bid Price as delineated on Proposal Form: 2. Subcontractor: Address: Phone: Contact: Portion of Work: Percentage this proposed Subcontract is of total Bid Price as delineated on Proposal Form: 3. Subcontractor: Address: Phone: Contact: Portion of Work: Percentage this proposed Subcontract is of total Bid Price as delineated on Proposal Form: 4. Subcontractor: Address: Phone: Contact: Portion of Work: Percentage this proposed Subcontract is of total Bid Price as delineated on Proposal Form: %. 05/20/91 PROPOSED SUBCONTRACTOR LISTING 00440-1 T H E A K E R I C A N I N S T I T U T E O F A R C H I T E C T S AIA Document A305 Contractor's Qualification Statement 1986 EDITION This form is approved and recommended hY The American Institute of Architects (AIA) and The Associated General Contractors of America (,4GC) fur use in evaluat- ing the qualifications of contractors. No endorsement of the szrhnrittin party or I erification of- the information is made hl' the AIA or AGC. The Undersigned certifies under oath that the information provided herein is true and suffi- ciently complete so as not to be misleading. S BMITTED TO: ADDRESS: SUB1IITTED BY: NAME: ADDRESS: PRINCIPAL. OFFICE: NAME. OF PROJECT (it applicahk-- TYPE OF \CORK {file srparxiz form for each Classitic:uion of \Cork): General Construction Plumbing; Other (please sprcity) Corporation Partnership Individual Joint \'rnture Other HV"AC Electrical 1064. P)09 I`)-') - 1')81 I,% the Am,rn.w t Archiw,t,. I Acv- ) irk \%cnuc. A A\ \\.1-1 i_ _ )( u, nun ,,I the ...r,c rr.ii hcrrin ,)r wh,t:u ., i,ll yuuttiu 111 u1 11, In . „111\� '' uu vv nucn I c1 11:— „I the AL\ �iuL11c, the rulrvIlght I:nv, „I tltc I I)Ncd ,cuc, .in,' ',�iil Ill, t,- Ics!.0 ri,,,c,uu„n AIA DOCUMENT A305•) UAlffV i!INI )I VIIII, A1,,)A,IV1IAII-AI • I"�',�1!�Illt )A•VL1' • I"SO I III-.A\1I RI(A\I\,Iiil 11 OI \Kl IIIIIt 11. 1-'•�\I\\ Muth A\I-.\I r. \\� '�'. �.,�.�� I„ _ ��„ A305-1986 1 1. ORGANIZATION 1.1 How many years has \-our organization been in business as a Contractor? 1.2 How man vears has your organization been in business under its present business name? 1.2.1 Under what other or former names has your organization operated? 1.3 If your organization is a corporation, answer the following: 1.3.1 Date of incorporation: 1.3.2 State of incorporation: 1.3.3 Presidents name: 1.3.4 Vice-president's name(s): 1.3.5 Secretan`'s name: 1.3.6 Treasurer's name: 1.4 If your organization is a partnership, answer the following: I A.1 Date of organization: 1.4.2 Type of partnership (if applicahle): 1.4.3 Name(s) of general partner(s): If \ our organization is indi\ iduall\' o\. ned, answer the following: I.:;. I Datc of ()rganization: 1.�;.2 Name of o-,%"tier: AIA DOCUMENT A305 • (.o\l KA( I ()R , OI \LIFT( vI 1()\ � I-.1 F\ti(\"I' • 1 (xi, !'W Ilo\ • dIA' • �(, 1111, A\II`.KICA\ IXtill11-'1.1{ OF AkCnlll'.(.'I�. I-.5 \1`\\ IUKh \\P\1 I. \\ `�. \,fll\(I-r(1\ A305-1.986 2 1 .b If the form of your organization is other than those listed above, describe it and name the principal,: 2. LICENSING 2.1 List jurisdictions and trade categories in which your organization is legally qualified to do business, and indicate registration or license numbers, if applicable. 2.2 List jurisdictions in which your organization's partnership or trade name is filed. 3. EXPERIENCE 3.1 List the categories of work that your organization normally performs with its own forces. 3.2 Claims and wits. (it the answer to anv of the questions below is ves, please attach details.) 1.2.1 Has your organization ever failed to complete any work awarded to it% 3.2? Are there any judgments, claim.~, arbitration proceedings or suits pending or outstanding against your organization or its officers? 3?.3 Has your organization filed any law suits or requested arbitration v, ith regard to construc- tion contracts within the last five years? 3.3 VZ'ithin the last five years, has any officer or principal of your organization ever been an officer or principal of another organization when it failed to complete a construction contract% flf the answer is yes, please attach details.) AIA DOCUMENT A305 - (.( )NI RM ] OR � Q I AI.IFICAFI()N SIATENIENT - 198(, EDITION -A IA' - ' Ivm, TIIE AMER WAN INS,I l It IF of ARC III I -ICI S. I'i; NFVC 1-()RK AV'ENI F:. \ Vi . UASHINGTON. 1).C. 201uK, A305-1986 3 3. t ( )n a separate sheet, list major construction projects %Our Organization ilas in progress. gig ing, the name of project, owner. architect, contract amount, percent complete and scheduled completion date. 3.-4.1 State total worth of work in progress and under contract: 3. 5 On a separate sheet, list the major projects your organization has completed in the past fire % cars. giving the name of project, owner, architect, contract amount, date of completion and percentage of the cost of the �k ork performed with your own forces. 3.5.1 State average annual amount of construction work performed during the past fiveyears: 3.6 On a separate sheet, list the construction experience and present commitments of the kev individ- uals of your organization. 4. REFERENCES 4.1 Trade References: -1.2 , Bank References: -4.3 Surety: 4.3.1 lame of bonding company : -t.3.? \ante and address of agent: AIA DOCUMENT A305 • ( ()\"I RA(."I OR I QI AI.I F'I CAI IOX SrATEUE\l" • I .ti( hUI 1"1O,\ • AI.A • I'Is(, "I -IIE A.%II`.RICAN I\,'I"FI E OF AR(,IIII-E(,I�. I - i 5 \FuPORK A), F.N( 1::. >'u , ),\,A,lll`(;"I()\, 1„ _,,,,,,,, A305-1986 4 5. FINANCING 5.1 Financial Statement. 5.1.1 Attach a financial statement, preferably audited, including your organization s latest balance sheet and income statement showing the following items: Current Assets (e.g., cash, joint venture accounts, accounts receivable. notes receivable, accrued income, deposits. :materials inventory and prepaid expenses); Net Fixed Assets; Other Assets: Current Liabilities (e.g., accounts payable, notes payable, accrued expenses, pro- vision for income taxes, advances, accrued salaries and accrued payroll taxes): Other Liabilities (e.g., capital, capital stock, authorized and outstanding shares par values, earned surplus and retained earnings). 5.1.2 Name and address of firm preparing attached financial statement, and date thereof: 5.1.3 Is the attached financial statement for the identical organization named on page one? 5.1.4 If not, explain the relationship and financial responsibility of the organization whose financial statement is provided (e.g., parent -subsidiary). 5.2 Will the organization whose financial statement is attached act as guarantor of the contract for con- struction? AIA DOCUMENT A305 • (,()\TRACT( It - 1.,J AI.IFI(;A'110\ `TATE\IENT • 11)8h EDITION • AIA' • Ivx(, THE AMERICAN INSTITUTE OF AR(Jii 1 . _ iS. 1-i5 \E%X YORK AA ENI'E. %X ASHING1"ON. 1) C _'()(tllh A305-1986 5 6. SIGNATURE 6.1 Dated at this day of 19 Name of organization: Bv: Title: 6.2 41 being duly sworn deposes and says that the information provided herein is true and sufficiently complete so as not to be misleading. tiuhscrihed and sworn before me this 19 Notary Public: My Commission Expires: day of AIA DOCUMENT A305•(()\I RA( lok\ul \I.III(_\I IO\.i\iF\iP\l • 11180 I 1)11 I(A•:V A' • i"�;,, IFfF:A\IFkk:\\IVIiIII IF( WAR(III11\FU �)khq\I\IF.\\X UA0I]\G ro.\.UC.'(nup' A305-1986 6 THE AMERICAN INSTITUTE OF ARCHITECTS AIA Document A101/CM CONSTRUCTION MANAGEMENT EDITION Standard Form of Agreement Between Owner and Contractor where the basis of payment is a STIPULATED SUM 1980 EDITION THIS DOCUMENT HAS IMPORTANT LEGAL CONSEQUENCES; CONSULTATION WITH AN ATTORNEY IS ENCOURAGED. This document is intended to be used in conjunction with AIA Documents A201/CM, 1980; B141/CM, 1980; and B801, 1980. AGREEMENT made as of the day of in the year of Nineteen Hundred and BETWEEN the Owner: and the Contractor: the Project: the Construction Manager: the Architect: The Owner and the Contractor agree as set forth below. Copyright 1975, © 1980 by The American Institute of Architects, 1735 New York Avenue, N.W., Washington, D.C. 20006. Re- production of the material herein or substantial quotation of its provisions without written Perm— �n Of the violate� the copyright laws of the United States and will be subject to legal prosecution. AIA DOCUMENT A101/CM • OWNER -CONTRACTOR AGREEMENT • CONSTRUCTION MANAGEMENT EDITION • JUNE 1980 EDITION • AIA® • ©1980 • THE AMERICAN A101/CM —1980 1 INSTITUTE OF ARCHITECTS, 1735 NEW YORK AVE., N.W., WASHINGTON, D.C. 20006 ARTICLE I THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS The Contract Documents consist of this Agreement, the Conditions of the Contract (General, Supplementary and other Conditions), the Drawings, the Specifications, all Addenda issued prior to and all Modifications issued after execution of this Agreement. These form the Contract, and all are as fully a part of the Contract as if attached to this Agreement or repeated herein. An enumeration of the Contract Documents appears in Artide 7. ARTICLE 2 THE WORK The Contractor shall perform all the Work required by the Contract Documents for (Here insert the Caption descriptive of the Work as used on other Contract Documents.) ARTICLE 3 TIME OF COMMENCEMENT AND SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION The Work to be performed under this Contract shall be commenced >.r and, subject to authorized adjustments, Substantial Completion of the Work shall b0.4chieved not later than (Here insert arry special provisions for liquidated damages relating to failure to complete on time.) AIA DOCUMENT A701/CM • OWNER -CONTRACTOR AGREEMENT • CONSTRUCTION MANAGEMENT EDITION • JUNE 1980 EDITION • AIAS • ©1980 • THE AMERICAN INSTITUTE OF ARCHITECTS, 1735 NEW YORK AVE., N.W„ WASHINGTON, D.C. 20006 A101/CM —1980 2 ARTICLE 4 CONTRACT SUM The Owner shall pay the Contractor in current funds for the performance of the Work, subject to additions and deductions by Change Order as provided in the Contract Documents, the Contract Sum of The Contract Sum is determined as follows: (State here the base bid or other lump sum amount, accepted alternates and unit prices, as applicable.) ARTICLE 5 PROGRESS PAYMENTS Based upon Applications for Payment submitted to the Construction Manager by the Contractor and Project Certificates for Payment issued by the Architect, the Owner shall make progress payments on account of the Contract Sum to the Contractor as provided in the Contract Documents for the period ending the day of each month as follows: Not later than days following the end of the period covered by the Application for Payment, percent ( %) of the portion of the Contract Sum properly allocable to labor, materials and equipment incorporated in the Work and percent ( %) of the portion of the Contract Sum properly allocable to materials and equipment suitably stored at the site or at some other location agreed upon in writing, for the period covered by the Application for Payment, less the aggregate of previous payments made by the Owner; and upon Substantial Completion of the Work, a sum sufficient to increase the total payments to percent ( %) of the Contract Sum, less such amounts as the Architect shall determine for all incomplete Work and unsettled claims as provided in the Contract Documents. (If not covered elsewhere in the Contract Documents, here insert any provision for limiting or reducing the amount retained after the Work reaches a certain stage of completion.) Payments due and unpaid under the Contract Documents shall bear interest from the date payment is due at the rate entered below, or in the absence thereof, at the legal rate prevailing at the place of the Project. (Here insert any rate of interest agreed upon.) (Usury laws and requirements under the Federal Truth in Lending Act, similar state and local consumer credit laws and other regulations at the Owner's and Contractor's principal places of business, the location of the Project and elsewhere may affect the validity of this provision. Specific legal advice should be obtained with respect to deletion, modification or other requirements such as written disclosures or waivers.) AIA DOCUMENT A101ICM • OWNER -CONTRACTOR AGREEMENT • CONSTRUCTION MANAGEMENT EDITION • JUNE 1980 EDITION • AIA® • ©1980 THE AMERICAN A1OI/CM — �980 3 INSTITUTE OF ARCHITECTS, 1735 NEW YORK AVE., N.W., WASHINGTON, D.C. 20006 ARTICLE 6 FINAL PAYMENT Final payment, constituting the entire unpaid balance of the Contract Sum, shall be paid by the Owner to the Contractor when the Work has been completed, the Contract fully performed, and the Architect has issued a Project Certificate for Payment which approves the final payment due the Contractor. ARTICLE 7 MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS 7.1 Terms used in this Agreement which are defined in the Conditions of the Contract shall have the meanings designated in those Conditions. 7.2 The Contract Documents, which constitute the entire agreement between the Owner and the Contractor, are listed in Article 1 and, except for Modifications issued after execution of this Agreement, are enumerated as follows: (List below the Agreement, the Conditions of the Contract [General, Supplementary and other Conditions], the Drawings, the Specifications, and any Addenda and accepted alternates, showing page or sheet numbers in all cases and dates where applicable.) AIA DOCUMENT A70//CM • OWNER -CONTRACTOR AGREEMENT • CONSTRUCTION MANAGEMENT EDITION • JUNE 1980 EDITION • AIA* • ©1900 • THE AMERICAN INSTITUTE OF ARCHITECTS, 1735 NEW YORK AVE., N.W., WASHINGTON, D.C. 20006 A101/CM —1980 4 7.3 Temporary facilities and services: (Here insert temporary facilities and services which are different from or in addition to those included elsewhere in the Contract Documents.) 7.4 Working Conditions: (Here list any special conditions affecting the Contract.) This Agreement entered into as of the day and year first written above. ��Ik k 17 CONTRACTOR AIA DOCUMENT A1011CM • OWNER -CONTRACTOR AGREEMENT • CONSTRUCTION MANAGEMENT EDITION • )UNE 1980 EDITION • AIA® • ©1980 THE AMERICAN A101/CM —1980 $ INSTITUTE OF ARCHITECTS, 1735 NEW YORK AVE., N.W., WASHINGTON, D.C. 20006 THE AMERICAN INSTITUTE OF ARCHITECTS A/A Document A3111CM CONSTRUCTION MANAGEMENT EDITION Performance Bond KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS: that as Principal, hereinafter called Contractor, and, as Surety, hereinafter called Surety, are held and firmly bound unto as Obligee, hereinafter called Owner, in the amount of (Here insert full name and address or legal title of Contractor) (Here insert full name and address or legal title of Surety) (Here insert full name and address or legal title of Owner) Dollars ($ M for the payment whereof Contractor and Surety bind themselves, their heirs, executors, administrators, successors and assigns, jointly and severally, firmly by these presents. WHEREAS, Contractor has by written agreement dated ,19 entered into a contract with Owner for (Here insert full name, address and description of project) in accordance with Drawings and Specifications prepared by (Here insert full name and address or legal title of Architect) which contract is by reference made a part hereof, and is hereinafter referred to as the Contract. AIA DOCUMENT A311/CM • PERFORMANCE BOND AND LABOR AND MATERIAL PAYMENT BOND • CONSTRUCTION MANAGEMENT EDITION )UNE 1980 EDITION • AIAO • THE AMERICAN INSTITUTE OF ARCHITECTS, 1735 NEW YORK AVENUE, N.W., WASHINGTON, D.C. 20006 1 of 4 PERFORMANCE BOND NOW, THEREFORE, THE CONDITIGN OF THIS OBLIGATION is such that, if Contractor shall promptly and faithfully perform said Contract, then this obligation shall be null and void; otherwise it shall remain in full force and effect. The Surety hereby waives notice of any alteration or extension of time made by the Owner. Whenever Contractor shall be and declared by Owner to be in default under the Contract, the Owner having performed Owner's obligations thereunder, the Surety may promptly remedy the default, or shall promptly 1) Complete the Contract in accordance with its terms and conditions, or 2) Obtain a bid or bids for completing the Contract in accordance with its terms and conditions, and upon deter- mination by Surety of the lowest responsible bidder, or, if the Owner elects, upon determination by the Owner and the Surety jointly of the lowest responsible bidder, arrange for a contract between such bidder and Owner, and make available as Work progresses (even though there should be a default or a succession of defaults under the contract or contracts of completion arranged under this paragraph) Signed and sealed this day of sufficient funds to pay the cost of completion less the bal- ance of the contract price; but not exceeding, including other costs and damages for which the Surety may be liable hereunder, the amount set forth in the first para- graph hereof. The term "balance of the contract price," as used in this paragraph, shall mean the total amount pay- able by Owner to Contractor under the Contract and any amendments thereto, less the amount properly paid by Owner to Contractor. Any suit under this bond must be instituted before the expiration of two (2) years from the date on which final payment under the Contract falls due or before the expira- tion of one (1) year from the Date of Substantial Comple- tion of the Project, whichever is later. No right of action shall accrue on this bond to or for the use of any person or corporation other than the Owner named herein or the heirs, executors, administra- tors or successors of the Owner. ,19 (Principal) (Seal) (Witness) (Title) (Witness) Suretvi (Seal) (Title) AIA DOCYMENT A311/CM • PERFORMANCE BOND AND LABOR AND MATERIAL PAYMENT BOND • CONSTRUCTION MANAGEMENT EDITION )UNE 1980 EDITION • AIAO • THE AMERICAN INSTITUTE OF ARCHITECTS, 1735 NEW YORK AVENUE, N.W., WASHINGTON, D.C. 20006 Z Of 4 PUBLIC CONSTRUCTION BOND BY THIS BOND, We , as Principal and , a corporation, as Surety, are bound to herein called Owner, in the sum of $ which we bind ourselves, our heirs, personal successors, and assigns, jointly and severally. THE CONDITION OF THIS BOND is that if Principal: for payment of representatives, 1. Performs the contract dated 19 , Principal and Owner for construction of the contract being made a part of this bond by reference, times and in the manner prescribed in the contract; and between at the 2. Promptly makes payments to all claimants, as defined in Section 255.05(1), Florida Statutes, supplying Principal with labor, materials, or supplies, used directly or indirectly by Principal in the prosecution of the work provided for in the contract; and 3. Pays Owner all losses, damages, expenses, costs, and attorney's fees, including appellate proceedings, that Owner sustains because of a default by Principal under the contract; and 4. Performs the guarantee of all work and materials furnished under the contract for the time specified in the contract, then this bond is void; otherwise it remains in full force. Any changes in or under the contract documents and compliance with any formalities connected with the contract or the changes does not affect Surety's obligation under this bond. DATE ON . 19 BY (NAME OF PRINCIPAL) (AS ATTORNEY IN FACT) (NAME OF SURETY) 07/26/91 PUBLIC CONSTRUCTION BOND 00610 - 1 JHE AMERICAN J)STITUT1"4F*NW*nCTS AIA Document A2011CM CONSTRUCTION MANAGEMENT EDITION General Conditions of the Contract for Construction THIS DOCUMENT HAS IMPORTANT LEGAL CONSEQUENCES; CONSULTATION WITH AN ATTORNEY IS ENCOURAGED. 1. CONTRACT DOCUMENTS 2. ADMINISTRATION OF THE CONTRACT 3. OWNER 4. CONTRACTOR S. SUBCONTRACTORS 6. WORK BY OWNER OR BY SEPARATE CONTRACTORS 7. MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS 1980 EDITION TABLE OF ARTICLES 8. TIME 9. PAYMENTS AND COMPLETION 10. PROTECTION OF PERSONS AND PROPERTY 11. INSURANCE 12. CHANGES IN THE WORK 13. UNCOVERING AND CORRECTION OF WORK 14. TERMINATION OF THE CONTRACT Copyright 1975, © 1980, by The American Institute of Architects, 1735 New York Avenue, N.W., Washington, D.C. 20006. Reproduction of the material herein or substantial quotation of its provisions without written permission of the AIA siolates the copyright laws of the L,'nited States and will be subject to legal prosecution. AIA DOCUMENT A2011CM • GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT FOR CONSTRUCTION CONSTRUCTION MANAGEMENT EDITION • JUNE 1980 EDITION • AIAO • C 1980 • THE A201/CM — 1980 1 A.%IERICAN INSTITUTE OF ARCHITECTS. 173i NEW YORK AVE.. N.W.. WASHINGTON. D.C. 20006 INDEX Acceptance of Defective of Non -Conforming Work ..6.2.2, 13.3 Acceptance of Work ..................9.5.5, 9.8.1, 9.9.1, 9.9.3 Access to Work.................................2.3.6, 6.2.1 Accident Prevention...............................2.35,10 Acts and Omissions ..............4.18.3, 7.4, 7.6.2, 8.3.1, 10.5 Addenda, Definition of...............................1.1.1 Additional Costs, Claims for ...........................12.3 ADMINISTRATION OF THE CONTRAC f ..............2, 43.3 Agreement, Extent of...............................1.1,1.2 All Risk Insurance...................................11.3.1 Allowances...........................................4.8 Applications for Payment, Contractor's .......2.3.8, 9.2.1, 9.3.1, 9.3.3., 9.5.3, 9.7.1, 9.8.2, 9.9.1, 9.9.3, 9.9.5, 11.3.1, 14.2.2 Applications for Payment, Project .................2.3.8, 2.3.9, 9.3.1, 9.4, 9.6.1, 9.7.1 Approvals ......................2.3.18, 3.4, 4.3.3, 4.5, 4.12.4, 4.12.5, 4.12.6, 4.12.8, 4.13.2, 7.7, 9.3.2 Arbitration ........2.3.15, 2.3.23, 6.2.5, 7.9, 8.3.1, 11.3.7, 11.3.8 Architect, Definition of.................................2.1 Architect, Extent of Authority ........2.3, 3.4, 4.12.8, 5.2, 7.7.2, 8.1.3, 8.1.4, 8.3.1, 9.2, 9.3.1, 9.4, 9.5.3, 9.6,11.8, 9.9.1, 9.9.3, 12.1.1, 12.1.4, 12.3.1, 12.4.1, 1 3.1, 13.2.1, 13.2.5, 14.2 Architect, Limitations of Authority and Responsibility .....2.3.2 through 2.3.5, 2.3.13 through 2.3.18, 2.3.22, 4.12.6, 5.2.1, 9.4.2, 9.5.4, 9.5.5, 12.4 Architect's Additional Services ...3.4, 7.7.2, 13.2.1, 13.2.5, 14.2.2 Architect's Approvals ......2.3.18, 3.4, 4.5, 4.12.6, 4.12.8, 4.18.3 Architect's Authority to Reject Work ....2.3.16, 4.5, 13.1.2, 13.2 Architect's Copyright...................................1.3 Architect's Decisions ..............2.3.10 through 2.3.16, 7.7.2, 7.9.1, 9.2, 9.4, 9.6.2, 9.8.1, 12.1.4, 12.3.1 Architect's Inspections .........2.3.16, 2.3.21, 9.4.2, 9.8.1, 9.9.1 Architect's Instructions ..........2.3.16, 2.3.19, 7.7.2, 12.4, 13.1 Architect's Interpretations .........2.3.10 through 2.3.13, 12.3.2 Architect's On -Site Observations .......2.3.4, 2.3.6, 2.3.9, 7.7.1, 7.7.4, 9.4.4, 9.6.1, 9.9.1 Architect's Relationship with Contractor ......1.1.2, 2.3.5, 2.3.6, 2.3.13, 2.3.16, 4.3.3, 4.5, 4.7.3, 4.12.6, 4.18, 11.3.6 Architect's Relationship with Subcontractors ..................1.1.2, 2.3.16, 9.5.3, 9.5.4 Architect's Representations .................9.4.2, 9.6.1, 9.9.1 Artistic Effect .......................1.2.3, 2.3.14, 2.3.15, 7.9.1 Attorney!' Fees...........................4.18.1, 6.2.5, 9.9.2 Award of Separate Contracts...........................6.1.1 Award of Subcontracts and Other Contracts for Portions of the Work...............................5.2 Boiler and Machinery Insurance .......................11.3.2 Bonds, Lien....................................9.3.3, 9.9.2 Bonds, Performance, Labor and Material Payment .....7.5, 9.9.3 Building Permit........................................4.7 Certificate of Substantial Completion ....9.8.1, 9.8.2, 9.8.3, 9.8.4 Certificates of Inspection, Testing or Approval ............7.7.3 Certificates of Insurance ........................9.3.2, 11.1.4 Certificates for Payment, Project ... ....2.3.9, 2.3.21, 9.4, 9.5.1, 9.5.5, 9.6.1, 9.7.1, 9.8.2, 9.9.1, 9.9.3, 12.1.4, 14.1.1, 14.2.2 Change Orders ...............1.1.1, 2.3.19, 3.4, 4.8.2.3, 4.11.1, 5.2.3, 7.7.2, 8.3.1, 9.7, 9.9.3, 11.3.1, 11.3.5, 11.3.7, 12.1, 12.2.1, 12.3.1, 13.1.2, 13.2.5, 13.3.1 Change Orders,' Definition of .........................12.1.1 CHANGES IN THE WORK ..................2.3.19, 4.11.1, 12 Claims for Additional Cost or Time .....8.3.2, 8.3.3, 12.2.1, 12.3 Claims for Damages ...............6.1.1, 6.2.5, 7.4, 8.3, 9.6.1.2 Claims and Disputes Between Contractor and Owner ..............2.3.12, 2.3.15, 2 3 23, 4,18.2, 7.9 Cleaning Up .... ... ..... ...... ........4.15, 6.3 Commencement of the Work, Conditions Relating to .3.2.1, 4.2, 4.7.1, 4.10, 5.2.1, 6.2.2. 7.S, 9.2, 11.1, 11.3.4 Communications ......................2.3.2, 3.2.6, 4.9.1, 4.16 Completion, Conditions Relating to ...2.3.21, 4.11, 4.15, 9.4.2, 9.9, 13.2.2 COMPLETION, PAYMENTS AND ..........................9 .Completion of the Project, Substantial .......8.1.4, 9.8.3, 9.8.4, 9.9.4, 9.9.5, 9.9.6, 13.2.1, 13.2.2 Completion of the Work, Substantial ........2.3.21, 8.1.1, 8.1.3, 8.2.2, 9.8, 9.4.2. 9.9.3, 11.3.9 Compliance with Laws ............1.3, 2.1.1, 4.6, 4.7, 4.13, 7.1, 7.6.1, 7.7.1, 10.2.2, 14.2.1 Concealed Conditions.................................12.2 Consent, Written ....................2.3.22, 4.14.2, 7.2, 7.6.2, 9.8.1, 9.9.z, 9.9.3, 11.3.9 Construction Manager, Definition of .....................2.2 Construction Manager's Approval ...............4.10.1, 4.13.2 Construction .Manager's Additional Services .........3.4, 7.7.2, 13.2.1, 13.2.5, 14.2.2 Construction Manager's Authority and Responsibility .....2.3.3, 2.3.5, 2.3.16, 2.3.10, 2.3.22, 4.8.1, 4.17.1, 4.18.3, 7.7.4, 9.2, 10.2.5, 11.3.6, 12.1.4, 14.1.1 Construction Manager's Confirmation ...................9.9.3 Construction Manager's Consultation with the Architect .2.3.12, 2.3.16,2.3.19,2.3.21,3.4.1,9.6.1,9.8.1,12.1.4,12.3.1,14.2.1 Construction Manager's Coordination and Scheduling ....2.3.7, 2.3.17, 4.3.1, 4.10.1, 4.12.4 Construction Managers Decisions .................. 6.3, 8.3.1 Construction Manager's Determinations ..2.3.3, 6.3.1, 7.7.2, 8.3.1 Construction Manager's Interests ................11.3.1, 11.3.2 Construction Manager's Recommendations ....2.3.8. 2.3.9, 9.3.1, 9.4.1, 9.7.1, 9.9.1, 12.1.1 Construction Manager's Relationship with Architect ...................1.1.2, 2.3.1, 2.3.3, 2.3.21 Construction Manager's Relationship with Contractor .....1.1.2, 2.3.15, 2.3.16, 3.2.6, 4.2.1, 4.3.3, 4.5, 4.7.3, 4.11.1, 4.12.4, 4.12.6, 4.16.1, 4.17.1, 4.18, 5.2, 6.2.1, 6.2.2, 7.6.2, 7.7. 7.9.1, 7.9.2, 8.3.1, 8.3.2, 9.4.1, 9.5.4, 9.8.1, 9.9.1, 10.2.6. 11.1.4, 11.3.6 Construction Manager's Relationship with Subcontractors ...................1.1.2, 2.3.16, 5.3.1 Construction Manager's Review .............2.3.8, 2.3.17, 5.2.1 Construction Schedule, Contractor's .....................4.10 Contract, Definition of................................1.1.2 Contract Administration ...........................2.3, 4.3.3 Contract Award and Execution, Conditions Relating to ......4.7.1, 4.10, 5.2, 7.5, 11.1, 11.3.4 CONTRACT DOCUMENTS...............................1 Contract Documents, Copies Furnished and Use of ...............1.3, 3.2.5, 5.3 Contract Documents, Definition of .....................1.1.1 Contract %1udifications.............................1.1.1, 12 Contract Sum, Definition of...........................9.9.1 Contract Termination...................................14 Contract Time, Definition of...........................8.1.1 CONTRACTOR ...... .4 Contractor, Definition of .. ............ a%* ........4.1, 6.1.2 Contractor's Construction Schedule .....................4.10 AIA DOCUMENT A211/CM • GENERAL CONDITIONS Of THE CONTRACT FOR CONSTRUCTION 2 �01��M_19� CONSTRUCTION MANAGEMENT EDITION • fUNE 199D EDITION • AIA• . C 19W • THE AMERICAN INSTITUTE Of ARCHITECTS. 1735 NEW VOU At ., WASHINJTON, D.C. 1011Oi a, Contractor's Employees ......4.3.2, 4.4.2, 4.8.1, 4.9, 4.18, 10.2.1 through 10.2.4, 10.2.6, 10.3, 11.1.1 Contractor's Liability Insurance .........................11.1 Contractor's Relationship with Architect ......1.12, 2.3.5, 2.3.6, 2.3.13, 2.3.16, 4.3.3, 4.5, 4.7.3, 4.12.6, 4.18, 11.3.6 Contractor's Relationship with Construction Manager .....1.1.2, 2.3.15, 2.3.16, 3.2.6, 4.2.1, 4.3.3, 4.5, 4.7.2, 4.11.1, 4.12.4, 4.12.6,4.16.1,4.17.1,4.18,5.2,6.2.1,6.2.2,7.6.2,7.7,7.9.1, 7.9.2, 8.3.1, 8.3.2, 9.4.1, 9.5.4, 9.8.1, 9.9.1, 10.2.6, 11.1.4, 11.3.6 Contractor's Relationship with Separate Contractors and Owner's Forces............................3.2.7, 6 Contractor's Relationship with Subcontractors ..........1.2.4, 5.2, 5.3, 9.5.2, 11.3.3, 11.3.6 Contractor's Representations ...........1.2.2, 4.5, 4.12.5, 9.3.3 Contractor's Responsibility for Those Performing the Work .....................4.3.2, 4.18, 10 Contractor's Review of Contract Documents ....1.2.2, 4.2, 4.7.3 Contractor's Right to Stop the Work .....................9.7 Contractor's Right to Terminate the Contract .............14.1 Contractor's Submittals ...............2.3.18, 4.10, 4.12, 5.2.1, 5.2.3, 9.2, 9.3.1, 9.8.1, 9.9.2, 9.9.3 Contractor's Superintendent .......................4.9, 10.2.6 Contractor's Supervision and Construction Procedures ..........1.2.4, 2.3.5, 4.3, 4.4, 10 Contractual Liability Insurance ........................11.1.3 Coordination and Correlation .........1.2.2, 1.2A, 4.3.1, 4.10.1, 4.12.5, 6.1.3, 6.2.1 Copies Furnished of Drawings and Specifications ..1.3, 3.2.5, 5.3 Correction of Work .....................3.3, 3.4, 10.2.5, 13 2 Cost, Definition of..................................12.1.4 Costs .......3.4, 4.8.2, 4.15.2, 5.2.3, 6.1.1, 6.2.3, 6.2.5, 6.3, 7.7.1, 7.7.2, 9.7,11.3.1, 11.3.5, 12.1.3,12.1.4, 12.3, 13.1.2,13.2, 14.2.2 Cutting and Patching of Work ..........................4.14 Damage to the Work ............4.14.2, 10.2.1.2, 10.2.7, 11.3.1 Damage to Work .............4.14.2, 4.18.1, 6.2.4, 6.2.5, 9.6.15, 10.2.1.3, 10.2.2, 10.2.5, 10.3, 13.2.6 Damages, Claims for ..................6.1.1, 6.2.5, 7.4, 9.6.1.2 Damages for Delay..........................6.1.1, 8.3.4, 9.7 Day, Definition of....................................8.1.5 Decisions of the Architect .........2.3.10 through 2.3.16, 7.7.2, 7.9.1, 9 2, 9.4, 9.6.1, 9.8.1, 12.1.4, 12.3.1 Decisions of the Construction .Manager ..............6.3, 8.3.1 Defective or Non -Conforming Work, Acceptance, Rejection and Correction of ......2.3.4, 2.3.16, 3.3, 3.4, 4.5, 6.2.2, 6.2.3, 9.6.1.1, 9.9.4.2, 13 Definitions ...............1.1, 2.1, 2.2, 3.1, 4.1, 4.12.1 through 4.12.3,5.1,6.1.2,8.1,9.1.1,12.1.1, 12.1.4 Delays and Extensions of Time ..........................8.3 Disputes .................2.3.12, 2.3.15, 2.3.23, 6.2.5, 6.3, 7.9.1 Documents and Samples at the Site .....................4.11 Drawings and Specifications, Use and Ownership of ................1.3, 3.2.5, 4.11, 5.3 Easements...........................................3.2.3 Emergencies.........................................10.3 Employees, Contractor's ...........4.3.2, 4.4.4, 4.8.1, 4.9, 4.18, 10.2.1 through 10.2.4, 10.2.6, 10.3, 11.1.1 Equipment, Labor, Materials and ......1.1.1, 4.4, 4.5, 4.12, 4.13, 4.15.1, 6.2.1. 9.3.2, 9.3.3, 9.6.1.3, 9.9.2, 10.2.1.2, 11.3.1, 12.1.4, 13.2.2, 13.2.5, 14 Execution and Progress of the Work .........1.1.3, 1.2.3, 2.3.4, 2.3.5,2.3.11,4.2,4.4.1,4.5,4.7.1,6.2.2,7.9.3, 8.2.2, 8.3.1, 8.3.2. 9.6.1, 10.2.3, 10.2.4, 142 Execution, Correlation and Intent of the Contract Documents ......................1.2. 4.7.1 Extensions of Time ........................8.3, 12.1.1, 12.1.2 Failure of Payment by Owner .......................9.7, 14.1 Failure of Payment of Subcontractors ......9.6.1.3, 9.9.2, 14.2.1 Failure to Carry out the Work ..........................2.3.5 Final Completion and Final Payment ...2.3.15, 2.3.21, 9.9, 13.3.1 Financial Arrangements, Owner's .......................3.2.1 Fire and Extended Coverage Insurance .................11.3.1 Governing Law........................................7.1 Indemnification ........................4.17, 4.18, 6.2.5, 9.9.2 Identification of Contract Documents ...................1.2.1 Identification of Subcontractors and Suppliers ............5.2.1 Information and Services Required of the Owner .........................3.2, 6.1, 9, 11.2. 11.3 Inspections ..............2.3.16, 2.3.21, 4.3.3, 7.7, 12.1.2, 9.9.1 Instructions to Bidders................................1.1.1 Instructions to the Contractor ..........2.3.2, 3.2.6, 4.8.1, 7.7.2, 12.1.2, 12.1.4 INSURANCE......................................9.8.1,11 Insurance, Contractor's Liability ........................11.1 Insurance, loss of Use.................................11.4 Insurance, Owner's liability ............................11.2 Insurance, Property ................................11.3 Insurance, Boiler and Machinery ......................11.3.2 Insurance, Special Hazards...........................11.3.5 Insurance, Stored Materials ......................9.3.2, 11.3.1 Insurance Companies, Consent to Partial Occupancy .....11.3.9 Insurance Companies, Settlement With .................11.3.8 Intent of the Contract Documents ..............1.2.3, 2.3.10, 2.3.13, 2.3.14, 12.4 Interest..............................................7.8 Interpretations, Written ........1.1.1, 2.3.11, 2.3.12, 2.3.13, 12.4 Labor, Materials and Equipment .......1.1.3, 4.4, 4.5, 4.12, 4.13, 4.15.1, 6.2.1, 9.3.2, 9.3.3, 9.6.1.3, 9.2.2, 10.2.1.2, 11.3.1, 12.1.4, 13.2.2, 13.2.5, 14 Labor and Material Payment Bond .......................7.5 Labor Disputes .......................j ...............8.3.1 Laws and Regulations .............1.3, _.1.1, 4.6, 4.7, 4.13, 7.1, 7.6.1, 7.7.1, 10.2.2, 14 Liens...................................9.3.3, 9.9.2, 9.9.4.1 Limitations of Authority ..................2.3.2, 11 3.8, 12.4.1 Umhations of Liability ...........2.3.13, 2.3.16, 2.3.18, 3.3, 4.2, 4.7.3, 4.12.6, 4.17, 4.18, 6.2.2, 7.6.2, 9.4.2, 9.5.4, 9.9.4, 9.9.5, 10.2.5, 11.1.2, 11.3.6 Limitations of Time. General ........2.3,11, 2.3.18, 3.2.1, 3.2.4, 4.2, 4.7.1, 4.7.3, 4.12.4, 4.15.1, 5.2.1, 5.2.3, 6.2.2, 7.4, 7.7, 7.9.2, 8.2, 9.5 2, 9.6.1, 9.8, 9.9, 11.3.1, 11.3.4, 11 . 3.9, 12.1.4, 12 4, 13.2.1, 13.2.2, 13.2.5 Limitations of Time. Specific .........3 4. 4.10, 7.9.2, 8.2, 8.3.2, 8.3.3, 9 2, 9.3.1, 9.4.1, 9.5.1, 9.7, 11.1.4, 11.3.8, 12.2, 12 . 3.1, 13 2.2, 13.2.7, 14.1, 14.2.1 Limitations, Statutes of ...................7.9.2, 13.2.2, 13.2.7 Loss of Use Insurance.................................11.4 ION AIA DOCUMENT A20VCM • GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONT R- AIA',' R CC 1 `IR• UT THE .StANAGEMENT EDITION • JUNE 1980 EDITION AMERICAN INSTITUTE OF ARCHITECTS 1-33 NfW YORK AVE_ N %V . �%ASHINGTON. D.C. 'txxw A201/CM-1980 3 Materials, labor and Equipment .......1.1.3, 4.4, 4.5, 4.12, 4.13, 4.15.1, 6.2.1, 9.3.2, 9.3.3, 9.6.1.3. 9.9.2. 10.2.1.2, 11.3.1, 12.1.4, 13.2.2, 13.2.5, 14 Material Suppliers 4.12.1, 5.2.1, 9.3.3 ........................ Means, Methods, Techniques, Sequences and and Procedures of Construction .........2.3.5, 4.3.1, 9.4.2 Minor Changes in the Work ................1.1.1, 2.3.19, 12.4 MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS ...........................7 modifications, Definition of...........................1.1.1 Modifications to the Contract ........1.1.1, 1.1.2, 2.3.2, 2.3.22, 4.11.1, 4.7.3, 12 Mutual Responsibility..................................6.2 Non -Conforming Work, Acceptance or Defective or .......13.3 Notice, Written ............2.3.11, 2.3.15, 4.2, 4.7 3 4.7.4. 4.9. 4.12.6, 4.12.7, 5.2.1, 7.3, 7.4, 7.9.2, 8.1.2, 8.3.2, 8.3.3, 9.4.1. 9.6.1, 9.7, 9.9.1, 9.9.5, 10.2.6, 11.1.4, 11.3.1. 11.3.5, 11.3.7, 11.3.8, 12.2, 12.3, 13.2.2,13.2.5, 14 Notices, Permits, Fees and .............2.3.2, 4.7, 4.13.1, 10.2.2 %otice of Testing and Inspections ... .....................7.7 Notice to Proceed....................................8.1.2 Obser%ations, Contractor's .......................1.2.2, 4.7.3 Occupancy .........................8.1.3, 8.1.4, 9.5.5, 11.3.9 On -Site Inspections bl the Architect ...........2.3.16, 2.3.21, 9.4.2, 9.8.1, 9.9.1 On -Sit- Obserlations by the Architect ........2.3.4, 2.3.6, 2.3.9, 7.7.1, 7.7.4, 9.4.2. 9.6.1, 9.9.1 Orders, Written ..................3.3. 4.9, 12.1.4, 12.4.1, 13 1 OWNER........................................... ..3 Owner, Definition.....................................3.1 Owner, Information and Services Rc luired of the ..........3.2, 4.7.1, 6.1.3, 6.2. 9, 11.2, 11.3 Ol+ner s Authority ..................2.3.21, 7.7.2, 9.3.1, 9.3.2, 9.8.1, 11.3.8, 12.1.2, 12.1.4 O\lners Finamial Capablhty ..........................3.2.1 011•ne, s Liability Insurance............................11.2 Owners Relationship pith Subcontractors ..........1.1.2, 9.5.4 Ov,ne: s Right to Carry Out the Work ..............3.4, 13.2.4 Ownei s Right to Clean Up .......................4.15.2, 6.3 Owner s Right to Perform Work and to A\vard Separate Contracts ...........................6.1 Owner's Right to Terminate the Contract .................14_2 Owner's Right to Stop the Work .........................3.3 O\vnership and Use of Documents ..............1.3, 3.2.5, 5.3 Patching of Work, Cutting and ....... .................4.14 Patent -.Royalties and................................4.17.1 Payment Bond. Labor and .Material .......................7.5 Pa\ment, Contractors .Applications for ......2.3.8, 9.2. 9.3, 9.4, 9.5.3, 9.6.1, 9.7.1, 9.8.2, 9.9.1, 9.9.5, 14.2.2 Payment, Project Certificates for ........2.39. 2.3 21, 9.4, 9.5.1, 9.5 S, 961,97.1,9.8.2,9.9.1,9.9.3, 12.1.4, 14.1.1, 14.2 Payment, Failure of ................45 ', 9.6.1.3, 9.7, 9.9.2, 14 Pa\ment, Final .................... 2.3.15, 23.21, 99, 13.3-1 Pa\ n • nts, Progress ............8, -1) 1, 9.5.5, 9.8.2, 9 9.3, 12.1.4 PAYMENTS AND COMPLETION ..........................9 Pa�mcnts to Subcontractors ..........9.5.2, 9.5.3, 9.5.4, 9.6.1.3, 11.3.3, 14.2.1 Palments Withheld ...................9.6 Performance Bond and Labor and Material Payment Bond ...7.5 Permits, Fees and Notices ..............3.2.3, 4.7, 4.13, 10.2.2 PERSONS AND PROPERTY, PROTECTION OF ..............10 Product Data, Definition of..........................14.2.2 Product Data, Shop Drawings, Samples and -...2.318; 4,2.1, 4,12 Progress and Completion ....................2.3.4, 7.9.3, 8.2 Progress Payments ..........7.8, 7.9.3, 9.5.5, 9.6.2, 9.9.3, 12.1.4 Project, Definition of................................1.1.4 Project Construction Schedule ..........................4.10 Property Insurance....................................11.3 PROTECTION OF PERSONS AND PROPERTY ..............10 Record Documents ....... ...........................4.11 Regulations and Laws ...............1.3, 2.1.1, 4.6, 4.7, 4.13.1, —1, 10.2.2, 14 Rejection of Work ........................2.3.16, 4.5.1, 13.2 Releases of Waivers and liens ....................9.9 2, 9.9.4 Representations ............1.2.2. 4.5, 4.12.5, 9.4.2. 9.6.1, 9.9.1 Representatives ....2.1, 2.2, 2.3.2, 2.3.22, 3.1, 4.1, 4.9, 5.1, 9.3.3 Responsibility for Those Performing the Work .....2.3.5, 4.3.2, 6.1.3, 6.2, 9.8.1 Retainage ... ..................9.3.1. 9.5 2, 9.8 2, 9.9.2, 9.9.3 Review of Cuntract Documents by the Contractor .......1.2.2, 4.2, 4.7.3 Reviews of Contractor s Submittals by Owner and Architect ...............2.3.18, 4.10, 4.12, 5.2.1, 5.2.3, 9.2 Rights and Remedies .............1.1.2, 2.3.15, 2.3.16, 3.3, 3.4, 5.3, 6.1, 6.3, 7.6, 7.9, 8.3.1, 9.6.1, 9.7, 10.3, 12.1.2, 12.2, 13.2.2, 14 Royalties and Patents.................................4.17 Safety of Persons and Property .........................10.2 Safety Precautions and Programs ..................2.3.5, 10.1 Samples, Definition of...............................4.12.3 Samples, Shop Drawings, Product Data and ......2.3.17, 2.3.18, 4.2. 4.12 Samples at the Site, Documents and ....................4.11 Schedule, Contractor's Construction .....................4.10 Schedule, Project Construction .........................4.10 Schedule of Values....................................9.2 Separate Contracts and Contractors .....4.14.2, 6, 11.3.6, 13.1.2 Shop Drawings, Definition...........................4.12.1 Shop Dra»rngs, Product Data and Samples ........ ....2.3.17, 2.3.18, 4.2, 4.12 Site, Use of.....................................4.13, 6.2.1 Site Inspections ............1 '.2, 2.3.4, 2.3.21, 7.7, 9.8.1, 9.9.1 Site `kits, Architects .................2.3.4, 2.3 6, 2.3.9, 7.7.1, 7.7.4, 9.4 2. 9.6.1, 9.9.1 Special In>pecturn and Testing ....................2.3.16, 7.7 Special Hazards Insurance............................11.3.5 Specifications...............................1.1.1, 1.2.4, 1.3 Statutes of Limitations ....... ............ 7.9_2. 13.2.2. 13 2.7 Stopping the work ......................3.3, 9.7.1, 10.3, 14.1 Stored Materials ............6 2 1, 9.3.2, 10 2.1.2. 11.3.1, 13.2.5 SUBCONTRACTORS....................................5 Subcontractors. Definition of ..........................5.1.1 Subcontractor. 1\ork h\ ..............1.14, 2 3 5, 4.3.1, 4 3 2 Subcontractual Relations...............................5.3 Submittals ................. 1 t 2 3.18, 4.10, 4.12, 5.2.1, 5 2.3, 9.2, 9 3.1, 9.8.1, 9.9.1, 9.9.3 Al DOCUMENT A201/CM • GENERAL CO)NDIT ION' I•f ii!I C()N!R\CT FOR c_, IN'I RLC TION CUNSIRU'CTIUN MANAGEMENT EDITION • IUNE I,,*, EDITION • AIAe • - 1980 • THE 4 A201/CM-1980 4vERlc a, 1\1111L TE OF AKCHITtc 1c. 1-13 NEW IORK AVE . N VV., 1\ASHI\C,7.UN, O C. MUM Subrogation, Waiver of..............................11.3.6 • Substantial Completion of the Project ........8.1.4, 9.8.3, 9.8.4, 9.9.4, 9.9.5, 9.9.6, 13.2.1, 13.2.2 Substantial Completion of the Project, Definition of ......8.1.4 Substantial Completion of the Work ........2.311, 8.1.1, 8.1.3, 6.2.2, 9.4.2, 9.8, 9.9.3,11.3.9 Substantial Completion of the Work, Definition of ........8.1.3 Substitution of Subcontractors ....................5.2.3, 5.2.4 Substitution of the Architect..........................2.3.23 Substitution of the Construction Manager ..............2.3.23 Substitutions of Materials ......... . ... . ..........4.5, 12.1.4 Sub -subcontractors, Definition of .......................5.1.2 Subsurface Conditions...............................12.1.1 Successors and Assigns.................................7.2 Supervision and Construction Procedures ..........1.2.4, 2.3.5, 4.3, 4.4, 10 Superintendent, Contractor's ......................4.9, 10.2.6 Surety, Consent of..............................9.9.2, 9.9.3 Surveys.......................................3.2.2, 4.18.3 Taxes.... ..........................................4.6 Termination by the Contractor .........................14.1 Termination by the Owner.............................14.2 Termination of the Architect .........................2.3.23 Termination of the Construction Manager ..............2.3.23 TERMINATION OF THE CONTRACT ......................14 Tests................................2.3.16, 4.3.3, 7.7, 9.4.2 TIME..................................................8 Time, Definition of....................................8.1 Time, Delays and Extensions of ..........8.3, 12.1, 12.3, 13.2.7 Time Limits, Specific ...............3.4, 4.10, 7.9.2, 8.2, 8.3.2, 8.3.3, 9.2, 9.3.1, 9.4.1, 9.5.1, 9.7, 11.1.4, 11.3.8, 12.2, 12.3.1, 13.2.2, 13.2.7, 14.1, 14.2.1 Title to Work..................................9.3.2, 9.3.3 UNCOVERING AND CORRECTION OF WORK .............13 Uncovering of Work..................................13.1 Unforseen Conditions............................8.3.1, 12.2 Unit Prices.................................12.1.3.2, 12.1.5 Use of Documents............................1.3, 3.2.5, 5.3 Useof Site.....................................4.13, 6.2.1 Values, Schedule of....................................9.2 Waiver of Claims by the Contractor ....7.6.2, 8.3.2, 9.9.5, 11.3.6 Waiver of Claims by the Owner ......7.6.2, 9.9.4, 11.3.6, 11.4.1 Waiver of Liens......................................9.9.2 Warranty and Warranties ..............2.3.21, 4.5, 9.3.3, 9.8.4, 9.9.4, 13.2.2, 13.2.7 Weather Delays . ......... ........................8.3.1 Words, Recognized Meaning of ........................1.2.3 Work, Definition of..................................1.1.3 WORK BY OWNER OR BY SEPARATE CONTRACTORS .......6 Written Consent ..........2.3.22, 4.14.2, 7.2, 7.6.2, 9.8.1, 9.9.3 Written Interpretations ...................1.1.1, 2.3.11, 12.3.2 Written Notice .......2.3.11, 2.3.15, 4.2, 4.7.3, 4.7.4, 4.9, 4.12.6, 4.12.7, 5.2.1, 7.3, 7.4, 7.7.2, 7.9.2, 8.1.2, 8.3.2, 8.3.3, 9.4.1, 9.6.1, 9.7, 9.9.1, 10.2.6, 11.1.4, 11.3.1, 11.3.5, 11.3.7, 11.3.8, 12.2, 12.3, 13.2.2, 13.2.5, 14 Written Orders ...................3.3, 4.9, 12.1.4, 12.4.1, 13.1 AIA DOCUMENT A291/CM • GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT FOR CONSTRUCTION CONSTRUCTION MANAGEMENT EDITION • JU14E 1980 EDITION • AIAO • © 1980 • THE A201/CM-1980 $ AMERICAN INSTITUTE OF ARCHITECTS, 1735 NEW YORK AVE.. N.W., WASHINGTON, D.C. N006 K 4r GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT FOR CONSTRUCTION ARTICLE 1 CONTRACT DOCUMENTS 1.1 DEFINITIONS 1.1.1 THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS The Contract Documents consist of the Owner -Contractor Agreement, the Conditions of the Contract (General, Sup- plementary and other Conditions), the Drawings, the Specifications, and all Addenda I,;sued prior to and all Modifications issued after execution of the Contract. A Modification is (1) a written amendment to the Contract signed by both parties, (2) a Change Order, (3) a written interpretation issued by the Architect pursuant to Sub- paragraph 2.3.11, or (4) a written order for a minor change in the Work issued by the Architect pursuant to Paragraph 12.4. The Contract Documents do not include Bidding Documents such as the Advertisement or Invita- tion to Bid, the Instructions to Bidders, sample forms, the Contractor's Bid or portions of Addenda relating to any of these, or any other documents unless specifically enu- merated in the Owner -Contractor Agreement. 1.1.2 THE CONTRACT The Contract Documents form the Contract for Construc- tion. This Contract represents the entire and integrated agreement between the parties hereto and supersedes all prior negotiations, representations or agreements, either written or'oral. The Contract may be amended or modi- fied only by a Modification as defined in Subparagraph 1.1.1. The Contract Documents shall not be construed to create any contractual relationship of any kind between the Architect and the Contractor, between the Construc- tion Manager and the Contractor or between the Archi- tect and the Construction Manager, but the Architect and the Construction Manager shall be entitled to perform- ance of the obligations of the Contractor intended for their benefit and to enforcement thereof. Nothing con- tained in the Contract Documents shall create any con- tractual relationship between the Owner, the Construc- tion Manager or the Architect and any Subcontractor or Sub -subcontractor. 1.1.3 THE WORK The Work comprises the completed construction required of the Contractor by the Contract Documents, and in- cludes all labor necessary to produce such construction, and all materials and equipment incorporated or to be Incorporated in such construction. 1.1.4 THE PROJECT The Project, as defined in the Owner -Contactor Agree- ment, Is the total construction of v hlch the Work per- formed under the Contract Documents is a part. 1.2 EXECUTION, CORRELATION AND INTENT 1.2.1 The Contract Documents shall be >:zned in not less than quadruplicate by the Owner and the Contractor. If either the Owner or the Contractor or both do not sign the Conditions of the Contract, Drawings Specifications or any of the other Contract Documents, the Architect shall identify such Documents. 1.2.2 Execution of the Contract by the Contractor is a representation that the Contractor has visited the site. be- come familiar with the local conditions under which the Work is to be performed, and has correlated personal observations with the requirements of the Contract Docu- ments. 1.2.3 The intent of the Contract Documents is to include all items necessary for the proper execution and comple- tion of the Work. The Contract Documents are comple- mentary, and what is required by any one shall be as binding as if required by all. Work not cowered in the Contract Documents %will not be required unless it is con- sistent therewith and is reasonably inferable therefrom as being necessary to produce the intended results. Words and abbreviations which have Fell -known technical or trade meanings are used in the Contract Document, in accordance with such recognized meanings. 1.2.4 The organization of the Specifications into divi- sions, sections and articles, and the arrangement of Draw- ings shall not control the Contractor in dividing the Work among Subcontractors or In establi•hing the extent of Work to be performed by any trade. 1.3 OWNERSHIP AND USE OF DOCUMENTS 1.3.1 All Drawings, Specifications and copies thereof furnished by the Architect are and shill remain the prop- erty of the Architect. Thev are to be used only with re- spect to this Project and are not to be used on any other project. With the exception of one contract set for each party to the Contract, such documents are to be returned or suitably accounted for to the Architect on request at the completion of the Work. Submis.ion or distribution to meet official regulatory requirements or for other pur- poses in connection %%ith the Project is not to be con- strued as publication in derogation of the Architect's common la%% copyright or other recerwed rights. ARTICLE 2 ADMINISTRATION OF THE CONTRACT 2,1 THE ARCHITECT 2.1.1 The Architect is the person la�%fully licensed to practice architecture, or an entitN la"iulll practicing ar- chitecture, identified as such in the Owner -Contractor Agreement. The term Architect means the Architect or the Architect's authorized representative. 2.2 THE CONSTRUCTION MANAGER 2.2.1 The Cons.+ruction Manager i> the person or entity identified a� such in the Owner -Contractor Agreement. The term Construction Manager means the Construction Manager or the Construction Managers authorized representatn e. 2.3 ADMINISTRATION OF THE CONTRACT 2.3.1 The Architect and the Construction. Manager will AIA DOCUMENT A20VCM - GENERAL CONDITIO\S OF --E CONTRACT FOR CONSTRUCTION A201/CM — 1980 6 CONSTRUCTION MANAGEMENT EDITION - JL'NE 1980 EDITION - AIA'' - 1980 - THE WERICAN INSTITUTE Or ARCHITECTS 17,33 NE1% 1'ORK A\.E . NAV. WASHINGTON, D.C. 200(y, provide administration of the Contract as hereinafter described. 2.3.2 The Architect and the Construction Manager will be the Owner's representatives during construction and until final payment to all contractors is due. The Archi- tect and the Construction Manager will advise and con- sult with the Owner. All instructions to the Contractor shall be forwarded through the Construction Manager. The Architect and the Construction Manager will have authoritv to act on behalf of the Owner only to the extent provided in the Contract Documents, unless otherwise modified by written instrument in accordance with Sub- paragraph 2.3.22. 2.3.3 The Construction Manager will determine in gen- eral that the Work of the Contractor is being performed in accordance with the Contract Documents, and will en- deavor to guard the Owner against defects and deficien- cies in the Work of the Contractor. 2.3.4 The Architect will visit the site at intervals appro- priate to the stage of construction to become generally familiar with the progress and quality of the Work and to determine in general if the Work is proceeding in accord- ance with the Contract Documents. However, the Archi- tect will not be required to make exhaustive or con- tinuous on -site inspections to check the quality or quan- tity of the Work. On the basis of on -site observations as an architect, the Architect will keep the Owner informed of the progress of the Work, and will endeavor to guard the Owner against defects and deficiencies in the Work of the Contractor. 2.3.5 Neither the Architect nor the Construction Man- ager will be responsible for or have control or charge of construction means, methods, techniques, sequences or procedures, or for safety precautions and programs in connection with the Work, and neither will be respon- sible for the Contractor's failure to carry out the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents. Neither the Architect nor the Construction Manager will be respon- sible for or have control qr charge over the acts or orris. sions of the Contractor, Subcontractors, or any of their agents or employees, or any other persons performing any of the Work. 2.3.6 The Architect and the Construction Manager shall at all times have access to the Work wherever it is in preparation and progress. The Contractor shall provide facilities for such access so that the Architect and the Construction Manager may perform their functions under the Contract Documents. 2.3.7 The Construction Manager will schedule and coor- dinate the Work of all contractors on the Project includ- ing their use of the site. The Construction Manage, will keep the Contractor informed of the Project Construction Schedule to enable the Contractor to plan and perform the Work properly. 2.3.8 The Construction Manager will review all Applica- tions for Payment by the Contractor, including final pay- ment. and will assemble them with similar applications from other contractors on the Project into a combined Project Application for Payment. The Construction Man- ager will then make recommendation, to the Architect for certification for payment. 2.3.9 Based on the Architect's observations, the recom- mendations of the Construction Manager and an evalua tion of the Project Application for Payment, the Architect will determine the amount owing to the Contractor and will issue a Project Certificate for Payment incorporating such amount, as provided in Paragraph 9.4. 2.3.10 The Architect will be the interpreter of the re- quirements of the Contract Documents and the judge of the performance thereunder by both the Owner and the Contractor. 2.3.11 The Architect will render interpretations neces- sary for the proper execution or progress of the Work, with reasonable promptness and in accordance with agreed upon time limits. Either party to the Contract may make written request to the Architect for such interpreta- tions. 2.3.12 Claims, disputes and other matters in question between the Contractor and the Owner relating to the execution or progress of the Work or the interpretation of the Contract Documents shall be referred initially to the Architect for decision. After consultation with the Construction ,Manager, the Architect will render a deci- sion in writing within a reasonable time. 2.3.13 All interpretations and decisions of the Architect shall be consistent with the intent of and reasonably in- ferable from the Contract Documents and will be in writ- ing or in graphic form. In this capacity as interpreter and judge, the Architect will endeavor to secure faithful per- formance by both the Owner and the Contractor, will not show partiality to either, and will not be liable for the result of any interpretation or decision rendered in good faith in such capacity. 2.3.14 The Architect's decisions in matters relating to artistic effect will be final if consistent with the intent of the Contract Documents. 2.3.15 Any claim, dispute or other matter in question between the Contractor and the Owner referred to the Architect through the Construction Manager, except those relating to artistic effect as provided in Subparagraph ' 2.3.14 and those which have been waived by the making or acceptance of final payment as provided in Subpara- graphs 9.9.4 through 9.9.6, inclusive, shall be subject to arbitration upon the written demand of either party. However, no demand for arbitration of any such claim, dispute or other matter may be made until the earlier of (1) the date on which the Architect has rendered a writ- ten decision, or (2) the tenth day after the parties have presented their evidence to the Architect or have been given a reasonable opportunity to do so, if the Architect has not rendered a written decision by that date. When such a written decision of the Architect states (1) that the decision is final but subject to appeal, and (2) that any demand for arbitration of a claim, dispute or other matter covered by such decision must be made within thirty days after the date on which the party making the demand re- ceives the written decision, failure to demand arbitration within said thirty day period will result in the Architect's decision becoming final and binding upon the Owner and the Contractor. If the Architect renders a decision after arbitration proceedings ha%e been initiated, such decision may be entered as evidence but will not super- sede any arbitration proceedings unless the decision is acceptable to all parties concerned. AIA DOCUMENT A2011CM • GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT FOR CONSTRUCTION CONSTRUCTION MANAGEMENT EDITION • JUNE 1900 EDITION • AIAO • p 1980 • THE 7 A201/CM —1980 AMERICAN INSTITUTE OF ARCHITECTS. 1735 NEW YORK AVE . N %%r \%ASHINGTON, D.C. 20006 t ' Smi ;� a 2.116 The Architect will have authority to reject Work which does not conform to the Contract Documents, and to require special inspection or testing, but will take such action only after consultation with the Construction Man- ager. Subject to review by the Architect, the Construction Manager will have the authority to reject Work which does not conform to the Contract Documents. Whenever, in the Construction Managers opinion. it is considered necessary or advisable for the implementation of the in- tent of the Contract Documents. the Construction Man- ager will have authority to require special inspection or testing of the Work in accordance with Subparagraph 7.7.2 whether or not such Work be then fabricated, in- stalled or completed. The foregoing authority of the Con- struction Manager will be subject to the provisions of Subparagraphs 2.3.10 through 2.3.16, inclusive, with re- spect to interpretations and decisions of the Architect. However, neither the Architect's nor the Construction Manager's authority to act under this Subparagraph 2.3.16. nor any decision made by them in good faith either to exercise or not to exercise such authority shall give rise to any duty or responsibility of the Architect or the Con- struction Manager to the Contractor, any Subcontractor, any of their agents or employees. or any other person performing anv of the Work. 2.117 The Construction Manager will receive from the Contractor and review all Shop Drawings, Product Data and Samples. coordinate them \\ith information contained in related documents, and transmit to the Architect those recommended for approval. 2.3.18 The Architect will review and approve ,or take other appropriate action upon the Contractor's submittals such as Shop Drawings, Product Data and Samples, but only for conformance with the design concept of the Work and the information given in the Contract Docu- ments. Such action shall be taken with reasonable prompt- ness so as to cause no delay. The Architect's approval of a specific- item shall not indicate approval of an assemble of which the item is a component. 2.3.19 Following consultation with the • Construction Manager, the Architect will take appropriate action on Change Orders in accordance with Article 12, and will have authority to order minor changes in the Work as provided in Subparagraph 12.4.1. 2.3.20 The Construction Manager \%ill maintain at the Project site one record copy of all Contracts, Drawings, Specifications, Addenda, Change Orders and other Modi- fications pertaining to the Project, in good order and marked currently to record all changes made during construction, and approved Shop Drawings, Product Data and Samples. These shall be available to the Archi- tect and the Contractor, and shall be delivered to the Architect for the Owner upon completion of the Project. 2.3.21 The Construction Manager \\III assist the Archi- tect in conducting inspections to determine the dates of Substantial Completion and final completion, and will receive and forward to the Owner for the Owner's review written warranties and related documentc, required by the Contract and assembled by the Contractor. The Architect will issue a final Project Certificate for Pavmrnt upon compliance with the requirements of P.: a r,I; .y. 2.3.22 The duties, responsibilities and limitations of authority of the Architect and the Construction Manager as the Owner s representatives during construction as set forth in the Contract Documents, w ill not be modified or extended without written consent of the Owner, the Con- tractor, the Architect and the Construction Manager, which consent shall not be unreasonabl\ \\Ithheld. Failure of the Contractor to respond within ten days to a %%rltten request shall constitute consent by the Contractor. 2.3.23 In case of the termination of the emplovment of the Architect or the Construction Manager, the Owner shall appoint an architect or a construction manager against whom the Contractor makes no reasonable objec- tion and whose status under the Contract Documents shall be that of the former architect or construction man- ager, respectively. Any dispute in connection with such appointments shall be subject to arbitration. ARTICLE 3 OWNER 3.1 DEFINITION 3.1.1 The Owner is the person or entity identified as such in the Owner -Contractor Agreement. The term Owner means the Owner or the Owner's authorized representative: t 3.2 INFORMATION AND SERVICES REQUIRED OF THE OWNER 3.2.1 The Owner shall, at the request of the Contractor, at the time of execution of the Owner -Contractor Agree- ment furnish to the Contractor reasonable evidence that the Owner has made financial arrangements to fulfill the Owner's obligations under the Contract. Unless such reasonable evidence is furnished. the Contractor is not required to execute the Owner -Contractor Agreement or to commence the Work, 3.2.2 The Owner shall furnish all surveys describing the physical characteristics, legal limitations and utility loca- tions for the site of the Project, and a legal description.of the site. 3.2.3 Except as provided in Subparagraph 4.7.1, the Owner shall secure and pay for necessary approvals, ease- ments, assessments and charges required for the construc- tion, use or occupancy of permanent structures or for permanent changes in existing facilities. 3.2.4 Information or services under the Owner's control shall be furnished b\ the Owner \\ ith reasonable prompt- ness to avoid delay in the orderly progress of the Work. 3.2.5 Unless otherwise provided in the Contract Docu- ments, the Contractor will be furnished, free of charge, all copies of Drawings and Specifications reasonably nec- essary for the execution of the Work. 3.2.6 The Owner shall forward all instructions to the Contractor through the Construction :tanager, with simul- taneous notification to the Architect. 3.2.7 The foregoing are in addition to other duties and responsibilities of the O\\ner enumerated herein and es- pecially those In respect to Work By Owner or By Sepa- rate Contractors, Payments and Completion, and Insur- ance in Articles 6, 9 and 11, respectnely. AIA DOCUMENT A20LCM - GENERAL CONDITION) OF 1HE CONTRACT FOR CONSTRUCTION CONSTRUCTION MAN.AGE.\1ENT EDITION' - JUNE 1980 EDITION • AIA!' 0,1980 • THE A\1EF'ICAN INSTITUTE OF ARCHITECTS. 1733 NE\\ \ORK AVE.. N \\'., \CASHINGTON. D.0 20006 A201/CM — 1980 8 3.3 OWNER'S RIGHT TO STOP THE WORK 3.3.1 If the Contractor fails to correct defective Work as required by Paragraph 13.2, or persistently fails to carry out the Work in accordance with the Contract Docu- ments, the Owner, by a written order signed personally or by an agent specifically so empowered by the Owner in writing, may order the Contractor to stop the Work, or any portion thereof, until the cause for such order has been eliminated; however, this right of the Owner to stop the Work shall not give rise to any duty on the part of the Owner to exercise this right for the benefit of the Con- tractor or any other person or entity, except to the extent required by Subparagraph 6.1.3. 3.4 OWNER'S RIGHT TO CARRY OUT THE WORK 3.4.1. If the Contractor defaults or neglects to carry out the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents, and fails within seven days after receipt of written notice from the Owner to commence and continue correction of such default or neglect with diligence and promptness, the Owner may, after seen days following receipt by the Contractor of an additional Written notice and without prejudice to any other remedy the Owner may have, make good such deficiencies. In such case an appropriate Change Order shall be issued deducting from the pay- ments then or thereafter due the Contractor the cost of correcting such deficiencies, including compensation for the Architect's and the Construction Manager's additional services made necessary by such default, neglect or fail- ure. Such action by the Owner and the amount charged to the Contractor are both subject to the prior approval of the Architect, after consultation with the Construction Manager. If the payments then or thereafter due the Con- tractor are not sufficient to cover such amount, the Con- tractor shall pay the difference to the Owner. ARTICLE 4 CONTRACTOR 4.1 DEFINITION 4.1.1 The Contractor is the person or entity identified as such in the Owner -Contractor Agreement. The term Con- tractor means the Contractor or the Contractor's author- ized representative. 4.2 REVIEW OF CONTRACT DOCUMENTS 4.2.1 The Contractor shall carefully study and compare the Contract Documents and shall at once report to the Architect and the Construction Manager any error, incon- sistency or omission that may be discovered. The Con- tractor shall not be liable to the Owner, the Architect or the Construction Manager for any damage resulting from any such errors, inconsistencies or omissions in the Con- tract Documents. The Contractor shall perform no portion of the Work at any time without Contract Documents or, where required, approved Shop Drawings, Product Data or Samples for such portion of the Work. 4.3 SUPERVISION AND CONSTRUCTION PROCEDURES 4.3.1 The Contractor shall supervise and direct the Work, using the Contractor's best skill and attention. The Contractor shall be solely responsible for all construction means, methods, techniques. sequences and procedures; and shall coordinate all portions of the Work under the Contract, subject to the overal! coordination of the Con- struction Manager. 4.3.2 The Contractor shall be responsible to the Owner for the acts and omissions of the Contractor's employees, Subcontractors and their agents and employees, and any other persons performing any of the Work under a con- tract with the Contractor. 4.3.3 The Contractor shall not be relieved from the Contractor's obligations to perform the Work in accord- ance with the Contract Documents either by the activities or duties of the Construction Manager or the Architect in their administration of the Contract, or by inspections, tests or approvals required or performed under Paragraph 7.7 by persons other than the Contractor. 4.4 LABOR AND MATERIALS 4.4.1 Unless otherwise provided in the Contract Docu- ments, the Contractor shall provide and pay for all labor, materials, equipment, tools, construction equipment and machinery, water, heat, utilities, transportation, and other facilities and services necessary for the proper execution and completion of the Work, whether temporary or per- manent and whether or not incorporated or to be incor- porated in the Work. 4.4.2 The Contractor shall at all times enforce strict dis- cipline and good order among the Contractor's em- ployees and shall not employ on the Work any unfit per- son or anyone not skilled in the task assigned them. 4.5 WARRANTY 4.5.1 The Contractor warrants to the O%%ner, the Archi- tect and the Construction Manager that all materials and equipment furnished under this Contract will be new un- less otherwise specified, and that all Work will be of good quality, free from faults and defects and in conformance with the Contract Documents. All Work not conforming to these requirements. including substitutions not prop- erly approved and authorized, may be considered defec- tive. If required by the Architect or the Construction Man- ager, the Contractor shall furnish satisfactory evidence as to the kind and quality of materials and equipment. This warranty is not limited by the provisions of Paragraph 13.2. 4.6 TAXES 4.6.1 The Contractor shall pay all sales, consumer, use and other similar taxes for the Work or portions thereof provided by the Contractor which are legally enacted at the time bids are received, whether or not yet effective. 4,7 PERMITS, FEES AND NOTICES 4.7.1 Unless otherwise provided in the Contract Docu- ments, the Owner shall secure and pay for the building permit and the Contractor shall secure and pay for all other permits and governmental fees, licenses and inspec- tions necessar for the proper execution and completion of the Work %%hich are customarily secured after execu- tion of the Contract and which are legally required at the time bids are received. 4.7.2 The Contractor shall give all notices and comply With all laws, ordinances, rules, regulations and lawful orders of any public authority bearing on the periorm- ance of the Work. A I A DOCUMENT A201JCM - GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT FOR C0�51KLCUivry CONSTRUCTION MANAGEMENT EDITION - IUNE 1980 EDITION - AIAe - Cc 1980 - THE 9 A201/CM — 1980 AAIERICAN INSTITUTE OF ARCHITECTS, 1735 NEW YORK AVE., N \N \\ A,HINGT(lN D C. 20006 71sari 4.7.3 It is not the responsibility of the Contractor to make certain that the Contract Documents are in accord- ance with applicable laws, statutes, building codes and regulations. If the Contractor observes that any of the Contract Documents are at variance therewith in any re- spect, the Contractor shall promptly notify the Architect and the Construction Manager in writing, and any neces- sary changes shall be accomplished by appropriate Modification. 4.7.4 If the Contractor performs any Work knowing it to be contrary to such laws, ordinances, rules and regula- tions, and without such notice to the Architect and the Construction Manager, the Contractor shall assume full responsibility therefor and shall bear all costs attributable thereto. 4.8 ALLOWANCES 4.8.1 The Contractor shall include in the Contract Sum all allowances stated in the Contract Documents. Items covered by these allowances shall be supplied for such amounts and by such persons as the Construction Man- ager may direct, but the Contractor will not be required to employ persons against whom the Contractor makes a reasonable objection. 4.8.2 Unless otherwise provided in the Contract Docu- ments: .1 these allowances shall cover the cost to the Contractor, less any applicable trade discount, of the materials and equipment required by the allowance, delivered at the site, and -all appli- cable taxes; .2 the Contractor's costs for unloading and han- dling on the site, labor, installation costs. over- head, profit and other expenses contemplated for the original allowance shall be included in the Contract Sum and not in the allowance: .3 whenever the cost is more or less than the allowance, the Contract Sum shall be adjusted accordingly by Change Order. the amount of which will recognize changes, if any, in han- dling costs on the site, labor, installation costs. overhead, profit and other expenses. 4.9 SUPERINTENDENT 4.9.1 The Contractor shall emplov a competent superin- tendent and necessary assistants who shall be in attend- ance at the Project site during the progress of the Work. The superintendent shall represent the Contractor and all communications given to the superintendent shall be as binding as if given to the Contractor. Important commu- nications shall be confirmed in Hriting. Other communi- cations shall be so confirmed on written request in each case. 4.10 CONTRACTOR'S CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULE 4.10.1 The Contractor, immediately after being awarded the Contract, shall prepare and submit for the Construc- tion Manager's approval a Contractor's Construction Schedule for the Work which shall provide for expedi- tious and practicable execution of the Work. This sched- ule shall be coordinated by the Construction Manager with the Project Construction Schedule. The Contractor's Construction Schedule shall be revised as required by the conditions of the Work and the Project, subject to the Construction Managers approval. 4.11 DOCUMENTS AND SAMPLES AT THE SITE 4.11.1 The Contractor shall maintain at the Project site, on a current basis, one record copy of all Drawings, Specifications, Addenda. Change Orders and other Modi- fications, in good order and marked currently to record all changes made during construction, and approved Shop Drawings, Product Data and Samples. These shall be available to the Architect and the Construction Manager. The Contractor shall advise the Construction Manager on a current basis of all changes in the Work made during construction. 4.12 SHOP DRAWINGS, PRODUCT DATA AND SAMPLES 4.12.1 Shop Drawings are drawings, diagrams, schedules and other data specially prepared for the Work by the Contractor or any Subcontractor, manufacturer, supplier or distributor to illustrate some portion of the Work. 4.12.2 Product Data are Illustrations, standard schedules, performance charts, instructions, brochures, diagrams and other information furnished by the Contractor to illustrate a material, product or system for some portion of the Work. 4.12.3 Samples are physical examples which illustrate materials, equipment or workmanship, and establish standards by which the Work �%ill be judged. 4.12.4 The Contractor shall prepare, review, approve and submit through the Construction Manager, with reason- able promptness and in such sequence as to cause no de- lay in the Work or in the work of the Owner or any sepa- rate contractor, all Shop Drawings, Product Data and Samples required by the Contract Documents. The Con- tractor shall cooperate with the Construction Manager in the Construction Manager's coordination of the Contrac- tor's Shop Drawings, Product Data and Samples with those of other separate contractors. 4.12.5 By preparing, approving and submitting Shop Drawings, Product Data and Samples, the Contractor rep- resents that the Contractor has determined and verifies: all materials, field measurements and field construction criteria related thereto. or will do so with reasonable promptness, and has checked and coordinated the infor- mation contained within .uch submittal. with the require- ments of the Work, the Project and the Contract Docu- ments. 4.12.6 The Contractor shall not be relieved of responsibil- ity for any deviation from the requirements of the Con- tract Documents by the Architect appro%a; of Shop Drawings, Product Data or Samples under Subparagraph 2.3.18, unless the Contractor has specifically informed the Architect and the Construction Manager in %%ritinc of such deviation at the time of submission and the Archi- tect has given written approval to the specific deviation. The Contractor shall not be relieved from responsibilit\ for errors or omissions in the Shop Drawings, Product Data or Samples by the Architect's appro\al of them. 4.12.7 The Contractor shall direct specific attention, in writing or on resubmitted Shop Drawings, Product Data or Samples, to revisions other than those requested by the Architect on previous submittals. AIA DOCUMENT A201/CM - GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT FOR CONSTRUCTION CONSTRUCTION MANAGEMENT EDITION - JUNE 1980 EDITION - AIAO - C 1980 - THE WERICAN INSTITETE OF ARCHITECIS 1-3i ♦E\V YORK AVE . N 1V \1ASHINGTON D C. 'Mn. A201/CM — 1980 10 4.12.8 No portion of the M& requiring submission of a Shoo Drawing, Product Data or Sample shall bo com- menced until the submittal has been approved by the Architect as pro, Ided in Subparagraph 2.3.18. All such portions of the Work shall be in accordance with ap- pro,ed submittals. 4.13 USE OF SITE 4.13.1 1 he Contractor shall confine operations at the site to areas permitted by law, ordinances, permits and the Contract Documents, and shall not unreasonably encum- ber the site with any materials or equipment. 4.13.2 The Contractor shall coordinate all of the Contrac- tor's operations „ith, and secure approval from, the Con- struction Manager before using any portion of the site. 4.14 CUTTING AND PATCHING OF WORK 4.14.1 The Contractor shall be responsible for all cutting, fitting or patching that may be required to complete the Work or to make its se,eral parts fit together properly. 4.14.2 The Contractor shall not damage or endanger any portion of the Work or the „ork of the Owner or any ,eparate contractors b\ cutting. patching or otherwise altering any work, or b, excavation. The Contractor shall not cut or otherwise alter the "ork of the Owner or any separate contractor except with the written consent of the Owner and of such separate contractor. The Contractor ,hall not unreasonably withhold from the Owner or anv separate contractor consent to cutting or otherwise alter- ing the Work. 4.15 CLEANING UP 4.15.1 The Contractor shall at all times keep the premises free from accumulation of waste materials or rubbish caused by the Contractor's operations. At the completion of the Work, the Contractor shall remove all the Contrac- tor's waste materials and rubbish from and about the Project as well as all the Contractor's tools, construction equipment, machinery and surplus materials. 4.15.2 If the Contractor fails to clean up at the comple- tion of the Work, the Owner may do so as provided in Paragraph 3.4 and the cost thereof shall be charged to the Contractor. 4.16 COMMUNICATIONS 4.16.1 The Contractor shall forward all communications to the Owner and the Architect through the Construction Manager. 4,17 ROYALTIES AND PATENTS 4.17.1 The Contractor shall pad all royalties and license fees, shall defend all suits or claims for infringement of any patent rights and shall save the Owner and the Con- struction ,Manager harmless from loss on account thereof, except that the O„ ner. or the Construction Manager as the case may be, shall be responsible for all such loss when a particular design process or the product of a par- ticul,ir manutacturer or manufacturers i� selected by such person or such persons agent. If the Contractor, or the Construction Manager as the case may be. has reason to believe that the design process or product :elected is an infringement of a patent. that party shall be responsible for such loss unless such information is promptly given to the others and also to the Architect. 4.18 INDEMNIFICATION "' 4.18.1 To the fullest extent permitted by law, the Con- tractor shall indemnify and hold harmless the Owner, the Architect, the Construction Manager, and their agents and employees from and against all claims, damages, losses and expenses, including, but not limited to. attorneys' fees arising out of or resulting from the performance of the Work, provided that any such claim, damage, loss or expense (1) is attributable to bodily injury, sickness, dis- ease or death, or to injury to or destruction of tangible property (other than the Work itself) including the loss of use resulting therefrom, and (2) is caused in whole or in part by any negligent act or omission of the Contractor, any Subcontractor, anyone directly or indirectly employed by any of them or anyone for whose acts any of them may be liable, regardless of whether or not it is caused in part by a party Indemnified hereunder. Such obligation shall not be construed to negate, abridge or otherwise reduce any other right or obligation of indemnity which ,would otherwise exist as to any party or person described in this Paragraph 4.18. 4.18.2 In any and all claims against the Owner, the Archi- tect, the Construction Manager or am of their agents or employees by any employee of the Contractor, any Sub- contractor, anyone directly or indirectl% employed by any of them -or anyone for whose acts any of them may be liable, the indemnification obligation under this Para- graph 4.18 shall not be limited in an,.,, way by am limita- tion on the amount or type of damages, compensation or benefits payable by or for the Contractor or any Sub- contractor under workers' or workmen's compensation acts, disability benefit acts or other employee benefit acts. 4.18.3 The obligations of the Contractor under this Para- graph 4.18 shall not extend to the liability of the Architect or the Construction Manager, their agents or employees, arising out of (1) the preparation or approval of maps, drawings, opinions, reports, surveys, Change Orders, de- signs or specifications, or (2) the giving of or the failure to give directions or instructions by the Architect or the Construction Manager, their agents or employees, pro- vided such giving or failure to give is the primary cause of the injury or damage. ARTICLE 5 SUBCONTRACTORS 5,1 DEFINITION 5.1.1 A Subcontractor is a person or entity who has a direct contract with the Contractor to perform any of the Work at the site. The term Subcontractor means a Sub- contractor or a Subcontractor's authorized representative. The term Subcontractor does not include anv separate contractor or an,. separate Contractor's subcontractors. 5.1.2 A Sub -subcontractor is a person or entity who has a direct or indirect contract with a Subcontractor to per- form anv of the Work at the site. The term Sub -subcon- tractor mean: a Sub -subcontractor or an authorized rep- resentative thereof. 5.2 AWARDS OF SUBCONTRACTS AND OTHER CONTRACTS FOR PORTIONS OF THE WORK 5.2.1 Unless otherwise required by the Contract Docu- AIA DOCUMENT A201%CM - GE,ER>, Co\DC O\S OF THE CONTRACT FOR CO�STRLCTION C01,STRUCTIO` .MANAGEMENT EDITION - IL\E 1980 EDITION - AIA9 - 01980 - THE 11 A201/CM —1980 A\IER.L>♦ I1,sTITL TE OF ARCHITECTS 1-33 NEw 1ORK AVE., N.W., „kcF1INC OI, n C. 20006 menu or the Bidding Documents, the Contractor, as soon as practicable after the award of the Contract, shall fur- nish to the Construction Manager in writing for review by the Owner, the Architect and the Construction Man- ager, the names of the persons or entities (including those who are to furnish materials or equipment fabricated to a special design) proposed for each of the principal por- tions of the Work. The Construction Manager will promptly reply to the Contractor in writing stating whether or not the Owner, the Architect or the Con- struction Manager, after due investigation, has reasonable objection to any such proposed person or entity. Failure of the Construction Manager to reply promptly shall con- stitute notice of no reasonable objection. S.2.2 The Contractor shall not contract with any such proposed person or entity to whom the Owner, the Ar- chitect or the Construction Manager has made reasonable objection under the provisions of Subparagraph 5.2.1. The Contractor shall not be required to contract with anyone to whom the Contractor has a reasonable objection. 5.2.3 If the Owner, the Architect or the Construction Manager has reasonable objection to any such proposed person or entity, the Contractor shall submit a substitute to whom the Owner, the Architect and the Construction Manager have no reasonable objection, and the Contract Sum shall be increased or decreased by the difference in cost occasioned by such substitution and an appropriate Change Order shall be issued; however, no increase in the Contract Sum shall be allowed for any such substitu- tion unless the Contractor has acted promptly and re- sponsively in submitting names as required by Subpara- graph S.2.1. S.2.4 The Contractor shall make no substitution for any Subcontractor, person or entity previously selected if the Owner, the Architect or the Construction Manager makes reasonable objection to such substitution. 5.3 SUBCONTRACTUAL RELATIONS 5.3.1 By an appropriate agreement, written where legally required for validity, the Contractor shall require each Subcontractor, to the extent of the Work to be performed by the Subcontractor, to be bound to*the Contractor by the terms of the Contract Documents, and to assume to- ward the Contractor all the obligations and responsibili- ties which the Contractor, by these Documents, assumes to%%ard the Owner, the Architect and the Construction Manager. Said agreement shall presere and protect the rights of the Owner, the Architect and the Construction Manager under the Contract Documents with respect to the Work to be performed by the Subcontractor so that the subcontracting thereof will not prejudice such rights, and shall allow to the Subcontractor, unless specifically provided otherwise in the Contractor -Subcontractor Agreement, the benefit of all rights, remedies and redress against the Contractor that the Contractor, by these Docu- ments, has against the Owner. Where appropriate, the Contractor shall require each Subcontractor to enter into similar agreements with their Sub -subcontractors. The Contractor shall make available to each proposed Sub- contractor, prior to the execution of the Subcontract, copies of the Contract Documents to which the Subcon- tractor will be bound by this Paragraph 5.3, and identify tc the Subcontractor any terms and conditions of the pro- posed Subcontract which may be at variance with dtf Contract Documents. Each Subcontractor shall similarly make copies of such Documents available to their Sub - subcontractors. ARTICLE 6 WORK BY OWNER OR BY SEPARATE CONTRACTORS 6.1 OWNER'S RIGHT TO PERFORM WORK AND TO AWARD SWARATE CONTRACTS 6.1.1 The Owner reserves the right to perform work re- lated to the Project with the Owner's own forces, and to award separate contracts in connection with other por- tions of the Project or other work on the site under these or similar Conditions of the Contract. If the Contractor claims that delay, damage or additional cost is involved because of such action by the Owner, the Contractor shall make such claim as provided elsewhere in the Contract Documents. 6.1.2 When separate contracts are awarded for different portions of the Project or other work on the site, the term Contractor in the Contract Documents in each case shall mean the Contractor who executes each separate Owner - Contractor Agreement. 6.14 ,Tl?,e r will provide for the coordination of the work of the 'Owner's own forces and of each separate contractor with the Work of the Contractor, who shall cooperate therewith as provided in Paragraph 6.2. 6.2 MUTUAL RESPONSIBILITY 6.2.1 The Contractor shall afford the Owner, the Con- struction Manager and separate contractors reasonable opportunity for the introduction and storage of their ma- terials and equipment and the execution of their work, and shall connect and coordinate the Work with theirs as required by the Contract Documents. 6.2.2 If any part of the Contractor's Work depends for proper execution or results upon the work of the Owner or any separate contractor, the Contractor shall, prior to proceeding with the Work, promptly report to the Con- struction Manager any apparent discrepancies or defects in such other work that render it unsuitable for such proper execution and results. Failure of the Contractor so to report shall constitute an acceptance of the Owner's or separate contractor's work as fit and proper to receive the Work, except as to defects which may subsequently become apparent in such work by others. 6.2.3 Any costs caused by defective or ill-timed Work shall be borne by the party responsible therefor. 6.2.4 Should the Contractor wrongfully cause damage to the work or property of the Owner, or to other work or property on the site, the Contractor shall promptly rem- edy such damage as provided in Subparagraph 10.2.5. 6.2.S Should the Contractor wrongfully delay or cause damage to the work or property of any separate contrac- tor, the Contractor shall, upon due notice, promptly at- tempt to settle with such other contractor by agreement, or otherwise to resolve the dispute. If such separate con- tractor sues or initiates an arbitration proceeding against the Owner on account of any delay or damage alleged to have been caused by the Contractor, the Owner shall AIA DOCUMENT A201/CM - GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT FOR CONSTRUCTION CONSTRUCTION MANAGEMENT EDITION - ►UNE 1980 EDITION - AIAe - © 1980 - THE AMER, CAN INSTITITE OF ARCHITECTS. 1735 NEW YORK AVE., NAV., W.NSH1NGTON'. O.C. 20006 A201/CM -1980 12 ; Z f- notify the Contractor who shall defend such proceedings at the Owner's expense, and if any judgment or award against the Owner arises therefrom, the Contractor shall pay or satisfy it and shall reimburse the Owner for all attorneys' fees and court or arbitration costs which the Owner has incurred. 6.3 OWNER'S RIGHT TO CLEAN UP 6.3.1 If a dispute arises between the Contractor and separate contractors as to their responsibility for cleaning up as required by Paragraph 4.15, the Owner may clean up and charge the cost thereof to the contractors respon- sible therefor as the Construction Manager shall deter- mine to be just. ARTICLE 7 MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS 7,1 GOVERNING LAW 7.1.1 The Contract shall be go%erned by the law of the place where the Project is located. 7,2 SUCCESSORS AND ASSIGNS 7.2.1 The Owner and the Contractor, respectively, bind themselves, their partners, successors, assigns and legal representatives to the other party hereto and to the part- ners, successors, assigns and legal representatives of such other party with respect to all covenants, agreements and obligations contained in the Contract Documents. Neither party to the Contract shall assign the Contract or sublet it as a whole without the written consent of the other. 7,3 WRITTEN NOTICE 7.3.1 Written notice shall be deemed to have been duly served if delivered in person to the individual or mem- ber of the firm or entity or to an officer of the corpora- tion for whom it was intended, or if delivered at or sent by registered or certified mail to the last business address known to the party giving the notice. 7,4 CLAIMS FOR DAMAGES 7.4.1 Should either party to the Contract suffer injury or damage to person or property because of any act or omis- sion of the other party or of any of the other party's employees, agents or others for whose acts such party is legally liable, claim shall be made in 6%riting to such other party within a reasonable time after the first observ- ance of such injury or damage. 7,5 PERFORMANCE BOND AND LABOR AND MATERIAL PAYMENT BOND 7.5.1 The Owner shall have the right to require the Contractor to furnish bonds co,.ering the faithful perform- ance of the Contract and the payment of all obligations arising thereunder if and as required in the Bidding Doc- ument� or the Contract Documents. 7,6 RIGHTS AND REMEDIES 7.6.1 The duties and obligations imposed by the Con- tract Documents and the rights and remedies available thereunder shall be in addition to, and not a limitation of, any duties. obligations. rights and remedies otherwise im- posed or available by law. 7.62 No action or failure to act by the Owner, the Ar- chitect, the Construction Manager or the Contractor shall constitute a waiver of any right or duty afforded any of them under the Contract, nor shall any such action or failure to act constitute an approval of or acquiescence in anv breach thereunder, except as may be specifically agreed in writing. 7,7 TESTS 7.7.1 If the Contract Documents, laws, ordinances, rules, regulations or orders of any public authority having juris- diction require any portion of the Work to be inspected, tested or approved, the Contractor shall give the Architect and the Construction Manager timely notice of its readi- ness so the Architect and the Construction Manager may observe such inspection, testing or approval. The Con- tractor shall bear all costs of such inspections, tests or approvals conducted by public authorities. Unless other- wise provided, the Owner shall bear all costs of other in- spections, tests or approvals. 7.7.2 If the Architect or the Construction Manager deter- mines that any Work requires special inspection, testing or approval which Subparagraph 7.7.1 does not include, the Construction Manager will, upon written authoriza- tion from the Owner, instruct the Contractor to order such special inspection, testing or approval, and the Con- tractor shall give notice as provided in Subparagraph 7.7.1. If such special inspection or testing re%eals a failure of the Work to comply with the requirements of the Con- tract Documents, the Contractor shall bear all costs thereof, including compensation for the Architect's and the Construction Manager's additional services made nec- essary by such failure; otherwise the Owner shall bear such costs, and an appropriate Change Order shall be issued. 7.7.3 Required certificates of inspection, testing or ap- proval shall be secured by the Contractor and the Con- tractor shall promptly deliver them to the Construction Manager for transmittal to the Architect. 7.7.4 If the Architect or the Construction Manager wishes to observe the inspections, tests or approvals required by the Contract Documents, they will do so promptly and, where practicable, at the source of supply. 7,8 INTEREST 7.8.1 Payments due and unpaid under the Contract Doc- uments shall bear interest from the date payment is due at such rate as the parties may agree upon in writing or, In the absence thereof, at the legal rate prevailing at the place of the Project. 7,9 ARBITRATION 7.9.1 All claims, disputes and other matter: in question between the Contractor and the Owner arising out of or re!ating to the Contract Documents or the breach thereof, except as provided in Subparagraph 2.3.14 mth respect to the Architect's decisions on matters relating to artistic effect, and except for claims %%hich have keen waived by the making or acceptance of final payment a> provided b� Subparagraphs 9.9.4 through v 9 1, inclusi%e. shall be dec,ded by arbitration in accordance %%Ith the Construc- tion Industry Arbitration Rules of the American Arbitra- tion Association then obtaining unless the parties mutually AIA DOCUMENT A201'CN • GENERAL CO1,D17. ,\> OF THE C('*,TRACT FOR W\"R, CTION CONSTRUCTION 1,tA%4,GEMENT EDITION • JUSE 1980 EDITION AIM • C 1980 • THE 13 A201/CM — 1980 AMERICAN ISSTIIL TE Or ARCHITECTS 1-15 NEW Y'ORK AVE \ \c _TON D C 20006 agree otherwise. No arbitration arising out of or relating to the Contract Documents shall include, by consolida- tion, joinder or in any other manner, the Architect, the Construction Manager, their employees or consultants except by written consent containing a specific reference to the Owner -Contractor Agreement and signed by the Architect, the Construction Manager, the Owner, the Contractor and any other person sought to be joined. No arbitration shall include by consolidation, joinder or in any other manner, parties other than the Owner, the Contractor and any other persons substantially involved in a common question of fact or law, whose presence is required if complete relief is to be accorded in the arbi- tration. No person other than the Owner or the Contrac- tor shall be included as an original third party or addi- tional third party to an arbitration whose interest or re- sponsibility is insubstantial. Any consent to arbitration involving an additional person or persons shall not con- stitute consent to arbitration of any dispute not described therein or with any person not named or described therein. The foregoing agreement to arbitrate and any other agreement to arbitrate with an additional person or persons duly consented to by the parties to the Owner - Contractor Agreement shall be specifically enforceable under the prevailing arbitration law. The award rendered by the arbitrators shall be final, and judgment may be en- tered upon it in accordance with applicable law in any court having jurisdiction thereof. 7.9.2 Notice of the demand for arbitration shall be filed in writing with the other party to the Owner -Contractor Agreement and with the American Arbitration Associa- tion, and a copy shall be filed with the Architect and the Construction Manager. The demand for arbitration shall be made within the time limits specified in Subparagraph 2.3.15 where applicable, and in all other cases within a reasonable time after the claim, dispute or other matter in question has arisen; and in no event shall it be made after the date when institution of legal or equitable pro- ceedings based on such claim, dispute or other matter in question would be barred by the applicable statute of limitations. 7.9.3 Unless otherwise agreed in writing, the Contractor shall carry on the Work and maintain its progress during ant, arbitration proceedings, and the Owner shall con- tinue to make payments to the Contractor in accordance \,ith the Contract Document, ARTICLE 8 TIME 8.1 DEFINITIONS 8.1.1 Unless otherwise provided, the Contract Time is the period of time allotted in the Contract Documents for Substantial Completion of the Work as defined in Sub- paragraph 8.1.3, including authorized adjustments thereto. 8.1.2 The date of commencement of the Work is the date established in a notice to proceed. If there is no no- tice to proceed, it shall be such other date as may be established in the Owner -Contractor Agreement or else- where in the Contract Documents. 8.1.3 The Date of Substantial Completion of the Work or designated portion thereof Is the Date certified by the Architect \%hen construction is sufficiently complete. in accordance with the Contract Documents, so that the Owner or separate contractors cin occupy or utilize the Work or a designated portion thereof !fir the use for which it is intended. 8.1.4 The Date of Substantial Completion of the Project or designated portion thereot Is the Date certified by the Architect when construction Is sufficiently complete so the O%%ner can occupy or utilize the Project or designated portion thereof for the use for %%hich it was intended. 8.1.S The term day as used in the Contract Documents shall mean calendar day unle- <I)ecitically designated otherwise. 8.2 PROGRESS AND COMPLETION 8.2.1 All time limits stated in the Contract Documents are of the essence of the Contract. 8.2.2 The Contractor shall begin the Work on the date of commencement as defined in Subparagraph 8.1.2. The Contractor shall carry the Work ton%ard expeditioush with adequate forces and shall achieve Substantial Com- pletion of the Work within the Contract Time. 8.3 DELAYS AND EXTENSIONS OF TIME 8.3.1 If the Contractor is delayed at any time in the progress of the Work by any act or neglect of the Owner, the Architect, the Construction .Manager, any of their em- ployees, any separate contractor employed by the Owner, or by changes ordered in the \\ ork. labor disputes, fire. unusual delay in .transportation. adverse weather condi- tions not reasonably anticipatable. unavoidable casualties, any causes beyond the Contractor's control, delay author- ized by the Owner pending arbitration, or by any other cause which the Construction .Manager determines may justify the delay, then the Contract Time shall be ex- tended by Change Order for such reasonable time as the Construction Manager may determine. 8.3.2 Any claim for extension of time shall be made in \writing to the Construction ,Manager not more than twenty days after the commencement of the delay: other- wise it shall be waived. In the case of a continuing Bela\ only one claim is necessary. The Contractor shall provide an estimate of the probable effect of ouch delay on the progress of the Work. 8.3.3 If no agreement is made stating the dates upon which interpretations as pro\ ided in Subparagraph 2.3.11 shall be furnished. then no claim for delav shall be allowed on account of fa -lure to iurnich such interpreta- tions until fifteen days after \\ ntten request i, made for them, and not then unless such claim i, reasonable. 8.3.4 This Paragraph 8.3 doe, not exclude the reco,er\ of damages for delay by either party under other prrn i- ,iom of the Contract Document, ARTICLE 9 PAYMENTS AND COMPLETION 9.1 CONTRACT SUM 9.1.1 The Contract Sum is stated in the O\\ner-Contrac- tor Agreement and, including authorized adjustments :hereto, is the total amount pa\ahle bw the Owner to the Contractor for the performance of the \\ork under the Contract Documents. AIA DOCUMENT A201/CM - GE,ERAL CONDITiUNS OF THE CONTRACT FOR CONSTRUCTION CO',STRUCTION .MANAGE.\tENT EDITION - JLNE 1980 EDITION' - AIAE - C 1980 - THE A%1(R1C» I,STITI TE OF ARCHITECTS 1735 \E\\ )ORA A\E N \\ WASHINGTON D.0 =OPv, A201/CM —1980 14 9.2 SCHEDULE OF VALUES 9.2.1 Before the first Application for Payment, the Con- tractor shall submit to the Construction Manager a schedule of values allocated to the various portions of the Work, prepared in such form and supported by such data to substantiate its accuracv as the Architect and the Con- struction Manager may require. This schedule, unless objected to by the Construction .`tanager or the Architect, shall be used only as a basis for the Contractor's Applica- tions for Payment. 9,3 APPLICATIONS FOR PAYMENT 9.3.1 At least fifteen days before the date for each progress payment established in the Owner -Contractor Agreement, the Contractor shall submit to the Construc- tion Manager an itemized Application for Payment, notar- ized if required, supported b\ such data substantiating the Contractor's right to pay nlent as the Owner, the Ar- chitect or the Construction .Manager may require, and re- ilecting retalnage, if anv. as provided elsewhere in the Contract Documents. The Construction ;Manager will as- .emble the Application \\ith Imllar applications from other contractors on the Project into a combined Project Application for Payment and ionvard it with recommen- dations to the Architect mthin seven days. 9.3.2 Unless otherwise provided in the Contract Docu- ments, payments \\ill be made on account of materials or equipment not incorporated in the Work but delivered and suitably stored at the site and, if approved in advance by the Owner, payments may similarly be made for mate- rials or equipment suitablv stored at some other loca- tion agreed upon in writing. Payments for materials or equipment stored on or off the site shall be conditioned upon submission by the Contractor of bills of sale or such other procedure,. satisfactory to the Owner to estab- lish the Owner's title to such materials or equipment or otherwise protect the Owner's interest, including applica- ble insurance and transportation to the site for those material: and equipment stored off the site. 9.3.3 The Contractot \Aarrants that title to all Work, materials and equipment covered by an Application for Payment will pass to the Owner either by incorporation in the construction or upon receipt of payment by the Contractor, whichever occurs first. free and clear of all liens, claims, security interesth or encumbrances, herein- after referred to in this Article 9 as "liens": and that no Work materials or equipment covered by an Application for Payment %%ill have been acquired by the Contractor. or by any other person performing Work at the site or furnishing materials and equipment for the Project, sub- ject to an agreement under \\hich an interest therein or an encumbrance thereon I< retained by the seller or oth- er\.,ise Imposed by the Contractor or such other person. 9.4 CERTIFICATES FOR PAYMENT 9.4.1 The Architect Hill %%ithin seven days after the re- ceipt of the Project Application for Payment \with the rec- ommendations of the Construction Manager, review the Project Application for Payment and either issue a Project Certificate for Payment to the O\\ner with a copy to the Construction Manager for distribution to the Contractor for such amounts as the Architect determines are prop- erly due, or notify the Construction Manager in writing of the reasons for withholding a Certificate as provided in Subparagraph 9.6.1. Such notification will be forwarded to the Contractor by the Construction Manager. 9.4.2 The issuance of a Project Certificate for Payment will constitute a representation by the Architect to the Owner that. based on the Architect's observations at the site as prodded in Subparagraph 2.3.4 and the data com- prising the Project Application for Payment, the Work has progressed to the point indicated; that, to the best of the Architect's knowledge, information and belief, the quality of the Work is in accordance with the Contract Docu- ments (subject to an evaluation of the Work for conform- ance with the Contract Documents upon Substantial Completion of the Work, to the results of any subsequent tests required by or performed under the Contract Docu- ments, to minor deviations from the Contract Documents correctable prior to completion, and to any specific quali- fications stated in the Certificate); and that the Contrac- tor is entitled to payment in the amount certified. How- ever, by Issuing a Project Certificate for Payment, the Ar- chitect shall not thereby be deemed to represent that the Architect his made exhaustive or continuous on -site in- spections to check the quality or quantity of the Work, has revie\%ed the construction mean:, methods, tech- niques, sequences or procedures, or has made any exam- ination to ascertain how or for what purpose the Contrac- tor has used the monies pre\ iously paid on account of the Contract Sum. 9.5 PROGRESS PAYMENTS 9.5.1 After the Architect has issued a Project Certificate for Payment, the Owner shall make payment in the man- ner and within the time provided in the Contract Docu- ments. 9.5.2 The Contractor shall promptly pay each Subcon- tractor upon receipt of payment from the Owner, out of the amount paid to the Contractor on account of such Subcontractors Work, the amount to which said Subcon- tractor is entitled, riflecting the percentage actually re- tained, if any, from payments to the Contractor on ac- count of such Subcontractor's Work. The Contractor shall, by an appropriate agreement with each Subcontractor, require each Subcontractor le make pavments to their Sub -subcontractors in similar manner. 9.5.3 The Architect may, on request and at the Archi- tect's discretion, furnish to anv Subcontractor, if prac- ticable, information regarding the percentages of com- pletion or the amounts applied for by the Contractor and the action taken thereon by the Architect on account of Work done by such Subcontractru. 9.5.4 Neither the Owner, the Architect nor the Construc- tion Manager shall have any obligation to pa\ or to see to the payment of any monies to any Subcontractor except as ma\ other\\ ise be required by law. 9.5.5 No certification of a progress payment, any prog- ress payment, or any partial or entire use or occupancv of the Protect b\ the O\\ner, hall constitute an accept- ance of any �1 ork not In accordance with the Contract Documents. 9.6 PAYMENTS WITHHELD 9.6.1 The Architect. follo%%Ing consultation with the Construction Manager. ma\ decline to certify payment AIA DOCUMENT A201.CM • CF\F"+> CONDITIONS OF _, t CONTR>CT FOR CONSTRICT.P% CONSTRUCTION MANAGEMP T, EDITION • ILNE 1960 EDITION • AIA6 • ©1980 • THE 15 A201JCM — 1980 \\(ERICA': INSTITUTE OF ARCHITECTS 1-33 NE\1 IORK A\E . N.w.. %%ASHINGTON. D C 20006 and may withhold the Certificate in whole or in part to the extent necessary to reasonably protect the Owner, if, In the Architect's opinion, the Architect is unable to make representations to the Owner as provided in Subpara- graph 9.4.2. If the Architect is unable to make representa- tions to the Owner as provided in Subparagraph 9.4.2, and to certify payment in the amount of the Project Ap- plication, the Architect will notify the Construction Man- ager as provided in Subparagraph 9.4.1. If the Contractor and the Architect cannot agree on a revised amount, the Architect will promptly issue a Project Certificate for Pay- ment for the amount for which the Architect is able to make such representations to the Owner. The Architect may also decline to certify payment or, because of subse- quently discovered evidence or subsequent observations, the Architect may nullify the whole or any part of any Project Certificate for Payment previously issued to such extent as may be necessary, in the Architect's opinion, to protect the Owner from loss because of: .1 defective Work not remedied; .2 third party claims filed or reasonable evidence in- dicating probable filing of such claims; .3 failure of the Contractor to make payments prop- erly to Subcontractors, or for labor, materials or equipment; .4 reasonable evidence that the Work cannot be com- pleted for the unpaid balance of the Contract Sum; .5 damage to the Owner or another contractor; .6 reasonable evidence that the Work will not be completed within the Contract Time; or .7 persistent failure to carry out the Work in accord- ance with the Contract Documents. 9.6.2 When the grounds in Subparagraph 9.6.1 above are removed. payment shall be made for amounts with- held because of them. 9,7 FAILURE Of PAYMENT 9.7.1 If the Construction Manager should fail to issue recommendations within seven days of receipt of the Contractor's Application for Payment, or if, through no fault of the Contractor, the Architect does not issue a Project Certificate for Payment within seven days after the Architect's receipt of the Project Application for Pay- ment, or if the Owner does not pay the Contractor within seven days after the date established in the Contract Doc- uments any amount certified by the Architect or awarded by arbitration, then the Contractor may, upon seven addi- tional days' written notice to the Owner, the Architect and the Construction Manager, stop the Work until pay- ment of the amount owing has been received. The Con- tract Sum shall be increased by the amount of the Con- tractor's reasonable costs of shut -down, delay and start- up, which shall be effected by appropriate Change Order in accordance with Paragraph 12.3. 9.8 SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION 9.8.1 'vVhen the Contractor considers that the Work, or a designated portion thereof which is acceptable to the Owner, is substantially complete as defined in Subpara- graph 8.1.3, the Contractor shall prepare for the Construc- tion Manager a list of items to be completed or cor- rected. The failure to include any items on such list does not alter the responsibility of the Contractor to complete all Work In accordance with the Contract Documents - When the Architect, on the basis of inspection and con, sultation with the Construction Manager, determines that the Work or designated portion thereof Is substantially complete, the Architect will then prepare a Certificate of Substantial Completion of the Work which shall establish the Date of Substantial Completion of the Work, shall state the responsibilities of the Owner and the Contractor for security, maintenance. heat, utilities. damage lo' the Work and insurance, and shall fix the time within which the Contractor shall complete the items listed therein. The Certificate of Substantial Completion of the Work shall be submitted to the Owner and the Contractor for their written acceptance of the responsibilities assigned to them in such Certificate. 9.8.2 Upon Substantial Completion of the Work or desig- nated portion thereof, and upon application by the Con- tractor and certification by the Architect. the Owner shall make payment, reflecting adjustment in retainage, If am. for such Work or portion thereof as prodded in the Con- tract Documents. 9.8.3 When the Architect, on the basis of inspections. determines that the Project or designated portion thereof is substantially complete, the Architect will then prepare a Certificate of Substantial Completion of the Project which shall establish the Date of Substantial Completion of the Project and fix the time within which the Contrac- tor shall complete any uncompleted items on the Certif- icate of Substantial Completion of the Work. 9.8.4 Warranties required by the Contract Documents shall commence on the Date of Substantial Completion of the Project or designated portion thereof unless other- wise provided in the Certificate of Substantial Comple- tion of the Work or designated portion thereof. 9.9 FINAL COMPLETION AND FINAL PAYMENT 9.9.1 Following the Architect's issuance of the Certificate of Substantial Completion of the Work or designated por- tion thereof, and the Contractor's completion of the Work, the Contractor shall forward to the Construction Manager a written notice that the Work is ready for final inspection and acceptance, and shall also forward to the Construction Manager a final Application for Payment. Upon receipt, the Construction Manager will make the necessary evaluations and forward recommendations to the Architect who will promptly make such inspection. When the Architect finds the Work acceptable under the Contract Documents and the Contract fully per- formed, the Architect will issue a Project Certificate for Payment which will approve the final payment due the Contractor. This approval will constitute a representation that, to the best of the Architect's knowledge, informa- tion and belief, and on the basis of observations and in- spections, the Wcrk has been completed in accordance With the Terms and Conditions of the Contract Docu- ments and that the entire balance found to be due the Contractor, and noted in said Certificate. is due and pa�- able. The Architect's approval of said Project Certificate for Payment will constitute a further representation that the conditions precedent to the Contractor's being en- titled to final payment as set forth in Subparagraph 9.9.2 have been fulfilled. AIA DOCUMENT A201/CM - GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT FOR CONSTRUCTION CONSTRUCTION MANAGEMENT EDITION - JUNE 1980 EDITION - AIA® - Q 19W - THE AMtERICAN INSTITUTE OF ARCHITECTS. 1735 NEW YORK AVE., N.W.. WASHINGTON, D.C. 20006 A201/CM —1980 16 9.9.2 Neither the final payment nor the remaining retain - age shall become due until the Contractor submits to the Architect, through the Construction Manager, (1) an affi- davit that all payrolls, bills for materials and equipment, and other indebtedness connected with the Work for which the Owner or the Owner's property might in any way be responsible, have been paid or otherwise satis- fied, 121 consent of surety, if any, to final payment, and (31 if required by the Owner, other data establishing pay- ment or satisfaction of all such obligations, such as re- ceipts, releases and waivers of liens arising out of the Contract, to the extent and in such form as may be desig- nated by the Owner. If any Subcontractor refuses to fur- nish a release or waiver required :)y the Owner, the Con- tractor may furnish a bond satisfactory to the Owner to indemnify the Owner against any such lien. If any such lien remains unsatisfied after all payments are made, the Contractor shall refund to the Owner all monies that the latter may be compelled to pay in discharging such lien, Including all costs and reasonable attorneys' fees. 9.9.3 If. after Substantial Completion of the Work, final completion thereof is materially delayed through no fault of the Contractor or by the issuance of Change Orders affecting final completion, and the Construction Manager so confirms, the Owner shall, upon application by the Contractor and certification by the Architect and without terminating the Contract, make payment of the balance due for that portion of the Work fully completed and accepted. If the remaining balance for Work not fully completed or corrected is less than the retainage stipu- lated in the Contract Documents. and if bonds have been furnished as provided in Paragraph ; .5, the written con- sent of the surety to the payment of the balance due for that portion of the Work fully completed and accepted shall be submitted by the Contractor to the Construction `11anaeer prior to certification of such payment. Such pay- ment <hall be made under the Terms and Conditions gov- erning final payments, except that it shall not constitute a waiver of claims. 9.9.4 The making of final payment shall, after the Date of Substantial Completion of the Project, constitute a waiver of all claims by the Owner except those arising from .1 unsettled liens: .2 faulty or defective Work appearing after Substan- tial Completion of the Work: .3 failure of the Work to comply with the require- ments of the Contract Documents; or .4 terms of any special %%arranties required by the Contract Documents. 9.9.5 The acceptance of final payment shall, after the Date of Substantial Completion of the Project, constitute a waiver of all claims by the Contractor except those previously made in writing and identified by the Contrac- tor as unsettled at the time of the final Application for Payment. 9.9.6 All provisions of this Agreement, including with- out limitation those establishing obligations and proce- dures. >hall remain in full force and effect notwithstand- Ing the making or acceptance of final payment prior to the Date of Substantial Completion of the Project. :u1+tw ARTICLE 10 PROTECTION OF PERSONS AND PROPERTY 10.1 SAFETY PRECAUTIONS AND PROGRAMS 10.1.1 The Contractor shall be responsible for initiating, maintaining and supervising all safety precautions and programs in connection with the Work. 10.2 SAFETY OF PERSONS AND PROPERTY 10.2.1 The Contractor shall take all reasonable precau- tions for the safety of, and shall provide all reasonable protection to prevent damage, injury or loss to: .1 all employees on the Work and all other persons who may be affected thereby; .2 all the Work and all materials and equipment to be incorporated therein, whether in storage on or off the site, under the care, custody or control of the Contractor or any of the Contractor's Subcon- tractors or Sub -subcontractors; .3 other property at the site or adjacent thereto, in- cluding trees, shrubs, lawns, %%alks, pavements, roadways, structures and utilities not designated for removal, relocation or replacement in the course of construction; and .4 the work of the Owner or other separate contrac- tors. 10.2.2 The Contractor shall give all notices and comply with all applicable laws, ordinances, rules, regulations and lawful orders of any public authority bearing on the safety of persons or property or their protection from damage, injury or loss. 10.2.3 The Contractor shall erect and maintain, as re- quired by existing conditions and the progress of the Work, all reasonable safeguards for safety and protection, including posting danger signs and other warnings against hazards, promulgating safety regulations and notifying owners and users of adjacent utilities. 10.2.4 When the use or storage of explosives or other hazardous materials or equipment is necessary for the execution of the Work, the Contractor shall exercise the utmost care and shall carry on such activities under the supervision of properly qualified personnel. 10.2.5 The Contractor shall promptly remedy all damage or loss (other than damage or loss Insured under Para- graph 11 3) to any property referred to in Clauses 10.2.1.2 and 10.2.1.3 caused in whole or in part by the Contrac- tor, any Subcontractor, any Sub -subcontractor, anyone di- rectly or indirectly employed by any of them, or by any- one for %%hose acts any of them may be liable, and for �%hich the Contractor is responsible under Clauses 10.2.1.2 and 10.2.1.3, except damage or loss attributable to the acts or omissions of the Owner, the Architect, the Con- Aructlon Manager or amone directly or indirectly em- ployed by any of them, or by amone for Khose acts any of them may be liable, and not ,ittributable to the fault or negligence of the Contractor. The foregoing obliga- tions of the Contractor are in addition to the Contractor's obligations under Paragraph 4 18 10.2.E The Contractor shall designate a responsible member of the Contractor's organization at the site ",hose duty shall be the prevention of accidents. This person shall be the Contractor's superintendent unless AIA DOCUMENT 4201/CM • GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE (()N1Ro'CT FOR CONSTRICTION CONSTRICTION MANAGEMENT EDITION • )L:\E 1980 EDITION AIA9 1980 - THE 17 A201/CM —1980 AMERICAN INSTITL TE Of ARCHITECTS 1-3i %E1A' IORK AVE \ �N > 4C/II%( '()" n C 2rf", otherwise designated by the Contractor in writing to the Owner and the Construction Manager. 10.2.7 The Contractor shall not load or permit any part of the �%ork to be loaded so as to endanger its safety. 10.3 EMERGENCIES 10.3.1 In any emergency affecting the safety of persons or property the Contractor shall act, at the Contractor's discretion, to prevent threatened damage, injury or loss. Any additional compensation or extension of time claimed by the Contractor on account of emergency work shall be determined as provided in Article 12 for Changes in the Work. ARTICLE 11 INSURANCE 11.1 CONTRACTOR'S LIABILITY INSURANCE 11.1.1 The Contractor shall purchase and maintain insur- ance for protection from the claims set forth below which may apse out of or result from the Contractor's opera- tions under the Contract, whether such operations be by the Contractor or by any Subcontractor, or by anyone di- rectK or indirectly employed by any of them, or by any- one for whose acts any of them may be liable: .1 claims under workers' or workmen's compensa- tion, disability benefit and other similar employee benefit acts; .2 claims for damages because of bodily injury, occu- pational sickness or disease, or death of the Con- tractor's employees; .3 claims for damages because of bodily injury, sick- ness or disease, or death of anv person other than the Contractor's employees; .4 claims for damages insured by usual personal in- jury liability coverage which are sustained (1) by any person as a result of an offense directly or indirectly related to the employment of such per- son by the Contractor, or 12) by any other person; .5 claims for damages, other than to the Work itself, because of injury to or destruction of tangible property. including loss of use resulting therefrom; and .6 (!aims for damages because of bodily injury or death of any person or property damage arising out of the ownership. maintenance or use of any motor vehicle. 11.1.2 The insurance required b\ Subparagraph 11.1.1 shall be written for not less than any limits of liability specified in the Contract Documents or required by law' \.hiche\er is greater. 11.1.3 The insurance required by Subparagraph 11.1.1 shall include contractual liability insurance applicable to the Contractor's obligations under Paragraph 4.18. 11.1.4 Certificates of Insurance acceptable to the Owner shall be submitted to the Construction Manager for trans- mittal to the Owner prior to commencement of the Work. These Certificates shall contain a provision that coverages afforded under the policies ,%ill not be canceled until at least thirty days' prior written notice has been given to the Owner. 112 OWNER'S UAIRM INSURANCE 112.1 The Owner shall be responsible for purchasing and maintaining Owners liability insurance and, at the Owner's option, mad purchase and maintain insurance for protection against claims which may arise' from operations under the Contract. 11.3 PROPERTY INSURANCE 11.3.1 Unless otherwise provided, the Owner shall pur- chase and maintain property insurance upon the entire Work at the site to the full insurable value thereof. This insurance shall include the interests of the Owner, the Construction Manager, the Contractor, Subcontractors and Sub -subcontractors in the Work, and shall insure against the perils of fire and extended coverage and shall include "all risk" insurance for physical loss or damage including, without duplication of coverage, theft, van- dalism and malicious mischief. If the Owner does not intend to purchase such insurance for the full insurable value of the entire Work, the Owner shall inform the Contractor In „sting prior to commencement of the Work. The Contractor may then effect insurance %%hich \,III protect the Interests of the Contractor. the Contrac- tor s Subcontractors and the Sub -subcontractors in the Work, and by appropriate Change Order the cost thereof shall be charged to the Owner. If the Contractor.is dam- aged by failure of the Owner to purchase or maintain \uch insurance and to so notify the Contractor. then the Owner shall bear all reasonable cost, properh attributa- ble thereto. If not covered under the all risk insurance or otherwise provided in the Contract Document,. the Contractor shall effect and maintain similar property in- surance on portions of the Work stored off the site or in transit when such portions of the Work are to be in- cluded in an Application for Pavment under Subpara- graph 9.3.2. 11.3.2 The Owner shall purchase and maintain such boiler and machinery insurance a% may be required b\ the Contract Documents or by la". This insurance shall include the interests of the Owner, the Constriction Man- ager, the Contractor. Subcontractors and Sub -subcontrac- tors in the Work. 11.3.3 Any loss insured under Subparagraph 11.3.1 is to be adjusted with the Owner and made payable to the Owner as trustee for the insureds, ac their interests mm appear. subject to the requirements of any applicable mortgagee clause and of Subparagraph 11.3.8. The Con- tractor shall pa\ each Subcontractor a just share of anv Irur.,nce monies received by the Contractor, and by ap- propoate agreement. \,ntten %%here legalk, required for \alldity, shall require each Subcontractor to make pa\- me•1ts to their Sub-,ubcontractors in similar manner. 11.3.4 The O\\ner shall file a coPe of all policies \\ith the Contractor before : n e\posure to loss may occur. 11.3.5 If the Contractor request: in writing that insur- ance for risks other than those described in Subpara- graph. 11.3.1 and 11.3.2. or other special hazards, be included In the p,_pert\ Imurame polls\, the Owner shall. I1 possible ;r,clude such insurance and the coy: thereof shall be charged to the Contractor by appropriate Change Order. AIA DOCUMENT A2011CM • GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CO\TRACT FOR CO\STRLCTIO\ CO\STRUCTION MANAGEMENT EDITION • JUNE 1980 EDITION • AIAS - 1980 • THE AMERICV, I\STITLTE OF ARCHITECTS. 1733 \Ew 1ORA A\'E \ \\ \\'ASHI\GTO\ D C 200(V, A201/CM — 1980 18 11.3.E The Owner and the Contractor waive all rights against (1) each other and the Subcontractors, Sub -sub- contractors, agents and employees of each other, and (2) the Architect, the Construction Manager and separate con- tractors, if any, and their subcontractors, sub -subcontrac- tors, agents and employees, for damages caused by fire or other perils to the extent covered by Insurance obtained pursuant to this Paragraph 11.3 or any other property in- surance applicable to the Work, except such rights as they may have to the proceeds of such insurance held by the Owner as trustee. The foregoing waiver afforded the Architect, the Construction `tanager, their agents and employees shall not extend to the liability imposed by Subparagraph 4.18.3. The Owner or the Contractor, as appropriate, shall require of the Architect, the Construc- tion Manager, separate contractors, Subcontractors and Sub -subcontractors by appropriate agreements. written where legally required for validity, similar wai%ers each in favor of all other parties enumerated in this Sub- paragraph 11.3.6. 11.3.7 If required in writing by any party in interest, the Owner as trustee shall, upon the occurrence of an in- sured loss, give bond for the proper performance of the Owner's duties. The Owner shall deposit in a separate account any money so received. and shall distribute it in accordance with such agreement as the parties in interest may reach, or in accordance with an award by arbitration in which case the procedure shall be as provided in Para- graph 7.9. If after such loss no other special agreement is made, replacement of damaged Work shall be covered b% an appropriate Change Order. 11.3.8 The Owner, as trustee, shall have power to adjust and settle any loss with the insurers unless one of the parties in interest shall object, in writing within five days after the occurrence of loss, to the Owner's exercise of this power, and if such objection be made, arbitrators shall be chosen as provided in Paragraph 7.9. The Owner as trustee shall, in that case, make settlement with the insurers in accordance with the directions of such arbi- trators. If distribution of the insurance proceeds by arbi- tration is required', the arbitrators %%ill direct such dis- tribution. 11.3.9 If the Owner finds it necessary to occupy or use a portion or portions of the Work prior to Substantial Completion thereof, such occupancy shall not commence prior to a time mutually agreed to by the Owner and the Contractor and to which the insurance company or com- panies providing the property insurance have consented by endorsement to the policy or policies. This insurance shall not be canceled or lapsed on account of such partial occupancy. Consent of the Contractor and of the insur- ance company or companies to such occupancy or use shall not be unreasonably withheld. ARTICLE 12 CHANGES IN THE WORK 12.1 CHANGE ORDERS 12.1.1 A Change Order is a written order to the Con- tractor signed to sho%% the recommendation of the Con- struction Manager. the approval of the Architect and the authorization of the 0%%ner, issued after execution of the Contract, authorizing a change in the Work or an adjust- ment in the Contract Sum or the Contract Time. The Contract Sum and the Contract Time may be changed only by Change Order. A Change Order signed by the Contractor indicates the Contractor's agreement there- with, including the adjustment in the Contract Sum or the Contract Time. 12.1.2 The O%%ner, without invalidating the Contract, may order changes in the Work within the general scope of the Contract consisting of additions, deletions or other revisions, the Contract Sum and the Contract Time being adjusted accordingly. All such changes in the Work shall be authorized by Change Order, and shall be performed under the applicable conditions of the Contract Docu- ments. 12.1.3 The cost or credit to the Owner resulting from a change in the Work shall be determined in one or more of the following ways: .1 by mutual acceptance of a lump .sum properly itemized and supported by sufficient substantiating data to permit evaluation; .2 by unit prices stated in the Contract Documents or subsequently agreed upon; .3 by cost to be determined in a manner agreed upon by the parties and a mutually acceptable fixed or percentage fee; or .4 by the method provided in Subparagraph 12.1.4. 12.1.4 If none of the methods set forth in Clauses 12.1.3.1, 12.1.3.2 or 12.1.3.3 is agreed upon, the Contrac- tor, provided a written order signed by the Owner is re- ceived, shall promptly proceed with the Work involved. The cost of such 41'ork shall then be determined by the Architect, after consultation with the Construction Man- ager, on the basis of the reasonable expenditures and savings of those performing the Work attributable to the change, including, in the case of an increase in the Con- tract Sum, a reasonable allowance for overhead and profit. In such case, and also under Clauses 12.1.3.3 and 12.1.3.4 above, the Contractor shall keep and present, in such form as the 0%%ner, the Architect or the Construc- tion Manager may prescribe, an itemized accounting to- gether with appropriate supporting data for inclusion in a Change Order. Unless otherwise provided in the Con- tract Documents, cost shall be limited to the following: cost of materials including sales tax and cost of delivery; 11.4 LOSS OF USE INSURANCE cost of labor, including social security, old age and 11.4.1 The Owner, at the Owner's option, may purchase unemployment insurance. and fringe benefits required by and maintain insurance for protection against loss of use agreement or custom: workers' or workmen's compensa- of the Owner's property due to fire or other hazards, tion insurance; bond premiums; rental value of equip - however caused. The Owner "ai%es all rights of action ment and machinery; and the additional costs of super - against the Contractor for loss of use of the Owner's vision and field office personnel directly attributable to property, including consequential losses due to fire or the change. Pending final determination of cost to the other hazards however caused, to the extent covered by Owner, payments on account shall be made on the Ar- insurance under this Paragraph 11.4. chitect's approval of a Project Certificate for Payment. AIA DOCUMENT A2/1/CM - GENERAL CO',^,: � '-> OF THE CONTRACT FOR CONSTRUCTION CONSTRUCTION MANAGEMENT EDITION - JUNE 19W EDITION - AIAO - © 1980 • THE 19 A201/CM-1980 AAIERICIN INITITLTE OF ARCHIIECTS 1-35 ♦E\% YORK AVE.. N.W.. %%ASHINGTON, D.C. 20006 The amount of credit to be allowed by the Contractor to the Owner for any deletion or change which results in a net decrease in the Contract Sum will be the amount of the actual net cost as confirmed by the Architect after consultation with the Construction Manager. When both additions and credits covering related Work or substitu- tions are involved in any one change, the allowance for overhead and profit shall be figured on the basis of the net increase, if any, with respect to that change. 12.15 If unit prices are stated in the Contract Docu- ments or subsequently agreed upon, and if the quantities originally contemplated are so changed in a proposed Change Order that application of the agreed unit prices to the quantities of Work proposed will cause substantial inequity to the Owner or the Contractor, the applicable unit prices shall be equitably adjusted. 12.2 CONCEALED CONDITIONS 12.2.1 Should concealed conditions encountered in the performance of the Work below the surface of the ground or should concealed or unknown conditions in an existing structure be at variance with the conditions indicated by the Contract Documents, or should unknown physical conditions below the surface of the ground or should concealed or unknown conditions in an existing struc- ture of an unusual nature, differing materially from those ordinarily encountered and generally recognized as in- herent in work of the character provided for in this Con- tract, be encountered, the Contract Sum shall be equita- bly adjusted by Change Order upon claim by either party made within twenty days after the first observance of the conditions. 12.3 CLAIMS FOR ADDITIONAL COST 12.3.1 If the Contractor wishes to make a claim for an increase in the Contract Sum, the Contractor shall give the Architect and the Construction Manager written no- tice thereof within twenty days after the occurrence of the event giving rise to such claim. This notice shall be gi%en by the Contractor before proceeding to execute the Work, except in an emergent% endangering life or prop- erty in which case the Contractor shall proceed in ac- cordance with Paragraph 10.3. No such claim shall be valid unless so made. If the Owner and the Contractor cannot agree on the amount of the adjustment in the Contract Sum, it shall be determined by the Architect after consultation with the Construction Manager. Am change in the Contract Sum resulting from such claim shall be authorized by Change Order. 12.3.2 If the Contractor claims that additional cost is in- vol%ed because of, but not limited to. (1 i am• %written in- terpretation pursuant to Subparagraph 2.3.11, (21 any or- der by the Owner to stop the Work pursuant to Para- graph 3.3 where the Contractor was not at fault, or an% such order by the Construction Manager as the O%%ner s agent. (3) any written order for a minor change in the Work issued pursuant to Paragraph 12.4, or (4) failure of payment by the Owner pursuant to Paragraph 9.7, the Contractor shall make such claim as provided in Sub- paragraph 12.3.1. 12,4 MINOR CHANGES IN THE WORK 12.4.1 The Architect will have authority to order minor changes in the Work not involving an adjustment in the Contract Sum or extension of the Contract Time and not Inconsistent with the intent of the Contract Documents. Such changes shall be effected by written order issued through the Construction Manager, and shaft be binding on the O%%ner and the Contractor. The Contractor shall carry out such written orders promptly. ARTICLE 13 UNCOVERING AND CORRECTION OF WORK 13.1 UNCOVERING OF WORK 13.1.1 If any portion of the Work should be covered contrary to the request of the Architect or the Construc- tion Manager, or to requirements specifically expressed in the Contract Documents, it must, if required in writing by either, be uncovered for their observation and shall be replaced at the Contractor's expense. 13.1.2 If any other portion of the Work has been cov- ered which the Architect or the Construction Manager has not specifically requested to observe prior to its being covered, either may request to see such Work and it shall be uncovered by the Contractor. If such Work be found in accordance with the Contract Documents, the cost of uncovering and replacement shall, by appropriate Change Order, be charged to the Owner. If such Work be found not in accordance with the Contract Documents, the Contractor shall pay such costs unless it be found that this condition %%as caused by the Owner or a separate contractor as provided in Article 6, in which event the O%%ner shall be responsible for the payment of such costs. 13.2 CORRECTION OF WORK 13.2.1 The Contractor shall promptly correct all Work rejected by the Architect or the Construction Manager as defective or as failing to conform to the Contract Docu- ments whether observed before or after Substantial Com- pletion or the Project and whether or not fabricated, in- stalled or completed. The Contractor shall bear all costs of correcting such rejected Work, including compensa- tion for the Architect's and the Construction Manager's additional sen ices made necessary thereby. 13.2.2 If, within one year after the Date of Substantial Completion of the Project or designated portion thereof, or within one dear after acceptance by the Owner of designated equipment, or within such longer period of time as may be prescribed by law or b% the terms of any applicable special warrant% required by the Contract Docu- ments, any of the Work is found to be defective or not In accordance with the Contract Documents, the Contractor shall correct it promptly after receipt of a %%ritten notice from the Owner to do so unless the Owner has previ- OUSIN given the Contractor a "ritten acceptance of such condition. This obligation shall sur�itie both final payment for the Work or designated portion thereof and termina- tion of the Contract. The Owner shall give such notice Promptly after discovery of the condition. 13.2.3 The Contractor :hall remove from the site all portions of the Work „hich are defective or nonconform- ing and �%hich ha%e not been corrected under Subpara- graphs 4.5.1, 13.2.1 and 13.2 2. unless remo\al is \%aged by the Owner. 13.2.4 If the Contractor fails to correct defective or non- tonforming Work as provided in Subparagraphs 4.5.1, AIA DOCUMENT A201/CM • GENERa_ CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT FOR CONSTRUCT!(,\ CONSTRUCTION MANAGEMENT EDITION • JUNE 1980 EDITION • AIAS • Qc 1980 • 1HE AMERICAN INSTITUTE OF ARCHITECTS 1735 NE\% 10RA AVE N 11W10HINGTON. D C 20m, A201/CM —1980 20 13.2.1 and 13.2.2, the Owner may correct It in accordance with Paragraph 3.4. 13.2.5 If the Contractor does not proceed with the cor- rection of such defective or nonconforming Work within a reasonable time fixed by written notice from the Archi- tect issued through the Construction Manager, the Owner may remove it and may store the materials or equipment at the expense of the Contractor. If the Contractor does not pay the cost of such removal and storage within ten days thereafter, the Owner may, upon ten additional days' written notice, sell such Work at auction or at pri- vate sale and shall account for the net proceeds thereof, after deducting all the costs that should have been borne by the Contractor, including compensation for the Archi- tect's and the Construction Manag sr's additional services made necessary thereby. If such proceeds of sale do not cover all costs which the Contractor should have borne, the difference shall be charged to the Contractor and an appropriate Change Order shall be issued. If the payments then or thereafter due the Contractor are not sufficient to cover such amount, the Contractor shall pay the differ- ence to the Owner. 13.2.6 The Contractor shall bear the cost of making good all work of the Owner or separate contractors de- stroyed or damaged by such correction or removal. 13.2.7 Nothing contained in this Paragraph 13.2 shall be construed to establish a period of limitation with respect to any other obligation which the Contractor might have under the Contract Documents, including Paragraph 4.5 hereof. The establishment of the time periods noted in Subparagraph 13.2.2, or such longer period of time as may be prescribed by law or by the terms of any %%arranty required by the Contract Documents, relates only to the specific obligation of the Contractor to correct the Work, and has no relationship to the time within which the Contractor's obligation to comply with the Contract Doc- uments may be sought to be enforced, nor to the time within which proceedings may be commenced to estab- lish the Contractor's liability with respect to the Contrac- tor's obligations other than specifically to correct the Work. 13.3 ACCEPTANCE OF DEFECTIVE OR NONCONFORMING WORK 13.3.1 If the Owner prefers to accept deiecti,.e or non- conforming Work, the O,Aner may do so instead of requir- ing Its removal and correction, in which case a Change Order will be issued to reflect a reduction in the Contract Sum %,here appropriate and equitable. Such adjustment shall be effected whether or not final payment has been made. ARTICLE 14 TERMINATION OF THE CONTRACT 14.1 TERMINATION BY THE CONTRACTOR 14.1.1 If the Work is stopped for a period of thlrt% dais under an order of am court or other public authority having jurisdiction, or as a result of an act of government such as a declaration of a national emergency making materials unavailable, through no act or fault of the Con- tractor or a Subcontractor or their agents or employees or any other persons performing any of the Work under a contract with the Contractor, or if the Work should be stopped for a period of thirty days by the Contractor be- cause of the Construction .Manager's. failure to recom- mend or the Architect's failure to issue a Project Certifi- cate for Payment as provided in Paragraph 9.7 or because the Owner has not made payment thereon as provided in Paragraph 9.7, then the Contractor may, upon seven addi- tional days' written notice to the Owner, the Architect and the Construction Manager, terminate the Contract and recover from the Owner payment for all Work executed and for any proven loss sustained upon any materials, equipment, tools, construction equipment and machinery, including reasonable profit and damages. 14.2 TERMINATION BY THE OWNER 14.2.1 If the Contractor is adjudged a bankrupt, or makes a general assignment for the benefit of creditors, or if a receiver is appointed on account of the Contrac- tors Insolvency, or If the Contractor persistently or re- peatedly retuses or fails, except in cases for which exten- sion of time is provided, to supply enough properly skilled workers or proper materials, or fails to make prompt payment to Subcontractors or for materials or labor, or persistently disregards laws, ordinances, rules, regulations or orders of any public authority having juris- tlon, or otherwise Is guilty of a substantial violation of a prop ision of the Contract Documents, and fails within seven days after receipt of �%ritten notice to commence and continue correction of such default, neglect or viola- tion with diligence and promptness, the Owner, upon certification by the Architect after consultation with the Construction Manager that sufficient cause exists to justify such action, may, after seven days following receipt by the Contractor of an additional written notice and with- out prejudice to any other remedy the Owner may have, terminate the employment of the Contractor and take possession of the site and of all materials, equipment, tools, construction equipment and machinery thereon n%%ned by the Contractor and may finish the Work by %%hatever methods the O%%ner may deem expedient. In ,uch case the Contractor shall not be entitled to receive any further payment until the Work is finished. 14.2.2 If the unpaid balance of the Contract Sum ex- ceeds the costs of finishing the Work, including compen- sation for the Architect's and the Construction Manager's additional serices made necessar thereb,.. such excess .hall be paid to the Contractor. If such costs exceed the unpaid balance. the Contractor shall pa% the difference to the O%%ner. The amount to be paid to the Contractor or to the Owner, as the case ma% be. shall be certified by the Architect, upon application, in the manner provided In Paragraph 9.4. and tHi obligation for payment shall ,url\e the termination of the Contact. AIA DOCUMENT A201,CM • (,L KERN_ -' > OF THE CO%'RiCT F�_ c()NITRLCTION CONSTRICTION MANAGE1,IENT EDITION • I -NE 1980 EDITION • AIAI • 1980 • THE 21 A201/CM— 1980 NMERK NN ITLTE OI \Rclnitl T� -I; \F�` CORK AyE . N %% +s" NGTON D C. 20006 SECTION 00805 SUPPLEMENTARY GENERAL CONDITIONS Information contained in this Supplementary Conditions amends, supplements or clarifies the "General Conditions of the Contract for Construction, Construction Management Edition, AIA Document A201/CM dated June 1980 Edition. In cases of conflict between the General Conditions and these Supplementary Conditions, wording of this Section shall govern. ARTICLE 1 1. Subparagraph 1.1.3 - third line -after the word "construction," delete the remaining words and insert the following: "and all supplies, tools, construction equipment and machinery, water, heat, utilities, transportation, and other facilities, services, and incidentals necessary for the proper execution and completion of such construction; except as expressly noted in the Scope of Work or the General Requirements of the Contract." 2. Subparagraph 1.2.1 - delete in its entirety. 3. Subparagraph 1.2.3 - after the last word "meanings" in the paragraph add the following sentence: "In case of discrepancy or disagreement in the contract documents, specifications, and/or drawings, the ORDER OF PRECEDENCE shall be: Contract Agreement The addenda as issued The Supplementary General Conditions General Conditions The General Requirements The Technical Specifications The Drawings (Large scale detail drawings take precedence over smaller scale general drawings). 4. Add new subparagraph 1.2.5 as follows: "Where on any of the drawings a portion of the Work is drawn out and the remainder is indicated in outline, the parts drawn out shall also apply to all other like portions of the Work." 07/25/91 SUPPLEMENTARY GENERAL CONDITIONS 00805 - 1 5. Add new subparagraph 1.3.2 as follows: "Unless otherwise provided in the Contract Documents, the Trade Contractor will be furnished, free of charge, all copies of Drawings and Specifications reasonably necessary for the execution of the Work." ARTICLE 2 1. Subparagraph 2.2.1 - after the word "representative", add: "The Construction Manager is not the General Contractor and, unless otherwise expressly provided in the Contract Documents, does not asssume any of the traditional duties of a General Contractor. The term Construction Manager means the Construction Manager acting through his authorized representative." 2. Subparagraph 2.3.4 - first sentence after the word "Architect," add "along with the Construction Manager." 3. Subparagraph 2.3.7 - after the word "properly," add: "It is the intent of the Contract Documents to allow the Construction Manager to direct and schedule the performance of all Work and the contractors are expected to follow all such directions and schedule." Should a contractor, either in person or through his subcontractor, supplier, or vendor, fail to maintain progress according to the Project Schedule and approved Contractor's Schedule, or cause delay to another Contractor: he shall furnish additional labor and/or services such as overtime as may be necessary to bring his operations up to schedule all at no additional cost to the Owner." 4. Subparagraph 2.3.15 - delete in its entirety. 5. Subparagraph 2.3.18 - delete the word "reasonable" in the sixth (6th) line. After the word "promptness", add "consistent with the constraints of the project schedule so as to cause no delay." 6. Subparagraph 2.3.21 - first line - delete the words "the Construction Manager will assist the Architect", and substitute, "The Architect will assist the Construction Manager." 7. Subparagraph 2.3.23 - delete the phrase "against whom the Contractor makes no reasonable objection and." Also, delete the last sentence in the subparagraph in its entirety. 07/25/91 SUPPLEMENTARY GENERAL CONDITIONS 00805 - 2 ARTICLE 3 1. Subparagraph 3.4.1 - substitute three (3) days notice in each case for the seven (7) day notices stipulated. Add at end of subparagraph the following: "In the event of safety or clean- up issues, Owner has right to limit notice to no more than 24 hours, when issue is determined to be of a serious nature by the Construction Manager." 2. 1. 2. 00 4. Subparagraph 3.2.1 - delete in its entirety. ARTICLE 4 Subparagraph 4.1.1 - delete in its entirety and insert the following: "The Contractor is the same person or entity identified as the Trade Contractor. A Trade Contractor is the person or entity identified as such in the Agreement between the Owner or Construction Manager and a Trade Contractor. The term Trade Contractor includes one who furnishes material worked to a special design but does not include one who furnishes material not so worked and is referred to throughout the Contract Documents as if singular in number and masculine in gender. The term Trade Contractor means the Trade Contractor or his authorized representative." Add new subparagraph 4.4.3 as follows: "The Contractor is responsible for the conduct of his employees at all times. Misconduct, destruction of property, unsafe practices, or violation of any Federal or State regulations including abuse of alcohol or drugs, will be cause for permanent dismissal from the project. If any Contractor employee is determined to be detrimental to the Project, as deemed by the Construction Manager, the Contractor wil remove and/or replace the employee at the request of the Construction Manager. Employees dismissed from the project will be transported from the jobsite at the Contractor's expense." Add new subparagraph 4.4.4 as follows: "The Trade Contractor shall be totally responsible for the security of his work, materials, equipment, supplies, tools, machinery, and construction equipment." Add new subparagraph 4.4.5 as follows: "The Trade Contractor shall be responsible for complete, 07/25/91 SUPPLEMENTARY GENERAL CONDITIONS 00805 - 3 timely and accurate field measurements as necessary for proper coordination, fabrication and installation of his materials and equipment. The Trade Contractor agrees to cooperate with the Construction Manager, if required, to accommodate any discovered variations or deviations from the Drawings and Specifications so that the progress of the Work is not adversely affected." 5. Subparagraph 4.9.1 - add the following sentence: "The superintendent shall be satisfactory to the Construction Manager and :hall not be changed except with the consent of the Construction Manager, unless the superintendent proves to be unsatisfactory to the Trade Contractor or ceases to be in his employ." 6. Subparagraph 4.10.1 - add the following sentence: "This schedule, to be submitted within three (3) days after Contract Award, shall indicate the dates for the starting and completion of the various stages of construction, shall be revised as required by the conditions of the Work, and shall be subject to the Construction Manager's approval." 7. Add new subparagraph 4.10.2: "The Construction Manager will conduct a weekly scheduling meeting which the Contractor shall attend. At this meeting, the parties can discuss jointly such matters as progress, scheduling, and problems." 8. Add new subparagraph 4.12.9: "If materials specified in the Contract Documents are not available on the present market, the Trade Contractor may submit data on substitute materials through the Construction Manager to the Architect/Engineer for approval by the Owner." 9. Subparagraph 4.14.1 - add at line 3 after "properly": "He shall also provide protection of existing work as required." 10. Subparagraph 4.14.2 - at end of paragraph, add: "When structural members are involved, the written consent of the Architect/Engineer shall also be required. The Trade Contractor shall not unreasonably withhold from the Construction Manager or any separate contractor his consent to cutting or otherwise altering the Work." 07/25/91 SUPPLEMENTARY GENERAL CONDITIONS 00805 - 4 11. Add new subparagraph 4.14.3: "The Trade Contractor shall arrange for any blockouts, cutouts, or opening required for the installation of his materials and equipment and the execution of his work, whether or not shown or indicated on the Drawings. The Trade Contractor shall be further responsible for sealing and/or finishing, in an acceptable fashion and meeting any applicable code requirements, any such blockout, cutout opening, or other hole in any fire -rated floor, ceiling, wall, security wall, or any other finished surface". 12. Subparagraph 4.15.1 - at end of paragraph, add: "Clean up shall be performed to the satisfaction of the Owner or Construction Manager." 13. Add new subparagraph 4.16.2: "The Trade Contractor shall promptly return telephone calls or respond to any other form of communication initiated by the Construction Manager. Failure to promptly do so shall be considered a lack of performance on the part of the Trade Contractor, and may be considered grounds for replacement of site personnel." 14. Add new Subparagraph 4.16.3: "All written correspondence to the Construction Manager shall be serialized, dated, and signed by an authorized representative of the Trade Contractor. The correspondence shall be directed to: Morrison-Knudsen/Gerrits P.O. Box 5283 Key West, Florida 33040 Attn: Doug Fuller or hand delivered to Morrison-Knudsen/Gerrits' office located at 5090 Junior College Road, Stock Island, Florida 33040. Serialization procedures will be provided to the Trade Contractor in the pre -construction meeting." Each trade contractor shall be required to check his designated mailbox regularly. This mailbox will be made available, and located by the Construction Manager. 07/25/91 SUPPLEMENTARY GENERAL CONDITIONS 00805 - 5 ARTICLE 5 1. Subparagraph 5.2.3 - delete in its entirety and insert the following: "If the Owner or Construction Manager refuses to accept any person or entity on a list submitted by the Trade Contractor in response to the requirements of the Contract Documents, the Trade Contractor shall submit an acceptable substitute; however, no increase in the Contract Sum shall be allowed for any such substitution." ARTICLE 6 1. Subparagraph 6.2.5 - sixth line, after the word "initiates," delete the words "an arbitration proceeding" and substitute "a claim;" thirteenth line, after the words "and court or," delete the word "arbitration" and substitute "claim." ARTICLE 7 1. Subparagraph 7.1.1 - delete in its entirety and insert the following: "The contract shall be governed by the laws of the State of Florida. Venue for any claims or disputes arising under this contract shall be in the Circuit Court of the 16th Judicial Circuit of the State of Florida." 2. Subparagraph 7.2.1 - delete in its entirety and insert the following: "The Owner or Construction Manager (as the case may be) and the Trade Contractor each binds himself, his partners, successors, assigns, and legal representatives of such other party in respect to all covenants, agreements, and obligations contained in the Contract Documents. Neither party to the Contract shall assign the Contract or sublet it as a whole without the written consent of the other." 3. Add new Subparagraph 7.2.2: "The Trade Contractor shall not assign any monies due or to become due under this Contract without prior written consent of the Owner or Construction Manager." 4. Subparagraph 7.8.1 - delete in its entirety. 07/25/91 SUPPLEMENTARY GENERAL CONDITIONS 00805 - 6 5. Paragraph 7.9 'Arbitration' and all associated subparagraphs 7.9.1, 7.9.2, & 7.9.3 - delete in their entirety. ARTICLE 8 1. Subparagraph 8.3.1 - delete in its entirety and insert the following: "If the Trade Contractor is delayed, at any time, in the progress of the Work, by any act or neglect of the Owner, Construction Manager, or the Architect/Engineer, or by any employee of either, or by any separate contractor employed by the Owner, or by changes ordered in the Work, or by fire, unusual delay in transportation, adverse weather conditions not reasonably anticipatable, unavoidable casualties or any causes beyond the Trade Contractor's control, or by delay authorized by the Owner, Construction Manager, or by any other cause which the Construction Manager determines may justify the delay, then the Contract Time shall be extended by Change Order for such reasonable time as the Construction Manager may determine." 2. Subparagraph 8.3.2 - replace the remainder of the Paragraph after the word "waived" in line 4 with the following: "Any claim for extension of time shall state the cause of the delay and the number of days of extension requested. If the cause of the delay is continuing, only one claim is necessary, but the Trade Contractor shall report the termination of the cause for the delay within twenty (20) days after such termination; otherwise, any claim for extension of time based upon that cause shall be waived." 3. Subparagraph 8.3.4 - delete in its entirety and insert the following: "It shall be recognized by the Trade Contractor that he may reasonably anticipate that as the job progresses, the Construction Manager will be making changes in, and updating Construction Schedules. No claim for an increase in the Contract Sum for either acceleration or delay will be allowed for extensions of time pursuant to this Paragraph 8.3 or for other changes in the Construction Schedules which are of the type ordinarily experienced in projects of similar size and complexity." 4. Add new subparagraph 8.3.5: "If the Project is delayed as a result of the Trade Contractor's refusal or failure to begin the Work on the date 07/25/91 SUPPLEMENTARY GENERAL CONDITIONS 00805 - 7 of commencement as defined in paragraph 8.1.2, or his refusal or failure to carry the Work forward expeditiously with adequate forces, the Trade Contractor causing the delay shall be liable, but not limited to, delay claims from other Trade Contractors which are affected. Provided, however, that such refusal or failure is not the result of a justifiable delay as defined in Subparagraph 8.3.1." 5. Add new subparagraph 8.3.6: "In addition to impact costs as defined in Subparagraph 8.3.5, the Trade Contractor shall be liable to the Owner for any other damages sustained as a result of the Trade Contractor's refusal or failure to perform the Work, provided, however, that such refusal or failure is not the result of a justifiable delay as defined in Subparagraph 8.3.1." ARTICLE 9 1. Subparagraph 9.3.3 - add at line 14 after the word "person": "All Trade Subcontractors and Trade Subsubcontractors shall execute an agreement stating that title will so pass, upon their receipt of payment from the Trade Contractor." 2. Subparagraph 9.5.1 - add: "From the total of the amount determined to be payable on a progress payment, 10 percent of such total amount will be deducted and retained by the Owner until final payment is made. The balance (90 percent) of the amount payable, less all previous payments, shall be certified for payment. When not less than 95 percent of the work has been completed, the Owner may, at his/her discretion (and with the consent of the surety), prepare an estimate from which will be retained an amount not less than twice the contract value or estimated cost, (whichever is greater), of the work remaining to be done. The remainder, less all previous payments and deductions, will then be certified for payment to the Contractor. It is understood and agreed that the Contractor shall not be entitled to demand or receive progress payment based on quantities of work in excess of those provided in the proposal or covered by approved change orders, except when such excess quantities have been determined by the Construction Manager to be a part of the final quantity for the item of work in question. No progress payment shall bind the Owner to the acceptance of 07/25/91 SUPPLEMENTARY GENERAL CONDITIONS 00805 - 8 any materials or work in place, as to quality or quantity. All progress payments are subject to correction at the time of final payments. 3. Add new subparagraph 9.5.6: "All material and work covered by partial payments made shall thereupon become the sole property of the Owner, and by this provision shall not be construed as relieving the Trade Contractor from the sole responsibility for the materials and work upon which payments have been made or the restoration for any damaged material, or as a waiver to the right of the Owner or Construction Manager to require the fulfillment of all the terms of the Contract." 4. Add new subparagraph 9.5.7: "Except in case of bonafide disputes, or where the Trade Contractor has some other justifiable reason for delay, the Trade Contractor shall pay for all transportation and utility services not later than the end of the calendar month following that in which services are rendered and for all materials, tools, and other expendable equipment which are delivered at the site of the Project. The Trade Contractor shall pay, to each of his Trade Subcontractors, not later than the end of the calendar month in which each payment is made to the Trade Contractor, the representative amount allowed the Trade Contractor on account of the work performed by his Trade Subcontractor interest therein. The Trade Contractor shall, by an appropriate agreement with each Trade Subcontractor, also require each Trade Subcontractor to make payments to his suppliers and Trade Subsubcontractors in a similar manner." 5. Subparagraph 9.6.1 - delete in its entirety and insert the following: "The Construction Manager/Architect may decline to approve an Application for Payment if, in his opinion, the application is not adequately supported. If the Trade Contractor and Construction Manager cannot agree on a revised amount, the Construction Manager shall process the Application for the amount he deems appropriate. The Construction Manager may also decline to approve any Applications for Payment or, because of subsequently discovered evidence or subsequent inspections, he may nullify, in whole or part, any approval previously made to such extent as may be necessary in his opinion because of: (1) defective work not remedied; (2) third party claims filed or reasonable evidence indicating probable filing of such claims; (3) failure of the Trade contractor to make payments properly to Trade Subcontractors or for labor, materials, or equipment; (4) reasonable evidence that the work 07/25/91 SUPPLEMENTARY GENERAL CONDITIONS 00805 - 9 go 1. cannot be completed for the unpaid balance of the Contract Sum; (5) damage to the Construction Manager, the Owner, or another contractor working at the project; (6) reasonable evidence that the Work will not be completed within the contract time; (7) persistent failure to carry out the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents. 9.6.1.1 No payment shall be made to the Trade Contractor until certificates of insurance or other evidence of compliance by the Trade Contractor, within all the requirements of Article 12, have been filed with the Owner and Construction Manager. Further, no payments on the basis of work performed by a Trade Subcontractor shall be paid until copies of all bonds required by Paragraph 7.5 and any certificates of insurance required of the Trade Subcontractors under Article 12 have been filed with the Owner." Subparagraph 9.7 - delete in its entirety. ARTICLE 11 Add new subparagraph 11.1.2.1: The following coverages are required to be maintained by all Trade Contractors and subcontractors in any tier throughout the entire length of the contract and any extensions thereof. 1. Premises and Operation Liability Insurance: Commercial General Liability Insurance shall be obtained in amounts of not less than $1,000,000 each occurrence. Coverage shall specifically include: a. Bodily injury and property damage liability coverage for premises and operations. b. Products and completed operations. C. Independent contractor's exposures. d. Property damage resulting from explosion, collapse, or underground (x,c,u) exposures. e. Blanket contractual liability covering this contract. f. Personal injury liability. 07/25/91 SUPPLEMENTARY GENERAL CONDITIONS 00805 - 10 g. Broad form property damage liability. 2. Automobile Liability Insurance: Comprehensive automobile liability insurance shall include coverage for bodily injury and property damage liability for a minimum limit of $1,000,000 each occurrence and shall cover use of owned, non -owned, and hired vehicles, and include employers' non -ownership liability coverage. 3. Workers Compensation and Employers Liability Insurance: Statutory Workers' Compensation coverage including Employers Liability coverage with limits of not less than $100,000 per person per accident and $500,000 per person per occurrence for disease. Coverage shall be provided to cover operations in the State of Florida and the Voluntary Compensation endorsement shall be provided. Coverage for deferally enacted benefits shall be provided where applicable. All insurance policies are required in the name of Monroe County Board of County Commissioners and Morrison- Knudsen/Gerrits as Additional Named Insured and provide a minimum of sixty (60) days notice in the event of termination, non -renewal or reduction in coverage. Policy language shall be modified to provide liability coverage for Cross Liability Suits between insureds without increasing the total policy limits. Monroe County reserves the right to require additional insurance as may be deemed necessary for any specific project or work. Insurers providing coverage(s) must be financially stable and authorized to do business in the State of Florida. The Monroe County Board of County Commissioners reserves the right to reject any insurer that it believes to be unacceptable. Failure to maintain required insurance coverage in effect will provide Monroe County, Florida with the option of terminating the contract upon written notice to the Construction Manager. Certificates expiring during the term of the contract shall be replaced with new certificates prior to the expiration of the original certificates. Complete and certified copies of all insurance contracts shall be furnished to The Monroe County Board of County Commissioners if requested. 07/25/91 SUPPLEMENTARY GENERAL CONDITIONS 00805 - 11 ARTICLE 12 1. Subparagraph 12.1.4 - replace the remainder of the paragraph, after the word "change" in line 25, with the following: "Pending final determination of cost, payments on account shall be made as determined by the Construction Manager. The amount of credit to be allowed by the Trade Contractor for any deletion or change, which results in a net decrease in the Contract Sum, will be the amount of the actual net cost as confirmed by the Construction Manager. When both additions and credits covering related Work or substitutions are involved in any one change, the allowance for overhead and profit shall be figured on the basis of the net increase, if any, with respect to that change." 2. Add new subparagraph 12.1.6: "The actual cost of Changes in the Work may include all items of labor or material, power tools, and equipment actually used, utilities, pro rata charges for foreman, and all payroll charges such as Public Liability and Workman's Compensation Insurance. No percentage for overhead and profit shall be allowed on items of Social Security and Sales Tax. If deductions are ordered, the credit shall be the net cost. Items considered as overhead shall include insurance other than that mentioned above, bond or bonds, superintendent, timekeeper, clerks, watchmen, use of small tools, incidental job costs, and general office expenses. The actual cost of Changes in the Work (other than those covered by unit prices set forth in the Contract Documents) shall be computed as follows: 12.1.6.1 If the Trade Contractor performs the actual Work, the percentage mark-up for overhead and profit shall be a maximum addition of fifteen percent (15%). 12.1.6.2 If the Trade Subcontractor performs the actual Work, the percentage mark-up for overhead and profit shall be a maximum addition of fifteen percent (15%). If the Trade Contractor does not enter into the Work, the maximum mark up for managing this work will be ten percent (10%). 12.1.6.3 If the Trade Subcontractor performs part of the actual work, his percentage mark-up for overhead and profit shall be a maximum addition of fifteen percent (15%) on his direct work only. If the Trade Contractor performs part of the actual work, his percentage mark- up for overhead and profit shall be a maximum addition 07/25/91 SUPPLEMENTARY GENERAL CONDITIONS 00805 - 12 3. 4. of fifteen percent (15%) on his direct work only. Add new subparagraph 12.1.7: "The Trade Contractor shall furnish to the Owner through the Construction Manager, an itemized breakdown of the quantities and prices used in computing the value of any change that might be ordered." Subparagraph 12.3.1 - delete in its entirety and insert the following: "If the Trade Contractor claims that any instructions given to him by the Construction Manager, by drawings or otherwise, involve extra work not covered by the Contract, he shall give the Construction Manager written notice thereof within three (3) days after the receipt of such instructions and before proceeding to execute the work, except in emergencies endangering life or property, in which case the Trade Contractor shall proceed in accordance with Paragraph 10.3." Should it not be clear to the Trade Contractor that a change will involve extra work, written notice given within three ( 3 ) days that the change may involve extra work will be sufficient notice. If it is later determined that the work involved in such instruction shall be recognized as an extra, the amounts of additional compensation to be paid therefore should be determined in accordance with Paragraph 13.1. Except as otherwise specifically provided, no claim for additional cost shall be allowed unless the notice specified by this Subparagraph is given by the Trade Contractor or unless such work is performed as provided in Subparagraph 12.1.4. 07/25/91 SUPPLEMENTARY GENERAL CONDITIONS 00805 - 13 = n m d �3A a N' S A O � n A 1 3 > A O cw C =z Q � so =3d ^mac o� O 0 W u d It z z a d 0 f a= _ � a sn Fr O A sT,�d a— v et a23DA =r,�73 ?-0 o eD y S =;n A=o_ 3 1 3 d n 3aj et 3 l � r A A Aet 70 z F > 3 < D z o O T a x ? n ] 7 s y 7C C � � 3• 3 m -0 A 3 v < OAO_ D N D a O Z n O Z N �O o, �4 vn a w nj ;x us j0am°= > >z n �ZX> �r��(1I nI Znr'p= Z A T-Zr3'�'�A >°=cm c aec a nc p>oi p- w- rw o 70 3 3' 3 0 3 c !* 3 3 e n �p O A T it oo N' r) = H ,-' O {�/� D O A„ p 0 0 n T C n Z r Z T r r C O + 3 O T 3 e. —1 A = -4Q = ot N = A C1 a O A C1 Gap > 0 -4— y -4y a N> A H o "o'er'-�o + wA �� CL ,., Q• C10 4L^ 4A H► M^ M M 4A n> 7 x n O 4 v T yI i _ Z � II x I x i j J� r� 1 v 1 z Z z x f C I v rr. I z c � r+ i C J -' 704TZ22 ^'ZO�> < v: Z� �OUK� + C v n I -�T D_ Z DOCUMENT 00901 DATE: May 31, 1991 ADDENDUM NO. 1 The information contained in this Addendum modifies, supplements or replaces information contained in the Project Manual and on the Drawings and is hereby made a part of the Contract Documents. Acknowledge receipt of this addendum by placing the appropriate addendum number in the blank on the Bid Form. APPLICABLE TO THE PROJECT MANUAL A. Revised Project Manual Pages The replacement pages identified below include modifications made to the original Project Manual sections. Revised or added information is indicated by shaded type in the text and an "Al" notation in the margin identifying that the revision was made. Areas where information has been deleted are identified by striking ettt the text and placing an "Al" notation in the margin. Insert replacement pages into the Project Manual ahead of the pages they replace. SECTION TITLE PAGE 02100 SITE PREPARATION 2 02222 EXCAVATING, BACKFILLING AND 3 COMPACTING FOR STRUCTURES 02385 DRILLED CAISSONS 1-11 02685 GAS DISTRIBUTION SYSTEM 1 03100 CONCRETE FORMWORK 5 1-2 03200 CONCRETE REINFORCEMENT 03300 CAST -IN -PLACE CONCRETE 1-11 03600 GROUT 1 3 05180 MISCELLANEOUS STRUCTURAL STEEL B. Added Sections SECTION TITLE :..:..:.....::: .:......:;:::..:....:.....:....;..,..:..:.,..:..,... ...:..;;,.:::....:.; :........... t�5�� P�TNII C�l�'1�..�II�GR�'1�. PAI�IN�. fAi�i'��NATE THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER 00901-1 HLM 90007.00 BID GROUP ONE ADDENDUM #1-MAY 31,1991 DOCUMENT 00901 ADDENDUM NO. 1 APPLICABLE TO THE DRAWINGS A. Drawing Revisions: Incorporate the following revisions into the respective Contract Drawings. Drawing No. Revision 1.03 (Add. #1 (Refer to Notes) Add note: Dated 5-31-91) 3. Where asphalt paving is shown, Contractor may provide on Alternate No. 5-01 of Portland Cement Concrete Paving, Section 02520 in accordance with Detail 12/1.18." 1.04 (Refer to Asphalt Paving) Add note: "Where asphalt paving is shown, Contractor may provide Alternate No. 5-01 of Portland Cement Concrete Paving, Section 02520 in accordance with Detail 12/1.18." 1.19 (Refer to Detail 7 - Typical Cross Section thru Detention area) Add note: "Work in 10' mangrove setback shall consist of clearing and finish grading to elevations shown. Sod shall not be installed in the mangrove setback." 3.01 (Refer to Opening parallel to column line 6.7 between column lines Fz and Ga.) Add concrete curb full length of opening and width of concrete walls around opening. Note T.O. Curb EL. 5.83'. Provide 1 #4 horizontal each face of curb extending full length of walls around opening. Provide #5 @ 12" o.c. vertical each face of curb for full height of curb and grade beam less 2" clear at top of curb and 4" clear at bottom of grade beam. 3.01 (Refer to Columns FA-2, EA-2, DA-2, A'-2.5, A'-2.8, A'-3.5, A'-3.8, A'-4.5, A-5.5, A-6.5, A-7.5, A-8.) Change T.O. Cast -In -Place Column EL 12.96' to read T.O. Cast -In -Place Column EL. 12.92'. THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER . 00901-2 HLM 90007.00 BID GROUP ONE ADDENDUM #1-MAY 31,1991 DOCUMENT 00901 Drawing No. Revision ADDENDUM NO. 1 3.01 (Refer to Columns B-8, C-8) Change T.O. Cast -In -Place Column EL 13.96' to read T.O. Cast -In -Place Column EL. 12.92'. 3.01 (Refer to Columns FA-3, B'-3, B'-2.8, B'-3.8, B-B', B-7.5.) Change T.O. Cast -In -Place Column EL 11.96' to read T.O. Cast -In -Place Column EL. 12.13'. 3.02 (Refer to Column Line Cb-8.5) Change top of caisson elevation from 3.50' to read 1.50'. 3.02 (Refer to Grade Beam on Column Line 8.5 between column Lines Ca and Cb.) Add note: B.O. Grade Beam EL 3.50' 3.02 (Refer to Sheet Notes) Add Note: 5. T.O. Grade Beam EL. 5.50' 3.04 (Refer to Sheet Note #4) Change to read: "4. T.O., opening EL. 11.83' U.N.O." 3.04 (Refer to opening on Column Line 1.9 between Column Lines G and Gb. Change T.O. opening EL. 11.87' to read T.O. opening EL. 11.37'. 3.04 (Refer to Note above Column Line G between Column Lines 1 and 2 reading "T.O. Grade Beam EL. 4.54'.) Add a leader line from this note to the grade beam on Column Line G between Column Lines 1 and 1.9. THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER 00901-3 HLM 90007.00 BID GROUP ONE ADDENDUM #1-MAY 31,1991 DOCUMENT 00901 Drawing No. Revision ADDENDUM NO. 1 3.04 (Refer to Column G-5) Remove leader line to T.O. Cast -In -Place Column EL. 12.46'. Add Note: "T.O. Cast -In -Place Column EL. 11.461 . Column EL. for G-6 remains 12.46'. 3.05 (Refer to Sheet Note #4) Change to read: "4. T.O. opening EL. 11.83' U.N.O." 3.05 (Refer to Column Line Ha-9 - Dimension from Column Line Ha to southeast end of Grade Beam GB23.) Change 1'-6" to 1'-3" 3.05 (Refer to opening on Column Line Gb between Column Lines 8.5 and 9.) Add Note: T.O. opening EL. 12.33' 3.05 (Refer to opening on Column Line Gb between Column Lines 16 and 16.5) Add note: T.O. opening EL. 12.33' 3.06 (Refer to Column Line G between Column Lines 23 and 23.5, concrete ledge as shown in Section 12 on 3.31) Add note: T.O. Ledge EL 5.73' 3.06 (Refer to opening on Column Line 23.5 between Column Lines G and Gb.) Add note: T.O. opening EL. 12.33' THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER 00901-4 HLM 90007.00 BID GROUP ONE ADDENDUM #1-MAY 31,1991 DOCUMENT 00901 Drawing No, 3.06 3.29 11.01 ADDENDUM NO. 1 Revision (Refer to Sheet Note #4) Change to read: 4. T.O. opening EL 11.83' U.N.O. (Refer to Typ. Cast -In -Place Concrete Wall Support at Column) Change "PL 1/2" x 6" x 0'-6" w/ 4-1/2" dia. x 6" Headed Studs @ 3 Gage Galvanize Assembly" to "PL 3/4" x 6" x 0'-6" w/ 4-1/2" dia. x 8" Headed Studs @ 4" Gage Galvanize Assembly". (Refer to the Entrance Drive off Jr. College Road) Add note: "Existing utility power pole at this entrance to be relocated. Coordinate relocation with "City Electric." B. Revised Full -Size Drawings: The following are listed as part of this Addendum. All have been previously issued and are dated May 31, 1991. DRAWING NUMBER 1.01 1.03 1.06 1.07 1.09 1.18 3.03 3.30 3.31 HLM 90007.00 TITLE MASTER SITE PLAN PRELIMINARY SITE LAYOUT - CENTRAL ROUGH GRADING AND DRAINAGE - CENTRAL ROUGH GRADING AND DRAINAGE - SOUTH SITE UTILITIES - SOUTH CIVIL DETAILS FOUNDATION PLAN GROUND FLOOR ZONE C DRILLED CAISSON AND CAST -IN -PLACE COLUMN SCHEDULE AND DETAILS FOUNDATION SECTIONS AND DETAILS END OF ADDENDUM #1 THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER 00901-5 BID GROUP ONE ADDENDUM #1-MAY 31,1991 SECTION 02100 SITE PREPARATION Al D. Additional obstructions exposed as the result of clearing operations shall be removed. E. Stockpile topsoil in available area as directed by the Construction Manager. F. Shape stockpiles in a manner that they are relatively uniform. 3.3 TREE REMOVAL/PROTECTION A. Remove trees and shrubs, except those indicated to remain. Removal includes new and old stumps of trees and their roots, unless doing so endangers the life of plant material to remain. B. Trees or shrubs which are to remain in the construction area shall be protected from damage and maintained in healthy condition throughout the construction process. C. Protect the tops, trunks and roots of existing trees on project site that are to remain. Existing trees subject to construction damage shall be boxed, fenced or otherwise protected before any work is started; remove protection when directed. Do not permit heavy equipment or stockpiles within branch spread. Remove interfering branches without injury to trunks. D. Trees and palms under 6" in diameter at 12" above finished grade, and plants indicated to remain which are destroyed or receive excessive damage during construction, shall be replaced in kind and size. E. Trees and palms over 6" in diameter at 12" above finished grade which are destroyed or receive excessive damage during construction shall be replaced in kind and size, or the following value will be deducted from monies due the Contractor: 1. $18.00 per cross sectional area in inches at 12" above finish grade per trunk. F. Refer to Section 02955 - TREE RELOCATION. 3.4 PROTECTION A. Protect midden area from excavation, damage and construction activity. ******************** END OF SECTION 02100 THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER 02100-2 HLM 90007.00-1 BID GROUP ONE ADDENDUM #1-MAY 31,1991 R All SECTION 02222 EXCAVATING, BACKFILLING AND COMPACTING FOR STRUCTURES B. Set required lines and levels. C. Maintain bench marks, monuments and other reference points. D. Proofroll all building slab and paved areas with a large vibratory roller (Dynapac CA-25 or equivalent). E. Proofrolling of the structure and paved areas shall consist of at least eight overlapping passes and shall be observed by the testing laboratory. F. Materials which yield excessively during the proofrolling should be undercut and replaced with compacted granular or on -site soil fill. The testing laboratory shall recommend the nature and extent of remedial work. Proofrolling shall continue for the required number of passes until the soil at a depth of 12 inches below grade has attained a minimum density of 98% of the modified proctor maximum dry density. G. Proofrolling shall not occur within the midden area. H. Where paved areas occur within the midden, the.area shall be preloaded. Install three settlement plaees in the area in accordance with FDOT Index No. 540. Place fill material over the area to 5 feet above existing grades. Settlement measurements shall be taken by the testing lab at least once a week. When the testing laboratory is satisfied that settlement has decreased to an acceptable level, the fill shall be removed to rough grade elevations. 3.2 EXCAVATION A. Excavate sub -soil in accordance with lines and levels required for construction of the work, and five feet beyond limits of building slab and paved areas. Excavation limits to include space for forms, bracing and shoring, applying waterproofing and to permit inspection. B. Do additional excavation only by written authorization of Architect. C. Machine slope banks. D. Hand trim excavations and leave free of loose or organic matter. E. Correct unauthorized excavation as directed, at no cost to Owner. F. Stockpile excavated sub -soil for re -use where directed. Remove excess or unsuitable excavated sub -soil from site. G. Removal of boulders or buried rock in excess of 1/2 cubic yard may be authorized as an extra. Other work is deemed to be within the scope of this Project. H. Coordinate with cassion work for special requirements and arrangements regarding excavation to rough out elevations. I. Do not disturb soil within branch spread of existing trees or shrubs that are to remain. J. If necessary to excavate through roots, perform work by hand and cut roots with a sharp ax. K. Overexcavation.will be required at all building 91ab and payed -areas s e> �> 1* to remove the silt and peat layer found about 4 to 5 feet 11. bel 64 ezi sti rig grades. The unsuitable silt and peat material shall be removed and backfilled with compacted granular or on -site soil fill. Refer to Geotechnical Report prepared by Westinghouse Environmental and Geotechnical Services Inc. dated January 15, 1991 for information regarding the location and depth of the silt/peat layer. L. Where paved areas occur within the midden, no excavation will be allowed below existing grade. THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER 02222-3 HLM 90007.00-1 BID GROUP ONE ADDENDUM #1-MAY 31,1991 SECTION 02385 DRILLED CAISSONS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Drilling and excavating of shafts for drilled caissons. 2. Drilling of percussion test holes in bottom of drilled caissons. 3. Cleaning of drilled caisson bottoms and sockets. 4. Test caisson. 5. Steel casings and liners. 6. Drilling mud. 7. Reinforcing and dowels from drilled caissons into walls, grade beams, slabs and columns. 8. Concrete and concreting of drilled caissons. 9. Disposal of excavated materials. B. Related Sections: 1. DIVISION ZERO - INFORMATION AVAILABLE TO BIDDERS: SUBSURFACE INVESTIGATION DATA. 2. DIVISION ONE - TESTING LABORATORY SERVICES 3. SECTION 02222 - EXCAVATION, BACKFILLING AND COMPACTING FOR STRUCTURES 4. SECTION 03300 - CAST -IN -PLACE CONCRETE 1.2 REFERENCES A. Provide and maintain one copy at the site of all referenced publications for use by site and inspection personnel. B. ACI 301 - Specifications for Structural Concrete for Buildings. C. ACI 315 - Details and Detailing of Concrete Reinforcement. D. ACI 318 - Building Code Requirements for Reinforced Concrete. E. EP-15 - ACI Field Reference Manual: Specifications for Structural Concrete for Buildings with selected ACI and ASTM References. F. CRSI - Recommended Practice for Placing Reinforcing Bars. 1.3 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT A. Basis of Bids: Bids shall be based on the number of drilled caissons, length from top elevation to bottom of the shaft and the diameter of the shaft, as shown on the Drawings. B. No payment will be made for drilled caisson construction not represented by a submitted report verified by the testing agency. C. Basis for Payment: 1. Payment for drilled caissons will be made on the actual net volume of drilled caissons in place and accepted. The actual length may vary to coincide with the elevations where the compentent limerock is encountered. Adjustments to the Contract Sum will be made on the basis of the over and under depth differences of the drilled caissons, THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER 02385-1 HLM 90007.00-1 BID GROUP ONE ADDENDUM #1-MAY 31,1991 R1 SECTION 02385 DRILLED CAISSONS between those shown on the Drawings and those in the actual installed work, in aggregate for all drilled caisson installed. 2. There will be no additional compensation for excavation, concrete fill, reinforcing, casings or other costs due to unauthorized over excavating shafts in any dimension. No payment will be made for rejected drilled caissons. 3. There will be no additional compensation for excavation from present grade to top of drilled caisson if drilled caisson work proceeds before site work excavation and grading is complete. 4. Excavated materials will be classified in accordance with the following. Adjustments to the Contract Sum will be made in accordance with unit prices for greater or lesser quantities of materials. a. Normal excavation is defined as materials encountered between top of competant limerock and top of drilled caissons excluding obstructions. b. Limerock excavation is defined as material encountered between founding level and top of competant limerock elevation. All soil -filled cavities, limerock fragments and voids included in the limerock excavation area shall be considered limerock for the full volume of the shaft from the initial contact with limerock for payment purposes. Payment will be based on the total lengths for drilled caissons in soils and limerock, for each drilled caisson diameter. Top of competant limerock elevation is determined by testing agency's geotechnical engineer. 5. Payment for obstructions as defined herein will be for the volume of caissons within the vertical limits of the obstructions only. The top and bottom limits of the obstructions will be measured by the testing agency. The payment volume will be the caisson cross -sectional area as shown on the Contract Documents times the height between the upper and lower limits of the obstruction as measured by the testing agency. 1.4 UNIT PRICES A. Refer to Division One for scope of units prices required of items specified under this section. B. Unit prices (established on the Bid Form) will apply in the event additions to or deductions from the Work are required and authorized by a written order from the Architect to Contractor. 1. Unit price is to be the same for overrun and underrun within first 20% of indicated t'' length and is to include drilling, casing and removal, reinforcing steel and concrete. 2. Unit prices quoted shall include full compensation for labor, materials, tools, equipment and incidentals required for excavation, trimming, shoring, casings, drilling mud and other necessary items for complete installation. 1.5 SUBMITTALS A. Submit concrete materials test reports for materials proposed for use in concrete mixes. THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER 02385-2 HLM 90007.00-1 BID GROUP ONE ADDENDUM #1-MAY 31,1991 SECTION 02385 DRILLED CAISSONS B. Submit daily preliminary drilled caissons report by Testing Agency of actual elevation of top of limerock and bottom of caisson, and top of caisson. C. Submit concrete design mix reports, listing all mixes required and their respective test results. D. Submit Shop Drawings for fabrication bending and placement of concrete reinforcement. Include all accessories required to support reinforcement. E. Submit Installer Qualifications. F. Submit load test results signed and sealed by Testing Agency's geotechnical engineer. G. Signed and sealed certification letter from Testing Agency's geotechnical engineer stating drilled caissons as installed will resist the required designed loads. H. Submit surveyor qualifications and experience records. I. Submit copies of manufacturer's product data and printed instructions for each manufactured product. 1.6 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Installer Qualifications: Specializing in drilled caisson construction. Demonstrate experience working in similar soil, rock, and water conditions, shaft sizes, and special techniques, with at least three years of successful installation of caissons. B. Survey Work: 1. Engage a State of Florida registered Surveyor acceptable to the Construction Manager, to perform surveys,layouts, and measurements for drilled caisson work. The Surveyor shall conduct the layout work for each drilled caisson to the lines and levels required before excavation, and shall record the actual measurements of each drilled caissons horizontal axial location, shaft diameter, bottom and top elevations, and deviations from specified tolerances. 2. The Surveyor shall record and maintain information pertinent to each drilled caisson and cooperate with other testing and inspection .personnel to provide data for required reports. C. Caisson Installation Approval: 1. Testing Agency shall employ the services of a professional engineer experienced in soil mechanics (Geotechnical Engineer) registered in the State of Florida. This engineer will certify that caissons have been installed under his supervision and that caissons will resist the required design loads as installed. 1.7 JOB CONDITIONS A. Subsurface investigations have been performed and results are available from the office of the Construction Manager as specified in Division Zero. THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER 02385-3 HLM 90007.00-1 BID GROUP ONE ADDENDUM #1-MAY 31,1991 Al SECTION 02385 DRILLED CAISSONS B. Additional test borings and other exploratory operations may be made by the Contractor at no increase to the Contract Sum, provided such operations are acceptable to the Owner and Architect. C. Examination of Site: 1. Visit and examine the site and take into consideration conditions that may affect the Work. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 MATERIALS A. Concrete, and related materials: As specified in Section 03300 and amended to meet the requirements specified below: 1. Portland cement: ASTM C-150, Type II. B. Reinforcement: As specified in Section 03200. C. Concrete proportioning: As specified in Section 03300 and amended below: 1. Cement content: 658 pounds per cubic yard. 2. Fly ash: Replace 22 percent of cement with fly ash at a ratio of one pound of fly ash for every one pound of cement removed. 3. Water to cement ratio: .48 maximum. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Examine the areas and conditions under which drilled caissons are to be installed. B. Do not proceed with the work until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. C. Commencement of work means acceptance of conditions. 3.2 GENERAL A. Perform concrete work in accordance with ACI 301. B. Excavation shall be free of water and loose material. 3.3 EXCAVATION A. Excavate holes for drilled caissons to the required elevation based on limerock socket required as shown on the Drawings. B. Drilled caisson design and dimensions shown are based on the assumed uni skin friction. If the load test shows that the competent limerock is not capable of maintaining the unit skin friction assumed, the foundation THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER 02385-4 HLM 90007.00-1 BID GROUP ONE ADDENDUM #1-MAY 31,1991 SECTION 02385 DRILLED CAISSONS system will be revised as directed by the Architect. If the load test shows that a higher unit skin friction may be used, a reduction in shaft length may be directed by the Architect. Revisions to payment will be made in accordance with the General Conditions relative to changes in the Work. C. If required, install casings gr use drilling mud as excavation proceeds so that earth walls are maintained without spalling into the shaft and water is excluded from shaft. D. Drill through soil overburden and limerock, through the deepest level of voids or soil filled cavities or sections of decomposed limerock, to the design bottom of caisson indicated on the Drawings, or as directed by the Geotechnical Engineer in the field. Provide shafts and sockets with diameters least equal to that indicated on Drawings. E. Locate centerline of drilled caisson to be on centerline of bearing construction, unless otherwise indicated on the Drawings. Al 1. Do not exceed the following tolerances: Shaft centerline location: -' inch maximum variation from plan location. Shaft variation to plumb: 1 inch in 10 feet for full depth (with maximum of 4 inches). 2. If above tolerances are exceeded, provide additional or corrective construction. Submit proposed corrective construction methods to the Architect for review before proceeding. 3. The minimum center -to -center spacing between drilled caissons proposed by the Contractor for corrective work shall be three times the diameter of the drilled caisson. F. Installation Equipment: 1. Form by means of a power driven rotary foundation drilling rig. Provide and maintain equipment in first class condition and operable at all times. 2. Provide equipment capable of penetrating very dense limerock with the maximum size shaft. a. Equipment: Able to impress a minimum total weight to the Auger of 20,000 lbs. by a combination of Kelly Bar Weight and Crowd System. b. Apply a minimum 50,000 foot pounds of torque to the Kelly bar. G. Obstructions: 1. If rock, boulders or other unforeseen obstructions are encountered which cannot be removed by standard drilled caisson excavation methods and if such obstructions are not indicated by available subsurface data, removal of such obstructions will be paid for in accordance with terms of the Contract relative to changes in the work. Standard excavation methods include conventional earth auger, pengo bit, stepped taper bit, teeth on auger or other attachments to auger. 2. Remove such obstructions by hand labor using air -powered tools, core barrels with drilled caisson drilling equipment or other safe methods recognized in the construction industry. The Testing Agency will observe obstruction excavation and determine volume of obstruction excavation involved at the time the work takes place. 3. Where possible, return to standard excavation methods after obstruction is removed. THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER_ 02385-5 HLM 90007.00-1 BID GROUP ONE ADDENDUM #1-MAY 31,1991 SECTION 02385 DRILLED CAISSONS H. Demolish and remove rock, boulders, concrete, masonry and other subsurface obstructions which are indicated by the Contract Documents, or the available subsurface exploration data. I. Shaft Liners or Casings: 1. In drilling the caissons, securely protect the earth walls against cave-ins and displacement of the surrounding earth by means of steel cylinder liners or casings. Use liners or casings to line holes, R1 unless permission is granted for their omission by the Prey �dtiebi+C Engineer. 2. Temporary casings may be left in place or may be withdrawn as the concrete is placed above competent limerock, at the Contractor's option. 3. Below competent limerock, temporary casings must be withdrawn as the concrete is placed. Permanent casings are not allowed below competent limerock. 4. If removable steel liners are used, they may be withdrawn as the concrete is being placed providing the bottom of the liner is a minimum of 5 feet below the top of concrete. Maintain a sufficient head of concrete to prevent a reduction in the diameter of the drilled caisson shaft due to earth pressure on the fresh concrete and to prevent extraneous material from falling in from the sides and mixing with the fresh concrete. J. Drilling Mud: Al:1, a Mj;e to maintain the stability of the shaft excavation te exelw4i4M .. 6 i-ii4 and allow the proper placement of concrete. 2. Prior to placing concrete in each excavation, take samples to ensure that heavily contaminated drilling mud, which would impair th-e free flow of concrete from the tremie pipe, has not accumulated at the bottom of the shaft. Take samples one foot from the bottom the hole. The density of the drilling mud in the excavation prior to concreting shall be within the required limits. K. Depth of rock socket: Bottom of caisson elevations indicated on the Drawings are for bidding purposes. Actual elevations will be determined by the geotechnical engineer and the Architect. L. No payment will be made for the extra length, when drilled caisson shafts are excavated to a greater depth than required or authorized by the geotechnical engineer, due to overdrilling by the Contractor. Complete the drilled caisson and fill the extra depth with concrete, if all other conditions are satisfactory. Over excavated shafts will be measured and paid for to the original design or authorized depth. M. Take precautions to maintain a safe operation in connection with drilled caisson installation. Provisions for adequate protection to persons and property shall comply with applicable requirements of governing authorities having jurisdiction. N. Remove excavated material and dispose of as directed by Constructior Manager. THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER 02385-6 HLM 90007.00-1 BID GROUP ONE ADDENDUM #1-MAY 31,1991 SECTION 02385 DRILLED CAISSONS 3.4 PERMANENT STEEL CASINGS: CONTRACTOR OPTION A. Provide above competent limerock. B. Provide casings of sufficient strength to withstand handling stresses and pressures from surrounding soil and water or concrete inside. Provide casings with inside clear diameter not less than the diameter of the drilled caisson shaft. C. Steel Pipe Casings: 1. Watertight, strength to withstand stresses and pressure of concrete, surrounding earth and backfill. 2. Casings may be delivered in section of any convenient length. Connect sections by continuous penetration welds during placement into the drilled caisson shaft excavation. Al 3. Design the bettem edge of the lowest easing seetien to preyide a water sea!— D. Corrugated Steel Casings: 1. Watertight, strength to withstand stresses and pressure of concrete, surrounding earth and backfill. 2. Provide corrugated steel casings formed of galvanized or bituminous coated steel sheets. 3. Corrugated casings may be delivered in any convenient section of panel, with sections or panels field -connected in accordance with the manufacturer's instructions. Al 4. Design the bottom edge ef the lowest easing seetieR to preyide a water -, E. Install permanent steel casing as excavation work progresses and as required to ensure the stability of drilled caisson shaft walls. Remove and replace or repair casings which are damaged during installation and which could impair the strength of efficiency of the completed drilled caisson. Ai; 3.5 DRILLING MU Al A. Premix drilling mud thoroughly with clean potable water prior to its introduction into the shaft excavation. B. Test drilling mud for density using the mud density balance. Density to be between 66 and 75 pounds per cubic foot. C. Dispose of drilling mud off -site. 3.6 REINFORCING STEEL AND DOWELS A. Install in accordance with ACI 315 and CRSI "Recommended Practice for Placing Reinforcing Bars". THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER 02385-7 HLM 90007.00-1 BID GROUP ONE ADDENDUM #1-MAY 31,1991 SECTION 02385 DRILLED CAISSONS B. Before placing, clean reinforcing steel and dowels of loose rust, scale, dirt, grease and other material which impair bond. C. Fabricate and erect reinforcing cages in shafts as one continuous unit. Place reinforcement symmetrically about axis of hole and hold in position during concrete placement providing minimum 6 inches of concrete cover. D. Use templates to set anchor bolts, dowels, leveling plates and other accessories. Provide blocking and holding devices to maintain required position during concrete placement. E. As casing is withdrawn, take care to ensure reinforcement is not disturbed or exposed to the surrounding soil. Securely attach spacers, capable of sliding on the casing, to the reinforcement. F. Protect exposed ends of dowels and anchor bolts from mechanical damage and exposure to the weather. 3.7 CONCRETE PLACEMENT A. Special observation is required during placement of concrete to ensure the drilled caisson is installed without cavities and extraneous material and to ensure minimum diameter is maintained. B. Fill drilled caisson with concrete immediately after inspection and approval by the Testing Agency and the Architect. Use protection sheets cut out to receive concrete over excavation openings, extending at least 12 inches beyond edge in all directions. C. Place concrete continuously without interruption and in a smooth flow without segregating the mixed materials. D. Place excess concrete where temporary casings are used to allow for anticipated slump due to casing removal. E. Concrete shall be placed by tremie method such as gravity flow through a vertical pipe of sufficient length to reach the bottom of the drilled caisson. Control placement operations to ensure that the tremie is not broken during continuous placing from bottom to top. Maintain bottom of tremie below top of concrete. F. Vibrate the top 15 feet of the drilled caisson concrete. G. Remove segregated concrete and laitance as the concrete placement for each drilled caisson is being completed, to achieve a continuous column of good quality concrete up to design cut-off elevation. H. Place drilled caisson concrete monolithically. If a construction joint is unavoidable, leave the resulting shaft surface approximately level and insert additional dowels as required by Architect. Before completing the drilled caisson with a subsequent concrete placement, roughen and clean the joint surface and slush with a 1 to 1 cement grout. I. Stop the concrete placement at the cut-off elevation, screed off true and level and apply a scoured, rough finish, unless otherwise indicated. THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER 02385-8 HLM 90007.00-1 BID GROUP ONE ADDENDUM #1-MAY 31,1991 SECTION 02385 DRILLED CAISSONS Where cut-off elevation is above ground elevation, form the top section above grade and extend the shaft to the required elevation. J. Hot Weather Placing: 1. When hot weather conditions exist that would seriously impair the quality and strength of concrete, place concrete in accordance with ACI 305 and as herein specified. 2. Cool ingredients before mixing to maintain concrete temperature at time of placement below 90 degrees F. Mixing water may be chilled, or chopped ice may be used to control the concrete temperature provided the water equivalent of the ice is calculated to the total amount of mixing water. 3. Place concrete immediately upon delivery. Keep exposed concrete surfaces and formed shaft extensions moist by fog sprays, wet burlap or other effective means. 4. Do not use retarding admixtures unless approved in writing by the Architect. 3.8 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. The Contractor is responsible for quality control. 1. Inspection or testing by the Owner does not relieve the Contractor of his responsibility to perform the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents. B. Quality Control Monitoring: 1. Refer to Division One - Testing Laboratory Services. 2. The Owner will employ a Testing Agency to perform field quality control tests for concrete and monitor drilled caisson installation. 3. The Owner's Testing Agency will employ a qualified professional Geotechnical Engineer registered in the State of Florida who will observe caissons drilling, cleaning, concreting work and determine bottom elevation of caisson. C. Drilled Caisson Reports 1. Records shall be maintained by both the Testing Agency and the Contractor for each installed drilled caisson. 2. Assist the Testing Agency making the necessary measurements and observations, and maintain Contractor's records as required for preparation and submission of complete reports on drilled caisson construction. Submit a separate report for each drilled caisson. Submit each report within a period of ten days after final concreting. 3. As a minimum, include the following information on each caisson: a. Identification of drilled caisson by number, type and location. b. Type of equipment used. C. Times when drilled caisson excavation was started and completed. d. Design and actual shaft diameters drilled. e. Ground elevation at drilled caisson location. f. Design and actual elevation of top and bottom of drilled caisson. g. Assumed (design) elevation of top of compentent limerock at THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER 02385-9 HLM 90007.00-1 BID GROUP ONE ADDENDUM #1-MAY 31,1991 SECTION 02385 DRILLED CAISSONS drilled caisson location. h. Actual elevation of top of compentent limerock. i. Design and actual elevations to top and bottom of drilled caisson socket. j. Volumes of soil and rock excavated. k. Lengths of probe hole drilled, and time to drill each foot. The depths and thicknesses of any soft seams. 1. Levelness of shaft bottom. M. Statement of type, length, diameter and elevation of any casing permanently installed in the excavation. n. Groundwater conditions. o. Date when excavation was approved for installation of concrete. p. Date when concreting was performed. Include any delays in concreting and report construction joints in shafts. q. Quantity of concrete used, including amounts over or under design volume. r. Date when drilled caisson construction was completed. S. Centerline location at top of drilled caisson. t. Variation of shaft from plumb. U. Remarks on unique or unusual events or circumstances concerning drilled caisson installation. V. Report weather conditions and temperature. D. Inspection and Testing 1. Contractor shall install and load test one test caisson in a location acceptable to the Architect. Test caisson conditions shall be as similar as possible to actual caisson conditions.. High early strength concrete may be used for the test caisson only. Install reaction caissons as required to load test caisson to failure in tension. The Geotechnical Engineer will witness the test. Geotechnical Engineer - will determine actual unit skin friction. Do not use test caisson or reaction caissons in the Work. 2. The Testing Agency will witness the placing of the concrete. Al'3. At the bottom of ea-eha a n�mUt of twenty' p�rce t f tie drilled caisson., drill a 2 inch diameter test hole in the rock with an airtrack drill to a depth of ten feet to indicate whether the drilled caisson.: rests on:.sound, limerock. li��: g�atec�i�lca�� ng�n�er �at3t girder drlel' tt1..it atfd�iodl +sns,. The geotechnicai engineer may or additional drilling of the drilled caissons to a lower elevations. 4. Drill the two-inch diameter test holes by air track drill rig from the ground surface. No observation of the test hole will be required, and the quality of limerock below the drilled caisson bottom will be judged from the time rate of percussion drilling and other observations such as dropping of rods. Clean the limerock socket under water with a brush substituting for the auger bit at the bottom of the auger rig kelley, or by a similar technique acceptable to the geotechnical engineer. THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER- 02385-10 HLM 90007.00-1 BID GROUP ONE ADDENDUM #1-MAY 31,1991 SECTION 02385 DRILLED CAISSONS 5. Test concrete as per Section 03300 Cast -In -Place Concrete except that take four cylinders for every 100 cubic yards of concrete and not less than four cylinders on any given day. END OF SECTION 02385 THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER 02385-11 HLM 90007.00-1 BID GROUP ONE ADDENDUM #1-MAY 31,1991 A SECTION 02685 PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 WORK OF THIS SECTION A. Natural Gas System 1.2 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Work shall conform to National, State, codes governing installation of site B. Testing Lab: Refer to DIVISION ONE - selection and payment. GAS DISTRIBUTION SYSTEM County, City, and Institutional gas piping systems. TESTING LABORATORY SERVICES for 1.3 JOB CONDITIONS A. Give adequate advance notice to public municipalities and private utility companies of proposed work. B. Protect existing utilities indicated or the location of which are made known to the Contractor prior to excavation and that are indicated to be retained, as well as utility lines constructed during excavation operations and repair if damaged at no cost to the Owner. If utility lines are encountered that were not indicated or that the Contractor was not made aware of after due diligence on his part, notify the Architect immediately. Repair said damaged lines immediately and contract price will be adjusted in accordance with the provisions of the Contract. C. Adequate advance notice shall be given interested governmental agencies and the Architect prior to disruption of traffic flow due to excavation of road and walkways incidental to work of this Section. D. Barricade open excavations occurring as part of this work and post with warning lights. Operate warning lights as recommended by authorities having jurisdiction. Protect structures, utilities, sidewalks, pavements and other facilities from damage caused by settlement, lateral movement, undermining, washout and other hazards created by earthwork operation. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 MATERIALS A. Per local Gas Company requirements. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION A. Installation shall be per local Gas Company requirements. END OF SECTION 02685 THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER 02685-1 HLM 90007.00-1 BID GROUP ONE ADDENDUM #1-MAY 31,1991 SECTION 03100 CONCRETE FORMWORK curing at not less than 50 degrees F. for 24 hours after placing the concrete, providing the concrete is sufficiently cured to be undamaged by form removal operations and provided for the exposed concrete. E. Formwork supporting weight of concrete such as beams, soffits, slabs and other structural elements may not be removed in less than 14 days or until concrete has attained 75% of design strength at 28 days. 1. Design strength of cast -in -place concrete having supporting forms removed before 14 day shall be determined by testing field cured and laboratory cured concrete specimens representative of the concrete. a. Concrete specimens and compressive strength tests for early form removal shall be made and tested by the Independent Testing Laboratory and paid for by the Contractor. F. Form facing material may be removed 4 days after placement only if shores and other vertical supports have been designed and arranged to permit removal of form facing material without loosening or disturbing shores and supports. G. Loosen forms carefully. Do not wedge pry bars, hammers, or tools against finish concrete surfaces scheduled for exposure to view. H. Store removed forms in manner that surfaces to be in contact with fresh concrete will not be damaged. Discard damaged forms. 3.10 SCHEDULES A. Facing Materials: 1. Provide forms capable of producing finished concrete surfaces as outlined below. 2. Forms for F-1 and F-2 finish are required as scheduled below on formed concrete surfaces unless indicated otherwise. B. Forms for Type F-1, Rough Form Finish: 1. Use to form concrete concealed from view. 2. No selected form facing material is required. 3. Patch tie holes and defects. 4. Chip or rub off fins exceeding 1/4" in height. Leave surface with the texture imparted by the forms. C. Forms for Type F-2, Smooth Form Finish: 1. Use to form concrete exposed to view that is not subject to additional architectural finish requirements, other than painting. 2. Use form facing material to produce a smooth, hard, uniform texture on the concrete. a. Facing material: Plywood, tempered concrete -form -grade hardboard, metal, paper, fiber tubes or other approved material capable of ...producing the desired finish. 1 b. Paper of fiber tube forms that impart a texture or spiral pattern t6"the concrete are not approved. 3. The arrangement of the facing material: Orderly and symmetrical with the number of seams kept to the practical minimum. 4. Do not use material with raised grain, torn surfaces, worn edges, patches, dents or other defects which will impair the texture of the concrete. THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER 03100-5 HLM 90007.00-1 BID GROUP ONE ADDENDUM #1-MAY 31,1991 Al Al SECTION 03200 PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Steel reinforcing bars. 2. Welded wire fabric. 3. reIrifrcig bare:; B. Related Sect ions : 1. SECTION 03300 2. SECTION 03100 3. SECTION 02385 1.2 REFERENCES - CAST -IN -PLACE CONCRETE - CONCRETE FORMWORK - DRILLED CAISSONS CONCRETE REINFORCEMENT A. Provide and maintain one copy at the site of all referenced publications for use by site and inspection personnel. B. American Concrete Institute (ACI) 1. ACI 301 - Structural Concrete for Buildings. 2. ACI 318 - Building Code Requirements For Reinforced Concrete. 3. ACI 315 "Manual of Standard Practice for Detailing Reinforced Concrete Structures". 4. ACI SP-66 - American Concrete Institute - Detailing Manual. C. American National Standards Institute, American Society for Testing and Materials (ANSI/ASTM) 1. ANSI/ASTM A=185 - Steel Welded Wire Fabric, Plain, for Concrete Reinforcement. D. American National Standards Institute, American Welding Society (ANSI/AWS) 1. ANSI/AWS D1.4 - Structural Welding Code for Reinforcing Steel. 2. ANSI/AWS D12.1 - Reinforcing Steel Welding Code. E. American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM) 1. ASTM A-615-88: Deformed and Plain Billet -Steel Bars for Concrete Reinforcement:';:.;>:.;:<:,>;:.,;:.;::>:::>::;;::;:.;:..::,;::..:;;::<:,:>:»:::>::>:<:::r::; SThl775$><<»�-caafid1fCxing..ie�l :bars F. Concrete Reinforcing Steel Institute (CRSI) Manual of Practice. 1. CRSI 63 - Recommended Practice For Placing Reinforcing Bars. 2. CRSI 65 - Recommended Practice For Placing Bar Supports, Specifications and Nomenclature. 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Shop Drawings: Show size and quantity of reinforcement, method of support and fastening, bending and placing schedules, diagrams, wall elevations and plans, material grades and relation of reinforcement to adjacent materials THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER 03200-1 HLM 90007.00-1 BID GROUP ONE ADDENDUM #1-MAY 31,1991 SECTION 03200 2.2 ACCESSORY MATERIALS CONCRETE REINFORCEMENT A. Supports for Reinforcement: Provide supports for reinforcement including bolsters, chairs, spacers and other devices for spacing, supporting and fastening reinforcement in place, in accordance with the recommendations and details of the Concrete Reinforcing Steel Institute. 1. Use supports with sand plates or horizontal runners where base material will not support chair legs for slab on grade. 2. For exposed -to -view concrete surfaces: Provide supports with legs hot -dip galvanized, plastic tipped or stainless steel where legs of supports contact forms. B. Tie Wire: Minimum 16 gage annealed type 2.3 FABRICATION A. Fabricate Concrete reinforcing in accordance with ACI 318 B. Weld reinforcement in accordance with ANSI/AWS D1.4. C. Locate reinforcing splices not indicated on Drawings, at point of minimum stress. Review location of splices with Architect/Engineer. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 GENERAL A. Perform work in accordance with ACI 301. 3.2 INSTALLATION A. Keep uncoated reinforcement free from rust, scale, dirt, and physical injury. B. Place, support and secure reinforcement against displacement. Do not deviate from required position. C. Do not displace or damage vapor retarder. D. Secure reinforcement against displacement with tie wire or other clips or ties consistent with CRSI recommendations. ******************** END OF SECTION 03200 THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER 03200-2 HLM 90007.00-1 BID GROUP ONE ADDENDUM #1-MAY 31,1991 SECTION 03300 PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY CAST -IN -PLACE CONCRETE A. Section Includes: 1. Cast -in -place concrete. 2. Placing anchors and inserts. 3. Installation of embedded items specified in other Sections. 4. Structural slide bearings. B. Related Sections: 1. SECTION 02385 - Drilled Caissons 2. SECTION 03100 - Concrete Formwork. 3. SECTION 03200 - Concrete Reinforcement. 1.2 REFERENCES A. American Concrete Institute (ACI) 1. ACI 211.1 - Standard Practice for Selecting Proportions for Normal, Heavyweight, and Mass Concrete. 2. ACI 301 - Structural Concrete for Buildings. 3. ACI 302.- Guide for Concrete Floor and Slab Construction. 4. ACI 304 - Recommended Practice for Measuring, Mixing, Transporting and Placing Concrete. 5. ACI 305R - Hot Weather Concreting. 6. ACI 308 - Standard Practice for Curing Concrete. 7. ACI 318 - Building Code: Requirements for Reinforced Concrete. l .... AGI SP ..I i.14" B. American National Standards Institute, American Society for Testing and Materials (ANSI/ASTM) 1. ANSI/ASTM D-994 - Preformed Expansion Joint Filler for Concrete 2. (Bituminous Type). ANSI/ASTM D-1190 - Concrete Joint Sealer, Hot -Poured Elastic Type. 3. ANSI/ASTM D-1751 - Preformed Expansion Joint Fillers for Concrete Paving and Structural Construction (Nonextruding and Resilient 4. Bituminous Types). ANSI/ASTM D-1752 - Preformed Sponge Rubber and Cork Expansion Joint Fillers for Concrete Paving and Structural Construction. C. American 1. Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM) ASTM B-221 - Aluminum and Aluminum -Alloy Extruded Bars, Rods, Wire, Shapes and Tubes. 2. ASTM C-33 - Concrete Aggregates. 3. ASTM C-94 - Ready -Mixed Concrete. 4. ASTM C-150 - Portland Cement. 5. ASTM C-260 - Air -Entraining Admixtures for Concrete. 6. ASTM C-330 - Light Weight Aggregates For Structural Concrete. 7. 8. ASTM C-494 - Chemicals Admixtures for Concrete. ASTM C-618 - Fly Ash and Raw or Calcined Natural Pozzolan for Use as a Mineral Admixture in Portland Cement Concrete. Al D...... tsi aid magi ay<hecr i'n1 f.te....... 71 ae THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER 03300-1 HLM 90007.00-1 BID GROUP ONE ADDENDUM #1-MAY 31,1991 SECTION 03300 1.3 SUBMITTALS CAST -IN -PLACE CONCRETE A. Mix Designs: 1. Submit substantiating data for each concrete mix design contemplated for use to Architect not less than six weeks prior to first concrete placement. Include the following: a. Mix identification designation unique for each mix submitted. b. Statement of intended use for mix. C. Mix proportions, including admixtures used. d. Manufacturer's data and/or certifications verifying conformance of mix materials, including admixtures, with specified requirements. e. Wet and dry unit weight. f. Entrained air content. g. Design slump. h. Required average strength qualification data per ACI 301. Submit separate qualification data for each production facility which will supply concrete to project. i. Actual trial mix data or field test data per ACI 301 used to calculate average strength qualification data. When field test data is used to qualify average strength, submit separate qualification data for each production facility which will supply concrete to project and copies of field test reports. 2. Separate design mixes are required for each strength and density of concrete, each change in type and/or quantity of mix materials including admixtures; each change in slump limits, and each change in entrained air content. 3. For concrete placed by pumping, separate mix designs are required for each 100 feet of vertical or horizontal distance from pump to point of discharge. This requirement may be waived if evidence acceptable to Architect is submitted demonstrating, by previous successful experience, that proposed mix will meet requirements of these specifications, when sampled at point of discharge, over full range of distance required. B. Product Data: 1. Application and installation instructions for proprietary materials and including admixtures, patching compounds, waterstops, joint systems and others as required by Architect. 2. Submit curing compound product data and verification of its compatibility with other finish materials and surface required. C. Submit curing compound product data and verification of its acceptable compatibility with type of concrete penetrating sealer and waterproofing used. D. Submit materials certificates, mill test reports and materials laboratory tests reports when requested attesting that each material item compiles with or exceeds specified requirements. E. Submit one sample copy of concrete batch trip ticket containing information as specified in ASTM C-94 paragraph entitled "Batch Ticket/Information:" including additional information listed for certification purposes. THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER 03300-2 HLM 90007.00-1 BID GROUP ONE ADDENDUM #1-MAY 31,1991 Al": SECTION 03300 CAST -IN -PLACE CONCRETE Clearly show amount of water for entire batch which may be added in field that will not exceed water cement ratio specified by concrete design. F. Record Documents: Submit record listing time and date of placement of concrete. Keep record until completion of project, make available to Architect on request. 1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Perform concrete work in accordance with ACI 301 "Specifications for Structural Concrete for Buildings" as modified in this Section. B. Acquire cement and aggregate from same source for all work. C. Conform to ACI 3O5R when concreting during hot weather. D. Do not place concrete when temperature is below 40 degrees F. E. Survey Work 1. Engage a State of Florida registered surveyor acceptable to the Construction Manager, to perform survey, layout and measurements for cast -in -place concrete, column centerline, and anchor bolt locations. 2. Surveyor shall record and maintain information pertinent to each column centerline, plumbness, and anchor bolt location prior tc placement of concrete. 3. Surveyor shall cooperate with other testing and inspection personnel to provide data for their required reports. 1.5 UNIT PRICES A. Provide unit prices indicated on Bid Form in event additions to or deductions from Work are required and authorized by a written order from Architect. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 CONCRETE MATERIALS A. Portland Cement: ASTM C-150, Type II, or ASTM C-595 IP(MS), IS(MS), P(MS), I(PM)(MS) or I(SM)(MS). 1. Use only one manufacturer and type of cement for each mix design. B. Fly Ash: ASTM C-618, Class F. C. Normal weight aggregates: ASTM C-33. D. Light weight aggregates: ASTM C-330. E. Water: Clean fresh potable. Free from oils or other substances injurious to concrete or reinforcement. THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER 03300-3 HLM 90007.00-1 BID GROUP ONE ADDENDUM #1-MAY 31,1991 SECTION 03300 CAST -IN -PLACE CONCRETE F. Air Entraining Admixture: ASTM C-260. G. Water Reducing Admixture: ASTM C-494, Type A, containing no chloride added during manufacture, Acceptable Products: 1. "Eucon Super WR-75"; Euclid Chemical Co. 2. "Pozzolith Normal"., Master Builders. 3. "Plastocrete 161"; Sika Chemical Corporation. H. High Range Water Reducing Admixture (Super Plasticizer): ASTM C-494, Type F or G containing not more than 0.1% chloride ions, required for caissons, all pumped concrete and optional for other areas. Acceptable Products: 1. "Eucon Super' 37"; Euclid Chemical Co. 2. "Sikament: Sika Chemical Corporation. 3. "Pozzolith 400-N"; Master Builders. I. Accelerators are not permitted. J. Retarding admixtures and water reducing and retarding admixtures: ASTM C- 494, Type B and Type D respectively. Acceptable Products: 1. Eucon Retarder-75, Euclid Chemical Co. 2. Pozzolith Retarder, Master Builders. 3. Plastocrete 161R, Sika. K. Certification: Provide written conformance to the above mentioned requirements and chloride ion content required prior to mix design review by Architect. 2.2 EXPANSION MATERIAL A. ACI 301 B. Fiber Expansion Joint: 1. 1/2" thickness. Conform to ASTM D-1751. 2.3 WATERSTOPS A. ACI 301 B. Flexible strip waterstop: 1. Acceptable product: a. American Colloid Company, Waterstop-RX101. 2.4 EMBEDDED ITEMS: 1. Embedded items: Do not displace reinforcing bars. 2. Rated or specified capacity of embedded items: Not to be construed as design capacity of supporting concrete members. 3. Steel Plates, Bars and Structural Shapes: Conform to ASTM A-36. 2.5 RELATED MATERIALS A. Curing Compound: Comply with ASTM C-309. Unit moisture loss, pound per square foot at 72 hours shall not exceed .642 psf. 1. Masterseal or MasterKure; Master Builders or Architect's acceptable equivalent. THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER 03300-4 HLM 90007.00-1 BID GROUP ONE ADDENDUM #1-MAY 31,1991 SECTION 03300 B. Bonding Compounds: 1. Bonding Compound: Manufacturers: CAST -IN -PLACE CONCRETE Polyvinyl acetate type, rewettable. Acceptable a. Euco Weld; Euclid Chemical Co. b. Weldcrete.; Larson Products. C. Thorobond; Standard Dry Wall. d. Everbond; L & M Construction Products, Inc. C. Epoxy Adhesive: 100% solids, 100% reactive, two suitable for use on dry or damp surfaces. 1. Acceptable Products: a. Euco Epoxy #463 or #615; Euclid Chemical Co. b. Sikadu Hi -Mod, Sika Chemical Corporation. C. Permunite; L & M Construction Products, Inc. 2.6 EPDXY JOINT FILLER A. component compound Three (3) component, 100% solids, compound, with a minimum shore D hardness of 50. 1. Acceptable Manufacturers: a. Euco Epoxy. #600 or #700; Euclid Chemical Company. b. Sikadur Lo-Mod, Sika Chemical Corporation. 2.7 CONCRETE PROPORTIONING AND DESIGN OF MIXES A. Proportion ingredients and design concrete mixes in accordance with ACI 301 as modified in this Section. B. Cement: Minimum of 564 pounds per cubic yard. C. Fly Ash: A maximum of 22% by weight of cement may be replaced with fly ash at a ratio of one pound fly ash for every one pound of cement removed. D. Maximum water cement ratio: 0.49. E. Durability: 1. Air -entrained with 5% to 7% entrained and entrapped air. F. Admixtures: 1. Provide water reducing or water reducing and retarding admixture specified in design mix for concrete. 2. Hot weather conditions: When ambient temperature exceeds 90 degrees F. and/or placing conditions required retardation of setting time Architect may require a change from Type A (normal) admixture to Type D (retarding) formulation of water reducing admixture. Concrete temperature not to exceed 90 degrees F. for drilled caissons and 100 degrees F. for other cast in place concrete. 3. When increased workability, pumpability, lower water -cement ratio, shrinkage and permeability reduction is required, use HRWR admixture (Super Plasticizer). G. Selection of Proportion of Ingredients: 1. Prepare design mixes for each type of concrete used in construction. a. Proportion mixes to obtain compressive strengths indicated on the drawings. THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER 03300-5 HLM 90007.00-1 BID GROUP ONE ADDENDUM #1-MAY 31,1991 Al SECTION 03300 CAST -IN -PLACE CONCRETE b. Where compressive strength is not indicated, obtain minimum 4000 psi 28 day strength. 2. Field records used to demonstrate that proposed proportions will produce required average strength must be of tests made within last 12 months and have same water cement ratio, cement type and manufacturer, and percentage of fly ash as proposed mix proportions. a. Comply with ACI 211.1 and ACI 301 as modified by the following: 1) Determine maximum allowable unit shrinkage expressed in percentage of length in accordance with ASTM C-157, based upon average value of three (3) 4 inch x 4 inch x 11 inch specimens after 21 days of actual drying time; total 28 days after casting. a) Maximum allowable shrinkage value for concrete mixes: 400 millionths (0.0004) with an allowable variation of 15%. 2) Submit written reports of each proposed concrete mix not less than 15 days prior to start of work. Do not proceed with concrete production until mixes have been reviewed by Architect. 3. Adjustment of Concrete Mixes: Concrete mix design adjustments may be requested when characteristics of materials, project conditions, weather, test results or other circumstances warrant. a. Submit laboratory test reports for revised mix designs and strength results to Architect for review before use of revised concrete mixes in the Work. H. Slump: 1. ACI 301 2. Caissons: 4" max. before addition of HRWR admixture; 7" min. and 9" max. at placement. 3. Concrete with HRWR Admixture: 8" maximum unless otherwise directed by Architect. 4. Other Structural Concrete: 3". 2.8 PRODUCTION OF CONCRETE A. Produce and deliver concrete in accordance with ACI 301 and as modified in this Section. Produce and deliver concrete during hot and cold weather in accordance with ACI 305 and ACI 306. B. Ready Mixed Concrete: 1. Discharge concrete after introduction of mixing water to cement and aggregate or introduction of cement to aggregate within 90 minutes or before 300 mixing speed revolutions when air temperature is below 80 degrees F. 2. During hot weather, or under conditions contributing to rapid setting of concrete, a shorter maximum discharge time than specified in ASTM C-94 is required. THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER 03300-6 HLM 90007.00-1 BID GROUP ONE ADDENDUM #1-MAY 31,1991 SECTION 03300 CAST -IN -PLACE CONCRETE a. Discharge concrete after introduction of mixing water to cement and aggregate or introduction of cement to aggregate within 75 minutes when air temperature is between 80 degrees F and 90 degrees F. b. Discharge concrete within 60 minutes when air temperature is above 90 degrees F. 2.9 TESTING & INSPECTION A. Contractor is responsible for quality control. 1. Inspection or testing by Owner does not relieve Contractor of his responsibility to perform Work in accordance with Contract Documents. 2. Workmanship: Correct concrete work which does not conform to specified requirements, including strength, tolerances and finishes. Correct deficient concrete by means acceptable to Architect. B. Testing Laboratory Test 1. Prior to start of concreting operations, Testing Laboratory will review, with representatives of Contractor's quality control staff, facilities that will be used on production of concrete for Project. a. Review will address: Type and condition of equipment. Calibration of measuring devices. Sources of aggregate and cement. Sieve analysis of aggregate samples, mill tests. Methods of storage of aggregate and cement. Mixing procedures, including distance from site. Trip ticket sample. Admixtures that will be used, including special procedures required. Other items which, in opinion of Testing Laboratory, are important elements in production of concrete. b. Testing Laboratory will report results of review to Owner and Architect. 1) Report will identify equipment and procedures which require modification in order to assure quality of concrete. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Examine prior construction and conditions under which work will be performed. B. Do not proceed with the work until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. 3.2 GENERAL A. Notify Testing Laboratory 24 hours before starting concrete placement. THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER 03300-7 HLM 90007.00-1 BID GROUP ONE ADDENDUM #1-MAY 31,1991 SECTION 03300 CAST -IN -PLACE CONCRETE B. Coordinate requirements for installation of embedded items specified.and furnished in other Sections. Obtain templates and instructions for setting embedded items. 1. Coordinate work with requirements for mechanical and electrical installations and accommodations. 3.3 PLACING CONCRETE A. Place concrete in accordance with ACI 301. B. Just prior to discharging truck -mixed concrete, mix each truck of concrete minimum 70 revolutions of mixer drum at full mixing speed. C. Vibrate and consolidate concrete in accordance with ACI 309. D. During hot weather, place concrete in accordance with ACI 305. 3.4 TOLERANCES A. ACI 301: Variation from plumb: 1. In any 10 feet of length: 1/4 inch. 2. Maximum for entire length: 1 inch. 3.5 WATERSTOPS A. Install waterstops in accordance with ACI 301. B. Install waterstops in concrete scheduled to receive surface applied waterproofing. C. Install bentonite water stops with a minimum cover of 2 inches. 3.6 FIELD TESTS & INSPECTIONS A. Field testing and inspections will be performed by testing laboratory. B. Perform concrete testing in accordance with specifications of ACI 301 and as follows: 1. Mold and cure four (4) specimens from each sample. 2. Compressive strength tests: One set of specimens for each 50 cubic yards or fraction thereof of each type of concrete placed in one day; one specimen tested at 7 days, two specimens tested at 28 days and one specimen held in reserve. 3. In addition to cylinders cured under standard conditions, Testing Laboratory will prepare duplicate sets of two cylinders to be field cured under conditions equal to cure for corresponding concrete pours. a. Such cylinders will be tested only when questions concerning strength are involved. b. Costs of such tests will be paid for by Contractor. C. Test results will be distributed to Architect, Owner, and Contractor. 4. Concrete Temperature: Test each time a set of specimens is made. 5. Slump Test: Make one test for each set of compressive strength specimens. Make additional test as directed by Architect. THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER 03300-8 HLM 90007.00-1 BID GROUP ONE ADDENDUM #1-MAY 31,1991 SECTION 03300 CAST -IN -PLACE CONCRETE a. Take test at point of truck discharge for Ready -Mix concrete and at point of mixer discharge for on site mixing. C. Collect concrete batch trip tickets. Identify compressive and slump tests made to representative samples of concrete referred to by trip tickets. D. Notify Architect and Contractor immediately of trip tickets not as specified. E. Notify Architect and Contractor immediately when amount of water in a batch of concrete exceeds that allowed in design mix. F. Verify that concrete is fully discharged from mixers before mix begins to set and within 1-1/2 hours maximum from time of batching. G. Check quantity and type of admixtures for compliance with design requirements and secure Architect's written approval for use of additional admixtures in concrete. H. Obtain mill test reports for each shipment of cement used in to concrete for Project. I. Additional Tests for Concrete Work: 1. Testing Laboratory will make additional tests of in -place -concrete work as directed by Architect when test results indicate that specified concrete strengths and other characteristics have not been attained in structure. a. Conduct tests to determine adequacy of concrete by cored cylinders complying with ASTM C-42. b. Costs of such test will be borne by Owner if test results indicate conformance with Contract Documents. Such tests indicating nonconformance with Contract Documents will be paid by Contractor including additional architectural and engineering services made necessary by such nonconformance. C. Cost of other additional tests including load tests and/or other nondestructive tests directed by Architect or conducted by Contractor to prove adequacy of concrete work shall be borne by Contractor including additional architectural and engineering services made necessary by such tests. d. Strength of structure in place will be considered to be potentially deficient if it fails to comply with requirement which controls strength of structure, including but not necessarily limited to conditions listed in ACI 301, Chapter 18. e. Inspections or testing performed exclusively for Contractor's convenience is sole responsibility of Contractor. 3.7 REPAIR OF SURFACE DEFECTS A. Defects less than one inch deep and not exposing reinforcing: 1. Comply with ACI 301. 2. Use specified bonding compound or epoxy adhesive. 3. Provide non -shrink grout patching mixture to fill pockets left in concrete walls or slabs as specified in Section 03600. THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER 03300-9 HLM 90007.00-1 BID GROUP ONE ADDENDUM #1-MAY 31,1991 SECTION 03300 CAST -IN -PLACE CONCRETE 4. Place premixed patching mortar in accordance with directions of specified bonding compound or epoxy adhesive manufacturer. 5. With prior approval by Architect as to method and procedures, for structural repairs use specified epoxy adhesive and/or epoxy mortar. B. Defects one inch and greater or Exposing Reinforcing: 1. Chip to sound concrete and clean thoroughly to remove loose concrete and dust. Apply thin coat of specified epoxy adhesive. 2. Form and pour, or dry pack with specified pea -gravel repair grout, prior to development of tack -free condition of epoxy bonder. Strip forms after grout has hardened and provide specified finish. 3. Moist cure or apply specified clear curing and sealing compound immediately after finishing. 3.8 SLABS A. Construct concrete slabs in accordance with ACI 301 as modified in this Section. B. Jointing ACI 301: Construct control joints in slabs on grade using premolded key joints, inserts, tooled joints or saw cuts. Do not use saw cuts for exterior concrete work. 1. Where control joint spacing is not indicated, space joints at maximum 20 feet. 2. If premolded hardboard or fiberboard strips are used, insert premolded hardboard or fiberboard strip into the fresh concrete until top surface of strip is flush with slab surface. Remove insert strip and clean -formed groove of loose debris after concrete has cured. 3. Prefabricated, strippable plastic joints may be used at Contractor's option. 4. Cut sawed joints within 12 to 24 hours after concrete has been placed. C. Finishing Tolerances 1. Comply with ACI 301: 2. Test unformed surfaces such as monolithic slabs for smoothness and to verify surface plane finish to tolerances specified for each surface and finish. Correct low and high areas as specified. a. Test unformed surfaces sloped to drain for trueness of slope, measuring to plane tolerance by using a template cut to required slope. 3. Repair finished unformed surfaces that have defects which adversely affect durability of concrete or finish. a. Unacceptable surface defects include, but are not necessarily limited to: crazing, cracks in excess of 0.01 inch wide or which penetrate to reinforcement or completely through non -reinforced concrete regardless of width, spalling, pop -outs, honeycomb, rock pockets and other objectionable conditions as determined by Architect. b. Correct high areas in unformed surfaces by grinding after concrete has cured at least 14 days. C. Correct low areas in unformed surfaces during or immediately after completion of surface finishing operations by cutting out low areas and replacing with fresh concrete. Finish repaired areas to blend into adjacent concrete surfaces. THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER 03300-10 HLM 90007.00-1 BID GROUP ONE ADDENDUM #1-MAY 31,1991 SECTION 03300 CAST -IN -PLACE CONCRETE 1) Proprietary concrete patching compounds may be used when approved by Architect. 3.9 CURING A. Cure concrete in accordance with requirements of ACI 301. B. Cure interior concrete slabs, with specified curing compound. 1. Do not use liquid curing compound on surfaces against which additional concrete or other material is to be bonded unless it is proven that curing compound will not prevent bond or unless measures are taken to remove it completely from areas to receive bonded application. 2. Water cure slabs scheduled to receive cementitous topping (such as stone or ceramic tile setting beds). C. Apply curing compounds within 30 minutes after final finishing. Apply curing compound at coverage rate specified by manufacturer. D. Ensure curing compound is compatible with concrete penetrating sealer and other materials scheduled to be applied over concrete surfaces. E. Curing in hot weather: Cure concrete in accordance with ACI 305. 3.10 FINISHES A. Finish concrete slabs in accordance with requirements of ACI 301. B. Float Finish: Apply float finish to monolithic slab surfaces that are to receive trowel finish. Finish to a Class B tolerance. C. Trowel Finish: Unless directed otherwise by Architect, apply steel finish to monolithic slab surfaces. Finish to a Class B tolerance. 1. Do not steel trowel slab surfaces scheduled to receive cementitous topping. D. Non -Skid Broom Finish: Apply light broom finish to concrete stair treads, platforms and ramps. Broom finish, by drawing a fine -hair broom across concrete perpendicular to line of traffic. Repeat operation if required to provide fine line texture acceptable to Architect. Apply broom finish after final joint tooling. E. Finishing of Formed Surfaces: Provide smooth form finish for concrete surfaces exposed to view and concrete surfaces scheduled to receive surface finish. 3.11 VAPOR RETARDER A. Install vapor retarder as specified in Section 07190. END OF SECTION 03300 THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER 03300-11 HLM 90007.00-1 BID GROUP ONE ADDENDUM #1-MAY 31,1991 SECTION 03600 GROUT PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SECTION INCLUDES A. Pea -gravel repair grout. B. Cementitious mortar patching grout. C. Non -shrink grout. 1.2 REFERENCES A. ASTM C827 - Test Method for Change in Height at Early Ages of Cylindrical Specimens from Cementitious Mixtures. B. Contractor shall obtain and have available at site a copy of the above documents throughout the Construction Period. 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Manufacturer's Data: 1. Submit copies of manufacturer's product data and printed instructions for each manufactured product. 1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Do not change source or brands of grout materials during the course of the work. Single -source responsibility from one source and producer for each aggregate and from one manufacturer for each cementitious component. 1.5 MATERIAL STORAGE A. Store grout materials off the ground, under cover, in a dry location. Store aggregates where grading and other required characteristics can be maintained. 1.6 TESTING A. Coordinate testing requirements of grout with Division 1. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 PEA -GRAVEL REPAIR GROUT A. The grout shall be a manufactured, dry packaged product with proportioned ingredients. Shrinkage compensating ingredients shall minimize effects of drying shrinkage. Compressive strength at 28 days shall equal or exceed required concrete strength. Shall contain pea gravel and no added chloride. Applies and finishes like concrete. Select material for horizontal overhead or vertical application. B. Approved Manufacturers: 1. MASTERBUILDERS "Masterpatch 20" 2.2 CEMENTITIOUS MORTAR PATCHING GROUT A. Manufactured by MASTER BUILDERS "Set Vertipatch" or Architects approved equivalent. 1. 4688 #.0 psi 2. Conditions to 1" maximum thickness. THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER 03600-1 HLM 90007.00-1 BID GROUP ONE ADDENDUM #1-MAY 31,1991 SECTION 05180 MISCELLANEOUS STRUCTURAL STEEL 2. Make joints and intersections of metal tightly fitting and securely fastened. 3. Make work square, plumb, straight and true. G. Holes: 1. Drill or punch holes required for attachment of work specified in other sections and for bolted connections. 2. Burned holes will not be accepted. H. Hot dip galvanize steel connecting devices after fabrication. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 SURFACE CONDITIONS A. Examination: 1. Examine installed work and verify that such work is to point where fabrication and installation of work may proceed. 2. Make field measurements to ensure proper and adequate fit of metal fabrications and to verify that metal fabrications may be fabricated and installed in accordance with Drawings. 3.2 SHOP PAINTING A. Preparation: 1. Thoroughly clean metal of mill scale, rust and foreign matter. B. Painting: 1. Shop prime steel except: a. Steel to be encased in concrete. b. Surfaces to be welded. C. Galvanized steel. 3.3 ERECTION A. Erect and install miscellaneous structural steel in accordance with Drawings, and referenced standards, aligned, straight, plumb and level. B. After erection and installation are complete, touch-upshop primer coats using priming paint specified for shop primingataiedUx�fces. 3.4 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Erection Inspection and Testing: 1. Visual Inspection of Welds: a. Field welding: Inspected visually for conformance by a representative of the testing laboratory. b. Repair welds found to be non -conforming. C. Repairs made to defective welds are subjected to re -inspection by the original method used. END OF SECTION 05180 THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER 05180-3 HLM 90007.00-1 BID GROUP ONE ADDENDUM #1-MAY 31,1991 SECTION 02520 PORTLAND CEMENT CONCRETE PAVING (ALTERNATE) PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 WORK OF THIS SECTION A. Sub -grade preparation. B. Concrete paving with reinforcement. 1.2 ALTERNATE A. Refer to Document 0 and Division One for Alternate Number 5-01 for Asphalt Paving. 1.3 INSPECTION AND TESTING A. Inspection and testing of concrete will be performed by Testing Laboratory in accordance with Division One. B. Three (3) concrete test cylinders will be taken for every 75 or less cu. yds. of concrete placed. C. One (1) slump test will be taken for each set of test cylinders taken. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 LIMEROCK BASE MATERIAL A. Material shall meet the requirements of FDOT Section 911 except 97% shall pass the 3-1/2" sieve and shall contain no more than 0.5% organic material or objectionable matter as defined in Section 911.5 2.2 CONCRETE MATERIALS A. Portland Cement: ASTM C150; normal -type I. B. Fine and Coarse Aggregates: ASTM C33. C. Water: Clean and free from injurious amounts of oil, alkali, organic matter, or other deleterious material. D. Air Entrainment: ASTM C260. 2.3 REINFORCEMENT A. Reinforcing Steel: 60 ksi yield strength; deformed billet steel bars; ASTM A615; plain finish; #5 size. 2.4 FORMWORK AND ACCESSORIES A. Formwork: Matched, tight fitting and adequately stiffened to support weight of concrete without deflection detrimental to tolerances and appearance of concrete. B. Joint Filler: Minimum 1/2 inch thick asphaltic impregnated fiberboard. C. Concrete Curing Compound: Chlorinated rubber type; clear color; ASTM C308. 2.5 CONCRETE MIX A. Mix and proportion to produce minimum 3000 psi concrete at 7 days with maximum slump of 3 inches and 4 to 6 percent air entrainment. ASTM C94. THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER 02520-1 HLM 90007.00-1 BID GROUP ONE ADDENDUM #1-MAY 31,1991 SECTION 02520 PORTLAND CEMENT CONCRETE PAVING (ALTERNATE) PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 PREPARATION OF SUB -GRADE A. Ensure rough grading has brought sub -grade to required compaction and elevations. B. Fill soft spots and hollows with additional fill. C. Level and compact sub -grade, to 98% Modified Proctor. 3.2 FORMING A. Form vertical surfaces to full depth and securely position to required lines and levels. Ensure form ties are not placed so as to pass through concrete. B. Arrange and assemble formwork to permit easy dismantling and stripping, and to prevent damage to concrete during formwork removal. 3.3 PLACING REINFORCING A. Reinforce concrete where indicated. Allow for minimum 2 inch concrete cover. 3.4 FORMING JOINTS A. Place joints where indicated. 3.5 PLACING CONCRETE A. Place concrete, screed and float surfaces to a smooth and uniform finish, free of open texturing and exposed aggregate. B. Avoid working mortar to surface. C. Provide exposed surfaces with broom finish. D. Ensure finished surfaces do not vary from true lines, levels or grade by more than 1/8 inch in 10 feet when measured with straight edge. E. Apply curing compound on finished surfaces immediately after placement. Apply in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. ********************* END OF SECTION 02520 THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER 02520-2 HLM 90007.00-1 BID GROUP ONE ADDENDUM #1-MAY 31,1991 ADD NDQK NO. NZW KONROE COUNTY DSTXXTION FACILITY aid Package NO. 3, Bite Eleotriaal 0 Tsmporary loasr Did Packaqe Noe s, site Grading is Caissons Did Packaqe No. 7, Concrete Foundations Did Package No. 9, site Piumbinq June S, 1991 Note: The time and date for receipt of bids remains the same. As an alternative to Technical Specification Section 02385 Drilled Caissons, Part 2 Products, 2.1 C.2 Fly ash; Bidders may utilize the following requirements: 1. water to cement ratio: 0.45 maximum. Z. Air entraining admixture: Micro -air by Master Builders. 3. Total air content (Percent by Volume): 3.5 to 6.5%. 4. High range water reducing admixture: Rheobuild 716 or 1000 by Master Builders. S. Nominal maximum size of coarse aggregate: 1 inch. Products equal to Master Builders may be substituted subject to the approval of the Architect. 10' d Gsssaeasec-QI Is3M A3X_S.L I2IN30/XW BS : S I Ls-S0-50 SECTION 00902 ADDENDUM NO. 2 NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION FACILITY Bid Package No. 3, Site Electrical & Temporary Power Bid Package No. 5, Site Grading & caissons Bid Package No. 7, Concrete Foundations Bid Package No. 9, Site Plumbing June 5, 1991 Note: The time and date for receipt of bids remains the same. Modification No. 1: As an alternative to Technical Specification Section 02385 Drilled Caissons, Part 2 Products, 2.1 C.2 Fly ash; Bidders may utilize the following requirements: 1. Water to cement ratio: 0.45 maximum. 2. Air entraining admixture: Micro -air by Master Builders. 3. Total air content (Percent by Volume): 3.5 to 6.5%. 4. High range water reducing admixture: Rheobuild 716 or 1000 by Master Builders. 5. Nominal maximum size of coarse aggregate: 1 inch. Products equal to Master Builders may be substituted subj ect to the approval of the Architect. 06/05/91 ADDENDUM #2 00902 - 1 ADDENDUM NO. 4 DOCUMENT 00904 THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER BID GROUP ONE JULY 2, 1991 PROJECT NUMBER 90007.00 The information contained in this Addendum modifies, supplements or replaces information contained in the Project Manual and on the Drawings and is hereby made a part of the Contract Documents. Acknowledge receipt of this addendum by placing the appropriate addendum number in the blank on the Bid Form. APPLICABLE TO THE PROJECT MANUAL A. Revised Protect Manual Pages The replacement pages identified below include modifications made to the original Project Manual sections. Revised or added information is indicated by shaded type in the text and an "Al" notation in the margin identifying that the revision was made. Areas where information has been deleted are identified by striking et.+i; the text and placing an "Al" notation in the margin. Insert replacement pages into the Project Manual ahead of the pages they replace. SECTION TITLE PAGE 02100 SITE PREPARATION 2 02211 ROUGH GRADING 1 02222 EXCAVATING, BACKFILLING AND 1-4 COMPACTING FOR STRUCTURES 02385 DRILLED CAISSONS 1-11 02510 ASPHALTIC CONCRETE PAVING 2 02644 WATER MAINS 7 02685 GAS DISTRIBUTION SYSTEM 1-2 02730 SANITARY SEWAGE 1-5 THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER 00904-1 HLM 90007.00 BID GROUP ONE ADDENDUM #4-JULY 2, 1991 DOCUMENT 00904 ADDENDUM NO. 4 I hereby certify that the Civil portion of this technical submission described below was prepared by me or under my direct supervision and responsible charge. I am a duly Registered Professional Engineer under the laws of the State of Florida. Linda F. Clayton #41860 (Typed Name) Registration No. Pages or sheets covered by this seal : Document 00904, pages 1-5 and enclosures. July 2, 1991 Date Issued I hereby certify that the Structural portion of this technical submission described below was prepared by me or under my direct supervision and responsible charge. I am a duly Registered Professional Engineer under the laws of the State of Florida. Clifford J. Farrell #19054 (Typed Name) Registration No. Pages or sheets covered by this seal : Document 00904, pages 1-5 and enclosures. July 2, 1991 Date Issued ************************************************************************************** THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER HLM 90007.00 BID GROUP ONE ADDENDUM #4-JULY 2,1991 DOCUMENT 00904 13 C. Added Sections ADDENDUM NO. 4 SECTION TITLE *452Q PpTI.AI# CEMENT CONCRETE PAVING (;ALTERNATE; *Section 02520 - PORTLAND CEMENT CONCRETE PAVING (ALTERNATE), Pages 1 and 2 is included with Addendum #4. It was missing from the Addendum #1 enclosures. Deleted Sections The following section is deleted from the Project Manual in its entirety. Section Title APPLICABLE TO THE DRAWINGS A. Drawing Revisions: Incorporate the following revisions into the respective Contract Drawings. Drawing No. Revision 1.01 (Refer to Note #1) Delete Note #1 1.05 (Refer to Area for Relocation of Trees) Delete reference to and dimensioning of area for relocation of trees. 1.20 (Refer to Detail 2 - Typical Pipe Connection at Column Detail) Add note: "Cap pipe before 90° bend at columns in Zone F Alternate only." THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER 00904-2 HLM 90007.00 BID GROUP ONE ADDENDUM #4-JULY 2, 1991 DOCUMENT 00904 ADDENDUM NO. 4 Drawing No. Revision 3.03 At Columns G-17, G-18 and G-19, delete note "See Sheet 3.06 for T.O. cast -in -place column el." 3.03 At each of Columns G-17, G-18 and G-19, add: Caisson mark "C2" and T.O. caisson el. 1.50. 3.04 (Refer to Column Grid 25-26 and 29-30) Change dimension from 30'-8" to read 31'-0". 3.04 (Refer to dimension between Column Grid 25 to 0 and N to 30) Change dimension from 96'-0" to read 96'-4". 3.06 (Refer to Column Grid 37-38 and 41-42) Change dimension from 30'-8" to read 31'-0". 3.06 (Refer to dimension between Column Grid 37 to W and V to 42) Change dimension from 96'-0" to read 96'-4". 3.06 (Refer to Columns G-17, G-18 and G-19) Delete caisson mark C2 and T.O. caisson el. 1.50'. 3.06 Change Note: T.O. Cast -In -Place Column EL. 11.46' to read "See Sheet 3.03 for T.O. Caisson and T.O. Cast -In - Place Column EL." 3.06 (Refer to Title) Change title from "Foundation Plan Ground Floor Zone F" to read "Foundation Plan Ground Floor Zone F Alternate". THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER 00904-3 HLM 90007.00 BID GROUP ONE ADDENDUM #4-JULY 2, 1991 DOCUMENT 00904 ADDENDUM NO. 4 Drawing No. Revision 3.06 At Ha-17, delete caisson, cast -in -place column, caisson mark and T.O. caisson el. 3.06 Add Column Center Line "Hb" 9'-0" southeast on Column Line "H" and parallel to Column Line "H". 3.06 Add 36" round caisson and 30" round cast -in -place column at Hb-17. Caisson mark "Cl" and T.O. caisson el. 4.00'. 3.28 Under "Concrete Notes" Item #3 add the following item: Structural Slabs: Strength - 5000 PSI Density - 145 PCF 3.30 Under Cast -In -Place Concrete Column Schedule "Note 4", change: "Ha-17" to "Hb-17". 3.30 Under Cast -In -Place Concrete Column Schedule, refer to: EE-20.6, Ex-20, Ex-20.6, Fb-20.08, Fb-20.6, Fx-20.08, Fx-20.6. Add: EE-20. 3.30 Under Cast -In -Place Concrete Column Schedule, refer to: Fz-6.3, Fz-6.7, Ga-6.3, Ga-6.7'. Add: H'-16.9. 3.30 Under Cast -In -Place Concrete Column Schedule, change: Dx-19.8, EE-19.8, EE-20 to read Dx-19.8, EE-19.8. 3.30 Under Cast -In -Place Concrete Column Schedule, under Dx- 19.8, EE-19.8 and Anchor Bolts, change: "See Detail 16 this Sheet" to read "See Detail 14 this Sheet" 3.30 Under Cast -In -Place Concrete Column Schedule, under Dx- 19.8, EE-19.8 and Anchor Bolts, change: 6-1" round A36 to read 4-1" round A36. THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER 00904-4 HLM 90007.00 BID GROUP ONE ADDENDUM #4-JULY 2, 1991 ADDENDUM NO. 4 DOCUMENT 00904 B. Revised Full -Size Drawings: The following are listed as part of this Addendum. All have been previously issued and are dated July 2, 1991. DRAWING NUMBER TITLE 1.03 PRELIROUGHMINARY GRADINGITE ANDLAYOUT - DRAINAGEC- TRAL CENTRAL 1.0SITE UTILITIES - CENTRAL 1.08 1.18 CIVIL DETAILS 3.01 FOUNDATION PLAN GROUND FLOOR ZONE A 3.05 FOUNDATION PLAN GROUND FLOOR ZONE E 3.31 FOUNDATION SECTIONS AND DETAILS ****************** END OF ADDENDUM #4 THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER 00904-5 HLM 90007.00 BID GROUP ONE ADDENDUM #4-JULY 2, 1991 SECTION 02100 SITE PREPARATION D. Additional obstructions exposed as the result of clearing operations shall be removed. E. Stockpile topsoil in available area as directed by the Construction Manager. F. . Shape ..... stockpiles in a manner that they are relatively uniform. Al 3.3 TREE REMOVAL/PROTECTION A. Remove trees and shrubs, except those indicated to remain. Removal includes new and old stumps of trees and their roots, unless doing so endangers the life of plant material to remain. B. Trees or shrubs which are to remain in the construction area shall be protected from damage and maintained in healthy condition throughout the construction process. C. Protect the tops, trunks and roots of existing trees on project site that are to remain. Existing trees subject to construction damage shall be boxed, fenced or otherwise protected before any work is started; remove protection when directed. Do not permit heavy equipment or stockpiles within branch spread. Remove interfering branches without injury to trunks. D. Trees and palms under 6" in diameter at 12" above finished grade, and plants indicated to remain which are destroyed or receive excessive damage during construction, shall be replaced in kind and size. E. Trees and palms over 6" in diameter at 12" above finished grade which are destroyed or receive excessive damage during construction shall be replaced in kind and size, or the following value will be deducted from monies due the Contractor: 1. $18.00 per cross sectional area in inches at 12" above finish grade per trunk. A4 F. Refer to Seeti-sir-02966 TREE RELOCATION. 3.4 PROTECTION A4 A. Protect midden area from excavation. , damage and eenstruetien aetiyitja- ******************** END OF SECTION 02100 THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER 02100-2 HLM 90007.00-1 BID GROUP ONE ADDENDUM #4-JULY 2,1991 A4. SECTION 02211 PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 WORK OF THIS SECTION A. Grade sub -soil and B. Rough grade for landscaped areas, ROUGH GRADING reform to grades, contours and levels. roadways, walks, curbs, gutters, parking areas, and stormwater ponds. 1.2 EXISTING CONDITIONS A. Known underground, surface and aerial utility lines and buried objects are indicated on the Contract Documents. 1.3 PROTECTION A. Protect trees, plants and lawns, rock outcroppings and other features remaining as part of final landscaping. B. Protect bench marks and existing roads, and paving against damage from equipment and vehicular traffic. C. Protect aerial, surface, or underground utility lines or appurtenances which are to remain. D. Protect midden area from excavation. due te equlrlffl�enllt and T1.'•T1 �(� T i traffie. E. Repair damage. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 MATERIALS A. Excavated fill material: Soil free from roots, rocks larger than 3" and building debris. B. Additional fill material: AASHTO Designation M145, soil classification group. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 PREPARATION A. Establish and identify required lines, levels, contours and datum. B. Identify and mark entire midden area. No excavation can occur in this area unless directed otherwise by the Construction Manager. C. Maintain bench marks, monuments and other reference points. Reestablish if disturbed or destroyed, at no cost to Owner. D. Before start of grading, notify all pertinent utility companies 48 hours prior to digging for location of underground utility lines. Establish the location and extent of utilities in the work areas. E. Perform grading within contract limits, including adjacent transition areas to new elevations, levels, profiles and contours indicated. Provide subgrade surfaces parallel to finished surface grades. Provide uniform levels and slopes between new elevations and existing grades. F. Grade surfaces to assure areas drain away from structures and to prevent ponding and pockets of surface drainage. Provide subgrade surfaces free from irregular surface changes. THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER 02211-1 HLM 90007.00-1 BID GROUP ONE ADDENDUM #4-JULY 2,1991 SECTION 02222 EXCAVATING, BACKFILLING AND COMPACTING FOR STRUCTURES PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 WORK OF THIS SECTION A. Excavate for structure and paved areas and stockpile subsoil on site. B. Shore and brace excavations as required. C. Place and compact fills to rough grade elevations. D. Dewater excavations. �t4 E ATLer�gai~e Campact�on method for; m�dd'en area: 1.2 REFERENCED STANDARDS A. Provide and maintain one copy at the site of all referenced publications for use by site and inspection personnel. B. ASTM D1557 - Test for Moisture - Density Relationship of Soils Using 10 lb. Rammer in 18 Inch Drop. C. FDOT - Florida Department of Transportation - Roadway and Traffic Design Standards. 1.3 SITE COMPACTION TESTING A. Testing of compacted fill materials will be performed by an independent testing laboratory appointed and paid for per requirements of Division 1. Testing will be performed so as to least encumber the performance of work. B. When portions of work are completed and ready for testing, notify the testing laboratory to perform density tests. Do not proceed with additional portions of work until results have been verified. C. If, during progress of work, tests indicate that compacted materials do not meet specified requirements, remove defective work, replace and retest at no cost to Owner. D. Ensure compacted fills are tested before proceeding with placement of surface materials. E. Testing Frequency 1. Building slab and paved areas: Minimum one test per 2500 sf per lift. 1.4 SUBMITTALS A. Submit minimum 10 pound samples of each type of fill material to be used. Provide samples to testing laboratory, packed tightly in containers to prevent contamination. B. If recent test results are available for fill materials to be used, disregard samples submission and submit such test results to the testing laboratory. Such test results are to clearly indicate types of materials and composition, hardness, compactability and suitability for proposed usage. 1.5 PROTECTION A. Protect trees remaining as part of final landscaping. B. Protect bench marks and existing roads and paving against damage from equipment and vehicular or foot traffic. C. Protect midden area from excavation and damage. from equipffient and D. Yehieular Protect or feet traffle. excavations by shoring, bracing, sheet piling, underpinning, or other methods, as required to prevent cave-ins or loose dirt from falling into excavations. THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER 02222-1 HLM 90007.00-1 BID GROUP ONE ADDENDUM #4-JULY 2,1991 SECTION 02222 EXCAVATING, BACKFILLING AND COMPACTING FOR STRUCTURES E. Notify Architect of unexpected sub -surface conditions and discontinue work in area until Architect provides notification to resume work. F. Grade around excavations to prevent surface water run-off into excavated areas. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 FILL MATERIALS A. Granular Fill: 1. Grave': Angular pit run crushed natural stone; free from shale, clay, friable materials, and debris; graded within the following limits: Sieve Size 2" 1" 3/4" 5/8" 3/8" No. 4 No. 16 No. 40 No. 200 Passing 100 95 95 to 100 75 to 100 55 to 85 35 to 60 15 to 35 10 to 25 5 to 10 2. Pea Gravel: Clean natural stone; free from clay, shale and organic matter; 1/4" to 1/2". 3. Sand: Clean natural river or bank sand; free from silt, clay, loam, friable or soluble materials, and organic matter; graded within the following limits: Sieve Size % Passing No. 4 100 No. 14 10 to 100 No. 48 15 to 90 No. 100 4 to 30 No. 200 0 to 5 B. On Site Soils: Limerock material excavated from the site sufficiently crushed to individual fragment sizes no greater than 2" in size. C. Fill Under Future Landscaped Areas: Free from alkali, salt, petroleum products. Use sub -soil excavated from site only if conforming to specified requirements. Silt material excavated from the site is not acceptable for use in this area. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 PREPARATION AND LAYOUT A. Establish extent of excavation by area and elevation; designate and identify datum elevation. THE NEW MONRBIDCOUNTY GROUP ONE ADDENDUM DETENTION CENTER ADDENDUM #4-JULY0222-2 2?1991 HLM 90007.00-1 SECTION 02222 EXCAVATING, BACKFILLING AND COMPACTING FOR STRUCTURES A4 Al A4 B. Set required lines and levels. C. Maintain bench marks, monuments and other reference points. D. Proofroll all building slab and paved areas with a large vibratory roller (Dynapac CA-25 or equivalent). E. Proofrolling of the structure and paved areas shall consist of at least eight overlapping passes and shall be observed by the testing laboratory. F. Materials which yield excessively during the proofrolling should be undercut and replaced with compacted granular or on -site soil fill. The testing laboratory shall recommend the nature and extent of remedial work. Proofrolling shall continue for the required number of passes until the soil at a depth of 12 inches below grade has attained a minimum density of 98% of the modified proctor maximum dry density. G. Preefrelling shall not eeeur within the midden area. H. Where paved areas occur within the midden, the area shall be preloaded. Install three settlement pa-ae plates in the area in accordance with FOOT Index No. 540. Place fill material over the area to 5 feet above existing grades. Settlement measurements shall be taken by the testing lab at least once a week. When the testing laboratory is satisfied that settlement has decreased to an acceptable 3.2 EXCAVATION A. Excavate sub -soil in accordance with lines and levels required for construction of the work, and five feet beyond limits of building slab and paved areas. Excavation limits to include space for forms, bracing and shoring, applying waterproofing and to permit inspection. B. Do additional excavation only by written authorization of Architect. C. Machine slope banks. D. Hand trim excavations and leave free of loose or organic matter. E. Correct unauthorized excavation as directed, at no cost to Owner. F. Stockpile excavated sub -soil for re -use where directed. Remove excess or unsuitable excavated sub -soil from site. G. Removal of boulders or buried rock in excess of 1/2 cubic yard may be authorized as an extra. Other work is deemed to be within the scope of this Project. H. Coordinate with cassion work for special requirements and arrangements regarding excavation to rough out elevations. I. Do not disturb soil within branch spread of existing trees or shrubs that are to remain. J. If necessary to excavate through roots, perform work by hand and cut roots with a sharp ax. THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER 02222-3 HLM 90007.00-1 BID GROUP ONE ADDENDUM #4-JULY 2,1991 SECTION 02222 EXCAVATING, BACKFILLING AND COMPACTING FOR STRUCTURES Al.K. Overexcay.ai:ion will be required *ta4l bui;4jng slab and payed areas :::. .i is %ed to remove the silt and peat layer found about 4 to feet below existing grades.. The unsuitable silt and peat material shall be removed. and backf.illed with compacted granular or on -site soil fill. Refer to Geotechnical Report prepared by Westinghouse Environmental and Geotechnical Services Inc. dated January 15, 1991 for information regarding the location and depth of the silt/peat layer. L. Where paved areas occur within the midden, no excavation will be allowed below existing grade. 3.3 BACKFILLING A. Stockpile fill materials in area(s) designated. B. Ensure areas to be backfilled are free from debris. C. Do not backfill over existing sub -grade surfaces which are porous, wet or spongy. D. Compact existing sub -grade surfaces if densities are not equal to that required for backfill materials. E. Cut out soft areas of existing sub -grade. Backfill with granular or on site soil and fill compact to required density. F. Backfill areas to rough grades, contours, levels and elevations. G. Backfill systematically and as early as possible to allow maximum time for natural settlement and compaction. H. Place and compact fill materials in continuous layers not exceeding 6" loose depth. Use a method so as not to disturb or damage foundation waterproofing. I. Maintain- optimum moisture content of backfill materials to attain required compaction density. 3.4 FILL TYPES AND COMPACTION A. Fill Under Building Slab and Paved Areas: On -site soil or granular fill to rough grade elevations. Extend a minimum of five feet beyond the limits of the building slab and paved areas. Compact to 98% modified proctor per ASTM D-1557. B. Future Landscaped Areas: Fill under landscaped areas to rough grade elevations. Compact to 90% Modified Proctor per ASTM D-1557. 3.5 SURPLUS MATERIALS A. Remove surplus earth materials from site as directed by Construction Manager. B. Leave stockpile areas completely free of all excess fill materials. END OF SECTION 02222 THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER 02222-4 HLM 90007.00-1 BID GROUP ONE ADDENDUM #4-JULY 2,1991 SECTION 02385 DRILLED CAISSONS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Drilling and excavating of shafts for drilled caissons. 2. Drilling of percussion test holes in bottom of drilled caissons. 3. Cleaning of drilled caisson bottoms and sockets. 4. Test caisson. 5. Steel casings and liners. 6. Drilling mud. 7. Reinforcing and dowels from drilled caissons into walls, grade beams, slabs and columns. 8. Concrete and concreting of drilled caissons. 9. Disposal of excavated materials. B. Related Sections: 1. DIVISION ZERO - INFORMATION AVAILABLE TO BIDDERS: SUBSURFACE INVESTIGATION DATA. 2. DIVISION ONE - TESTING LABORATORY SERVICES 3. SECTION 02222 - EXCAVATION, BACKFILLING AND COMPACTING FOR STRUCTURES 4. SECTION 03300 - CAST -IN -PLACE CONCRETE 1.2 REFERENCES A. Provide and maintain one copy at the site of all referenced publications for use by site and inspection personnel. B. ACI 301 - Specifications for Structural Concrete for Buildings. C. ACI 315 - Details and Detailing of Concrete Reinforcement. D. ACI 318 - Building Code Requirements for Reinforced Concrete. E. EP-15 - ACI Field Reference Manual: Specifications for Structural Concrete for Buildings with selected ACI and ASTM References. F. CRSI - Recommended Practice for Placing Reinforcing Bars. 1.3 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT A. Basis of Bids: Bids shall be based on the number of drilled caissons, length from top elevation to bottom of the shaft and the diameter of the shaft, as shown on the Drawings. B. No payment will be made for drilled caisson construction not represented by a submitted report verified by the testing agency. C. Basis for Payment: 1. Payment for drilled caissons will be made on the actual net volume of drilled caissons in place and accepted. The actual length may vary to coincide with the elevations where the compentent limerock is encountered. Adjustments to the Contract Sum will be made on the basis of the over and under depth differences of the drilled caissons, THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER 02385-1 HLM 90007.00-1 BID GROUP ONE ADDENDUM #4-JULY 2,1991 SECTION 02385 DRILLED CAISSONS between those shown on the Drawings and those in the actual installed work, in aggregate for all drilled caisson installed. 2. There will be no additional compensation for excavation, concrete fill, reinforcing, casings or other costs due to unauthorized over excavating shafts in any dimension. No payment will be made for rejected drilled caissons. 3. There will be no additional compensation for excavation from present grade to top of drilled caisson if drilled caisson work proceeds before site work excavation and grading is complete. 4. Excavated materials will be classified in accordance with the following. Adjustments to the Contract Sum will be made in accordance with unit prices for greater or lesser quantities of mater'! A s . a. Normal excavation is defined as materials encountered between top of competant limerock and top of drilled caissons excluding obstructions. b. Limerock excavation is defined as material encountered between founding level and top of competant limerock elevation. All soil -filled cavities, limerock fragments and voids included in the limerock excavation area shall be considered limerock for the full volume of the shaft from the initial contact with limerock for payment purposes. Payment will be based on the total lengths for drilled caissons in soils and limerock, for each drilled caisson diameter. Top of competant limerock elevation is determined by testing agency's geotechnical engineer. 5. Payment for obstructions as defined herein will be for the volume of caissons within the vertical limits of the obstructions only. The top and bottom limits of the obstructions will be measured by the testing agency. The payment volume will be the caisson cross -sectional area as shown on the Contract Documents times the height between the upper and lower limits of the obstruction as measured by the testing agency. 1.4 UNIT PRICES A. Refer to Division One for scope of units prices required of items specified under this section. B. Unit prices (established on the Bid Form) will apply in the event additions to or deductions from the Work are required and authorized by a written order from the Architect to Contractor. 1. Unit price is to be the same for overrun and underrun within first 20% of indicated > length and is to include drilling, casing and removal, reinforcing steel and concrete. 2. Unit prices quoted shall include full compensation for labor, materials, tools, equipment and incidentals required for excavation, trimming, shoring, casings, drilling mud and other necessary items for complete installation. 1.5 SUBMITTALS A. Submit concrete materials test reports for materials proposed for use in concrete mixes. THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER 02385-2 HLM 90007.00-1 BID GROUP ONE ADDENDUM #4-JULY 2,1991 SECTION 02385 DRILLED CAISSONS B. Submit daily preliminary drilled caissons report by Testing Agency of actual elevation of top of limerock and bottom of caisson, and top of caisson. C. Submit concrete design mix reports, listing all mixes required and their respective test results. D. Submit Shop Drawings for fabrication bending and placement of concrete reinforcement. Include all accessories required to support reinforcement. E. Submit Installer Qualifications. F. Submit load test results signed and sealed by Testing Agency's geotechnical engineer. G. Signed and sealed certification letter from Testing Agency's geotechnical engineer stating drilled caissons as installed will resist the required designed loads. H. Submit surveyor qualifications and experience records. I. Submit copies of manufacturer's product data and printed instructions for each manufactured product. 1.6 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Installer Qualifications: Specializing in drilled caisson construction. Demonstrate experience working in similar soil, rock, and water conditions, shaft sizes, and special techniques, with at least three years of successful installation of caissons. B. Survey Work: 1. Engage a State of Florida registered Surveyor acceptable to the Construction Manager, to perform surveys,layouts, and measurements for drilled caisson work. The Surveyor shall conduct the layout work for each drilled caisson to the lines and levels required before excavation, and shall record the actual measurements of each drilled caissons horizontal axial location, shaft diameter, bottom and top elevations, and deviations from specified tolerances. 2. The Surveyor shall record and maintain information pertinent to each drilled caisson and cooperate with other testing and inspection personnel to provide data for required reports. C. Caisson Installation Approval: 1. Testing Agency shall employ the services of a professional engineer experienced in soil mechanics (Geotechnical Engineer) registered in the State of Florida. This engineer will certify that caissons have been installed under his supervision and that caissons will resist the required design loads as installed. 1.7 JOB CONDITIONS A. Subsurface investigations have been performed and results are available from the office of -the Construction Manager as specified in Division Zero. THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER 02385-3 HLM 90007.00-1 BID GROUP ONE ADDENDUM #4-JULY 2,1991 DRILLED CAISSONS SECTION 02385 B. Additional test borings and other exploratory operations may be made by the Contractor at no increase to the Contract Sum, provided such operations are acceptable to the Owner and Architect. C. Examination of Site: 1. Visit and examine the site and take into consideration conditions that may affect the Work. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 MATERIALS A. Concrete, and related materials: As specified in Section 03300 and amended to meet the requirements specified below: 1. Portland cement: ASTM C-150, Type II. B. Reinforcement: As specified in Section 03200. C. Concrete proportioning: As specified in Section 03300 and amended below: 1. Cement content: 658 pounds per cubic yard. 2. Fly ash: Replace 22 percent of cement with fly ash at a ratio of one pound of fly ash for every one pound of cement removed. 3. Water to cement ratio: .48 maximum. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Examine the areas and conditions under which drilled caissons are to be installed. B. Do not proceed with the work until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. C. Commencement of work means acceptance of conditions. 3.2 GENERAL A. Perform concrete work in accordance with ACI 301. B. Excavation shall be free of wa#+r-aff4 loose material. R1 3.3 EXCAVATION A. Excavate holes for drilled caissons to the required elevation based on limerock socket required as shown on the Drawings. B. Drilled caisson design and dimensions shown are based on the assumed uni4 skin friction. If the load test shows that the competent limerock is not capable of maintaining the unit skin friction assumed, the foundation THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER 02385-4 HLM 90007.00-1 BID GROUP ONE ADDENDUM #4-JULY 2,1991 SECTION 02385 DRILLED CAISSONS system will be revised as directed by the Architect. If the load test shows that a higher unit skin friction may be used, a reduction in shaft length may be directed by the Architect. Revisions to payment will be made in accordance with the General"Conditions relative to changes in the Work. C. If required, install casings -or use drilling mud as excavation proceeds so that earth walls are maintained without spalling into the shaft and water is excluded from shaft. D. Drill through soil overburden and limerock, through the deepest level of voids or soil filled cavities or sections of decomposed limerock, to the design bottom of caisson indicated on the Drawings, or as directed by the Geotechnical Engineer in the field. Provide shafts and sockets with diameters least equal to that indicated on Drawings. E. Locate centerline of drilled caisson to be on centerline of bearing construction, unless otherwise indicated on the Drawings. Al 1. Do not exceed the following tolerances: Shaft centerline location: 1 inch maximum variation from plan location. Shaft variation to plumb: 1 inch in 10 feet for full depth (with maximum of 4 inches). 2. If above tolerances are exceeded, provide additional or corrective construction. Submit proposed corrective construction methods to the Architect for review before proceeding. 3. The minimum center -to -center spacing between drilled caissons proposed by the Contractor for corrective work shall be three times the diameter of the drilled caisson. F. Installation Equipment: 1. Form by means of a power driven rotary foundation drilling rig. Provide and maintain equipment in first class condition and operable at all times. 2. Provide equipment capable of penetrating very dense limerock with the maximum size shaft. A41. a. Equipment: Able to impress a minimum total weight to the Auger of A. G. Obstructions: I. If rock, boulders or other unforeseen obstructions are encountered which cannot be removed by standard drilled caisson excavation methods and if such obstructions are not indicated by available subsurface data, removal of such obstructions will be paid for in accordance with terms of the Contract relative to changes in the work. Standard excavation methods include conventional earth auger, pengo bit, stepped taper bit, teeth on auger or other attachments to auger. 2. Remove such obstructions by hand labor using air -powered tools, core barrels with drilled caisson drilling equipment or other safe methods recognized in the construction industry. The Testing Agency will observe obstruction excavation and determine volume of obstruction THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER_. 02385-5 HLM 90007.00-1 BID GROUP ONE ADDENDUM #4-JULY 2,1991 SECTION 02385 DRILLED CAISSONS excavation involved at the time the work takes place. 3. Where possible, return to standard excavation methods after obstruction is removed. H. Demolish and remove rock, boulders, concrete, masonry and other subsurface obstructions which are indicated by the Contract Documents, or the available subsurface exploration data. I. Shaft Liners or Casings: 1. In drilling the caissons, securely protect the earth walls against cave-ins and displacement of the surrounding earth by means of steel cylinder liners*or casings. Use liners or casings to line holes, Al unless ..perm ission is granted for their omission by the £et€1Engineer. 2. Temporary casings may be left in place or may be withdrawn as the concrete is placed above competent limerock, at the Contractor's option. 3. Below competent limerock, temporary casings must be withdrawn as the concrete is placed. Permanent casings are not allowed below competent limerock. 4. If removable steel liners are used, they may be withdrawn as the concrete is being placed providing the bottom of the liner is a minimum of 5 feet below the top of concrete. Maintain a sufficient head of concrete to prevent a reduction in the diameter of the drilled caisson shaft due to earth pressure on the fresh concrete and to prevent extraneous material from falling in from the sides and mixing with the fresh concrete. J . Drilling Mud: :.::...................:::::. Rl 1. Preyide M";;fie:>et to maintain the stability of the shaft excavation } .66.fpee ter and allow the proper placement of concrete. 2. Prior to placing concrete in each excavation, take samples to ensure that heavily contaminated drilling mud, which would impair the free flow of concrete from the tremie pipe, has not accumulated at the bottom of the shaft. Take samples one foot from the bottom the hole. The density of the drilling mud in the excavation prior to concreting shall be within the required limits. K. Depth of rock socket: Bottom of caisson elevations indicated on the Drawings are for bidding purposes. Actual elevations will be determined by the geotechnical engineer and the Architect. L. No payment will be made for the extra length, when drilled caisson shafts are excavated to a greater depth than required or authorized by the geotechnical engineer, due to overdrilling by the Contractor. Complete the drilled caisson and fill the extra depth with concrete, if all other conditions are satisfactory. Over excavated shafts will be measured and paid for to the original design or authorized depth. M. Take precautions to maintain a safe operation in connection with drilled caisson installation. Provisions for adequate protection to persons and property shall comply with applicable requirements of governing authorities having jurisdiction. N. Remove excavated material and dispose of as directed by Construction THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER 02385-6 HLM 90007.00-1 BID GROUP ONE ADDENDUM #4-JULY 2,1991 SECTION 02385 DRILLED CAISSONS Manager. 3.4 PERMANENT STEEL CASINGS: CONTRACTOR OPTION A. Provide above competent limerock. B. Provide casings of sufficient strength to withstand handling stresses and pressures from surrounding soil and water or concrete inside. Provide casings with inside clear diameter not less than the diameter of the drilled caisson shaft. C. Steel Pipe Casings: 1. Watertight, strength to withstand stresses and pressure of concrete, surrounding earth and backfill. 2. Casings may be delivered in section of any convenient length. Connect sections by continuous penetration welds during placement into the drilled caisson shaft excavation. Al wirer seal. D. Corrugated Steel Casings: 1. Watertight, strength to withstand stresses and pressure of concrete, surrounding earth and backfill. 2. Provide corrugated steel casings formed of galvanized or bituminous coated steel sheets. 3. Corrugated casings may be delivered in any convenient section of panel, with sections or panels field -connected in accordance with the manufacturer's instructions. AY 4. Design the. bettein edge of the lewest easing seetien te preyide a water sea!- E. Install permanent steel casing as excavation work progresses and as required to ensure the stability of drilled caisson shaft walls. Remove and replace or repair casings which are damaged during installation and which could impair the strength of efficiency of the completed drilled caisson. A1' 3.5 DRILLING MU A. Premix drilling mud thoroughly with clean potable water prior to its introduction into the shaft excavation. B. Test drilling mud for density using the mud density balance. Density to be between 66 and 75 pounds per cubic foot. C. Dispose of drilling mud off -site. Al D><> >< < '....^b':: ar: 3.6 REINFORCING STEEL AND DOWELS A. Install in accordance with ACI 315 and CRSI "Recommended Practice for Placing Reinforcing Bars". THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER 02385-7 HLM 90007.00-1 BID GROUP ONE ADDENDUM #4-JULY 2,1991 SECTION 02385 DRILLED CAISSONS B. Before placing, clean reinforcing steel and dowels of loose rust, scale, dirt, grease and other material which impair bond. C. Fabricate and erect reinforcing cages in shafts as one continuous unit. Place reinforcement symmetrically about axis of hole and hold in position during concrete placement providing minimum 6 inches of concrete cover. D. Use templates to set anchor bolts, dowels, leveling plates and other accessories. Provide blocking and holding devices to maintain required position during concrete placement. E. As casing is withdrawn, take care to ensure reinforcement is not disturbed or exposed to the surrounding soil. Securely attach spacers, capable of sliding on the casing, to the reinforcement. F. Protect exposed ends of dowels and anchor bolts from mechanical damage and exposure to the weather. 3.7 CONCRETE PLACEMENT A. Special observation is required during placement of concrete to ensure the drilled caisson is installed without cavities and extraneous material and to ensure minimum diameter is maintained. B. Fill drilled caisson with concrete immediately after inspection and approval by the Testing Agency and the Architect. Use protection sheets cut out to receive concrete over excavation openings, extending at least 12 inches beyond edge in all directions. C. Place concrete continuously without interruption and in a smooth flow without segregating the mixed materials. D. Place excess concrete where temporary casings are used to allow for anticipated slump due to casing removal. E. Concrete shall be placed by tremie method such as gravity flow through a vertical pipe of sufficient length to reach the bottom of the drilled caisson. Control placement operations to ensure that the tremie is not broken during continuous placing from bottom to top. Maintain bottom of tremie below top of concrete. F. Vibrate the top 15 feet of the drilled caisson concrete. G. Remove segregated concrete and laitance as the concrete placement for each drilled caisson is being completed, to achieve a continuous column of good quality concrete up to design cut-off elevation. H. Place drilled caisson concrete monolithically. If a construction joint is unavoidable, leave the resulting shaft surface approximately level and insert additional dowels as required by Architect. Before completing the drilled caisson with a subsequent concrete placement, roughen and clean the joint surface and slush with a 1 to 1 cement grout. I. Stop the concrete placement at the cut-off elevation, screed off true anc level and apply a scoured, rough finish, unless otherwise indicated. THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER 02385-8 HLM 90007.00-1 BID GROUP ONE ADDENDUM #4-JULY 2,1991 SECTION 02385 DRILLED CAISSONS Where cut-off elevation is above ground elevation, form the top section above grade and extend the shaft to the required elevation. J. Hot Weather Placing: 1. When hot weather conditions exist that would seriously impair the quality and strength of, concrete, place concrete in accordance with ACI 305 and as herein specified. 2. Cool ingredients before mixing to maintain concrete temperature at time of placement below 90 degrees F. Mixing water may be chilled, or chopped ice may be used to control the concrete temperature provided the water equivalent of the ice is calculated to the total amount of mixing water. 3. Place concrete immediately upon delivery. Keep exposed concrete surfaces and formed shaft extensions moist by fog sprays, wet burlap or other effective means. 4. Do not use retarding admixtures unless approved in writing by the Architect. 3.8 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. The Contractor is responsible for quality control. 1. Inspection or testing by the Owner does not relieve the Contractor of his responsibility to perform the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents. B. Quality Control Monitoring: 1. Refer to Division One - Testing Laboratory Services. 2. The Owner will employ a Testing Agency to perform field quality control tests for concrete and monitor drilled caisson installation. 3. The Owner's Testing Agency will employ a qualified professional Geotechnical Engineer registered in the State of Florida who will observe caissons drilling, cleaning, concreting work and determine bottom elevation of caisson. C. Drilled Caisson Reports 1. Records shall be maintained by both the Testing Agency and the Contractor for each installed drilled caisson. 2. Assist the Testing Agency making the necessary measurements and observations, and maintain Contractor's records as required for preparation and submission of complete reports on drilled caisson construction. Submit a separate report for each drilled caisson. Submit each report within a period of ten days after final concreting. 3. As a minimum, include the following information on each caisson: a. Identification of drilled caisson by number, type and location. b. Type of equipment used. C. Times when drilled caisson excavation was started and completed. d. Design and actual shaft diameters drilled. e. Ground elevation at drilled caisson location. f. Design and actual elevation of top and bottom of drilled caisson. g. Assumed (design) elevation of top of compentent limerock at drilled caisson location. h. Actual elevation of top of compentent limerock. i. Design and actual elevations to top and bottom of drilled caisson THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER - 02385-9 HLM 90007.00-1 BID GROUP ONE ADDENDUM #4-JULY 2,1991 Al: A4. A.M. SECTION 02385 DRILLED CAISSONS socket. j. Volumes of soil and rock excavated. k. Lengths of probe hole drilled, and time to drill each foot. The depths and thicknesses of any soft seams. 1. Levelness of shaft bottom. M. Statement of type,,length, diameter and elevation of any casing permanently installed in the excavation. n. Groundwater conditions. o. Date when excavation was approved for in of concrete. p. Date when concreting was performed. Include any delays in concreting and report construction joints in shafts. q. Quantity of concrete used, including amounts over or under design volume. r. Date when drilled caisson construction was completed. S. Centerline location at top of drilled caisson. t. Variation of shaft from plumb. U. Remarks on unique or unusual events or circumstances concerning drilled caisson installation. V. Report weather conditions and temperature. D. Inspection and Testing 1. Contractor shall install and load test one test caisson in a location acceptable to the Architect. Test caisson conditions shall be as similar as possible to actual caisson conditions. High early strength concrete may be used for the test caisson only. Install reaction caissons as required to load test caisson to failure in tension. The Geotechnical Engineer will witness the test. Geotechnical Engineer will determine actual unit skin friction. Do not use test caisson or reaction caissons in the Work. 2. The Testing Agency will witness the placing of the concrete. 4. Drill the two-inch diameter test holes by air track drill rig from the ground surface. No observation of the test hole will be required, and the quality of limerock below the drilled caisson bottom will be judged from the time rate of percussion drilling and other observations such as dropping of rods. Clean the limerock socket by...a similar technique acceptable to the aeotechnical engineer. 'd -aC.hn caS engineer ha ..... FArave that THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER- 02385-10 HLM 90007.00-1 BID GROUP ONE ADDENDUM #4-JULY 2,1991 SECTION 02385 DRILLED CAISSONS a. Test concrete as per Section 03300 Cast -In -Place Concrete except that take four cylinders for every 100 cubic yards of concrete and not less than four cylinders on any given day. ******************** END OF SECTION 02385 THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER 02385-11 HLM 90007.00-1 BID GROUP ONE ADDENDUM #4-JULY 2,1991 SECTION 02510 ASPHALTIC CONCRETE PAVING B. Test Reports showing materials to be used for base course meet specification requirements. 1.5 JOB CONDITIONS A. Give adequate advance notice to public municipalities and private utility companies of proposed work. B. Protect existing utilities indicated or the location of which are made known by on -site inspection prior to commencing work that are indicated to be retained, as well as utility lines constructed during excavation operations. Repair if damaged, at no additional cost to the Owner. If utility lines are encountered that were not indicated or that the Contractor was not made aware of after due diligence on his part, notify the Construction Manager and Architect immediately. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 MATERIALS A. Asphaltic Concrete: 1. Asphaltic concrete pavement shall conform to FDOT Section 331, Type S-1 asphaltic concrete, except Section 331-6. 2. Prime and tack coats shall conform to FDOT Section 300 except Section 300-8 and 300-9. B. Soil Cement Base Material 1. Meet or exceed the requirements of F.D.O.T. Section 270-2. 2. Minimum 7 day compressive strength of 400 psi. A4 base 94--- D. Plant Methods and Equipment 1. Plant and methods of operation shall conform to FDOT Section 320. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 PREPARATION A. Ensure site grading has brought subgrade to required compaction and elevations in accordance with Section 02211 - ROUGH GRADING and Section 02222 - EXCAVATING, BACKFILLING AND COMPACTING FOR STRUCTURES. 3.2 INSTALLATION A. Soil Cement Base A4 1. All work shall conform to FDOT Section 270 except Sections 290 14 and 200 is 2E3 . B. Prime and ... Tack Coat 1. All work shall conform to FDOT Section 300 except Sections 300-8 and 300-9. C. Placement of Asphaltic Concrete 1. All work shall conform to FDOT Section 320 and 330 except Section 330-15. ******************** END OF SECTION 02510 THE NEW MONRBIDCOUNTY GROUP ONE ADDENDUM DETENTION CENTER ADDENDUM #4-JULY0210-2 251991 HLM 90007.00-1 SECTION 02644 WATER MAINS A4 3.4 DISINFECTION A. After satisfactory hydrostatic test is obtained and before the water distribution system is placed in service it shall be disinfected in accordance with AWWA Specification C601 and C651,(tablet method alone is not acceptable); and, its disinfection shall be demonstrated by bacteriological tests conducted in accordance with "Standard Methods for Examination of Water and Sewage" for the colia.erogenes group, by an approved laboratory, acceptable to the County Health Department having jurisdiction. B. The chlorine treated water shall remain in the main at least 24 hours, and at the end of that time the chlorine residual at pipe extremities and other representative points shall be at least 10 ppm. If the chlorine residual shall be less than 10 ppm, at the end of 24 hours further application of chlorine shall be made and the retention period repeated until the required 10 ppm residual is obtained. C. Following chlorination, all treated water shall be thoroughly flushed from the main until the replacement water throughout its length shall upon test, both chemically and bacteriologically, be proven equal to the water quality in the source water supply system. D. Should the initial treatment of all or any section of the mains, in the opinion of the governing agency or Architect prove ineffective, the chlorination procedure shall be repeated until confirmed tests show that water sampled from the new mains conforms to the foregoing requirements. 3.5 CONNECTION TO EXISTING SYSTEM - A. All connections to existing mains shall be made after complete disinfection of the proposed system and shall be made under the direction of the -Owner's of the existing system. Valves separating the mains being installed from existing mains shall be operated by or under the direction of said Owner's Representative. B. In the event the Owner will be without water while a connection is being made, notify the Construction Manager and Architect in advance when the water will be turned off and when service will be resumed. The connections may have to be made at night or on weekends. ******************** END OF SECTION 02644 THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER 02644-7 HLM 90007.00-1 BID GROUP ONE ADDENDUM #4-JULY 2,1991 Al SECTION 02685 PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 WORK OF THIS SECTION A. Natural Gas System 1.2 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Work shall conform to National, State, codes governing installation of site B. Testing Lab: Refer to DIVISION ONE - selection and payment. GAS DISTRIBUTION SYSTEM County, City, and Institutional gas piping systems. TESTING LABORATORY SERVICES for 1.3 JOB CONDITIONS A. Give adequate advance notice to public municipalities and private utility companies of proposed work. B. Protect existing utilities indicated or the location of which are made known to the Contractor prior to excavation and that are indicated to be retained, as well as utility lines constructed during excavation operations and repair if damaged at no cost to the Owner. If utility lines are encountered that were not indicated or that the Contractor was not made aware of after due diligence on his part, notify the Architect immediately. Repair said damaged lines immediately and contract price will be adjusted in accordance with the provisions of the Contract. C. Adequate advance notice shall be given interested governmental agencies and the Architect prior to disruption of traffic flow due to excavation of road and walkways incidental to work of this Section. D. Barricade open excavations occurring as part of this work and post with warning lights. Operate warning lights as recommended by authorities having jurisdiction. Protect structures, utilities, sidewalks, pavements and other facilities from damage caused by settlement, lateral movement, undermining, washout and other hazards created by earthwork operation. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 MATERIALS A. Per local Gas Company requirements. THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER 02685-1 HLM 90007.00-1 BID GROUP ONE ADDENDUM #4-JULY 2,1991 SECTION 02685 GAS DISTRIBUTION SYSTEM A4 PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION A. Installation shall be per local Gas Company requirements. ******************** END OF SECTION 02685 THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER 02685-2 HLM 90007.00-1 BID GROUP ONE ADDENDUM #4-JULY 2,1991 SECTION 02730 SANITARY SEWERAGE PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 WORK OF THIS SECTION A. Sanitary Sewer System 1.2 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Work shall conform to National, State, County, City, and Institutional codes governing installation of site sewer systems. B. Testing Lab: See Division One - TESTING LABORATORY SERVICES for selection, payment, and usage of this service. 1.3 SUBMITTALS: A. Submit a letter of certification describing each sample for review certifying that the materials or equipment submitted complies with the requirements. The source of certification shall be as approved by authority having jurisdiction. When statements on certificates originate with the manufacturer, endorse all claims and submit written certification from the Contractor. No materials or manufactured products shall be incorporated in the work prior to authority having jurisdiction receipt of such certification. Shop drawings shall also be submitted for all items covered in this section. B. Comply with requirements of Division One - PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS. Include the location of structures, and pipe invert elevations. C. Test Reports 1.4 PRODUCT DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING A. Protect materials of this Section and to protect installed work and materials of other trades. B. Protect stored material furnished and accepted for the work intended. Excavated materials and backfill materials shall be kept free from dirt and foreign matter contamination. C. Access and storage areas shall be returned to normal usable condition at end of project. 1.5 JOB CONDITIONS A. Give adequate advance notice to public municipalities and private utility companies of proposed work. B. Protect existing utilities indicated or the location of which are made known by on -site inspection prior to excavation that are indicated to be retained, as well as utility lines constructed during excavation operations. Repair if damaged at no cost to the Owner. If utility lines are encountered that were not indicated or that the Contractor was not made aware of after due diligence on his part, notify the Architect immediately. Repair said damaged lines immediately and contract price will be adjusted in accordance with the provisions of the Contract. C. Adequate advance notice shall be given interested governmental agencies and Architect prior to disruption of traffic flow due to installation of sanitary sewer system of this Section. THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER 02730-1 HLM 90007.00-1 BID GROUP ONE ADDENDUM #4-JULY 2,1991 SECTION 02730 SANITARY SEWERAGE 1.6 EXCAVATION AND BACKFILL A. All excavation, preparation of pipe bedding, backfilling and related work shall conform to the requirements of Section 02226 - EXCAVATING, BACKFILLING AND COMPACTING FOR UTILITIES. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 SANITARY SEWER A. PVC Pipe: 1. SDR35 type PSM conforming to ASTM D3034 for sewer service 4 inch and larger. 2. Installed in Class I or Class II embedment material in accordance with ASTM D2321. B. Ductile Iron Pipe: 1. Conform to ANSI A21.51, Class 53 with bituminous coating on outside surface. The interior surface of all ductile iron sewer pipe with a nominal diameter of eight inches (8") and larger: lined with virgin polyethylene compounded with carbon black to resist exposure to ultraviolet rays during open air storage. The lining shall comply with ASTM D1248 latest revision. The polyethylene shall be fused to the pipe with heat in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations to form a tightly bonded lining approximately forty mils thick, extending from the spigot end to the gasket seat in the bell socket. 2. Joints: conform to ANSI A21.11 push -on or mechanical joints, plain tip neoprene gaskets unless noted otherwise. C. Pipe Adapter: 1. Donut pipe adapter: manufactured from virgin polyvinyl chloride or polyurethane adaptable to similar or dissimilar pipes of the same or different sizes. Donuts: equal to FERNCO JOINT SEALER COMPANY, DICKEY COMPANY, or as approved by local plumbing codes. 2.2 SERVICE CONNECTIONS A. Openings for connections to sewers: as indicated. Standard wye branch or tee shall be used. Openings: placed approximately 30°up from horizontal position, never in a vertical position. Place and tamp concrete with a compressive strength of 3000 pounds per square inch at 28 days around connections for rigid pipe. Close the opening with a suitable water tight stopper. The joint to receive plug or riser pipe shall be compression type. B. The wye branches or openings shall be fitted with long radius elbow and extension made therefrom. No wye or opening or extension shall be covered with earth until its location has been recorded. C. Furnish and place pipe risers extending from the branch openings of the sewers up to within 8'-0" of the grade or to intercept existing building connections. These risers shall be laid up and held in place in a substantial manner and surrounded by concrete with a compressive strength of 3000 pounds per square inch at 28 days or angular 1/4" to 1-1/2" graded stone. Openings in the top of riser pipes not connected THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER 02730-2 HLM 90007.00-1 BID GROUP ONE ADDENDUM #4-JULY 2,1991 A4 A4 A4. SANITARY SEWERAGE SECTION 02730 to live leads shall be closed by means of water tight stoppers that are capable of withstanding an air test- D. Install pipe with approved compression type joints to within 5'-0" of the building. Leads: laid on a minimum uniform slope of 1/8" per foot unless a slope is indicated on the Drawings. Provide a temporary plug at the end of pipe until the building waste system can be connected to the sanitary sewer. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 CONCRETE ENCASEMENT A. Provide concrete encasement using concrete with a compressive strength of 2500 pounds per square inch at 28 days where: I. The sewer or service pipe shall have less than 2 -6 of cover between the top of the pipe and the rough grade elevation or ground line. • , whieh pro es less thas., 6" Aistaflee between pipes when • , 11 4. The points of beginning and ending of sewer, or service pipe encasement shall be not more than 6" from a pipe joint to protect the pipe from cracking due to uneven settlement of its foundation or the effects of superimposed live loads. 3.2 CONNECTIONS TO EXISTING SEWER STRUCTURES AND SEWERS A. Various sewer lines shall be connected to existing manholes and structures which will require cutting into the existing structure. Line drill existing structure on 4" centers before breaking out concrete. Exercise care in cutting into the existing structure and any damage done to the structure shall be repaired at no expense to the Owner. 3.3 A4 THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER 02730-3 HLM 90007.00-1 BID GROUP ONE ADDENDUM #4-JULY 2,1991 SECTION 02730 SANITARY SEWERAGE 3.4 TESTS, INSPECTION AND ACCEPTANCE OF MATERIALS AND WORKMANSHIP A. Lamping of the completed sewer system as well as infiltration and exfiltration tests will be performed after complete backfilling and the laying of the roadway base. A final inspection will be held after the roadway is completed to verify that the system has not been damaged. All lines and appurtenances not meeting specifications or reasonable standards shall be repaired or replaced. B. Each manhole or other appurtenance to the system shall be of the specified size and form, be watertight, neatly and substantially constructed with the top set permanently to exact position and grade. All repairs shown necessary by the inspection are to be made; broken or cracked pipe replaced; all deposits removed and the sewers left true to line and grade, entirely clean and ready for use. C. All sanitary sewers shall be lamped. The lamping will determine that the lines have been laid to accurate line and grade. Each section of the sewer is to show on examination from either end a full circle of light between manholes. D. Infiltration and Exfiltration Testing: 1. All sanitary sewers shall be subjected to an infiltration or exfiltration test, or a combination of same, prior to acceptance by the Owner and governmental authority. All sewers over 24" diameter shall be subjected to infiltration tests. 2. All sewers of 24" diameter or less, where the ground water level 5'-0" above the top of the sewer shall be subjected to infiltra- tion tests. 3. All sewers of 24" diameter or less, where the ground water level is less than 5'-0" above the top of the sewer shall be subjected exfiltration tests. 4. If an exfiltration test is performed, the maximum exfiltration rate shall be the same as that permitted for infiltration. 5. For the purpose of exfiltration testing, the internal water level shall be equal to the external water level plus 5'-0" as measured from the top of the pipe. E. Test PVC pipe for excessive deflection by passing a mandrel through the line. The mandrel shall be a "go/no go" type with a diameter equal to 95% of the inside diameter of the pipe. Any section of pipe not passing this test shall be excavated and installed properly. F. Within a reasonable length of time following pipe -laying and back - filling, complete all work necessary to perform testing. Perform all necessary preliminary tests and make all necessary repairs, including the repair of all visible leaks and cracks, and retests to ready the sewers for final inspection and witnessing of tests by the Owner or governmental agency. G. If a sewer fails to pass the previously described tests, the Contractor shall determine the location of the leaks, repair them and retest the sewer. The test shall be repeated until satisfactory results are obtained. I. Method of testing and measurement shall be approved by the Governmental Agency. Provide necessary equipment and labor for making tests. THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER 02730-4 HLM 90007.00-1 BID GROUP ONE ADDENDUM #4-JULY 2,1991 SECTION 02730 SANITARY SEWERAGE J. Chemical or cement grouting will not be considered an acceptable method of repairing leaking pipe, joints, or structural failures, except where specifically approved by the Governmental Agency. K. Where ground water conditions require dewatering operations in order to construct sewers of 24" diameter or smaller, perform preliminary exfiltration tests after backfilling and while the dewatering equipment is still operating. L. Where preliminary acceptance tests have been performed shortly after sewer construction; such tests will not automatically result in acceptance of the sewer. Final acceptance will not be considered until after a reasonable length of time following pipe laying and backfilling to allow as much as possible for development of the earth load on the pipe. M. Maximum allowable infiltration shall not exceed 100 gallons per inch of diameter per mile of pipe per*24 hours for the overall project. Maximum allowable infiltration shall not exceed 200 gallons per inch of diameter per mile of pipe per 24 hours for any individual run between manholes. 3.5 CLEAN UP A. Upon completion of work of this section, leave all components of the sewage system completely free of silt, debris and obstructions. ******************** END OF SECTION 02730 THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER 02730-5 HLM 90007.00-1 BID GROUP ONE ADDENDUM #4-JULY 2,1991 SECTION 02520 PORTLAND CEMENT CONCRETE PAVING (ALTERNATE) PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 WORK OF THIS SECTION A. Sub -grade preparation. B. Concrete paving with reinforcement. 1.2 ALTERNATE A. Refer to Document 0 and Division One for Alternate Number 5-01 for Asphalt Paving. 1.3 INSPECTION AND TESTING A. Inspection and testing of concrete will be performed by Testing Laboratory in accordance with Division One. B. Three (3) concrete test cylinders will be taken for every 75 or less cu. yds. of concrete placed. C. One (1) slump test will be taken for each set of test cylinders taken. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 LIMEROCK BASE MATERIAL A. Material shall meet the requirements of FDOT Section 911 except 97% shall pass the 3-1/2" sieve and shall contain no more than 0.5% organic material or objectionable matter as defined in Section 911.5 2.2 CONCRETE MATERIALS A. Portland Cement: ASTM C150; normal -type I. B. Fine and Coarse Aggregates: ASTM C33. C. Water: Clean and free from injurious amounts of oil, alkali, organic matter, or other deleterious material. D. Air Entrainment: ASTM C260. 2.3 REINFORCEMENT A. Reinforcing Steel: 60 ksi yield strength; deformed billet steel bars; ASTM A615; plain finish; #5 size. 2.4 FORMWORK AND ACCESSORIES A. Formwork: Matched, tight fitting and adequately stiffened to support weight of concrete without deflection detrimental to tolerances and appearance of concrete. B. Joint Filler: Minimum 1/2 inch thick asphaltic impregnated fiberboard. C. Concrete Curing Compound: Chlorinated rubber type; clear color; ASTM C308. 2.5 CONCRETE MIX A. Mix and proportion to produce minimum 3000 psi concrete at 7 days with maximum slump of 3 inches and 4 to 6 percent air entrainment. ASTM C94. THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER 02520-1 HLM 90007.00-1 BID GROUP ONE ADDENDUM #4-JULY 2,1991 SECTION 02520 PORTLAND CEMENT CONCRETE PAVING (ALTERNATE) PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 PREPARATION OF SUB -GRADE A. Ensure rough grading has brought sub -grade to required compaction and elevations. B. Fill soft spots and hollows with additional fill. C. Level and compact sub -grade, to 98% Modified Proctor. 3.2 FORMING A. Form vertical surfaces to full depth and securely position to required lines and levels. Ensure form ties are not placed so as to pass through concrete. B. Arrange and assemble formwork to permit easy dismantling and stripping, and to prevent damage to concrete during formwork removal. 3.3 PLACING REINFORCING A. Reinforce concrete where indicated. Allow for minimum 2 inch concrete cover. 3.4 FORMING JOINTS A. Place joints where indicated. 3.5 PLACING CONCRETE A. Place concrete, screed and float surfaces to a smooth and uniform finish, free of open texturing and exposed aggregate. B. Avoid working mortar to surface. C. Provide exposed surfaces with broom finish. D. Ensure finished surfaces do not vary from true lines, levels or grade by more than 1/8 inch in 10 feet when measured with straight edge. E. Apply curing compound on finished surfaces immediately after placement. Apply in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. ********************* END OF SECTION 02520 THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER 02520-2 HLM 90007.00-1 BID GROUP ONE ADDENDUM #4-JULY 2,1991 CONTRACTOR'S OWNER ❑ ARCHITECT ❑ AFFIDAVIT OF CONTRACTOR ❑ SURETY PAYMENT OF OTHER ❑ DEBTS AND CLAIMS AIA Document G706 TO (Owner) ARCHITECT'S PROJECT NO: F CONTRACT FOR: (_ J CONTRACT DATE: PROJECT: (name, address) State of: County of: The undersigned, pursuant to Article 9 of the General Conditions of the Contract for Construction, AIA Document A201, hereby certifies that, except as listed below, he has paid in full or has otherwise satisfied all obligations for all materials and equipment furnished, for all work, labor, and services performed, and for all known indebtedness and claims against the Contractor for damages arising in any manner in connection with the performance of the Contract referenced above for which the Owner or his property might in any way be held responsible. EXCEPTIONS: (If none, write "None". If required by the Owner, the Contractor shall furnish bond satisfactory to the Owner for each exception.) SUPPORTING DOCUMENTS ATTACHED HERETO: 1. Consent of Surety to Final Payment. Whenever Surety is involved, Consent of Surety is required. AIA DOCUMENT G707, CONSENT OF SURETY, may be used for this purpose. Indicate attachment: (yes ) (no ). The following supporting documents should be at- tached hereto if required by the Owner: 1. Contractor's Release or Waiver of Liens, condi- tional upon receipt of final payment. 2. Separate Releases or Waivers of Liens from Sub- contractors and material and equipment sup- pliers, to the extent required by the Owner, ac- companied by a list thereof. 3. Contractor's Affidavit of Release of Liens (AIA DOCUMENT G706A). CONTRACTOR: Address: BY: Subscribed and sworn to before me this day of Notary Public: My Commission Expires: 19 AIA DOCUMENT G706 , Cn,TRACTOR'S AFFIDAVIT OF PAYMENT OF DEBTS AND CLAI,ti1S • APRIL 1970 EDITION ONE PAC_ AIAF • s 1970 ' THE A%tERICAN I,:STITUTF OF ARCHITECTS, 1-35 'SEW YORK AVE., NW, WASHINGTON, D C. 2nnn6 CONTRACTOR'S AFFIDAVIT OF RELEASE OF LIENS PROJECT: (name, address) State of: County of: CONTRACT DATE: The undersigned, pursuant to Article 9 of the General Conditions of the Contract for Construction, AIA Document A201, hereby certifies that to the best of his knowledge, information and belief, except as listed below, the Releases or Waivers of Lien attached hereto include the Contractor, all Subcontractors, all suppliers of materials and equipment, and all performers of Work, labor or services who have or may have liens against any property of the Owner or claims against the public construction bond arising in any manner out of the performance of the Contract referenced above. EXCEPTIONS: (If none, Write "None". If required by the Owner, the Contractor shall furnish bond satisfactory to the Owner for each exception.) SUPPORTING DOCUMENTS ATTACHED HERETO: CONTRACTOR: 1. Contractor's Release or Waiver of Liens, conditional upon receipt of final payment. 2. Separate Releases or Waivers of Address Liens from Subcontractors and material and equipment suppliers, to the extent required by the Owner, accompanied by a list thereof. BY: Subscribed and sworn to before me this day of 19 Notary Public: My Commission Expires: 07/16/91 AFFIDAVIT OF RELEASE OF LIENS 00908-1 CONSENT OF OWNER o ARCHITECT 0 SURETY COMPANY CONTRACTOR o SURETY 0 TO FINAL PAYMENT OTHER A/A DOCUMENT C707 PROJECT: (name, address) TO (Owner) (— ARCHITECT'S PROJECT NO: CONTRACT FOR: L J CONTRACT DATE: CONTRACTOR: In accordance with the provisions of the Contract between the Owner and the Contractor as indicated above, the (here insert name and address or Surety Company) on bond of (here insen name and address or Contractor) , SURETY COMPANY, , CONTRACTOR, hereby approves of the final payment . to the Contractor, and agrees that final payment to the Contractor shall not relieve the Surety Company of any of its obligations to (here insert name and address of O%ner) as set forth in the said Surety Company's bond. IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Surety Company has hereunto set its hand this Attest: (Seal) : day of Surety Company Signature of Authorized Representative Title OWNER, 19 NOTE: This form is to be used as a companion document to AIA DOCUMENT C-06, CONTRACTORS AFFIDAVIT OF PA) VENT OF DEBTS AND CLAIMS, Current Edition AIA DOCUMENT C707 • CC)NSENT OF SURETY COMPANY TO FINAt PAN MENT • A 11 414 6, SECTION 00970 PROJECT SAFETY AND HEALTH PLAN 1.1 REGULATIONS AND POLICIES 1.1.1 Every Trade Contractor and Trade Subcontractor employed on the lroject shall comply with all applicable local, State, and Federal safety and health regulations and with Morrison-Knudsen Company, Inc. safety and health policies as described herein. 1.2 PROJECT SAFETY AND HEALTH REQUIREMENTS 1.2.1 It is recognized that it is good business and evidence of competent leadership to prevent the occurrence of incidents that lead to occupational injuries or illnesses. Safety and health requirements on this project include, but are not limited to, the following: .1 In general, this accident prevention policy is based on a sincere desire to eliminate personal injuries, occupational illnesses, and equipment and property damage; and to protect the general public exposed to or associated with the work. .2 The importance of the safety of all workers on the project shall be recognized and accident prevention shall be an integral part of all operations. .3 Each Trade Contractor and Trade Subcontractor shall conduct work in a safe and practical manner in conformance with the OSHA Safety and Health Regulations and the latest edition of the Manual of Accident Prevention, Associated General Contractors of America. .4 Each Trade Contractor and Trade Subcontractor shall observe all applicable Federal, State, local and project laws and regulations pertaining to safety and health, pollution control, water supply, fire protection, sanitation facilities, waste disposal and other related items. .5 The Mandatory Safety and Health Rules shall be posted in a conspicuous location along with the OSHA and Emergency Phone Number posters. 07/26/91 PROJECT SAFETY AND HEALTH PLAN 00970 - 1 .6 A record of all occupational injuries and illnesses shall be maintained. Medical and lost time cases shall be properly recorded on the OSHA log, and reported to MORRISON-KNUDSEN/GERRITS. A copy of the insurance report for workmen compensation cases shall be provided to MORRISON-KNUDSEN/GERRITS. .7 Each Trade Contractor and Trade Subcontractor shall provide or arrange for adequate first aid facilities, emergency transportation and persons qualified in first aid. .8 Each Trade Contractor and Trade Subcontractor shall cooperate fully with all other contractors in their respective safety and health programs. .9 Good housekeeping shall be observed at all times. Waste, debris, and garbage shall be removed daily or placed in appropriate waste containers. All materials, tools, and equipment shall be stored in a safe and orderly fashion. Each contractor shall donate 10% of their staff to a crew that will convene every Friday at 1:OOpm for a joint site clean-up effort not to exceed a duration of three hours. In summary, there will be a 3-part clean-up plan. The first part consists of the contractor cleaning up on a daily basis, his workstations, and his trade work. The second part consists of the general clean-up, the concerted effort by all trade contractors working on the project. A minimum of (1) crew is to be utilized by each contractor, or 10%, whichever is more. The third part consists of the Owner cleaning up for a particular trade contractor should adequate notice not compel him to clean up his work. In this case, the appropriate contractors will be backcharged. .10 This project shall be a Hard Hat job and all supervisors, employees and visitors shall be required to wear a suitable hard hat while on the project site. .11 Other appropriate personal protective equipment shall be provided and worn as required including but not limited to long pants, shirts with sleeves and 07/26/91 PROJECT SAFETY AND HEALTH PLAN 00970 - 2 appropriate leather work boots. .12 Temporary construction aids such as ladders, scaffolds, stairs, railings, etc. shall be provided to facilitate access or working conditions in a manner that shall conform to the safety standards specified by Federal, State, Local or manufacturer's recommendations or stipulations. .13 Each Trade Contractor and Trade Subcontractor shall be expected to indoctrinate his employees as to the safety and health requirements of this project and to enforce adherence to safe work procedures. .14 If MORRISON-KNUDSEN/GERRITS notifies any Trade Contractor of any noncompliance with the provisions of this program, the Trade Contractor shall make all reasonable efforts to immediately correct the unsafe conditions or acts. Satisfactory corrective action shall be taken within the specified time. If a Trade Contractor or Trade Subcontractor refuse to correct unsafe or unhealthy conditions or acts, MORRISON-KNUDSEN/GERRITS shall take one or more of the following steps: a. Cease the operation or a portion thereof. b. Stop payment for the work being performed. C. Correct the situation using other forces and back charge the Trade Contractor expenses incurred. d. Increase retainage in proportional increments for that given pay period. .15 All Trade Contractor's Superintendents shall be required to attend and participate in all general project safety meetings. These meetings will be included in the weekly coordination meetings as previously specified or on an as needed basis. .16 All Trade Contractors shall conduct Weekly Tool Box Safety Training Meetings, and shall document the minutes on the forms provided. These forms are to be transmitted to Morrison-Knudsen/Gerrits on a weekly basis. All employees working at the project site shall be required to attend and participate in 07/26/91 PROJECT SAFETY AND HEALTH PLAN 00970 - 3 the meetings. .17 Shortly after the award of the contract and prior to the beginning of work, an Activity Hazard Analysis (phase plan) shall be prepared by the contractor and submitted to Morrison-Knudsen/Gerrits for approval. The analysis will address the hazards for each activity to be performed in that phase and will present the procedures and safeguards necessary to eliminate the hazards or reduce the risk to an acceptable level. A phase is defined as an operation involving a type of work presenting hazards not experienced in previous operations or where a new subcontractor or work crew is to perform work. The analysis will be discussed by the contractor and Morrison-Knudsen/Gerrits on -site representatives at the Preparatory Inspection Meeting. Work will not proceed on that phase until the Activity Hazard Analysis (phase plan) has been accepted by Morrison-Knudsen/Gerrits. .18 No personal radios or stereos will be allowed on the job -site. 1.3 FIRE PROTECTION 1.3.1 Every Trade Contractor and Trade Subcontractor employed on the Project shall exercise good construction practices to prevent fire. It shall be the responsibility of the Trade Contractor to insure that general fire protection facilities are adequate for his work and to provide additional fire protection facilities and devices, including fire extinguishers as required by their scope of work. 1.4 WORK NEAR ENERGIZED ELECTRICAL LINES OR OTHER UTILITIES 1.4.1 It shall be the Trade Contractor's sole and exclusive responsibility (a) to provide personnel capable of working adjacent to energized electrical lines or other utilities; (b) to provide adequate, safe and properly maintained equipment; (c) to conduct all of his work in accordance with the safety rules and regulations prescribed by the National Electric Code, National Electric Safety Code, H30, and Safety Rules for Installation and Maintenance of Electrical Supply and Communication Lines Hand Book 81, Occupational Safety and Health Act of 1970, as well as other safety codes in 07/26/91 PROJECT SAFETY AND HEALTH PLAN 00970 - 4 effect at the site of construction and as specified elsewhere herein, or as are generally applicable to the type of work being performed; and (d) to continuously supervise and inspect the work being performed to assure that the requirements of (a), (b), and (c) above are complied with and nothing in these Contract Documents shall be held to mean that any such responsibility is the obligation of the Owner or the Architect or the Construe. -'ion Manager. 07/26/91 PROJECT SAFETY AND HEALTH PLAN 00970 - 5 1.5 BARRICADES, WARNING DEVICES AND LIGHTING 1.5.1 The Trade Contractor shall be solely responsible for providing temporary ladders, guard rails, warning signs, barricades, night guard lights, and deck or floor closures required in connection with his work to comply with Federal, State and local safety requirements. The Trade Contractor shall be solely and exclusively responsible for the design, construction, inspection and maintenance of such facilities at all times. 1.5.2 It shall be the responsibility of the Trade Contractor to provide additional temporary lighting, if needed to maintain safe conditions. 1.5.3 It shall be the sole and exclusive responsibility of the Trade Contractor to provide a safe place to work for all laborers and mechanics and other persons employed on or in connection with the project, and nothing in these Contract Documents shall be construed to give any of such responsibility to the Owner, the Architect, or the Construction Manager. 07/26/91 PROJECT SAFETY AND HEALTH PLAN 00970 - 6 MONROE COUNTY CAPITAL IMPROVEMENTS PROGRAM CONTRACTOR QUALITY CONTROL PLAN 1.1 MORRISON-KNUDSEN/GERRITS' DUTIES AND RESPONSIBILITIES 1.1.1 The Morrison-Knudsen/Gerrits' superintendent will monitor all work performed by the Trade Contractor to assure conformance of the work to the Contract Drawings and Specifications. 1.2 TRADE CONTRACTOR'S DUTIES AND RESPONSIBILITIES 1.2.1 The Trade Contractor is responsible for the quality of the work performed by his work force on this project as well as the quality of the material, equipment and supplies furnished by him to be incorporated into the work. 1.2.2 The Trade Contractor will designate a Quality Control Representative who will be on site at all times while the respective Trade Contractor's work is in progress and will have the authority and responsibility to accept or reject items of work. The Trade Contractor's Quality Control Representative may delegate his duties but the primary responsibility and authority will rest on him. 1.2.3 The Trade Contractor's Quality Control Representative will coordinate the submittal of all shop drawings, product data and samples to Morrison-Knudsen/Gerrits. Any submittal that is a change to the contract requirements must be identified as such and transmitted to the Construction Manager for submittal and approval by the Architect/Engineer or Owner. No work requiring submittal of a shop drawing, product data or sample shall commence until the submittal has been reviewed and approved by the Architect/Engineer. 1.2.4 The Trade Contractor will bear the responsibility of notifying the designated material -testing laboratory whether Monroe County or Contractor provided to perform testing of materials as required by the contract drawings and specifications in a timely fashion to prevent needless cancellations and delays of work activities. 02/11/91 CONTRACTOR QUALITY CONTROL PLAN 00980-1 Any costs caused by untimely notification shall be borne by the Contractor. 1.2.5 The Trade Contractor's Quality Control Representative will review his drawings, procurement documents and contracts to insure that the technical information provided and all work performed is in accordance with the latest revisions of the Contract Drawings and Specifications. 1.2.6 The Trade Contractor's Quality Control Representative will perform an inspection upon receipt at the site of the work of all materials, equipment and supplies including those furnished to him by the Owner. Notes from this inspection will be filled out on the appropriate form and included with the Contractor Daily Quality Control Report. Items which are damaged or not in conformance with the respective submittals, quality standards, contract drawings and specifications shall be brought to the attention of Morrison-Knudsen/Gerrits' representative on site and then will be identified and segregated from accepted items. Items thus identified will not be incorporated into the work until corrective action acceptable to Morrison-Knudsen/Gerrits is completed. Items determined unsalvageable will be removed from the job site. These items shall be noted as deficient in the applicable section of the Contractor Daily Quality Control Report. 1.3 INSPECTION AND TESTING 1.3.1 INSPECTION PLAN Morrison-Knudsen/Gerrits utilizes a four -point inspection plan for each separate feature of work to be performed under this Trade Contract, i.e., work described by each division of the technical provision section of the contract specifications. This plan consists of the following: .1 Preparatory Inspection - Prior to commencing the work, the Trade Contractor's Quality Control Representative will meet with Morrison- Knudsen/Gerrits' Superintendent and the Architect's representative if he so desires to attend and check the following items at a minimum for conformance: 02/11/91 CONTRACTOR QUALITY CONTROL PLAN 00980-2 Note: 02/11/91 (a) Approval of shop drawings and submittals. (b) Approval of inspection and test reports of materials and equipment to be utilized. (c) Completion of previous operations or preliminary work. (d; Availability of materials and equipment required. (e) Potential utility outages. (f) Any other preparatory steps dependent upon the particular operation. (g) Quality standards. (h) Safety or environmental precautions to be observed. (Phase Hazard) Morrison-Knudsen/Gerrits will record the minutes to this inspection meeting and distribute accordingly (see attachment). .2 Initial inspection - Upon completion of a representative sample of a given feature of the work, the Trade Contractor's Quality Control Representative will meet with the Morrison- Knudsen/Gerrits Superintendent and the Architect's representative if he so desires to attend and check the following items at a minimum for conformance: (a) Workmanship to established quality standards. (b) Configuration to contract drawings and specifications. (c) Construction methods, equipment and tools utilized. (d) Materials and articles utilized. (e) Adequacy of testing methods. (f) Adequacy of shop drawings. CONTRACTOR QUALITY CONTROL PLAN 00980-3 Note: Note: (g) Adequacy of safety or environmental precautions. Morrison-Knudsen/Gerrits will record the minutes to this inspection meeting and distribute accordingly (see attachment). .3 Follow-up Inspections - The Trade Contractor's Quality Control Representative will inspect the work daily to assure the continuing conformance of the work to the workmanship standards established during the preparatory and initial inspections. Additionally, as a part of the follow-up inspection, sign -off sheets will be utilized as often as possible. The intent of these sheets are to achieve concurrence from other trade contractors and responsible parties that ensuing work can indeed commence over underlying work. This will prevent oversights and omissions which elevate costs. Sign - off sheets shall be used for but not be limited to concrete, drywall, ceilings, painting, roofing substrates and flooring. These reports are to be generated by the applicable Trade Contractor and submitted to Morrison-Knudsen/Gerrits' Superintendent for approval prior to the start-up of work. (See attachment for example of an acceptable concrete sign -off sheet.) Failure to generate a sign -off sheet or to attain proper signatures prior to covering up underlying work may affect payment for that piece of work if ensuing problems are detected or not. this disciplinary action shall be carried out via the Nonconformance Report. (See Section 1/4/2 of this plan.) The Trade Contractor shall be responsible to record these inspections and all other project related activities encountered throughout the day on the Contractor Daily Quality Control Report (see attachment). .4 Completion Inspection - Upon completion of a given feature of the work, the Trade Contractor's Quality Control Representative will meet with Morrison- Knudsen/Gerrits' Superintendent and the Architect's 02/11/91 CONTRACTOR QUALITY CONTROL PLAN 00980-4 representative if he so desires to attend to perform an inspection of the completed work. Non -conforming items will be identified and corrected prior to commencement of the next operation. Note: Morrison-Knudsen/Gerrits will record the minutes to this inspection meeting and distribute accordingly (see attachment). 1.3.2 1.3.3 1.4 1.4.1 02/11/91 OPERATION AND CHECK OUT TESTING The Trade Contractor will provide personnel and equipment to perform the operational tests and checkout of the equipment, facilities or equipment constructed, fabricated or installed under this Trade Contract. Morrison-Knudsen/Gerrits' Superintendent will coordinate and witness all such tests. Notification should be given at least five (5) days in advance of the scheduled tests. FINAL INSPECTION Morrison-Knudsen/Gerrits' Superintendent will coordinate and attend all final inspections of the work by the Architect/Engineer. Requests for finalizing portions of the work performed under this Trade contract should be made to Morrison- Knudsen/Gerrits' Superintendent at least fifteen (15) days in advance of the inspection. Prior to requesting a final inspection, all tests for the equipment and systems must be completed. REPORTING Maintaining accurate and retrievable records is extremely important in the Quality Assurance Program. These records will act as a main source of information in the present and in the future for the entire project management team. The main report that will be utilized to provide this information is the Daily Quality Control Report. Nonconformance Reports may also be issued. DAILY QUALITY CONTROL REPORT The Daily Quality Control Report shall be used to document the summary of daily inspection activities CONTRACTOR QUALITY CONTROL PLAN 00980-5 performed by the Trade Contractor's designated Quality Control Representative. It shall include any of the four steps of inspection that are performed that day, all test monitoring and any rework of nonconforming items. All of the individual Trade Contractor inspector's reports will be assembled into one report with a cover sheet for each day and submitted by 9:OOam of the following day to a predetermined location so that it can be routed through the system for review. The original will be kept within Morrison-Knudsen/Gerrits' Quality Assurance Program files. 1.4.2 NONCONFORMANCE REPORT Nonconformance Reports will be issued for work that is found to be in nonconformance with the contract documents or the referenced quality standards. The report will be issued by Morrison-Knudsen/Gerrits. It is not the intent to routinely and repeatedly issue nonconformance reports, but to issue them only after normal enforcement standards have been exhausted, or if the work performed is a detriment to the project. A copy of the Nonconformance Report will be forwarded to the Project Manager for his information and/or action. It should also be included in the Trade Contractor's Daily Quality Report package for general review. Nonconformance Reports will be signed off once the deficient item or items have adequately been corrected. This will be done by the issuing Superintendent and Project Manager. These sign - offs will be included with a corresponding corrective action taken. Significant nonconformances need to be addressed to prevent recurrence. The signed -off report will also be submitted for review. Work activities affected by a Nonconformance Report will proportionally counteraffect payments. Whether that be partial or full retainage will be left up to the discretion of Morrison-Knudsen/Gerrits' management team. 02/11/91 CONTRACTOR QUALITY CONTROL PLAN 00980-6 1.5 SUBMITTALS 1.5.1 Submittals are not a direct function of this Quality Assurance Program. However, submittal samples, manufacturer's catalog cuts, shop drawings, etc. should be readily available on site for review at any time by any representative of the Project Mary;,igement Team. 1.6 AUDITS 1.6.1 Morrison-Knudsen/Gerrits may choose at its option to perform Trade Contractor audits of their Contractor Quality Control Plan at any time. Reports of these audit results will be forwarded to the Project Manager for his action. Any action items noted during an audit for the Trade Contractor will be followed up and documented to insure compliance and avoid recurrence. 1.7 SUMMARY The intention of this plan is to create a system of checks and balances that will minimize delays caused by rework and a lack of planning and maximize production and insure that the finished product is one that the entire construction team can pride themselves in. These goals can be achieved by giving the Owner exactly what he has bought. The owner will expect no more and through Quality Assurance, the construction team will provide no less. 02/11/91 CONTRACTOR QUALITY CONTROL PLAN 00980-7 SECTION 00990 SCHEDULE OF DRAWINGS Bid Package No. 3, Site Electrical & Temporary Power Bid Package No. 5, Site Grading & Caissons Bid Package No. 7, Concrete Foundations Bid Package No. 9, Site Plumbing DRAWING NO. DRAWING TITLE Cover Sheet 1.00 Topographic Survey 1.01 Master Site Plan 1.03 Preliminary Site Layout -Central 1.04 Preliminary Site Layout -South 1.05 Rough Grading & Drainage -North 1.06 Rough Grading & Drainage -Central 1.07 Rough Grading & Drainage -South 1.08 Site Utilities Central 1.09 Site Utilities South 1.18 Civil Details 1.19 Civil Details 1.20 Civil Details LATEST REVISION DATE Rev. 0, 05/17/91 Rev. 0, 05/17/91 Rev. 1, 05/31/91 Rev. 2, 07/02/91 Rev. 0, 05/17/91 Rev. 0, 05/17/91 Rev. 2, 07/02/91 Rev. 1, 05/31/91 Rev. 1, 07/02/91 Rev. 1, 05/31/91 Rev. 2, 07/02/91 Rev. 0, 05/17/91 Rev. 0, 05/17/91 07/03/91 SCHEDULE OF DRAWINGS 00990-1 DRAWING NO. 3.01 3.02 3.03 3.04 3.05 3.06 3.28 3.29 3.30 DRAWING TITLE Foundation Plan Ground Floor Zone A Foundation Plan Ground Floor Zone B Foundation Plan Ground Floor Zone C Foundation Plan Ground Floor Zone D Foundation Plan Ground Floor Zone E Foundation Plan Ground Floor Zone F General Notes & Abbreviations Grade Beam Schedule, Foundation Notes & Typical Details Drilled Caisson and Cast In Place Column Schedules & Details Foundations Sections And Details Site Electrical Plan LATEST REVISION DATE Rev. 1, 07/02/91 Rev. 0, 05/17/91 Rev. 1, 05/31/91 Rev. 0, 05/17/91 Rev. 1, 07/02/91 Rev. 0, 05/17/91 Rev. 0, 05/17/91 Rev. 0, 05/17/91 Rev. 1, 05/31/91 Rev. 2, 07/02/91 Rev. 0, 05/17/91 07/03/91 SCHEDULE OF DRAWINGS 00990-2 SECTION 00992 SCHEDULE OF DRAWINGS Bid Package No. 10, Precast Concrete Bid Package No. 11, Hydraulic Elevators Bid Package No. 12, Precast Embeds DRAWING NO. DRAWING TITLE LATEST REVISION DATE Cover Sheet, Bid Rev. 0, 07/23/91 Group 2 0.01 Index Rev. 0, 07/23/91 0.02 Symbols & Abbreviations Rev. 0, 07/23/91 (Architectural) 3.07 Framing Plan First Floor Rev. 0, 07/23/91 Zone A 3.08 Framing Plan First Floor Rev. 0, 07/23/91 Zone B 3.09 Framing Plan First Floor Rev. 0, 07/23/91 Zone C 3.10 Framing Plan First Floor Rev. 0, 07/23/91 Zone D 3.11 Framing Plan First Floor Rev. 0, 07/23/91 Zone E 3.12 Framing Plan First Floor Rev. 0, 07/23/91 Zone F (Alternate) 3.13 Framing Plan Second Floor Rev. 0, 07/23/91 Zone A 3.14 Framing Plan Second Floor Rev. 0, 07/23/91 Zone B 3.15 Framing Plan Second Floor Rev. 0, 07/23/91 Zone C 07/29/91 SCHEDULE OF DRAWINGS 00992 - 1 DRAWING NO. 3.16 3.17 3.18 3.19 3.20 3.21 3.22 3.23 3.24 3.25 3.26 3.27 3.32 3.33 3.35 3.36 DRAWING TITLE Framing Plan Second Floor Zone D Framing Plan Mezzanine Level Zone E Framing Plan Mezzanine Level Zone F (Alternate) Framing Plan Mechanical Plenum Zone D Framing Plan Mechanical Plenum Zone E Framing Plan Mechanical Plenum Zone F Framing Plan Roof Level Zone A Framing Plan Roof Level Zone B Framing Plan Roof Level Zone C Framing Plan Roof Level Zone D Framing Plan Roof Level Zone E Framing Plan Roof Level Zone F (Alternate) Typical Details Sections and Details Precast Wall Schedule and Details Precast Column Schedule and Details LATEST REVISION DATE Rev. 0, 07/23/91 Rev. 0, 07/23/91 Rev. 0, 07/23/91 Rev. 0, 07/23/91 Rev. 0, 07/23/91 Rev. 0, 07/23/91 Rev. 0, 07/23/91 Rev. 0, 07/23/91 Rev. 0, 07/23/91 Rev. 0, 07/23/91 Rev. 0, 07/23/91 Rev. 0, 07/23/91 Rev. 0, 07/23/91 Rev. 0, 07/23/91 Rev. 0, 07/23/91 Rev. 0, 07/23/91 07/29/91 SCHEDULE OF DRAWINGS 00992 - 2 DRAWING NO. DRAWING TITLE LATEST REVISION DATE 3.37 General Notes, Abbreviations Rev. 0, 07/23/91 & Typical Details 3.38 Sections and Details Rev. 0, 07/23/91 3.39 Sections and Details Rev. 0, 07/23/91 4.01 Exterior Building Plan Rev. 0, 07/23/91 Ground Floor Zone A 4.02 Exterior Building Plan Rev. 0, 07/23/91 Ground Floor Zone B 4.03 Exterior Building Plan Rev. 0, 07/23/91 Ground Floor Zone C 4.04 Exterior Building Plan Rev. 0, 07/23/91 Ground Floor Zone D 4.05 Exterior Building Plan Rev. 0, 07/23/91 Ground Floor Zone E 4.06 Exterior Building Plan Rev. 0, 07/23/91 Ground Floor Zone F (Alternate) 4.07 Exterior Building Plan Rev. 0, 07/23/91 First Floor Zone A 4.08 Exterior Building Plan Rev. 0, 07/23/91 First Floor Zone B 4.09 Exterior Building Plan Rev. 0, 07/23/91 First Floor Zone C 4.10 Exterior Building Plan Rev. 0, 07/23/91 First Floor Zone D 4.11 Exterior Building Plan Rev. 0, 07/23/91 First Floor Zone E 4.12 Exterior Building Plan Rev. 0, 07/23/91 First Floor Zone F (Alternate) 07/29/91 SCHEDULE OF DRAWINGS 00992 - 3 DRAWING NO. DRAWING TITLE LATEST REVISION DATE 4.13 Exterior Building Plan Rev. 0, 07/23/91 Second Floor Zone A 4.14 Exterior Building Plan Rev. 0, 07/23/91 Second Floor Zone B 4.15 Exterior Building Plan Rev. 0, 07/23/91 Second Floor Zone C 4.16 Exterior Building Plan Rev. 0, 07/23/91 Mezzanine Level Zone D 4.17 Exterior Building Plan Rev. 0, 07/23/91 Mezzanine Level Zone E 4.18 Exterior Building Plan Rev. 0, 07/23/91 Mezzanine Level Zone F (Alternate) 4.19 Mechanical Plenum Plan Rev. 0, 07/23/91 Zone D 4.20 Mechanical Plenum Plan Rev. 0. 07/23/91 Zone E 4.21 Mechanical Plenum Plan Rev. 0, 07/23/91 Zone F (Alternate) 4.22 Building Plan Roof Level Rev. 0, 07/23/91 Zone A 4.23 Building Plan Roof Level Rev. 0, 07/23/91 Zone B 4.24 Building Plan Roof Level Rev. 0, 07/23/91 Zone C 4.25 Building Plan Roof Level Rev. 0, 07/23/91 Zone D 4.26 Building Plan Roof Level Rev. 0, 07/23/91 Zone E 4.27 Building Plan Roof Level Rev. 0, 07/23/91 Zone F (Alternate) 07/29/91 SCHEDULE OF DRAWINGS 00992 - 4 DRAWING NO. DRAWING TITLE LATEST REVISION DATE 4.28 Exterior Elevations Rev. 0, 07/23/91 4.29 Exterior Elevations Rev. 0, 07/23/91 4.30 Exterior Elevations Rev. 0, 07/23/91 4.31 Exterior Elevations Rev. 0, 07/23/91 4.32 Exterior Elevations Rev. 0, 07/23/91 4.33 Exterior Elevations Rev. 0, 07/23/91 4.33A Exterior Elevations Rev. 0, 07/23/91 4.34 Wall Sections Rev. 0, 07/23/91 4.35 Wall Sections Rev. 0, 07/23/91 4.36 Wall Sections Rev. 0, 07/23/91 4.37 Wall Sections Rev. 0, 07/23/91 4.38 Exterior Details Rev. 0, 07/23/91 4.39 Exterior Details Rev. 0, 07/23/91 4.40 Exterior Details Rev. 0, 07/23/91 4.41 Exterior Details Rev. 0, 07/23/91 4.41A Exterior Details Rev. 0, 07/23/91 4.41B Exterior Details Rev. 0, 07/23/91 4.42 Metal Door & Window Frame Rev. 0, 07/23/91 Elevations & Details Door Schedule 4.46 Stair Plans & Sections Rev. 0, 07/23/91 4.47 Stair Plans & Sections Rev. 0, 07/23/91 4.47A Stair Plans & Sections Rev. 0, 07/23/91 4.48 Stair Details Rev. 0, 07/23/91 07/29/91 SCHEDULE OF DRAWINGS 00992 - 5 DRAWING NO. DRAWING TITLE LATEST REVISION DATE 4.49 Elevator Plans & Sections Rev. 0, 07/23/91 4.50 Elevator Details Rev. 0, 07/23/91 4.51 Enlarged Cell Plans and Rev. 0, undated Elc ✓ations 4.67 Partition Types Rev. 0, 07/23/91 5.07 Floor Pattern First Floor Rev. 0, 07/23/91 Zone A 5.10 Floor Pattern First Floor Rev. 0, 07/23/91 Zone D 5.11 Floor Pattern First Floor Rev. 0, 07/23/91 Zone E 07/29/91 SCHEDULE OF DRAWINGS 00992 - 6 SECTION 01027 APPLICATION FOR PAYMENT PART 1 - GENERAL 1..1 SUMMARY A. Section includes: 1. Procedures for preparation and submittal of Applications for Payment. B. Related sections 1. Section 00750 - General Conditions 2. Section 00900 - AIA G702/G703 2. Section 01370 - Schedule of Values 1..2 FORMAT A. AIA G702 - Application and Certificate for Payment including continuation sheets when required. 1..3 PREPARATION OF APPLICATIONS A. Present required information in typewritten form. B. Execute certification by notarized signature of authorized officer. C. List each authorized Change Order on the form, including change order number, date and dollar amount. D. Prepare Application for Final Payment as specified in Section 01700. 1..4 SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES A. The initial Application for Payment will not be processed until the construction schedule, the schedule of values, and the initial submittal schedule have been received by the Construction Manager, reviewed and approved by the Architect. B. Submit an updated construction and submittal schedule with each Application for Payment. 05/20/91 APPLICATION FOR PAYMENT 01027 - 1 C. Payment Period: Submit once per month, during the last week of the month. Payment will be made by the Owner within (30) days thereafter. D. Work Item Update Listing - this work sheet, prepared by the Construction Manager, shows the work items which are being considered for progress payments. It is to be billed from the Contractor's approved schedule of values and approved changes only. The Contractor must fill in percentages of work completed on each line item or total dollar amount of Original Suppliers Invoices. Suppliers Invoices are then attached for payments on materials stored. E. Status Meeting - The Contractor's representative and the Construction Manager review the Contractor's Work Item Update Listing. Upon agreement between the two parties, both the Contractor and Construction Manager will sign off on the form. F. Estimate Voucher - The Construction Manager will input the progress into the computer from the Work Item Update Listing, and will issue the Estimate Voucher to the Contractor. G. Submit waivers as required. H. Submit three (3) copies of each Application for Payment. 1..5 SUBSTANTIATING DATA A. When the Construction Manager and/or Architect requires substantiating information, submit data justifying dollar amounts in question. B. Provide one copy of data with cover letter for each copy of submittal. Indicate Application number and date, and line item by number and description. PART 2 - PRODUCTS Not Used PART 3 - EXECUTION Not Used ************** END OF SECTION 01027 05/20/91 APPLICATION FOR PAYMENT 01027 - 2 SECTION 01028 CHANGE ORDER PROCEDURES PART 1 - GENERAL 1..1 SUMMARY A. Section includes: 1. Promptly implement change order procedures. a. Provide full written data required to evaluate changes. b. Maintain detailed records of the work done on a time and material/force account basis. C. Provide full documentation to the Construction Manager with each request. 2. Designate in writing the member of the Contractor's organization authorized to accept changes in the Work. 3. The Owner will designate in writing the person who is authorized to execute Change Orders. B. Related requirements: 1. Agreement: The amounts of established unit prices. 2. Agreement: The amounts of established allowances. 3. Conditions of the Contract, Article 12 of the General Conditions: a. Methods of determining cost or credit to the Owner resulting from changes in the Work made on a time and material basis. b. The Contractor's claims for additional costs. 1..2 DEFINITIONS A. Change Order, AIA Document G701/CM: Refer to the General Conditions. B. Construction Change Directive: A written order to the Contractor, signed by the Owner, MK/Gerrits and the Architect, which amends the Contract Documents as described, and authorizes the Contractor to proceed with a change which affects the Contract Sum or the Contract time, for inclusion in a subsequent Change Order. 1..3 PRELIMINARY PROCEDURES A. A change may be initiated by submitting a Proposal Request to the Contractor. Request will include: 04/30/91 CHANGE ORDER PROCEDURES 01028 - 1 1. Detailed description of the change, products and location of the change in the Project. 2. Supplementary or revised Drawings and Specifications. 3. The projected time span for making the change, and a specific statement as to whether overtime work is, or is not, authorized. 4. A specific period of time during which the requested price will be considered valid. 5. Such request is for information only, and is not an instruction to execute the changes, nor to stop the Wo,,. k in progress. B. The Contractor may initiate changes by submitting a written notice to the Construction Manager containing: 1. Description of the proposed changes. 2. Statement of the reason for making the changes. 3. Statement of the effect on the Contract Sum and the Contract Time. 4. Statement of the effect on the Work of separate contractors. 5. Documentation supporting change in the Contract Sum or the Contract Time, as appropriate. 1..4 CONSTRUCTION CHANGE DIRECTIVE A. In lieu of Proposal Request, a Construction Change Directive may be issued for Contractor to proceed with a change for subsequent inclusion in a Change Order. B. The Construction Change Directive will describe changes in the Work, both additions and deletions, with attachments of revised Contract Documents to define details of the change, and will designate the method of determining a change in the Contract Sum and change in the Contract Time. C. The Owner, Construction Manager, and the Architect will sign and date the Construction Change Directive as authorization for the Contractor to proceed with changes. D. At completion of the change, submit itemized accounting and supporting data as provided in the Article "Documentation of Proposals and Claims" of this Section. E. The allowable costs of such work will be determined as provided in the General Conditions and Supplementary Conditions. F. The Owner, Construction Manager and Architect will sign and date the Change Order to establish the change in the 04/30/91 CHANGE ORDER PROCEDURES 01028 - 2 Contract Sum and in the Contract Time. G. The Owner and the Contractor will sign and date the Change Order to indicate their agreement. 1..5 DOCUMENTATION OF PROPOSALS AND CLAIMS A. Support each quotation for a lump -sum proposal, and for each unit price which has not previously been established, with sufficient substantiating data to allow evaluation of the quotation. B. On request provide additional data to support time and cost computations: 1. Labor required. 2. Equipment required. 3. Products required. a. Recommended source of purchase and unit cost. b. Quantities required. 4. Taxes, insurance and bonds. 5. Credit for the work deleted from the Contract, similarly documented. 6. Overhead and profit. If the Trade Contractor performs the actual Work, the percentage mark-up for overhead and profit shall be a maximum addition of fifteen percent (15%). If the Trade Subcontractor performs the actual Work, the percentage mark-up for overhead and profit shall be a maximum addition of fifteen percent (15%). If the Trade Contractor does not enter into the Work, the maximum mark-up for managing this work will be ten percent (10%) . If the Trade Subcontractor performs part of the actual Work, his percentage mark-up for overhead and profit shall be a maximum addition of fifteen percent (15%) on his direct work only. If the Trade Contractor performs part of the actual work, his percentage mark-up for overhead and profit shall be a maximum addition of fifteen percent (15%) on his direct work only. 7. Justification for change in the Contract Time. C. Support each claim for additional costs, and for the work done on a time-and-material/force account basis, with 04/30/91 CHANGE ORDER PROCEDURES 01028 - 3 documentation as required for a lump -sum proposal, plus additional information: 1. Name of the Owner's authorized agent who ordered the work, and date of the order. 2. Dates and times the work was performed, and by whom. 3. Time record, summary of hours worked, and hourly rates paid. 4. Receipts and invoices for: a. Equipment used, listing dates and times of use. b. Products used, listing of quantities. C. Subcontracts. 5. Signature of Construction Manager's Superintendent, concurring with quantities. 1..6 PREPARATION OF CHANGE ORDERS A. The Construction Manager will prepare each Change Order. B. Change Order form: AIA Document G701/CM. C. Change Order will describe changes in the Work, both additions and deletions, with attachments of revised Contract Documents to define details of the change. D. Change Order will provide an accounting of the adjustment in the Contract Sum and in the Contract Time. 1..7 LUMP-SUM/FIXED PRICE CHANGE ORDERS A. Content of Change Orders will be based on either: 1. The Proposal Request and the Contractor's responsive Proposal as mutually agreed between the Owner and the Contractor. 2. The Contractor's Proposal for a change, as recommended by the Architect or Construction Manager. B. The Owner, Construction Manager and the Architect will sign and date the Change Order as authorization for the Contractor to proceed with the changes. C. The Contractor may sign and date the Change Order to indicate agreement with the terms therein. 1..8 UNIT PRICE CHANGE ORDER A. The content of the Change Orders will be based on either: 1. The definition of the scope of the required changes. 2. The Contractor's Proposal for a change, as recommended by the Architect, or Construction Manager. 04/30/91 CHANGE ORDER PROCEDURES 01028 - 4 3. Survey of completed work. B. The amounts of the unit prices to be: 1. Those stated in the Agreement. 2. Those mutually agreed upon between the Owner, Architect and the Contractor. C. When quantities of each of the items affected by the Change Order be determined prior to start of the Work: 1. The Owner, Construction Manager and the Architect will sign and date the Change Order as authorization for the Contractor to proceed with the changes. 2. The Contractor may sign and date the Change Order to indicate agreement with the terms therein. D. When quantities of the items cannot be determined prior to start of the Work: 1. A Construction Change Directive will be issued directing the Contractor to proceed with the change on the basis of unit prices, and will cite the applicable unit prices. 2. At completion of the change, the cost of such work will be determined based on the unit prices and quantities used. 3. The Owner, Construction Manager and the Architect will sign and date the Change Order to establish the change in the Contract Sum and in the Contract Time. 4. The Contractor will sign and date the Change Order to indicate their agreement with the terms therein. 1..9 CORRELATION WITH THE CONTRACTOR'S SUBMITTALS A. Revise Schedule of Values and Request for Payment forms monthly to record each change as a separate item of the Work, and to record the adjusted Contract Sum prior to submission of Application for Payment. B. Revise the Construction Schedule to reflect each change in the Contract Time prior to monthly submissions. Revise subschedules to show changes for other items of work affected by the changes. C. Upon completion of the Work under a Change Order, enter pertinent changes in Record Documents. 04/30/91 CHANGE ORDER PROCEDURES 01028 - 5 PART 2 - PRODUCTS NOT USED PART 3 - EXECUTION NOT USED **************** END OF SECTION 01028 04/30/91 CHANGE ORDER PROCEDURES 01028 - 6 SECTION 01200 PROJECT MEETINGS PART 1 - GENERAL 1..1 SUMMARY A. Section includes: 1. Project meetings 1..2 The CONSTRUCTION MANAGER'S RESPONSIBILITY A. Construction Manager shall schedule and administer pre - construction meeting, periodic progress meetings, and specially called meetings throughout progress of the Work. 1. Prepare agenda for meetings. 2. Provide notice of each meeting four days in advance of meeting date, or provide as much advance notice as possible. 3. Make physical arrangements for meetings. 4. Preside at meetings. 5. Record the minutes; include significant proceedings and decisions. 6. Reproduce and distribute copies of minutes within three working days after each meeting. a. To participants in the meeting. b. To parties affected by decisions made at the meeting. C. Furnish three copies of minutes to the Architect. B. Representatives of the Contractors, subcontractors and suppliers attending meetings shall be qualified and authorized to act on behalf of the entity each represents. C. The Architect and the Owner's Representative may attend meetings to ascertain that the Work is expedited consistent with the Contract Documents and construction schedules. 1..3 PRE -CONSTRUCTION MEETING A. Schedule just prior to Notice to Proceed. B. Location: A central Site designated by the Construction 04/30/91 PROJECT MEETINGS 01200 - 1 Manager. C. Attendance: 1. The Owner's Representative. 2. The Architect and his professional consultants (as required). 3. Construction Manager. 4. The Contractor's Superintendent. 5. Major subcontractors. 6. Major suppliers. 7. Others as appropriate. D. Suggested Agenda: 1. Distribution and discussion of: a. List of major subcontractors and suppliers. b. Projected Construction Schedules. 2. Critical Work sequencing. 3. Major equipment deliveries and priorities. 4. Project Coordination. a. Designation of responsible personnel. 5. Procedures and processing of: a. Field decisions. b. Proposal requests. C. Submittals. d. Change Orders. e. Applications for Payment. 6. Adequacy of distribution of the Contract Documents. 7. Procedures for maintaining Record Documents. 8. Use of premises: a. Office, work and storage areas. b. The Owner's requirements. 9. Construction facilities, controls and construction aids. 10. Temporary utilities. 11. Safety and first -aid procedures. 12. Security procedures. 13. Housekeeping procedures. 14. Distribute meeting minutes within (3) days. 1..4 WEEKLY PROGRESS MEETINGS A. The Contractor's Project Manager and/or Superintendent shall be required to attend a weekly scheduling meeting. B. Location of the meetings: Project field office of the Construction Manager. C. Attendance: 1. The Architect and his professional consultants as needed. 2. Contractors as appropriate to the agenda. 04/30/91 PROJECT MEETINGS 01200 - 2 3. Suppliers as appropriate to the agenda. 4. Others. D. Suggested Agenda: 1. Review of Work progress since previous meeting. 2. Field observations, problems, conflicts. 3. Problems which impede Construction Schedule. 4. Review of off -site fabrication, delivery schedules. 5. Corrective measures and procedures to regain projected schedule. 6. Revisions to Construction Schedule. 7. Progress, schedule, during succeeding Work period. 8. Coordination of schedules. 9. Review submittal schedules. 10. Maintenance of quality standards. 11. Pending changes and substitutions. 12. Review proposed changes for: a. Effect on Construction Schedule and on completion date. b. Effect on other contracts of the Project. 13. Other business. 14. Distribute meeting minutes within (3) days. PART 2 - PRODUCTS Not Used PART 3 - EXECUTION Not Used ************** END OF SECTION 01200 04/30/91 PROJECT MEETINGS 01200 - 3 SECTION 01301 SUBMITTALS PART 1 - GENERAL 1..1 SUMMARY A. Section includes: 1. Submit to the Construction Manager, shop drawings, product data, certifications and samples required by the technical sections. 2. Prepare and submit with construction progress schedule, a separate schedule listing dates for submission and dates for review. B. Related Sections: 1. Section 00750 - GENERAL CONDITIONS 2. Individual submittals required: refer to each specific section, for certifications, shop drawings, product data and sample requirements. 1..2 SUBMITTAL IDENTIFICATION A. This paragraph is included to explain the method for submittals identification using Section 08710, FINISH HARDWARE, and the Finish Hardware Schedule as an example. B. The Contractor shall assign submittal designations utilizing the following format and system. C. The number for the first shop drawing submitted under that Section would be 08710-1a, the (1) designating that this is the first time submitted under Section 08710, and the (a) signifying that it is the first time a "finish hardware" schedule has been submitted to the Architect's office. If this "finish hardware" submittal is marked "revise and resubmit", the resubmittal would retain the 08710-1 but (a) would be changed to 08710-1b to designate resubmittal; the next resubmittal, 08710-1c, until this "finish hardware" item is approved. D. The second "finish hardware" submittal sent to the Architect's office would be 08710-2a; if not approved, then resubmitted under 08710-2b. 05/20/91 SUBMITTALS 01301 - 1 1..3 SUBMITTAL SCHEDULE A. The Contractor shall submit within three (3) days of award of the Contract a preliminary "Submittal Schedule" to the Construction Manager for review, modification and response prior to the first application for payment. The "Submittal Schedule" shall contain the following information: 1. Section number and name. 2. Submittal information required. 3. Date submittal will be received by the Construction Manager. 4. Time allowed for review of submittal by A/E (in calendar days). 5. Date submittal will be returned to the Contractor. 6. Material ship and receipt dates. B. The Contractor shall submit the final "Submittal Schedule" to the Construction Manager for review and approval prior to the second application for payment. Modifications to the approved schedule shall be submitted to the Construction Manager for review and approval allowing adequate time for review and response. C. Submittals received by the Construction Manager on or before the scheduled date will be processed to meet the scheduled date. D. Submittals received by the Construction Manager after the scheduled date are considered to be not critical and will be processed as time allows and not necessarily within the number of calendar days allotted for the review. E. The Architect and Construction Manager will not be responsible for delays due to receiving submittals after the date indicated in the submittal schedule. 1..4 SHOP DRAWINGS A. Submit shop drawings as single copies in the form of positive printing reproducible transparencies, commonly called sepia prints, suitable for reproduction use on dry print diazo type machines. Sepia prints which cannot be reproduced will be returned to the Contractor for resubmittal. B. Submit four blueline or blackline prints with each shop drawing submittal. C. Provide shop drawings as complete submittals (no partial 05/20/91 SUBMITTALS 01301 - 2 sets) on original drawings or information prepared solely by the fabricator or supplier. D. Do not reproduce the Contract Drawings for shop drawing submittals. E. Sheet sizes shall not exceed the size of the Contract Drawings. F. Each sepia print shall have blank spaces large enough to accept 4" x 4" review stamps of the Construction Manager, the Architect and the Contractor. G. Each sepia print shall carry the following information: 1. Project name and HLM Project number. 2. Date. 3. Names of: a. The Architect b. The Construction Manager C. The Contractor d. Supplier e. Manufacturer 4. Identification of product or material. 5. Relation to adjacent structure or materials. 6. Field dimensions, clearly stated as such. 7. Specification Section number. 8. Applicable standards such as ASTM or Federal Specification. 9. Identification of deviations from Contract Documents. 10. Reference to construction drawings by drawing number and/or detain number. H. Submit sepia prints without folds either as flat sheets if size permits, or rolled in tubes. 1..5 PRODUCT DATA A. Product data such as catalog cuts, brochures or manufacturer's sheets may be submitted in lieu of sepia prints if adequately identified. submit five copies of product data to the Construction Manager. B. Modify product data sheets to delete information which is not applicable to the Project. Provide additional information if necessary to supplement standard information. C. Product data sheets that are submitted with extraneous information not deleted and/or modified will be returned without review to the Contractor for resubmittal. 05/20/91 SUBMITTALS 01301 - 3 1..6 SAMPLES A. Provide samples to illustrate materials, equipment or workmanship, and to establish standards by which completed work may be judged. B. Construct mock-ups as required by the technical sections, at the Project Site in a location designated by the Construction Manager. Construct mock-ups, including adjacent work required, to demonstrate the final appearance of the Work. 1..7 CERTIFICATIONS A. Proved certifications as required by various technical sections on the Contractor's letterhead stationary. Certifications shall be identified to this Project, dated and bear Contractor's signature in the same format used for the Owner/Contractor agreement. B. Clearly identify the materials referenced and state that the material and the intended installation methods, where applicable, are in compliance with the Contract Documents. Attach manufacturer's affidavits where applicable. 1..8 THE CONTRACTOR'S RESPONSIBILITIES A. Before making submittals to the Construction Manager, review each submittal, make changes or notations as necessary to conform to the Contract Documents, identify such review with review stamp and forward reviewed submittal with comments to the Construction Manager for review. Return submittals not meeting Contract requirements to subcontractors and do not forward such submittals to the Construction Manager. B. Submit catalog sheets, product data, shop drawings and where specified, submit calculations, material samples, color chips or charts, test data, warranties and guarantees all at the same time for each submittal item. C. Verify field measurements and product catalog numbers or similar data. D. Notify the Construction Manager in writing at time of submission, of deviations in submittals from the requirements of the Contract Documents. E. After the Construction Manager's and the Architect's 05/20/91 SUBMITTALS 01301 - 4 review, distribute copies with one copy to be maintained at the Project Site for reference use and other copies distributed to suppliers and fabricators. F. Do not begin the Work which requires submittals until return of submittals with the Construction Manager's and the Architect's stamp and initials indicating review. G. The Contractor's responsibility for errors and omissions in submittals is not relieved by the Construction Manager's or the Architect's review of submittals. H. The Contractor's responsibility for deviations in submittals from requirements of the Contract Documents is not relieved by the Construction Manager's or the Architect's review of submittals unless the Construction Manager and the Architect give written acceptance of specific deviations. 1..9 THE CONSTRUCTION MANAGER'S RESPONSIBILITIES A. The Construction Manager will review all submittals with reasonable promptness and coordinate them with information contained in related documents and checking for compliance with information given in the Contract Documents. B. The Construction Manager will return to the Contractor, without review, all submittals not bearing the Contractor's review stamp or not showing it has been reviewed by the Contractor. C. The Construction Manager will make changes or notations directly on the submittals, identify such review with his review stamp, sign and forward acceptable submittals on to the Architect. D. After the Architect's review, the Construction Manager will forward submittals to the Contractor and retain one copy for the Owner. The Contractor shall distribute copies with one copy to be maintained at the Project Site for reference use and other copies distributed to suppliers/fabricators. The Contractor shall supply copies of reviewed submittals to the Construction Manager in sufficient quantity to allow proper coordination of the Contract. 1..10 THE ARCHITECT'S RESPONSIBILITIES A. The Architect will review submittals with reasonable promptness, checking only for conformance with the design 05/20/91 SUBMITTALS 01301 - 5 compliance of the Project and compliance with information given in the Contract Documents. B. The Architect will return to the Construction Manager without review any submittals not bearing the Contractor's or the Construction Manager's review stamp or not showing that it has been reviewed by the Contractor and the Construction Manager. C. The Architect will make changes or notations directly on the submittal, identify such review with his review stamp, obtain and record the Architect file copy and return the submittal to the Construction Manager. 1..11 SUBMITTAL REQUIREMENTS A. Submit one sepia print of shop drawings or one copy of product data for distribution by the Contractor plus five copies. B. Submit one sample for review. After approval, the Construction Manager will retain the approved sample at the job site in a secure location, properly indexed and filed for retrieval. C. Accompany submittals with transmittal form in duplicate, containing: 1. Date. 2. Project name and HLM Project number. 3. Names of: a. The Architect b. Construction Manager C. The Contractor d. Subcontractor (if applicable) e. Supplier f. Manufacturer 4. Identification of product or material. 5. Specification Section number, clearly identified. 6. Reference to construction drawings by drawing number. 7. The quantity of each shop drawing, product data or sample submitted. 8. Notification of deviations from the Contract Documents. 9. Other pertinent data. D. Submittals shall be identified and submitted by individual technical Specification Sections only. 05/20/91 SUBMITTALS 01301 - 6 1..12 RESUBMISSION REQUIREMENTS A. Shop Drawings 1. Review initial drawings as required and resubmit as specified for initial submittal. 2. Indicate on drawings all changes which have been made other than those requested by the Construction Manager or the Architect. B. Product Data and Samples: 1. Re:.!+.ibmit new data and samples as required for initial submission. PART 2 - PRODUCTS Not Used PART 3 - EXECUTION Not Used **************** END OF SECTION 01301 05/20/91 SUBMITTALS 01301 - 7 SECTION 01310 PROGRESS SCHEDULES PART 1 - GENERAL 1..1 SUMMARY A. Section includes: 1. Progress schedules 2. Revisions to schedules B. Related sections: 1. SCOPE OF WORK C. Description: 1. Progress Schedules: Promptly after award of the Contract, prepare and submit to the Construction Manager, construction progress schedules for the work, with subschedules of related activities which are essential to its progress. Also incorporate manpower loading related to each activity on the construction schedule. 2. Revisions to Schedule: Submit revised/updated progress schedules with each payment application. 1..2 FORMAT A. Prepare Progress Schedules as a horizontal bar chart with separate bar for each major portion of Work or operation, identifying the first work day of each week. B. Include numeric manpower loading associated with each horizontal bar, clearly defined. C. Sequence of listings: The Specifications. D. Scale and spacing: to provide space for notations and revisions. E. Sheet size: minimum 8 1/2" x 11". 1..3 CONTENT A. Indicate complete sequence of construction by activity, with dates for beginning and completion of each element 05/20/91 PROGRESS SCHEDULES 01310 - 1 of construction. B. Show the manpower loading for each activity. C. Identify each item by Specification Section number. D. Identify work of separate stages and other logically grouped activities. E. Identify work of separate floors and other logically grouped activities. F. Provide sub -schedules to define critical portions of the entire schedule. G. Indicate accumulated percentage of completion of each item and total percentage of Work completed, as of the first day of each month. H. Submit separate schedule of submittal dates for shop drawings, product data, and samples, including the Owner furnished products and products identified under allowances and dates reviewed submittals will be required from the Architect. Reference Section 01301 - Submittals. I. Indicate delivery dates for the Owner furnished products. J. Coordinate content with Schedule of Values specified in Section 01370. 1..4 REVISIONS TO SCHEDULES A. Indicate progress of each activity to date of submittal, and projected completion date of each activity. B. Identify activities modified since previous submittal, major changes in scope, and other identifiable changes. 1. Major changes in scope. 2. Activities modified since previous submission. 3. Revised projections of progress and completion. 4. Other identifiable changes. C. Provide a narrative report as needed to define: 1. Problem areas, anticipated delays and the impact on the schedule. 2. Corrective action recommended and its effect. 3. The effect of changes on schedules of other prime contractors. 05/20/91 PROGRESS SCHEDULES 01310 - 2 1..5 SUBMITTALS A. Submit initial schedules within (3) days after award of Contract. 1. The Construction Manager will review schedules and return review copy within ten (10) days after receipt. 2. If required, re -submit within seven (7) days after return of review copy. 3. Submit revised Progress Schedules with each Application for Payment. 1..6 DISTRIBUTION A. Distribute copies of the reviewed schedules to: 1. Job site file. 2. Subcontractors. 3. Other concerned parties. B. Instruct recipients to report promptly to the Contractor, in writing, any problems anticipated by the projections shown in the schedules. Note: It is not incumbent upon the Construction Manager to notify the Trade Contractor when to begin, to cease, or to resume work nor to give early notice of faulty or defective work, nor in any way to superintend so as to relieve the Trade Contractor of responsibility or of any consequence of neglect or carelessness. ************** END OF SECTION 01310 05/20/91 PROGRESS SCHEDULES 01310 - 3 SECTION 01370 SCHEDULE OF VALUES PART 1 - GENERAL 1..1 SUMMARY A. Section ._ncludes: 1. Schedule of Values allocated to the various portions of the Work, submitted within three (3) days after award of the Contract. 2. Upon request of the Construction Manager, support the values with data which will substantiate their correctness. 3. The Schedule of Values, unless objected to by the Construction Manager, forms the basis for the Contractor's Applications for Payment. 1..2 FORM AND CONTENT OF SCHEDULE OF VALUES A. Type schedule on AIA G703 Form; the Contractor's standard forms and automated printout will be considered by the Construction Manager upon the Contractor's request. Identify schedule with: 1. Title of Project and location. 2. The Architect and Construction Manager. 3. Name and Address of the Contractor. 4. Contract designation. 5. Date of submission. B. List the installed value of the component parts of the Work (broken down into labor and material) in sufficient detail to serve as a basis for computing values for progress payments during construction. C. Follow the Specifications as the format for listing component items. 1. Identify each line item with the number and title of the respective major section of the Specifications. D. Itemize separate line item cost for each of the following general cost items: 1. Mobilization. 2. Bonds, Insurance and Permits. 3. General Conditions spread over project duration on monthly basis. 04/30/91 SCHEDULE OF VALUES 01370 - 1 E. For each major line item list sub -values of major products or operations under the item. F. For the various portions of the Work: 1. Include a directly proportional amount of the Contractor's overhead and profit for each item. 2. For items on which progress payments will be requested for stored materials, break down the value into: a. The cost of the materials, delivered and unloaded, with taxes paid. b. The total installed value. 3. Submit a subschedule for each separate stage of work specified in Section 00300. G. The sum of values listed in the schedule shall equal the total Contract Sum. 1..3 SUBSCHEDULE OF UNIT MATERIAL VALUES A. Submit a sub -schedule of unit costs and quantities for: 1. Products on which progress payments will be requested for stored products. B. The form of submittal shall parallel that of the Schedule of Values, with each item identified the same as the line item in the Schedule of Values. C. The unit quantity for bulk materials shall include an allowance for normal waste. D. Provide unit values for the materials as follows: 1. Cost of the material, delivered and unloaded at the Site, with taxes paid. 2. Installation costs, including the Contractor's overhead and profit. E. The installed unit value multiplied by the quantity listed shall equal the cost of that item in the Schedule of Values. 1..4 REVIEW AND SUBMITTAL A. After review by Construction Manager, revise and resubmit schedule (and Schedule of Material Values) as required. B. Resubmit revised schedule in same manner. ************* END OF SECTION 1370 04/30/91 SCHEDULE OF VALUES 01370 - 2 SECTION 01385 DAILY CONSTRUCTION REPORTS PART 1 - GENERAL 1..1 SUMMARY A. Section includes: 1. Requirement for Daily Construction Reports by each Trade Contractor. 2. Scheduled submission times for Daily Construction Reports. 1..2 FORM AND CONTENT OF DAILY CONSTRUCTION REPORTS A. Daily Construction Reports shall be submitted by each and every Contractor performing work on the project. Forms to be used will be furnished by the Construction Manager. Items to be addressed on the Report are: 1. Title of Project 2. Name of Trade Contractor 3. Date and day of Report information. For example, you performed work on Thursday, April 18, 1991, so you would therefore use "Thursday, 4/18/91." This holds true even if you did not complete filling out the Report until Friday, 4/19/91. 4. Contract designation. 5. Note any major Shipments received on that particular day. 6. Note major equipment used that day. 7. Note manpower used, and designate what trades. For example, if you were the mechanical contractor, you would also list how many insulators, pipefitters, etc. that you were also managing, even if they were subcontractors. In addition, list the names of the subcontractors that were on -site that day. 8. Note any deficiencies in your work, and corrective actions taken to resolve the deficiencies.\ 9. Note any safety violations discovered, whether or not caused by your forces. 10. Provide a full description of work performed that day, and any problems or unusual conditions discovered. 11. Report is to be signed by the authorized representative of the contractor, and should the signature not be legible, print the name of the signer next to the signature. 04/30/91 DAILY CONSTRUCTION REPORTS 01385 - 1 1..3 SCHEDULE OF SUBMITTING DAILY REPORTS A. Daily Reports are to be submitted at the designated location described in the pre -construction meeting. Contractors are to submit the original of their report, and should keep a copy for their records. The Construction Manager's photocopying facilities are not to be used in the reproduction for submission of the reports. B. Submit Daily Reports no later than 9:OOam the day following the day of the work described in that particular report. No exceptions to this rule will be accepted. Should contractor fail to comply with these instructions, the contractor's payment application for the following month will be held in abeyance until such time the contractor properly submits the delinquent reports. ************* END OF SECTION 1385 04/30/91 DAILY CONSTRUCTION REPORTS 01385 - 2 :;*owl,.�^�'` SH= # , CONTRACTOR'S DAILY REPORT SHEET OF 'ROJECT: 11, I WORK DAY: CONTRACT NO.: I DATE: DESCRIPTION OF WORK PERFORMED - List activities started, activities completed, delays, reasons for delays, and reasons for possible future delays. SECTION 01395 DOCUMENT CLARIFICATION REQUESTS (DCR) PART 1 - GENERAL 1..1 SUMMARY A. Section includes: 1. Notification of Construction Manager in the event errors, field conflicts, and omissions are found in the Contract Documents. 2. Utilization of DCR form. 1..2 FORM AND CONTENT OF DOCUMENT CLARIFICATION REPORTS A. All errors, field conflicts, and omissions in the Contract Documents shall be brought to the attention of the Construction Manager immediately. The DCR is a tool established to provide expedient clarifications of contract drawings, specifications or field conflicts. It is not meant to be a substitute for good communication. B. DCR forms will be as those provided by the Construction Manager. Items to be addressed on the Report are: 1. DCR Number: This is a unique number used for logging and tracking the DCR, and will be assigned by the Construction Manager. 2. Fill in 'Project', 'Client', 'To' and 'Attn'. Since this information always stays the same, use copies (like a form letter), so you do not waste time writing these items again and again. 3. Note Trade Contractor Name. 4. Note Contract Number. 5. Give a brief, clear, concise description of the problem area under subject. The subject description should be distinct enough so that anyone searching the DCR can detect the problem expeditiously. 6. List the drawing or specification with its corresponding detail or page number for reference to problem area. 7. Once the DCR has been answered by either the Construction Manager, or Architect/Engineer, distribution will be made to applicable contractors. ************* END OF SECTION 1395 04/30/91 DOCUMENT CLARIFICATION REQUESTS 01395 - 1 MORPJSON KPILMEN PROJECT: CLIENT: DOCUMENT CLARIFICATION REQUEST No. Contract No.: Logged: - By: TO: ArrN: Subject Reply Req'd. By: DwgJSpec. No.: Detail/Sec. No.: Problem: Problem By: Date: Reviewed By: Date: Solution: Solution By: Date: Reviewed By: Date: M-K Action: Yes C T No Logged: By: SECTION 01410 TESTING LABORATORY SERVICES PART 1 - GENERAL 1..1 SUMMARY A. Section ....ncludes: 1. Selection and payment 2. The Contractor submittals 3. Testing laboratory responsibilities 4. Testing laboratory reports 5. Limits on testing laboratory authority 6. The Contractor responsibilities 7. Schedule of inspections and tests B. 1. Section 00230 - SOIL INVESTIGATION DATA 2. Section 00750 - GENERAL CONDITIONS 3. Section 01700 - CONTRACT CLOSEOUT 4. Individual Specification Sections: inspections and tests required, and standards for testing. 1..2 REFERENCES A. ASTM D-3740 - Practice for Evaluation of Agencies in Testing and/or Inspection of Soil and Rock as Used in Engineering Design and Construction. B. ASTM E-329 - Recommended Practice for Inspection and Testing Agencies for Concrete, Steel, and Bituminous Materials as used in Construction. 1..3 SELECTION AND PAYMENT A. The Owner will employ and pay for services of an independent testing laboratory to perform specified inspection and testing indicated in technical Specification Sections. B. Employment of testing laboratory shall in no way relieve the Contractor of obligation to perform the Work in accordance with requirements of the Contract Documents. 05/20/91 TESTING LABORATORY SERVICES 01410 - 1 1..4 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Comply with requirements of ASTM E-329 and ASTM D-3740. B. Testing laboratory: authorized to operate in the State of Florida. C. Testing laboratory staff: maintain a full time registered Engineer on staff to review services. D. Testing Equipment: calibrated at reasonable intervals with devices of an accuracy traceable to either National Bureau of Standards (NBS) Standards or accepted values of natural physical constants. E. Meet "Recommended Requirements for Independent Laboratory Qualification", published by American Council of Independent Laboratories. 1..5 TESTING LABORATORY RESPONSIBILITIES A. Test samples of mixes. B. Provide qualified personnel at the Site. Cooperate with the Architect, Construction Manager and the Contractor in performance of services. C. Perform specified inspection, sampling, and testing of Products in accordance with specified standards. D. Ascertain compliance of materials and mixes with requirements of the Contract Documents. E. Promptly notify the Construction Manager and the Contractor of observed irregularities or non-conformance of the Work or products. F. Perform additional inspections and tests required by the A/E and Construction Manager. 1..7 TESTING LABORATORY REPORTS A. After each inspection and test, promptly submit two copies of testing laboratory report to the Construction Manager, for forwarding to the A/E and the Contractor. B. Include: 1. Date issued 2. Project title and number 3. Name of inspector 05/20/91 TESTING LABORATORY SERVICES 01410 - 2 4. Date and time of sampling or inspection 5. Identification of product and Specifications Section 6. Location in the Project 7. Type of inspection or test 8. Date of test 9. Results of test 10. Conformance with the Contract Documents C. When requested by the Construction Manager or A/E, provide interpretation of test results. 1..8 LIMITS ON TESTING LABORATORY AUTHORITY A. The testing laboratory may not release, revoke, alter, or enlarge on requirements of the Contract Documents. B. The testing laboratory may not approve or accept any portion of the Work. C. The testing laboratory may not assume any duties of the Contractor. D. The testing laboratory has no authority to stop the Work. 1..9 THE CONTRACTOR RESPONSIBILITIES A. Deliver to the testing laboratory at designated location, adequate samples of materials proposed to be used which require testing, along with proposed mix designs. B. Cooperate with testing laboratory personnel, and provide access to the Work and to the manufacturer's facilities. C. Provide incidental labor and facilities to provide access to the Work to be tested, to obtain and handle samples at the Site or at source of products to be tested, to facilitate tests and inspections, storage and curing of test samples. D. Notify the Construction Manager and the testing laboratory 24 hours prior to expected time for operations requiring inspection and testing services. E. Employ services of a separate qualified testing laboratory and pay for additional samples and tests which are beyond the specified requirements. 1..10 RETEST RESPONSIBILITY A. Where the results of required inspections, tests, or similar services prove unsatisfactory and do not indicate 05/20/91 TESTING LABORATORY SERVICES 01410 - 3 compliance with the requirements of the Contract Documents, the retests shall be the responsibility of the Contractor regardless of whether the original test was the Contractor's responsibility. B. Retesting of the work revised or replaced by the Contractor is the Contractor's responsibility where required tests were performed on original work. Costs and fees for retesting shall be paid by the Contractor. PART 2 - PRODUCTS Not Used PART 3 - EXECUTION Not Used ************** END OF SECTION 01410 05/20/91 TESTING LABORATORY SERVICES 01410 - 4 SECTION 01510 TEMPORARY UTILITIES PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section includes: 1. Temporary utilities required for construction. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 MATERIALS - GENERAL A. Materials shall be new, adequate in capacity for the required usage, not create unsafe conditions, not violate requirements of applicable codes and standards, and comply with NEC Art. 305 - Temporary Wiring. 2.2 TEMPORARY ELECTRICITY A. The Temporary Power Contractor shall furnish, install and maintain, temporary electric power service for construction needs throughout the construction period and shall remove such service on completion of the work. 1. Primary temporary electrical underground feeder will be provided and installed by temporary power contractor, per drawing 1510- TP. 2. At Front Gate transformer location, the temporary power contractor shall install a meter, mast, and main breaker panel Nema 3R, per Detail "A" attached. The final location of each panel shall be approved by the Construction Manager. 3. Distribution panels shall be provided by the temporary power contractor per drawing 1510 - TP, and Details A, B, C and D, and as follows: a. Front gate area serving the construction manager trailer, guard shack and area lights. (20 ckt. min.) 4. Power centers for miscellaneous tools and equipment used in the Work will be provided by the Temporary Power Contractor as follows: a. distribution boxes with minimum of four double- 05/30/91 TEMPORARY UTILITIES 01510 - 1 duplex 15 Amp, 120-Volt grounded outlets, with GFCI Protection for personnel. See Detail "B". b. located so that power is available at any point of use with not more than 100 ft. power cords. C. minimum: one power center on each floor. d. circuit -breaker protection for each outlet. e. One panel each for Building Areas A,B,C,D,E,F,K,L,M,N,O,P and Q. 5. The capacity of each power center in 4. above shall be 120/240 volts single phase, minimum 50 Amps. 6. The Trade Contractors shall notify the Temporary Power Contractor when unusually heavy loads, such as for welding and other equipment with special power requirements, will be connected so that the Temporary Power Contractor can notify the power company. 7. Any Trade Contractor requiring service of capacity or characteristics other than that specified shall arrange and pay for the additional service. 8. The Temporary Power Contractor shall furnish, install, and maintain all equipment and wiring required to distribute the power, up to and including the power services. 9. The Temporary Power Contractor shall pay all costs of installation, maintenance, and removal of temporary services. 10. The Construction Manager will pay the costs of power needed, including deposits and fees associated with City Electric. 11. Materials shall be new, and must be adequate in capacity for required usage, and must not violate the requirements of applicable codes and standards. Materials used for temporary service shall not be reused in the permanent system. 12. The Temporary Power Contractor shall comply with all applicable requirements specified in National Electric Code Art. 305 when installing the temporary electric power service, shall maintain the system to provide continuous service and shall modify and extend the service as the progress of the Work requires. 13. Wiring for Trade Contractor field offices and sheds 05/30/91 TEMPORARY UTILITIES 01510 - 2 shall be installed by the Temporary Power Contractor and paid for by the Trade Contractor requiring the service. 14. The Temporary Power Contractor shall completely remove all temporary materials and equipment at Project Completion. Underground lines may be disconnected and abandoned in place with approval of the Construction Manager. 15. Feeders to distribution panels from distribution shed shall be 400 feet maximum length, with two hot legs and one neutral of the same size as per NEC Table 310-16 and Article 210-19a FPN. 16. Circuits to Power Centers from Distribution Panels shall be installed per NEC Art. 305. 17. Feeders and Branch Circuits in 15. and 16. above shall be protected from physical damage. 18. See Detail "C" for temporary power shed requirements. 2.3 TEMPORARY SITE LIGHTING The Temporary Power Contractor shall install and maintain area lights on the meter poles as shown in Detail "A", 2 lights total. Temporary Lighting required for construction will be by others, except that the power will come from the panels and power centers covered under Section 2.2 TEMPORARY ELECTRICITY. 2.4 TEMPORARY TELEPHONE SERVICE A. The Temporary Power Contractor shall be responsible for arranging with local telephone service company, to provide telephone service at the construction site. Service required: 1. Three lines in Construction Manager's Field Office. 2. Two pay phones. Costs of maintenance and service will be paid by Construction Manager. B. Each Trade Contractor shall be responsible for arranging with the local telephone service company to provide telephone service at the construction site for the use of his personnel and employees. The Trade Contractor shall pay all costs for installation, maintenance, removal and service charges for such service. The Construction Manager will not act as an answering service 05/30/91 TEMPORARY UTILITIES 01510 - 3 for Trade Contractor's personnel and employees, and Trade Contractor's personnel and employees will not be permitted to utilize the Construction Manager's phones except in cases of an emergency. 2.5 CONTINUING TEMPORARY ELECTRICITY MAINTENANCE At the option of the Owner, the Temporary Power Contractor shall provide a minimum of 1 person full time for the duration of the construction, estimated to be 18 months. This person will maintain, relocate and repair the temporary utilities covered under Articles 2.2, 2.3 and 2.4. The bid for this work shall be based on an hourly rate for licensed electrician. 2.6 TEMPORARY LIGHTING A. The Electrical Trade Contractor will be responsible for the installation of the permanent electrical system and shall also furnish, install and maintain temporary lighting for construction needs throughout the construction period and shall remove such temporary lighting on completion of the Work. 1. Temporary artificial lighting shall be provided in enclosed Work areas and all other work areas when natural lighting does not meet minimum requirements. Temporary artificial lighting in Work areas shall produce uniform illumination of 20-foot candles. 2. Any Trade Contractor requiring temporary lighting in addition to that specified, including lighting for security, temporary offices, storage, shops and other construction buildings, shall arrange and pay for such additional temporary lighting. 3. Power requirements and source will be coordinated with Article 2.2 above. 4. The Electrical Contractor shall comply with the applicable requirements specified in sections of Division 16 - Electrical. Materials shall be new, and must be adequate for required usage, and must not violate requirements of applicable codes and standards. 5. Receptacles, fixtures and controls shall be standard products, meeting UL Standards. 6. The Electrical Contractor shall comply with all applicable requirements specified in sections of Division 16 - Electrical, when installing the temporary lighting, shall locate fixtures to provide full illumination of required areas, shall maintain the system to provide continuous service, and shall modify and extend the service as the progress of the Work requires. 05/30/91 TEMPORARY UTILITIES 01510 - 4 7. The Electrical Contractor shall completely remove temporary materials and equipment at Project Completion, except for high voltage underground. 2.7 TEMPORARY WATER A. Site Plumbing Contractor will arrange with utility service company, to provide water for construction purposes. B. Site Plumbing Contractor will provide temporary water at location.; of two (2) fire hydrants on fire water loop as directed by Construction Manager; fire water loop will be charged to provide construction water. C. The Construction Manager will pay for water used for temporary construction purposes. D. Building Plumbing Contractor will maintain temporary water systems, and will remove temporary water appurtenances at completion of project. E. Each Trade Contractor shall be responsible for providing any additional water (if needed) for construction purposes. In addition, each Trade Contractor is responsible for providing potable drinking water for his personnel and employees, as well as suitable containers, ice and salt tablets in sufficient quantity to meet the needs of his labor force. 2.8 TEMPORARY HEATING, COOLING AND VENTILATING Each Trade Contractor shall be responsible for providing, and operating and maintaining temporary heating, cooling and ventilating, as required, to maintain adequate environmental conditions to facilitate the progress of his Work; to meet minimum condition for the installation of materials; and to protect materials and finishes from damage due to temperature or humidity. Each Trade Contractor, subject to the approval and direction of the Construction Manager, shall: 1. Provide adequate forced ventilation of enclosed areas for curing of installed materials, to disperse humidity, and to prevent hazardous accumulations of dust, fumes, vapors, or gases. 2. If portable heaters are required, utilize only UL approved units complete with controls. 3. Insure that all safety devices specified for operation of equipment are functioning properly. 05/30/91 TEMPORARY UTILITIES 01510 - 5 4. Pay all costs of providing, operating, maintaining, and removing such temporary heating, cooling, and ventilating equipment as may be required. The foregoing obligations of the Trade Contractor are in addition to his obligations under Article 10 of the General Conditions. 2.9 TEMPORARY SANITARY FACILITIES A. The Owner will provide sanitary facilities in compliance with laws and regulations. B. The Owner will service, clean and maintain facilities and enclosures. 2.10 TEMPORARY FIRE PROTECTION The Trade Contractor responsible for the installation of the permanent fire protection system shall furnish, install and maintain temporary fire protection equipment, materials, supplies and service within the buildings throughout the construction period in accordance with the requirements of all applicable codes and standards. Each floor shall have a temporary fire protection system. Each Trade Contractor will be responsible for fire protection required for his own work. 2.11 REMOVAL A. Completely remove temporary materials and equipment when their use is no longer required. B. Clean and repair damage caused by temporary installations or use of temporary facilities. C. Restore permanent facilities used for temporary services to specified condition. 1. Prior to final inspection, the Trade Contractor responsible for the permanent building lighting system, shall remove temporary lamps and install new lamps. 2. The Trade Contractor responsible for the building mechanical system shall replace filters and worn or consumed parts of mechanical equipment. *************** END OF SECTION 01510 05/30/91 TEMPORARY UTILITIES 01510 - 6 6 _- 14miaa� 120/240 volt Meter OIL- LL Detail @'All t Temporary Electric Pole -100 W H.P.S. ABCA Light w/ P.E. Control 20' +/- M.H. (2 per pole) 1 1/4" GRC, #3 Wire -City Electric Meter 100 Amp Main Breaker, or 100 Amp Distribution Panel with Main Beaker (Note 1) Note 1 - Mount main and 8' Driven Ground panel on 3/4 CDX plywood per N.E.C. and mount plywood to pole. 'AM,Mail aHn Sub-FeedrPanels 50 Amp Feeder Typical r1W, AV 12/2 Romex to Lighting Stringers Typical 50 Amp Sub Feed Panel Typical 12/2 Romex Typical 4" Sq Box & Industrial Cover Typical 4' x 4' 1/2" Plywood Back Board Typical ote: Construction E.C. to provide, install and maintain area stringer lighting from existing temporary elect. See 2-3 of 01510 Temp. Utilities Spec. ';Z;i ` _..�-.Zry,>t, .^g'k. E �-�.�.-.,�,» ��- - .-'°'. _ .tom .. _ '�'t��. - - ..-.�>�§#;-• ..p�aw,pk;. Detail "Cn Temporary Shed Size all conduit, conductors, grounds, etc. to NEC Standards, install per Art. 305. Provid, lockin, Panel "A" - 3 phase 4 wire 480/277 volt Nema 1 surf mt Panel Board 600 amp, 24 branch ckt, 600 amp main ckt breaker & 1-300 amp branch cb 3-phase, 24 ckt. Transformer - Sq D #225T3H or equal 480 Primary (Delta) - 120/208 Y secondary. Panel "B" - 3 phase 4 wire 120/208 volt Nema 1 surf mt Panel Board 600 amp MCB, with 18 2 pole 50 amp branch circuit breakers & 1 sp/20 amp. Panel "C" - (At trailer staging area) 400 amp MCB Nema 3R 42 circuit Panel Board with 20 2 pole 50 amp ckt breakers 120/208 3-phase. Note: All materials become the property of the Owner at completion of the project. e b5 $4 O r-1 �a m -> a in 4J 0 N O p '0 • ij ZZ d' 4J 1! ��U A4y I, I Q+��A U 1 k mo 4P-W o U 14 m4J .-4 C A O OU 0 C� � U 0 $4 U 41 O U 0 O G..-1 W x c 40 $4 co -.4 a a� Z G1 U E4 SECTION 01520 CONSTRUCTION AIDS PART 1 - GENERAL ow U0,11 A. Section includes: 1. Construction aids 2. Temporary enclosures 1.2 REQUIREMENTS OF REGULATORY AGENCIES B. Comply with Federal, regulations. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2..1 MATERIALS - GENERAL State and local codes and A. Materials may be new or used, suitable for the intended use and shall not violate requirements of applicable codes and standards. 2..2 CONSTRUCTION AIDS A. Each Trade Contractor shall be responsible for furnishing, installing, maintaining, and removing on completion of the Work all scaffolds, staging, ladders, stairs, ramps, runways, platforms, railings, chutes, and other such facilities and equipment required by his personnel to insure their safety and facilitate the execution of the Work. 1. Each Trade Contractor shall comply with all Federal, State and local codes, laws and regulations governing such construction aids. 2. Each Trade Contractor shall relocate such construction aids as required by the progress of construction, by storage or work requirements, and to accommodate the legitimate requirements of the Owner or Construction Manager or other separate contractors employed at the site. 3. Each Trade Contractor shall completely remove temporary scaffolds, access, platforms, and other such materials, facilities, and equipment, at the completion of the Work or when construction needs can be met by the use of the permanent construction, 04/09/91 CONSTRUCTION AIDS 01520 - 1 provided the Construction Manager has approved and authorized such use. Each Trade Contractor shall clean up and shall repair any damage caused by the installation or by the use of such temporary construction aids. Each Trade Contractor shall restore any permanent facilities used for temporary purposes to their specified condition. The foregoing obligations of the Trade Contractor are in addition to his obligations under Article 10 of the General Conditions. 2..3 TEMPORARY ENCLOSURES A. The Trade Contractor responsible for installing the permanent closure in an opening in an exterior wall shall be responsible for installing, maintaining, and removing, as the Work progresses, a temporary weather -tight enclosure for that opening as necessary to provide acceptable working conditions, to provide weather protection for interior materials, to allow for effective temporary heating, and to prevent entry of unauthorized persons. 1. Each Trade Contractor shall install such temporary enclosures as soon as is practical after the opening is constructed or as directed by the Construction Manager. 2. Temporary enclosures shall be removable as necessary for the Work and for handling of materials. 3. Temporary enclosures shall be completely removed when construction needs can be met by the use of the permanent closures. 4. The Trade Contractor responsible for providing, maintaining, and removing the temporary enclosure shall clean and shall repair any damage caused by the installation of such enclosure. 5. Each Trade Contractor shall remain responsible for insuring that his work, material, equipment, supplies, tools, machinery, and construction equipment is adequately protected from damage or theft and shall provide, maintain and remove such additional temporary enclosures as may be deemed necessary. The foregoing obligations of the Trade Contractor are in addition to his obligations under Article 10 of the General Conditions. **************** END OF SECTION 01520 04/09/91 CONSTRUCTION AIDS 015ZU - Z SECTION 01550 ACCESS ROADS AND PARKING AREAS A. Each Trade Contractor shall be responsible for installing and maintaining, until the completion of his Work any temporary access roads or parking facilities required by his Work, other than that which has been provided by the Owner. B. Any Trade Contractor excavating across an access road or parking area shall backfill and compact his excavation and resurface the road or parking area to match the existing surface. The Trade Contractor shall comply with all applicable Specifications when so doing. 04/09/91 ACCESS ROADS AND PARKING AREAS 01550 - 1 SECTION 01560 TEMPORARY CONTROLS PART 1 - GENERAL 1..1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Water control 2. Dust control 3. Erosion and sediment control 4. Pollution control B. Related sections: 1. SCOPES OF WORK 1..2 WATER CONTROL A. Site Grading Contractor shall grade site to drain. B. Protect site from puddling or running water. Provide water barriers to protect site from soil erosion. Maintain excavations free of water. Provide, operate, and maintain pumping equipment. 1..3 DUST CONTROL A. Execute the Work by methods to minimize raising dust from construction operations. B. Provide positive means to prevent airborne dust from dispersing into atmosphere. 1..4'EROSION AND SEDIMENT CONTROL A. Plan and execute construction by methods to control surface drainage from cuts and fills, from borrow and waste disposal areas. Prevent erosion and sedimentation. B. Minimize amount of bare soil exposed at one time. C. Provide temporary measures such as berms, dikes, and drains, to prevent water flow. D. Construct fill and waste areas by selective placement to avoid erosive surface silts or clays. 05/20/91 TEMPORARY CONTROLS 01560 - 1 E. Inspect earthwork to detect evidence of erosion and sedimentation; promptly apply corrective measures. 1..5 POLLUTION CONTROL A. Provide methods, means, and facilities to prevent contamination of soil, water, and atmosphere from discharge of noxious, toxic substances, and pollutants produced by construction operations. Two (2) 30 c.y. trash containers will be provided by the Owner. The Masonry Contractor shall be responsible to provide his own trash dumpsters for masonry waste disposal. Trash containers shall be located in trash accumulation areas designated by the Construction Manager. Each Contractor each day shall collect and deposit in the containers, all rubbish, waste materials, debris, and other trash from his operations, (excluding masonry), including any trash generated by his employees during lunch periods or coffee breaks. *************** END OF SECTION 01560 05/20/91 TEMPORARY CONTROLS 01560 - 2 SECTION 01580 PROJECT IDENTIFICATION AND SIGNS A project identification sign will be furnished, installed, and maintained by the Construction Manager. Trade Contractors informational sigr.s on the site shall be limited to those designating their temporary field offices and sheds. All such informational signs shall be subject to approval by the Construction Manager. 04/09/91 PROJECT IDENTIFICATION AND SIGNS o15UU - I SECTION 01590 FIELD OFFICES AND SHEDS A. The Trade Contractor, if he deems it necessary, may furnish, install, and maintain a temporary field office for his use and the use of his employees during the construction period. B. The Trade Contractor shall furnish, install, and maintain temporary storage and work sheds to adequately protect his work, materials, equipment, supplies, tools, machinery, and construction equipment from damage and theft. C. The Trade Contractor shall arrange his field office and sheds so as not to interfere with the construction. The locations of field offices and sheds shall be coordinated with the Construction Manager. The type, size and location of field offices and sheds is subject to approval by the Construction Manager. D. The Trade Contractor shall arrange and pay for temporary electricity and telephone service for his field office and sheds, if he should require such services. E. The Trade Contractor shall relocate his field office and sheds as directed by the Construction Manager, at no additional cost to the Owner or Construction Manager. F. The Trade Contractor shall completely remove his field office and sheds on completion of the Work or when directed by the Construction Manager. The Trade Contractor shall remove all debris and rubbish and shall place the area in a clean and orderly condition. G. The Construction Manager as soon as reasonably possible will establish a field office on the site and will maintain such an office during the entire construction period. The Construction Manager's field office will not be used as field office by the Trade Contractor or his employees. ************** END OF SECTION 01590 04/09/91 FIELD OFFICES AND SHEDS 01590 - 1 SECTION 01595 CONSTRUCTION CLEANING PART 1 - GENERAL 1..1 SUMMARY A. Section includes: 1. Cleaning during progress of work. 1..2 DISPOSAL REQUIREMENTS A. Conduct cleaning and disposal operations to comply with codes, ordinances, regulations, and anti -pollution laws. 1. Do not burn or bury rubbish and waste materials on Project Site. 2. Do not dispose of volatile wastes such as mineral spirits, oil or paint thinner in storm or sanitary drains. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2..1 MATERIALS A. Use only those cleaning materials which will not create hazards to health or property and which will not damage surfaces. B. Use only those cleaning materials and methods recommended by manufacturer of the surface material to be cleaned. C. Use cleaning materials only on surfaces recommended by cleaning material manufacturer. D. Sweeping compounds used in cleaning operations shall leave no residue on concrete floor surfaces that may affect installation of finish flooring materials. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3..1 DURING CONSTRUCTION A. Execute cleaning to keep the Work, the Site and adjacent properties free from accumulations of waste materials, rubbish and windblown debris, resulting from construction operations. 04/09/91 CONSTRUCTION CLEANING 01595 - 1 B. Provide on -site containers for the collection of waste materials, debris, and rubbish. C. Dispose of waste materials, debris and rubbish off the Site. 3..2 DUST CONTROL A. Clean interior spaces prior to the start of the finish painting and continue cleaning on an as -needed basis until painting is finished. B. Schedule operations so that dust and other contaminants resulting from cleaning process will not fall on wet or newly -coated surfaces. C. Handle materials in a controlled manner with as little handling as possible; do not drop or throw materials form heights. ************ END OF SECTION 01595 04/09/91 CONSTRUCTION CLEANING 01595 - 2 SECTION 01600 MATERIAL AND EQUIPMENT PART 1 - GENERAL 1..1 SUMMARY A. Section includes: 1. Products 2. Transportation and handling 3. Storage and protection 4. Security 1..2 PRODUCTS A. Products: means new material, machinery, components, equipment, fixtures, and systems forming the Work. Does not include machinery and equipment used for preparation, fabrication, conveying and erection of the Work. Products may also include existing materials or components required for reuse. B. Do not use materials and equipment removed from existing premises, except as specifically permitted by the Contract Documents. C. Provide interchangeable components of the same manufacturer, for similar components. 1..3 TRANSPORTATION AND HANDLING A. The Trade Contractor shall be responsible for the transportation of all materials and equipment furnished under this contract. The Trade Contractor shall also be responsible for loading, receiving and off-loading at the site all material and equipment installed un der this Contract, whether furnished by the Trade Contractor or the Owner. Unless otherwise provided, the Construction Manager will not accept delivery on behalf of the Trade Contractor for his materials and equipment. The Trade Contractor shall be responsible for coordinating the installation within the buildings of equipment that is too large to pass through finished openings. B. Transport and handle products in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. 04/09/91 MATERIAL AND EQUIPMENT 01600 - 1 C. Promptly inspect shipments to assure that products comply with requirements, quantities are correct,.and products are undamaged. D. Provide equipment and personnel to handle products by methods to prevent soiling, disfigurement, or damage. 1..4 STORAGE AND PROTECTION The Trade Contractor shall be responsible for the proper storage of all materials, supplies, and equipment to be installed under this Contract. Materials stored on site but not adequately protected will not be included in estimates for payment. Except for materials stored within designated and approved storage sheds, vans, or trailers, the Trade Contractor shall not bring onto nor store in any manner at the site any materials and equipment which will not be incorporated into the permanent Work within seven (7) days from the delivery date. The Trade Contractor shall be responsible for arranging and paying for the use of property off the site for storage of materials and equipment as may be required. 1..5 SECURITY A. Each Trade Contractor shall be totally responsible for the security of his work, materials, equipment, supplies, tools, machinery, and construction equipment. PART 2 - PRODUCTS Not Used PART 3 - EXECUTION Not Used ************* END OF SECTION 01600 04/09/91 MATERIAL AND EQUIPMENT 01600 - 2 SECTION 01630 POST -BID SUBSTITUTIONS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section includes: 1. Post -bid substitutions 1.2 SUBSTITUTIONS A. Base Bid shall be in accordance with the Contract Documents. B. After the end of the bidding period, substitution requests will be considered only in the case of: 1. Product unavailability 2. Other conditions beyond the control of the Contractor. C. Submit a separate request for each substitution. Support each request with the following information: 1. Complete data substantiating compliance of proposed substitution with requirements stated in Contract Documents: a. Product identification, including manufacturer's name and address. b. Manufacturer's literature, identifying: 1) Product description. 2) Reference standards. 3) Performance and test data. C. Samples, as applicable. d. Name and address of similar projects on which product has been used and date of each installation. 2. Itemized comparison of the proposed substitution with product specified, listing significant variations. 3. Data relating to changes in construction schedule. 4. Effects of substitution on separate contracts. 5. List of changes required in other work or products. 6. Accurate cost data comparing proposed substitution with product specified. a. Amount of net change to Contract Sum. 7. Designation of required license fees or royalties. 8. Designation of availability of maintenance services, 04/09/91 POST -BID SUBSTITUTIONS 01630 - 1 sources of replacement materials. D. Substitutions will not be considered for acceptance when: 1. A substitution is indicated or implied on shop drawings or product data submittals without a formal request from Bidder. 2. Acceptance will require substantial revision of Contract Documents. 3. In judgement of Architect or Construction Manager, the substitution request does not include adequate information necessary for a complete evaluation. 4. Requested directly by a subcontractor or supplier. E. Do not order or install substitute products without written acceptance of Construction Manager. F. Architect will determine acceptability of proposed substitutions. G. No verbal or written approvals other than by Change Order will be valid. 1..3 CONTRACTOR'S REPRESENTATION A. In making formal request for substitution the Contractor represents that: 1. The proposed product has been investigated and it has been determined that it is equivalent to or superior in all respects to the product specified. 2. The same warranties or bonds will be provided for the substitute product as for the product specified. 3. Coordination and installation of the accepted substitution into the Work will be accomplished and changes as may be required for the Work to be complete will be accomplished. 4. Claims for additional costs caused by substitution which may subsequently become apparent will be waived by the Contractor. 5. Complete cost data is attached and includes related costs under the Contract, but not: a. Costs under separate contracts. b. Architect's costs for redesign or revision of Contract Documents. 1..4 POST -BID SUBSTITUTION FORM A. The form is attached to this section. B. Substitutions will be considered only when the attached form is completed and included with the submittal with back-up data. 04/09/91 POST -BID SUBSTITUTIONS 01630 - 2 PART 2 - PRODUCTS Not Used PART 3 - EXECUTION Not Used 04/09/91 POST -BID SUBSTITUTIONS 01630 - 3 TO: Project Architect HANSEN LIND MEYER INC. c/o Morrison-Knudsen/Gerrits P.O.Box 5283 5090 Jr. College Road, Key West, F1. 33040 (305)292-7845 FAX (305)292-9697 We hereby submit for your consideration the following product instead of the specified item for the above project: DRAWING NO. SPEC. SEC. SPEC. NAME Proposed Substitution: DRAWING NAME PARAGRAPH SPECIFIED ITEM Attach complete information on changes to Drawings and/or Specifications which proposed substitution will require for its proper installation. Submit with request necessary samples and substantiating data to prove equal quality and performance to that which is specified. Clearly mark manufacturer's literature to indicate equality in performance. The undersigned certifies that the function, appearance and quality are of equal performance and assumes liability for equal performance, equal design and compatibility with adjacent materials. Submitted By: Signature Firm Address Title Telephone Date Signature shall be by person having authority to legally bind his firm to the above terms. Failure to provide legally binding signature will result in retraction of approval. For use by the Architect: For use by the Owner: Recommended Recommended as noted Approved Not Recommended Received too late Not Approved Insufficient data received Approved as noted By By Date Date 04/09/91 POST -BID SUBSTITUTIONS 01630 - 4 Fill in Blanks Below: A. Does the substitution affect dimensions shown on Drawings? Yes No If yes, clearly indicate changes. B. Will the undersigned pay for changes to the building design, including engineering and detailing costs caused by the requested substitution? Yes No If no, fully explain: C. What effect does substitution have on other Contracts or other trades? D. E. What effect does substitution have on construction schedule? Manufacturer's warranties of the proposed and specified items are: Same Different. Explain: F. Reason for Request: G. Itemized comparison of specified item(s) with the proposed substitution; list significant variations: H. This substitution will amount to a credit or extra cost to the Owner of: dollars ($ )• I. Designation of maintenance services and sources: (Attach additional sheets if required.) **************** END OF DOCUMENT 01630 04/09/91 POST -BID SUBSTITUTIONS 01630 - 5 SECTION 01650 STARTING OF SYSTEMS PART 1 - GENERAL 1..1 SUMMARY A. Section includes: 1. Starting systems 2. Demonstration and instructions 3. Testing, adjusting, and balancing B. Related sections: 1. SECTION 01700 - CONTRACT CLOSEOUT 1..2 STARTING SYSTEMS A. Coordinate schedule for start-up of various equipment and systems. B. Notify the Construction Manager seven days prior to start-up of each item. C. Verify that each piece of equipment or system has been checked for proper lubrication, drive rotation, belt tension, control sequence, or other conditions which may cause damage. D. Verify that tests, meter readings, and specified electrical characteristics agree with those required by the equipment or system manufacturer. E. Verify wiring and support components for equipment are complete and tested. F. Execute start-up under supervision of responsible manufacturer's representative in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. G. Execute start-up under supervision of the responsible Contractors' personnel in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. H. When specified in individual Specification Sections, require manufacturer to provide authorized representative to be present at the Site to inspect, check and approve equipment or system installation prior to start-up, and 04/09/91 STARTING OF SYSTEMS 01650 - 1 to supervise placing equipment or system in operation. I. Submit a certified written report that equipment or system has been properly installed and is functioning correctly. PART 2 - PRODUCTS Not Used PART 3 - EXECUTION Not Used ************** END OF SECTION 01650 04/09/91 STARTING OF SYSTEMS 01650 - 2 SECTION 01670 SYSTEMS DEMONSTRATIONS PART 1 - GENERAL 1..1 SUMMARY A. Section includes: 1. Procedures for demonstration of equipment operation and instruction of the Owner's personnel. 1..2 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. When specified in individual Sections, provide manufacturer's authorized representative to demonstrate operation of equipment and systems, instruct the Owner's personnel and provide written report that demonstrations and instructions have been completed. B. The Owner will provide list of personnel to receive instructions, and will coordinate their attendance at agreed -upon times. 1..3 SUBMITTALS A. Submit preliminary schedule for the Owner's approval, listing times and date for demonstration of each item of equipment and each system, two weeks prior to proposed dates. B. Provide operating and maintenance manuals to owner (4) weeks prior to demonstrations. C. Submit reports within one week after completion of demonstrations, that demonstrations and instructions have been satisfactorily completed. Give time and date of each demonstration, and hours devoted to demonstration, with a list of persons present. PART 2 - PRODUCTS NOT USED PART 3 - EXECUTION 3..1 PREPARATION 04/30/91 SYSTEMS DEMONSTRATIONS 01670 - 1 A. Verify equipment has been inspected and put into operation; testing, adjusting, and balancing has been performed; and equipment and systems are fully operational. B. Have copies of completed operation and maintenance manuals at hand for use in demonstrations and instructions. 3..2 DEMONSTRATION AND INSTRUCTIONS A. Demonstrate operation and maintenance of equipment and systems to the Owner's personnel two weeks prior to date of final inspection. For equipment requiring seasonal operation, perform instructions for other seasons within six months. B. Use operation and maintenance manuals as basis of instruction. Review contents of manual with personnel in detail to explain aspects of operation and maintenance. C. Demonstrate start-up, operation, control, adjustment, maintenance, servicing, trouble -shooting and shutdown of each item of equipment at agreed -upon times, at designated location. D. Prepare and insert additional data in operations and maintenance manuals when need for additional data becomes apparent during instructions. 3..3 TIME ALLOCATED FOR INSTRUCTIONS A. The amount of time required for instruction on each item of equipment and system is specified in individual Sections. ************** END OF SECTION 01670 04/30/91 SYSTEMS DEMONSTRATIONS 01670 - 2 SECTION 01700 CONTRACT CLOSEOUT PART 1 - GENERAL 1..1 SUMMARY A. Section includes: 1. Closeout procedures 2. Adjusting B. Related sections: 1. SECTION 01027 2. SECTION 01650 3. SECTION 01730 4. SECTION 01740 5. SECTION 08710 6. SECTION 11196 1..2 PROJECT TERMINATION - APPLICATION FOR PAYMENT - STARTING OF SYSTEMS - OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA - WARRANTIES AND BONDS - FINISH HARDWARE - SECURITY HARDWARE A. the Contract requirements are met when construction activities have successfully produced, in this order, these three terminal activities: 1. Substantial Completion 2. Final Completion 3. Final Payment 1..3 SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION A. Submit to the Construction Manager when the Work is substantially complete: 1. A written notice that the Work, or designated portion thereof, is substantially complete. 2. A list of items to be completed or corrected (Punch List) . 3. Request Substantial Completion Observation at a mutually agreeable date. 4. Certifications of systems and testing/balancing final reports. 5. Submit evidence of compliance with requirements of governing authorities: a. Certificate of Occupancy b. Certificates of Inspection: 1) Elevators 2) Mechanical systems 3) Electrical systems 04/09/91 CONTRACT CLOSEOUT 01700 - 1 4) Kitchen equipment 5) Fire protection system 6) Security system B. Within a reasonable time after receipt of such notice, the Architect, the Construction Manager, the Contractor,and the Owner, will make an observation to determine the status of completion. C. Should the work be determined to not be substantially complete the following will occur: 1. Th,r: Construction Manager will promptly notify the Contractor in writing, giving the reasons. 2. The Contractor shall remedy the deficiencies in the Work, and send a second written notice of substantial completion. 3. The Work will be reobserved. D. When the Work is considered substantially complete, the following will occur: 1. The Construction Manager will prepare a Certificate of Substantial Completion on AIA Form G704, accompanied by the Contractor's Punch List of items to be completed or corrected, as verified and amended. Contract responsibilities are not altered by inclusion or omission of required Work from the punch list. 2. The certificate will be executed by all parties and distribution made. E. Complete or correct items identified on the punch list and required by the Contract requirements within time limit established by the certificate. 1..4 FINAL COMPLETION A. To attain final completion, the Contractor shall complete activities pertaining to substantial completion, complete Work on punch list items and submit written request to the Construction Manager for final inspection. B. When the Work is complete, the Contractor shall submit written certification that: 1. The Contract Documents have been reviewed. 2. Work has been inspected for compliance with the Contract Documents. 3. Work has been completed in accordance with the Contract Documents. 4. Equipment and systems have been tested in the presence of the Owner's representative and are operational. 04/09/91 CONTRACT CLOSEOUT 01700 - 2 5. Work is completed and ready for final observation. C. The Architect, the Construction Manager, the Contractor and the Owner will make an inspection to verify the status of completion with reasonable promptness after receipt of such certification. D. Should the Work be considered incomplete or defective: 1. The Construction Manager will promptly notify the Contractor in writing, listing the incomplete or defective work. 2. The Contractor shall take immediate steps to remedy the stated deficiencies and send a second written certification to the Construction Manager that the Work is Complete. 3. The Work will be reinspected. E. When the Work is acceptable under the Contract Documents the Contractor shall make closeout submittals. 1..5 THE CONTRACTOR'S CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS TO THE ARCHITECT A. Project Record Documents: to requirements of SECTION 01720. B. Operating and maintenance data, instructions to the Owner's personnel: to requirements of SECTION 01730. C. Keys and keying schedule: to requirements of SECTION 08710 & 11196. D. Spare parts and maintenance materials: to requirements of individual sections. E. Evidence of payment and release of liens: to requirements of General and Supplementary Conditions. 1..6 FINAL ADJUSTMENT OF ACCOUNTS A. Submit a final statement of accounting to the Architect. B. Statement shall reflect adjustments to the Contract Sum: 1. The original Contract Sum 2. Additions and deductions resulting from: a. Previous Change Orders b. Allowances C. Unit Prices d. Deductions for uncorrected Work e. Penalties and bonuses f. Deductions for liquidated damages g. Deductions for reinspection payments 04/09/91 CONTRACT CLOSEOUT 01700 - 3 h. Other adjustments 3. Total Contract Sum, as adjusted 4. Previous payments 5. Sum remaining due C. The Construction Manager will prepare a final Change Order, reflecting adjustments to the Contract Sum which were not previously made by Change Orders. 1..7 FINAL APPLICATION FOR PAYMENT A. The Contractor shall submit the final Application for Payment in accordance with procedures and requirements stated in the Conditions of the Contract. PART 2 - PRODUCTS Not used PART 3 - EXECUTION Not used ***************** END OF SECTION 01700 04/09/91 CONTRACT CLOSEOUT 01700 - 4 SECTION 01710 FINAL CLEANING PART 1 - GENERAL 1..1 SUMMARY A. Section includes: 1. Cleaning at completion of Work 1..2 DISPOSAL REQUIREMENTS A. Conduct cleaning and disposal operations to comply with codes, ordinances, regulations, and anti -pollution laws. 1. Do not burn or bury rubbish and waste materials on the Project Site. 2. Do not dispose of volatile wastes such as mineral spirits, oil or paint thinner in storm or sanitary drains. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2..1 MATERIALS A. Use only those cleaning materials which will not create hazards to health or property and which will not damage surfaces. B. Use only those cleaning materials and methods recommended by manufacturer on the surface material to be cleaned. C. Use cleaning materials only on surfaces recommended by cleaning material manufacturer. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3..1 DUST CONTROL A. Handle materials in a controlled manner with as little handling as possible. 3..2 FINAL CLEANING A. Employ skilled workmen for final cleaning. B. Remove grease, mastic, adhesives, dust, dirt, stains, fingerprints, labels, and other foreign materials form 04/09/91 FINAL CLEANING 01710 - 1 sight -exposed interior and exterior surfaces. C. Wash and shine glazing and mirrors. D. Polish glossy surfaces to a clear shine. E. Dust cabinetwork and remove markings. F. Vacuum as needed. G. Broom clean exterior paved surfaces; rake clean other surface.:: of the grounds. H. Prior to final completion, or the Owner occupancy, conduct an inspection of sight -exposed interior surfaces, exterior surfaces and work areas, to verify that the entire Work is clean. I. Clean tunnels and closed off spaces of packing boxes, wood frame members and other waste materials used in the Construction. J. Internally clean the entire system of piping and equipment. Open dirt pockets and strainers, completely blowing down as required and clean strainer screens of accumulated debris. K. Drain tanks, fixtures and pumps to be free of sludge and accumulated matter. L. Remove temporary labels and stickers from fixtures and equipment. Do not remove permanent name plates, equipment model numbers and ratings. M. Thoroughly clean heating and air conditioning equipment, tanks, pumps and traps. Install or thoroughly clean filters or filter media, including: 1. The cleaning of permanent filters and the replacement of disposable filters if units were operated during construction. 2. The cleaning of ducts, blowers, and coils if the units were operated during construction. N. Remove from the Site all facilities of items installed or used for temporary purposes during construction. O. Restore all adjoining areas to their original or specified condition. **************** END OF SECTION 01710 04/09/91 FINAL CLEANING 01710 - 2 SECTION 01720 PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS PART 1 - GENERAL 1..1 SUMMARY A. Section includes: 1. Maintain at the job Site one copy of: a. Record Contract Drawings b. Record Project Manual C. Coordination drawings d. Addenda e. Reviewed shop drawings f. Change Orders g. Other modifications to the Contract h. Field test records 1..2 GENERAL A. Store documents in cabinets in temporary field office, apart from documents used for construction. B. Maintain documents in clean, dry, legible condition. C. Do not use Project Record Documents for construction purposes. D. Make documents available for inspection by the Construction Manager, the Architect and the Owner. E. Failure to maintain documents up-to-date will be cause for withholding payments. F. Obtain from the Construction Manager (at no charge) two sets of the Contract Documents for Project Record Documents including: 1. Specifications with all addenda. 2. Two complete sets of black line prints of all Drawings. 1..3 RECORDING A. Label each document "Project Record". B. Keep record documents current. 05/20/91 PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS 01720 - 1 C. Do not permanently conceal any work until required information has been recorded. D. Contract Drawings: 1. Required information may, as an option, be entered on a "working set" and then at completion of Project transfer the information to final submitted "Project Record" set. 2. Legibly mark to record actual construction: a. Depths of various elements of foundation in relation to survey data. b. Horizontal and vertical location of underground utilities and appurtenances referenced to permanent surface improvements. C. Location of internal utilities and appurtenances concealed in construction referenced to visible and accessible features of structure. d. Field changes of dimension and detail. e. Changes made by Change Order or Construction Change Directive. f. Details not on original Contract Drawings. E. Specifications and Addenda: 1. Legibly mark up each Section to record: a. Manufacturer, trade name, catalog number and supplier of each product and item of equipment actually installed. b. Changes made by Change Order or Construction Change Directive. C. Other items not originally specified. F. Conversion of schematic layouts: 1. Arrangement of conduits, circuits, piping, ducts and similar items are in most cases shown schematically on the Drawings. 2. Legibly mark to record actual construction: a. Dimensions accurate to within 1" on the centerline of items shown schematically. b. Identify each item, for example, "cast iron drain" "galvanized water". C. Identify location of each item, for example, "under slab", "in ceiling plenum", "exposed". 3. The Construction Manager may waive requirements of schematic layout conversion, when in his opinion, it serves no beneficial purpose. Do not, however, rely on waivers being issued except specifically issued by the Construction Manger in writing. 1..4 SUBMITTAL 05/20/91 PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS 01720 - 2 A. At completion of Project, deliver Project Record Documents to the Construction Manager prior to request for final payment. B. Accompany submittal with transmittal letter, in duplicate, containing: 1. Date 2. Project title and HLM Project number 3. The Contractor's name and address 4. Title and number of each record document 5. Certification that each document as submitted is complete and accurate. 6. Signature of the Contractor, or his authorized representative. PART 2 - PRODUCTS Not Used PART 3 - EXECUTION Not Used *************** END OF SECTION 01720 05/20/91 PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS 01720 - 3 SECTION 01730 OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA PART 1 - GENERAL 1..1 SUMMARY A. Section includes: 1. Foi.,nat and content of manuals 2. Instruction of the Owner's personnel 3. Schedule of submittals B. Related sections: 1. SECTION 01301 - SUBMITTALS 2. SECTION 01700 - CONTRACT CLOSEOUT 3. Individual Specifications Sections: specific requirements for operation and maintenance data. 1..2 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Prepare instructions and data by personnel experienced in maintenance and operation of described products. 1..3 FORMAT A. Prepare data in the form of an instructional manual. B. Binders: commercial quality, 8-1/2" x Jill three-ring binders with hardback, cleanable, plastic covers; 1-1/2" maximum ring size. When multiple binders are used, correlate data into related consistent groupings. C. Cover: identify each binder with typed or printed title OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE INSTRUCTIONS; list title of the Project and separate building; identify subject matter of contents. D. Arrange content by systems under Section numbers and sequence of Table of Contents of these Specifications. E. Provide tabbed fly leaf for each separate product and system, with typed description of product and major component parts of equipment. F. Text: manufacturer's printed data, or typewritten data on 20 pound paper. G. Drawings: provide with reinforced punched binder tab. 05/20/91 OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA 0173U - 1 Bind in with text; fold larger drawings to size of text pages. 1..4 CONTENTS, EACH VOLUME A. Table of Contents: provide title of the Project; names, addresses, and telephone numbers of the Construction Manager, the Architect, consultants, and the Contractor with name of responsible parties; schedule of products and systems, indexed to content of the volume. B. For each product or system: list names, addresses and telephone numbers of subcontractors and suppliers, including local source of supplies and replacement parts. C. Product data: mark each sheet to clearly identify specific products and component parts, and data applicable to installation. Delete inapplicable information. D. Drawings: supplement product data to illustrate relations of component parts of equipment and systems, to indicate control and flow diagrams. Do not use the Project Record Documents as maintenance drawings. E. Type text: as required to supplement product data. Provide logical sequence of instructions for each procedure, incorporating manufacturer's instructions. F. Warranties and bonds: bind in copy of each. 1..5 MANUAL FOR MATERIALS AND FINISHES A. Building products, applied materials, and finishes: include product data, with catalog number, size, composition, and color and texture designations. Provide information for re -ordering custom manufactured products. B. Instructions for care and maintenance; include manufacturer's recommendations for cleaning agents and methods, precautions against detrimental agents and methods, and recommended schedule for cleaning and maintenance. C. Moisture protection and weather exposed products: include product data listing applicable reference standards, chemical composition, and details of installation. Provide recommendations for inspections, maintenance, and repair. D. Additional requirements; as specified in individual 05/20/91 OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA 01730 - 2 product specification Sections. 1..6 MANUAL FOR EQUIPMENT AND SYSTEMS A. Each item of equipment and each system: include description of unit or system, and component parts. Identify function, normal operating characteristics, and limiting conditions. Include performance curves, with engineering data and tests, and complete nomenclature and commercial number of replaceable parts. B. Panelboard circuit directories: provide electrical service characteristics, controls and communications. C. Include color coded wiring diagrams as installed. D. Operating procedures: include start-up, break-in, and routine normal operating instructions and sequences. Include regulation, control, stopping, shut -down, and emergency instructions. Include summer, winter, and special operating instructions. E. Maintenance requirements: include routine procedures and guide for trouble -shooting; disassembly, repair, and reassembly instructions; and alignment, adjusting, balancing, and checking instructions. F. Provide servicing and lubrication schedule, and list of lubricants required. G. Include manufacturer's printed operation and maintenance instructions. H. Include sequence of operation by controls manufacturer. I. Provide original manufacturer's parts list, illustrations, assembly drawings, and diagrams required for maintenance. J. Provide control diagrams by controls manufacturer as installed. K. Provide the Contractor's coordination drawings, with color coded piping diagrams as installed. L. Provide charts of valve tag numbers, with location and function of each valve, keyed to flow and control diagrams. M. Provide list of original manufacturer's spare parts, current prices, and recommended quantities to be 05/20/91 OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA 01730 - 3 maintained in storage. N. Include test and balancing reports. O. Additional requirements: as specified in individual product specification Sections. P. Provide a listing in Table of Contents for design data, with tabbed fly sheet and space for insertion of data. 1..7 INSTRUCTION OF THE OWNER PERSONNEL A. Before final inspection, instruct the Owner's designated personnel in operation, adjustment, and maintenance of products, equipment, and systems, at agreed upon times. B. For equipment requiring seasonal operation, perform instructions for other seasons within six months. C. Use operation and maintenance manuals as basis for instruction. Review contents of manual with personnel in detail to explain all aspects of operation and maintenance. D. Prepare and insert additional data in Operation and Maintenance Manual when need for such data becomes apparent during instruction. 1..8 SUBMITTALS A. Submit two copies of preliminary draft or proposed formats and outlines of contents before start of the Work. The Construction Manager and Architect will review draft and return one copy with comments. B. For equipment, or component parts of equipment put into service during construction and operated by the Owner, submit documents within ten days after acceptance. C. Submit one copy of completed volumes in final form 15 days prior to final inspection. Copy will be returned after final inspection, with Construction Manager and Architect comments. Revise content of documents prior to final submittal. D. Submit two copies of revised volumes of data in final form within ten days after final inspection. 05/20/91 OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA 01730 - 4 PART 2 - PRODUCTS Not Used PART 3 - EXECUTION Not Used ************** END OF SECTION 01730 05/20/91 OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE UNER ViiJv - THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER BID GROUP TWO PROJECT NUMBER 90007.00 JULY 23, 1991 Hansen Lind Meyer, Inc. 800 North Magnolia Avenue Suite 1100 Orlando, Florida 32803 DOCUMENT 00001 PROJECT MANUAL INDEX BIDDING REQUIREMENTS AND CONTRACT DOCUMENTS 00001 PROJECT MANUAL INDEX DIVISION 3 - CONCRETE 03100 CONCRETE FORMWORK 03200 CONCRETE REINFORCEMENT 03300 CAST -IN -PLACE CONCRETE 03410 PRECAST CONCRETE CORED PLANKS 03412 PRECAST CONCRETE PANELS 03420 PRECAST CONCRETE SECTIONS 03490 PRECAST CONCRETE MODULAR CELL 03600 GROUT DIVISION 4 - MASONRY 04200 UNIT MASONRY DIVISION 5 - METALS 05180 MISCELLANEOUS STRUCTURAL STEEL 05500 METAL FABRICATIONS 05510 METAL STAIRS 05810 EXPANSION JOINT COVERS ASSEMBLIES DIVISION 6 - WOOD AND PLASTIC 06100 ROUGH CARPENTRY DIVISION 7 - THERMAL AND MOISTURE PROTECTION 07115 SHEET WATERPROOFING 07210 BUILDING INSULATION 07530 SINGLE PLY ROOFING 07720 ROOF ACCESSORIES 07900 JOINT SEALERS THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER HLM 90007.00-1 BID GROUP TWO 00001-1 DOCUMENT 00001 PROJECT MANUAL INDEX DIVISION 8 - DOORS AND WINDOWS 08100 METAL DOORS AND FRAMES 08410 ALUMINUM ENTRANCES 08660 SECURITY WINDOWS 08710 DOOR HARDWARE 08800 GLAZING 08842 SECURITY GLAZING 08902 ALUMINUM WINDOW WALLS DIVISION 9 - FINISHES 09200 LATH AND PLASTER 09830 ELASTOMERIC COATING 09900 PAINTING DIVISION 10 - SPECIALTIES 10200 LOUVERS AND VENTS 10606 SECURITY FENCING ASSEMBLY DIVISION 14 - CONVEYING SYSTEMS 14240 HYDRAULIC ELEVATORS DIVISION 16 - ELECTRICAL 16111 CONDUIT SYSTEMS END OF SECTION 00001 THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER HLM 90007.00-1 BID GROUP TWO 00001-2 ivown 3 UNA Concrete Div SN* M �C? SECTION 03100 CONCRETE FORMWORK PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section includes 1. Formwork for cast -in -place concrete, with shoring, bracing and anchorage. 2. Openings for other work. 3. Form accessories. 4. Anchorage and erection items specified in other sections, for embedment in concrete. 5. Form stripping. B. RELATED SECTIONS 1. Section 03200 - Concrete Reinforcement. 2. Section 03300 - Cast -in -Place Concrete. 1.2 REFERENCES A. Provide and maintain one copy at the site of all referenced publications for use by site and inspection personnel. B. American Concrete Institute (ACI) 1. ACI 347 - Recommended Practice For Concrete Formwork. 2. ACI 301- Specifications for Structural Concrete for Buildings 1.3 DESIGN REQUIREMENTS A. Design, engineer and construct formwork, shoring and bracing to conform to design and code requirements; resultant concrete to conform to required shape, line and dimension. 1.4 SUBMITTALS A. Shop Drawings: Indicate pertinent dimensions, materials, bracing, and arrangement of joints and ties for concrete exposed to view. B. Submit shop drawings signed and sealed by State of Florida registered Professional Engineer who prepared calculations indicating drawings were prepared under his direct supervision. a. Provide additional copies of drawings and data for Enforcement Agency, and Special Inspector under Florida law, to comply with Threshold Building Requirements. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1 WOOD FORM MATERIALS A. Form Materials: At the discretion of the Contractor providing required finish. B. Comply with ACI 347. THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER HLM 90007.00-2 BID GROUP TWO 03100-1 SECTION 03100 CONCRETE FORMWORK 2.2 FORMWORK ACCESSORIES A. Form Ties: 1. Adjustable to permit tightening of forms leaving no metal closer than 1-1/2" to surface. 2. Ties: Commercially manufactured. Wire and band iron are not acceptable. 3. Holes left in concrete after tie removal: Not to exceed 7/8" diameter at finish concrete surface, and no deeper than largest diameter. B. Form Release Agent: Colorless mineral oil which will not stain concrete, or absorb moisture. C. Corners: 1. Chamfered 2. Wood strip 3/4 inch; maximum possible lengths. D. Nails, Spikes, Lag Bolts, Through Bolts, Anchorages: of size strength and character to maintain formwork in place while placing concrete. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Verify lines, levels and centers before proceeding with formwork. Ensure that dimensions agree with Drawings. 3.2 ERECTION - FORMWORK A. Provide bracing to ensure stability of formwork. Shore or strengthen formwork subject to overstressing by construction loads. B. Arrange and assemble formwork to permit dismantling and stripping. Do not damage concrete during stripping. Permit removal of remaining principal shores. C. Align joints and make watertight. Keep form joints to a minimum. D. Do not frame openings in structural members which are not indicated on Drawings without written approval from Architect. E. Provide chamfer strips on corners of curbs. 3.3 APPLICATION - FORM RELEASE AGENT A. Apply form release agent on formwork in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations. B. Apply prior to placement of reinforcing steel, anchoring devices, and embedded items. THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER HLM 90007.00-2 BID GROUP TWO 03100-2 SECTION 03100 CONCRETE FORMWORK C. Do not apply form release agent where concrete surfaces will receive special finishes or applied coverings which may be affected by agent. Soak inside surfaces of untreated forms with clean water. Keep surfaces coated prior to placement of concrete. 3.4 INSERTS, EMBEDDED PARTS, AND OPENINGS A. Provide formed openings where required for items to be embedded in or passing through concrete work. B. Locate and set in.place items which will be cast directly into concrete. C. Coordinate related work in forming and placing openings, recesses, chases, bolts, anchors, and other inserts. D. Install accessories in accordance with manufacturer's instructions, straight, level, and plumb. Ensure items are not disturbed during concrete placement. E. Provide temporary ports or openings in formwork where required to facilitate cleaning and inspection. Locate openings at bottom of forms to allow flushing water to drain. F. Close temporary openings with tight fitting panels, flush with inside face of forms, and neatly fitted so joints will not be apparent in exposed concrete surfaces. 3.5 FORM CLEANING A. Clean and remove foreign matter within forms as erection proceeds. B. Clean formed cavities of debris prior to placing concrete. C. Flush with water or use compressed air to remove remaining foreign matter. Ensure that water and debris drain to exterior through clean -out ports. 3.6 FORMWORK TOLERANCES A. Construct formwork to maintain tolerances required by ACI 301. 3.7 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Examine erected formwork, shoring, and bracing to ensure that work is in accordance with formwork design, and that supports, fastenings, wedges, ties, and items are secure. B. Do not reuse wood formwork for concrete surfaces to be exposed to view. Do not patch formwork. 3.8 FORM REMOVAL A. Do not remove forms or bracing until concrete has gained sufficient strength to carry its own weight and imposed loads. THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER HLM 90007.00-2 BID GROUP TWO 03100-3 SECTION 03100 CONCRETE FORMWORK B. Form ties not required to hold forms in place may be removed after 24 hours. C. Formwork not supporting weight of concrete such as sides of curbs and similar parts of the work, may be removed after cumulative curing at not less than 50 degrees F. for 24 hours after placing the concrete, providing the concrete is sufficiently cured to be undamaged by form removal operations. D. Formwork supporting weight of concrete such as slabs and other structural elements may not be removed in less than 14 days or until concrete has attained 75% of design strength at 28 days. 1. Design strength of cast -in -place concrete having supporting forms removed before 14 day time period shall be determined by testing field cured and laboratory cured concrete specimens representative of the concrete. a. Concrete specimens and compressive strength tests for early form removal shall be made and tested by .the Independent Testing Laboratory and paid for by the Contractor. E. Form facing material may be removed 4 days after placement if shores and other vertical supports have been designed and arranged to permit removal of form facing material without loosening or disturbing shores and supports. F. Loosen forms carefully. Do not wedge pry bars, hammers, or tools against finish concrete surfaces scheduled for exposure to view. G. Store removed forms in manner that surfaces to be in contact with fresh concrete will not be damaged. Discard damaged forms. 3.9 SCHEDULES A. Facing Materials: 1. Provide forms capable of producing finished concrete surfaces as outlined below. 2. Forms for F-1 and F-2 finish are required as scheduled below on formed concrete surfaces unless indicated otherwise. B. Forms for Type F-1, Rough Form Finish: 1. Use to form concrete concealed from view in the finished construction. 2. No selected form facing material is required. 3. Patch tie holes and defects. 4. Chip or rub off fins exceeding 1/4" in height. Leave surface with the texture imparted by the forms. C. Forms for Type F-2, Smooth Form Finish: 1. Use to form concrete exposed to view that is not subject to additional architectural finish requirements, other than painting. 2. Use form facing material to produce a smooth, hard, uniform texture on the concrete. THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER 03100-4 HLM 90007.00-2 BID GROUP TWO SECTION 03100 CONCRETE FORMWORK a. Facing material: Plywood, tempered concrete -form -grade hardboard, metal, paper or other approved material capable of producing the desired finish. 3. The arrangement of the facing material: Orderly and symmetrical with the number of seams kept to the practical minimum. 4. Do not use material with raised grain, torn surfaces, worn edges, patches, dents or other defects which will impair the texture of the concrete. 5. Patch tie holes and defects. Completely remove fins. END OF SECTION 03100 THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER HLM 90007.00-2 BID GROUP TWO 03100-5 SECTION 03200 CONCRETE REINFORCEMENT PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Steel reinforcing bars. 2. Welded wire fabric. B. Related Sections: I. SECTION 03300 - CAST -IN -PLACE CONCRETE 1.2 REFERENCES A. Provide and maintain one copy at the site of all referenced publications for use by site and inspection personnel. B. American Concrete Institute (ACI) 1. ACI 301 - Structural Concrete for Buildings. 2. ACI 318 - Building Code Requirements For Reinforced Concrete. 3. ACI 315 Manual of Standard Practice for Detailing Reinforced Concrete Structures. 4. ACI SP-66 - Detailing Manual. C. American National Standards Institute, American Society for Testing and Materials (ANSI/ASTM) 1. ANSI/ASTM A-185 - Steel Welded Wire Fabric, Plain, for Concrete Reinforcement. D. American National Standards Institute, American Welding Society (ANSI/AWS) 1. ANSI/AWS D1.4 - Structural Welding Code for Reinforcing Steel. 2. ANSI/AWS D12.1 - Reinforcing Steel Welding Code. E. American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM) I. ASTM A-615: Specification for Deformed and Plain Billet -Steel Bars for Concrete Reinforcement. 2. ASTM A-706/A - Specification for Low Alloy Steel Deformed Bars for Concrete Reinforcement. F. Concrete Reinforcing Steel Institute (CRSI) 1. "Manual of Standard Practice". 2. CRSI - "Placing Reinforcing Bars. 3. CRSI - "Recommended Practice For Placing Bar Supports, Specifications and Nomenclature." 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Shop Drawings: Show size and quantity of cast -in -place concrete reinforcement, method of support and fastening, bending and placing schedules, diagrams, wall elevations and plans, material grades and relation of reinforcement to adjacent materials. THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER HLM 90007.00-2 BID GROUP TWO 03200-1 SECTION 03200 CONCRETE REINFORCEMENT PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 REINFORCEMENT A. Reinforcing Steel Bars: 1. ASTM A615, Grade 60 deformed billet steel bars. 2. ASTM A706, Grade 60 for reinforcement to be welded. B. Welded Wire Fabric: ASTM A185, Flat Sheets. 2.2 ACCESSORY MATERIALS A. Supports for Reinforcement: Provide supports for reinforcement including bolsters, chairs, spacers and other devices for spacing, supporting and fastening reinforcement in place, in accordance with the recommendations and details of the Concrete Reinforcing Steel Institute. 1. For exposed -to -view concrete surfaces: Provide supports with legs hot -dip galvanized, plastic tipped or stainless steel where legs of supports contact forms. B. Tie Wire: Minimum 16 gage annealed type 2.3 FABRICATION A. Fabricate Concrete reinforcing in accordance with ACI 318 B. Weld reinforcement in accordance with ANSI/AWS D1.4. C. Locate reinforcing splices not indicated on Drawings, at point of minimum stress. Review location of splices with Architect. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 GENERAL A. Perform work in accordance with ACI 301 and ACI 318. 3.2 INSTALLATION A. Keep uncoated reinforcement free from rust, scale, dirt, and physical injury. B. Place, support and secure reinforcement against displacement. Do not deviate from required position. C. Secure reinforcement against displacement with tie wire or other clips or ties. END OF SECTION 03200 THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER 03200-2 HLM 90007.00-2 BID GROUP TWO SECTION 03300 CAST -IN -PLACE CONCRETE PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: I. Cast -in -place concrete. 2. Placing anchors and inserts. 3. Installation of embedded items specified in other Sections. B. Related Sections: I. SECTION 03100 2. SECTION 03200 3. SECTION 03412 4. SECTION 03420 5. SECTION 03600 1.2 REFERENCES - CONCRETE FORMWORK. - CONCRETE REINFORCEMENT. - PRECAST CONCRETE PANELS - PRECAST CONCRETE SECTIONS - GROUT. A. Provide and maintain one copy of all referenced publications for use by site and inspection personnel. B. American Concrete Institute (ACI) 1. ACI 211.1 - Standard Practice for Selecting Proportions for Normal,. Heavyweight, and Mass Concrete. 2. ACI 301 - Structural Concrete for Buildings. 3. 4. ACI 302 - Guide for Concrete Floor and Slab Construction. ACI 304 - Recommended Practice for Measuring, Mixing, Transporting Placing Concrete. and 5. ACI 305R - Hot Weather Concreting. 6. 7. ACI 308 - Standard Practice for Curing Concrete. 8. ACI 318 - Building Code Requirements for Reinforced Concrete. ACI SP-15 - Field Reference Manual. C. American National Standards Institute, American Society for Testing and Materials (ANSI/ASTM) I. ANSI/ASTM D-994 - Preformed Expansion Joint Filler for Concrete (Bituminous Type). 2. 3. ANSI/ASTM D-1190 - Concrete Joint Sealer, Hot -Poured Elastic Type. ANSI/ASTM D-1751 - Preformed Expansion Joint Fillers for Concrete Paving and Structural Construction (Nonextruding and Resilient Bituminous Types). 4. ANSI/ASTM D-1752 - Preformed Sponge Rubber and Cork Expansion Joint Fillers for Concrete Paving and Structural Construction. D. American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM) I. ASTM A-108 - Specification for Steel Bars, Carbon, Cold -Finished, Standard Quality. 2. ASTM A-496 - Specification for Steel Wire, Deformed, for Concrete Reinforcement. 3. ASTM B-221 - Specification for Aluminum and Aluminum -Alloy Extruded Bars, Rods, Wire, Shapes and Tubes. 4. 5. ASTM C-33 - Specification for Concrete Aggregates. ASTM C-42 - Test Method for Obtaining and Testing Drilled Cores and Sawed Beams of Concrete. HLM 90007.00-3 THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER BID GROUP TWO 03300-1 SECTION 03300 CAST -IN -PLACE CONCRETE 6. ASTM C-94 - Specification for Ready -Mixed Concrete. 7. ASTM C-150 - Specification for Portland Cement. 8. ASTM C-157 - Specification for Test Method for Length Change of Hardened Hydraulic -Cement Mortar and Concrete. 9. ASTM C-260 - Specification for Air -Entraining Admixtures for Concrete. 10. ASTM C-494 - Specification for Chemicals Admixtures for Concrete. 11. ASTM zzolanlfor UsSpecification a Mineralfor Admixture n dRaw or Calcined Po Portland Cement Concrete. E. American Welding Society (AWS). 1. AWS D1.1 Structural Welding Code - Steel. 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Mix Designs: 1. Submit substantiating data for each concrete mix design contemplated for use to Architect not less than six weeks prior to first concrete placement. Include the following: a. Mix identification designation unique for each mix submitted. b. Statement of intended use for mix. C. Mix proportions, including admixtures used. d. Manufacturer's data and/or certifications verifying conformance of mix materials, including admixtures, with specified requirements. e. Wet and dry unit weight. f. Entrained air content. g. Design slump. h. Required average strength qualification data per ACI 301. Submit separate qualification data for each production facility which will supply concrete to project. i. Actual trial mix data or field test data per ACI 301 used to calculate average strength qualification data. When field test data is used to qualify average strength, submit separate qualification data for each production facility which will supply concrete to project and copies of field test reports. 2. Separate design mixes are required for each strength and density of concrete, each change in type and/or quantity of mix materials including admixtures; each change in slump limits, and each change in entrained air content. 3. For concrete placed by pumping, separate mix designs are required for each 100 feet of vertical or horizontal distance from pump to point of discharge. This requirement may be waived if evidence acceptable efto Architect is submitted demonstrating, by previous that proposed point will meet requirements othese spul ecifications, when at of discharge, over fullrangeof distance required. B. Product Data: 1. Application and installation instructions for proprietary materials and including admixtures and patching compounds. THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER 03300-2 HLM 90007.00-3 BID GROUP TWO SECTION 03300 CAST -IN -PLACE CONCRETE 2. Submit curing compound product data and verification of its compatibility with other finish materials and surface required. C. Submit materials certificates, mill test reports and materials laboratory tests reports attesting that each material item compiles with or exceeds specified requirements. D. Submit one sample copy of concrete batch trip ticket containing information as specified in ASTM C-94 paragraph entitled "Batch Ticket/Information:" including additional information listed for certification purposes. Clearly show amount of water for entire batch which may be added infield that will not exceed water cement ratio specified by concrete design. E. Record Documents: Submit record listing time and date of placement of concrete. Include elapsed time between batching and placing of concrete. Keep record until completion of project, make available to Architect on request. 1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Perform concrete work in accordance with ACI 301 as modified in this Section. B. Acquire cement and aggregate from same source for all work. C. Conform to ACI 305R when concreting during hot weather. 1.5 UNIT PRICES A. Provide unit prices indicated on Bid Form in event additions to or deductions from Work are required and authorized by a written order from Architect. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 CONCRETE MATERIALS A. Portland Cement: ASTM C-150, Type I. 1. Use only one manufacturer and type of cement for each mix -design. B. Normal weight aggregates: ASTM C-33. C. Water: Clean fresh potable. Free from oils or other substances injurious to concrete or reinforcement. D. Air Entraining Admixture: ASTM C-260. E. Water Reducing Admixture: ASTM C-494, Type A, containing no chloride added during manufacture, Acceptable Products: I. "Eucon Super WR-75"; Euclid Chemical Co. THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER HLM 90007.00-3 BID GROUP TWO 03300-3 CAST -IN -PLACE CONCRETE SECTION 03300 2. "Pozzolith Normal"., Master Builders. 3. "Plastocrete 161"; Sika Chemical Corporation. F. High Range Water Reducing (HRWR) Admixture (Super Plasticizer): ASTM C- 494, Type F or G containing not more than 0.1% chloride ions, optional. Acceptable Products: 1. "Eucon 3711; Euclid Chemical Co. 2. "Rheobuild 716 or 1000"; Master Builders. G. Accelerators are not permitted. H. Retarding admixtures and water reducing and retarding admixtures: ASTM C- 494, Type B and Type D respectively. Acceptable Products: 1. Eucon Retarder-75, Euclid Chemical Co. 2. Pozzolith Retarder, Master Builders. 3. Plastocrete 161R, Sika. I. Certification: Provide written conformance to the above mentioned requirements and chloride ion content required prior to mix design review by Architect. imum mix J. Coloring Admixture: lbs Providegrey cement and manufacturer'nsnrecommendatioproportions recommendations. of 3 lbs. p 9 1. Color: As selected by Architect. 2. Manufacturer: a. LAMBERT CORP. b. Architect approved equivalent. 3. Locations: loors, Level 1, Cells, Dormitory Dayrooms a. First Floor: Dayroom F and Sleeping Areas. b. Mezzanine Level: Cell Walkways, Inmate Visitation Space, Multipurpose Rooms and Dayroom Stair Treads. 2.2 EXPANSION MATERIAL A. ACI 301 B. Fiber Expansion Joint: 1. 1/2" thickness. Conform to ASTM D-1751. 2.3 EMBEDDED ITEMS: 1. Embedded items: Do not displace reinforcing bars. 2. Rated or specified capacity of embedded items: Not to be construed as design capacity of supporting concrete members. 3. Steel Plates, Bars and Structural Shapes: Conform to ASTM A-36. 4. Deformed Bar Anchors - Comply with ASTM A-496, Fy=70,000 psi. 5. Headed Concrete Anchors. a. Comply with ASTM A-108. b. Type with Ceramic Ferrules: Compatible with arc -welding process (AWS D1.1). THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER 03300-4 HLM 90007.00-3 BID GROUP TWO SECTION 03300 CAST -IN -PLACE CONCRETE 2.4 RELATED MATERIALS A. Curing compound: Comply with ASTM C-309, Unit moisture loss, pound per square foot at 72 hours shall not exceed .642 psf. 1: Masterseal or MasterKure; Master Builders. 2. Architect approved equivalent. B. Bonding Compound: I. Polyvinyl acetate type, rewettable. Acceptable Manufacturers: a. Euco Weld; Euclid Chemical Co. b. Weldcrete; Larson Products. C. Thorobond; Standard Dry Wall. d. Everbond; L & M Construction Products, Inc. C. Epoxy Adhesive: 100% solids, 100% reactive, two component compound suitable for use on dry or damp surfaces. I. Acceptable Products: a. Euco Epoxy #463 or #6.15; Euclid Chemical Co. b. Sikadu Hi -Mod, Sika Chemical Corporation. C. Permunite; L & M Construction Products, Inc. D. Pigmented Curing and Hardening Compound: I. Provide pigmented curing and hardening compound over concrete with color admixture. 2. Properties, color mix proportions, and application as recommended by manufacturer of color admixture. 3. Product: Colorgard 4. Manufacturer: a. LAMBERT CORP. b. Architect approved equivalent. E. Refer to Section 07210 - BUILDING INSULATION for rigid foam filler and insulation in floor slabs. 2.5 EPDXY JOINT FILLER A. Three (3) component, 100% solids, compound, with a minimum shore D hardness of 50. I. Acceptable Manufacturers: a. Euco Epoxy. #600 or #700; Euclid Chemical Company. b. Sikadur Lo-Mod, Sika Chemical Corporation. C. MM-80,'Metzger-McGuire 2.6 CONCRETE PROPORTIONING AND DESIGN OF MIXES A. Proportion ingredients and design concrete mixes in accordance with ACI 301 as modified in this Section. B. Durability: I. Air -entrained with 5% to 7% entrained and entrapped air. THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER HLM 90007.00-3 BID GROUP TWO 03300-5 CAST -IN -PLACE CONCRETE SECTION 03300 C. Admixtures: 1. Provide water reducing or water reducing and retarding admixture specified in design mix for concrete. 2. Hot Weather Conditions: When ambient temperature exceeds 90 degrees F. and/or placing conditions required retardation of setting time Architect may require a change from Type A (normal) admixture to Type D (retarding) formulation of water reducing admixture. Concrete temperature not to exceed 100 degrees F. 3. When increased workability, pumpability, lower water -cement ratio, shrinkage and permeability reduction is required, use HRWR admixture (Super Plasticizer). D. Selection of Proportion of Ingredients: 1. Prepare design mixes for each type of concrete used in construction. a. Proportion mixes to obtain compressive strengths indicated on the drawings. b. Where compressive strength is not indicated, obtain minimum 4000 psi 28 day strength. 2. Field records used to demonstrate that proposed proportions will produce anduihavered aysamee watergt ement h must bratio e of eand,sts macementde hltypelast and 12 months manufacturer as proposed mix proportions. a. Comply with ACI 211.1 and ACI 301 as modified by the following: 1) Determine maximum allowable unit shrinkage expressed in percentage of length in accordance with ASTM C-157, based upon average value of three (3) 4 inch x 4 inch x 11 inch specimens after 21 days of actual drying time; total 28 days after casting. a) Maximum allowable shrinkage value for concrete mixes: 400 millionths (0.0004) with an allowable variation of 15%. 2) Submit written reports of each proposed concrete mix not less than 15 days prior to start of work. Do not proceed with concrete production until mixes have been reviewed by Architect. 3. Adjustment of Concrete Mixes: Concrete mix design adjustments may be requested when characteristics of materials, project conditions, weather, test results or other circumstances warrant. a. Submstrengtlaboratory e results otest Architect fororts or review revised beforemix use of designs revised strength concrete mixes in the Work. E. Slump: 1. ACI 301. - 2. Pumped Concrete: 5 1/2". 3. Other Structural Concrete: 3". F. Chloride Ion Content: 1. The chloride ion content shall not exceed 0.15% of the weight of the concrete. 2. Test chloride ion content in individual ingredients or trail batches of concrete. THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER 03300-6 HLM 90007.00-3 BID GROUP TWO SECTION 03300 CAST -IN -PLACE CONCRETE 2.7 PRODUCTION OF CONCRETE A. Produce and deliver concrete in accordance with ACI 301 and as modified in this Section. Produce and deliver concrete during hot weather in accordance with ACI 305 and ACI 306. B. Ready Mixed Concrete: 1. Discharge concrete after introduction of mixing water to cement and aggregate or introduction of cement to aggregate within 90 minutes when air temperature is below 80 degrees F. 2. During hot weather, or under conditions contributing to rapid setting of concrete, a shorter maximum discharge time than specified in ASTM C-94 is required. a. Discharge concrete after introduction of mixing water to cement and aggregate or introduction of cement to aggregate within 75 minutes when air temperature is between 80 degrees F and 90 degrees F. b. Discharge concrete within 60 minutes when air temperature is above 90 degrees F. 2.8 TESTING & INSPECTION A. Contractor is responsible for quality control. I. Inspection or testing by Owner does not relieve Contractor of his responsibility to perform Work in accordance with Contract Documents. 2. Workmanship: Correct concrete work which does not conform to specified requirements, including strength, tolerances and finishes. Correct deficient concrete by means acceptable to Architect. B. Testing Laboratory Review: I. Prior to start of concreting operations, Testing Laboratory will review, with representatives of Contractor's quality control staff, facilities that will be used on production of concrete for Project. a. Review will address: Type and condition of equipment. Calibration of measuring devices. Sources of aggregate and cement. Sieve analysis of aggregate samples, mill tests. Methods of storage of aggregate and cement. Mixing procedures, including distance from site. Trip ticket sample. Admixtures that will be used, including special procedures required. Other items which, in opinion of Testing Laboratory, are important elements in production of concrete. b. Testing Laboratory will report results of review to Owner and Architect. 1) Report will identify equipment and procedures which require modification in order to assure quality of concrete. THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER HLM 90007.00-3 BID GROUP TWO 03300-7 SECTION 03300 CAST -IN -PLACE CONCRETE PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Examine prior construction and conditions under which work will be performed. B. Do not proceed with the work until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. 3.2 GENERAL A. Notify Testing Laboratory 24 hours before starting concrete placement. B. Coordinate requirements for installation of embedded items specified and furnished in other Sections. Obtain templates and instructions for setting embedded items. 1. Coordinate work with requirements for mechanical and electrical installations and accommodations. 3.3 PLACING CONCRETE A. Place concrete in accordance with ACI 301. B. Just prior to discharging truck -mixed concrete, mix each truck of concrete minimum 70 revolutions of mixer drum at full mixing speed. C. Vibrate and consolidate concrete in accordance with ACI 309. D. During hot weather, place concrete in accordance with ACI 305. 3.4 TOLERANCES A. Comply with ACI 301. 3.5 FIELD TESTS & INSPECTIONS A. Field testing and inspections will be performed by testing laboratory. B. Perform concrete testing in accordance with specifications of ACI 301 and as follows: 1. Mold and cure four (4) specimens from each sample. 2. Compressive strength tests: One ,set of specimens for each 50 cubic yards or fraction thereof of each type of concrete placed in one day; one specimen tested at 7 days, two specimens tested at 28 days and one specimen held in reserve. 3. In addition to cylinders cured under standard conditions, Testing Laboratory will prepare duplicate sets of two cylinders to be field cured under conditions equal to cure for corresponding concrete pours. a. Such cylinders will be tested only when questions concerning strength are involved. THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER 03300-8 HLM 90007.00-3 BID GROUP TWO SECTION 03300 CAST -IN -PLACE CONCRETE C. a 4. 5. 6. 7. b. Costs of such tests will be paid for by Contractor. C. Test results will be distributed to Architect, Owner, and Contractor. Concrete Temperature: Test each time a set of specimens is made. a. Slump Test: Make one test for each set of compressive strength specimens. Make additional test as directed by Architect. b. Take test at point of truck discharge for Ready -Mix concrete and at point of mixer discharge for on site mixing. Chloride Ion Test: Each 50 cubic yards of concrete placed. Sample at point of placement. Collect concrete batch trip tickets. Identify compressive and slump tests made to representative samples of concrete referred to by trip tickets. Notify Architect and Contractor immediately of trip tickets not as specified. Notify Architect and Contractor immediately when amount of water in a batch of concrete exceeds that allowed in design mix. E. Verify that concrete is fully discharged from mixers before mix begins to set and within 1-1/2 hours maximum from time of batching. F. Check quantity and type of admixtures for compliance with design requirements and secure Architect's written approval for use of additional admixtures in concrete. G. Obtain mill test reports for each shipment of cement used in to concrete for Project. H. Additional Tests for Concrete Work: I. Testing Laboratory will make additional tests of in -place -concrete work as directed by Architect when test results indicate that specified concrete strengths and other characteristics have not been attained in structure. a. Conduct tests to determine adequacy of concrete by cored cylinders complying with ASTM C-42. b. Costs of such test will be borne by Owner if test results indicate conformance with Contract Documents. Such tests indicating nonconformance with Contract Documents will be paid by Contractor including additional architectural and engineering services made necessary by such nonconformance. C. Cost of other additional tests including load tests and/or other nondestructive tests directed by Architect or conducted by Contractor to prove adequacy of concrete work shall be borne by Contractor including additional architectural and engineering services made necessary by such tests. d. Strength of structure in place will be considered to be potentially deficient if it fails to comply with requirement which controls strength of structure, including but not necessarily limited to conditions listed in ACI 301. THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER HLM 90007.00-3 BID GROUP TWO 03300-9 SECTION 03300 CAST -IN -PLACE CONCRETE e. Inspections or testing performed exclusively for Contractor's convenience is sole responsibility of Contractor. 3.6 REPAIR OF SURFACE DEFECTS A. Defects less than one inch deep and not exposing reinforcing: 1 wi'th ACI 301 1. Comp y d or epoxy adhesive. 2. Use specified bonding compoun 3. Provide mortar patching grout to fill pockets left in concrete walls or slabs as specified in Section 03600. 4. Place premixed patching mortar in accordance with directions of specified bonding compound or epoxy adhesive manufacturer. 5. With prior approval by Architect as to method and procedures, for structural repairs use specified epoxy adhesive and/or epoxy mortar. B. Defects one inch and greater or Exposing Reinforcing: 1. Chip to sound concrete and clean thoroughly to remove loose concrete and dust. Apply thin coat of specified epoxy adhesive. 2. Form and pour, or dry pack with specified pre -gravel repair grout, prior to development of tack -free condition of epoxy bonder. Strip forms after grout has hardened and provide specified finish. 3. Moist cure or apply specified clear curing and sealing compound immediately after finishing. 3.7 SLABS A. Construct concrete slabs in accordance with ACI 301 as modified in this Section. B. Finishing Tolerances 1. Comply with ACI 301: 2. Test unformed surfaces such as monolithic slabs for smoothness and to verify surface plane finish to tolerances specified for each surface and finish. Correct low and high areas as specified. a. Test unformed surfaces sloped to drain for trueness of slope, measuring to plane tolerance by using a template cut to required slope. 3. Repair finished unformed surfaces that have defects which adversely affect durability of concrete or finish. but are not necessarily a. Unacceptable surface defects include, limited to: crazing, cracks in excess of 0.01 inch wide or which penetrate to reinforcement or completely through non -reinforced concrete regardless of width, spalling, pop -outs, honeycomb, rock pockets and other objectionable conditions as determined by Architect. grinding after b. Correct high areas in unformed surfaces by g 9 concrete has cured at -least 14 days. C. Correct low areas in unformed surfaces during or immediately after r acompletion nd repl ac ng surface wi with freshfinishing concrete operations F bncutting i sh repa low a repaired areas to blend into adjacent concrete surfaces. THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER 03300-10 HLM 90007.00-3 BID GROUP TWO SECTION 03300 CAST -IN -PLACE CONCRETE 1) Proprietary concrete patching compounds may be used when approved by Architect. 3.8 CURING A. Cure concrete in accordance with requirements of ACI 301. B. Cure interior concrete slabs, with specified curing compound. 1. Do not use liquid curing compound on surfaces against which additional concrete or other material is to be bonded unless it is proven that curing compound will not prevent bond or unless measures are taken to remove it completely from areas to receive bonded application. C. Apply curing compounds within 30 minutes after final finishing. Apply curing compound at coverage rate specified by manufacturer. D. Ensure curing compound is compatible with concrete penetrating sealer and other materials scheduled to be applied over concrete surfaces. E. Curing in hot weather: Cure concrete in accordance with ACI 305. 3.9 FINISHES A. Finish concrete slabs in accordance with requirements of ACI 301. B. Float Finish: Apply float finish to monolithic slab surfaces that are to .receive trowel finish. Finish to a Class B tolerance. C. Trowel Finish: Unless directed otherwise by Architect, apply steel finish to monolithic slab surfaces. Finish to a Class B tolerance. 1. Do not steel trowel slab surfaces scheduled to receive cementitous topping. D. Non -Skid Broom Finish: Apply light broom finish to concrete stair treads, platforms and ramps. Broom finish, by drawing a fine -hair broom across concrete perpendicular to line of traffic. Repeat operation if required to provide fine line texture acceptable to Architect. Apply broom finish after final joint tooling. E. Finishing of Formed Surfaces: Provide smooth form finish for concrete surfaces exposed to view and concrete surfaces scheduled to receive surface finish. ******************** END OF SECTION 03300 THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER HLM 90007.00-3 BID GROUP TWO 03300-11 SECTION 03410 PRECAST CONCRETE CORED PLANKS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Sections Includes: I. Precast concrete cored plank units. 2. Structural metal and anchorage items necessary to secure panel components to each other and to other building materials. a. Bearing pads. b. Grouting joint keys and associated items. C. Anchorage welding d. Miscellaneous items necessary to the completion of the above. B. Related Sections: 1. SECTION 03420 - Precast Concrete Sections 1.2 REFERENCES A. Provide and maintain one copy of all referenced publications for use by site and inspection personnel. B. American Society for Testing Materials (ASTM) I. ASTM A-36/A - Specification for Structural Steel. 2. ASTM A-108 - Specification for Steel Bars, Carbon, Cold -Finished, Standard Quality. 3. ASTM A-123 - Specification for Zinc (Hot -Dip Galvanized) Coatings on Iron and Steel Products. 4. ASTM-A-416 - Specification for Steel Strand, Uncoated Seven -Wire Stress -Relieved, for Prestressed Concrete. ' S. ASTM A-496 - Specification for Steel Wire, Deformed, for Concrete Reinforcement. 6. ASTM A-615 - Specification for Deformed and Plain Billet -Steel Bars for Concrete Reinforcement. 7. ASTM C-33 - Specification for Concrete Aggregates. 8. ASTM C-150 - Specification for Portland Cement. 9. ASTM C-476 - Specification for Grout for Masonry. C. Prestressed Concrete Institute (PCI) I. 2. PCI MNL-116 - Manual for Quality Control for Plants and Products. PCI MNL-120 - PCI Design Handbook - Precast 3. and Prestressed Concrete. PCI MNL-123 - Design and Typical Details of Connections for Precast and Prestressed Concrete. D. American Concrete Institute (ACI) I. 2. ACI 301 - Specification for Structural Concrete for Buildings. ACI 318 - Building Code Requirements for Reinforced Concrete. E. American Welding Society (ASTM) 1. AWS D1.1 - Structural Welding Code - Steel. 2. AWS D1.4 - Structural Welding Code - Reinforcing Steel. THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER HLM 90007.00-2 BID GROUP TWO 03410-1 SECTION 03410 PRECAST CONCRETE CORED PLANKS 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Submit shop and erection drawings, dated, signed and sealed by a State of Florida registered professional engineer experienced in the design of prestressed precast units indicating the following: 1. Layout, dimensioning, and erection number of units. 2. Sections and details showing connections and bearings conditions and relation of units to adjacent building materials. 3. Embedded items and their relation to the structure and units. 4. Handling requirements. 5. All dead, live and other applicable loads. 6. Size and location of all major openings (greater than 12" x 12") along with header details. 7. Estimated short term and long term camber. 8. Fire -resistance rating of units, including topping where applicable. B. Furnish letter signed and sealed by a State .of Florida registered professional engineer experienced in the design of prestressed precast units indicating design criteria and loads used in the design of the units. C. Submit product data including application and installation instruction for proprietary materials. 1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Compute fire resistance rating of units in accordance with the Standard Building Code requirements for equivalent slab thickness required to obtain the minimum fire -minimum fire -resistance rating shown on the Drawings. B. Conform to requirements of PCI MNL-120 and PCI MNL-123. C. Design units tatunder f For da exsup erienced i n the Professional f Engineer precast registered concrete in the Seo structural units. D. Design units to withstand their weight, erection forces, topping loads, and all live and dead loads as shown on the Drawings. E. Provide for the installation of minor (less than 12" x 12") openings by assuming one minor opening at any location on the individual unit in the unit's design. F. Precast Concrete Fabricator's Testing: In compliance with testing provisions of PCI-MNL 116. G. The precast concrete manufacturing plant shall be certified by the PCI Plant Certification Program prior to product.ion. H. Erection of precast concrete work shall be performed by workmen skilled in this type of work and under the direction of a supervisor having continual experience in similar work over at least the preceding five years. THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER 03410-2 HLM 90007.00-2 BID GROUP TWO SECTION 03410 PRECAST CONCRETE CORED PLANKS PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 MATERIALS A. Portland cement: ASTM C-150, B. Steel prestressing tendons: High tensile strength, uncoated, seven strand wire meeting requirements of ASTM A-416. C. Aggregates: ASTM C-33. D. Bearing Strips: I. One specimen shall be tested for each 100 feet of strips used in the project. a. Random Oriented Fiber Reinforced: Continuous with allowable minimum compressive stress of 3,000 psi with no cracking, splitting, or delamination in the internal portions of the strip. b. Plastic: High density continuous multi -monomer plastic strips shall be non -leaching and support loads with no visible deformation. C. 1/4" thick unless indicated otherwise in Drawings. E. Grout (Keyways and cores) I. Conform to ASTM C-476 2. Minimum 28 day compressive strength of 5000 psi. F. Reinforcing Steel: Non -prestressed reinforcing steel shall conform with the requirements of ASTM A615 Grade 40 or 60. 2.2 FABRICATION A. Field verify required member dimensions prior to fabrication. B. Machine cast on long production line in smooth, rigid forms and cut to lengths as required. C. Minimum Compressive Strength: 5000 Psi at 28 days and 3500 psi at detensioning. 1. Test program shall conform to "Manual for Quality Control for Plants and Production of Precast Prestressed Concrete Products", PCI MNL 116. D. Manufacturers: I. SOUTHERN PRESTRESSED, INC. 2. GATE CONCRETE PRODUCTS COMPANY 3. STRESSCON E. Concrete work: 1. Convey concrete from the mixer to the place of final deposit by methods which will prevent separation, segregation or loss of material. THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER HLM 90007.00-2 BID GROUP TWO 03410-3 SECTION 03410 PRECAST CONCRETE CORED PLANKS 0 3. Consolidate concrete in the form by approved high frequency vibration, internal r extorwito tand °externals vibration rwithoutr distortion eor design forms t failure. Maintain curing by any of the following methods until release strength has been reached: a. Steam or hot water curing at maximum temperature not exceeding 165 degrees F. After placement of the concrete, hold members for minimum pre -steaming period of not less than three hours. b. Sealing the exposed surfaces with an approved sealing compound or membrane. C. Hot air combined with moisture. d. Continuous water curing. F. Exposed bottoms of precast planks shall have smooth dense surface "as cast" form finish. 2.3 TOLERANCE FOR MANUFACTURE A. Length: plus/minus 1/2" B. Width: plus/minus 1/4" C. Depth: plus/minus 1/4" D. Sweep: plus/minus 1/8" per ten feet, plus/minus 3/8" overall E. Center of gravity of strand group: plus/minus 1/4" F. Minimum cover of strand group: 3/4". G. Position of weld plates: plus/minus 2". H. Tipping and flushness of weld plates: plus/minus 1/4". PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Verify that existing openings are ready to receive work. B. Beginning of installation means installer accepts existing conditions. 3.2 ERECTION A. Coordinate delivery and erection of precast concrete cored planks with other operations. B. Erection by a licensed manufacturer or under his supervision. THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER 03410-4 HLM 90007.00-2 BID GROUP TWO SECTION 03410 PRECAST CONCRETE CORED PLANKS C. Erect members without damage to structural capacity, shape or finish or repair damage members. D. Adjust differential camber between precast members to tolerance before final attachment. E. Align and level units before grouting the keys. F. Clean keyways and fill solidly with . G. Provide headers by the manufacturer for openings where additional structural support is required. H. Cut no prestressing strand or other reinforcing without prior review of both Architect and manufacturer. 3.3 ERECTION TOLERANCES A. Variation in plan from specified location in plan: plus/minus 1" any plank, any location. B. Deviation in plan from straight lines parallel to specific linear building line 1", any plank. C. Deviation of top elevation from line parallel to specified grade lines at member ends: 3/411 . D. Jog in alignment of matching edges: 1-1. E. Variation from specified joint plus/minus 1/2". F. Differential top elevation as erected: 3/4". G. Variation from specified bearing length on support: plus/minus 3/4". H. Variation from specified bearing width on support: plus/minus 1/2". I. Differential bottom elevation of exposed planks: 1/4". END OF SECTION 03410 THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER HLM 90007.00-2 BID GROUP TWO 03410-5 SECTION 03412 PRECAST CONCRETE PANELS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Precast wall panels. 2. Insulated precast wall panels 3. Miscellaneous panels. 4. Metal structural and anchorage items necessary to secure panel components to each other and to other building materials including fabricated and stock metal support and anchorage items,. loose items subject to field erection, and embedded items contained in concrete and masonry. 5. Anchorage components with location or template information shall be coordinated with the requirements of Section 03300 and 03420 for cast -in -place concrete or precast concrete embedment, respectively. B. Related Sections: 1. Weather sealing components, in place, between adjacent panels, between panels and adjacent building structure, and between panel and dissimilar materials: Refer to Section 07900. 1.2 REFERENCES A. Provide and maintain one copy of all referenced publications for use by site and inspection personnel. B. American Society for Testing Materials (ASTM) 1 ASTM A-36/A - Specification for Structural Steel. 2. ASTM A-123 - Specification for Zinc (Hot -Dip Galvanized) Coatings on Iron and Steel Products. 3. ASTM A-185 - Specification for Steel Welded Wire Fabric, Plain, for Concrete Reinforcement. 4. ASTM A-307 - Specification for Carbon Steel Bolts and Studs, 60,000 psi Tensile Strength. 5. ASTM A-325 - Specification for High Strength Bolts for Structural Steel Joints. 6. ASTM-A-416 - Specification for Steel Strand, Uncoated Seven -Wire Stress -Relieved, for Prestressed Concrete. 7. ASTM A-615 - Specification for Deformed and Plain Billet Steel Bars for Concrete Reinforcement. 8. ASTM A-666 - Specification for Austenitic Stainless Steel, Sheet, Strip, Plate, and Flat Bar. 9. ASTM C31 - Practice for Making and Curing Concrete Test Specimens in the Field. 10. ASTM C33 - Specification for Concrete Aggregates. 11. ASTM C-150 - Specification for Portland Cement. 12. ASTM C-143 - Test Methods for Slump of Hydraulic Cement Concrete. 13. ASTM C-260 - Specification for Air -Entraining Admixtures for Concrete. THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER HLM 90007.00-3 BID GROUP TWO 03412-1 SECTION 03412 PRECAST CONCRETE PANELS C. Prestressed Concrete Institute (PCI) 1. PCI MNL-122 "Architectural Precast Concrete". 2. PCI MNL-117 "Manual for Quality Control for Plants and Production of Architectural Precast Concrete Products". 3. PCI MNL-120 "PCI Design Handbook - Precast and Prestressed Concrete". 4. PCI MNL-123 "Design and Typical Details of Connections for Precast and Prestressed Concrete". D. American Concrete Institute (ACI) 1. ACI 301 - "Specification for Structural Concrete for Buildings". 2. ACI 318 - "Building Code Requirements for Reinforced Concrete". 3. ACI 533 - Precast Concrete Wall Panels. E. American Welding Society (ASTM) 1. AWS D1.1 - "Structural Welding Code - Steel". F. SBCCI - Standard Building Code, 1988 (SBC) 1.3 DESIGN CRITERIA A. ACI 318 B ACI 533 C. PCI MNL - 122 D. Wind Force Criteria 2. SBC 3. Key West Land Development Code 4. Basic Wind Speed: 115 MPH 5. Conform with components and cladding requirements. E. Precast Unit Reinforcement 1 Minimum reinforcement area: .0018 times gross concrete area each way spaced 12 inches on center maximum. 2 Minimum perimeter reinforcement bar: a. Additional to minimum reinforcement area b. 0.20 square inches for 4" or less panel C. 0.31 square inches for greater than 4" panel thickness 3. Minimum corner reinforcement: a. Additional to minimum reinforcement area b. Provide diagonal reinforcing at all opening corners and re- entrant corners. Minimum reinforcing 2 #4 each face (inside layer) extending minimum 2'-0" past each corner. 4. Provide additional reinforcement for in-service loads, loads and forces imposed during manufacturing, shipping, erection and for local stresses at connection or pick-up points. F. Precast Unit Connections 1. Provide minimum of two connections to structure at top and bottom of each precast panel, unless otherwise shown on drawings. THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER HLM 90007.00-3 BID GROUP TWO 03412-2 SECTION 03412 PRECAST CONCRETE PANELS 2. Provide lateral connections allowing for vertical movement at connection not required to carry gravity loads. 3. Minimum horizontal loads on connections: Provide positive direct connection capable of resisting horizontal forces specified or minimum horizontal force as follows: a. 4" or less panel thickness: 800 lb. b. Greater than 4" panel thickness: 1600 lb. F. Provide for the installation assuming one minor opening be further than 8" from any panels. 1.4 SUBMITTALS of minor (less than 12" x 12") opening by at any location. Assume edge of opening to connection point to adjacent structure or A. Submit fabrication and erection drawings signed and sealed by State of Florida registered professional engineer who prepared calculations indicating drawings were prepared under his direct supervision. Drawings shall show complete information for fabrication and erection of panels, including location, sizes, reinforcement, detail of joints, member identification marks, connection devices and relation of panels and panel erection component to adjacent material and such other descriptive data as the Architect may require to demonstrate compliance with the contract requirements. B. Identification marks coordinated with the Shop Drawings shall be on manufactured units to facilitate hauling and erection. Identification marks shall include date of castin4. C. Submittal shall also include the Contractor's proposed methods of curing and storing the units in the casting yard and complete details of his method of casting, handling, transporting and erecting the units, including type and location of lifting devices, and procedures. D. - No casting or fabrication operations shall commence until fabrication and erection drawings, placement diagrams, and sample panels have been approved by the Architect. E. Submit for approval a full size mock-up panel, type as selected by Architect. The panel shall be made with the mix proportion, and materials anticipated in actual production. The panel will contain typical cast -in inserts if requested. The concrete shall be mixed, placed, consolidated and finished in the same manner as in actual production. This panel may be used on the building if approved by the Architect. F. Submit welder qualifications. G. Submit letter signed and sealed by State of Florida registered professional engineer stating that precast concrete panels and THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER HLM 90007.00-3 BID GROUP TWO 03412-3 SECTION 03412 PRECAST CONCRETE PANELS connections to structure have been designed in accordance with specified design requirements. List in letter design requirements and values used. H. Submit copy of minutes of pre -installation meetings. I. Fabricator and Installer shall submit to Architect qualifications and a summary of those jobs of similar size and nature which he has done in the last five years. 1. This request for approval shall be received 5 working days prior to last scheduled addendum to allow inclusion of Architects approval in the last addendum prior to the Bid Opening. 2. Precast panels will be accepted only from experienced, approved fabrication plants demonstrating a minimum of five years continuous experience in the manufacture of similar size and type of precast concrete panels. J. Submit Certifications of Compliance. K. Submit experience record Installer's supervisor for approval. 1.5 CERTIFICATIONS AND QUALIFICATIONS A. Manufacturing, testing, and quality control procedures shall be in general compliance with those of the PCI Manual MNL 117. B. Provide Certifications of Compliance for the following: 1. Material used in fabrication and erection shall meet the requirements established by this Section. 2. Certification of compliance with the concrete requirements will be required in the form of test results made by an Owner -approved testing agency on sets of three cylinders, made in compliance with ASTM C-31 and tested at 28 days in compliance with ASTM C- 39, for each 5000 square feet of panel face area placed. Cost of of testing shall be borne by Contractor. 3. Certifications shall be provided on. Contractor's letterhead, dated and identified as applicable to this project, with signature format same as that required on the contract between Owner and Contractor. C. Erection of precast concrete work shall be performed by workman skilled in this type of work and under the direction of Installer's supervisor having continual experience in similar work over at least a five year period. 1.6 TESTS A. Tests and Inspections: 1. Submit reports on compression and absorption tests made at 28 days. Tests shall be made in accordance with ASTM C-295 and ASTM C-97. THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER HLM 90007.00-3 BID GROUP TWO 03412-4 SECTION 03412 PRECAST CONCRETE PANELS 2. Tests for compressive strengths shall be made of cured standard 2" cubes where coarse aggregate or facing aggregate does not exceed 1/2" in six, 6" x 12" or 4" x 8". Standard cylinders shall be used and a compensating reduction of 15% made in psi requirement. Water absorption tests shall be made on cured 2" cubes. Tests shall be made in accordance with ASTM C-39 and ASTM C-192 and other applicable test methods. 3. Access shall be permitted to the fabrication shop or the Project site for the Owner, the Architect or the Owner's authorized representative for the purpose of inspection or testing of materials during all times work is being performed on the project. 1.7 PRE -INSTALLATION CONFERENCE A. Prior to pre -installation conference Installer must review installation procedures and coordination for other work with all trades whose work will be affected by the precast panel work, to include precast concrete sections, precast hollow planks, and windows. 1. Prior to start of work,. Contractor, Installers, Manufacturer's representatives, all trades affected by precast panel work, Architect, and Owner's representative shall meet -at the site, and review installation, schedules, and coordination procedures. Include in discussion sealants and formwork, compatibility of form coatings to be used that may affect bonding of sealants. Record discussions, and action items required. Furnish copies of record to each party attending. 1.8 MOCK-UP A. Provide for approval a full size mock-up panel, type as selected by Architect. The panel shall be made with the mix proportion, and materials anticipated in actual production. The panel will contain typical cast -in inserts if requested. The concrete shall be mixed, placed, consolidated and finished in the same manner as in actual production. This panel may be used on the building if approved by the Architect. PART 2 - MATERIALS 2.1 PRECAST CONCRETE A. Comply with the' specifications, standards and codes given for each material covered in this section. Provide certification reports that materials used in the production of the precast products comply with the requirements specified. B. Concrete: Minimum compressive strength of 5000 pounds per square inch at 28 days. Meet applicable requirement of "Materials" paragraph of Section 03300. THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER HLM 90007.00-3 BID GROUP TWO 03412-5 SECTION 03412 PRECAST CONCRETE PANELS C. Reinforcing Steel: ASTM A-615 for Grade 60 bars ASTM A-105 for welded wire fabric flat sheets. Free from rust, scale, dirt and physical injury. D. Plates and Structural Shapes: 1. ASTM A-36 2. Hot -dip galvanized after fabrication in accordance with ASTM A- 123 for items exposed to view or at exterior perimeter of structure. a. Field spot paint damaged items with liquid galvanizing paint. b. Acceptable Manufacturers: 1) TNEMEC Series 90 "Tneme-Zinc" 2) Architect approved equivalent. C. Coating Weight 1) 2.0 ounces per square foot of surface area. 2) Comply with ASTM A-386. E. Miscellaneous non-structural anchors and dowels that are in immediate contact with panels exposed to the exterior stainless steel or other approved non-ferrous metal. Dovetail inserts and embedded anchors that are not in immediate contact with panels shall be non-ferrous or hot -dip galvanized after fabrication. F. High -Strength Bolts: ASTM A-325. G. Venting of precast concrete wall will be accomplished by the use of plastic vent tubes at the junction of horizontal and vertical joints. Tube shall have a minimum inside diameter of 1/4". Where horizontal joints are continuous, vent at 4'-2" on center. H. Sealants and other weather sealing components are specified in Section 07900. I. Deformed Bar Anchors: ASTM A-496 Fy-70000 psi. J. Headed Concrete Anchors: 1. ASTM A-108 2. Type with ceramic ferrules; compatible with arc -welding process (AWS D1.1). 2.2 RELATED MATERIALS A. Insulated Precast Panel: 1. "Thermomass" Concrete Sandwich Wall System: a. Fiber -composite rod by COMPOSITE TECHNOLIGIES CORPORATION (800) 232-1748. b. Insulation: Refer to Section 07210 - BUILDING INSULATION. B. Cast -In -Place Metal Frames: Refer to Section 08100 - METAL DOORS AND FRAMES. THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER HLM 90007.00-3 BID GROUP TWO 03412-6 SECTION 03412 PRECAST CONCRETE PANELS PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 FABRICATION A. Panels: Fabricated per approved fabrication and erection drawings. B. Forms for Precast Concrete: Rigid and constructed of material that will result in finished products conforming to the shape, lines and dimensions shown on the approved shop drawings. C. Concrete: Deposited and vibrated to ensure proper consolidation and aggregate density, elimination of unintentional cold joint and to minimize untrapped air on vertical surfaces. D. Precast Units: Cast in a horizontal position with finish face down. E. Corner Panels: Cast to provide similar face finish on both faces. F. Curing: In accordance with the recommendations of PCI MNL - 117. G. Form removal timing and procedures shall prevent injury to the concrete. H. Furnish embedded threaded inserts, wedge inserts, weld plates and other anchorage devices and dovetail inserts for anchorage of materials to panels as required. All weldments, including tack welds: made in accordance with the applicable provisions of the AWS. No lifting devices shall be embedded in the finish face of the panel. I. Face Finish: 1. Smooth, dense surfaces "as cast" form finish. 2. Completely remove fins. 3. Interior finish face exposed in final construction: Match precast modular cell finish. 3.2- TOLERANCES A. The following minimum tolerances for manufacture and installation of architectural precast concrete panels, as published in PCI-MNL-117 will apply: 1. Warpage: Panels shall be manufactured and installed so that each panel after erection complies with the following dimensional requirements: Bowing - Concave or convex of any part of a flat surface shall not exceed; length of bow 360 with a maximum of 3/4" up to 30'-0". Maximum warpage of one corner out of the plane of the other three shall be the greater of 1/16" per foot distance from the nearest adjacent corner or 1/8". THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER HLM 90007.00-3 BID GROUP TWO 03412-7 SECTION 03412 PRECAST CONCRETE PANELS 2. Dimensional tolerances of finished units: Overall height and width measured at the face adjacent to the mold at time of casting: a. 10'-0" or under plus/minus 1/8" b. 10'-0" to 20'-0" plus 1/8" to 3/16" C. 20'-0" to 30'-0" plus 1/8" to 1/4" d. Each additional 10'-0" plus/minus 1/16" per 10'-0" e. Angular deviation of plane of sidemold: 1/32" per 3" depth or 1/16" total, whichever is greater. f. Openings within one unit plus/minus 1/4" g. Out of square (difference in length of the two diagonal measurements): 1/8" per 6'-0" or 1/4" total, whichever is greater. h. Thickness: Total thickness shall be within 1/4" plus/ minus 1/8° i. Tolerances on any dimension not specified above: The numerically greater of plus/minus 1/16" per 10'-0" or plus/minus 1/8". 3. Position tolerances for cast -in items measured from datum line locations as shown on the approved Shop Drawings: Anchors and inserts shall be within 3/8" of centerline location as shown on drawings. 4. Blockouts and reinforcement shall be within 1/4" of the position as shown on the drawings, where such positions have structural implications or affect concrete cover; otherwise they shall be within plus/minus 1/2". 5. Tolerances for location of precast units: Precast units shall be manufactured so that joints between the panels are within these limits: a. Face Width of Joints plus/minus 3/16" b. Joint Taper 1/4011per foot of length with a maximum length of tapering in one direction of 10'-0". C. Step in Face 1/4" maximum regardless of other tolerances. d. Jog in Alignment of Edge 1/8" maximum regardless of other tolerances. 3.3 HANDLING AND TRANSPORTATION A. Precast concrete units shall be lifted and supported during manufacturing, storage, transportation and erection operations only at lifting or supporting points, or both, as shown on Shop Drawings. B. Blocking shall be clean and non -staining. C. Lateral support shall be sufficient to prevent excessive bowing and warping. D. Edges of the units shall be adequately protected by padding or other means to prevent staining, chipping, or spilling of concrete. THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER HLM 90007.00-3 BID GROUP TWO 03412-8 SECTION 03412 PRECAST CONCRETE PANELS 3.4 ERECTION A. Erection processes are intended to be single responsibility actions including supply and placement of structural support and anchorage items, erection, and complete weathersealing of panels. B. Coordinate delivery and erection of precast concrete products with other job -site operations. C. Coordinate arrival of precast units within the approved schedule and with other trades. Erect adequate barricades, warning lights and signs to safeguard traffic in the immediate area of hoisting and handling operations. D. Prior to installation of precast units, verify all dimensions affecting the work with approved Shop Drawings and field dimensions. Discrepancies between design dimensions and field dimensions which could adversely affect installation in strict accordance with the Contract Documents shall be brought (in writing), to the attention of the Construction Manager and Architect. E. Precast concrete units shall be erected level, plumb, square and true within the allowable tolerances. Position panels to eliminate cumulative dimensional error. F. Horizontal and vertical joints shall be correctly aligned. Uniform joint width shall be maintained as erection progresses. G. Structural and anchorage components which must be embedded in concrete or masonry shall be furnished to the Contractor by the precast concrete fabricator, with instructions for placement. 1. Bolted connections direct to panels, and other bolted connections shall be made with high strength bolts to establish both location and adjustment. 2. Clean all welds to remove flux and welding residue and coat completely with galvanizing paint. H. Each unit shall be securely fastened in place. Adjustments or changes in connections, involving additional stresses in the products or connections, shall not be permitted without approval by the Architect. I. Non -galvanized structural steel and erection steel shall be 100% coated with brushed application of bituminous paint material. 3.5 WEATHER SEALING A. Joints between panel members and joints between panels and other exterior finished building components shall be sealed, using sealant and sub -sealant fillers. B. Sealant and backer rod: Refer to Section 07900. THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER HLM 90007.00-3 BID GROUP TWO 03412-9 SECTION 03412 PRECAST CONCRETE PANELS C. Color of sealant material will be selected by Architect from manufacturer's standard color range, after viewing samples placed in rustications of job site sample precast panel. 3.6 PROTECTION AND CLEANING A. Provide protection from chipping, spilling, cracking, and other damage to units after delivery to the jobsite. B. Protect units from damage by field welding and cutting operations. Provide non-combustible shields as necessary during these operations. C. Structural welds shall be made by a certified welder in accordance with AWS D1.1 and in accordance with the erection drawings which shall clearly specify type, extent, sequence and location of welds. D. Work and materials of other trades shall be adequately protected by the installer. E. A fire extinguisher, of an approved type and in operating condition, shall be located within reach of burning and welding operations. F. Finish of weld areas and exposed or accessible steel anchorage devices shall be touched up following erection to match original finish in appearance and corrosion protection. G. During construction, tops of panels shall be carefully covered at night and in bad weather. At all times panels shall be adequately protected from drippings and heavy rains. H. Nonstaining wooden covering shall be placed to protect portions of the Work. Nonstaining dry felt or building paper shall be used under the wood. Sills and horizontal courses or other projection work shall be protected in a manner acceptable to the Construction Manager. I. Sand blasting, wire brushes or acids will not be permitted under any circumstances for the cleaning of panels. Soap powder, clean water and fiber brushes may be used or approved machine cleaning process. J. Cleaning shall be completed when openings are covered with appropriate materials. 3.7 ACCEPTANCE A. After precast concrete units have been set in place and before joint treatment, cleaning, or waterproofing, the work shall be inspected by the Construction Manager. B. Units found to be slightly damaged may be authorized for repair. C. All repairs shall conform to the Construction Manager's requirements (for matching the original finish) and shall be structurally sound. THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER HLM 90007.00-3 BID GROUP TWO 03412-10 SECTION 03412 PRECAST CONCRETE PANELS D. Chipping of facing members or structural damage to concealed areas not subject to acceptable patching procedures may be cause for panel rejection. ******************** END OF SECTION 03412 THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER HLM 90007.00-3 BID GROUP TWO 03412-11 SECTION 03420 PRECAST CONCRETE SECTIONS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 *SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Precast columns, spandrel beams, shearwall panels, inverted tee beams, rectangular beams, double tees, and solid slabs. 2. All precast items shall be complete with base plates, inserts, clamps, bolts, nuts, connection plates with anchor studs, brackets and lifting accessories as required. 3. Bearing pads 4. Anchorage welding 5. Structural Slide Bearings B. Related Sections 1. SECTION 03300 2. SECTION 03410 3. SECTION 03412 4. SECTION 03600 5. SECTION 05180 6. SECTION 07900 1.2 REFERENCES - CAST -IN -PLACE CONCRETE. - PRECAST CONCRETE CORED PLANKS - PRECAST CONCRETE PANELS. - GROUT. - MISCELLANEOUS STRUCTURAL STEEL. - SEALANTS. A. Provide and maintain one copy of all referenced publications for use by site and inspection personnel. B. American Society for Testing Materials (ASTM) 1. ASTM A-36/A - Specification for Structural Steel. 2. ASTM A-82 - Specification for Steel Wire, Plain, for Concrete Reinforcement. 3. ASTM A-108 - Specification for Steel Bars, Carbon, Cold -Finished, Standard Quality. 4. ASTM A-123 - Specification for Zinc (Hot -Dip Galvanized) Coatings on Iron and Steel Products. 5. ASTM A-184/A - Specification for Fabricated Deformed Steel Bar Mats for Concrete Reinforcement. 6. ASTM A-185 - Specification for Steel Welded Wire Fabric, Plain, for Concrete Reinforcement". 7. ASTM A-416 - Specification for Steel Strand, Uncoated Seven -Wire Stress -Relieved for Prestressed Concrete". 8. ASTM A-496 - Specification for Steel Wire, Deformed, for Concrete Reinforcement. 9. ASTM A-497 - Specification for Steel Welded Wire Fabric, Deformed, for Concrete Reinforcement". 10. ASTM A-615 - Specification for Deformed and Plain Billet -Steel Bars for Concrete Reinforcement". 11. ASTM A-706/A - Specification for Low -Alloy Steel Deformed Bars for Concrete Reinforcement". 12. ASTM C-33 - Specification for Concrete Aggregates. 13. ASTM C-150 - Specification for Portland Cement. 14. ASTM C-173 - Test Method for Air Content of Freshly Mixed Concrete by the Volumetric Method". THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER HLM 90007.00-3 BID GROUP TWO 03420-1 SECTION 03420 PRECAST CONCRETE SECTIONS 15. ASTM C-231 - Test Method for Air Content of Freshly Mixed Concrete by the Pressure Method". 16. ASTM C-260 - Specification for Air -Entraining Admixtures for Concrete. C. Prestressed Concrete Institute (PCI) 1. PCI MNL-116 "Manual for Quality Control for plants and production of precast prestressed concrete products". 2. PCI MNL-117 "Manual for Quality Control for plants and production of architectural precast concrete products". 3. PCI MNL-120 "PCI Design Handbook - Precast and prestressed concrete". 4. PCI MNL-123 "Design and Typical details of connections for precast and prestressed concrete". D. American Concrete Institute (ACI) 1. ACI-301 - "Specification for Structural Concrete for Buildings". 2. ACI-318 - "Building Code Requirements for Reinforced Concrete". 3. ACI-347 - "Recommended practice for concrete formwork". E. American Welding Society (AWS) 1. AWS D1.1 - "Structural Welding Code - Steel". 2. AWS D1.4 - " Structural Welding Code - Reinforcing Steel". 1.3 SUBMITTALS A Submit shop and erection drawings, dated, signed and sealed by a State of Florida registered professional engineer experienced in the design of precast and precast prestressed concrete sections similar to sections required for this project indicating the following! 1. Layout dimensions of sections and embedments. 2. Sections and details showing connections, bearing conditions, embedments, and relationship of sections to adjacent building materials. 3. Detail separately in plan and section embedments required in items specified in other specification sections.. 4. List all dead, live, lateral and other applicable loads used in the design of the sections. 5. Estimated short term and long term camber/deflection. 6. Size and location of all major openings (10" x 10" and greater) along with header details. 7. Erection number of section. 8. Fire -resistance rating of sections, including topping, where applicable. B. Furnish for record purposes checked calculations prepared, signed and sealed by a State of Florida registered Engineer experienced in the design of precast or precast prestressed concrete. C. Submit test reports from Independent Laboratory on materials used, compressive strength test results and water absorption tests on units. THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER HLM 90007.00-3 BID GROUP TWO 03420-2 SECTION 03420 PRECAST CONCRETE SECTIONS D. Submit certification that precast units have been produced in plant certified by the Prestressed Concrete Institute. E. Submit placing plans, details, manufacturer's data and calculations for slide bearings. F. Submit documentation of qualifications of Welders and Tackers in accordance with AWS D 1.1. Welders shall be qualified within the past year. G. Submit experience record of manufacturer of precast concrete sections. H. Submit experience record of installer and installer's supervisor. I. Submit product data, including application and installation instructions, for proprietary materials. J. Submit experience record of State of Florida registered engineer who designed precast concrete sections. K. Submit copy of minutes of pre -installation meetings. L. Submit certifications of compliance. 1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Fabricator Qualifications: 1. Minimum five years continuous successful experience in design and fabrication of precast concrete sections similar to sections required for this project. 2. Fabricator must have sufficient production capacity to produce required units without causing delay in work. B. Precast Concrete Fabricator's Testing: In compliance with testing provisions of PCI MNL 116. C. Requirements of Regulatory Agencies: Manufacture and installation of precast concrete shall be in accordance with the Standard Building Code. D. Quality control and inspection procedures to comply with applicable sections of PCI MNL 116. E. Compute fire resistance rating of units in accordance with the Standard Building Code requirements for equivalent slab thickness required to obtain the minimum fire -minimum fire -resistance rating shown on the Drawings. F. The precast concrete manufacturing plant shall be certify by the PCI Plant Certification Program to production and demonstrate a.minimum of five years continuous experience in the manufacture of similar size and type of precast concrete sections. THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER HLM 90007.00-3 BID GROUP TWO 03420-3 SECTION 03420 PRECAST CONCRETE SECTIONS G. Erection of precast concrete work shall be performed by installer with workmen skilled in this type for work and under the direction of installer's supervisor, each having continual experience in similar work over at least a five year period. H. Experience record of fabricator(s) and Installer shall be received 12 working days prior to scheduled Bid Opening to allow inclusion of Architect's approval in the last addendum prior to Bid opening. I. Provide Certificates of Compliance for the following: 1. Material used in the manufacture and erection shall meet the requirements established by this section. 2. Certifications shall be provided on the Contractor's letterhead, dated, and identified as applicable to this project with the signature foremost the same as that required between the Owner and Contractor. J. Installer is to provide erection sequence plan for all precast concrete sections to Contractor for his review and approval. Include in erection sequence plan provisions for stability of precast sections and structure during construction until all permanent connections have been completed. Obtain approval of engineer who designed precast concrete sections prior to submission of erection sequence plan to the Contractor. K. Welding of reinforcing steel, metal inserts and connections: 1. Comply with AWS D 1.1. 2. Use E-70 low hydrogen welding electrodes. 3. Use proper pre -heat where required. L. The manufacturer may propose an alternate layout of the double tees subject to approval by the Architect. Manufacturer must coordinate alternate layout with contractor. 1.5 DESIGN CRITERIA A. Conform to SBCCI Standard Building Code, 1988. 1. Basic wind speed: 115 mph. B. Conform to ACI 318. C. Conform to requirements of PCI MNL-120 Concrete and PCI MNL-123. D. Design members under direct supervision of Professional Engineer registered in the State of Florida experienced in the design of precast and precast prestressed concrete sections similar to sections required for this project. E. Design members and connections to resist design loads due to the pressure and suction of wind, and all live and dead loads as indicated on the drawings. Design members and connections to resist their own weight and erection forces. THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER HLM 90007.00-3 BID GROUP TWO 03420-4 SECTION 03420 PRECAST CONCRETE SECTIONS F. Design component connections to provide for differential foundation settlement of less than 3/4 inch and for building movement due to temperature changes of 35'F less than 70OF and 350F greater than 70°F. Provide adjustment to accommodate misalignment of structure within normal construction tolerances. G. Provide for the installation of minor (less than 10" x 10") openings in floor or roof slabs, flanges of double tees, and in shear wall elements by assuming one minor opening at any location in the above sections. Assume edge of opening to be further than 8" from any connection point to adjacent structures. H. Provide minimum additional corner reinforcement at all opening corners and re-entrant corners. Minimum reinforcing 2 #4 each face (inside layer) extending minimum 2'-0" past each corner, except in double tee flanges provide 1 #3 in lieu of 2 #4. I. Design connections so that adjoining shear walls act as a unit, when construction joints are required in precast shear walls. 1.6 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING A. Handle precast members in position consistent with their shape and design. Lift and support only from support points. B. Lifting or handling devices shall be capable of supporting member in positions anticipated during manufacture, storage, transportation and erection. Maintain capacity of lifting devices sufficient to resist force of 2.5 times weight of member. C. Protect edges of members to prevent staining, chipping, or spalling of concrete. 1. Place nonstaining resilient spacers of even thickness between each unit. 2. Support units during shipment on nonstaining shock -absorbing material. D. Place members in storage so that identification marks (date of production and final position in structure) are readily discernible. 1.7 PRE -INSTALLATION CONFERENCE A. Prior to pre -installation conference Installer must review .installation procedures and coordination for other work with all trades whose work will be affected by the precast concrete section work including precast concrete panels, precast concrete hollow core planks and precast concrete modular cells. B. Prior to start of work Installer, Contractor, Manufacturers representatives, and Architect shall meet as often as necessary at the site and review installation, schedules and coordination procedures. THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER HLM 90007.00-3 BID GROUP TWO 03420-5 SECTION 03420 PRECAST CONCRETE SECTIONS C. Record discussions and action items required. Furnish copies of minutes of meeting to each party attending. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 MATERIALS A. Concrete: 1. Portland Cement: a ASTM C-150, Type III (High Early Strength). b. For exposed surfaces use same brand, type and source of supply throughout. 2. Air Entraining Agent: a. ASTM C-260; minimum of 3%; maximum of 5%, when tested in accordance with ASTM C-173 or ASTM C-231. 3. No water reducing, retarding or accelerating admixtures. 4. No calcium chloride or admixtures containing significant amount of calcium chloride shall be allowed. 5. Aggregates: a. Hard rock aggregates shall conform to ASTM C-33. 6. Water: a. Clean fresh, free of acids, alkalies, oil or organic material. 7. The chloride ion content shall not exceed .06% of the weight of the concrete. The chloride ion content may be tested in individual ingredients or in trial batches of concrete. B. Reinforcing Steel: 1. Deformed Steel Bars: a. ASTM A-615; grade 60 unless noted otherwise. 1) When welding of bars is required, use ASTM A706 grade 60. 2. Welded Wire Fabric: a. Plain - ASTM A7185. b. Deformed - ASTM A-497. C. Flat sheets 3. Wire: a. Cold drawn steel - ASTM A-82. 4. Fabricated Steel Bar or Rod Mats: a. Conforming ASTM A-184. 5. Deformed Bar Anchors: ASTM A496 Fy = 70,000 psi C. Prestressing Strands: 1. Shall conform to ASTM A-416 and shall be 7-wire type. D. Plates and structural shapes shall conform to ASTM A-36 for carbon steel structural steel connection assemblies. 1. Shop Primer: Manufacturer's standard. 2. For items exposed to view or at exterior of structure, hot -dip galvanized finish after fabrication. Galvanizing shall conform to ASTM A-123. THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER HLM 90007.00-3 BID GROUP TWO 03420-6 SECTION 03420 3. E. Headed 1. 2. PRECAST CONCRETE SECTIONS Field Spot Painting (touch-up): Primer - Rustoleum; Galvanized - Liquid galvanizing paint; concealed welding touch-up - bituminous paint by SONNEBORN or W.R. GRACE. concrete anchors: ASTM A-108 Type with ceramic ferrules; compatible with arc -welding process (AWS D1.1) F. Erection inserts shall be by SUPERIOR CONCRETE ACCESSORIES, INC., or RICHMOND SCREW ANCHOR CO. G. Formwork shall comply with applicable requirements of ACI-347 and with PORTLAND CEMENT ASSOCIATION "Forms for Architectural Concrete". Forms may be of HDO plywood, fiberglass reinforced polyester or steel. 1. Forms shall be true, straight, and square and entirely without twists and bends. Where joints in forms occur, the interior surface must be flush. Forms shall be rigidly braced during placement of concrete. 2. Forms shall be coated before each placement with approved non -staining form release agent which will not interfere with adhesion of sealants, penetrating sealers or applied finishes, unless noted otherwise. 3. Forms shall be designed sufficiently rigid to withstand vibration during placement of concrete. J. Form Release Agent: 1. Non -staining and compatible with other materials to be applied to concrete surfaces of precast sections. K. Bearing pads for precast members shall be type, size and thickness as indicated on the Drawings. 1. Bearing pads for precast beams shall be "Sorbtex", by VOSS ENGINEERING COMPANY, Chicago, Illinois, or Architect approved equivalent, with a durometer hardness of 90 plus/minus 5 and meet compression requirements of AASHTO Specifications. Pads.shall be glued to the column bearing plates prior to beam erection. 2. Bearing pads for the double tees shall be fiber reinforced elastomeric with durometer hardness of 80 plus/minus 5 and meet AASHTO Specifications. Pads shall be glued to the double tee stem. 3. Bearing pads placed in vertical precast joints shall be "Sorbtex" by VOSS ENGINEERING COMPANY or Architect approved equivalent, with a durometer hardness of 90 plus/minus 5 and meet requirements of AASHTO Specifications. Pads shall be glued to the member prior to erection. 4. Bearing strips for slabs shall be a continuous non -leaching high density plastic bearing strip and support loads with no visible deformation. Bearing strip shall be 1/4" minimum unless otherwise indicated in drawings. 5. Bearing pads which are not properly located will not be accepted by the Architect. Pads shall be repositioned or trimmed after erection has indicated that the bearing pad will not be overstressed. THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER HLM 90007.00-3 BID GROUP TWO 03420-7 SECTION 03420 PRECAST CONCRETE SECTIONS L. Structural Slide Bearings: Design for forces and anticipated movement indicated. Acceptable manufacturers: 1. "Fluorogold Slide Bearings"; Fluorocarbon Company, Pine Brook, New Jersey. 2. Architect approved equivalent possessing similar characteristics. M. Provide self -adhering ethafoam rod stock at grouted joints where required to retain grout and provide backing for sealant specified in Section 07900. N. Inserts, angles and other devices on the surface of the precast concrete that are cast in the concrete shall be galvanized. All steel specified and noted as galvanized shall comply with ASTM A-123 hot dip galvanizing. All galvanizing shall be done after fabrication. Galvanized surfaces for which a shop coat of paint is specified shall be chemically treated to provide a bond for the paint. 0. Non -Shrink Grout: Section 03600 - GROUT. 2.2 CONCRETE PROPORTIONING AND TESTS A. Unless noted otherwise, concrete shall meet the requirements of Section 03300 - CAST -IN -PLACE CONCRETE. B. Precast concrete sections shall have minimum compressive strength indicated on the drawings and 3500 pounds per square inch at detensioning for prestressed sections. Where compressive strengths are not indicated on the drawings, obtain a minimum of 5000 psi at 28 days. C. Compression tests for all precast concrete work shall conform to PCI MNL 117 and PCI MNL 116. All testing shall done with certified test equipment. D. For precast structural concrete, six cylinders shall be taken for each product produced. Three "A" cylinders shall be taken at the beginning of each placement and three "B" cylinders shall be taken at the end of each placement. One "A" and one "B" cylinder shall be tested at transfer of prestress (or at time of stripping for non -prestressed members), one of each at 28 days and one of each held in reserve for use as the Architect may direct. After 56 days, reserve cylinders may be discarded if approved by the Architect. Test reports shall be submitted to the Architect semi-monthly for review. 2.3 FABRICATION A. Field verify required member dimensions prior to fabrication. B. Manufacturing procedures shall be in compliance with PCI MNL-116. C. Formwork: 1. Construct molds to withstand tensioning and detensioning operations for prestressed sections. 2. Construct molds to maintain units within specified tolerances with radii or chamfers at corners. THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER HLM 90007.00-3 BID GROUP TWO 03420-8 SECTION 03420 PRECAST CONCRETE SECTIONS 3. Securely attach anchorage devices to molds in locations not interfering with proper positioning of strand, reinforcement, or placing of concrete. D. Stressing Procedures for Prestressed Sections: 1. All prestressing steel shall be accurately placed and firmly tied in position during the pouring operations. The maximum deviation of the c.g.s. of the total force shall. not exceed 1/4" or 3% of the specified distance of the c.g.s. measured from the bottom fiber, whichever is greater. 2. Prestressing strands shall not be allowed to become pitted with rust. Light coating of rust is permissible and short of visible pitting will not be cause for rejection. Form oil shall not be permitted to coat the strands. 3. Strand jacking may be by either single strand of multiple strand jacking. Where multiple jacking is used, all strands shall be brought to a reasonably uniform preliminary tension. Final tension stress shall be measured by a calibrated pressure gage of adequate capacity and not less than 5" diameter dial. Total elongation shall be checked regularly and the total stress as measured by gage and elongation shall not differ more than 5%. 4. Methods of deflecting, type of strand holding devices, and deflection points shall be approved by the Architect. 5. Operations will be performed in a safe manner and in strict compliance with all applicable state and local regulations. 6. Transfer of prestress shall not be made until the concrete strength has reached 3000 pounds per square inch for strands 3/8" and under, or 3500 for 7/16" strands and over. Should structural requirements for unusual conditions indicate higher or lower concrete strength at transfer, they will be noted in the Shop Drawings. Transfer of prestress may be accomplished by gradual release of the tensioning jacks or burning of strands. Where the burning method is used, the sequence of cutting strands shall be such as to prevent severe unbalance of the loading. Prior to transfer of prestress, forms shall be loosened, or removed if necessary, to allow free movement of the casting. E. Concrete Work: 1. Concrete shall be conveyed from the mixer to the place of final deposit by, methods which will prevent separation, segregation or loss of materials. 2. Concrete shall be consolidated in the form by approved high frequency vibration. This vibration may be either internal or external or a combination of both. Where external vibration is used, forms must be of a design adequate to withstand such external vibrating without distortion or failure. 3. Curing by any of the following methods shall be maintained until release strength has been reached: a. Steam or hot water curing at maximum temperature not exceeding 165 degrees F. After placement of the concrete, members shall be held for a minimum pre -steaming period of not less than three hours. THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER HLM 90007.00-3 BID GROUP TWO 03420-9 SECTION 03420 PRECAST CONCRETE SECTIONS b. Sealing the exposed surfaces with an approved sealing compound or membrane. C. Hot air combined with moisture. d. Continuous water curing. 4. Rock pockets and chipped corners shall be patched and cleaned by accepted methods. No rock pocket or other void reaching into the prestressing steel shall be patched without permission of the Architect. a. Structural members will be accepted with form finish appearance but with any leakage fins removed. b. Where precast members are exposed in final construction, the finishing requirements are as follows: 1) Columns shall have smooth dense surfaces "as cast" form finish. 2) Double ledger beams shall have all sides, ends and bottom -smooth dense surface "as cast" form finish. 3) Double tees shall have all sides, ends and bottom -smooth dense surface "as cast" form finish. a. Top surface of untopped double tees - uniform parallel coarse broom finish. 4) Slab Soffits: Smooth dense "as cast" form finish. 5) Top surface of sections to .receive concrete topping - roughened to a full amplitude of approximately 1/4 inch. F. Primarily on thin sections, the manufacturer shall provide for those openings 10" round or square or larger as indicated on the structural drawings. Other openings shall be located and field drilled or cut by the trade requiring them after the precast prestressed products have been erected. Openings shall be approved by Architect before drilling or cutting. G. The manufacturer shall cast in structural inserts, bolts, and plates as detailed or required by the Drawings. H. Mark each unit with correct piece/location mark, project or contract number, and date cast. I. After stripping, precast unit shall be kept in a surface damp condition at a minimum temperature of 50 degrees F. and shall not be exposed to the weather until the strength of the concrete has reached 3500 pounds per square inch minimum. Precast units shall not be shipped to the project site until the strength of the concrete has reached 85% of specified ultimate strength or until the unit can safely support the superimposed dead load of other precast units, whichever is greater. J. At no time shall the weight of stored materials placed on a precast unit exceed the total design load of that unit or of that portion of the unit loaded by the stored materials. K. For protection against corrosion, "Fire-Chex" roof joint sealer by the CELOTEX CORPORATION, or Architect approved equivalent, shall be applied to cover exposed ends of strands in prestressed members. THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER HLM 90007.00-3 BID GROUP TWO 03420-10 SECTION 03420 PRECAST CONCRETE SECTIONS L. Lift loops and erection inserts shall be located wherever possible so as not to be visible 'in the completed construction. All lift loops and inserts shall have 1-1/2" minimum concrete or grout cover in the completed construction. Any lift loops or erection inserts that must be located in areas that will be exposed to view in the completed construction shall be recessed and patched with a minimum 1-1/2" non -shrink, non -staining grout to match surrounding concrete. M. Beams, spandrels and columns exposed to view: 3/4" chamfered edges. Tooling of unformed edges may be used subject to approval by Architect. N. Control and Expansion Joint Requirements: 1. Manufacture shall consult with the expansion joint system manufacturer to insure that precast concrete joints are in accordance with the requirements of the expansion joint system manufacturer. 2. The edges of all double tee flanges shall have a tooled joint as shown on Drawings. If joints are not tooled deep or wide enough, they shall be drysawn with a 3/16" carborundum blade to required size by the precast supplier. 0. Acceptance: Units which do not_ meet dimensional tolerance standards, or quality control requirements pertaining to concrete strength, reinforcing or prestressing shall be rejected; units judged deficient in finish quality may be corrected at the option of the Architect. 2.4 TOLERANCE FOR MANUFACTURE A. Tolerances for manufacture of precast concrete members shall be as follows: 1. Columns: Length: plus/minus 1/2" Cross-section dimensions: plus/minus 1/4" Vertical Alignment (deviation from straight line parallel to longitudinal centerline of column): 1/4", up to 40'-0" lengths Deviation from square or designated skew: 1/8" per 12" of width, any cross-section. 1/4" maximum, any cross-section 1/4", any end (with longitudinal centerline) Position of haunches and pockets: plus/minus 1/4" Dimensions of haunches and pockets: plus/minus 1/4" Haunch and pocket bearing surface deviation from specified plan: 1/8" Difference in relative position of adjacent haunch and/or pocket bearing surfaces from specified relative position: -1/4" Position of sleeves and inserts: plus/minus 1/4" Position of weld plates: plus/minus 1/2" Position of anchor bolt holes in base plate: plus/minus Position of base plates and bearing plates: plus/minus 1/4" Position of handling devices: plus/minus 3" THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER HLM 90007.00-3 BID GROUP TWO 03420-11 SECTION 03420 PRECAST CONCRETE SECTIONS 2. Beams: Length: plus/minus 1/2" Width (over-all): plus/minus 1/4" Ledge width: plus/minus 1/4" Beam width: plus/minus 1/4" Beam depth: plus/minus 1/4" Ledge depth: plus/minus 1/4" Horizontal alignment (deviation from a straight line parallel to longitudinal centerline of member): 1/4", up to 40'-0" lengths 3/8", 40'-0" to 60'-0" lengths Camber deviation from specified design camber: 1/8" per 10'-0" but not greater than 1/2 End deviation from square or designated skew: 1/4" horizontal and vertical Position of tendons: plus/minus 1/8" Position of deflection point for deflected strands: plus/ minus 6" Position of openings and block -outs: plus/minus 1/4" Dimensions of openings and block -outs: plus/minus 1/4" Position of sleeves and inserts: plus/minus 1/4" Position of weld plates: plus/minus 1/2" Position of bearing plates: plus/minus 1/4" Bearing surface deviation from specified plane: 1/8" Position of handling devices: plus/minus 3" 3. Double Tee Deck Units: Length: plus/minus 1/2" Width (over-all): plus/minus 1/4" Depth: plus/minus 1/4" Stem thickness: plus/minus 1/8" Flange thickness: plus 1/4", minus 1/8" Stem to edge of top flange: plus/minus 1/8" Distance from stems: plus/minus 1/8" Horizontal alignment (deviation from a straight line parallel to longitudinal centerline of member): 1/4", up to 40'-0" lengths 3/8", 40'-0" to 60'-0" lengths Camber deviation from specified design chamber: 1/4" per 10'-0" but not greater than 3/4" Differential camber between adjacent members of the same design: 1/4" per 10'-0" but not greater than 3/4" for topped decks End deviation from square or designated skew: 1/4" horizontal and vertical ' Position of tendons: plus/minus 1/8" Position of deflection points for deflected strands: plus/ minus 6" Position of block -outs: plus/minus 1/2" Dimensions of block -outs: plus/minus 1/4" Position of sleeves and inserts: plus/minus 1/4" THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER HLM 90007.00-3 BID GROUP TWO 03420-12 SECTION 03420 PRECAST CONCRETE SECTIONS Position of weld plates: plus/minus 1/2" Position of bearing plates: plus/minus 1/4" Bearing surface deviation from specified plane: 1/8" Difference in relative position of adjacent steam bearing surfaces from specified relative position: 1/4" Position of handling devices: plus/minus 3" 4. Solid Slabs: Length: plus/minus 1/2" Width: plus/minus 1/4" Depth: plus/minus 1/4" Sweep: plus/minus 1/8" per ten feet, plus/minus 3/8" overall. Center of gravity of strand group: plus/minus 1/4" Minimum cover of strand group: 3/4" Position of weld plates: plus/minus 2" Tipping and flushness of weld plates: Plus/minus 1/4". PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Before erecting precast concrete members, verify that structure and anchorage inserts not within tolerances required to erect these units have been corrected. B. Determine field conditions by actual measurements. 3.2 ERECTION A. Clear, well -drained unloading areas and road access around and in the building (where appropriate) shall be provided and maintained to a degree that the hauling and erection equipment for the precast concrete products are able to operate under their own power. B. Erect barricades, warning lights or signs to safeguard traffic in the immediate area of hoisting and handling operations. C. Set precast units level, plumb, square, and true within the allowable tolerances. Provide lines and grades in sufficient detail to allow installation. 1. Providing true, level bearing surfaces on all field placed bearing walls and other field placed supporting members. D. Unload and perform handling on the job which is required to install precast concrete work. Set each member in position to which it is assigned, carefully plumbing and leveling it and anchoring it securely in place. Perform field welding using AWS Certified Welders with current certification. E. Column base plates shall be dry packed at least 24 hours before erecting elements supported by the columns. THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER HLM 90007.00-3 BID GROUP TWO 03420-13 SECTION 03420 PRECAST CONCRETE SECTIONS F. Where welding of reinforcing steel is specifically detailed on the Drawings, great care shall be exercised to assure no reduction of the cross -sectional area of the reinforcing steel. No other welding reinforcing steel shall be permitted without prior written authorization by the Architect. G. Galvanized steel shall be "touched -up" after connections are complete with "Z.R.C. Cold Galvanizing" by Z.R.C. CHEMICAL PRODUCTS COMPANY, Quincy, Massachusetts or equivalent. The material shall be applied in strict accordance with the manufacturer's instructions and specification. The mil thickness (dry film thickness) shall be equivalent to the mil thickness of the galvanized item. H. Maintain the stability of that portion of the structure receiving topping until cast -in -place topping has attained 3500 pounds per square inch compressive strength. 3.3 ERECTION TOLERANCES A. Tolerances for erection of precast members shall be as follows: 1. Columns: Variation in plan from specified location in plan: plus/minus 1/2", any column, any location Deviation in plan from straight lines parallel to specified linear building lines: 1/40" per foot, adjacent columns less than 20'-0" apart 1/2", adjacent columns 20'-0" or more apart Difference in relative position of adjacent columns from, specified relative position: 1/2" any deck level Deviation from plumb: 1/4", any 10'-0" of height 1" maximum for the entire height Variation in elevation of bearing surfaces from specified elevation: Plus/minus 1/2", any column, any location Deviation in elevation of bearing surfaces from line parallel to specified grade lines: 1/40" per foot, adjacent columns less than 20'-0" apart 1/2", adjacent columns 20'-0" or more apart Variation of specified clearance from adjacent independent member: plus/minus 1/4" 2. Beams: Variation in plan from specified location in plan: plus/minus 1/2", any beam, any location Deviation in plan from straight line parallel to specified linear building lines: 1/40" per foot, any beam less than 20'-0" 1/2" maximum, any beam 20'-0" or more in length THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER HLM 90007.00-3 BID GROUP TWO 03420-14 SECTION 03420 PRECAST CONCRETE SECTIONS Variation from specified bearing length on support: plus/minus 3/4" Variation from specified bearing width on support: plus/minus 1/2" Variation in elevation of bearing surfaces from specified elevation: plus/minus 1/2", any beam, any location Deviation in elevation of bearing surfaces from line parallel to specified grade lines: 1/40" per foot, any length less than 20'-0" 1/2" maximum, any bean 20'-0" or more in length Deviation of top of spandrel from specified elevation: 1/2", any panel Jog in alignment of matching edges: 1/4" Variation of specified clearance from adjacent independent member: plus/minus 1/4" 3. Double Tee Deck Units: Variation in plan from specified location in plan: plus/minus 1/2", any tee, any location Deviation in plan from straight lines parallel to specific linear building line: 1/2", any tee Variation from specified bearing length on support: plus/minus 3/4" Variation from specified bearing width on support: plus/minus 1/4" Variation in elevation of bearing surfaces from specified elevation: plus/minus 3/4", any tee, any end Deviation in elevation from line parallel to specified grade lines: 3/4" longitudinal 3/8" transverse Jog in alignment of adjoining flanges: .1/8", untopped decks 1/2", topped decks Variation from specified flange joint width: Plus/minus 1/4" Variation of specified clearance from adjacent independent member: plus/minus 1/4" 4. Solid Slabs: Variation in plan from specified location in plan: plus/minus 1" any plank, any location. Deviation in plan from straight lines parallel to specific linear building line 1", any plank. Deviation of top elevation from line parallel to specified grade lines at member ends: 3/4". Jog in alignment of matching edges: 1". THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER HLM 90007.00-3 BID GROUP TWO 03420-15 SECTION 03420 PRECAST CONCRETE SECTIONS Variation from specified joint width: plus/minus 1/2". Differential top elevation as erected: 3/4". Variation from specified bearing length on support: plus/minus 3/4". Variation from specified bearing width on support: plus/minus 1/2". Differential bottom elevation of exposed planks: 1/4" B. At the completion of work, remove rejected and surplus material, rubbish or apparatus from the premises and deliver work in a clean and sound condition to the satisfaction of the Architect. 3.4 ATTACHMENTS A. Subject to approval of the Architect, precast prestressed products may be drilled or "shot" provided no contact is made with the prestressing steel. Should spalling occur, it shall be repaired by the trade doing the drilling or the shooting. 3.5 CLEANING A. Clean precast concrete surfaces with detergent and water, using fiber brush and sponge, and rinse thoroughly with clean water. ******************** END OF SECTION 03420 THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER HLM 90007.00-3 BID GROUP TWO 03420-16 SECTION 03490 PRECAST CONCRETE MODULAR CELL PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section includes: 1. Precast Concrete modular cells with exterior walls insulated. a. Structural precast concrete work. b. Design of cells to accept field installed items such as beams, cell fronts, overhead housing assemblies for cell doors, chase access doors and frames, bunks, tables, seats, shelves, lights, A/C devices, electrical fixtures, and toilet fixtures. 2. Embed items required for the installation of equipment (e.g. exterior windows, bunks, tables, seats) shall be furnished by precast modular cell fabricator. 3. Verification of existing dimensions. 4. Metal structural and anchorage items necessary to secure components to each other and to other building materials including fabricated stock metal support and anchorage items, loose items subject to field erection, and embedded items contained in concrete and masonry. 5. Anchorage components with location or template information shall be coordinated with Section 03300 and 03420 for cast -in -place concrete or precast concrete embedment, respectively. B. Related Sections 1. Sealing components in place, cells and adjacent building dissimilar materials: refer 2. Section 03600 - Grout 1.2 REFERENCES between adjacent cells, between structure and between cells and to Section 07900. A. Provide and maintain one copy of all referenced publications for use by site and inspection personnel. B. American Society for Testing Materials (ASTM) 1. ASTM A-36/A - Specification for Structural Steel. 2. ASTM A-82 - Specification for Steel Wire, Plain, for Concrete Reinforcement. 3. ASTM A-108 - Specification for Steel Bars, Carbon, Cold -Finished, Standard Quality. 4. ASTM A-123 - Specification for Zinc (Hot -Dip Galvanized) Coatings on Iron and Steel Products. 5. ASTM A-185 - Specification for Steel Welded Wire Fabric, Plain, for Concrete Reinforcement. 6. ASTM A-307 - Specification for Carbon Steel Bolts and Studs, 60,000 psi Tensile Strength. 7. ASTM-A-497 - Specification for Steel Welded Wire Fabric, Deformed, for Concrete Reinforcement. THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER HLM 90007.00-3 BID GROUP TWO 03490-1 SECTION 03490 PRECAST CONCRETE MODULAR CELL 8. ASTM A-615 - Specification for Deformed and Plain Billet -Steel Bars for Concrete Reinforcement. 9. ASTM C-33 - Specification for Concrete Aggregates. 10. ASTM C-42 - Test Method for Obtaining and Testing Drilled Cores and Sawed Beams of Concrete. 11. ASTM C-94 - Specification for Ready -Mixed Concrete. C. Prestressed Concrete Institute (PCI) 1. PCI MNL-116 "Manual for Quality Control for Plants and Production of Precast Prestressed Concrete Products. 2. PCI MNL-120 "PCI Design Handbook - Precast and Prestressed Concrete". 3. PCI MNL-123 "Design and Typical Details of Connections for Precast and Prestressed Concrete". D. American Concrete Institute (ACI) 1. ACI- 301 - "Specification for Structural Concrete for Buildings". 2. ACI 318 - "Building Code Requirements for Reinforced Concrete". E. American Welding Society (ASTM) 1. AWS D1.1 - "Structural Welding Code - Steel". 2. AWS D1.4 - " Structural Welding Code - Reinforcing Steel". F. Concrete Reinforcing Steel Institute (CRSI) 1. CRSI - "Manual of Standard Practice". 1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Fabricator Qualifications: Firms which have two years successful experience in fabrication of precast concrete units similar to units required for this project will be acceptable. Fabricator must have sufficient production capacity to produce required units without causing delay in work. 1.4 DESIGN REQUIREMENTS A. SBCCI Standard Building Code B. ACI 318 C. PCI MNL - 120 D. Wind Force Criteria 1. SBCCI Standard building code 2. Key West Land Development Code 3. Basic wind speed: 115 MPH 4. Conform with components and cladding requirements E. Precast Unit Reinforcement 1. Minimum reinforcement area: .002 times gross concrete area, each way spaced 12 inches on center maximum. THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER HLM 90007.00-3 BID GROUP TWO 03490-2 SECTION 03490 PRECAST CONCRETE MODULAR CELL 2. Minimum perimeter reinforcement bar: a. Additional to minimum reinforcement area b. 0.20 square inches for 4" or less panel C. 0.31 square inches for greater than 4" panel thickness 3. Minimum Corner Reinforcement: a. Additional to minimum reinforcement area b. Provide diagonal reinforcing at all opening corners and reentrant corners. Minimum reinforcing 2#4 each face (inside layer) extending minimum 2'-0" past each corner. 4. Provide additional reinforcement for in-service loads, loads and forces imposed during manufacturing, shipping erection and for local stresses at connection or pick-up points. F. Precast Unit Connections 1. Provide minimum of four connections to structure at top and bottom of each precast cell, unless otherwise shown on drawings. 2. Minimum horizontal loads on connections: Provide positive direct connection capable of resisting horizontal forces as specified or minimum horizontal as follows: a. 4" or less panel thickness: 800 lb. b. Greater than 4" panel thickness:1600 lb. 1.4 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: Submit manufacturer's specifications and instructions for manufactured materials and products. Include manufacturer's certifications and laboratory test reports as required. B. Shop Drawings: Submit shop drawings showing complete informat-ion for fabrication and installation of precast concrete cell units signed and sealed by State of Florida registered professional engineer who prepared calculations indicating drawings were prepared under his direct supervision. Indicate member dimensions and cross-section; cast in openings and field cut openings; location, size and type of reinforcement, including special reinforcement and lifting devices necessary for handling and erection. 1. Indicate layout, dimensions, and identification of each precast unit corresponding to sequence and procedure of installation. Indicate welded connections by AWS standard symbols. Detail inserts, connections, and joints, including accessories and construction at openings in precast units. 2. Provide location and details of anchorage devices that are to be embedded in other construction. Furnish templates if required for accurate placement. 3. Include erection procedure for precast units and sequence of erection. C. Provide complete checked design calculations prepared by a registered engineer, licensed in the State of Florida. THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER HLM 90007.00-3 BID GROUP TWO 03490-3 SECTION 03490 PRECAST CONCRETE MODULAR CELL D. Submit welders qualifications per AWS D1.1. E. Submit certificate signed and sealed by State of Florida registered professional engineer stating that precast concrete panels and connections to structure have been designed in accordance with specified design requirements. List design requirements and values used and in letter. 1.6 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING A. Deliver precast concrete units to project site in such quantities and at such times to assure continuity of installation. Store units at project site to prevent cracking, distortion, staining, or other physical damage, and so that markings are visible. Lift and support units at designated lift points. B. Deliver anchorage items which are to be embedded in other construction before start of such work. Provide setting diagrams, templates, instructions and directions as required for installation. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 FORMWORK A. Provide forms and form facing materials of metal that is non -reactive with concrete and will produce required finish surfaces. 2.2 PRECAST CONCRETE A. Reinforcing Bars: ASTM A615, Grade 60, unless otherwise indicated. B. Steel Wire: ASTM A82, plain cold -drawn steel. C. Welded Wire Fabric: ASTM A185, Flat Sheets. D. Welded Deformed Steel Wire Fabric: ASTM A497. E. Supports .for Reinforcement: Provide supports for reinforcement including bolsters, chairs, spacers and other devices for spacing, supporting and fastening reinforcing, complying with CRSI recommendations. F. For exposed -to -view concrete surfaces, where legs of supports are in contact with forms, provide supports with legs which are plastic protected (CRSI, Class 1) or stainless steel protected (CRSI, Class 2). G. Portland Cement: ASTM C150, Type III. Use only one brand and type of cement throughout project, unless otherwise acceptable to Architect. THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER HLM 90007.00-3 BID GROUP TWO 03490-4 SECTION 03490 PRECAST CONCRETE MODULAR CELL H. Aggregates: ASTM C33, and as specified here. Provide aggregate from a single source for exposed concrete. 1. Local aggregates not complying with ASTM C33, but which have shown by special test or actual service to produce concrete of adequate strength and durability, may be used when acceptable to Architect. I. Water: Drinkable and free from foreign materials in amounts harmful to concrete and embedded steel. 2.3 CONNECTION MATERIALS A. Steel Shapes and Plates: ASTM A36. B. Anchor Bolts: ASTM A307, low -carbon steel bolts, regular hexagon nuts and carbon steel washers. C. Finish of Steel Units: Exposed units galvanized per ASTM A123; others painted with rust -inhibitive primer. D. Bearing Pads: 1. One specimen shall be tested for each 200 pads used in the project. a. Random Oriented Fiber Reinforced: Continuous with allowable minimum compressive stress of 3,000 psi with no cracking, splitting, or delamination in the internal portions of the pad. b. Plastic: High density continuous multi -monomer plastic pads shall be non -leaching and support loads with no visible deformation. C. Minimum 1/4" thick unless indicated otherwise in Drawings. E. Accessories: Provide clips, hangers and other accessories required for installation of project units and for support of subsequent construction or finishes. F. Headed Concrete Anchors: 1. ASTM A-108 2. Type with Ceramic Ferrules: Compatible with Arc -Welding Process (AWS D1.1) 2.4 PROPORTIONING AND DESIGN OF MIXES A. Prepare design mixes for each'type of concrete required. B. Design mixes may be prepared by independent testing facility or by qualified precast manufacturing plant personnel, at precast manufacturer's option. THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER HLM 90007.00-3 BID GROUP TWO 03490-5 SECTION 03490 PRECAST CONCRETE MODULAR CELL C. Proportion mixes by either laboratory trial batch or field experience methods, using materials to be employed on the project for each type of concrete required, complying with ACI 318. 1. Produce standard weight concrete consisting of specified portland cement, aggregates, admixtures and water to produce the following properties: a. Compressive strength: 5000 psi minimum at 28 days. D. Submit written reports to Architect of proposed mix for each type of concrete at least 15 days prior to start of precast unit production. Do not begin concrete production until mixes and evaluations have been reviewed by Architect. E. Adjustment to Concrete Mixes: Mix design adjustments may be requested when characteristics of materials, job conditions, weather, test results, or other circumstances warrant. Laboratory test data for revised mix designs and strengths results must be submitted to and accepted by Architect before using in the work. F. Admixtures: 1. Use air -entraining admixture in concrete, unless otherwise indicated. 2. Use water -reducing admixtures in strict compliance with manufacturer's directions. Admixtures to increase cement dispersion, or provide increased workability for low -slump concrete, may be used subject to Architect's acceptance. 3. Use amounts as recommended by admixture manufacturer for climatic conditions prevailing at time of placing. Adjust quantities of admixtures as required for maintain quality control. G. Chloride Ion Content: 1. Maximum 0.15% concrete weight. 2. Test individual ingredient or trial batches of concrete. 2.5 RELATED MATERIALS A. Insulated Precast Panel: 1. "Thermomass" Concrete Sandwich Wall System: a. Fiber -composite rod by COMPOSITE TECHNOLIGIES CORPORATION (800) 232-1748. b. Insulation: Refer to Section 07210 - BUILDING INSULATION. B. Cast -In -Place Metal Frames: Refer to Section 08100 - METAL DOORS AND FRAMES. C. Concrete Topping: Refer to Section 03300 - CAST -IN -PLACE CONCRETE. 2.6 FABRICATION A. Field verify required unit dimensions prior to fabrication. THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER HLM 90007.00-3 BID GROUP TWO 03490-6 SECTION 03490 PRECAST CONCRETE MODULAR CELL B. General: Fabricate precast concrete units complying with manufacturing and testing procedures, quality control recommendations, and dimensional tolerances of PCI MNL-116, and as specified for types of units required. C. Ready -Mix Concrete: Comply with requirements of ASTM C94, and as specified here. 1. During hot weather, or under conditions contributing to rapid setting of concrete, a shorter mixing time than specified in ASTM C94 may be required. 2. When the air temperature is between 80OF and 90°F, reduce mixing and delivery time from 1-1/2 hours to 75 minutes, and when air temperature is above 900F, reduce mixing and delivery time to 60 minutes. D. Built -Up Anchorages: Accurately position built-in anchorage devices and secure to formwork. Locate anchorages where they do not affect position of main reinforcement or placing of concrete. E. Openings: 1. Cast -in holes for openings for wall grilles. 2. Cast -in floor drains and shower drains. 3. Cast -in openings larger than 10" diameter or 10" in largest dimension. 4. Field cut openings less than 10" diameter or 10" in largest dimension at Contractor's Option. F. Coat surfaces of forms with bond -breaking compound before reinforcement is placed. Provide commercial formulation form -coating compounds that will not bond with, stain nor adversely affect concrete surfaces, and will not impair subsequent treatments of concrete surfaces requiring bond or adhesion. Apply in compliance with manufacturer's instructions. G. Clean reinforcement of loose rust and mill scale, earth and other materials which reduce or destroy bond with concrete. H. Accurately position, support and secure reinforcement against displacement by formwork, construction, or concrete placement operations. Locate and support reinforcing by metal chairs, runners, bolsters, spacers and hangers as required. I. Place reinforcement to obtain at least the minimum coverage for concrete protection. Arrange, space and securely tie bars and bar supports to hold reinforcement in position during concrete placement operations. Set wire ties so ends are directed into concrete, not toward exposed concrete surfaces. J. Place concrete in a continuous operation to prevent formation of seams or planes of weakness in precast units, complying with requirements of THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER HLM 90007.00-3 BID GROUP TWO 03490-7 SECTION 03490 PRECAST CONCRETE MODULAR CELL ACI 304. Thoroughly consolidate placed concrete by internal and external vibration without dislocation or damage to reinforcement and built-in items. K. Identification: Provide permanent markings to identify pick-up points and orientation in structure, complying with markings indicated on final shop drawings. Imprint date of casting on each precast unit on a surface which will not show in finished structure. L. Curing by low-pressure steam, by steam vapor, by radiant heat and moisture, or other similar process may be employed to accelerate concrete hardening and to reduce curing time. 2.6 FINISH OF SURFACES A. Provide finishes for formed surfaces of precast concrete as indicated for each type of unit, and as follows: 1. Standard Finish: Normal plant run finish produced in forms that impart a smooth finish to concrete. Small surface holes caused by air bubbles, normal form joint marks, and minor chips and spalls will be tolerated, but no major or unsightly imperfections, honeycomb or structural defects will be permitted. 2. Architectural Grade Finish: Use for exposed surfaces. Air holes and pockets over 1/4" and under 1" diameter filled with mortar patching grout as specified in Section 03600. Form offsets over 1/8" shall be ground smooth. B. Finish of Unformed Surfaces: 1. Unformed surfaces to interface other precast elements: Apply trowel finish. Consolidate concrete, bring to proper level with straight edge, float and trowel to a smooth uniform finish. Steel trowel finish face to match precast concrete panels. 2. Unformed surfaces to interface cast -in -place concrete: Consolidate concrete and bring to proper level with straight edge. Surfaces shall be intentionally roughened to a full amplitude of approximately 1/4". 2.7 APPROVED MANUFACTURERS A. POMCO ASSOCIATES, INC. B. STRESSCON C. ARCHITECTURAL SYSTEMS, INC. D. TYNDALL CONCRETE PRODUCTS E. Architect approved equivalent THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER HLM 90007.00-3 BID GROUP TWO 03490-8 SECTION 03490 PRECAST CONCRETE MODULAR CELL PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION, GENERAL A. Place precast units and shim at bearing walls to correct position. Use a sufficient number of shims in locations so as not to overstress any portion of the unit. B. Welding: Perform welding in compliance with AWS D1.1. C. Protect units from damage by field welding or cutting operations and provide non-combustible shield as required. D. Repair damaged metal surfaces by cleaning and applying a coat of liquid galvanizing repair compound to galvanized surfaces and compatible primer to painted surfaces. E. Powder -Actuated Fasteners: Do not use powder -actuated fasteners for surface attachment of accessory items in precast, prestressed unit unless otherwise accepted by precast manufacturer. F. Installation Tolerances: Install precast units without exceeding following tolerance limits: 1. Variations from plumb: 1/4" in any 20' run or story height; 1/2" total in any 40' or longer run. 2. Variations from level or elevation: 1/4" in any 20' run; 1/2" in any 40' run; total plus or minus 1/2" at any location. 3. Variation from position in plan: Plus or minus 1/2" maximum at any location. Zero tolerance shall be maintained i-n cell placement for alignment of slider units. 4. Offsets in alignment of adjacent members at any joint: 1/16" in any 10' run; 1/4" maximum. G. After precast units have been placed and secured, cast -in or grout horizontal joints as indicated. H. Grout open spaces at connection and horizontal bearing joints as indicated: 1. Shrinkage -resistant grout consisting of premixed compound and water to provide a flowable mixture without segregation or bleeding. 2. Provide forms or other acceptable method to retain grout in place until sufficiently hard to support itself. Pack spaces with stiff grout material, tamping until voids are completely filled. Place grout to finish smooth, plumb and level with adjacent concrete surfaces. Keep grouted joints damp for not less than 24 hours after initial set. Promptly remove grout material from exposed surfaces before it hardens. THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER HLM 90007.00-3 BID GROUP TWO 03490-9 SECTION 03490 PRECAST CONCRETE MODULAR CELL 3.2 PLANT QUALITY CONTROL EVALUATIONS A. The Owner may employ a separate testing laboratory to evaluate precast manufacturer's quality control and testing methods. B. The precast manufacturer shall allow Owner's testing facility access to materials storage areas, concrete production equipment, and concrete placement and curing facilities. Cooperate with Owner's testing laboratory and provide samples of materials and concrete mixes as may be requested for additional testing evaluation. C. Dimensional Tolerances: Units having dimensions smaller or greater than required, and outside specified tolerance limits, will be subject to additional testing as specified here. D. Precast units having dimensions greater than required will be rejected if appearance or function of the structure is adversely affected, or if larger dimensions interface with other construction. Repair or remove and replace rejected units as required to meet construction conditions. E. Strength of Units: The strength of precast concrete units will be considered potentially deficient if the manufacturing processes fail to comply with any of the requirements which may affect the strength of the precast units including the following conditions: 1. Failure to meet compressive strength tests requirements. 2. Reinforcement, not conforming to specified fabrication requirements. 3. Concrete curing, and protection of precast units against extremes in temperature, not as specified. 4. Precast units damaged during handling and erection. 3.3 TESTING PRECAST UNITS A. When there is evidence that strength of precast concrete units does not met specification requirements, the concrete testing services shall take cores drilled from hardened concrete for compressive strength determination, complying with ASTM C42 and as follows: B. Take at least three representative cores from precast units of suspect strength, from locations directed by Architect. 1. Test cores in a saturated -surface -dry condition per ACI 318 if concrete will be set during use of completed structure. 2. Test cores in an air-dry condition per ACI 318 if concrete will be dry during use of completed structure. 3. Strength of concrete for each series of cores will be considered satisfactory if their average compressive strength is at least 85% of 28-day design compressive strength. 4. Test results will be made in writing on same day that tests are made, with copies to Architect, Contractor and precast THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER HLM 90007.00-3 BID GROUP TWO 03490-10 SECTION 03490 PRECAST CONCRETE MODULAR CELL manufacturer. Include in test reports the project identification name and number, date, name of precast concrete manufacturer, name of concrete testing service, identification letter, name and type of member or members represented by core test, design compressive strength, compression breaking strength and type of break . (corrected for length -diameter ratio), direction of applied load to core with respect to horizontal plan of concrete as placed, and moisture condition of core at time of bearing. C. Patching: Where core test results are satisfactory and precast units are acceptable for use in work, fill core holes solid with pea gravel repair grout and finish to match adjacent concrete surfaces. 3.4 DEFECTIVE WORK A. Precast concrete units which do not conform to the specified requirements, including strength, tolerances, and finishes shall be replaced with precast concrete units that meet requirements of this section. Contractor shall also be responsible for cost of corrections to other work affected by or resulting from corrections to precast concrete work. END OF SECTION 03490 THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER HLM 90007.00-3 BID GROUP TWO 03490-11 SECTION 03600 GROUT PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SECTION INCLUDES A. Pea -gravel repair grout. B. Cementitious mortar patching grout. C. Non -shrink grout. 1.2 REFERENCES A. ASTM C827 - Test Method for Change in Height at Early Ages of Cylindrical Specimens from Cementitious Mixtures. B. Contractor shall obtain and have available at site a copy of the above documents throughout the Construction Period. 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Manufacturer's Data: 1. Submit copies of manufacturer's product data and printed instructions for each manufactured product. 1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Do not change source or brands of grout materials during the course of the work. Single -source responsibility from one source and producer for each aggregate and from one manufacturer for each cementitious component. 1.5 MATERIAL STORAGE A. Store grout materials off the ground, under cover, in a dry location. Store aggregates where grading and other required characteristics can be maintained. 1.6 TESTING A. Coordinate testing requirements of grout with Division 1. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 PEA -GRAVEL REPAIR GROUT A. The grout shall be a manufactured, dry packaged product with proportioned ingredients. Shrinkage compensating ingredients shall minimize effects of drying shrinkage. Compressive strength at 28 days shall equal or exceed required concrete strength. Shall contain pea gravel and no added chloride. Applies and finishes like concrete. Select material for horizontal overhead or vertical application. B. Approved Manufacturers: 1. MASTERBUILDERS "Masterpatch 20" 2.2 CEMENTITIOUS MORTAR PATCHING GROUT A. Manufactured by MASTER BUILDERS "Set Vertipatch" or Architects approved equivalent. 1. 5000 psi 2. Conditions to 1" maximum thickness. THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER HLM 90007.00-4 BID GROUP TWO 03600-1 SECTION 03600 GROUT 2.3 NON -SHRINK NON-METALLIC GROUT A. The grout shall be non -shrink, non-ferrous, heavy duty grout. Grout shall remain workable for a minimum of 30 minutes following mixing. B. Compressive strength at 28 days shall be 6,000 pounds per square inch minimum according to ASTM C-109. Make one test each day of grouting. C. Comply with ASTM C-827. . D. Provide non -staining grout for exposed to view conditions. E. Approved Manufacturers: 1. GIFFORD-HILL "Supreme Grout" 2. L&M CONSTRUCTION CHEMICALS "Crystex" 3. W.R. MEADOWS "588 Non -Metallic, Non -Shrink Grout" 4. SONNEBORN "Sonogrout" 5. U.S. GROUT CORP., "Five -Star Grout" 6. LAMBERT CORP., "Vibropruf #11" 2.4 CEMENT GROUT A. Portland cement, ASTM C150, Type I and clean, natural sand, ASTM C404. Mix at ratio of 1.0 part cement to 3.0 parts sand, by volume with minimum water required for placement and hydration. B. Approved Products: 1. Firmix; EUCLID CHEMICAL CO. 2. Embeco 636; MASTER BUILDERS 3. Ferrolith G; SONNEBORN/COTECH 4. Irontox "G"; TOCH BROTHERS 5. Kemox G; SIKA CHEMICAL 6., Vibro-Foil; A.C. HORN 7. Vibropruf Metallic; LAMBETT CORP. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 PEA -GRAVEL REPAIR GROUT A. Install per manufacturer's printed instructions. 3.2 CEMENTITIOUS MORTAR PATCHING GROUT A. Install per manufacturer's printed instructions. 3.3 NON -SHRINK GROUT A. Install per manufacturer's printed instructions. ******************** END OF SECTION 03600 THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER HLM 90007.00-4 BID GROUP TWO 03600-2 Division 4 Masonry t Division SECTION 04200 UNIT MASONRY PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Unit masonry and mortar. a. Reinforcing and anchorage for embedment. b. Reinforcing for Security Walls. C. Miscellaneous items necessary to completion of above. d. Patching to match. 2. Install only: a. Grouting of metal elevator jambs. B. Related Sections 1. Section 03200 - CONCRETE REINFORCEMENT. 1.2 REFERENCED STANDARDS A. Codes and Standards: 1. ACl/ASCE 530, "Building Code Requirements for Masonry Structures" 2. ACl/ASCE 530.1, "Specifications for Masonry Structures" 3 Coastal Construction Manual, FEMA-55, February, 1986; Federal Emergency Management Agency. B. American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM): 1. A-82: Specification for Steel Wire, Plain, for Concrete Reinforcement. 2. A-123: Specification for Zinc (Hot -Dip Galvanized) Coatings on Iron and Steel Products 3. A-167: Specification for Stainless and Heat -Resisting Chromium - Nickel Steel Plate, Sheet and Strip. 4. C-55: Specification for Concrete Building Brick. 5. C-90: Specification for Hollow -Load Bearing Concrete Masonry Units. 6. C-145: Specification for Solid -Load Bearing Concrete Masonry Units. 7. Underwriters Laboratories (UL) 1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Comply with the requirements and referenced standards of the governing laws, ordinances, rules, regulations, or orders of local authority having jurisdiction for the work of this Section. B. Qualifications 1. Installer Qualifications: Minimum of ten years documented experience specializing in installation of masonry of the type and size similiar to this project. C. Jobsite Sample Panel: 1. Prior to installation of masonry work, erect sample wall panel (s) using materials, bond and joint tooling shown for final work; and provide special features as directed for joints, sealants and contiguous work. 2. Build sample panel(s) on the site, where directed, of full thickness and approximately 6'-0" wide by V -0" high, indicating proposed range of color, texture and workmanship to be expected THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER HLM 90007.00-5 BID GROUP TWO 04200-1 SECTION 04200 UNIT MASONRY in completed work. Provide quantity of sample panels necessary to obtain acceptance. 3. Obtain Architect and Owner acceptance of visual qualities before start of work. Retain approved sample panel until end of job for comparative reference. Do not alter, move or destroy mock-up until work is complete. Remove panels when directed by Architect. 4. Provide mock-up panel for the following: a. Reinforced exterior masonry wall construction with concave joints. Mock-up wall conditions for: 1) Masonry with elastomeric coating. 2) Masonry with insulation, metal lath, plaster and elastomeric coating. b. Interior masonry wall construction; concave and slightly concave joints. D. This section shall be responsible for locations of electrical boxes, utility and equipment lines which are concealed in masonry walls; including plumbing, electrical, telephone and security/communications systems. E. Fire Performance Characteristics: Where fire resistance ratings are indicated for masonry work, provide materials and construction which are identical to those of assemblies whose fire endurance has been determined by testing in compliance with ASTM E 119 by a recognized testing and inspecting organization, as acceptable to the Architect. F. Single Source Responsibility for Masonry Units: Obtain exposed masonry units of uniform texture and color, or a uniform blend within the ranges accepted for these characteristics, from one manufacturer for each different product required for each continuous surface or visually related surfaces. G. Single Source Responsibility for Mortar Materials: Obtain mortar ingredients of uniform quality, including color for exposed masonry, from one manufacturer for each cementitious component and from one source and producer for each aggregate. H.. Ship units from factory and store at job site with necessary protection to prevent increase of water content from rain and other sources. 1.4 SUBMITTALS A. Certification: 1. Prior to purchasing of masonry units, submit for Architect's approval, a letter from the manufacturer indicating the name and qualifications of the certifying agency. 2. Prior to delivery of masonry units to job site, submit for Architect approval, calculations and certification by the certifying agency that fire -rated concrete masonry units, both grouted and non -grouted conditions, and mortar conform to the specification requirements and meet or exceed the fire -resistance ratings of Table 3103.1, SBCCI Southern Building Code. THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER HLM 90007.00-4 BID GROUP TWO 04200-2 SECTION 04200 UNIT MASONRY 3. Submit steel producer's certifications from Architect's approved certifying agency confirming the mill analysis, tensile and bend test for steel requirements of this section. B. Installer Qualifications: Provide letter documenting experience. C. Reinforcing Materials: 1. Provide Shop Drawings showing size, grade, quantity of rein- forcement, mill test reports, method of support and fastening, bending and placing schedules, diagrams, material grades and relation of reinforcement to adjacent materials. D. 'Product Data: 1. Submit product data on masonry accessories. 2. Submit product data on materials required by this Section. Include masonry units and mortar, with mix proportions. E. Results of mortar tests performed in accordance with the property specification requirements of ASTM C270. F. Results of tests of masonry units in accordance with ASTM C140. 1.5 JOB CONDITIONS A. Protection of Work 1. During erection, cover top of walls with waterproof sheeting at end of each day's work. Cover partially completed structures when work is not in progress. 2. Extend cover a minimum of 24" down both sides and hold cover securely in place. 3. Staining: Prevent grout or mortar or soil from staining the face of masonry to be left exposed or painted. Remove immediately grout or mortar in contact with such masonry. Protect base of walls from rainsplashed mud and mortar splatter by means of coverings spread on ground and over wall surface. 4. Protect sills, ledges and projections from droppings of mortar. 1.6 TESTING A. To requirements of DIVISION ONE - "TESTING LABORATORY SERVICES" furnish test reports of independent testing laboratory. 1. Masonry grout: Test in accordance with ASTM C 1019 "Sampling and Testing Grout". 2. Concrete Masonry Units: Test each type, class and grade of concrete masonry unit per ASTM C 140. 3. Unit Test Method: a. Concrete Masonry Unit Tests: For each type, class and grade of concrete masonry unit specified, test units by method of sampling and testing of ASTM C 140. b. Mortar Tests: For each type indicated, test mortar by methods of sampling and testing of ASTM C 780. Conduct tests no less frequently than that required to evaluate mortar used to install each increment of masonry units indicated above from which samples are taken for testing. THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER HLM 90007.00-4 BID GROUP TWO 04200-3 SECTION 04200 UNIT MASONRY PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 MATERIALS A. Concrete Block: 1. Compressive strength of masonry shall be equal to or exceed 150C psi. 2. Concrete block shall be manufacturer's standard unit shapes and sizes. 3. Units shall be cured by one process and shall be uniform in texture and color. 4. Concrete block shall conform to requirements of ASTM C-90 for hollow concrete units, ASTM C-145 for solid concrete units Grade N, Type II; normal weight. 5. Shrinkage of standard concrete blocks shall not exceed amount recommended in ASTM C426. 6. Ship units from factory, and store at job site with necessary protection to prevent increase of water content from rain and other sources. 7. Provide certification by approved certifying agent that fire - rated concrete masonry units meet or exceed the SBCCI Southern Building Code requirements for each project condition. 8. Moisture absorption shall be limited to maximum twenty-five percent saturation prior to installation. B. Special Shapes: 1. Provide where shown and where required for: lintels, corners, jambs, sash, head, sill, control joints, headers, solid shapes, bonding and other special conditions. C. Steel Reinforcement: 1. Steel reinforcement for reinforced masonry shall conform to the following specifications of the American Society for Testing and Materials: a. Billet -Steel Bars for Concrete Reinforcement ASTM A-615, with supplement. b. Rail -Steel Bars for Concrete Reinforcement ASTM A-616. C. Axle -Steel Bars for Concrete Reinforcement ASTM A-617. d. Cold -Drawn Steel Wire for Concrete Reinforcement ASTM A-82. e. Welded Steel Wire Fabric for Concrete Reinforcement ASTM A-185. 2. Reinforcement shall be accurately formed to dimensions indicated on Drawings. 3. Bars shall be cold bent. 4. Metal reinforcement shall not be straightened or repaired in manner that will injure material. Bars with kinks or bends not shown on Drawings shall not be used. 5. Heating or welding of reinforcement will be permitted only when approved by Architect. D. Horizontal Reinforcing: (Zinc -coated ferrous metal): 1. Welded wire units shall be prefabricated in straight lengths no less than ten feet long with matching corner and tee units. THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER HLM 90007.00-4 BID GROUP TWO 04200-4 SECTION 04200 UNIT MASONRY Fabricate from cold -drawn steel wire complying with ASTM A82 with deformed continuous side rods and plain cross -rods, crimped for cavity wall construction and unit width of 1-1/2" to 2" less than wall or partition thickness. 2. Provide ladder type, or truss type for single wythe fabricated with single pair of nine gage cross -rods spaced on no more than 16" centers. 3. Truss type for multi-wythe, fabricated with single pair of side rods and continuous diagonal cross -rods spaced on no more than 16" centers. 4. Acceptable Manufacturers: a. DUR-O-WALL b. SOUTHERN WIRE MESH C. LOX -ALL d. AA WIRE PRODUCTS e. HOHMANN and BARNARD, INC. 5. For composite exterior walls with concrete masonry back-up, fabricate units with additional side rod spaced for embedment in inside face of back-up wythe. 6. For use in interior partition walls, fabricate from plain wire, uncoated. 7. For use in exterior walls, fabricate from mill galvanized wire with 0.4 ounce zinc coating complying with ASTM A-116. E. Wire Ties 1. Individual Wire Ties: a. Fabricate from 3/16" cold -drawn steel wire complying with ASTM A-82 of length required for proper embedment in wythes of masonry shown, and crimped if used in cavity wall construction. Ties for cavity wall construction shall be hot -dipped galvanized after fabrication. b. For use with hollow masonry units laid with cells vertical, provide rectangular shaped ties. C. Where facing and backup joints do not align, provide either offset or adjustable two-piece ties. d. For use in interior partition walls, fabricate from steel wire. F. Anchoring Devices 1. Anchoring Devices: a. For anchorage to structural studs, provide two-piece anchors with 12 gage x 3/4" galvanized anchor strap with 3/8" offset for attachment to structural studs with a minimum of two cadmium plated sheet metal screws. Provide rectangular or vee-shaped 3/16" galvanized wire tie sections with drip 'built in, sized to extend within 1" of face of masonry. 2. Acceptable Manufacturers: a. DUR-O-WALL b. SOUTHERN WIRE MESH C. LOX -ALL d. AA WIRE PRODUCTS e. HOHMANN & BARNARD, INC. THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER HLM 90007.00-4 BID GROUP TWO 04200-5 SECTION 04200 UNIT MASONRY G. Anchoring Devices for Masonry: 1. Provide straps, bars, bolts and rods fabricated from not less than 16 ga. sheet metal or 3/16" diameter. rod stock, unless otherwise indicated. 2. Flexible Anchors: Where masonry is shown or specified to be anchored to structural framework with flexible anchors, provide two-piece anchors which will permit horizontal and vertical movement of masonry but will provide lateral restraint. 3. For interior work, including devices which extend only into interior wythes of exterior masonry, fabricate from steel with mill galvanized or hot dip coating. 4. For devices which extend into exterior wythe, fabricate from steel with 1.05 oz. hot dip galvanized coating, ASTM A153, Class B2 or from steel with not less than 7 mil copper coating, ASTM B227, Grade 30 HS. 5. Special Conditions: Provide masonry anchorage and assembly for breakaway wall construction meeting the requirements of the Coastal Construction Manual, FEMA-55. H. Dovetail Anchor Slots with Dovetail Anchors: 1. Size: 1" wide x 1" deep with 5/8" throat. 2. Gage: 24 gage. 3. Finish: Mill galvanized. 4. Product/Manufacturer: a) AA1O0/AA WIRE PRODUCTS b) HOHMANN & BARNARD, INC. c) 100/HECKMANN BUILDING PRODUCTS d) STD/TY-WAL PRODUCTS I. Miscellaneous Materials: 1. Flashings for Masonry: a. Provide dampproofing course at window sills, and elsewhere as required for concealed flashings. b. Product Manufacturer: 1) Nervastral 300 (elastomeric sheet) RUBBER AND PLASTICS COMPOUND CO., INC. 2) Nu -Flex PVC Flashing (Plastic)/SANDELL - 30 mil. 3) Wasco Seal, Bull 209 (PVC) WASCO/30 mil. 2. Flashing: a. Through -wall plastic flashing: 1) 20 mil NERVASTRAL "Seal -Proof HD". 2) 20 mil LEXSUCO "Concealed Flashing". 3) 20 mil SONNEBORN "Vinly seal" 4) Adhesive recommended by manufacturer. b. Through wall Copper flashing 1) AFCO PRODUCTS "Cop -A -Bond Duplex", 3 ounces per sq. foot. 2) YORK MANUFACTURING "Cop-R-Tex Duplex", 3 ounces per sq. foot. 3) Architect approved equivalent. C. Reglets to terminate through -wall flashing, PVC SUPERIOR CONCRETE ACCESSORIES CO. "Type A" or equivalent. THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER HLM 90007.00-4 BID GROUP TWO 04200-6 SECTION 04200 UNIT MASONRY 3. Control Joints: a. Control joints at concrete pilasters or columns for standard block walls: 1) Extruded solid rubber, ASTM D-2240 durometer of 80. 2) Shear section 5/8" thick. 3) Flange 5/16" thick. 4) Control joint width, 3/8". b. Control joints for standard block walls shall be factory molded rubber with a compressible concave neoprene compound edge and a durometer hardness of 80. C. Acceptable manufacturers: 1) DUR-O-WALL 2) AA WIRE PRODUCTS 3) Architect approved equivalent. 4. Compressible Filler for Masonry Block Walls: Closed cell polyethylene foam (compatible with cold -applied sealants). Acceptable Product: BURKE CO. "Cellu-Joint". 5. Masonry Cleaner: a. Masonry cleaner shall be "Sure Clean 101" or "Sure Clean 600" manufactured by PROCESS SOLVENT CO. as recommended by manufacturer for appropriate masonry units. 6. Concrete Inserts: a. Malleable iron of type and size shown, not less than 12 gage steel, hot -dip galvanized, zinc coating according to ASTM A-153. b. Dovetail slots: 1" wide, 1" deep, 5/8" wide face, 22 gage galvanized steel. C. Acceptable Manufacturer. 1) HOHMANN & BARNARD,INC. 7. Concrete masonry lintels, sills, and coping shall be fabricated from units of load -bearing grade of the size required and of Architect approved type and design. Lintels shall be reinforced and the cavities containing reinforcement shall be solidly filled with concrete or grout. 8. Bond Breaker Strips: a. 15 lb. asphalt roofing felt complying with ASTM D226, or 15 lb. coal tar roofing felt complying with ASTM D227. 2.2 MIXES A. Mortar Materials: 1. Mortar shall conform to ASTM C270: a. Portland Cement ASTM C-150, Type I. b. Hydrated Lime: ASTM C-207, Type S. C. Fine Aggregate: ASTM C-144 except that sand for mortar in 1/4" joints shall pass a No. 16 sieve. d. Coarse Aggregate: ASTM C-404. e. Water shall be clean and potable. f. Masonry cement shall not be used for reinforced masonry. THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER HLM 90007.00-4 BID GROUP TWO 04200-7 SECTION 04200 UNIT MASONRY g. Mortar colors shall consist of inorganic compounds used in the proportions recommended by the manufacturer, but in no case exceeding 15% of the weight of the cement, except that carbon black shall not exceed 3% of the weight of the cement. h. Mortar proportions: Based on requirements. of ASTM C-270 as modified by this Section: Type M or S - Exterior non -load bearing masonry Type M or S - Interior non -load load -bearing masonry. i. Mortar proportion for interior concrete block shall be Type M with 1:1-1/2:4-1/2 relation of Portland:Lime:Sand. j. Mix mortar mechanically for 3 to 5 minutes, apply within 2 hours. k. Retemper no mortar. B. Grout for Reinforced Masonry: 1. Grout for reinforced masonry shall conform to ASTM C-476. 2. Strength of grout, determined in accordance with the provisions of ASTM C1019, shall be 3000 psi minimum. 3. Fine grout for use in spaces less than 2" wide. 4. Coarse grout for use in spaces 2" to 4" wide. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 GENERAL A. Installation and erection shall be in accordance with the more restrictive provisions of the local building code requirements or ACI-531-79 except as noted below. 3.2 INSTALLATION A. Build single wythe walls to the actual thickness of the masonry units, using units of nominal thickness shown or specified. B. Build chases and recesses as shown and as required for the work of other contractors. Provide not less that 8" of masonry between chase or recess and jamb of openings, and between adjacent chases and recesses. C. Cut masonry units with motor driven saw designed to cut mason.ry with clean, sharp, unchipped edges. Cut units as required to provide pattern shown and to fit adjoining work neatly. Use full units without cutting wherever possible. D. Wetting: 1. Concrete Block: a. Wetting units shall not be permitted except when hot and dry weather exists causing units to be warm to touch, and then the surface only may be wetted with a light fog spray. E. Do not use calcium chloride in mortar or grout. F. Pattern Bond: 1. Lay interior and exterior concrete masonry units in running bond pattern with vertical joint in each course centered on units in THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER HLM 90007.00-5 BID GROUP TWO 04200-8 SECTION 04200 UNIT MASONRY courses above and below where concealed or covered by other finish materials. G. Lay out walls in advance for accurate spacing of surface bond patterns, with uniform joint widths and to properly locate openings, movement type joints, return and offsets. Avoid the use of less than half size units at corners, jambs and wherever possible at other locations. H. Lay up walls plumb and true with courses level, accurately spaced and coordinated with other work. I. Stopping and Resuming Work: Rack back 1/2 masonry unit length in each course; do not tooth. Clean exposed surfaces of set masonry, wet units lightly (if specified to be wetted), and remove loose masonry units and mortar prior to laying fresh masonry. J. Built -In Work: As the work progresses, build in items specified under this and other sections. Fill in solidly with masonry around built-in items. K. Where built-in items are to be embedded in cores of hollow masonry units place a layer or metal lath in the joint below and rod mortar or grout into core. L. Non -Bearing Interior Partition Walls: Build full height of story to underside of structure above, unless otherwise shown. M. Lay solid masonry units with completely filled bed and head joint; butter ends with sufficient mortar to fill head joints and shove into place. Do not slush head joints. N. Lay hollow concrete masonry units with full mortar coverage on horizontal and vertical face shells; also bed webs in mortar in starting course on footings and foundation walls and in all courses of piers, columns and pilasters, and where adjacent to cells or cavities to be reinforced or to be filled with concrete or grout. 0. Joints: 1. Maintain joint widths shown, except for minor variations required to maintain bond alignment. If not shown, lay walls with 3/8" joints. 2. Exposed interior and exterior mortar joints in the masonry walls are to be neatly tooled with long rod tool to form a neat joint with surface dense and uniform in thickness and texture. a. Interior joints in concrete block walls shall be concave. 1) Public areas - Standard concave joint. 2) Security areas - Slightly concave joint. 3. Exposed joints shall be rubbed with a stone to remove burrs and projections in mortar, prior to painting. 4. Rake out mortar in preparation for application of caulking or sealants where shown. P. Remove masonry units disturbed after laying; clean and relay in fresh mortar. Do not pound corners at jambs to fit stretcher units which have been set in position. If adjustments are required, remove units, clean off mortar, and reset in fresh mortar. Q. Filled Cell Masonry: I. Filled cell masonry shall be built to preserve the unobstructed vertical continuity of the cells to be filled with grout. Units THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER HLM 90007.00-4 BID GROUP TWO 04200-9 SECTION 04200 UNIT MASONRY shall be laid with full face shell mortar beds. Head (end) joints shall be continuously filled with mortar for a distance from the face of the wall or unit not less than the thickness of the longitudinal face shells. Cross webs adjacent to vertical cores to be filled shall be fully bedded with mortar to prevent leakage of grout. Bond of masonry units shall be provided by lapping units in alternate courses or by equivalent mechanical anchorage when units are laid in stack bond. Mortar fins or other obstructions or debris shall be removed from the insides of the cell walls. Cells to be filled shall be filled solidly with grout. Grout shall be poured or pumped in lifts of 8' maximum height, and shall be consolidated at time of pouring by rodding or vibrating, followed by reconsolidation later, before plasticity is lost. When total grout pour is to exceed 8' high, it shall be done in 41lifts. When grouting is to be stopped for one hour or longer between lifts, horizontal construction joints shall be formed by stopping the pour 1-1/2" below the top of the upper -most unit. R. Horizontal Joint Reinforcing: 1. Provide continuous horizontal joint reinforcing. Fully embed longitudinal side rods in mortar for their entire length with a minimum cover of 5/8" on exterior side of walls and 1/2" at other locations. Lap reinforcement a minimum of 6" at ends of units. Do not bridge control and expansion joints with reinforcing except at wall openings. Provide continuity at corners and wall inter -sections by use of prefabricated "L" and "T" sections. Cut and bend units as directed by manufacturer for continuity at returns, offsets, column fireproofing, pipe enclosures and other special conditions. 2. Space continuous horizontal reinforcing as follows, unless otherwise noted: a. Interior non -load bearing walls - 24" o.c. vertically. b. Exterior walls, interior bearing walls - 16" o.c. vertically. C. Parapets - 8" o.c. vertically unless otherwise shown. S. Reinforce masonry openings greater than 1'-0" wide, with horizontal joint reinforcing placed in two horizontal joints approximately 8" apart both immediately above the lintel and immediately below the sill. Extend reinforcing a minimum of 2'-0" beyond jambs of the opening, bridging control joints where provided. T. Anchoring Masonry Work: 1. Provide anchoring devices of the type shown and as specified. If not shown or specified provide standard type for facing and back involved. 2. Anchor masonry to structural members where masonry abuts or faces such members to comply with the following: 3. Provide an open space not less than 1/2" in width between masonry and structural members, unless otherwise shown. Keep open space free of mortar or other rigid materials. THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER HLM 90007.00-4 BID GROUP TWO 04200-10 SECTION 04200 UNIT MASONRY 4. Anchor masonry to structural members with metal ties embedded in masonry joints and attached to structure. Provide anchors with flexible tie sections, unless otherwise shown. 5. Space anchors as shown, but not more than 24" o.c. vertically and 36" o.c. horizontally. U. Lintels and Bond Beams: 1. Install loose lintels of steel and other materials. 2. Provide masonry lintels and bond beams where shown and wherever openings of more than 1'-0" are shown without structural steel or other supporting lintels. Provide precast or formed in place masonry lintels. Thoroughly cure precast lintels before handling and installation. Temporarily support formed in place lintels. 3. Unless otherwise shown, provide one reinforcing bar for each 4" wall thickness and a size number not less than the number of feet of opening width. 4. For hollow masonry -unit walls, use specially formed "U" shaped lintel units with reinforcing bars placed as shown and filled with Type M mortar or concrete grout. 5. Provide minimum bearing at each jamb of 8". 6. Lintels - Furnish and place precast concrete or concrete masonry lintels. Lintels shall extend at least 8" beyond edge of opening and shall be firmly bedded at bearings in mortar of the same quality as used in laying the wall. Rake out bed and end joints for caulking. 7. Bond Beams - Bond Beams shall consist of load -bearing units filled with concrete or grout and reinforced. Reinforcement shall be continuous except through expansion joints (control joints). Where bond beam is not broken at control joint, dummy control joint shall be formed in the bond beam. V. Control and Expansion Joints: 1. Provide vertical expansion, control and isolation joints in masonry. Build in related masonry accessory items as the masonry work progresses. Rake out mortar in preparation for application of sealants. See Section 07900. 2. Build flanges of metal expansion strips into masonry. Lap each joint 4" in direction of flow. Seal joints below grade and at junctures with horizontal expansion joints, if any. 3. Provide vertical control joints at: a. 20'-0" maximum spacing for walls 16'-0" high and above. b. 14'-0" maximum spacing for walls less than 16'-0" high. C. As indicated on the drawings. 4. Coordinate control and expansion joint locations and requirements with Section 09200 - LATH AND PLASTER. W. Flashing of Masonry Work: 1. Provide concealed flashings in masonry work; lap joints 4" and seal with mastic. 2. Install flashing to comply with manufacturer's instructions, and recommended practices of Architectural Sheet Metal Manual, (SMACNA). THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER HLM 90007.00-4 BID GROUP TWO 04200-11 SECTION 04200 UNIT MASONRY 3. Install reglets and nailers for flashing and other related work where it is to be built into masonry work. X. Grouting Reinforced Concrete Block Walls: 1. Provide reinforcing bars complying with CONCRETE REINFORCMENT, Section 03200. 2. Space bars as indicated. 3. Grout voids solid with grout with 28-day compressive strength of 3,000 psi. 4. Do NOT use mortar for grouting. Y. Sealants: See Section 07900 - JOINT SEALERS. Z. Grouting of Block Cells Below Lintels and Beams: 1. Under V -0" span - Insert 14 mesh screen approximately 16" below bearing and grout cells for 16" wide and to bearing. Over V -0" span - grout cells for 24" wide from footing to bearing. 2. Grout: 28-day compressive strength of 3,000 psi. 3.3 REPAIR, POINTING AND CLEANING A. Remove and replace masonry units which are loose, chipped, broken, stained or otherwise damaged, or if units do not match adjoining units as intended. Provide new units to match adjoining units and install in fresh mortar or grout, pointed to eliminate evidence or replacement. B. Pointing: During the tooling of joints, enlarge voids or holes, except weep holes, and completely fill with mortar. Point up a joints at corners, openings and adjacent work to provide a neat, uniform appearance, properly prepared for application of caulking or sealant compound. C. Clean exposed masonry units by dry brushing at the end of each day's work and after final pointing to remove mortar spots and droppings. 3.4 FINISHES A. Finish exterior masonry surface with elastomeric coating, Section 09830. B. Finish exterior masonry surface with rigid insulation, lath and plaster, and elastomeric coating, Sections 07210, 09200 and 09830. END OF SECTION 04200 THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER HLM 90007.00-4 BID GROUP TWO 04200-12 Division 5 Metals f SECTION 05180 MISCELLANEOUS STRUCTURAL STEEL PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Angles and Lintels 2. Miscellaneous Framing and Supports 3. Steel shapes and plates for precast concrete and masonry support 1.2 REFERENCES A. American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM) 1. ASTM A-36/A - Specification for Structural Steel. 2. ASTM A-123 - Specification for Zinc (Hot -Dip Galvanized) Coatings on Iron and Steel Products. 3. ASTM A-325 - Specification for High Strength Bolts for Structural Steel Joints. B. American Welding Society (AWS) 1. AWS D1.1 -Structural Welding Code. C. American Institute of Steel Construction (AISC) 1. AISC "Specifications for the Design, Fabrication and Erection of Structural Steel for Buildings" and including the Supplements. 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Shop Drawings: Indicate locations, markings, quantities, materials, sizes and shapes; indicate methods of connecting, anchoring, fastening, bracing, and attaching to work of other sections. B. Submit current welder's certifications for welding performed in connection with the work of this section. 1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Qualifications of Welders: 1. Use certified welders and shielded arc process for welding performed in connection with work of this section. B. Standards: 1. Comply with AISC "Specifications for Design, Fabrication and Erection of Structural Steel for Buildings". 2. Comply with AWS D1.1 1.5 TESTING LABORATORY A. Testing of structural metal framing will be performed by a Testing Laboratory as indicated in Division One. THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER HLM 90007.00-1 BID GROUP TWO 05180-1 MX4211IHme u:us MISCELLANEOUS STRUCTURAL STEEL PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 MATERIALS A. Steel shapes, plates and angles: Free from rust and conform with requirements of ASTM A-36. B. Bolts and nuts: Free from rust and conform with requirements of ASTM A-325. C. Primer: Federal Specification TT-P-31, fabricator's standard for shop application and field touch-up. D. Touch-up Primer for Galvanized Surfaces: Federal Specification TT-P-641. E. Miscellaneous Framing and Supports 1. Provide miscellaneous steel framing and supports which are not a part of structural steel framework. 2. Fabricate miscellaneous units from structural steel shapes plates and steel bars of welded construction using mitered joints for field connection. Cut, drill and tap units to receive hardware and similar items. 3. Equip units with integrally welded anchors for casting into concrete or building into masonry. Furnish inserts if units must be installed after concrete or masonry is in place. 4. Space Anchors 24" on center and provide minimum anchor units of 1-1/4" x 1/4" x 8" steel straps. 5. Galvanize miscellaneous frames and supports exposed to the exterior and units cast into the structure. 6. Interior miscellaneous frames and supports: Shop prime painted unless indicated otherwise. 2.2 FINISH A. Clean surfaces of rust, scale, grease, and foreign matter in accordance with commercial grade cleaning, SSPC-SP-C. B. Do not prime surfaces in direct contact bond with concrete or where field welding is required. C. Prime paint items scheduled with one coat unless indicated otherwise. D. Galvanize items to minimum coating thickness in accordance with ASTM A-123. 2.3 FABRICATION A. Verify dimensions on site prior to shop fabrication. B. Where possible, prefabricate items complete and ready for installation. THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER HLM 90007.00-1 BID GROUP TWO 05180-2 SECTION 05180 MISCELLANEOUS STRUCTURAL STEEL C. Fabricate items with joints tightly fitted and secured. 1. Fit and shop assemble in largest practical sections, for delivery to site. D. Grind exposed welds flush and smooth with adjacent finished surface. Ease exposed edges to small uniform radius. E. Exposed Mechanical Fastenings: Flush countersunk screws or bolts, unobtrusively located, consistent with design of structure, except where specifically noted otherwise. Subject to Architects review. F. Make exposed joints butt tight, flush, and hairline. G. Supply components required for anchorage of metal fabrications. Fabricate anchorage and related components of same material and finish as metal fabrication. H. Welding: 1. Weld shop connections. 2. Make joints and intersections of metal tightly fitting and securely fastened. 3. Make work square, plumb, straight and true. I. Holes: 1. Drill or punch holes required for attachment of work specified in other sections and for bolted connections. 2. Burned holes will not be accepted. J. Hot dip galvanize steel connecting devices which will be exposed it the exterior after fabrication. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 SURFACE CONDITIONS A. Examination: 1. Examine installed work and verify that such work is to point where fabrication and installation of work may proceed. 2. Make field measurements to ensure proper and adequate fit of metal fabrications and to verify that metal fabrications may be fabricated and installed in accordance with Drawings. 3.2 SHOP PAINTING A. Preparation: 1. Thoroughly clean metal of mill scale, rust and foreign matter. B. Painting: 1. Shop prime steel except: a. Steel to be encased in concrete. b. Surfaces to be welded. C. Galvanized steel. THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER HLM 90007.00-1 BID GROUP TWO 05180-3 SECTION 05180 MISCELLANEOUS STRUCTURAL STEEL 3.3 ERECTION A. Erect and install miscellaneous structural steel in accordance with Drawings, and referenced standards, aligned, straight, plumb and level. B. After erection and installation are complete, touch-up shop primer coats using priming paint specified for shop priming and galvanized surfaces. 3.4 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Erection Inspection and Testing: 1. Visual Inspection of Welds: a. Field welding: Inspected visually for conformance by a representative of the testing laboratory. b. Repair welds found to be non -conforming. C. Repairs made to defective welds are subjected to re -inspection by the original method used. END OF SECTION 05180 THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER HLM 90007.00-1 BID GROUP TWO 05180-4 SECTION 05500 METAL FABRICATIONS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: I. Custom fabricated metal items for decorative or utilitarian function, as opposed to a primary structural function, including related clips and plates necessary for attachment. 2. Prime coat or other finish as specifically required for above so that item is ready for field installation and further finishing by other sections as necessary. 3. Steel shapes and plates for detention equipment embedded in precast panels and precast module cells. 4. Elevator divider beams and hoistway sills. 5. Welded steel security screens, framework and hardware. 1.2 REFERENCES A. ASTM A36/A - Specification for Structural Steel B. ASTM A53 - Specification for Pipe, Steel, Black and Hot -Dipped, Zinc - coated Welded and Seamless. C. ASTM A123 - Specification for Zinc (Hot -Dip Galvanized) Coatings on Iron and Steel Products. D. ASTM A153 - Specification for Zinc Coating (Hot -Dip) on Iron and Steel Hardware. E. ASTM A283/A - Specifications for Low and Intermediate Tensile Strength Carbon Steel Plates. F. ASTM A307 - Specifications for Carbon Steel Bolts and Studs, 60,000 psi Tensile Strength. G. ASTM A325 - Specification for High -Strength Bolts for Structural Steel Joints. H. ASTM A501 - Specification for Hot -Formed Welded and Seamless Carbon Steel Structural Tubing. I. ASTM A627 - Specification for Homogenous Tool -Resisting Steel Bars for Security Applications. J. ASTM A629 - Specification for Tool Resisting Steel Flat Bars and Shapes for Security Applications. K. ASTM E985 - Specifications for Permanent Metal Railing Systems and Rails for Buildings. L. AWS A2.0 - Standard Welding Symbols M. AWS D1.1 - Structural Welding Code N. SSPC - Steel Structures Painting Council 0. SMACNA - Architectural Sheet Metal Manual 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Submit Shop Drawings showing locations, markings, quantities, materials, finishes, sizes and shapes; indicate methods of connecting, anchoring, fastening, bracing, and attaching to work of other trades. 1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Qualifications of Welders: 1. Use only certified welders and shielded arc process for welding performed in connection with work of this section. THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER HLM 90007.00-3 BID GROUP TWO 05500-1 SECTION 05500 METAL FABRICATIONS B. Codes and Standards: 1. Comply with pertinent codes and regulations during installation of miscellaneous metal fabrications. 2. Comply with recommendations of "Specifications for Design, Fabrication and Erection of Structural Steel for Buildings" of AMERICAN INSTITUTE OF STEEL CONSTRUCTION. 3. Comply with recommendations of "Code of Welding in Building Construction of American Welding Society." 4. Comply with recommendations of "Architectural Sheet Metal Manual" published by SMACNA. C. Coordinate equipment requirements with equipment support systems. 1.5 STRUCTURAL PERFORMANCE A. Handrails and Toprails: 1. Uniform load of 50 lbs. per lineal foot applied horizontally at the top of the railing and a simultaneous load of 100 lbs. per lineal foot applied vertically downward at the top of the guardrail. 2. Concentrated load of 200 lbs. applied at any point and at any direction at the top of the guardrail. B. Guards: "1. Concentrated load of 200 lbs. applied horizontally on a 1 foot square area at any point in the system including intermediate rails on other elements serving this purpose. C. Comply with ASTM E-985 for structural performance based on ASTM E-894 and ASTM E-935. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 BASIC MATERIALS A. Steel tubing shall be new, free from rust and conform with requirements of ASTM A-501. B. Steel plate shall be new, free from rust and conform with requirements of ASTM A-36. C. Bolts and nuts shall be new, free from rust and conform with require- ments of ASTM A-307. Hot -dip galvanize for exterior applications to comply with ASTM A-153. D. Cast iron shall be new, free from rust, suitable for intended use and conforming to ASTM A-48. E. Aluminum shall be ALCOA or KAISER, specifications applicable and suitable for intended use. F. Primer: Federal Specification TT-P-31, fabricator's standard for shop application and field touch-up. G. Touch-up Primer for Galvanized Surfaces: Federal Specification TT-P-641. 2.2 METAL FABRICATIONS A. Iron Pipe Handrails: 1. Provide 1-1/2 (iron pipe standard) schedule 40 pipe handrails, galvanized. Verticals: installed as detailed. THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER HLM 90007.00-3 BID GROUP TWO 05500-2 SECTION 05500 METAL FABRICATIONS a. Galvanize exterior steel railings, to include pipe, fittings, brackets, fasteners and other ferrous metal components. Finish painting by Division 9 - PAINTING, color as selected by Architect. b. Provide black steel pipe for interior railings, factory primed after fabrication. Finish painting by Division 9- PAINTING. Color as selected by Architect. 2. Pipe mounting brackets: JULIUS BLUM 378 malleable iron, factory prime painted. Field finish paint. 3. Attach brackets to walls with 3/8" bolts, 2-1/2" minimum length, set to expansion bolts. B. Steel Ladders: 1. Steel ladders: fabricated from mild steel shapes, galvanized with full welded connections. Finish painting by Division 9 - PAINTING. C. Steel Stair Treads and Grating: 1. Treads: style 1R4 as manufactured by RELIANCE -STEEL PRODUCTS CO. or Architect approved equivalent, with bearing bars 1-1/4" x 1/4" spaced 1" apart with cross bars spaced at 4" on center; with abrasive nosings. 2. Grating: style 1R4 as manufactured by RELIANCE STEEL PRODUCTS CO. or Architect approved equivalent, with bearing bars 1-1/4" x 1/4" spaced 1" apart with cross bars spaced at 4" on center. 3. Steel: Galvanized per ASTM A-123 with finish painting by Division 9 - PAINTING, with color selected by Architect. D. Elevator hoistway divider beams, prime paint finish. E. Welded steel security screens, prime paint finish. Provide anchorage to steel frame using "torx-with peg" type fasteners. Field paint. F. Welded steel security grille over louver openings: 1. Provide bond breaker between dissimilar metals. 2. Provide grille of 3/8" x 1" steel bars at 6" o.c. fastened with torx-with-peg tamper resistant screws. 3. Comply with ASTM A627 and A-629. 4. Prime paint 5. Field finish .paint - Section 09900. G. Metal deflector shields at interior of elevator hoistway for projections exceeding 2". 1. Coordinate with Section 14240 - Hydraulic Elevator requirements. 2. Provide minimum of 20 gage metal deflectors, stiffeners and fasteners. 2.3 FINISH A. Clean surfaces of rust, scale, grease, and foreign matter prior to finishing. B. Do not prime surfaces in direct contact bond with concrete or where field welding is required. C. Prime paint items scheduled with one coat unless indicated otherwise. D. Galvanize items to minimum 1.25 ounces per square foot zinc coating in accordance with ASTM A-386. THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER HLM 90007.00-3 BID GROUP TWO 05500-3 SECTION.05500 METAL FABRICATIONS 2.4 FABRICATION A. Verify dimensions on site prior to shop fabrication. B. Fabricate metal fabrications in strict accordance with Shop Drawings and referenced standards. C. Where possible, prefabricate items complete and ready for installation. D. Fabricate items with joints tightly fitted and secured. E. Fit and shop assemble in largest practical sections, for delivery to site. F. Grind exposed welds flush and smooth with adjacent finished surface. Ease exposed edges to small uniform radius. G. Exposed. Mechanical Fastenings: Flush countersunk screws or bolts; unobtrusively located; consistent with design of structure, except where specifically noted otherwise. H. Make exposed joints butt tight, flush, and hairline. I. Supply components required for anchorage of metal fabrications. Fabricate anchorage and related components of same material and finish as metal fabrication, except where specifically noted otherwise. J. Welding: 1. Unless otherwise indicated on Drawings, weld shop connections. 2. Make joints and intersections of metal tightly fitting and securely fastened. 3. Make work square, plumb, straight and true. K. Holes: 1. Drill or punch holes required for attachment of work of other trades and for bolted connections. 2. Burned holes will not be accepted. L. Cap and weld open-ended tubing and piping which is accessible to inmate tampering. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 SURFACE CONDITIONS A. Examination: 1. Prior to work of this Section, examine installed work of other .trades and verify that such work is to point where fabrication and installation of work of this Section may proceed. 2. Make field measurements to ensure proper and adequate fit of metal fabrications and to verify that metal fabrications may be fabricated and installed in strict accordance with original design and Shop Drawings. 3.2 SHOP PAINTING A. Preparation: 1. Thoroughly clean metal of mill scale, rust and foreign matter. B. Painting: 1. Shop prime steel except: a. Steel to be encased in concrete. b. Surfaces to be welded. c. Galvanized steel. THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER HLM 90007.00-3 BID GROUP TWO 05500-4 SECTION 05500 METAL FABRICATIONS 3.3 ERECTION A. Coordinate installation schedule with schedules of other trades to ensure orderly and timely progress of work. B. Erect and install metal fabrications in strict accordance with drawings, Shop Drawings, and referenced standards, aligned, straight, plumb and level. C. After erection and installation are complete, touch-up all shop primary coats using priming paint specified for shop priming. 3.4 PAINTING A. Finish painting of exposed to view steel surfaces: 'Refer to Section 09900 - PAINTING. B. Aluminum embedded in or contacting concrete shall be given a protective coating of bituminous paint. ******************** END OF SECTION 05500 THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER HLM 90007.00-3 BID GROUP TWO 05500-5 SECTION 05510 METAL STAIRS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes I. Steel pan type stairs and landings with handrails, plates, angles post, anchors, and welds for securing to building structure. 1.2 REFERENCES A. Accessibility Requirements Manual - Florida Board of Building Codes and Standards. B. ANSI A117.1 - Buildings and Facilities - Providing Accessibility and Usability for Physically Handicapped People. C. ASTM A36/A: Specifications for Structural Steel D. ASTM A53 - Specifications for Pipe, Steel, Black and Hot -Dipped, Zinc - Coated Welded and Seamless. E. ASTM A153: Specification for Zinc Coating (Hot -Dip) on Iron and Steel Hardware. F. ASTM A-202: Specification for Metal Bar Grating Manual for Steel and Aluminum Gratings and Stair Treads. G. ASTM A283/A - Specifications for Low and Intermediate Tensile Strength Carbon Steel Plates. H. ASTM A307 - Specifications for Carbon Steel Bolts and Studs, 60,000 psi Tensile Strength. I. ASTM A325 - Specifications for High -Strength Bolts for Structural Steel Joints. J. ASTM A-386: Specification for Zinc -Coating (Hot -Dip) on Assembled Steel Products. K. ASTM A-446/A: Specification for Steel Sheet, Zinc -Coated (Galvanized) by the Hot -Dip Process, Structural (Physical) Quality. L. ASTM A-500: Specification for Cold -Formed Welded and Seamless Carbon Steel Structural Tubing in Round and Shapes. M. ASTM A-501: Specification for Hot -Formed Welded and Seamless Carbon Steel Structural Tubing. N. AWS D1.1 - Specification for Structural Welding Code. 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Submit Shop Drawings indicating construction details, sizes of metal sections, thicknesses of metals, profiles, attachments, dimensions and field joints, method of support from structure, work be built-in or provided by other sections and finishes. 1. Indicate welded connections, both shop and field, using standard AWS welding symbols. Indicate net weld lengths. 2. Design structural support framing components under direct supervision of a Professional Engineer experienced in design of this work and registered in the State of Florida. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 MATERIALS A. Steel shapes and plates shall meet requirements of ASTM A-36. THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER HLM 90007.00-4 BID GROUP TWO 05510-1 SECTION 05510 METAL STAIRS B. Welded and seamless steel pipe shall meet the requirements of ASTM A-53, type 5, schedule 40, factory prime painted finish. C. Bolts, nuts and washers shall be high strength steel type. D. Welding materials shall be type required for material being welded, conforming to AWS D1.1. E. Paint primer shall be standard factory primer. Finish painting by Division 9 - PAINTING. F. Tread nosings: Comply with barrier -free design. Provide WOOSTER PRODUCTS #WP 3J or Architect approved equivalent. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 GENERAL FABRICATION A. Verify dimensions on site prior to shop fabrication. B. Fabricate stairs, landings and component connections in configuration shown on the Drawings. C. Fabricate railings and component connections capable of resisting a lateral force of minimum 250 pounds at any single point, without permanent set or damage. D. Fit and shop assemble sections in largest practical sizes, easily handled through building openings. E. Accurately form and fit components and connections. Grind exposed edges and welds smooth and flush. F. Accurately form components required for proper anchorage of stairs, _landings and railings to each other and to building structure. G. Thoroughly clean surfaces of rust, scale, grease, and foreign matter prior to prime painting. Allow to dry thoroughly before applying priming material. H. Shop prime in one coat. Do not prime surfaces to be field welded or cast in concrete. I. Cap and weld open-ended tubing and piping which is accessible to inmate tampering. 3.2 FABRICATION OF PAN STAIRS (AND LANDINGS) A. Fabricate stairs with closed risers and treads of pan construction. B. Fabricate stairs with open risers of pan construction security areas. 3.3 ERECTION A. Erect stairs square, level, plumb and free from distortion or defects detrimental to appearance and performance. B. Provide necessary anchors, plates and angles as required for connecting stairs to the structure. C. Ensure alignment with adjacent construction. Coordinate with related work to ensure no interruption in installation. D. Perform necessary cutting and altering for the installation of work of other sections. Do not perform other additional cutting without review by the Architect. E. Field bolt and weld to match standard of shop bolting and welding. Hide bolts and screws whenever possible. Where not hidden, use flush countersunk fastenings, unless indicated otherwise. Make mechanically fastened joints flush hairline butted. Grind welds smooth and flush. THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER HLM 90007.00-4 BID GROUP TWO 05510-2 SECTION 05510 METAL STAIRS 3.4 PAINTING A. Finish painting of exposed to view steel surface: Refer to Section 09900 - PAINTING. ******************** END OF SECTION 05510 THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER HLM 90007.00-4 BID GROUP TWO 05510-3 SECTION 05810 EXPANSION JOINT COVERS ASSEMBLIES PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Fire Barrier Systems 2. Exterior Deck Assemblies B. Related Sections 1. Roof Expansion Joints: 07530 - SINGLE PLY ROOFING. 1.2 SUBMITTALS A. Shop Drawings: 1. Provide fully dimensioned shop drawings for each different item, identifying size, shape, material, finish installation methods and relation to adjacent materials. B. Certification 1. Provide certification from Architect approved testing agency that fire barrier systems meet or exceed the fire rating requirements. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 MATERIALS A. Expansion Joints and Covers: 1. Provide expansion joint covers in finished floors, walls and ceilings as indicated below. 2. Provide accessories, fittings, fasteners and related devices required to make a complete installation. 3. Special Conditions: Provide torx-with-peg type, tamper resistant fasteners at inmate accessible spaces. Expansion joint assemblies to be secure and tight fitting. 4. Provide stainless steel (SS) assemblies for exterior locations. 5. Colors and finishes will be selected by the Architect. 6. Acceptable products: Water Fire 2" Joint Barrier Barrier a. Floor (Concrete): MM SYSTEMS ASF - Yes CONSTRUCTION SPECIALTIES Sip - Yes b. Floor (Carpet/Tile): MM SYSTEMS ASD - Yes CONSTRUCTION SPECIALTIES Sip - Yes C. Exterior Floor: MM SYSTEMS SSB Yes Yes CONSTRUCTION SPECIALTIES Sip (SS) Yes Yes THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER HLM 90007.00-2 BID GROUP TWO 05810-1 SECTION 05810 EXPANSION JOINT COVERS ASSEMBLIES Water Fire 2" Joint Barrier Barrier d. Wall (Masonry): MM SYSTEMS SSC - Yes CONSTRUCTION SPECIALTIES SFW (SS) - Yes e. Corner-Wall/Floor (Concrete): MM SYSTEMS ASFE - Yes CONSTRUCTION SPECIALTIES SJWP - Yes f. Corner-Wall/Floor (Carpet/Tile): MM SYSTEMS ASDE - Yes CONSTRUCTION SPECIALTIES SJWP - Yes g. Exterior Corner-Wall/Floor: MM SYSTEMS SSFE Yes Yes CONSTRUCTION SPECIALTIES SJWP (SS) Yes Yes B. Water Barrier 1. Provide manufacturers drainage system, accessories and attachments for collecting moisture or condensation. C. Fire 1. Provide fire barriers with certified tested assemblies meeting or exceeding the code requirements. 2. Acceptable Products: a. MM SYSTEMS "Pyroflex 2000" b. CONSTRUCTION SPECIALTIES "FB-83" PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION A. Install expansion joint covers, fire barriers and water barriers at proper locations and elevations, plumb, level, in alignment and not distorted by fastenings; in accordance with reviewed Shop Drawings and manufacturer's directions. 1. Connect and seal water barrier channels to divert collected moisture out of building. B. Coordinate installation with other trades as applicable so items fit and function as intended. C. Isolate aluminum surfaces in contact with dissimilar metals, masonry, concrete, plaster or mortar with two coats of zinc chromate paint or non-conductive tape. END OF SECTION 05810 THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER HLM 90007.00-2 BID GROUP TWO 05810-2 Wood & Plastic3 H UNA Divismon SECTION 06100 ROUGH CARPENTRY PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Rough carpentry a. Wood blocking, furring, grounds, curbs, nailers and other rough wood items. b. Exterior plywood and rough plywood used in concealed or semi -concealed areas. C. Rough hardware. 1.2 REFERENCES A. Lumber Standards: Comply with PS-20 and with applicable rules of the respective grading and inspecting agencies for species and products indicated. B. Plywood Product Standards: Comply with PS-1 (ANSI A199.1) or applicable APA Performance Standard for type of panel indicated. 1.3 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION A. Grading 1. Moisture content shall not exceed 19%. Materials with a nominal thickness of 3" or less shall be kiln dried. Lumber shall be new S4S unless noted otherwise, sound, seasoned and free from warp that can not be corrected in process of nailing or bridging. 2. Grade and trademark shall be required on each piece of lumber or on each bundle in bundled stock, unless shipment is accompanied by certificate of inspection issued by grading organization. B. Performance Requirements 1. Preservative Treatment a. Pressure treated wood shall be treated by pressure methods and so marked in accordance with the American Wood Preservers Bureau Standards (AWPB). b. Treatment shall be in accordance with AWPI Standard LP-2. C. Wood treated with water -borne preservatives shall be air-dried or kiln -dried to the moisture content specified for lumber and marked with the word "DRY". d. Treated wood which is field cut shall be brush -coated with the preservative used in the original treatment. 2. Fire -Retardant Treatment a. Lumber and plywood shall be fire retardant treated with UL rating FR-S, with a surface burning characteristics rating of 25 or less for flame spread, fuel contributed and smoke developed and shall show no sign of progressive combustion when tested for a full 30 minutes duration under the standard test method for surface burning characteristics of building materials. All pieces of fire retardant treated lumber and plywood shall bear an Underwriter's Laboratory UL label. THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER HLM 90007.00-1 BID GROUP TWO 06100-1 SECTION 06100 ROUGH CARPENTRY 1.4 SUBMITTALS A. Certification: 1. Preservative treated wood: Submit certification that moisture content was reduced to 19% maximum, after treatment. 2. Fire -retardant treatment: Submit certification by treating plant that materials comply with governing ordinances and will not bleed through finished surfaces. Submit certification from product manufacturers that material will not degrade prematurely when exposed to high temperatures and moisture, and that products are acceptable to Authorities Having Jurisdiction. 1.5 PRODUCT DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING A. Immediately upon delivery to job site, place materials in area protected from weather. B. Store materials above ground and cover. C. Do not store seasoned materials in wet or damp portions of building. D. Protect fire -retardant materials against high humidity and moisture during storage and erection. E. Protect sheet materials from corners breaking and damaging surfaces, while unloading. 1.6 JOB CONDITIONS A. Coordination: Fit carpentry work to other work; scribe and cope as required to accurate fit. Correlate location of furring, na.ilers, blocking, grounds, and similar supports to allow proper attachment of other work. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURES A. Acceptable wood product if incompliance with the above: 1. KOPPERS "Dricon" 2. OSMOSE WOOD PRESERVING CO. OF AMERICA "Flame Proof LHC" 3. Architect approved equivalent. 2.2 MATERIALS A. Lumber - General: 1. Factory -mark each piece of lumber with type, grade, mill, and grading agency, except omit marking from surfaces to be exposed without finish. 2. Nominal sizes are indicated, except as shown by detail dimensions. Provide actual sizes as required by PS-20, for moisture content specified for each use. a. Provide dressed lumber, S4S, unless otherwise indicated. b. Provide seasoned lumber with 19% maximum moisture content at time of dressing. B. Rough Hardware: 1. Anchor bolts shall be steel, size as indicated, complete with nuts and washers. THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER HLM 90007.00-2 BID GROUP TWO 06100-2 SECTION 06100 ROUGH CARPENTRY 2. Lag bolts and miscellaneous bolts and screws shall be type, size and finish best suited for intended use. 3. Expansion shields shall be type and size best suited for intended use. 4. Nails and staples shall be size and type best suited for the purpose, in accordance with Federal Specification FF-N-105 when applicable to type used. 5. Where rough carpentry work is exposed to weather, in ground contact, or in area of high relative humidity, provide fasteners and anchorages with a hot -dip zinc coating (ASTM A153). C. Wood: 1. Provide lumber of sizes indicated, worked into shapes shown, and as follows: a. Moisture Content: 19% maximum for lumber items not specified to receive wood preservative treatment. b. Grade: Construction Grade light framing size lumber of any species or board size lumber as required. Provide construction grade boards (WCLB) or No. 2 boards (SPIB or WWPA). 2. Blocking, grounds, nailing strips, sleepers, cant strips, nailers, roof opening curbs, and other non -stress graded members shall conform to the "National Grading Rule for Dimension Lumber" established in conformance with Section 10, Product Standard PS 20. 3. Blocking, grounds nailing strips, sleepers and nailers shall be Douglas Fir, Utility Grade per WCLB No. 16. 4. Wood in contact with exterior concrete, exposed exterior wood, exterior masonry, or wood embedded in concrete shall be lumber treated with pressure preservative meeting AWPB LP-2. 5. All wood blocking used within the building envelope shall be fire retardant treated. D. Plywood: 1. In structural applications, plywood shall meet or exceed require- ments of "Plywood Specification Guide" published by AMERICAN PLYWOOD ASSOCIATION (APA). 2. Each panel of construction plywood shall be identified with the appropriate grade -trademark of the AMERICAN PLYWOOD ASSOCIATION and shall meet the requirements of Product Standard PSI-74, Group 1. 3. All plywood which has any edge or surface permanently exposed the weather shall be exterior type. 4. Grade and Group Or Identification Index shall be in accordance with recommendations of the AMERICAN PLYWOOD ASSOCIATION for the intended use. 5. Plywood Backing Panels: For mounting electrical or telephone equipment, provide fire -retardant treated plywood panels with grade designation, APA C-D PLUGGED INT with exterior glue, in thickness indicated, or, if not otherwise indicated, not less than 1/2". THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER HLM 90007.00-1 BID GROUP TWO 06100-3 SECTION 06100 ROUGH CARPENTRY PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION A. General: 1. Members shall be closely fitted, accurately set to required lines and levels and rigidly secured in place. 2. Install fire retardant treated wood blocking and grounds in partitions and ceilings for the attachment and support of casework, millwork or other wall and ceiling hung items. 3. Discard units of material with defects which might impair quality of work, and units which are too small to use in fabricating work with minimum joints or optimum joint arrangement. B. Method of Fastening: 1. Fasten carpentry items to building construction as required by recognized standards to provide a secure, permanent installation. Where fastening spacings or sizes are not shown, use spacings and sizes of bolts, screws, and nails which exceed the strength of members being fastened. Failure due to over -stressing must occur in the members before occurring in the fastenings. 2. Unless indicated otherwise on Drawings, fastenings shall be as follows: a. Anchor bolts and bolts: 1/2" diameter extended 8" into concrete, with nut and washer and opposite end bent 2". b. Fastenings to concrete shall be metal and of type and spacing to suit conditions. Spacing generally will be 16" on center. Expansion shields, metal plugs, inserts or similar fastenings may be used. Unless specifically shown, wood plugs or nailing block shall not be used., Powder cartridge driven units may not be used on structural members without prior review. Provide nails, spikes, screws, straps and similar items of suitable type and sizes to attach and hold members securely in place as may be necessary. C. Furnish to other sections anchor bolts, inserts, and other attachment devices required for securing wood or other material of this Section to concrete, steel or material of other Sections. Contractor shall locate devices. d. Fastenings to steel studs shall be by wire tying, by bolts and washers, or other reviewed method providing solid and adequate anchorage. e. Nailing shall be as required to assemble and secure wood construction. f. Countersink nail heads on exposed carpentry work and fill holes. 3. Wood Grounds, Nailers, Blocking, and Sleepers: a. Provide wherever shown and where required for screeding or attachment of other work. Form to shapes as shown and cut as required for true line and level of work to be attached. Coordinate location with other work involved. THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER HLM 90007.00-1 BID GROUP TWO 06100-4 SECTION 06100 ROUGH CARPENTRY b. Attach to substrates as required to support applied loading. Countersink bolts and nuts flush with surfaces, unless otherwise shown. Build into masonry during installation of masonry work. Where possible, anchor to formwork before concrete placement C. Provide permanent grounds of dressed, preservative treated, key -bevelled lumber not less than 1-1/2" wide and of thickness required to bring face of ground to exact thickness of finish material involved. Remove temporary grounds when no longer required. ******************** END OF SECTION 06100 THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER HLM 90007.00-1 BID GROUP TWO 06100-5 Division 7 b I UN41 Thermal It Moisture Protection Ir Division SECTION 07115 SHEET WATERPROOFING PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Work of this Section I. Extent of each type of sheet waterproofing work is defined to include all sheet materials applied with. sealed joints and flashings as needed to form concealed waterproof membranes. 2. Types of sheet waterproofing specified in this section include the following: a. Bituminous/polyethylene sheet waterproofing. 1.2 REFERENCE STANDARDS A. American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM): 1. C177 - Test Method for Steady -State Heat Flux Measurements and Thermal Transmission Properties by Means of the Guarded Hot Plate Apparatus. 2. D146 - Methods of Sampling and Testing Bitumen -Saturated Felts and Woven Fabrics for Roofing and Waterproofing. 3. D412 - Tests for Rubber Properties in Tension. 4. D570 - Test Method for Water Absorption of Plastics. 5. D882 - Test Methods for Tensile Properties of Thin Plastic Sheeting. 6. E96 - Test Methods for Water Vapor Transmission of Materials. 7. E154 - Test Methods for Water Vapor Retarders Used in Contact with Earth Under Concrete Slabs, on Walls, or as Ground Cover. 1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Manufacturer: Obtain primary waterproofing materials of each type required from a single manufacturer, to greatest extent possible. Provide secondary materials only as recommended by manufacturer. B. Installer: Firm with not less than 3 years of successful experience in installation of waterproofing sheets similar to requirements for this project and which is acceptable to or licensed by manufacturer of primary waterproofing materials. C. As applicable, assign work closely associated with waterproofing, including (but not limited to) vapor barriers, insulation (except for cementitious cast -in -place type), metal flashing and counter flashing, expansion joints, and joint sealers, to installer of sheet water- proofing, for individual responsibility. 1.4 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: Submit specifications, installation instructions, and general recommendations from waterproofing materials manufacturer, for types�of waterproofing required. Include data for each material, substantiating that materials comply wi.th requirements. 1.5 JOB CONDITIONS A. Substrate: Proceed with work of this section only after substrate construction, openings, and penetrating work have been completed. THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER HLM 90007.00-4 BID GROUP TWO 07115-1 SECTION 07115 SHEET WATERPROOFING B. Weather: Proceed with waterproofing and associated work only when existing and forecasted weather conditions will permit work to be performed in accordance with manufacturers' instructions and warranty requirements. 1.6 SPECIAL PROJECT WARRANTY A. Provide written warranty, signed by Contractor, Installer, and manu- facturer of primary waterproofing materials, agreeing to replace/repair defective materials and workmanship, including significant leakage of water, abnormal aging or deterioration of materials, and other failures of sheet waterproofing to perform as required within warranty period. Warranty includes responsibility for removal and replacement of other work which conceals sheet waterproofing. During warranty period, repairs and replacements required because of acts of God and other events beyond Contractor's/Installer's/Manufacturer's control (and which exceed performance requirements) shall be completed by Contractor/Installer and paid for by Owner at prevailing rates. B. Warranty period is 5 years after date of substantial completion. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 MATERIALS A. General: Provide sheet waterproofing materials recognized to be of generic type indicated and tested to show compliance with indicated performances, or provide other similar materials certified in writing to be equal -to -or -better than specified in every significant respect, and acceptable to Architect. B. Rubberized Asphalt Sheet Waterproofing: Self -adhering membrane of rubberized asphalt integrally bonded to polyethylene sheeting, formed into uniform flexible sheets of thickness shown, or not less than 56 mils if no thickness is shown, in widths of not less than 36",and complying with the following: 1. Tensile Strength (ASTM D412): 250 psi min. 2. Ultimate Elongation (ASTM D412): 300% min. 3. Brittleness Temperature (ASTM D746): -25°F. 4. Hydrostatic Head Resistance: 75 feet min. 5. Water Absorption (ASTM D570): Not More than 0.5% weight gain for 48 hours of immersion at 70°F. 6. Products/Manufacturers: One of the following: a. Bituthene 4000 System; W.R. GRACE & CO. b. Polyguard No. 650; POLYGUARD PRODUCTS, INC. C. Plastiwrap; PROGRESS UNLIMITED, INC. C. Miscellaneous Materials: 1. Adhesives: Provide types of adhesive compound and tapes recommended by waterproofing sheet manufacturer, for bonding to substrate (if required), for waterproof sealing of seams in membrane, and for waterproof sealing of joints between membrane and flashings, adjoining surfaces and projections through membrane. THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER 07115-2 HLM 90007.00-3 BID GROUP TWO SECTION 07115 SHEET WATERPROOFING 2. Primers: Provide type of concrete primer recommended by manu- facturer of sheet waterproofing material for applications required. K. Coatings: Provide type of coating (if any) recommended by water proofing sheet manufacturer, for improvement of weathering resistance on exposed areas of membrane, including areas extended as flashing (if any). Provide black coating except as otherwise indicated. L. Flashing Materials: Except as otherwise indicated, provide types of flexible sheet material recommended by waterproofing sheet manufacturer for flashing. M. Protection Course: Where shown, provide type recommended by water- proofing sheet manufacturer, unless another type is indicated include adhesives recommended by manufacturer. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Installer must examine substrate and conditions under which water- proofing work is to be performed and must notify Contractor in writing of unsatisfactory conditions. Do not proceed until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected in manner acceptable to Installer. 3.2 PREPARATION A. Prior to installation of waterproofing and associated work, meet at project site with Installer of each component of associated work, inspection and testing agency representatives (if any), and installers of work requiring coordination with waterproofing work, for purpose of reviewing materials selections and procedures to be followed in performing work. B. On concrete decks, immediately before placement of waterproofing sheet, grind surface lightly with terrazzo grinder or similar device, to ensure removal of projections which might penetrate sheet. Clean deck of loose material. C. Apply primer to concrete and masonry surfaces at rate recommended manufacturer of primary waterproofing materials. Prime only area which will be covered by WP membrane in same working day; reprice areas not covered by WP metnbrane within 24 hours. D. Do not advance laying of insulation ahead of waterproofing more than necessary for sequence of operation. Cover insulation exposed at end of day's work (and when rain threatens) with waterproofing materials. Remove and dispose of insulation which has become wet; replace before proceeding with insulating and waterproofing work. 3.3 INSTALLATION A. Comply with manufacturer's instructions for handling and installation of sheet waterproofing materials, except where more stringent require- ments are shown. THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER HLM 90007.00-3 BID GROUP TWO 07115-3 SECTION 07115 SHEET WATERPROOFING B. Coordinate installation of waterproofing materials and associated work to provide complete system complying with combined recommendations of manufactures and installers involved in work. Schedule installation to minimize period of exposure of sheet waterproofing materials. C. Extend waterproofing sheet and flashings as shown to provide complete membrane over area indicated to be waterproofed. Seal to projections through membrane and seal seams. Bond to vertical surfaces and also, where shown or recommended by manufacturer, bond to horizontal surfaces. D. Coat exposed areas of sheet and flashing materials. Comply with sheet manufacturer's recommendations for application and cure of coating. E. Install protection course of type indicated over completed membrane, complying with manufacturer's recommendations for both waterproofing sheet and protection course materials. 3.4 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS A. It is required that waterproof membranes be watertight and not deteriorate in excess of limitations published by manufacturer. 1. In -place testing: Before completed membranes on horizontal surfaces are covered by protection course or other work, test for leaks with 2" depth of water maintained for 24 hours. Repair any leaks revealed by examination of substructure and repeat test until no leakage is observed. 3.5 PROTECTION A. Institute all required procedures for protection of completed membrane during installation of work over membrane and throughout remainder of construction period. Do not allow traffic of any type on unprotected membrane. END OF SECTION 07115 THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER 07115-4 HLM 90007.00-3 BID GROUP TWO SECTION 07210 BUILDING INSULATION PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Building insulation work. Provide all accessories and components for a complete installation for: 1. Rigid board insulation 2. Fire safing insulation. 3. Bonding adhesives. 4. Fire/Smoke Stop System B. Provide materials only for Sections. installation as specified in other 1. Rigid insulation for exterior plaster wall finish. 2. Rigid insulation for precast concrete sandwich panel. 3. Rigid insulation for precast concrete modular cell. 4. Rigid insulation for cast -in -place concrete block -outs. 5. Rigid insulation for insulated concrete floors under food service walk-in units. C. Related Sections: 1. Section 03412 - PRECAST CONCRETE PANELS. 2. Section 03490 - PRECAST CONCRETE MODULAR CELL. 1.2 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: Submit manufacturer's product literature and installation instructions for each type of insulation material required. B. Certified Test Reports: With product data, submit copies of certified test reports showing compliance with specified performance values including R values (aged values for plastic insulations), densities, compression strengths, fire performance characteristics, and similar properties. C. Submit written certification that material proposed for use complies with requirements established by this Section. Indicate testing agency and test number, for materials which are a part of a rated assembly. 1.3 PRODUCT DELIVERY A. Use means necessary to protect materials of this section before, during, and after installation and to protect installed work and materials of other trades. B. In event of damage, immediately make repairs and replacements necessary at no additional cost to Owner. 1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Fire Performance Characteristics: Provide insulation materials which are identical to those whose fire performance characteristics and acoustical properties, as listed for each material or assembly of which insulation is a part, have been determined by testing, per methods indicated below, by UL or other testing and inspecting agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction. THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER HLM 90007.00-3 BID GROUP TWO 07210-1 SECTION 07210 BUILDING INSULATION 1. Where insulation for rated roof/ceiling assembly, floor/ceiling assembly, wall assembly or perimeter insulations are required, provide insulation types which have been fire -tested under simulated field conditions and ASTM E-119 time -temperature fire exposure tests. To "Submittal" requirements of this Section, provide testing agency, test number, and hourly rating certifi- cation as approved by UL or authorities having jurisdiction. B. Surface Burning Characteristics: Conform to ASTM E 84 "Surface Burning Characteristics of Building Materials". C. Fire Resistance Ratings: Conform to ASTM E119, "Fire Tests of Building Construction and Materials." PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 MATERIALS A. Rigid Insulation: 1. Extruded closed cell polystyrene. Thermal resistance "R" of 1" thickness at 5.0 (at 75°F mean temperature) and 5.4 (at 400F.). Density: not less than 1.7 pounds per cubic foot; water absorption: less than 0.7% by volume; "K" factor at 75°F. shall not be greater than 0.25. Conform to the requirements of ASTM C 578, Type IV materials. Maximum flame spread 5 and smoke developed of 165. Products if in compliance with above: a. DOW CHEMICAL COMPANY "Styrofoam SM/TG" b. U.C. INDUSTRIES "Foamular" B. Rigid Insulation for Precast Concrete Sandwich Panel and Modular Cell: 1. Styrofoam Brand Insulation, DOW CHEMICAL COMPANY; pre -drilled extruded polystyrene; R-value of 5.0 per 1" thickness (at 75° mean temperature) when tested in accordance with ASTM C-518; maximum water absorption of 0.1% by volume when tested with ASTM C-272; and meeting physical properties given in ASTM C-578, Type IV. C. Rigid Insulation for Floor Conditions: 1. Provide DOW "Styrofoam PD-60"; extruded polystyrene foam insulation with minimum compressive strength of 60 lbs/sq. in. to comply with ASTM D-1621; R-value of 5.0 per 1" thickness (at 750 mean temperature) when tested in accordance with ASTM C-518; maximum water absorption of 0.1% by volume when tested with ASTM C-272; and meeting physical properties given in ASTM C-578, type VII. D. Rigid Insulation Joint Tape: 1. Provide copolymer film adhesive tape for joining rigid insulation boards and maintaining vapor barrier. 2. Properties: a. Thickness: 2.1 mils b. Adhesion: 30 oz/inch of width C. Tensile Strength: 27 lbs/in of width d. Elongation: 110% e. Temperature Range: -40 to +250°F. THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER HLM 90007.00-3 BID GROUP TWO 07210-2 SECTION 07210 BUILDING INSULATION 3. Acceptable Manufacturer: a. CAN -DO INC. "Product No. 132." E. Spray Applied Insulation: 1. Refer to Section 07215 - Sprayed Insulation - Bid Group Three. F. Fire Safing Insulation with mechanical attachment for perimeter locations and at penetrations of rated wall assemblies (comply with ASTM C665): 1. USG "Thermafiber" 2. MANVILLE "Pyrofiber" 3. FIBREX, INC. "Fibergard Perimeter Insulation" G. Fire/Smoke Stop System: Smoke resistant sealant shall be a two-part fire tested system to maintain the integrity of fire rating requirements at floor slab perimeter. Comply with manufacturer recommendations for installation. Provide all required components for a complete System. Approved Product: USG "Fire/Smoke-Stop System", with "Thermafiber" Smoke -Seal compound and "Thermafiber" curtain wall Insulation, (Foil Facing). Provide "Thermafiber" safing insulation as an integral part of the Fire/Smoke Stop System. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Prior to work of this Section, carefully examine installed work of other trades and verify that such work is complete to point where this installation may properly commence. B. In the event of discrepancy, immediately notify the Architect. C. Do not proceed with installation in areas of discrepancy until, such discrepancies have been fully resolved. D. Coordinate with other trades to ensure proper and adequate interface of work of other trades with work of this section. E. Comply with manufacturers recommendations for particular conditions of installation in each case. 3.2 INSTALLATION A. Surface Preparation: Masonry surfaces (concrete block) shall be in a uniform plane, dry, free of grease, paint, or other material detrimental to bonding of adhesives. Poured -in -place or precast concrete shall be free of form oil film. Projections shall be removed by chipping or grinding. B. Adhesives shall be installed per manufacturer's recommendations and printed product literature. Adhesives shall not be applied when temperature is below 40 degrees F. - C. Rigid board insulation shall be installed in a horizontal, closely butted layout, with staggered vertical joints. D. Fire Safing Insulation: Shall be packed tightly and retained around all conduits, piping, duct work and at all penetrations of decks, walls and floors where required. Pack tightly at all decks, and cover with topping similar to adjacent materials. Fire safing shall be THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER HLM 90007.00-3 BID GROUP TWO 07210-3 SECTION 07210 BUILDING INSULATION provided at all perimeter locations to completely seal floors and walls to fire rating requirements. Installation mechanically attached (with safing clips or wire support brackets, unless shown otherwise), per manufacturer recommendations. E. Seal all joints in vapor barriers with tape as recommended by insulation manufacturer. Seal all joints caused by pipes, conduits and similar items penetrating vapor barriers with aluminized type of tape recommended by the vapor barrier manufacturer to create an airtight seal between penetrating objects and vapor barrier. Repair all tears or punctures in vapor barriers immediately before concealment by other work. F. Comply with manufacturer recommendations for installation of smoke -stop sealant system (Fire/Smoke Stop System), at all slab/perimeter locations. 3.3 PROTECTION A. Protect installed insulation and vapor barriers from harmful weather exposures and from possible physical abuses, where possible by non delayed installation of concealing work or, where that is not possible, by temporary covering or enclosure. ******************** END OF SECTION 07210 THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER 07210-4 HLM 90007.00-3 BID GROUP TWO SECTION 07530 SINGLE PLY ROOFING PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section includes: 1. Preparation and clearing of surfaces. 2. Fully adhered Single Ply Roofing System. a. Walkway treads. b. Cant Strip: Preformed insulated. 3. Roof expansion joints. 4. Install prefabricated curbs. 5. Copings, flashings, and scuppers. 1.2 REFERENCES A. ASTM C707 - Gypsum Board Substrate for Floor or Roo B. ASTM C177 - Test Method for St d St C. D. E. F. G. H. I. J. K. L. M. N. 0. Properties by Means of the Guarded Hot Platehermal ASTM C578 - Preformed, Cellular Polystyrene Thermal ASTM C728 - Perlite Thermal Insulation Board. ASTM D412 - Rubber Properties in Tension. ASTM D746 - Brittleness Temperature of Plastics and by Impact. f Assemblies. Transmission Insulation. Elastomeric ASTM D624 - Rubber Property - Tear Resistance. ASTM D822 - Practice for Operating Light and Water -Exposure Apparatus (Carbon -Arc) Type for Testing Paint, Varnish, Lacquer, and Related Products. ASTM D1004 - Initial Tear Resistance of Plastic Film and Sheeting. ASTM D2240 - Rubber Property - Durometer Hardness. ASTM E96 - Water Vapor Transmission of Materials. Factory Mutual (FM) Engineering Corporation - Roof Assembly Classifications. National Roofing Contractors Association (NRCA) - Roofing and Waterproofing Manual. SPRI - - Wind Design Guide for Ballasted Single Ply Roofing Systems. Underwriters Laboratories (UL) - Fire Hazard Classifications. 1.3 TESTING AGENCY A. Testing is to be performed as indicated in Division 1. Provide free access to work and cooperate with appointed firm. B. Testing of roofing system is to be performed to ensure conformance with requirements. If defects are revealed, Architect may request that roofing system be subjected to further inspection and testing to ascertain full degree of defect. Pay for all costs incurred. C. Correct all defects and irregularities as advised by Architect. Pay for costs incurred. 1.4 SUBMITTALS A. Provide Shop Drawings with the following information: I. Materials list, roofing manufacturers installation instructions and descriptive information for new areas. THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER HLM 90007.00-4 BID GROUP TWO 07530-1 SECTION 07530 SINGLE PLY ROOFING 2. Flashing details/curb flashing details. Show all conditions. (Drawings that consist only of manufacturer standard details are not acceptable.) 3. Expansion joint details. 4. Venting details B. Provide samples at the job site for review of the following: 1. Walkway tread sample. C. Provide manufacturer written certification that the selected system complies with ANSI A58.1, latest edition of "Minimum Design Loads for Buildings and Other Structures" design pressures based on wind velocities, and that the system has been tested at a recognized laboratory, (UL, FM or other acceptable to Authority having Jurisdiction). D. Manufacturer's Review: Before delivering roofing materials to project site, submit written statement signed by Contractor and roofing Subcontractor stating that the drawings and specifications have been reviewed with a qualified representative of the roofing materials manufacturer, and that he is in agreement that the selected materials, details, and system for roofing are proper and adequate for the application shown. Indicate by transmittal form that copy of statement has been distributed to the manufacturer, and review approval by manufacturer has been presented at the pre -application roofing conference. Submit manufacturer's written approval of Installer. E. Prior to materials being delivered to jobsite, submit: 1. Copy of Intent to Warrant, signed and dated. 2. Copy of Roof Guarantee for Architect's and Owner review. 3. Provide installer and manufacturer qualifications for Owner review. F. At completion of roofing work, submit written certification statement signed by the roofing manufacturer and installer's field supervisor, that. all components of the roofing system have been installed to manufacturers printed instructions and that all materials and installation are proper for work intended. 1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Single ply roofing system shall be applied only by factory trained and approved roofing contractor familiar with the product and in strict compliance with manufacturer's instructions. B. The roofing manufacturer shall be a firm with a minimum of five years experience in the production of roofing materials. C. The roofing installer shall be a firm with minimum of five years of specialized experience with installation of roofing work indicated and specified, and have written approval of the manufacturer as an approved Installer. D. The insulation shall be compatible with and approved by the manu- facturer of the roofing system. All components of the roofing system, including but not limited to membrane flashings, mastics, caulks, sealants, venting, and fasteners shall be approved by membrane roofing manufacturer. THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER 07530-2 HLM 90007.00-4 BID GROUP TWO SECTION 07530 SINGLE PLY ROOFING E. Comply with applicable code requirements for UL Class "A" rating, with wind uplift resistance of Class 60 or FM Class 1 construction with I-90 wind uplift resistance requirements. 1. Tested per FM Standard 4470. a. UL Wind Uplift Resistance of Class 60. F. Comply with insurance rating bureau requirements for UL Class A type roofing, or FM Class I: G. Comply with roofing manufacturer requirements for venting. Coordinate venting details with other section requirements. 1. Venting requirements shall be as recommended by the roof membrane manufacturer. H. Comply with National Roofing Contractors Association (NRCA) Manual recommended procedures for roof membrane penetrations. I. Assign work closely associated with single ply roofing including (but not limited to) flashing, counter -flashing, and expansion joints and joint sealers to installer of single ply roofing. J. Coordinate work and material requirements with Division 5 and 7. 1.6 JOB CONDITIONS A. Preliminary Roofing Conference: As soon as possible after award of roofing work, meet with Installer, installers of substrate construction (decks), and other work adjoining roof system including penetrating work and roof -top units, Architect, Owner, and representatives of other entities directly concerned with performance of roofing system including (as applicable) Owner's insurers and test agencies. Review requirements (Contract Documents), submittals, status of coordinating work, availability of materials and installation facilities and establish preliminary testing, certifications, forecasted weather conditions, governing regulations, insurance requirements, and proposed installation procedures. Record discussion including agreement or disagreement on matters of significance; furnish copy of recorded discussions to each participant. Discuss roofing system protection requirements for construction period extending beyond roofing installation. B. Pre -Application Roofing Conference: Approximately two weeks prior to scheduled commencement of roofing installation and associated work, meet at project site with Installer, installer of each component of associated work, installers of deck or substrate construction to receive roofing work, installers of roof -top units, and other work in and around roofing which must precede or follow roofing work (including mechanical work if any), Architect, Owner, roofing system manufacturer's representative, and other representatives directly concerned with performance of the work including (where applicable) Owner's insurers, test agencies, and governing authorities. Record (Contractor) discussions of conference and decisions and agreements (or disagreements) reached, and furnish copy of record to each party attending. Review; methods and procedures related to roofing work. C. During storage and handling, protect insulation materials from weather elements. THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER HLM 90007.00-4 BID GROUP TWO 07530-3 SECTION 07530 SINGLE PLY ROOFING 1.7 WARRANTY A. Provide the Owner with a manufacturers "no dollar limit" ten year limited warranty as follows: 1. The manufacturer of the roofing membrane shall warrant to the Owner for a period of ten years that the manufacturer's roofing system as installed on the building shall be free from defects in materials supplied by the manufacturer and free from defects in workmanship by the roofing installer. 2. During the term of this warranty the manufacturer shall have access to the roof for inspection during normal business hours. 3. The Owner shall obtain the manufacturer's written approval before making alterations of the roof or installing structures, fixtures or utilities on or through the roof. 4. The Owner will provide the manufacturer with written notification of defects or leaks in the roof and claims under the warranty within 30 days of the discovery of the defect or leak. B. Provide Owner with a two year warranty on materials and labor for metal coping, flashing and scuppers. C. Warranty costs shall not exceed the cost of the original roof installation (including roofing membrane, and flashing). PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 MATERIALS A. Acceptable ethylene propylene diene monomer (EPDM) Manufacturers/ Products: 1. GOODYEAR TIRE & RUBBER CO./"Versigard" Roof System: a. Fully adhered single ply system, EPDM. b. 60 mil thick membrane, white color. C. Comply with FM Class I, I-90 wind uplift resistance. d. Manufacturer "Insta-Seam" factory applied heat -sealable adhesive. 2. FIRESTONE BUILDING PRODUCTS 3. CARLISLE SYNTEC SYSTEMS 4. Architect approved equivalent. B. Fasteners: 1. Screws, nails and fastening accessories for fastening metals shall be corrosion -resistant: a. For coated steel: plastic coated or stainless steel. b. For galvanized steel: galvanized or cadmium plated. 2. Fastening accessories for concrete decks shall be corrosion - resistant, carbon steel, designed to attach membranes to structural concrete decks. 3. Fastening patterns shall be as approved by the membrane manufacturer. C. Walkway Treads: Shall be compatible with roofing manufacturer. Installation per membrane manufacturer instructions. Secure walkway treads per manufacturer instructions. Provide padding underlayment, if required by roofing manufacturer. THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER 07530-4 HLM 90007.00-4 BID GROUP TWO SECTION 07530 SINGLE PLY ROOFING D. Elastic Expansion Joints: I. General: Provide manufacturer's standard units of size and type indicated, complete with prefabricated corner and intersection units and splicing materials; with elastic sheet flashing forming the primary joint membrane, in a supported bellows arrangement to be secured to both sides of expansion joints; with bellows insulated from below with adhesively applied, flexible closed -cell rubber or plastic not less than 3/8" thick. a. Type: Plain sheet or encapsulated metal flanged edges, for embedment in other construction or mechanically fastening to substrates, 8" minimum flange width. E. Sheet Metal Flashing/Copings/Scuppers 1. Material/Finishes a. Exterior sheet metal flashing, copings, scuppers and trim exposed to view shall be 24 gauge, (G-90) galvanized steel, primed both sides and finishes on exterior side with PPG Duranar 200 with KYNAR 500 (ATOCHEM), fluoropolmer coatings, in color as selected by Architect. 1) Provide continuous hold-down clips and anchor cleats for coping. 2) For copings: Provide pre -finished and pre -formed corners for all exterior and interior corner applications. b. Approved Product: a. "Colorklad" VINCENT BRASS & ALUMINUM CO., Minneapolis, MN. b. Architect approved equivalent. 2. Fasteners: I. Screws, nails, and fastening accessories for fastening metals shall be non -corrosive types and compatible with F. Others adjacent surfaces: galvanized or cadmium plated. I. Provide associated products necessary for a complete roof assembly. a) Uncured flashing membrane: 60 mil EPDM; White. b) Adhesives, primers, sealants and pourable sealers. c) Wood Nailers: Pressure treated, grade #2 or better. 2.2 FABRICATION OF COPINGS AND FLASHING A. SMACNA and NRCA Details: Conform work with applicable fabrication requirements of "Architectural Sheet Metal Manual" by SMACNA. Comply with installation details of "Roofing and Waterproofing Manual" by NRCA and as recommended by roofing manufacturer. B. Verify dimensions and take necessary field measurements before fabrication. C. Fabricate sheet metal items and copings in maximum lengths and hold joints to a minimum. THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER HLM 90007.00-4 BID GROUP TWO 07530-5 SECTION 07530 SINGLE PLY ROOFING PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Prior to installation of materials of this Section, carefully examine installed work of other trades and verify that all such work is complete to the point where this installation may begin. Verify that substrates are acceptable for work of this section to begin. B. Verify that drains, sleeves, curbs, and vents which pass through surfaces to receive roofing are rigidly installed. C. Verify that surfaces are free of cracks, depressions, waves, or projections which may be detrimental to successful installation. Remove foreign materials. D. Discrepancies: 1. In event of discrepancies, immediately notify the Architect. 2. Do not proceed with installation in areas of discrepancy until all such discrepancies have been resolved. 3. Starting work of this Section means acceptance of substrate and site conditions. E. Weather Conditions: Proceed with roofing work only when weather conditions are in compliance with manufacturer's recommended limitations and the work can proceed in accordance with the requirements. 1. Substrates shall be completely cured and free of all moisture detrimental to the placing of roofing. Drying required due to wetting of -substrate by inclement weather and/or adjacent wet construction shall be in accordance with roofing manufacturer's instructions. 2. Placing of roofing shall constitute acceptance of substrate conditions by the installer. 3.2 INSTALLATION A. Roofing Membrane: 1. Install roofing membrane in strict accordance with manufacturer's instructions. B. Walkway Treads 1. Install walkway treads in locations around mechanical units, fans, roof accessways, spaced 6" apart. 3.3 INSTALLATION OF COPINGS AND FLASHING A. Surfaces to which sheet metal is applied shall be level, clean, dry, and free from defects which would distort the metal. B. Sheet metal and copings exposed to weather shall be watertight with provision for expansion and contraction at 8'-0" on center. C. Isolate metals from dissimilar metals or corrosive substrates using bituminous coatings or other means of permanent separation to prevent electrolytic corrosion. THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER 07530-6 HLM 90007.00-4 BID GROUP TWO SECTION 07530 SINGLE PLY ROOFING 3.4 CLEANING OF COPINGS AND FLASHING A. Following complete installation, wash sheet metal with non -alkali soap and water solution followed by clear rinse. ******************** END OF SECTION 07530 THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER HLM 90007.00-4 BID GROUP TWO 07530-7 SECTION 07720 ROOF ACCESSORIES PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Roof Scuttles. B. Roof curbs C. Related miscellaneous materials and accessories necessary to the completion of the above items. 1.2 SUBMITTALS A. Shop Drawings: I. Provide fully dimensioned Shop Drawings for each different item, identifying size, shape, material, finish installation methods and relation to adjacent materials. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 MATERIALS A. Roof Scuttles: I. Provide BILCO type S-20, for vertical ladder access; or Architect -approved equivalent. Factory -primed; finish painting: Refer to Section 09900 - PAINTING. B. Roof Curbs: I. Prefabricated insulated , 1S gage galvanized metal, factory installed pressure treated wood nailer, integral base plate, continuous mitered and welded inside and outside corner sections, and sloping end sections. 2. Acceptable Manufacturers: a. CUSTOM CURB, INC. b. PATE COMPANY c. THYCURB COMPANY PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION A. Surfaces to which accessories are to be applied shall be level, plumb, smooth, clean and dry and free from defects which would distort the unit bases. Sheet metal exposed to weather shall be watertight with provisions for expansion and contraction. B. Provide miscellaneous sheet metal closers, trim strips, angles, flashings and counterflashings as required to make a complete, proper watertight and functioning installation. ******************** END OF SECTION 07720 THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER HLM 90007.00-2 BID GROUP TWO 07720-1 SECTION 07900 JOINT SEALERS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Preparing of substrate surface. 2. Sealants and joint backing. a. Expansion joints between structural members. b. Joints between metal frames and adjacent materials. C. Joints between dissimilar materials. d. Open joints where materials or workmanship does not allow a neat, finished waterproof condition. e. Other locations indicated on the Drawings. f. Tamper resistant sealants at inmate areas. g. Pre -cast concrete panel and modular cell. 1.2 SUBMITTALS A. Samples: 1. Submit Samples of full range of colors of each type sealant for selection by Architect. B. Product Data: 1. Submit manufacturer's descriptive literature for each material. 2. Submit manufacturer's installation instructions, to include preparation and priming,(if required), of surfaces. C. Location Identification: 1. Submit list of locations for each material. D. Submit written certification from sealant manufacturer of acceptability for adhesion and compatibility with adjacent materials and finishes. E. When requested by Architect, submit test results of compatibility testing with adjacent materials for adhesion and non -staining. 1.3 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Deliver materials to project site in original unopened containers or bundles with labels informing about manufacturer, product name and designation, color, expiration period for use, pot life, curing time, and mixing instructions for multicomponent materials. B. Store and handle materials to.prevent their deterioration or damage due to moisture, temperature changes, contaminants, or other causes. 1.4 SYSTEM PERFORMANCES A. Provide joint sealers that have been produced and installed to establish and maintain watertight and airtight continuous seals. 1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Installer Qualifications: Engage an Installer who has successfully completed within the last three years at least three joint sealer applications similar in type and size to that of this project and who will assign mechanics from these earlier applications to this project, of which one will serve as lead mechanic. THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER HLM 90007.00-2 BID GROUP TWO 07900-1 SECTION 07900 JOINT SEALERS B. Mock -Up: Install sealant in mock-ups prepared by other trades in order to demonstrate appearance and workmanship. C. Manufacturer: Sealant manufacturer shall have been in the business of manufacturing specified sealant types for a minimum of not less than 10 years. 1.6 PROJECT CONDITIONS A. Environmental Conditions: Do not proceed with installation of joint sealers under the following conditions: 1. When ambient and substrate temperature conditions are outside the limits permitted by joint sealer manufacturers. 2. When joint substrates are wet due to rain, condensation, or other causes. B. Joint Width Conditions: Do not proceed with installation of joint sealers when joint widths are less than allowed by joint sealer manufacturer for application indicated. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 MATERIALS A. Silicone Sealant (Joints; Expansion Control Joints; Precast Concrete Panel Joints, exterior modular cell joint; window wall joints) 1. Silicone sealant shall meet or exceed the requirements of ASTM C 920,.Type S, Grade NS, Class 50, Uses T, NT, M, G, A, 0. 2. Sealant shall be supplied in ready -to -use form which requires no job -site mixing. 3. Acceptable manufacturers: a. GENERAL ELECTRIC "Silicone Sil-pruf Sealant" b. DOW CORNING "790 Building Sealant" C. PECORA "864 One -Part Architectural Silicone Sealant" B. Polyurethane, Multi -Component Sealant (use for joints in building enclosure): 1. Sealant shall meet or exceed the requirements of ASTM C 920, Type M, Grade NS , Class 25, Uses NT, M, A, 0. 2. Sealant shall be supplied for job -site mixing following manufacturer's specific mixing instructions. 3. Acceptable manufacturers/products: a. TREMCO "Dymeric" b. PECORA "Dynatrol II" C. SIKA "Sikaflex 2-C NS/SL" C. Pick -Proof Sealant; Security Sealant (use for accessible to inmate tampering: cells, dayrooms booths). 1. SIKA: SIKADUR "31", Hi -Mod Gel. 2. ROCKY MOUNTAIN CHEMICAL CO. "Niklepoxy 26". 3. PETERSON CORP. "857 Security Sealant". 4. Comply with ASTM C-881, Type I and II, Grade 3, epoxy resin adhesive. THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER HLM 90007.00-2 BID GROUP TWO interior joints and visitation Class B and C, 07900-2 SECTION 07900 JOINT SEALERS D. Sealing Gasket: 1. Sealing gasket shall be open celled foamed polyurethane strips saturated with a polybttylene waterproofing material. Water- proofing material shall not migrate or stain. Adhesive used to adhere sealing gaskets to preasembled surfaces shall be approved by manufacturers of sealing gaskets. 2. Acceptable manufacturers: a. SANDELL MANUFACTURING COMPANY b. W.R.MEADOWS, INC. C. PROGRESS UNLIMITED, INC. E. Joint Backing (Backer Rod): 1. Provide closed -cell polyurethane rod designed for use with cold applied joint sealants. Provide backer rod of size required for joint design. 2. Acceptable products: a. DOW CHEMICAL "Ethafoam" b. SONNEBORN "Sonofoam" c. HERCULES "Backer rod". d. INDUSTRIAL -THERMAL POLYMERS "Blue Rod". 3. Open or closed polyethylene or polyurethane; as recommended by the sealant manufacturer. F. Color 1. Color of sealants will be selected by the Architect from the manufacturer's standard color range. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 APPLICATION A. General: 1. No sealant shall be applied on damp or wet surfaces. Apply only when temperature is between 40°F and 80°F. 2. Where the possibility of primer or sealant staining of adjacent areas or materials exists, joints shall be masked prior to application. Masking tape shall not be removed before joints have been tooled and initial cure of sealant has taken place. Work stained due to failure of proper masking precautions will not be accepted. B. Cleaning: 1. Concrete and Masonry: Clean by sandblasting, grinding or wire brush. Remove all dust from surfaces to receive primer or sealant. 2. Glass a. Clean glass surfaces with methyl ethyl ketone or alcohol. Contaminants, such as paints, should be removed from the surface before solvent cleaning. 3. Painted surfaces: Follow manufacturers recommended cleaning procedures prior to primer or sealant application. THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER HLM 90007.00-2 BID GROUP TWO 07900-3 SECTION 07900 JOINT SEALERS 5. Metals, unpainted: a. Aluminum, mill finish: Clean with xylene or methyl ethyl ketone. b. Copper: Remove heavy oxide film (patina) by sanding or use of steel wool. Clean surface with methyl ethyl ketone or xylene. C. Stainless steel: Clean surface of construction dirt and oils with methyl ethyl ketone. d. Galvanized steel: Clean and degrease with xylene or toulene. C. Back-up Material 1. Verify the compatibility of back-up material with sealant before installation. 2. Use back-up material 1/2 wider than width of joint so that sufficient pressure is exerted by material to provide substantial resistance to displacement. D. Release Agent 1. Provide release agent or bond -breaker strip in joint to be sealed on top of back-up material to prevent adhesion of sealant to the back-up material per manufacturer's instructions. E. Sealant Application: 1. Prepare sealants that require mixing following manufacturer's instructions, mixing thoroughly. 2. Mix only as much material as can be applied within manufacturer's recommended application time period. 3. Apply materials in accordance with the manufacturer's instructions taking care to produce beads of proper width and depth, to tool as recommended by the manufacturer ,and to immediately remove surplus sealant. 4. Surrounding surfaces shall be protected as required to ensure that no sealant contaminates these surfaces. 5. Apply materials only within manufacturer's specified application life period. If inspection indicates that application life is expired or if the prescribed application period has. elapsed, remainder of sealant shall be discarded. F. Gasket Application: 1. Sealing gaskets shall be not less than 1" in front -to -rear depth in the joint. Adjust depth as necessary to maintain a ratio of depth equals 1-1/2 times compressed width. Thickness of uncompressed gasket shall be adequate to allow 50% (minimum) compression in the installed joint at the widest part of the joint. 2. Installed gaskets shall be- held back from face of adjacent material as required by manufacturer instructions. 3. Installation procedures shall follow manufacturer's specific printed instructions. END OF SECTION 07900 THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER HLM 90007.00-2 BID GROUP TWO 07900-4 Division 8 Doors It Windows Rl.INA Division SECTION 08100 METAL DOORS AND FRAMES PART 1 - GENERAL 1_1 SUMMARY A. Metal door frames and miscellaneous metal items indicated. B. Metal doors. C. UL labeled metal frames. D. UL labeled metal doors. 1.2 SUBMITTALS A. Submit Shop Drawings providing information on both the construction methods and materials applicable to metal construction and detailed information applicable to specific installation of the doors and frames. B. Submit certification that all materials meet specification requirements. Certify compliance with requirements of this Section using either a complete specification or a graphic presentation clearly identifying construction of door top, bottom and edges, facing panel/internal reinforcing, typical hardware (butts, lockset and closer) reinforcing, frame corner assembly and method of finishing. C. Specific data shall include elevations of each door and frame type, profile sections of each frame type, frame anchors (floor and jamb) for each wall/floor condition, joinery methods and details for split frames, and schedule of locations for each door and frame assembly related to this project. D. Submit written certification from the manufacturer that all rated door and window assemblies, as components of the rated wall assembly of which they are installed, are labeled and conform to NFPA 80 "Standard for Fire Doors and Windows", and have been tested, listed, and labeled to conform to ASTM E152 "Standard Method of Fire Tests of Door Assemblies, and ASTM E163 "Standard Method of Fire Tests of Window Assemblies". The installing Contractor shall also submit written certification that the installation conforms with the above listed references, and the manufacturers instructions for installation. "LABEL CONSTRUCTION CERTIFICATION" IS NOT AN ACCEPTABLE SUBSTITUTION FOR THIS REQUIREMENT. 1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Fabrication: 1. The manufacturer of metal products shall conform to standards of the Steel Door Institute. 2. Assemblies requiring welds shall be in compliance with the Standard Code for Arc and Gas Welding of the American Welding Society. B. Fire Rated Assemblies: Where fire rated assemblies are indicated or required, provide fire rated assemblies that comply with NFPA 80 "Standard for Fire Doors and Windows", and have been tested, listed, and labeled in accordance with ASTM E152 "Standard Methods of Fire Tests of Door Assemblies, and ASTM E163 "Standard Method of Fire Tests of Window Assemblies" by a nationally recognized independent THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER HLM 90007.00-4 BID GROUP TWO 08100-1 SECTION 08100 METAL DOORS AND FRAMES testing, inspection and listing agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction. D. Comply with ASTM A 525, ASTM A 123_ or ASTM A 386 as applicable for exterior doors and frames. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 MATERIALS A. Metal Frames: 1. Frame assemblies shall be cold rolled steel, of size and profile shown on drawings. a. Interior frames: 16 gage, factory prime painted. 2. Corner joints shall have full mitered frame corners continuously welded for full depth and width of frame and trim. Contact edges shall be closed tight, welds on exposed surfaces dressed smooth and flush. 3. Metal plaster guards shall be provided for mortised cut-outs. 4. Frames shall have removable spreaders and 16 gage single -unit clip angles for floor anchorage. 5. Joints including joints required for field assembly shall be completed without exposed fastenings. Field joints shall be increment welded, filled with epoxy metal filler and ground smooth. 6. Provide 18 gage, 2" x buck with tension plates with tube spacers welded to bucks at approximately 2'-0" on center for anchorage of jambs against steel or concrete columns, or at other locations where masonry anchors cannot be used. Frames shall be drilled and countersunk for 1/4" flat head bolts. 7. Provide rubber mutes equal to GLYNN-JOHNSON 64 as follows: a. Three for single doors. 8. Provide for concealed conduit and wiring at all electrical operator; door holder locations: Factory "prepare" frames to hardware electrical requirements. 9. Additional requirements for frame assemblies for cast -in -place installations: a. Provide masonry type frames with single return; SF or C Series. b. Weld 7 gage galvanized wire masonry ties to frame; minimum three per jamb. C. Apply a protective paint coating in accordance with Section 09900 - PAINTING. B. Metal Doors: 1. Doors shall be of full flush construction. Face sheets of cold rolled steel shall be the following minimum gage: a. Interior doors: 18 gage, factory prime -painted. 2. Face sheets shall be broken to form and meet at side edges. Side edges shall be continuously reinforced from top to bottom steel channels or flat bars placed immediately inside of and continuously welded to formed facing sheets. THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER 08100-2 HLM 90007.00-4 BID GROUP TWO SECTION 08100 METAL DOORS AND FRAMES 3. Top and bottom edges of door shall be reinforced with channels full width of door. Exterior doors shall have flush, continuously welded fillers on the top edge, galvanized sheet steel. 4. Core shall consist of continuous vertical steel stiffeners spaced not more than 6", or less than 4" center -to -center or a metal truss core welded to both faces at 3" on center vertically and horizontally. Sound deadening material, such as mineral wool, fiberglass or other fire resistive substance shall fill all voids between stiffeners. 5. Edge joints shall be filled and ground smooth. Edge welds, face welds and other construction welds and blemishes shall be filled and ground to secure a flat, no -seam finished appearance. 6. Stops for glass lites in doors shall be of one common type. Stops shall be UL label type, metal, channel shape equivalent "Model No. 118" ALL METAL STAMPING, INC. Abbotsford, WI. C. Labeled Metal Doors and Metal Door Frames 1. Labeled metal doors and listed frames shall be in compliance with current Underwriters Laboratories factory inspection and labeling service program in accordance with ASTM E-152 and ASTM E-163. 2. Metal UL labels shall be attached to the vertical butt side of each door with rivets. Listed frames shall be provided with Classification Marking on products. 3. Doors and frames shall be properly prepared to receive UL listed hardware and shall have proper UL labels attached at the factory. 4. Doors in stairway enclosures shall bear classification marking: 450-F.,(232-C.), maximum temperature rise". D. Reinforcement for Hardware: 1. Doors and frames shall be template reinforced for finish hard ware. Where mortised hardware is required, reinforcing shall be drilled and tapped. Minimum reinforcement shall be as follows: a. Butts 7 gage or approved equivalent b. Lock front end 12 gage, plus dust -proof strike strike box C. Other hardware 14 gage E. Finish of Metal Frames and Doors: I. Comply with ASTM A 525, ASTM A 123 or ASTM A 386 as applicable for exterior doors and frames. Hot -dip galvanized. Design features which may lead to difficulties during fabrication shall be pointed out by the manufacturer prior to dipping. Clean and chemically treat ferrous metal surfaces to assure maximum paint adherence; follow with a dip or spray coat of rust inhibitive metallic oxide, zinc chromate or synthetic resin primer on exposed surfaces. 2. Clean steel surfaces of mill scale, rust, oil, grease, dirt and other foreign materials before the application of the shop coat paint. THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER HLM 90007.00-4 BID GROUP TWO 08100-3 SECTION 08100 METAL DOORS AND FRAMES 3. 4. Provide factory prime paint of even consistency, ready to receive field -applied paint. Apply a protective paint coating -PAINTING, prior to grouting of or drywall construction. in accordance with Section 09900 metal frames in masonry, plaster PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION A. Metal Frames: 1. Set frames in position, plumb, align, and brace securely until permanent anchors are set. Anchor bottom of frames to floor with expansion bolts or with power fasteners. Build wall anchors into wall or secure to adjoining construction as indicated. 2. Masonry wall anchors: crimped tees at least 2-1/2" x 10"; spaced 1'-0" (maximum) from bottom of frame, 1'-0" (maximum) from top of frame, and a maximum of 2'-0" intermittent spacing, a minimum of two anchors per jamb. Labeled frame: installed with UL listed anchors. 3. Any exposed fasteners to be security torx-with-peg type. 4. Provide wood bracing and formwork in accordance with Section 03100 - CONCRETE FORMWORK for cast -in -place installations. B. Metal Doors: 1. Hollow metal doors shall be hung in hollow metal frames with 3/32" clearance at jambs, 1/8" clearance at head and sill. 2. Mortised and concealed hardware shall be secured to drilled and tapped built-in reinforcement. Surface applied hardware shall be secured to built-in reinforcement, field drilled and tapped. 3. Labels for rated doors and frames to be applied at the factory before shipping. Prior to painting, labels shall be masked. Remove masking after final coat of paint is applied. 4. Just prior to final inspection examine and adjust doors and hardware to assure perfect operation. ******************** END OF SECTION 08100 THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER 08100-4 HLM 90007.00-4 BID GROUP TWO SECTION 08410 ALUMINUM ENTRANCES PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section includes: I. Aluminum entrance doors, frames, and related fixed glass sections. 1.2 REFERENCES A. AAMA - Metal Curtain Wall, Window, Store Front and Entrance - Guide Specifications Manual. B. AAMA 501 - Methods of Test for Metal Curtain Walls. C. AAMA 605.2 - Specification for High Performance Organic Coatings on Architectural Extrusions and Panels. D. AAMA 1502.7 E. AAMA ')FM-1 - Aluminum Storefront and Entrance Manual. F. ANSI A117.1 - Safety Standards for the Handicapped. G. ASTM A36 - Structural Steel. H. ASTM A386 - Zinc Coating (Hot Dip) on Assembled Steel Products. I ASTM B209 - Aluminum and Aluminum -Alloy Sheet and Plate. J. ASTM B221 - Aluminum -Alloy Extruded Bar, Rod, Wire, Shape, and Tube. K. ASTM E283 - Rate of Air Leakage Through Exterior Windows, Curtain Walls, and Doors. L. ASTM E330 - Structural Performance of Exterior Windows, Curtain Walls, and Doors by Uniform Static Air Pressure Difference. M. ASTM E331 - Test Method for Water Penetration of Exterior Windows, Curtain Walls,'and Doors by Uniform Static Air Pressure Difference. N. ASTM A386 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Submit fully dimensioned full-size shop drawings defining size, shape and type of aluminum members, glazing, blocking, sealants, tapes, gaskets, security/monitoring requirements and associated items utilized in the installation of aluminum doors and relation of assemblies to adjacent building components. 1. Product Data: Submit manufacturer's specifications, standard details, and installation recommendations for components of aluminum entrances and aluminum window walls required for project, including test reports certifying that products have been tested and comply with performance requirements. B. Provide samples of corner construction for both door and frame for each operation type, approximately 12" long on each leg. C. Provide representative finish samples of production items indicating full range of color tolerance for selection by the Architect. Samples shall be large enough to allow good comparison. D. Test results: 1. Refer to Section 08902 - ALUMINUM WINDOW WALLS for additional test requirements. THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER HLM 90007.00-3 BID GROUP TWO 08410-1 SECTION 08410 ALUMINUM ENTRANCES 1.4 SYSTEM PERFORMANCES A. General: Provide exterior entrance assemblies that have been designed and fabricated to comply with requirements for system performance characteristics listed below as demonstrated by testing manufacturer's corresponding stock systems according to test methods designated. 1. Thermal Movement: Allow for expansion and contraction resulting from ambient temperature range of 120°F (490C), that could cause a metal surface temperature range of 180°F.(100°C.) within the framing system. 2. Wind Loading: Provide capacity to withstand loading indicated below tested per ASTM E 330. a. Uniform pressure of 45 psf inward and 45 psf outward. 3. Transmission Characteristics of Fixed Framing: Comply with requirements indicated below for transmission characteristics and test methods. a. Air and Water Leakages: Air infiltration of not more than 0.06 cfm per sq. ft. of fixed area per ASTM E 283 and no uncontrolled water penetration per ASTM E 331 at pressure differential of 6.24 psf (excluding operable door edges). 4. Transmission Characteristics of Entrances: Provide entrance doors with jamb and head frames which comply with requirements indicated below, for transmission characteristics and test methods. a. Air Leakage: _Air infiltration per linear foot of perimeter crack of not more than 0.50 cfm for single doors and 1.0 cfm for pairs of doors per ASTM E 283 at pressure differential of 1.567 psf. 1.5 SPECIAL PROJECT WARRANTY A. Provide written warranty signed by Manufacturer/Fabricator, and Contractor agreeing to replace aluminum entrances which fail in materials or workmanship within time period indicated below of acceptance. Failure of materials or workmanship includes excessive leakage or air infiltration, excessive deflections, faulty operation of entrances, deterioration of finish or construction in excess of normal weathering, and defects in hardware, weather-stripping, and other components of the work. 1. Time Period: Three years from date of substantial completion. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 MATERIALS A. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products of one of the following: 1. VISTA WALL 2. KAWNEER 3. TUBELITE THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER 08410-2 HLM 90007.00-3 BID GROUP TWO SECTION 08410 ALUMINUM ENTRANCES A C. a E. F. G. H. Aluminum Doors, Medium Stile: 1. Sections shall be extruded from 6063-T5 aluminum alloy adapted as necessary to match color finish selected by Architect. 2. Joints shall be butted, mechanically reinforced and welded. Glazing stops shall be snap -in type. No exposed screws shall be used to secure stops. Stops on exterior side shall be lockin tamper -proof type. 3. Major portions of the door stiles shall be 0.125" in thickness and glazing molding shall be 0.050" thick. 4. Vertical stiles shall be minimum 3-1/2", top rail 3-1/2", and bottom rail 6-1/2". 5. Color and finish of installed materials shall fall within range of samples reviewed by Architect. 6. Basis of design: VISTA WALL Glazing: (provide glazing materials including glass; comply with requirements of DIVISION,8 - GLAZING): 1. Glass and panels shall be installed and glazed from interior of building. Snap -on glass stops shall be used with no exposed screws. 2. Setting blocks, spacers, and clips shall be provided as necessary to meet glass manufacturer's requirements, recommendations of FGMA Glazing Manual and requirements of drawings. 3. Exterior glazing tape shall be black, manufactured by: a. PROTECTIVE TREATMENT, INC. 606 Butyl Tape Sealant b. TREMCO 440 Tape C. PECORA Extru-Seal B-44 4. Heel bead shall be one part acylic, manufactured by: a. TREMCO Mono b. PECORA Unicrylic C. GRACE CONSTRUCTION MATERIALS Daraseal A 5. Wedge shall be manufactured by: a. TREMCO Polyshim WEJ 6. Glass shall be as indicated in Contract Documents, and as designated in Section 08800 - GLAZING. Fasteners: Aluminum, nonmagnetic stainless steel, or other materials warranted by manufacturer to be noncorrosive and compatible with aluminum components. 1. Do not use exposed fasteners except where unavoidable for application of hardware. Match finish of adjoining metal. Concealed -Flashing: Dead -soft stainless steel, 26 gauge minimum, or extruded aluminum, 0.062" minimum, of an alloy and type selected by manufacturer for compatibility with other components. Brackets and Reinforcements: Manufacturer's high -strength aluminum units where feasible, otherwise, nonmagnetic stainless steel or hot -dip galvanized steel complying with ASTM A 386. Concrete/Masonry Inserts: Cast-iron, malleable iron, or hot -dip galvanized steel complying with ASTM A 386. Bituminous Coatings: Cold -applied asphalt mastic complying with SSPC-PS 12, compounded for 30 mil thickness per coat. THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER HLM 90007.00-3 BID GROUP TWO 08410-3 SECTION 08410 ALUMINUM ENTRANCES I. Compression Weatherstripping: .Manufacturer's standard replaceable stripping of either molded neoprene gaskets complying with ASTM D2000 or molded PVC gaskets complying with ASTM D 2287. J. Sliding Weatherstripping: Manufacturer's standard replaceable stripping of wool, polypropylene, or nylon woven pile, with nylon fabric or aluminum strip backing, complying with AAMA 701.2 K. Hardware 1. Manufacturer's Standard Hardware VISTA WALL (Basis of Design): 3 ea Hinges BH-1 - 4-1/2 x 4 - NRP 32D 2 ea Push -Pull PH-12 US28 1 Threshold 1/2" x 6" x 115 (WOOSTER) CAST 1 Deadlock MS-1850A (Less Cylinder) 32D 1 Lock/Face Plate AL 1 Closer 4210-CUSH 2. Refer to Section 08710 - Door Hardware and Division 11 - Door Control/Monitoring System for coordination and requirements of additional hardware. 2.2 FINISHES A. Surfaces exposed to exterior and interior view shall be diwith factory applied, oven baked finish based on KYNAR 500 (poly dene fluoride - PVF2) as supplied by PPG or equivalent; applied to properly cleaned and pretreated aluminum meeting the requirements of ASTM D-1730-67, Type B, method 5 or 7. The coating shall be a three coat system equivalent to PPG "Duranar XL" applied to a minimum thickness of 1.6 mils. Comply with AAMA 605.2 (1980) "Specification for High Performance Organic Coatings on Architectural Extrusions and Panels". PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION A. Erect work plumb, level, true -to -line and secure in accordance with instructions of manufacturer. Provide joint clearances to allow for expansion. Door to door frame tolerance of 1/8" shall be rigidly maintained. B. Anchoring devices shall be aluminum, stainless steel, or other noncorrosive materials not harmful to aluminum. Steel -anchors may be used provided they are properly insulated. Paint for shop coating and field touch-up of dissimilar metal connecting members including anchors and clips, shall be alkali resistant bituminous paint. C. Where type, size, or spacing of fastening for securing material to building construction is not shown or specified, use expansion or toggle bolts or screws as required by building construction material. Such bolts or screws shall not be less than 1/4" diameter and spaced 24" on center. THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER 08410-4 HLM 90007.00-3 BID GROUP TWO SECTION 08410 ALUMINUM ENTRANCES D. Set sill members and other members in continuous bed of sealant and with joint fillers or gaskets to provide weathertight construction. Comply with requirements of Section 07900 - Joint Sealers, for sealants, fillers, and gaskets. 3.2 CLEANING A. Aluminum shall be left clean and unmarred, protected from damage during subsequent construction operations. B. After installation has been completed and prior to final inspection, wash all aluminum work with a non -alkali soap and water solution. Follow with a clearwater rinse. Refinish where necessary, replace damaged parts, leave in complete and finished condition. C. Institute protective measures and other precautions required to assure that aluminum entrances and storefronts will be without damage or deterioration, other than normal weathering, at time of acceptance. ******************** END OF SECTION 08410 THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER HLM 90007.00-3 BID GROUP TWO 08410-5 SECTION 08660 SECURITY WINDOWS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes:_ 1. Security Steel Window Units. 2. Mock -Up Unit. 1.2 RELATED SECTIONS A. Section 03412 - Precast Concrete Panels B. Section 03490 - Precast Concrete Modular Cell C. Section 04200 - Unit Masonry D. Section 07900 - Joint Sealers E. Section 08842 - Security Glazing 1.3 REFERENCES A. AAMA 502-90 - Voluntary Specification for Field Testing of Windows and Sliding Glass Doors. B. ASTM A386 - Zinc Coating (Hot Dip) on Assembled Steel Products. C. ASTM A525 - Steel Sheet, Zinc -Coated, Galvanized by the Hot -Dip Process. D. ASTM C-314 - AAMA TM-1-76 - Test Method for Water Penetration of Exterior Windows, Curtain Walls, and Doors by Dynamic Pressure. E. ASTM E283 - Rate of Air Leakage Through Exterior Windows, Curtain Walls, and Doors. F. ASTM E330 - Structural Performance of Exterior Windows, Curtain Walls, and Doors by Uniform Static Air Pressure Difference. G. ASTM E331 - Test Method for Water Penetration of Exterior Windows, Curtain Walls, and Doors by Uniform Static Air Pressure Difference. H. Steel Window Institute (SWI). , 1.4 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS A. Design -and size components to withstand dead and live loads caused by positive and negative wind pressure acting normal to plane of wall to a design pressure of 45 psf and a suction of 45 psf and as measured in accordance with ASTM E 330. B. Air infiltration tested in accordance with ASTM E 283: 1. Air infiltration: maximum for ventilator: a. 0.10 cfm per foot of crack length at 6.24 psf pressure differential. b. Air infiltration maximum for fixed: 0.06 cfm/square foot. 2. Water penetration tested in accordance with ASTM E 331: a. No uncontrolled water leakage at 10.0 psf pressure differential with water rate of 5 gallons /hr/sf. 3. Structural performance tested in accordance with ASTM E 330 and based on: a. Maximum deflection of L/175 of the span and allowable stress with a safety factor of 1.65. No glass breakage, damage to fasteners, hardware parts, or deflection of any unsupported span, (meeting rails, muntins, frames, or mullions). THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER HLM 90007.00-3 BID GROUP TWO 08660-1 SECTION 08660 SECURITY WINDOWS b. The system shall perform to these criteria under a windload of 45 psf (Performance Class 45). 1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE: A. Standards: Comply with recommended specifications of Steel Window Institute (SWI), except to the extent more stringent requirements are indicated. B. Windows shall meet or exceed air, water infiltration and deflection test requirements for the type, grade and performance class of security window units required. C. Mock-up/Proto-Type: 1. Provide one unit in designated area under direct supervision of manufacturer. 2. Installation shall be approved by Architect to constitute a standard of quality for subsequent installation. 1.6 QUALIFICATIONS A. Manufacturer specializing in manufacturing security windows with a minimum of five years of documented experience. 1.7 SUBMITTALS A. Manufacturer's Data: 1. To requirements of Division One, submit manufacturer's product data, installation instructions, and details for each type of steel window unit required. 2. Include information on fabrication methods, finishing, hardware and accessories, and show weight per foot of each steel section. B. Shop Drawings, Security Steel Windows: 1. Submit shop drawings including wall elevations at 1/4".scale, typical unit elevations at 3/4" scale and full size section details of every typical composite member. 2. Show anchors, hardware, and accessories which are not fully detailed in manufacturer's standard data. 3. Include glazing details. C. Samples, Steel Windows: 1. Submit 3 samples of specified finish, on 24" lengths of window members. 2. Architect reserves right to require additional samples, which will show fabrication techniques and workmanship, and design of hardware and accessories. 1.8 PREINSTALLATION CONFERENCE A. Prior to commencement of security window installation, conduct a preinstallation conference at the Project site with the security window system manufacturer, installer, Owner's representative and Architect, and other interested parties to review procedures, schedules, and coordination of the security window Work with other elements of the work, to include adjacent materials of wall elements. Record discussions and distribute minutes of meeting to all attendees. THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER HLM 90007.00-3 BID GROUP TWO 08660-2 SECTION 08660 SECURITY WINDOWS 1.9 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING A. Deliver, store, protect and handle products to site under provisions of Division One. 1.10 WARRANTY A. Warranty shall include a custom five year warranty on the integrity of window installation covering materials and workmanship. 1. Warranty shall be executed by the Contractor, Installer, and steel window manufacturer, agreeing to repair or replace steel window units which fail in materials or workmanship within the specified warranty period. Failures include but are not necessarily limited to structural failures including excessive deflection, excessive leakage, or air infiltration, faulty operation of sash and hardware, deterioration of metals, metal finishes, and other materials beyond normal weathering. This warranty shall be in addition to and not a limitation of other rights the Owner may have against the Contractor under the contract documents. 2. Warranty period is 5 years after the date of substantial completion. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURERS A. Acceptable Manufacturers: 1. CHIEF INDUSTRIES, INC., Grand Island NE 2. WILLIAM BAYLEY COMPANY, Springfield, Ohio 3. SOUTHEASTERN SPECIALTY CO., Montgomery AL 4. DETENTION SYSTEMS AND SALES, Bloomington IL 5. HOPES SECURITY PRODUCTS INC., Jamestown, N.Y. 6. Architect approved equivalent. B. Acceptable Manufacturer of Aluminum Security Window Option with Factory Finish: 1. WAUSAU METAL CORPORATION 2. Architect approved equivalent. 2.2 MATERIALS A. Frames: 1. Form frames from low carbon steel not less than #12 gauge. Frames shall be two piece sections, deep carrying through glazed portions continuously from top of head to bottom of sill at each jamb and between jambs at head and sill. 2. Cope and weld frame members at corners full depth of the frame for maximum strength and weather tightness; dress exposed welds smooth. Provide frame members with dimensions and profiles indicated on the drawings. B. Mullions: 1. Form mullions where required from low carbon steel not less than #12 U.S. gauge coped and continuous welded to frame. THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER HLM 90007.00-3 BID GROUP TWO 08660-3 SECTION 08660 SECURITY WINDOWS C. Intermediates: 1. Horizontal intermediates: Provide 2" x 2" x 1/4" steel tubing horizontal wrapped with 12 gauge steel. 2. Provide low carbon steel not less than 12 gauge, intermediate security members, securely welded to frame members. D. Frame Supports: 1. Frame supports shall be 1-1/2" x 1-1/2" x 3/16" hot rolled steel angles, continuous where possible, securely welded to frame. E. Field Anchors: (Sub Frame): 1. Field anchors shall be hot rolled steel angles, and 12 gauge channels, continuous where possible, field welded to built-in anchors and frame anchors. F. Glazing Stops at Frame: 1. Prepare windows for outside glazing with 1/4" thick low carbon steel bar stops. 2.3 FABRICATION A. Factory assembly shall consist of fixed units. B. Perimeter frame intermediates shall be assembled into complete units. C. Provide weep holes and internal water passages, where necessary, to conduct infiltrating moisture to exterior. 2.4 FINISH: A. After fabrication all windows, mullions and trim shall be either chemically or mechanically cleaned to remove mill scale, dirt, oil and other foreign matter, followed by a zinc phosphate treatment. A coat of epoxy primer shall be applied over zinc phosphate and oven baked at 375 degrees for 12 to 15 minutes, resulting in a dry film thickness of not less than 1 mil, followed by a coat of polyester oven baked at 400 degrees for 12 to 15 minutes, resulting in a dry film thickness of not less than 1 mil. B. Painting: Section 09900; color of finish coat shall be as selected by Architect. 2.5 MISCELLANEOUS MATERIALS A. Fasteners: 1. Bronze, brass, stainless steel or other metal warranted by the manufacturer to be non -corrosive and compatible with steel window members, trim, hardware, anchors and other components of window units. 2. Exposed fasteners: match finish of member or hardware being fastened, unless otherwise indicated. 3. Provide "torx with peg" Security Type screws for exposed fasteners, unless otherwise indicated. B. Anchors, Clips and Window Accessories. 1. Depending on strength and corrosion -inhibiting requirements, fabricate units of stainless steel, hot -dip zinc coated steel or iron complying with ASTM A386, or bronze/brass. 2. Provide shims, screws, bolts, and shields, required for attachment. THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER HLM 90007.00-3 BID GROUP TWO 08660-4 SECTION 08660 SECURITY WINDOWS C. Sealants: 1. Unless otherwise indicated for sealants required within the fabricated window units, provide type recommended by window manufacturer for joint size and movement, to remain permanently elastic, non -shrinking, and non -migrating. 2. Coordinate requirements with Section 07900. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION A. Comply with manufacturer's recommendations for installation of window units and other components of the work. B. Set units plumb, level and true to line, without warp or rack of frames sash. C. Anchor securely in place. D. Separate zinc coated steel and other corrodible surfaces from sources of corrosion on electrolytic action at points of contact with other materials. E. Set sill members and other members in a bed of compound as shown, or with joint fillers or gaskets as shown, to provide weathertight construction. F. Coordinate installation with wall flashings and other components of the work. G. Coordinate requirements with Section 07900 for primers, joint fillers and gaskets. 3.2 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Field Water Tests I. Coordinate field tests with other sections of this Project Manual. Conduct tests in areas as directed by Architect. Conduct tests as required to obtain satisfactory performance as acceptable to Architect. 2. Field test similar to AAMA 501.2 - Field check of metal curtain walls for water leakage. a. There shall be no uncontrolled water leakage in the finished installation, as defined in AAMA 501.2. 3.3 CLEANING AND PROTECTION A. Clean surfaces promptly after installation of windows, exercising care to avoid damage of coating. Remove excess glazing and sealant compounds, dirt and other substances. B. Clean glass of preglazed units promptly after installation of windows; complete with requirements of Division One for cleaning and maintenance. C. Provide protection and other precautions required through remainder of construction period, to ensure that window units will be without damage or deterioration (other than normal weathering) at time of acceptance. ******************** END OF SECTION 08660 THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER HLM 90007.00-3 BID GROUP TWO 08660-5 SECTION 08710 DOOR HARDWARE PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SECTION INCLUDES A. Door Hardware 1. Provide physical samples, templates and schedules, delivered to point of need, as necessary to allow proper fabrication of materials to which Door Hardware items are to be attached. 2. Provide on -site inspection and assistance during installation of Door Hardware and final adjustment, as required after installa- tion. 3. Provide UL rated hardware for rated door and frame assemblies. 1.2 SUBMITTALS A. Submit Shop Drawings, in the form of complete horizontal or vertical schedules, which identify each hardware item, its type, design, finish, function, method of fastening or anchorage and group designation. B. Submit, as an item separate from the hardware schedules, a complete Keying Schedule. C. Submit catalog cuts of each different piece of hardware for review by the Architect. 1. Product Data: Submit manufacturer's technical product data for each item of hardware in accordance with Division 1 -SUBMITTALS. Include information to show compliance with requirements. Provide maintenance data, parts catalog and keying records to requirements of Division 1. 1.3 LIMITATIONS A. Manufacturers and products identified in the following paragraphs represent the limit of manufacturers and products selected by the Architect for use on this project. Where single identifications are made for a given item, only that product will be accepted. Where multiple identifications are made, any one of the identified products will be accepted, provided that the single product chosen is used throughout the project without further variation. 1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Supplier: A recognized architectural finish hardware supplier, with warehousing facilities, who has been furnishing hardware in the project's vicinity for a period of not less than three years, and who is, or who employs, an experienced architectural hardware consultant who is available, at reasonable times during the course of the work, consultation about project's hardware •requirements, to Owner, Architect, and Construction Manager. B. Fire Rated Openings: Provide hardware for fire -rated openings in compliance with NFPA Standard No. 80 and ASTM E-152 and local building code requirements. Provide only hardware which has been tested and listed by UL or FM for.types and sizes of doors required and complies with requirements of door and door frame labels. THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER HLM 90007.00-4 BID GROUP TWO 08710-1 SECTION 08710 DOOR HARDWARE 1.5 PRODUCT HANDLING A. Deliver individually packaged hardware items at the proper times to the proper locations (shop or project site) for installation. B. Provide secure lock -up for hardware delivered to the project, but not yet installed. Control handling and installation of hardware items which' are not immediately replaceable so that completion of the work will not be delayed by hardware losses, both before and after installation. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 MATERIALS A. Finishes 1. Unless otherwise specifically noted, typical finish throughout shall be based upon UNITED STATES Standard Finishes, US26D (satin chromium) or US32D (satin stainless steel) dependent upon base metal. B. Anchorage Devices: 1. Concealed anchorage shall be used for all items where concealed/ exposed anchorage options are available. Concealed fasteners shall be provided in sizes and lengths appropriate to the specific material conditions. 2. Countersunk, flat heat, slotted or Phillips anchors may be used to fasten hinges. All other exposed fasteners shall have counter -sunk, torx with peg fasteners. 3. Machine screws shall be used for anchorage to metal substrates for all hinges, locks, closers, holders and similar devices subject to dynamic forces. Self -tapping screws will be permitted for use on wood or metal substrates only for surface mounted items that are not subject to dynamic movement. Wood screws, used only for wood substrates, shall be of maximum size allowed by hardware item and maximum length allowed by substrate. ....................................... C. Hinges: 1. Butts shall be stainless steel for typical use. 2. Pins shall be of button tip, non -rising for typical applications, with non -removable pins which shall be locked in place by set screw in barrel, used typically for all exterior doors and inmate accessible areas. 3. Access Door Hinge: Butts to be 4-1/2" x 4-1/2" x hospital tip x 180 minimum thickness. All butts to be made to "template hardware" standard of accuracy and of extra heavy construction. Provide flat head "torx w/peg" machine screws. 4. Butts shall be square -cornered, full mortise, to template, of sizes and quantities required as manufactured by LAWRENCE, STANLEY, HAGER, H. SOSS or McKINNEY. 5. Table of Sizes: a. Doors 1-3/4" thick, up to and including 3'-6" wide. 1) BHMA A8112 4-1/2" x 4-1/2", ball bearing. THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER HLM 90007.00-4 BID GROUP TWO 08710-2 SECTION 08710 DOOR HARDWARE 6. Number of Hinges: a. Doors over 5'-0" in height: One hinge for each 2'-6" or fraction thereof. ....................................... D. Open Back Strikes: 1. Where "open back strikes" are required by the hardware group, provide the following: VON DUPRIN CORBIN Designation Designation Designation A 576A 411 Series ....................................... E. Locks, Latchsets and Deadbolts: 1. Locksets and Latchsets with 2-3/4" backset shall be mortise type lockset in cases of uniform size to allow interchangeability. 2. Mechanically actuated anti -friction latchbolts and deadbolts shall have at least 1/2" throws. For double doors and door under UL label requirements, latchbolt throws shall be 3/4" 3. Provide standard ASA strikes with curved lips of lengths to suit door and jamb conditions, with wrought box strikes. 4. Trim design criteria shall meet following requirements: a. Series Corbin Series 7500 b. Design Name: Pierce H.D. Knob x Lemans Cast Escutcheon 5. Escutcheons shall be cut to accommodate lock functions as scheduled. ....................................... F. Stops and Bumpers: 1. Where required by the hardware group, provide the following: IVES GLYNN-JOHNSON CIPCO Designation Designation Designation Designation Interior D (surface -- GJ 560 overhead) PART 3 -.EXECUTION 3.1 DELIVERY A. Hardware items shall be packaged separately, tagged with appropriate identification and location data, delivered to the Site and stored in a protected manner in a location mutually agreeable to Construction Manager and Owner. THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER HLM 90007.00-4 BID GROUP TWO 08710-3 SECTION 08710 DOOR HARDWARE 3.2 INSTALLATION OF FINISH HARDWARE A. Install hardware per manufacturer's directions and to manufacturer's templates. Adjust for proper operation and function. B. Thresholds shall be coped to profile of jamb, set in mastic, anchored with expansion bolts. C. Properly tag, index and file keys. 3.3 ADJUSTMENT AND CHECKING A. Hardware supplier shall be available on a reasonable demand basis to assist installers in evaluation of function and installation questions as they arise. B. Operable devices shall be individually field checked and adjusted by hardware supplier or representative of the device manufacturer just prior to final acceptance of the building and at a second period approximately 6 months after complete building occupancy. C. At the time of final adjustment described above, all operating/ adjusting tools shall be delivered to the Owner's Representative along with written explanation of their use and function, accompanied by such demonstrations to the Owner's maintenance personnel as Owner's Representative deems necessary. 3.4 HARDWARE GROUPS SET 1 1-1/2 Butts HTFBB191 4-1/2 x 4-1/2 NRP US26D 1 D/Lock 427 US26D 1 Flush Pull 1060 (TRIMCO) US26D , 1 O.H. Stop GJ-560 US26D SET 2 1 ea Cylinder W-81141 US26D Balance of Hardware by Door Supplier. END OF SECTION 08710 THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER HLM 90007.00-4 BID GROUP TWO 08710-4 SECTION 08800 GLAZING PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Exterior glass and glazing including glazing materials, reglets, and gaskets. a. Provide accessory items for installation of above. 1.2 REFERENCES A. ANSI A58.1-1982 - Minimum Design Loads for Buildings and Other Structures. B. ASTM E330 - Structural Performance of Exterior Windows, Curtain Walls, and Doors by Uniform Static Air Pressure Difference. C. ANSI Z97.1 - Safety Performance Specifications and Methods of Test for Safety Glazing Used in Buildings. D. ASTM C1036 - Flat Glass. E. ASTM C1048 - Heat -Treated Flat Glass - Kind HS, Kind FT Coated and Uncoated Glass. F. ASTM E576 - Test Method for Dew/Frost Point of Sealed Insulating Glass Units in Vertical Position. G. ASTM E773 - Standard Test Method for Seal Durability of Sealed Insulating Glass Units. H. ASTM E774 - Sealed Insulating Glass Units. I. ASTM F-1233 - Security Glazing Materials and Systems J. FGMA - Glazing Manual K. FGMA - Sealant Manual L. FS-DD-G-451 d M. FS-DD-G-1403 N. SIGMA - Sealed Insulated Glass Manufacturers Association. 1.3 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION A. Provide glass and glazing that has been produced, fabricated and installed to withstand normal thermal movement, wind loadings, and impact loading (where applicable), without failure including loss or breakage of glass, failure of sealants or gaskets to remain watertight and airtight, deterioration of glass and glazing materials and other defects in the work. 1. Normal thermal movement is defined as that resulting from an ambient temperature range of 120°F and from a consequent temperature range within glass and glass framing members of 180°F. 2. Deterioration of insulating glass is defined as failure of hermetic seal due to other causes than breakage which results in intrusion of dirt or moisture, internal condensation or fogging, deterioration of protected internal glass coating, if any, resulting from seal failure, and any other visual evidence of seal failure or performance. THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER HLM 90007.00-3 BID GROUP TWO 08800-1 SECTION 08800 GLAZING 1.4 SUBMITTALS A. Provide fully dimensioned full size shop drawings defining size, shape and type of items utilized in glazing process. Provide one detail for each glazing condition. B. Samples: 1. One 12" x 12" piece of each type of glass. 2. Two 12" lengths of each type of gasket employed. 3. One bead, approximately 1/4" wide and 3" long of each sealant employed, indicating color of set or cured material. C. Product data: Submit manufacturers technical data for each glazing material and fabricated glass product required, including installation and maintenance instructions. 1. Submit the manufacturers printed cleaning recommendations for each type of glass indicated. Include manufacturers recommendations for cleaning and cleaning solutions to be used. D. Submit quality control records or other evidence from the glass manufacturer identifying measures taken to eliminate nickel sulfide inclusions from tempered glass. E. Submit producer/fabricator semi-monthly observation reports to Architect for record. F. Certifications: 1. Submit written certifications and test reports as to the quality, thickness, types and manufacturer of glass furnished. Submit certificate from respective manufacturers attesting that glass and glazing materials furnished for project comply with requirements. 2. Glazing manufacturer shall submit a letter of certification from sealant manufacturer stating that the sealant has been tested for adhesion and compatibility with adjacent surfaces on production samples of metal, glass, and other glazing components and that all sealant details and application procedures shown on the shop drawings are acceptable for use intended. a. Submit written certifications and test reports from the sealant supplier, attesting that sealant materials are compatible with the types of glass being used and the relevant substrates. This shall include, but not be limited to compatibility with the sealants in insulating -glass units and glass coatings which may contact the sealants. 3. Provide certification from glass producer/fabricator that glass producer/fabricator has reviewed all glazing details and thicknesses and finds same suitable for the purpose intended in accordance with his published literature and in accordance with these specifications. This shall include a written wind load and thermal stress analysis showing a probability of failure of no greater than eight lites per thousand at the design loads and local climatic thermal conditions. (Based on wind velocity of 120 mph and wind speeds used to predict wind induced pressures and suctions per ANSI A58.1-1982.) THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER HLM 90007.00-2 BID GROUP TWO 08800-2 SECTION 08800 GLAZING 4. Submit written certifications and test reports from the glass unit manufacturer: a. Attesting that glazing materials and methods to be employed are compatible with the glass units and will not affect the specified warranty requirements. b. Attesting that the application and use of the glass for the effects of thermal loading under the expected service temperature ranges has been reviewed, and that the specified maximum probabilities of breakage will not be exceeded. C. Attesting that the performance for the specified design wind load criteria, has been reviewed; furnish the design factor, statistical probability of breakage and the center deflection for the largest size of each thickness and type. d. Attesting that all insulating glass units furnished comply with the certification requirements of Class CBA of IGCC and are listed in the latest IGCC Certified Product Directory. 1.5 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS A. Glass and glazing materials of this Section shall provide continuity of building enclosure vapor and air barrier: 1. In conjunction with materials described in Section 07900, 08410 and 08902. 2. To utilize the inner pane of multiple pane sealed units for the continuity of the air and vapor seal. 3. Maintain continuous air and vapor barrier throughout glazed assembly from glass pane to heel bead of glazing sealant. B. Size glass to withstand dead loads and positive and negative live loads acting normal to plane of glass of 45 psf negative and,45 psf positive, as calculated in accordance with local ordinances to a design pressure based on wind velocity of 120 mph per ANSI A58.1-1982, as measured in accordance with ASTM E330. 1. Glass thickness shall be increased, heat strengthened or tempered as required to meet structural requirements and thermal stresses; preference shall be given to heat strengthened glass over tempered glass. C. Limit glass deflection to L/100, not to exceed 3/4", with full recovery of glazing materials. D. Glass shall not experience spontaneous breakage. 1.6 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Codes and Standards: 1. In addition to complying with applicable codes and regulations, comply with pertinent recommendations contained in "Glazing Manual" (1986 Edition) of the FLAT GLASS MARKETING ASSOCIATION. a. Glazing materials shall be certified to be in compliance with Category I or II of 16 CFR 1201 issued by Consumer Product Safety Commission dated January 6, 1977. b. Comply with ASTM C-1036-85 : "Standard Specification For Flat Glass" THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER HLM 90007.00-2 BID GROUP TWO 08800-3 SECTION 08800 GLAZING c. Comply with ASTM C-1048-85 : "Standard Specification for Heat Treated Flat Glass". Kind HS, Kind FT Coated and Uncoated Glass. d. NFPA 80 (1990): Standard for Fire Doors and Windows. e. Comply with ASTM E 1300-89; "Practice to Determine the Minimum Thickness of Annealed Glass Required to Resist a Specified Load." B. Insulating glass units shall be warranted for a minimum of five years against material obstruction of vision and shall be fabricated to meet or exceed requirements of IGCC Class CBA. 1. Comply with performance test procedures , ASTM E 773-83-"Standard Test Method for Seal Durability of Sealed Insulating Glass Units", and performance requirements ASTM E 774-84a "Standard Specification for Sealed Insulating Glass Units". C. For the purpose of glass selection, design wind pressures shall be assumed to have a one minute duration. a. Upon first application of design wind pressure, probability of breakage shall not exceed 8/1000 for vertical glass. b. Probability of breakage due to anticipated thermal stress in glass shall not exceed 8/1000 for vertical glass. 1.7 SUBMITTALS . A. Provide fully dimensioned full size shop drawings defining size, shape and type of items utilized in glazing process. Provide one detail for each glazing condition. B. Samples: _ 1. One 12" x 12" piece of each type of glass. 2. Two 12" lengths of each type of gasket employed. 3. One bead, approximately 1/4" wide and 3" long of each sealant employed, indicating color of set or cured material. C. Submit certificate from respective manufacturers attesting that glass and glazing materials furnished for project comply with requirements. D. Glazing manufacturer shall submit a letter. of certification from sealant manufacturer stating that the sealant has been tested for adhesion and compatibility with adjacent surfaces on production samples of metal, glass, and other glazing components and that all sealant details and application procedures shown on the shop drawings are acceptable for use intended. E. Product data: Submit manufacturers technical data for each glazing material and fabricated glass product required, including installation and maintenance instructions. 1. Submit glass manufacturer's detailed recommendations at insulated spandrel glazing locations. Indicate back-up material, (properties and color); air -space requirements; venting and weep requirements. 2. Submit the manufacturers printed cleaning recommendations for each type of glass indicated. Include manufacturers recommendations for cleaning and cleaning solutions to be used. THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER HLM 90007.00-2 BID GROUP TWO 08800-4 GLAZING 1.8 PRODUCT DELIVERY A. Protection: 1. Use means necessary to protect during, and after installation, materials of other trades. B. Breakage and Replacement: materials of this Section before, and to protect installed work and 1. Glass, plastic, and glazing members shall be in perfect condition prior to Owner acceptance. 2. Cracked, scratched and broken glass shall be replaced at no additional cost to the Owner. 1.9 WARRANTY A. General: Warranties shall be in addition to, and not a limitation of, other rights the Owner may have under the Contract Documents. B. Manufacturer's Special Project Warranty on Insulating Glass: Provide written warranty signed by manufacturer of insulating glass agreeing to furnish f.o.b. point of manufacture, freight allowed project site, within specified warranty period indicated below, replacements for those insulating glass units developing manufacturing defects. Manufacturing defects are defined as failure of hermetic seal of air space (beyond that due to glass breakage) as evidenced by intrusion of dirt or moisture, internal condensation or fogging, deterioration of protected internal glass coatings, if any, and other visual indications of seal failure or performance; provided the manufacturer's instructions for handling, installing, protecting and maintaining units have been complied with during with warranty period. 1. Warranty Period: Manufacturer's standard but not less than 10 years after date of substantial completion. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 MATERIALS A. General: 1. Glass shown but not identified shall be furnished in glass type and thickness equivalent to that required for similar openings. 2. Gray as required, shall be from same source and of same color value throughout project. 3. All glazing shall be of same color value throughout the work; as approved by the Architect. B. Glass: Minimum/Nominal Thickness 1. Glass Type ATG: 1/4" grey tempered float glass with a light transmittance not to exceed 45%: a. LOF 1/4" Grey Tuf-flex b. PPG 1/4" Solargray Herculite THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER HLM 90007.00-3 BID GROUP TWO 08800-5 SECTION 08800 GLAZING 2. Glass Type DIRT: 1" 1/2" airspace and transmittance shall a. PPG insulating glass of 1/4" clear tempered not exceed 45%. 1" Solarban 1/4" grey float glass, float glass. Light C. Glazing Materials: 1. Setting blocks, spacers and clips shall be provided as necessary to meet glass manufacturer's requirements, and recommendations of the FGMA Glazing Manual. Unless otherwise required by glass manufacturer, following qualifications will apply: a. Setting blocks: 70 to 90 durometer rubber, treated hardwood, or lead. b. Spacer blocks: 40 to 50 durometer neoprene 3" long. 2. Exterior glazing tape: black: a. PECORA Extru-Seal b. PROTECTIVE TREATMENT 606 Butyl Tape C. TREMCO Tremco 440 3. Heel Bead: one part acrylic: a. GRACE b. PECORA C. TREMCO 4. Wedge: a. TREMCO Duraseal A Unicrylic Mono B 8-50 sealant tape Vision Strip Black PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION A. Setting, General: 1. Glazing: in accordance with Flat Glass Marketing Association Glazing Manual, as amended by details and this Section. 2. Frame openings: square, plumb and true in plane. a. Frame conditions which would create glazing requirements contradiction to bid conditions shall be reported for correction. b. Installation of glass shall constitute acceptance of frame conditions along with subsequent responsibility for correc- tions as necessary. 3. Glass size and clearance shall be determined by this Section. No glass shall become load -bearing; glass shall not contact any material other than glazing materials within rabbet. 4. Centering blocks: used on all glass over 50 united inches in 5. size. Seal' sash corners and fabrication intersections with sealant to make sash watertight. 6. Set sheet glass with waves horizontal; translucent glass: set with pattern on inside. 7. Clean rabbets just prior to glazing to assure surfaces free of all material which would prohibit bond of glazing material. 8. Glaze only when ambient and surface temperatures are above 40°F. THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER HLM 90007.00-3 BID GROUP TWO 08800-6 SECTION 08800 GLAZING B. Glazing Application, Inside Bead, Single Glazed: 1. Apply exterior tape to rabbet face allowing slight lap over sight line and minimum of 1/2" bearing on rabbet. 2. Place setting blocks at 1/4 points, or as required by manufacturer Each block shall be individually set in bed of sealant. Set glass centered in the opening. 3. Lay heel bead into space between glass and sash. Sufficient sealant shall be applied so that stop, when applied, shall force sealant between glass and stop, sealing joint between sash; glass and stop. 4. Install interior wedge between stop and glass, embedding point wedge into heel bead. Top of wedge shall be smooth and even. Cut wedge slightly oversize in length so that it is installed under compression. 5. In lieu of wedge, spacer blocks may be used between glass and interior stop, and the clearance space filled with an acceptable glazing compound, finished with a slight slope up to the glass tooled smooth and even for best appearance. 3.2 CLEANING A. Remove excess compound and sealant immediately after glazing operation is completed; final cleaning of glass shall occur just prior to acceptance of building by Owner. Clean all glass to requirements of manufacturers printed instructions. B. Labels shall remain in place until time of final building cleanup; at that time remove labels, wash and polish all glass. Final cleaning shall be responsibility of Contractor. END OF SECTION 08800 THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER HLM 90007.00-2 BID GROUP TWO 08800-7 SECTION 08842 SECURITY GLAZING PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Security glass and glazing work. 2. Required applications of security glass and glazing include the following: a. Security glazing of exterior cell windows b. Security glazing at security windows. 1.2 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Security Glass: Comply with multiple impact and high energy impact test, UL Report No. BP-1154 and UL Standard No. 972. ASTM F-1233-89. B. Bullet Resistant Glass: Tested, listed and labeled by UL for the required rating. Comply with UL 752, seventh edition. (HPHG; 357 MAG.) C. Safety Glazing Materials Act, State of Florida. D. Safety Standard for Architectural Glazing Material; 42 FR 1428; 16 CFR 1201-1982. E. ASTM F-1233-89; Standard Test Method for Security Glazing Materials and Systems. F. Maintenance Serviceability Test, All Types: 1. Products will not exhibit an increase in haze of more than 15% .Criteria: The sample as received shall be abraded according to Test #17 of ANSI Z26.1, (Taber Abrader) for 100 cycles with a 500 gram load. 2. No special procedures shall be necessary for window cleaning. G. Experience Criteria: 1. Minimum 5 years experience manufacturing specified item., 2. Minimum 5 years successful installation on existing correctional facility. H. Attack Procedure and Time Sequence: NOTE: The ballistic test and forced entry must occur on separate samples. a. SG1 glass clad polycarbonate. 1) Ballistic Attack: Time 3 ea. random hits with minimum As required 12" spacing by a .38 special +P revolver with 4" barrel using 158 gr. lead bullet. Penetration constitutes failure. Barrel length and bullet weight are maximum values. Range 15-25 feet. THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER HLM 90007.00-3 BID GROUP TWO 08842-1 SECTION 08842 SECURITY GLAZING 2) Physical Attack: Attack sample with 2 lb. hammer. Attack with 2 lb. hammer and cold chisel. Attack with 10 lb. sledge hammer Attack sample with Right Guard can used as a torch; use safety precaution Remove source of flame and let material self -extinguish. Attack with 10 lb. sledge until penetration time of two minutes. 8 minutes 2 minutes 7 minutes 1 minute 5 minutes 2 minutes 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Manufacturer's Data, Glass: 1. Submit manufacturer's specifications and installation instructions for each type of glass required. .2. Include test data substantiating that glass complies with specified requirements. B. Manufacturer's Data, Glazing Materials 1. Submit manufacturer's specifications, and installation instructions for each type of glazing sealant and compound, gasket and associated miscellaneous material required. Include manufacturer's published data, or letter of certification, or certified test laboratory report indicating that each material complies with the requirements and is intended generally for the applications shown. 1. Submit manufacturer's specifications, and installation instructions for each type of glazing sealant and compound, gasket and associated miscellaneous material required. Include manufacturer's published data, or letter of certification, or certified test laboratory report indicating that each material complies with the requirements and is intended generally for the applications shown. C. Samples, Glass: 1. Submit two 12" square samples of each type of glass required. D. Samples, Glazing Materials: 1. Submit three 12" long samples of each color required (except black) for each type of glazing sealant or gasket exposed to view. 2. Install sample between two strips of material similar to or representative of channel surfaces where sealant or gasket will be used, held apart to represent typical joint widths. 1.4 JOB CONDITIONS A. Weather Conditions: Do not proceed with installation of liquid sealants under adverse weather conditions, or when temperatures are below or above manufacturer's recommended limitations for installation. THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER HLM 90007.00-3 BID GROUP TWO 08842-2 SECTION 08842 SECURITY GLAZING 1.5 WARRANTY A. Security Glass: 1. Provide Owner a five year warranty for materials and labor from date of Substantial Completion for all security glazing. 2. Warranty shall include delamination. 3. The warranty shall be by the manufacturer, co -signed by the Installer and General Contractor. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 SECURITY GLASS AND GLAZING A. Acceptable Manufacturers: The equipment and materials of this section shall be products of the following manufacturers, subject to compliance with specification requirements and provided each manufacturer meets all requirements of the Quality Assurance section of this specification. 1. GLOBE AMERADA GLASS CO., Elk Grove Village, IL. 2. VIRACON INC., Owatonna, MN 3. INSULGARD CORP., Hyattsville, Md. 4. FALCONER 5. TEMPGLASS SOUTHERN B. Sizes given are nominal. Any change or difference from sizes stated shall be coordinated for proper fit of glass stops. C. Glass Types: 1. Type SG-1: 9/16" ± thick glass clad polycarbonate unit consisting of: a. 1/8" clear chemically or heat strengthened glass. b. Interlayer .050 polyurethane C. 1/4" clear polycarbonate d. Interlayer .050 polyurethane e. 1/8" grey tinted chemically or heat strengthened glass. f. H.P. White, Level I, forced entry. 2.2 GLAZING SEALANT/COMPOUNDS A. Basic Requirements: 1. Provide black exposed glazing materials, unless another color is indicated or unless another color is selected by Architect from manufacturer's standard colors. 2. Provide hardness of materials as recommended by the manufacturer for the required application and condition of installation in each case. 3. Provide only compounds which are known (proven) to be fully compatible with surfaces contacted. 4. Provide sealants recommended by manufacturer: B. Silicone Rubber Glazing Sealant: 1. Silicone rubber, one part elastomeric sealant, complying with FS TTS001543, Class A. Provide acid type for porous channel surfaces, and provide non-acid type for porous channel surfaces (where any of the channel surfaces are porous). THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER HLM 90007.00-3 BID GROUP TWO 08842-3 SECTION 08842 SECURITY GLAZING C. Two Component Polysulfide Glazing Sealant: 1. Polysulfide two part elastomeric sealant, complying with FS TTS00227, Class- A Type 2 (non -sag); with container bearing Thiokol Chemical Corporation seal of approval; compounded by manufacturer specifically for glazing. D. Butyl Rubber Glazing Tape: 1. Partly vulcanized self-adhesive, non -staining, elastomeric butyl rubber tape, 98% solids intended for 35% compression, non - appreciable deterioration for 3000 hour test in Atlas Weatherometer. E. One Compartment Urethane Glazing Sealant: 1. Solvent based, one component polyurethane; compounded specifically for glazing; complying with FS TTS00230, Class A Type II. F. Acrylic Latex Glazing Compound: 1. Modified latex rubber and acrylic emulsion polymer, compounded specifically as a glazing sealant with permanent flexibility (non -hardening), non -staining and non -bleeding. G. Butyl Rubber Glazing Sealant: 1. Polymerized butyl rubber compound with inert filers and pigments, solvent based with 75% solids, non -sag, tack -free within 24 hours, paintable, non -staining. H. Preformed Butyl Rubber Glazing Sealant: 1. Tape or ribbon (coiled on release paper) of polymerized butyl, or mixture of butyl and polyisobutylene, compounded with inert fillers and pigments, solvent based with minimum of 95% solids, with thread or fabric reinforcement, tack -free within 24 hours, paintable, non -staining. 2. Provide combination tape and encased continuous rubber shim, of approximately 50 durometer hardness. I. Oil Based Face Glazing Compound: 1. FS TTG410 type and consistency recommended by manufacturer for application shown. 2.3 GLAZING GASKETS A. Provide glazing gaskets as recommended by manufacturer: B. Molded Neoprene Glazing Gaskets: 1. Molded or extruded neoprene gaskets of the profile and hardness required for watertight construction; comply with ASTM D 2000 designation 2BC 415 to 3BC 620, black. C. Polyvinyl Chloride Glazing Gaskets: 1. Extruded flexible PVC gaskets of the profile and hardness shown, or as required for watertight construction comply with ASTM D 2287. D. Vinyl Foam Glazing Tape: 1. Closed cell, flexible, self-adhesive, non -extruding, polyvinyl chloride foam tape; recommended by manufacturer for exterior, exposed, watertight, installation of glass, with only nominal pressure in the glazing channel, comply with ASTM D 1667. THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER HLM 90007.00-3 BID GROUP TWO 08842-4 SECTION 08842 SECURITY GLAZING 2.4 MISCELLANEOUS GLAZING MATERIALS A. Setting Blocks: Neoprene 7090 durometer hardness, with proven compatibility with sealants used and urethane/ polycarbonate laminates used. B. Spacers: Neoprene 4050 durometer hardness with proven compatibility with sealants used. C. Compressible Filler Rod: Closed cell or waterproof jacketed rod stock of synthetic rubber or plastic foam, prevent to be compatible with sealants used, flexible and resilient, with 510 psi compression strength for 25% deflection. D. Cleaners, Primers and Sealers: Type recommended by sealant or gasket manufacturer. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Examine the framing and glazing angle surfaces, backing, removable stop design, and the conditions under which the glazing is to be performed, and notify the Architect in writing of any conditions detrimental to the proper and timely completion of the work. Do not proceed with the glazing until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. 3.2 STANDARDS AND PERFORMANCE A. Watertight and airtight installation of each piece of glass is required, except as otherwise shown. Each installation must withstand normal temperature changes, wind loading, impact loading (for operating sash and doors) without failure of any kind including loss or breakage of glass, failure of sealants or gaskets to remain watertight and airtight, deterioration of glazing materials and other defects in the work. B. Protect glass from edge damage at all times during handling, installation and operations of the building. C. Glazing angle dimensions are intended to provide for necessary minimum bite on the glass, minimum edge clearance and adequate sealant thicknesses, with reasonable tolerances. Be responsible for correct size for each opening, within the tolerance and necessary dimensions established. D. Comply with combined recommendations of glass manufacturer and manufacturer of sealants and other materials used in glazing, except where more stringent requirements are specified, and except where manufacturer's technical representatives direct otherwise. E. Comply with "Glazing Manual" by Flat Glass Marketing Association except, and except as specifically recommended otherwise by the manufacturers of the glass and glazing materials. F. Inspect each piece of glass immediately before installation, and eliminate those which have observable edge damage or face imperfections. THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER HLM 90007.00-3 BID GROUP TWO 08842-5 SECTION 08842 SECURITY GLAZING G. Unify appearance of each series of lights by setting each piece to match others as nearly as possible. Inspect each piece and set with pattern, draw and bow oriented in the same direction as other pieces. H. Cut and install colored (tinted) glass as recommended in "Technical Services Report No. 104" by PPG INDUSTRIES. I. Install polysulfide sealants as recommended by the sealant manufacturer. 3.3 PREPARATION FOR GLAZING A. Clean the glazing angle, or other framing members to receive glass, immediately before glazing. Remove coatings which are not firmly bonded to the substrate. Remove lacquer from metal surfaces wherever elastomeric sealants are used. B. Apply primer or sealer to joint surfaces wherever recommended by sealant manufacturer. 3.4 GLAZING A. Comply with glass, window and frame manufacturer's recommendations. B. Install setting blocks of proper size at quarter points of sill rabbet. Set blocks in thin course of the heelbead compound, if any. C. Glazing shall be set with equal bearing for entire width. D. Provide spacers inside and out, and of proper size and spacing, for all glass sizes larger than 50 united inches, except where gaskets are used for glazing. Provide 1/8" minimum bite of spacers on glass and use thickness equal to sealant width, except with sealant tape use thickness slightly less than final compressed thickness of tape. E. Voids and Filler Rods: Prevent exudation of sealant or compound by forming voids or installing filler rods in the channel at the heel of jambs and head (do not leave voids in the sill channels) except as otherwise indicated, depending on light size, thickness and type of glass, and complying with manufacturer's recommendations. F. Do not attempt to cut, seam, nip or abrade glass which is tempered, heat strengthened of coated. G. Force sealants into channel to eliminate voids and to ensure complete "wetting" or bond of sealant to glass and channel surfaces. H. Tool exposed surfaces of glazing liquids and compounds to provide a substantial "wash" away from the glass. Install pressurized tapes and gaskets to protrude slightly out of the channel, so as to eliminate dirt and moisture pockets. I. Clean and trim excess glazing materials from the glass and stops or frames promptly after installation, and eliminate stains and discolorations. J. Where wedge shaped gaskets are driven into one side of the angle to pressurize the sealant or gasket on the opposite side, provide adequate anchorage to ensure that gasket will not "walk" out when subjected to dynamic movement. Anchor gasket to stop with matching ribs or by proven adhesive, including embedment of gasket tail in cured heel bead. K. Glaze units at the building site. THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER HLM 90007.00-3 BID GROUP TWO 08842-6 SECTION 08842 SECURITY GLAZING L. Gasket Glazing: Miter cut and bond ends together at corners where gaskets are used for channel glazing, so that gaskets will not pull away from corners and result in voids or leads in the glazing system. 3.5 CURE, PROTECTION AND CLEANING A. Cure glazing sealants and compounds in compliance with manufacturer's recommendations, to obtain high early bond strength, internal cohesive strength and surface durability. B. Protect exterior glass from breakage immediately upon installation, to attachment of crossed streamers to framing held away from glass. Do not apply markers of any type to surfaces of glass. C. Remove and replace glass which is broken, chipped, cracked, abraded or damaged in other ways during the construction period, including accidents and vandalism. D. Maintain glass in a clean condition during construction, so that it will not be damaged by corrosive action and will not contribute (by washoff) to the deterioration of glazing materials and other work. E. Wash and polish glass on both faces not more than four days prior to Owner's acceptance of the work in each area. Comply with glass manufacturer's recommendations for cleaning and polishing. ******************** END OF SECTION 08842 THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER HLM 90007.00-3 BID GROUP TWO 08842-7 ki��f (�1►I�I:�I�1r� ALUMINUM WINDOW WALLS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section includes: 1. Glazed Window Wall 2. Glazing materials, and gaskets. 3. Custom factory preformed, prefinished, aluminum frames, internal and external reinforcing, anchorage including anchorage to structural members, sills, stools, glazing materials, flashing and gaskets. a. Supports, accessories, and components for a complete glazed system. B. Related Sections: 1. Section 07900 - JOINT SEALERS 2. Section 08410 - ALUMINUM ENTRANCES 3. Section 08800 - GLAZING 1.2 REFERENCES A. AAMA - Metal Curtain Wall, Window, Store Front and Entrance - Guide Specifications Manual. B. AAMA - Aluminum Curtain Wall Design Guide Manual. C. AAMA - Curtain Wall Manual #10 - Care and Handling of Architectural Aluminum From Shop to Site. D. AAMA 502-90 - Voluntary Specification for Field Testing of Windows and Sliding Glass Doors. E. AAMA 607.1 - Specifications and Inspection Methods for Clear Anodic Finishes for Architectural Aluminum. F. AAMA T1R - Al - Sound Control for Aluminum Curtain Walls and Windows. G. AAMA 1503.1-88 - Voluntary Test Method for Thermal Transmittance and Condensation Resistance of Windows, Doors and Glazed Wall Sections. H. AAMA 1504-88 - Voluntary Standard for Thermal Performance of Windows, Doors and Glazed Wall Sections. I. ASTM A446 - Steel Sheet, Zinc -Coated (Galvanized) by the Hot -Dip Process, Structural (Physical) Quality. J. ASTM B209 - Aluminum and Aluminum -Alloy Sheet and Plate. K. ASTM B221 - Aluminum -Alloy Extruded Bar, Rod, Wire, Shape and Tube. L. ASTM E283 - Rate of Air Leakage Through Exterior Windows, Curtain Walls, and Doors. M. ASTM E330 - Structural Performance of Exterior Windows, Curtain Walls, and Doors by Uniform Static Air Pressure Difference. N. ASTM E331 - Test Method for Water Penetration of Exterior Windows, Curtain Walls, and Doors by Uniform Static Air Pressure Difference. 1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Codes and. Standards: 1. In addition to complying with all applicable codes and regula- tions, comply with recommendations contained in "Glazing Manual" of the Float Glass Marketing Association and "Aluminum Curtain Walls" published by Architectural Aluminum Manufacturer Association. THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER HLM 90007.00-2 BID GROUP TWO 08902-1 SECTION 08902 ALUMINUM WINDOW WALLS B. Qualifications of system Manufacturer/Fabricator: Manufacturer and fabricator companies specializing in aluminum window wall systems with a minimum of five years of documented experience, in manufacture and fabrication of systems similar in material, design, and similar in scope to that indicated for this project. 1. Installer Qualifications: Engage an experienced Installer who has successfully completed installation of glazed window wall systems similar in material, design, and extent to that indicated for the Project and who is acceptable to the glazed window wall manufacturer/fabricator. C. Design structural support framing components under direct supervision of a Professional Engineer experienced in design of this work and registered in the State of Florida. D. Drawings: Drawings are diagrammatic. The details shown are intended as a guide for the aesthetic and interfacing requirements of the glazed curtain wall to and with other work. The drawings are not to be construed as engineering design, or adequate to meet the engineering design requirements. E. Testing Laboratory Qualifications: Demonstrate to the Architect's satisfaction, based on evaluation of laboratory -submitted criteria conforming to ASTM E 699, that it has the experience and capability to conduct satisfactorily the testing indicated without delaying the progress of the Work. F. Mock Up and Test: Comply with "Mock-up and Test" paragraph requirements of Division 1 - QUALITY CONTROLS. Construct mock-up units of the glazed aluminum curtain wall system for testing at the Owner approved Laboratory's Test Facilities. Mock-ups shall be complete with all components, finishes, and details of construction identical with those proposed for use in the building. Do not take special precautions or use techniques that do not represent those to be used on the building. 1. Do not begin installation of mock-ups until Testing Laboratory proposed for use has been approved by Owner and Architect. 2. Mock-ups shall be of sufficient size and configuration to demonstrate adequately the system's performance capabilities. 3. Personnel assembling mock-ups at the laboratory shall be the personnel that will perform this work at the project site. 4. Include mullions, panels and glazings where applicable. Provide corners, splice joints, sealants, anchors, and other components necessary. G. Schedule testing with sufficient time for analysis of results and to prevent delay in the progress of the Work. 1. Coordinate testing requirements with testing of other materials referenced in other Sections of this Project Manual. 2. Test the glazed aluminum window wall system for.compliance with requirements specified for performance and test methods. Conduct tests with assemblies representative of actual materials. Conduct tests with assemblies representative of actual materials and construction proposed for incorporation in the Work. THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER HLM 90007.00-2 BID GROUP TWO 08902-2 SECTION 08902 ALUMINUM WINDOW WALLS H. Field -Constructed Mock -Up: Before installing the window wall system, erect a full-size sample window wall panel mock-up, including mullions, panels, vision glass, to include each type of glass, tempered glass as directed by Architect, and other elements of the system, to verify selections made under sample submittals and to represent the completed system for aesthetic effects and qualities of materials and installation. Build the mock-up to comply with the following requirements, using materials indicated for the final installation. 1. Construct the mock-up on site in the location and sizes as directed by the Architect. 2. Demonstrate the proposed range of aesthetic effects and workmanship. 3. Obtain the Architect's acceptance of the mock-up before starting final erection of the glazed aluminum window wall system. 4. Maintain the mock-up in undisturbed condition during construction as a standard for judging completed window wall installation. 5. If acceptable to the Architect, accepted mock-ups on the building in undisturbed condition at time of Substantial Completion may be incorporated into the Work. J. Windows shall meet or exceed air and water infiltration and deflection test requirements as defined by AAMA 101-85 for the type, grade and performance class of window units required. K. Mock-Up/Proto-Type 1. Install one unit.in designated area under direct supervision of manufacturer. 2. Installation approved by Architect to constitute a standard of quality for subsequent installation. 1.4 SUBMITTALS A. Submit fully dimensioned full size shop drawings defining size, shape, and type of aluminum members, glazing, blocking, sealants, tapes, gaskets and all associated items utilized in the installation of window wall and relation of assemblies to adjacent building components. B. Provide samples of corner construction for both frame and operating sash for each operation type, approximately 12" long on each leg. C. Provide representative finish samples of production items indicating full range of color tolerance that will be applicable to this project. Samples shall be large enough to allow good comparison. D. Provide written certification that all materials, products, fastening devices, and anchorage are designed to comply with all applicable code requirements, to include applicable loads on anchors and fastening devices. E. Provide certified test results of tests performed by a qualified independent testing agency, acceptable to Owner and Architect, certifying compliance with Performance requirements indicated based on comprehensive testing of the system by the laboratory within the last 3 years current production of the system by the manufacturer. THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER HLM 90007.00-2 BID GROUP TWO 08902-3 SECTION 08902 ALUMINUM WINDOW WALLS 1.5 PRODUCT DELIVERY A. Protection: 1. Use means necessary to protect materials of this section before, during, and after installation and to protect installed work and materials of other trades. 2. Store units standing on edge, supported on wood strips to prevent damage to any part. Prevent contact with dirt or mortar. Damaged parts shall not be installed. B. Replacements: 1. In event of damage, immediately make repairs and replacements necessary at no cost to Owner. 1.6 TESTS A. Depending upon the prevalence or absence of leakage in the initial water penetration tests, and upon the measures adopted by the Contractor to eliminate the source of leakage (if any) from subsequently erected work, the Architect will determine the necessity of (and scope of) additional tests. All retests required by the Architect due to repeated failures in "initial water tests" shall be performed by the Contractor at no additional cost to the Owner. Corrective work required shall be the responsibility of the Contractor, along with the cost of retesting, the costs incurred by the Architect, owner and their Consultants. Remedial measures must maintain standards of quality and are subject to Architect's approval. B. Test Units: 1. Perform all tests unless noted otherwise, on full size mock-up utilizing largest typical glass lite in accordance with this specification. C. Test Procedures 1. Air Infiltration Test: Air infiltration at 6.24 psf pressure differential shall not exceed 0.06 cfm/square foot of fixed areas and 0.10 cfm per foot of crack length for ventilators when tested in accordance with ASTM E 283. 2. Water Resistance Test: No uncontrolled water leakage at 15.00 psf pressure differential with water rate of 5 gallons per hour per square foot when tested in accordance with ASTM E 331. 3. Uniform Load Deflection Test: No glass breakage, permanent damage or deflection of any unsupported span (framing rails, muntins, and mullions) in excess of L/175 at both a positive and a negative load of 45 psf (design wind pressure at 120 mph) when treated in accord with ASTM E330. 4. Uniform Load Structural Test: Unit shall be tested at 1.5 x design wind pressure both positive and negative, acting normal to plane of wall in accord with ASTM E 330. No glass breakage, permanent damage or permanent deformation of any main frame in excess of 0.2% of its span. 5. Condensation Resistance Factor Test (CRF): Perform test in exact accord with AAMA 1503.1-88 procedure. Test unit 6'-3" x 7'-9" containing one intermediate vertical and one intermediate horizontal glazed with four equal size lites of 1" insulated THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER HLM 90007.00-2 BID GROUP TWO 08902-4 SECTION 08902 ALUMINUM WINDOW WALLS glass (two 1/4" lites with 1/2" air space). Condensation resistance factor (CRF) shall be minimum 55 (glass CRF), 73 (frame CRF). Data from calculations, test results on units of different sizes or glass arrangement are not acceptable. 6. Thermal Test ("U" value): Perform test in accordance with AAMA 1503.1 procedure. Thermal transmittance ("U") maximum 0.65 BTU/hr/sf/°F. 7. The system shall perform to these criteria under a windload of (120 mph); 45 psf (Performance Class 45) 1.7 PRE -INSTALLATION CONFERENCE A. Prior to commencement of window wall installation, conduct a pre - installation conference at the Project site with the window wall/ system manufacturer, installer, and other interested parties to review procedures, schedules, and coordination of the window wall/curtain wall Work with other elements of the work, to include adjacent materials. 1.8 WARRANTY A. Provide manufacturers/fabricator's 10 year warranty on materials and workmanship. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURERS A. Acceptable manufacturers: 1. WAUSAU METALS CORP. Basis of Design (6250 Superwall 2-1/2" Face) 2. KAWNEER COMPANY 3. Architect approved equivalent. 2.2 MATERIALS A. Extruded Aluminum System 1 Extrusions: 6063-T5 alloy and temper. Sections: formed true to detail, and free from defects impairing appearance, strength or durability. 2. Fasteners, where exposed: aluminum or stainless steel. Unexposed fasteners may be cadmium or zinc plated steel in accordance with ASTM A165 and A-164. Anchors: aluminum or steel providing steel is properly insulated from aluminum. 3. Major Framing: Factory prepared for job -site assembly and sealed according to manufacturer's recommended procedures. 4. Mullions and Horizontal Rails: Extruded shapes with sharp well- defined corners and flush sight lines. Sections: designed to accept double insulating glass. 5. Mullion configurations shall allow for pockets at inside glazing face to receive fixed resilient elastomeric glazing spine. Mullions and horizontal rails shall have flexible thermal break material located on exterior side of glass plane. THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER HLM 90007.00-2 BID GROUP TWO 08902-5 SECTION 08902 ALUMINUM WINDOW WALLS 6. Exterior Glazing Seal: Synthetic polymeric tape secured extruded aluminum pressure plates fastened to main grid members. Provision shall be made at all sealed horizontals to lead moisture accumulation to exterior. A cover shall be snapped over pressure plate to show only a sharp, uninterrupted exterior profile. 7. Glass and Glazing for Window Walls: Refer to Section 08800 - GLAZING. 8. Sealants and Joint Fillers: Refer to Section 07900 for joints at interface of window wall construction with other work. 9. Brackets and Reinforcements: Manufacturer's standard high - strength aluminum units where feasible; otherwise nonmagnetic stainless steel, except at fabricator's option, brackets not exposed to weather or abrasion shall be hot -dip galvanized steel complying with ASTM A386. Provide nonstaining, non-ferrous shims for installation and alignment of window wall work. 2.3 FINISHES A. Surfaces exposed to exterior and interior view shall be coated with factory applied, oven baked finish based on KYNAR 500 (polyvinylidene fluoride - PVF2) as supplied by PPG or equivalent; applied to properly cleaned and pretreated aluminum meeting the requirements of ASTM D- 1730-67, Type B, method 5 or 7. The coating shall be a three coat system equivalent to PPG "Duranar XL" applied to a minimum thickness of 1.6 mils. Comply with AAMA 605.2 (1980) Specification for High Performance Organic on Architectural Extrusions and Panels". B. Custom color and finish as selected by Architect. C. Finished surfaces shall be free from mechanical imperfections such as scratches, scrapes, and dents. Finished surfaces shall be free from finish imperfections: (spots, stains, and streaks.) PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 PREPARATION A. Furnish inserts at proper times for setting in concrete formwork, masonry, and similar work indicated to support window wall work. 3.2 INSTALLATION/ERECTION A. Comply with manufacturer's instructions and approved shop drawings for protection, handling and installation of factory -fabricated window wall components, with particular attention and care in preservation of applied finishes. Discard or remove and replace damaged members. B. Erection Tolerances: Install window wall components plumb, level, accurately aligned and accurately located in reference to column lines and floor levels; adjust work to conform with the following tolerances (maximum variations): 1. Plumb: 1/8" in 10'; 1/4" in 40'. 2. Level: 1/8" in 20'; 1/4" in 40'. THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER HLM 90007.00-2 BID GROUP TWO 08902-6 SECTION 08902 ALUMINUM WINDOW WALLS 3. Alignment: Limit offset of member alignment to 1/16" where surfaces are flush or less than 1/2" out of flush, and separated by less than 2" (by reveal or protruding work); otherwise limit offsets to 1/8". Frame offset at corner of glazing pocket shall not exceed 0.031 inch. 4. Location: 3/8" maximum deviation from measured theoretical location (any member, any location). C. Anchor components securely in place in manner indicated, shimming and allowing for required movements, and provide separators and isolators to prevent corrosion and electrolytical deterioration, and to prevent corrosion and electrolytical deterioration, and to prevent "freeze up" of moving joints. D. Glazing: Specified in Section 08800 - GLAZING. 3.3 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Field check for water leakage shall conform to AAMA 501.1-83. Operating doors and windows shall be tested in the same manner as fixed wall areas. A pressure gauge is not mandatory. Taping of exterior joints is not required. There shall be no water leakage. Provide scaffold, hose, water supply, and manpower to perform at least two successful tests, plus any unsuccessful tests. Remedial measures shall maintain standards of quality and durability and are subject to approval by Architect. 3.4 CLEANING A. Clean completed system, inside and out, promptly after erection and installation of glass and sealants (allow for nominal cure of liquid sealants). Window wall installer shall advise Contractor of, proper and adequate protection and cleaning procedures during remainder of construction period, so that system will be without damage and deterioration at time of acceptance. B. At time of substantial completion, clean window wall system thoroughly and polish glass. Demonstrate proper cleaning methods and materials to Owner's maintenance personnel. END OF SECTION 08902 THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER HLM 90007.00-2 BID GROUP TWO 08902-7 Division 9 H UNA Fin' Division 41 SECTION 09200 LATH AND PLASTER PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Three -coat cement plaster over metal lath on metal furring. 2. Metal lath and metal lath support systems, including accessories for plastering. B. Related Sections 1. Section 04200 - UNIT MASONRY. 2. Section 07210 - BUILDING INSULATION. 1.2 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. For actual installation of plaster, use only skilled journeyman plasterers who are completely familiar with referenced standards and with requirements of this work. B. Codes and Standards: 1. Comply with recommendations of "Gypsum Construction Handbook", 1987 Edition, as published by U.S. Gypsum Co. unless noted otherwise by this Section. 2. Comply with ASTM C-926 "Specification for Application of Portland Cement -based Plaster" and ASTM C 1063 "Specification for Installation of Lathing and Furring for Portland Cement -Based Plaster". 3. Comply with Metal Lath/Steel Framing Association "Specifications For Metal Lathing And Furring" and "Technical Bulletin 101" for selection of metal lath for each application. C. Fire -Resistance Ratings: Where plaster systems with fire -resistance ratings are indicated, provide materials and installations which are identical with those of applicable assemblies tested per ASTM E 119 by fire testing laboratories acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction. D. Coordination of Work: Coordinate layout and installation of suspension system components for suspended ceilings with other work supported by, or penetrating through, ceiling. 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Submit to Architect, before delivery of materials of this Section, a complete list of. all materials proposed to be furnished and installed under this portion of work, stating manufacturer's name, and all components required. B. Accompanying materials list, submit two copies of manufacturer's current recommended method of installation for each item. These recommendations, after review by Architect, shall be basis for acceptance or rejection of actual installation methods used in this work. 1.4 PRODUCT DELIVERY A. Delivery : 1. Materials shall be delivered in original packages bearing name of manufacturer, brand, weights and gages. THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER HLM 90007.00-3 BID GROUP TWO 09200-1 SECTION 09200 LATH AND PLASTER 2. Materials which are rusted, stained or otherwise damaged during delivery or storage shall be removed from site and replaced with acceptable material. 3. Materials shall be kept off ground, under cover and away from sweating walls and damp surfaces. B. Protection: 1. Use all means necessary to protect materials of this section, before, during and after installation and to protect installed work and materials of other trades. C. Replacements: 1. In event of damage, make repairs and replacements necessary, reviewed by Architect and at no cost to Owner. 1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Mock -Up: Provide field mock-up over Unit Masonry - Section 04200. 1.6 PROJECT CONDITIONS: A. Environmental Requirements, General: Comply with requirements of referenced plaster application standards and recommendations of plaster manufacturer for environmental conditions before, during, and after application of plaster. B. Ventilation: Ventilate building spaces as required to remove water in excess of that required for hydration of plaster. Begin ventilation immediately after plaster is applied and continue until it sets. C. Protect contiguous work from soiling, spattering, moisture deterioration and other harmful effects which might result from plastering. , PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 MATERIALS A. General: 1. Materials required to produce a given system shall be by one manufacturer. Materials selected for a given system shall be retained for that system throughout project. 2. Use of materials identified below is subject to limitations of application and proportioning established elsewhere in this Section. B. Plastering Materials: 1. Provide either neat or ready -mixed (where available) materials, at Installer's option, complying with ASTM C 926. 2. Cement: Portland cement, ASTM C 150, Type I or IA. 3. Lime: Special finishing or special masonry hydrated lime, ASTM C 206 or C 207. 4. Aggregate: Sand, ASTM C 897. 5. Prepared Finish -Coat: Factory -prepared finish for portland cement plaster, type recommended by the manufacturer for the color and texture indicated. THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER HLM 90007.00-2 BID GROUP TWO 09200-2 SECTION 09200 LATH AND PLASTER a. Texture: Sand -Float finish (exterior) to match precast concrete panels. C. Bonding Materials: 1. Bonding Agent: Vinyl polymerization type, complying with MIL-B-19235 and ASTM C 932. 2. Bonding Additive: Acrylic -based emulsion for bonding exterior and interior portland cement plaster base -coat to solid surfaces. a. Product manufacturer: 1) Quick -Cure Ad-Liquid/FINESTONE CORP. 2) Marvoc/LARSEN PRODUCTS CORP. 3) Acryl 60/Std. DRYWALL PRODUCTS 3. Acid Etch Solution: Muriatic acid, mixed one part acid to 6 to 10 parts water. D. Metal Lathing Materials and Accessories: I. Comply with lath manufacturer's recommendations. 2. Rib Lath, 3/8": 3.4 lbs. per sq. yd., 3/8" rib depth (high rib)-. 3. Self -furring Diamond Metal Lath: 2.5 lbs. per sq. yd. 4. Asphalt -Saturated Felt: ASTM D226, 15 lb. type, non -perforated. 5. Plastering Accessories: a. Provide the type, weight, grade and finish of materials and include for each system the clips, fasteners, ties, rein- forcing, stiffeners, shoes, tracks, hangers, corner beads, casing beads, base screeds, expansion/control joints, brackets, anchors, accessories and trim as recommended by the manufacturer for the application indicated, unless specified otherwise. 6. Metal and Finishes: Provide manufacturer's standard galvanized finish on steel products. 7. Include corner beads, casing beads, joints, caps, screeds, moldings and similar units as indicated. 8. Expansion: USG expansion joint sized for plaster thickness. 9. Control Joint: .0501 minimum thick 6063-T5 aluminum with zinc coating; Fry Reglet No. PCS-75-75 (2 pc.) and PCS-75-150 (2 pc). See Section 09830 - ELASTOMERIC COATING. 10. Reinforcement for control joints, expansion joints and at terminations of metal flashing: 4" galvanized "hardware cloth" or 4" galvanized strip lath. 11. Reveal Joint: a. Channel screed type, .055 minimum thick 6063-T5 aluminum with zinc coating; FRY REGLET No. PCS-75-75 and PCS-75-150, PRZ-75-75. See Section 09900 - PAINTING. b. Custom Reveal Joint: Channel screed type, .055 minimum thick 6063-T5 aluminum with zinc coating; Fry Reglet. See Section 09830 - ELASTOMERIC COATING. E. Metal Support Materials: 1. Z-Furring Members: Manufacturer's standard screw -type galvanized steel zee -shaped furring members; ASTM A525, G60, 0.0179" min. thickness of base metal, of depth indicated; designed for mechanical attachment of rigid insulation boards or blankets to monolithic and masonry walls. THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER HLM 90007.00-2 BID GROUP TWO 09200-3 SECTION 09200 LATH AND PLASTER 2. Fasteners for Furring Members: Type and size recommended by furring manufacturer for the substrate and application indicated. 2.2 PLASTER MIXES A. General: Comply with ASTM C 926 for portland cement plaster base and finish coat mixes as applicable to plaster bases, and materials. B. Acceptable Mix Proporations: Plaster applied to metal lath: Portland Cement Lime Sand Scratch 1 3/4 to 1-1/2 2-1/2 to 4 Brown 1 3/4 to 1-1/2 3 to 5 Finish 1 1-1/2 to 2 3 Plaster applied to concrete and masonry: Brown 1 3/4 to 1-1/2 2 to 3 Finish 1 1-1/2 to 2 3 Proportions: Parts by Volume. Volume of sand per sum of cementitious material. C. Mixing: 1. Basic Requirements: a. Proportion and measure material for each plaster batch accurately, using measuring devices of known volume as approved by the Architect. Do not measure by number of shovels. b. Size batches for complete use within a maximum of one hour and to set within a maximum of four hours. C. Do not retemper or use partially set plaster. d. Do not use caked or lumpy material and remove such material from job site immediately. e. Mix factory -prepared plaster in accordance with manufac- turer's written instructions for type of surface to which applied. f. Use moist, loose sand in mix proportions. 'g. Withhold -10% of mixing water until mixing is almost complete, then add as needed to produce necessary consistency. 2. Mechanical Mixing: a. Mix each batch separately. b. Clean mixer of set or hardened materials before loading materials for new batch. THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER HLM 90007.00-2 BID GROUP TWO 09200-4 SECTION 09200 LATH AND PLASTER c. Maintain mixer in continuous operation while adding and mixing materials. d. Conform to mixing sequence, cycle of operation and time recommended by manufacturer of plaster material. 3. Hand Mixing: a. Do not hand mix unless authorized by Architect. b. Provide waterproof protection under mixing boxes and water barrels when mixing in the building. C. Use only sufficient water to render plaster workable. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Examine surfaces which are to receive plaster, grounds and other accessories which act as ground or screeds. Notify the Architect, in writing, of conditions detrimental to the proper and timely completion of the work. Do not proceed with the plaster work until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. 3.2 INSTALLATION OF METAL LATH A. Basic Requirements: 1. Comply with manufacturer's installation instructions and recommendations where other more stringent requirements are not indicated. 2. Comply with Metal Lath/Steel Framing Association "Specifications for Metal Lathing and Furring", and ASTM C1063 "Installation of Lathing and Furring for Portland Cement -Based Plaster". B. Isolation: 1. Frame both sides of control and expansion joints independently, and do not bridge joints with furring and lathing or accessories. C. Splicing Members: 1. Splice plastering accessories by use of concealed splines, anchored to prevent offsets. D. Installation of Plastering Accessories: 1. Anchor each flange of accessories 8" o.c. to plaster base. 2. Miter or cope accessory corners, and install with tight joints accurately aligned. 3. Set accessories plumb, level and true to line, with a tolerance of 1/8" in 10'-0". Shim as required. 4. Install metal corner beads at external corners. 5. Install casing beads at terminations of plaster work, except where plaster is indicated to pass through other work and be concealed by lapping work, and except where special screeds, bases or frames act as casing beads including metal door frames. a. For exterior work, set casing beads 1/4" from abuting frames and other work (for application of sealant). b. Where plaster abuts concrete, set casing bead 1/4" from concrete. THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER HLM 90007.00-2 BID GROUP TWO 09200-5 SECTION 09200 LATH AND PLASTER 6. Install prefabricated control joints of one-piece design where shown as "control joint". 7. Install prefabricated expansion joints of two-piece design where shown as "expansion joint"; 3/8" for exterior. 8. Coordinate expansion/control joint requirements with masonry unit substrate - Section 04200 - UNIT MASONRY. 3.3 PREPARATIONS FOR PLASTERING A. Clean plaster bases and substrates to be plastered, removing loose materials, coatings and other substances which might impair the work. B. Etch concrete and masonry surfaces indicated for direct plastering. Wet surface, scrub with acid etch solution, and rinse thoroughly; repair necessary for adequate plaster bond. C. Install metal reinforcement for exterior portland cement plaster, except where plaster is indicated for direct bonding to the substrate without reinforcement. Comply with ASTM C 1063, and with manufacturer's instructions for stretching and nailing. D. Install corner reinforcement at external corners of exterior portland cement plaster work. E. Install diagonal strips of self -furring metal lath at corners of openings in plaster, where base is not metal lath or reinforcement and control or expansion joints do not extend to corners. F. Install temporary grounds and screeds as required to control plaster thickness and comply with tolerances. Install strip lath at all terminations over metal flashings and at locations of control joints and expansion joints. G. Install plastering accessories, anchored to substrates 8" o.c. along each flange. Miter corners and spline joints to form tight accurate joints without offsets. a. Install casing beads where shown and at openings and exposed terminations of plaster work. 1. Leave 1/4" sealant pocket at exterior casing beads. b. Install control joints. (Comply with ASTM C926, C1063, ANSI A 42.3, and UNITED STATES GYPSUM CO. "Gypsum Construction Handbook",and as indicated for location and maximum spacing of control joint locations.) C. Install expansion joints. H. Surface Conditioning: Immediately before application of plaster which is to be bonded to concrete or masonry, except where bonding agent is to be used, dampen the surfaces sufficiently to obtain optimum plaster suction. 3.4 INSTALLATION OF PLASTER A. Basic Requirements: 1. Comply with ASTM C-926, and with manufacturer's instructions; whichever are more detailed or more stringent. 2. Sequence plaster installation properly with the installation and protection of other work, so that neither will be damaged by the installation of the other. THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER HLM 90007.00-2 BID GROUP TWO 09200-6 SECTION 09200 LATH AND PLASTER 3. Apply thicknesses and number of coats of plaster as indicated, comply with ANSI standards if not otherwise indicated or required for fire -resistance ratings. 4. Apply plaster to an entire panel with interruptions occurring only at junctions of plaster planes or at openings or expansion. a. Where the distance between such natural interruptions exceed 20' in either direction, plaster application may be interrupted when the practical application limit is exceeded. Locate such interruptions not less than 6" away from interruptions in preceding coat and cut exposed edges square and straight. 5. Where plaster abuts items of metal or wood which act as plaster ground, and plaster is not terminated by a casing bead, tool edge of plaster to produce a small uniform "V" joint. Tool joint through second (brown coat) and finish coat. 6. Place mixed plaster within a minimum of 2-1/2 hours after mixing, except during hot, dry weather, reduce maximum placing time as required to prevent premature stiffening of plaster. Do not retemper stiffened plaster with additional water. B. Base Coat Installation: 1. Apply 3-coat plaster over all metal lath, consisting of first (scratch) basecoat, second (brown) base coat and finish coats as further specified. 2. Exterior Horizontal Applications: Apply first and second base coats 3/8" thick for a total thickness of 3/4" except as otherwise indicated. 3. Measure thickness of plaster from back plane of metal reinforce- ment, except if metal reinforcement is applied over solid base, measure from face of base. 4. Apply first base coat with sufficient material and pressure to form full keys through metal reinforcing and to embed reinforcing. After first coat is firm, scratch (score) in one direction only, to provide mechanical bond for second coat. On vertical surfaces, scratch in horizontal direction. 5. Apply second base coat with sufficient material and pressure to ensure tight contact with first base coat. Bring surface to a true, even plane by rodding, and float to a uniformly rough surface. Fill defects and scratches with plaster. C. Finish Coat Installation: 1. Apply finish plaster to 1/8" nominal thickness including fine and moderate texture variations. Apply in the number of coats and of the consistency required to achieve desired texture. 3.5 MOISTURE RETENTION, CURING A. Cure portland cement plaster by maintaining each coat in a moist condition for two days following application; keep enclosed and fog -spray (after initial set) as required to prevent dry -out. B. Plaster which is cracked or crazed will not be accepted. Remove and replace at no additional cost to Owner. THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER HLM 90007.00-2 BID GROUP TWO 09200-7 SECTION 09200 LATH AND PLASTER 3.6 CUTTING AND PATCHING A. Cut, patch, point -up and repair plaster as necessary to accommodate other work and to eliminate cracks, dents and imperfections. Repair or replace work to eliminate blisters, buckles, excessive crazing and check cracking, dry -outs, efflorescence, sweat -outs and similar defects, including areas of the work which do not comply with specified tolerances, and where bond to the substrate has failed. Crazed and/or cracked plaster will not be accepted. 3.7 CLEANING AND PROTECTION A. Remove temporary protection and enclosure of other work. Promptly remove plaster from door frames, window and other surfaces which are not to be plastered. Repair floors, walls and other surfaces which have been stained, marred or otherwise damaged during the plastering work. When plastering work is completed, remove unused materials, containers and equipment and clean floors of plaster debris. B. Protect plaster from deterioration and damage during the remainder of the construction period. END OF SECTION 09200 THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER HLM 90007.00-2 BID GROUP TWO 09200-8 SECTION 09830 ELASTOMERIC COATING PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Elastomeric coatings over exterior surfaces. a. Clean and seal cracks in the wall surface. b. Apply elastomeric waterproof coating to exterior cement plaster, masonry, precast concrete and concrete surfaces. 1.2 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Submit manufacturer's certification indicating elastomeric coating conforms to or exceeds requirements of this section. B. Applicator: Acceptable to manufacturer. Minimum of 3 years of successful application of elastomeric coatings of types required on substrates similar to those of this project. C. Control joint sealant shall be compatible with and as recommended by elastomeric coating manufacturer. D. Primer -sealers shall be acceptable to the coating manufacturer. 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data 1. Include detailed chemical analysis and test results of material applied to surfaces similar to requirements of this Section. 2. Submit manufacturer's instructions for methods and application procedures. 3. Certification of compliance with Quality Assurance portion of this Section. 4. Submit written certification from the elastomeric coating manufacturer that sealant selected is acceptable to the manufacturer. 1.4 QUALITY. ASSURANCE A. Mock -Up: Refer'to Section 04200 - UNIT MASONRY for field mock-up. 1.5 WARRANTY A. Applicator shall warranty the areas treated to be watertight for a period of 5 years. Comply with elastomeric manufacturers inspection and warranty procedures. Warranty shall include total square feet of surface area treated plus total gallons applied. Within 30 days of written notification of deficiencies, remedy and repair defects at no cost to the Owner. Owner shall allow manufacturers access to inspect defects. B. Comply with elastomeric coating manufacturer requirements for warranty provisions. Give notice to manufacturer technical representatives to review substrates and installation procedures. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 MATERIALS THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER HLM 90007.00-2 BID GROUP TWO 09830-1 SECTION 09830 ELASTOMERIC COATING A. Acceptable Products: 1. VIP 7000 Ter -Polymer Coating with primer. 2. SONNEBORN "Hydrocide Colorflex" with primer. 3. PITTSBURGH PAINTS "Pitt -Flex" exterior elastomeric masonry coating with primer. B. Acceptable sealants (must be compatible with and as approved by elastomeric coating manufacturer). 1. VIP #5300, 5710 or 5712 regular grade; VIP #5100 buttering grade. 2. PECORA CORP. "Dynatrol II" polyurethane; PECORA CORP. "Dynatrol I" 3. MAMECO Vulkem 116, one -part polyurethane. 4. Architect approved equivalent. C. Acceptable bonding agent: (As approved by the elastomeric coating manufacturer.) 1. THORO SYSTEMS PRODUCTS "Thorobond". 2. Architect approved equivalent. D. Color: As selected by the Architect; refer to color code on building elevations. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 PREPARATION A. Comply with manufacturer surface preparation instructions. Verify surfaces to receive elastomeric coatings are clean, free of efflorescence, oil, mildew, grease or other foreign matter detrimental to application. Sterilize surfaces as recommended by coating manufacturer. B. Remove loose particles and foreign matter. Remove grease or oil with a solvent, effective alkaline cleaner, or detergent as instructed by coating manufacturer. Use high pressure water when specifically recommended by the manufacturer. Scrub surfaces with water. C. Clean cracks and surrounding areas to remove impurities. D. Allow surfaces to dry prior to application. 3.2 APPLICATION A. Application of waterproofing system: 1. New surfaces shall be primed per manufacturer instructions. 2. Fill cracks with sealant as recommended by coating manufacturer. B. Apply bonding agent to control joints/expansion joints. This section shall be responsible for pre -test of adjacent surfaces, bonding agent and control joint material bond adequacy. C. Cracks shall be cleaned and sealed with sealant applied in strict accordance with manufacturer's instructions. D. Application to substrate shall be in strict accordance with manu- facturer printed instructions. E. Provide appropriate precautions or limitations associated with application during extreme cold weather or high humidity conditions per manufacturer instructions. THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER HLM 90007.00-2 BID GROUP TWO 09830-2 SECTION 09830 ELASTOMERIC COATING F. Protect adjoining work, including sealant bond surfaces, from spillage or blow -over of elastomeric coatings. Cover adjoining and near sub- surfaces of aluminum and glass where there is possibility of coatings being deposited on surfaces. Clean elastomeric coatings from adjoining surfaces immediately after spillage. Comply with manufacturer's instructions. END OF SECTION 09830 THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER HLM 90007.00-2 BID GROUP TWO 09830-3 SECTION 09900 PAINTING PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: I. Interior materials, including but not a. Metal doors and frames b. Railings C. Ladders d. Metal stairs 2. Exterior materials, including but not a. Rooftop mechanical equipment b. Rooftop access doors limited to the following: limited to the following: c. Exposed exterior mechanical equipment d. Exterior metal stairs e. Exterior steel pipe railing f. Exterior galvanized steel lintels g. Exposed exterior structural steel for mechanical equipment support. h. Exterior metal connections 1.2 SUBMITTALS A. Materials List: I. Before delivery to site, submit a complete list of materials proposed to be furnished and installed under this portion of work. B. Samples: I. Prepare and deliver to Architect, 16" x 16" samples of each paint color selected by Architect. C. Paint Formulations: I. Submit actual paint formulations for each paint manufacturer, type and paint color for the Owner's future use in obtaining paint color matches. 2. Submit formulations after paints have been installed and prior to final payment. 1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Field Quality Control: I. Request review of item of each color scheme required by Architect for color, texture and workmanship. 2. Notify Architect prior to starting space for review so he may be present for observation. 3. A reviewed set of samples and brochures will be returned to the Contractor and shall be kept on the job throughout painting operations. B. Codes and Standards: Comply with applicable codes and regulations: 1. ANSI Z53.1 - Safety color coding standards. 1.4 PRODUCT HANDLING A. Deliver paint materials to job site in original containers with labels intact and legible at time of use. THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER HLM 90007.00-3 BID GROUP TWO 09900-1 PAINTING SECTION 09900 B. General: 1. Material will be stored in one assigned area which will be used for storage, tinting, mixing and thinning. Adequate protection for floors, walls and ceilings shall be provided. 2. Flammable materials shall be kept in metal containers. Soiled rags, waste and empty containers shall be removed at the end of each day's work. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 MATERIALS A. Manufacturer: 1. Schedule of Materials is based on use of PRATT AND LAMBERT products. 2. Other acceptable manufacturers are: a. BENJAMIN MOORE b. GLIDDEN C. PPG d. SHERWIN-WILLIAMS e. DEVOE PAINT 3. Paint materials selected for each type of surface shall be product of a single manufacturer. B. Compatibility: 1. Paint materials and equipment shall be compatible in use; finish coats shall be compatible with prime coats; prime coats shall be compatible with surface to be coated. Tools and equipment shall be compatible with coatings to be applied. 2. Thinners, when used, shall be only those thinners recommended for that purpose by manufacturer of material to be thinned. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 PREPARATION, GENERAL A. Prior to all surface preparation and painting, completely mask, remove or i l ar items ems in"contacthwi thare painteds surfaces butned not surfaces, a nd scheduled similar t receive paint. B. Exterior surfaces rainy or frosty weather or painted surface temperatif in direct ure isubelow or p 500 F. C. Mixing and Tinting: 1. Job site tinting of finish coats shall be done only when approved by Architect. Tinting colors shall be of type recommended by manufacturer of paint or coating whose products are being used. 2. Thinning shall be done only when specifically allowed by manufacturer and never to exceed his directions. THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER 09900-2 HLM 90007.00-3 BID GROUP TWO SECTION 09900 PAINTING D. Spot prime exposed nails and other metals which are to be painted with emulsion paints, using a primer recommended by manufacturer of coating system. E. Cleaning: I. Before applying paint or other surface treatment, thoroughly clean surfaces involved. Comply with paint manufacturers printed instructions for substrate intended. 2. Schedule cleaning and painting so that dust and other contaminant from cleaning process will not fall on wet, newly painted surfaces. F. Preparation of Metal Surfaces: I. Metal doors and frames shall be made smooth by filling or sanding before applying any paint or coating. 2. Remove rust and mill scale from ferrous metal surfaces requiring exposed finish coat of paint or coating. After removal spot prime with "Tech -Gard Red Oxide Primer". 3. Galvanized steel surfaces requiring painting shall be solvent cleaned to remove traces of grease, oil or other contaminents before priming. Comply with paint manufacturers printed instructions for preparation of substrates to be painted. 4. Slushing or grouting metal door and borrowed light frame protective paint coating. a. Prior to placement and slushing or grouting of hollow metal door and borrowed light frames in masonry wall or plaster walls, provide a protective coating on the inside (concealed) faces of frames. Coat with 1/8" thick field coat of bituminous paint and allow to dry before slushing grouting work is begun. 3.3 APPLICATION A. Each coat of paint or coating shall be a different shade of same color. Each coat shall be observed by Architect prior to application of next coat. Notify Architect of completion of each coat so observation can be made; in absence of such notification, credit will be allowed only for visible coat. B. If paint or coating is not hiding substrate or has non -uniform appearance, the Contractor shall apply additional coats until results are satisfactory to Architect. C. Each coat of paint shall be completely dry before applying succeeding coats, unless specifically allowed by material manufacturer. D. Each coat of paint or coating shall be applied at spreading rate recommended by paint manufacturer, and dry film thickness indicated.. E. When paint or coating it brush applied; each coat must be brushed out uniformly to eliminate laps, skips, and excess brush marks; there shall be no visible evidence of runs, sags, curtains or other evidence of poor application. F. When paint or coating is roller applied, proper skill must be used to avoid signs of lapping and excess paint lines from edge of roller. When cutting -in with brush, these areas must be of same texture, color and hiding as adjacent areas, to assure good appearance. THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER HLM 90007.00-3 BID GROUP TWO 09900-3 PAINTING SECTION 09900 G. When paint or coating is applied by spray, it must be done before installation of fixtures, hardware, flooring and other finish items, unless thoroughly protected. Paint or coating by spray application shall be applied only by skilled painters, to assure a uniform finish with no evidence of improper application. H. Each coat of clear finish r enamelshallbe lightly sanded and wiped free of dust before applying next I. Final coat of paint or coating shall have visual evidence of solid hiding and uniform appearance. J. Make edges of paint or coating adjoining other materials or colors, sharp and clean, with no overlapping. K. Factory primed surfaces shall be determined paintable in a normal method and treated properly to secure adequate adhesion of on -site painting or coating. L. Environmental Conditions: 1. Comply with manufacturer's recommendations as to environmental conditions under which paint and coatings may be applied. 2. Do not apply paint in areas where dust is generated. M. Colors as selected will include accent colors for approximately 25% finish wall surfaces. 3.4 DRY MIL THICKNESS A. Apply paint to dry mil thickness indicated in "Schedule of Materials". B. Provide and use a "Tooke Dry Film Thickness Gage", to verify dry mil thickness of paint applied, if question of adequate coverage arises. Repair surfaces damaged in the verification of dry mil thickness. 3.5 CLEAN UP n of painting in each area, reinstall items which A. Following completio were removed for painting. B. During progress of work, do not allow accumulation of empty containers or other excess items except in areas designated for that purpose. C. In event of accidental spilling of paint, immediately remove spilled paint and wash surfaces to original undamaged condition, at no cost to Owner. D. Upon completion of this portion of work, visually inspect surfaces an remove paint from surfaces not scheduled to be painted. E. Spot painting to correct soiled or damaged paint surfaces will be allowed only when touch-up spot is blended into surrounding finish and is not visible to normal viewing. If npossible, re -coat entire surface to corners or visible stopping point. 3.6 SCHEDULE OF MATERIALS, EXTERIOR USE Dry Mil Thickness A. Galvanized Metal 3.8 mil 1st - Solvent wash to remove oils 2nd - Galvanized Metal Latex Primer 3rd & 4th - Effecto Enamel THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER 09900-4 HLM 90007.00-3 BID GROUP TWO SECTION 09900 PAINTING B. Metals other than above, including doors and trim 1st - Noxide Rust Inhibiting -Primer 2nd & 3rd - Effecto Enamel 3.7 SCHEDULE OF MATERIALS, INTERIOR USE A. Metal Surfaces 1st - Noxide Rust Inhibiting -Primer (Omit where pre -primed) 2nd & 3rd - Vitralite Enamel ******************** END OF SECTION 09900 3.75 mil 4.75 mil (1.25 mil primed) THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER HLM 90007.00-3 BID GROUP TWO 09900-5 ivision 10r!l.�I! SECTION 10200 LOUVERS AND VENTS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section _Includes: 1. Extruded aluminum louvers a. Stationary wall louvers b. Operating wall louvers C. Head and sill flashings d. Insect screening e. Extended sills f. Insulated blank -off panels. g. Attachment angles/fasteners/ assembly. h. Steel security grille, grating components for a complete and framework. 1.2 REFERENCES A. AMCA 500 - (Air Movement Council Association) Test Method for Louvers, Dampers, and Shutters. B. ASTM B221 - Aluminum -Alloy Extruded Bars, Rods, Wire, Shapes, and Tubes. C. ASTM A167 - Stainless and Heat -Resisting Chromium -Nickel Steel Plate. D. ASTM A526 - Steel Sheet, Zinc -Coated (Galvanized) by the Hot -Dip Process, Commercial Quality. E. ASTM A527 - Sheet Steel, Zinc -Coated (Galvanized) by the Hot -Dip Process, Lock -Forming Quality. F. ASTM_B209 - Aluminum -Alloy Sheet and Plate. 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: 1. Submit manufacturer's specifications, certified test data, where applicable; and installation instructions for required products, including finishes. B: Shop Drawings: 1. Submit Shop Drawings for fabrication and erection of louver units and accessories. Include plans, elevations and details of sections and connections to adjoining work. Indicate materials, finishes, fasteners, joinery and other information to determine compliance with specified requirements. C. Samples: 1. Submit 6" square Samples of each required finish. Prepare samples on metal of same gage and alloy to be used in the work. Where normal color and texture variations are to be expected, include two or more units in each sample showing the limits of such variations. 1.4 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION A. Design Requirements 1. The system shall perform with maximum deflection of L/175 deflection under a windload of 40 psf. THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER HLM 90007.00-3 BID GROUP TWO 10200-1 SECTION 10200 LOUVERS AND VENTS 1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Where louvers are indicated to comply with specific performance requirements, provide units whose performance ratings have been determined in compliance with Air Movement and Control Association (AMCA) Standard 500. 1. AMCA Certification: Where indicated, provide louvers with AMCA Certified Ratings Seal evidencing that product complies with above requirement. B. Verify size, location and placement of louver units prior to fabrication, wherever possible. C. Coordinate field measurements and shop drawings with fabrication and shop assembly to minimize field adjustments, splicing, mechanical joints and field assembly of units. Preassemble units in shop to greatest extent possible and disassemble as necessary for shipping and handling limitations. Clearly mark units for reassembly and coordinated installation. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS A. Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products of one of the following: 1. AIRLINE PRODUCTS CO. 2. THE AIROLITE CO. 3. CONSTRUCTION SPECIALTIES, INC. 4. RUSKIN MFG. CO. 2.2 MATERIALS A. Galvanized Sheet Steel: ASTM A-526 and A-527, with ASTM A-525, G-90 coating, mill phosphatized. B. Cold -rolled Sheet Steel: ASTM A-366, Class 1, matte finish. C. Stainless Steel Sheet: ASTM A-167 and AISI Type 302/304, with No. 4 finish. D. Aluminum Sheet: ASTM B-209, Alloy 3003 or 5005 with temper as required for forming, or as otherwise recommended by metal producer to provide required finish. E. Aluminum Extrusions: ASTM B-221, Alloy 6063-T52. F. Fastenings: Use same material as items fastened, unless otherwise indicated. Fasteners for exterior applications may be hot -dip galvanized, stainless steel or aluminum. Provide types, gages and lengths to suit unit installation conditions. Use Phillips flathead machine screws for exposed fasteners, unless otherwise indicated. G. Anchors and Inserts: Use non-ferrous metal or hot -dip galvanized anchors and inserts for exterior installations and elsewhere as required for corrosion resistance. Use steel or lead expansion bolt devices for drilled -in -place anchors. Furnish inserts, as required, to be set into concrete or masonry work. THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER HLM 90007.00-3 BID GROUP TWO 10200-2 SECTION 10200 LOUVERS AND VENTS 2.3 FABRICATION A. Provide louvers and accessories of design, materials, sizes, depth, arrangement, and metal thicknesses indicated, or if not indicated, as required for optimum performance with respect to airflow; water penetration; air leakage, where applicable (for adjustable units, if any); strength; durability; and uniform appearance. B. Fabricate frames including integral sills to suit adjacent construction with tolerances for installation, including application of sealants in joints between louvers and adjoining work. C. Include supports, anchorages, and accessories required for complete assembly. D. Provide vertical mullions of type and at spacings indicated but not further apart than recommended by manufacturer or 72" on center, whichever is less. At horizontal joints between louver units provide horizontal mullions except where continuous vertical assemblies are indicated. E. Provide sill extensions and loose sills made of same material as louvers, where indicated, or required for drainage to exterior and to prevent water penetrating to interior. F. Join frame members to one another and to stationary louver blades by welding, except where indicated otherwise or where field bolted connections between frame members are made necessary by size of louvers. Maintain equal blade spacing, including separation between blades and frames at head and sill, to produce uniform appearance. 2.4 STATIONARY EXTRUDED ALUMINUM WALL LOUVERS A. Horizontal Drainable Blade Louvers: Units designed to collect and drain water to exterior at sill by means of gutters in front edges of blades, and channels in jambs and mullions. Furnish units with extrusions not less than 0.125" thick, of depth, and sizes indicated, complying with following performance requirements. 1. Free Area: Not less than 50% for a 48" x 48" size. 2. Static Pressure Loss: Not more than 0.15" of water gage at an airflow of 1,050 fpm free area velocity in intake direction. 3. Water Penetration: Not more than 0.05 ounces per square foot of free area at an airflow of 1,000 fmp free area velocity. 4. AMCA Certification: Furnish units bearing ACMA Certified Ratings Seal. B. Horizontal Blade Louvers: Size and depth indicated, with blades of profile, slope and spacing indicated, or if not indicated, to meet Performance requirements. 1. Extrusion Thickness: Not less than 0.125" for blades and frames. 2. Furnish units complying with following performance requirements: a. Free Area: Not less than 45% on a 48" x 48" sized louver. b. Static Pressure Loss: Not more than 0.15" of water gage at an airflow of 1,000 fpm free air velocity. C. Water Penetration: Not more than 0.05 ounces per square foot of free area at an intake airflow of 100 fpm free area velocity. d. AMCA Certification: Furnish units bearing AMCA Certified Ratings Seal. THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER HLM 90007.00-3 BID GROUP TWO 10200-3 SECTION 10200 LOUVERS AND VENTS 3. Continuous Horizontal Blades: Conceal supporting framework from vision on outside face of louver by placing braces, mullions and brackets on inside face; with close fitting, field -made splice joints in blades designed to permit expansion and contraction without deforming blades or framework. a. Exterior Corners: Shop miter and weld blades into prefabricated corner units to align with straight sections. Include concealed bracing. 4. Continuous Vertical Assemblies: Where height of louver sections exceeds fabrication and handling limitations, fabricate units to permit field -bolted assembly with blade pattern uninterrupted in vertical spacing, or by horizontal mullions at joints between superimposed sections; with close fitting joints in jamb frames, reinforced with splice plates. C. Vertical Blade Louvers: Units with vertical blades of sight proof design; of profiles, depths, blade spacing and sizes indicated; fabricated from extrusions not less than 0.081" thick unless otherwise indicated. 2.5 INSULATED OPERATING LOUVER SYSTEM A. Louver: Horizontal blades of .032" thick aluminum and 2" foamed insulation. Blades separated with rigid polyurethane thermo brake; 55% free area. CS Model No. 6990. B. Extended Frame Housing: Fabricated aluminum housing of 6063-T52 alloy and .109" thickness. Filled with foamed insulation. Welded weather tight construction. C. Motor: Two position -power open and close 120 VAC, 60 cycle single phase, CS Model No. EX-150 Series. a. Provide 3/16" mild steel plate covers over motors and mechanisms to prevent inmate tampering. D. Security Grille - Refer to Section 05500 - METAL FABRICATIONS. E. Provide connections to smoke evacuation control systems. F. Manufacturer: Construction Specialties (Basis of Design). 2.6 LOUVER SCREENS A. Provide removable screens for exterior louvers where indicated. B. Fabricate screen frames of same metal and finish as louver units to which secured, unless otherwise indicated. 1. Provide rewireable frames consisting of formed or extruded metal with a driven spline or insert for securing screen mesh. 2. Provide frames consisting of U-shaped metal for permanently securing screen mesh. C. Use insect screens where indicated, of the following: 1. 18" x 16" mesh, 0.011" aluminum wire. D. Locate screens on inside face of louvers, unless otherwise indicated. Secure screens to louver frames with machine screws, spaced at each corner and at 12" on center between. 2.7 SHEET METAL BACKING A. Provide each louver with factory installed, solid insulated sheet aluminum backing panel attached to the interior face of the louver. THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER HLM 90007.00-3 BID GROUP TWO 10200-4 SECTION 10200 LOUVERS AND VENTS B. Backing panel shall be 18 gage sheet aluminum with black painted finish on outer (exposed to view) surface. C. Insulation on the inner face of the backing panel shall be 2" thick semi -rigid board stock fiberglass, 3 pounds per cubic foot density, adhered to the backing panel with full surface coverage of adhesive and supplemented by mechanical impaling pins and metal discs spaced. 18" on center each way. D. Responsibility for locating ducted openings, cutting openings in backing panels and attaching ductwork to backing panel will be by mechanical tracks. 2.8 METAL FINISHES A. Comply with NAAMM "Metal Finishes Manual" for finish designations and application recommendations, except as otherwise indicated. Apply finishes in factory after products are assembled. Protect finishes on exposed surfaces with protective covering, prior to shipment. Remove scratches and blemishes from exposed surfaces which will be visible after completing finishing process. 1. Provide colors or color matches as indicated or, if not otherwise indicated, as selected by Architect from manufacturer's standard colors. B. Aluminum Finishes: I. Surfaces exposed to exterior view shall be coated with factory applied, oven baked finish based on KYNAR 500 (polyvinylidene fluoride - PVF2) as supplied by PPG or equivalent; applied to properly cleaned and pretreated aluyminum meeting the requirements of aSTM D-1730-67, Type B, method 5 or 7. The coating shall be a three coat system equivalent to PPG "Duranar XL" applied to a minimum thickness of 1.6 mils. Comply with AAMA 605.2 (1980) "Specification for High Performance Organic Coatings on Architectural Extrusions and Panels." 2. Custom color and finish as selected by Architect. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 PREPARATION A. Coordinate setting drawings, diagrams, templates, instructions and directions for installation of anchorages which are to be embedded in concrete or masonry construction. Coordinate delivery of such items to project site. 3.2 INSTALLATION A. Locate and place louver units plumb, level and in proper alignment with adjacent work. B. Use concealed anchorages wherever possible. Provide brass or lead washers fitted to screws where required to protect metal surfaces ad to make a weathertight connection. C. Form tight joints with exposed connections accurately fitted together. Provide reveals and openings for sealants and joint fillers. THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER HLM 90007.00-3 BID GROUP TWO 10200-5 SECTION 10200 LOUVERS AND VENTS J1 E. F. Repair finishes damaged by cutting, welding, soldering and grinding operations required for fitting and jointing. Restore finishes so there is no evidence of corrective work. Return items which cannot be refinished in field to shop, make required alterations, and refinish entire unit, or provide new units, at Contractor's option. Protect galvanized and non-ferrous metal surfaces from corrosion of galvanic action by application of a heavy coating of bituminous paint on surfaces which will be in contact with concrete, masonry or dissimilar metals. Provide concealed gaskets, flashings, joint fillers, and insulations, and install as work progresses to make installations weathertight. ******************** END OF SECTION 10200 THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER 10200-6 HLM 90007.00-3 BID GROUP TWO SECTION 10606 SECURITY FENCING ASSEMBLY PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section includes: 1. Security Fencing a. Fabric, frame and all components of fence. b. Horizontal installation on precast concrete structure. 1.2 REFERENCES A. CLFMI - Chain Link Manufacturers Institute Standards B. ASTM A-90 - Standard Test for Weight of Coating on Zinc -Coated (Galvanized) Iron or Steel. C. ASTM A 392 - Zinc -Coated Steel Chain -Link Fence Fabric 1.2 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. For installation of chain link fencing, use personnel completely trained and experienced in installation of approved materials and thoroughly familiar with original design and reviewed shop drawings. B. Comply with Chain Link Fence Manufacturers. Institute standards (CLFMI). 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Submit Shop Drawings and manufacturers literature indicating sizes, spacing and location of members; general construction and anchorage details. 1.4 PRODUCT HANDLING A. Use means necessary to protect chain link fencing materials ,before, during, and after installation. B. In event of damage, immediately notify Architect and make repairs and replacements necessary as approved by Architect and at no additional cost to Owner. 1.5 STRUCTURAL PERFORMANCE A. Fabric Breaking Load: 1,290 lbs. minimum. B. Total maximum deadload deflection:. 6". PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 MATERIALS A. Fabric, Frame and Major Components of Fence: Fabricated of galvanized steel. - B. Zinc Coating: Per ASTM A-392: "Zinc Coated Steel Chain Link Fabric" Class 2. C. Fence shall bear quality seal of CLFMI. Size of components with regard to fence span: in accordance with tables established by CLFMI. D. Materials and accessories: products of same manufacturer. THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER HLM 90007.00-2 BID GROUP TWO 10606-1 SECTION 10606 SECURITY FENCING ASSEMBLY E. Fabric: 1. Wire, helically wound and interwoven to provide continuous mesh without knots and ties except in form of knuckling or of twisting and barbing ends of wires to form selvage of fabric. 2. Mesh weave of 2 inch. 3. Furnished with twisting and barbing on both selvages. F. Tension (Stretcher) Bar: 1. One-piece lengths equal to full width of fabric with a minimur cross-section of 3/16" inch by 3/4" inch, galvanized (1.0 oz/ft ± 0.1 oz/ft2 according to ASTM A-90). G. Galvanized Steel Pipe Framing: 2-7/8" O.D. with 50,000 psi minimum yield strength. Comply with ASTM A669. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 PREPARATION A. Prior to work of this Section, examine installed work of other trades and verify that such work is complete to point where this installation may properly commence. B. Work required to accurately stake out fence line shall be performed by this Section. C. Install fencing in strict accordance with original design and reviewed shop drawings, anchoring components in accordance with manufacturer's published recommendations. 3.2 INSTALLATION A. Fence: Installed at elevation(s) established on drawings. , Ground between precast concrete joist: cut or filled as required to provide uniform clearance of 2 inches between fabric and faces of adjacent materials. B. Install steel pipe framing: 8' maximum spacing. Locate and stagger end joints on centerline of precast joint. Secure with expansion bolts and U-shaped straps. C. Fabric shall be fastened to precast concrete joist and walls with stretcher bars and fabric bands and anchors, maximum spacing center to center of 15". D. Fasten fabric to top surface of precast and steel framing, maximum spacing 15" o.c. with 9 gage galvanized hook ties. E. Locate selvages on precast joist and overlap 6". Secure with tie wire to 1-5/8" rails. F. Fabric: Tighten to provide smooth uniform appearance. Join rolls of fabric by weaving single strand into ends of rolls to form continuous mesh. 3.3 TOUCH UP FINISH A. Touch -Up Primer for Galvanized Surfaces: Federal Specification TT-P- 641. END OF SECTION 10606 THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER HLM 90007.00-2 BID GROUP TWO 10606-2 Division 14 h Conveying Systems Division SECTION 14240 HYDRAULIC ELEVATORS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Hydraulic elevator with cathodic protection of the cylinder 1.2 DESCRIPTION A. Description of System: 1. Hydraulic passenger elevator(s). B. Related Work Described in Other Sections: 1. Hoistway, including pit, ladder, drains, lights, access doors, and waterproofing. Machine room, including gratings, lighting, ventilation and heat to maintain the room at temperature of 50°F minimum to 100°F maximum, and as verified by the elevator manufacturer. 2. Adequate supports and foundations to carry the loads of all equipment, including supports for guide rail brackets and machine beams. In adjacent hoistways, provide divider beams for guide rail bracket support. 3. Provisions for connections from power mains to each controller or motor generator set starter, signal equipment feeders, including circuit breakers and fused mainline disconnect switches. 4. Provide electrical outlets for car lighting in the elevator machine room as shown on layout drawings. 5. Provide sill supports, in-cluding steel angles where required. 6. Painting. 7. Trenching and backfilling for any underground piping or conduit. 8. Provide emergency power, of proper characteristics ,to run elevators in event of failure of normal power supply. Provide necessary transfer switches from Normal to Emergency supply on elevator feeder and wiring as specified in Division 16 - Electrical from the transfer switches to elevator controller. 9. Provide telephones in each elevator car. Elevator contractor to furnish wires in traveling cable for telephone hook-up to a 24 hour answering service. Note that an automatic dial telephone must have emergency power provisions in order to operate. 10. Provide heat and smoke detectors at elevator lobbies except main floor. Provide two wires from each detector to elevator controllers. 11. Hoistway deflector shields. 12. Advise the Architect with all necessary details of any additional items of work by other sections that will be required. If no exceptions are noted at the time of bidding, pay the cost of all modifications to suit the equipment design. 1.3 REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS A. Designs, clearances, construction workmanship, and material shall be in accordance with requirements of: 1. National Electric Code THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER HLM 90007.00-4 BID GROUP TWO 14240-1 SECTION 14240 HYDRAULIC ELEVATORS 2. American Standard Safety Code for Elevator, Dumbwaiters and Escalators A17.1. 3. State of Florida Chapter 399.035; "Elevator Accessibility Requirements for the Physically Handicapped". 4. Accessibility Requirements Manual; "Florida Board of Building Codes and Standards". 5. Florida Elevator Safety Code; Chapter 7C-5. 6. Federal, State, and Local codes as may be applicable. 7. American Standard Safety Code (A.S.E.) shall govern except where applicable codes supersede A.S.E. Code by legal jurisdiction or more rigid requirements. B. Incorporate safety devices needed for proper operation and as required by governing authorities. 1.4 SUBMITTALS• A. Manufacturer's Literature: Submit manufacturer's literature including properly identified manufacturer's catalogs and specifications and printed installation directions. B. Samples: 1. Cab interior cuts. 2. Hoistway entrance cuts. 3. Finish samples for each item to be selected. 4. Signal Fixture cuts. C. Dimensional Shop Drawings: 1. Machine Room Plans: a. Location of equipment. b. Service connections. C. Loads. 2. Hoistway Sections for Each Elevator: a. Vertical and Horizontal: 1) Bracket spacing. 2) Estimated forces on rails. 3) Estimated forces in pit. 1.5 TEMPORARY SERVICE A. Should the service of any elevator be required before completion and final acceptance, permission in writing must first be obtained from the Architect. 1.6 MAINTENANCE SERVICE A. Provide maintenance and call-back service on each elevator after it is placed in operation for a period of 12 months. Service to consist of examinations of equipment, adjustments, lubrication, cleaning, supplies and parts to keep equipment in proper operation, _except such adjustments, parts or repairs made necessary by abuse, misuse or any other causes beyond control of contractor. Work will be done by trained employees of contractor during regular working hours of trade. Furnish full maintenance proposal with first years price, guaranteed. THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER HLM 90007.00-4 BID GROUP TWO 14240-2 SECTION 14240 HYDRAULIC ELEVATORS 1.7 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Qualifications: Either the elevator manufacturer or a licensee of the manufacturer who has not less than five years successful experience with the installation of similar elevators. Manufacturer shall be engaged in the. manufacturer of the complete elevator system including door operator, valve, controller, silencer, jack unit, car enclosure and entrances. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURERS A. The following manufacturers are approved: 1. DOVER CORPORATION (Basis of Design) 2. OTIS ELEVATOR COMPANY 3. MONTGOMERY ELEVATOR 4. Architect approved equivalent. 2.2 DESIGN REQUIREMENTS A. General 1. Color and finishes as selected by Architect. 2. Exposed Fasteners: Torx-with-peg security screws. B. Comply with Florida Elevator Safety Code, Chapter 7C-5 including plastic containment of the hydraulic cylinder (for electrolysis protection). C. Elevators #1 and #2 1. Hydraulic passenger elevator: MARQUIS 25 2. 2500 # Capacity with Class A loading 3. 125 FPM Speed VP; 150 FPM Down Max 4. 25'-2" feet travel 5. 2 landings (ground and second) 6. 2 openings, each, in line. 7. Machine: Hydraulic 8. Guide Rails: Planed steel 9. Buffers: Spring 10. Car Platform: 6'-8"W x 4'-3"D 11. Operation: Selective Collective 12. Door Operation: High speed, heavy duty type, master DC door operator (minimum opening speed 2-1/2 FPS). 13. Entrance: 3'-6"W x 7'-0"H 14. Entrance Type: Single speed 15. Door Protection: Safety edge and double light rays. 16. Motor Control: 17. Cab Design: Designer Series a. Floor - Vinyl Composition Tile b. Ceiling - Translucent panels with fluorescent lighting above. C. Walls - Rigidtex SWL d. Handrails - 2" S.S. Satin bar on rear wall only. THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER HLM 90007.00-4 BID GROUP TWO 14240-3 SECTION 14240 HYDRAULIC ELEVATORS 18. Car Doors: S.S. Satin 19. Car Front: S.S. Satin 20. Hoistway Frame: S.S.-Satin 21. Hoistway Doors: S.S. Satin 22. Signals: Vandal Resistant Design illuminating pushbuttons. Position indicator in each car. cabinet: vandal resistant. All handicapped requirements, hall lanterns. 23. Additional Features: Emergency car lighting, station, independent service, pit ladders angles. C. Elevators #3 1. Hydraulic passenger elevator: KINGSWOOD 40 2. 4000 # Capacity with Class a loading. 3. 100 FPM Speed 4. 13'-0" feet travel 5. 2 landings (first and second) 6. 2 openings, each, in line. 7. Machine Hydraulic 8. Guide Rails: Planed steel 9. Buffers: Spring 10. Car Platform: 5'-4"W x 7'-9-1/2"D (inside) 11. Operation: Selective collective hall and car Car telephone code signal car top inspection and sill support 12. Door Operation: High speed, heavy duty type, master DC door operator (minimum opening speed 2-1/2 FPS). 13. Entrance: 4'-0"W x 7'-0"H 14. Entrance Type: Two speed 15. Door Protection: Safety edge and double light rays. 16. Motor Control: 17. Cab Design: Designer Series a. Floor - Vinyl Composition Tile b. Ceiling - Translucent panels with fluorescent lighting above. C. Walls - Rigidtex SWL d. Handrails - 2" S.S. Satin bar on side walls. e. Control Panel - Advanced type panel with raised markings. 18. Car Doors: DD88 19. Car Front: DF12CY 20. Car Shell: DS1 21. Hoistway Frame: S.S. Satin 22. Hoistway Doors: S.S. Satin 23. Signals: Vandal Resistant Design illuminating hall and car pushbuttons. Position indicator in each car. Car Telephone Cabinet: Vandal resistant. All handicapped code signal requirements, car riding lantern. 24. Additional Features: Emergency car lighting, car top inspection station, independent service, pit ladder and sill support angles. D. Elevators #4 and #5 (Inmate) 1. Hydraulic passenger elevator: MARQUIS 25 2. 2500 # Capacity THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER HLM 90007.00-4 BID GROUP TWO 14240-4 SECTION 14240 HYDRAULIC ELEVATORS 3. 100 FPM Speed 4. 12'-2" feet travel 5. 2 landings (ground and first) 6. 3 openings, each, two front/one rear. 7. Machine: Hydraulic 8. Guide Rails: Planed steel 9. Buffers: Spring 10. Car Platform: 6'-8"W x 4'-3"D 11. Operation: Selective Collective 12. Door Operation: High speed, heavy duty type, master DC door operator (minimum opening speed 2-1/2 FPS). 13. Entrance: 3'-6"W x 7'-0"H 14. Entrance Type: Single speed 15. Door Protection: Safety edge and double light rays. 16. Motor Control: 17. Cab Design: Designer Series a. Floor - Vinyl Composition Tile b. Ceiling - Steel with white baked enamel finish. C. Walls - Rigidtex SWL d. Handrails - 2" S.S. Satin bar on side walls. e. Lighting - Cove 18. Car Doors: S.S. Satin 19. Car Front: DF12CY S.S. Satin 20. Hoistway Frame: S.S. Satin 21. Hoistway Doors: S.S. Satin 22. Signals: Vandal Resistant Design illuminating hall and car pushbuttons. Position indicator in each car. Car direction indicators above hoistway doors. Car telephone cabinet: ,locked/ vandal resistant. All handicapped code signal requirements, car riding lantern. 23. Additional Features: Emergency car lighting, car top inspection station, independent service, pit ladders and sill support angles. Provide coaxial cable with two shielded pairs for car security, pit ladders, sill support angles and independent service. Mortise type key switch operation with momentary operation next to each floor car call button in main car station. E. Elevators #6 and #7 (Service) 1. Hydraulic passenger elevator: KINGSWOOD 40 2. 4000 # Capacity 3. 125 FPM Speed 4. 25'-2" feet travel 5. 3 landings (ground, first and second) 6. 3 openings, two front/one rear. 7. Machine: Hydraulic 8. Guide Rails: Planed steel 9. Buffers: Spring 10. Car Platform: 5'-4"W x 7'-9-1/2"D 11. Operation: Selective Collective 12. Door Operation: High speed, heavy duty type, master DC door operator (minimum opening speed 2-1/2 FPS). THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER HLM 90007.00-4 BID GROUP TWO 14240-5 SECTION 14240 HYDRAULIC ELEVATORS 13. Entrance: 4'-0"W x 7'-0"H 14. Entrance Type: Single speed 15. Door Protection: Safety edge and double light rays. 16. Motor Control: 17. Cab Design: Designer Series a. Floor - Vinyl Composition Tile b. Ceiling - Steel with white baked enamel finish. C. Walls - Rigidtex SWL d. Handrails - 2" S.S. Satin bar on side walls. e. Lighting - Cove 18. Car Doors: S.S. Satin 19. Car Front: DF12CY S.S. Satin 20. Car Shell: DS1 21. Hoistway Frame: S.S. Satin 22. Hoistway Doors: S.S. Satin 23. Signals: Vandal Resistant Design illuminating hall and car pushbuttons. Position indicator in each car. Car direction indicators above hoistway doors. Car telephone cabinet: locked/ vandal resistant. All handicapped code signal requirements, car riding lantern. 23. Additional Features: Emergency car lighting, car top inspection station, independent service, pit ladders and sill support angles. Provide coaxial cable with two shielded pairs for car security, pit ladders, sill support angles and independent service. Mortise type key switch operation with momentary operation next to each floor car call button in main car station. 2.3 SPECIAL EMERGENCY SERVICE A. Phase I: 1. A three (3) position key operated switch will be provided at a predesignated (main or lobby) floor of the elevator or of each group of elevators. When the switch is placed in the on position, or if sensors (provided by others) operate all elevators controlled by this switch, the sensors will return the elevator non-stop to the main floor and the doors will open and remain open. 2. An elevator traveling away from the main floor will reverse at the next available floor, without opening its doors, and proceed to the main floor without stopping for car or hall calls. 3. Door reopening devices for power operated doors (Rule 112.5 of the ANSI 17.1 Code) which may be affected by smoke or heat, so to prevent door closing will be rendered inoperative. 4. Elevators standing at a floor other than the main floor will close their doors, and proceed to the main floor without stop- ping for car or hall calls. 5. The hall buttons will be rendered inoperative. 6. The elevators may be restored to normal operation by furnishing the lobby key switch to the off position. 7. Once the car has started to return, the emergency stop switch will be disconnected. THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER HLM 90007.00-4 BID GROUP TWO 14240-6 SECTION 14240 HYDRAULIC ELEVATORS 8. Product of combustion sensors (furnished and installed by others) will initiate the foregoing operation by providing a signal to terminals on the elevator controller. A third position on the lobby key switch will by-pass such sensors. The key will not be removable in this third position. B. Phase II: 1. A key switch designed for a key acceptable to local authorities will be provided in or adjacent to the car operating panel of each elevator. This switch when operated, will initiate the following special service: a. The elevator will be operated only by a person in the car, and will not respond to hall calls. b. Operation will be by registering one or more calls in the car and causing the doors to close by operating the door close button. Release of pressure on the button prior to full close will allow the doors to immediately reopen. C. Car calls operated in error will be reset by momentary operation of the initiating key switch. d. Upon completion of door close, the car will run to the car floor and stop with doors closed. Door open will be by constant pressure of the door open buttons; if pressure is released prior to full open, the doors will immediately reclose. e. Once fully opened, the doors will remain open, until closing is initiated per (Para No. 2). f. Special Emergency Service will be terminated by placing the key operated switch in the car in the "OFF" position. 2. Floor numbers will be stenciled on the inside of hoistway doors and walls of each elevator so they may be seen with the car doors open, numbers to be not less than 4 inches in height. 3. The elevator contractor will supply the test for operating instructions which will permanently be mounted adjacent to the main lobby key switch by others. The lettering shall be reproduced not less than 1/4" high, per A17.1 Code. 2.4 ELEVATOR SIGNAGE: A. As an aid to the blind, 3/8" high BRAILLE identification representing the function of each button shall be permanently embossed in the operating panel face surface adjacent to each button for car and corridor operating devices. Stainless steel braille -plates overlaid on panel surface are not acceptable. Provide stainless steel bearings, shot or studs set permanently in drilled braille pattern in surface of car or corridor panel. B. All elevator call -button plates in all elevator lobbies and within the elevator cab shall bear the following copy: IN FIRE EMERGENCY DO NOT USE ELEVATORS USE EXIT STAIRS THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER HLM 90007.00-4 BID GROUP TWO 14240-7 SECTION 14240 HYDRAULIC ELEVATORS All copy shall be machined or photo -engraved copy directly onto the panel surface and enamel filled. Copy shall be 1/2" Helvetica medium, initial caps and lower case with tight letter spacing. Copy shall be set 5/8 O.C. vertically with one line space operating first line of copy from top edge of plate. Copy shall be flush left, inset 1/2" (minimum) from left edge of plate. Copy color to be selected by Architect. C. Elevator door jambs shall bear a raised numeral copy indicating the respective floor level where located. Copy shall be 1/8" blind raised embossed metal, 4" character height Helvetica medium. Copy shall be centered horizontally on each door jamb width 60" AFF. Copy shall be same finish as elevator door jamb. D. Elevator cabs shall bear a 4" diameter "NO SMOKING" symbol per Florida Code. Symbol shall conform to color, layout and proportions of the United States Department of Transportation symbol consisting of a red circle/ slash,black image, white ground. Copy shall be photo or machine engraved with enamel fill or subsurface copy on surfaced mounted plaque mounted 60" AFF adjacent to door opening. Plaques shall be permanently mounted with concealed fasteners. 2.5 OTHERS A. Elevator Cab #1, 3, 5, and 7: Provide manufacturer's standard vinyl covered removable wall pads. Provide permanent stainless steel support pins. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 PREPARATION A. Examine work of other trades on which the work of this Section depends. Report defects to Architect in writing which may affect work of this trade or equipment operation. B. Ensure that shafts and openings for moving equipment are plumb, level and in line and that pit is to proper depth, waterproofed and drained with necessary access doors, cylinder opening,and ladder. C. Ensure that machine room is properly illuminated, heated and ventilated and equipment foundations correctly located complete with floor and access door. D. Before fabrication, take necessary job site measurements and verify where work is governed by other trades. Check measurements of space for equipment and means of access for installation and operation. Obtain dimensions from site for preparation of shop drawings. E. Ensure the following preparatory work, provided under other Sections has been properly completed to receive the elevator work: 1. Supply .of electric feeder wires to the terminals of the elevator control panel, including fused main line switch or circuit breaker. Provision of hoistway outlets for car light, and for light in pit and outlets in machine room for light. Furnishing of electric power for testing and adjusting elevator equipment. THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER HLM 90007.00-4 BID GROUP TWO 14240-8 SECTION 14240 HYDRAULIC ELEVATORS 2. Provision of hoistway outlet for telephone. 3. Supply of power for emergency cab lighting and ventilation from power panel specified in Division 16 and fed by the building emergency circuits. 4. Machine room enclosed and protected from moisture, with lockable door. F. Supply in ample time for installation, inserts, anchors, pipe sleeves, bearing plates, brackets, supports and bracing including setting templates.and diagrams for placement. 3.2 INSTALLATION A. Perform work with competent mechanics skilled in this work and under the direct control and supervision of the elevator manufacturer's experienced foreman. B. Set hoistway entrances in alignment with car openings and true with plumb sill lines. C. Install machinery, guides, controls, car and equipment and accessories in accordance with manufacturer's instructions, applicable codes and standards to provide a quiet, smoothly operating installation, free from sideways, oscillation, or vibration. D. Excavate for plunger and cylinder, set in place plumb and accurate and enclose with 3000 psi concrete. Install cathodic protection system and test to ensure working before placing concrete. E. Mount machine immediately adjacent to hoistway on concrete foundation provided under Section 03300. Isolate and dampen machine vibration with properly sized sound -reducing anti -vibration pads. F. Install and hook-up piping between machine and cylinder. G. Erect hoistway sills, headers and frames prior to erection of rough walls and doors; erect fascias and toe guards after rough walls finished. H. Grout sills and hoistway entrance frames. I. Furnish and install stainless steel license holders in each elevator car to suit certificate issued. Design holder with non -visible tamper -proof fastenings. J. Locate hall buttons and indicators as directed by Architect. 3.3 CLEANING A. Prior to final acceptance remove protection from finished or ornamental surfaces and clean and polish surfaces with due regard to type of material. B. At completion of work of this Section, remove tools, equipment and surplus materials from site. 3.4 ADJUST AND BALANCE A. Make necessary adjustments of equipment to ensure elevator operates smoothly and accurately. 3.5 PROTECTION A. Locate and protect movable equipment and controls in such a way that they can only be operated by authorized persons. THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER HLM 90007.00-4 BID GROUP TWO 14240-9 SECTION 14240 HYDRAULIC ELEVATORS 3.6 INSPECTION A. Obtain and pay for inspections and permits and make such tests as are required by regulations of authorities. Make tests in presence of Architect. 1. Provide operation of elevators as required to acquire inspections of Authorities having Jurisdiction. B. Final inspection shall be after elevator installation, hoisting enclosure and machine room are Complete. C. Inspect installation in accordance with ANSI A17.2. D. Deliver test certificates and permits to Architect. END OF SECTION 14240 THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER HLM 90007.00-4 BID GROUP TWO 14240-10 Division 16 Electrical Division SECTION 16111 CONDUIT SYSTEMS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 WORK OF THIS SECTION A. Electrical and security conduit system. 1. Install conduit in precast concrete.modular cells. 1.2 STANDARDS AND CODES A. Fabricate and install conduit systems complying with the provisions of applicable Section NEC, Chapter 3. B. Provide materials UL and NEC approved for the application intended. 1.3 DESCRIPTION A. This Section describes the basic materials and methods of installa- tion for circular cross section conduit systems. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 CONDUIT A. Rigid Non -Metallic Conduit: Type 40 or 80 heavy wall polyvinyl - chloride (PVC) conforming to NEMA TC-2, FS WC-1094 and UL-651. 2.2 FITTINGS AND BODIES A. Non -Metallic: Schedule 40, PVC, solvent weld socket type. B. Conduit Bodies: Cast metal condulets having threaded entrances, removable covers and corrosion resistant screws. Use'for sharp turns, tees, etc. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 CONDUIT INSTALLATION A. Unless otherwise indicated, provide conduit in accordance with the following: 1. Schedule 40 PVC: only where indicated: a. In floor slabs. 2. Schedule 80 PVC: only where indicated. a. In floor slabs. B. Route conduit in lines parallel to or at right angles with the building construction. C. Install the conduit system continuous from outlet to outlet and to cabinets, junction or pull boxes. Secure conduit to cabinets and boxes in such a manner that all parts of the system will have electrical continuity. D. Use plastic spacers for conduit separation and support. END OF SECTION 16111 THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER HLM 90007.00-1 BID GROUP TWO 16111-1 THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER BID GROUP ONE PROJECT NUMBER 90007.00 MAY 17, 1991 Hansen Lind Meyer,Inc. 800 North Magnolia Avenue Suite 1100 Orlando, Florida 32803 DOCUMENT 00001 PROJECT MANUAL INDEX BIDDING REQUIREMENTS AND CONTRACT DOCUMENTS 00001 PROJECT MANUAL INDEX DIVISION 2 - SITEWORK 02100 SITE PREPARATION 02211 ROUGH GRADING 02215 FINISH GRADING 02222 EXCAVATING, BACKFILLING AND 02226 EXCAVATING, BACKFILLING AND 02385 DRILLED CAISSONS 02510 ASPHALTIC CONCRETE PAVING 02644 WATER MAINS 02674 FIRE WELLS 02685 GAS DISTRIBUTION SYSTEM 02720 STORM SEWERAGE 02721 SEWER STRUCTURES 02730 SANITARY SEWERAGE 02930 LAWNS AND GRASSES 02955 TREE RELOCATION COMPACTING FOR STRUCTURES COMPACTING FOR UTILITIES DIVISION 3 - CONCRETE 03100 CONCRETE FORMWORK 03200 CONCRETE REINFORCEMENT 03300 CAST -IN -PLACE CONCRETE 03600 GROUT DIVISION 5 - METALS 05180 MISCELLANEOUS STRUCTURAL STEEL THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER HLM 90007.00-2 BID GROUP ONE 00001-1 PROJECT MANUAL INDEX 07150 07190 16010 16111 16400 HLM 90007.00-2 DIVISION 7 - THERMAL AND MOISTURE PROTECTION WATERPROOFING VAPOR RETARDER DIVISION 16 - ELECTRICAL ELECTRICAL GENERAL PROVISIONS CONDUIT SYSTEMS SERVICE AND POWER DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS ********************* END OF DOCUMENT 00001 THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER BID GROUP ONE 00001-2 Division 2 H Site Work UNA Division 2 SECTION 02100 SITE PREPARATION PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 WORK OF THIS SECTION A. Clearing and grubbing B. Topsoil stripping and stockpiling C. Removal of trees D. Protection of trees indicated to remain. E. Protection of midden area. 1.2 JOB CONDITIONS A. Burning on site will not be permitted. All organic debris shall be removed from the site. B. Notify all pertinent utility companies 48 hours prior to digging for location of underground utility lines. C. Repair materials damaged during demolition procedures at no additional cost to Owner. D. Provide protection for adjacent areas before, during and following removal activities. PART 2 - MATERIALS 2.1 EXPLOSIVES A. Explosives will not be permitted on any portion of this work. 2.2 OTHER MATERIALS A. Provide all other materials, not specifically described but required for proper completion of the work of this Section, subject to,review of Architect. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 PREPARATION A. Notify Construction Manager two full working days prior to commencement of work of this Section. B. Materials to be removed other than Owner salvaged or Owner retained shall be the sole responsibility of this Section and must be removed from the site. C. Verify with the Construction Manager prior to the removal and disposing of materials involved in demolition process. 3.2 CLEARING AND GRUBBING A. Cut and/or remove all growth of tall weeds and grass before topsoil is stripped for salvage. Dispose of legally at an off -site location. B. Strip only those areas where grading is required as indicated by proposed contours on the drawings. C. Strip topsoil to whatever depth encountered, and in such manner so as to prevent intermingling with the underlying subsoil or other objectionable material. THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER HLM 90007.00-4 BID GROUP ONE 02100-1 SECTION 02100 SITE PREPARATION D. Additional obstructions exposed as the result of clearing operations shall be removed. E. Stockpile topsoil in available area as directed by the Construction Manager. F. Shape stockpiles in a manner that they are relatively uniform. 3.3 TREE REMOVAL/PROTECTION A. Remove trees and shrubs, except those indicated to remain. Removal includes new and old stumps of trees and their roots, unless doing so endangers the life of plant material to remain. B. Trees or shrubs which are to remain in the construction area shall be protected from damage and maintained in healthy condition throughout the construction process. C. Protect the tops, trunks and roots of existing trees on project site that are to remain. Existing trees subject to construction damage shall be boxed, fenced or otherwise protected before any work is started; remove protection when directed. Do not permit heavy equipment or stockpiles within branch spread. Remove interfering branches without injury to trunks. D. Trees and palms under 6" in diameter at 12" above finished grade, and plants indicated to remain which are destroyed or receive excessive damage during construction, shall be replaced in kind and size. E. Trees and palms over 6" in diameter at 12" above finished grade which are destroyed or receive excessive damage during construction shall be replaced in kind and size, or the following value will be deducted from monies due the Contractor: 1. $18.00 per cross sectional area in inches at 12" above finish grade per trunk. F. Refer to Section 02955 - TREE RELOCATION. 3.4 PROTECTION A. Protect midden area from excavation, damage and construction activity. END OF SECTION 02100 THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER HLM 90007.00-4 BID GROUP ONE 02100-2 SECTION 02211 ROUGH GRADING PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 WORK OF THIS SECTION A. Grade sub -soil and reform to grades, contours and levels. B. Rough grade for roadways, walks, curbs, gutters, parking areas, landscaped areas, and stormwater ponds. 1.2 EXISTING CONDITIONS A. Known underground, surface and aerial utility lines and buried objects are indicated on the Contract Documents. 1.3 PROTECTION A. Protect trees, plants and lawns, rock outcroppings and other features remaining as part of final landscaping. B. Protect bench marks and existing roads, and paving against damage from equipment and vehicular traffic. C. Protect aerial, surface, or underground utility lines or appurtenances which are to remain. D. Protect midden area from excavation and damage due to equipment and vehicular traffic. E. Repair damage. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 MATERIALS A. Excavated fill material: Soil free from roots, rocks larger than 3" and building debris. B. Additional fill material: AASHTO Designation M145, soil classification group. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 PREPARATION A. Establish and identify required lines, levels, contours and datum. B. Identify and mark entire midden area. No excavation can occur in this area unless directed otherwise by the Construction Manager. C. Maintain bench marks, monuments and other reference points. Reestablish if disturbed or destroyed, at no cost to Owner. D. Before start of grading, notify all pertinent utility companies 48 hours prior to digging for location of underground utility lines. Establish the location and extent of utilities in the work areas. E. Perform grading within contract limits, including adjacent transition areas to new elevations, levels, profiles and contours indicated. Provide subgrade surfaces parallel to finished surface grades. Provide uniform levels and slopes between new elevations and existing grades. F. Grade surfaces to assure areas drain away from structures and to prevent ponding and pockets of surface drainage. Provide subgrade surfaces free from irregular surface changes. THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER HLM 90007.00-3 BID GROUP ONE 02211-1 SECTION 02211 ROUGH GRADING G. Perform grading within branch spread of existing trees to remain by hand methods to elevations indicated. Cut roots if necessary with an axe, and coat cut roots with tree paint. H. Grade at excavations to prevent storm -water from draining into excavated areas. 3.2 ROUGH GRADING A. Rough grade site to required levels, profiles, contours and elevations ready for finish grading and surface treatment. Maintain the following: 1. Paved areas - to below base material. 2. Areas to receive Finish Grading to 6" below final grades. 3. All other areas - grade to elevation indicated. B. Prior to placing fill material over undisturbed subsoil, scarify surface to depth of 6 inches. C. Backfill and Compaction 1. All open or landscaped areas shall be placed in 8" lifts compacted to 90% modified proctor. Testing frequency per lift shall be one test per 5000 sf. 2. All building pads and paving, plus 5 ft. beyond shall be backfilled or excavated and compacted in accordance with Section 02222 - EXCAVATING, BACKFILLING AND COMPACTING FOR STRUCTURES. 3.3 EROSION AND DUST CONTROL A. Provide erosion and dust control. B. Methods of erosion control may consist of any of the following or a combination thereof: seeding, mulching, baled straw, temporary silt fences. C. Aquire all necessary permits and pay for all related fee. Contact agency having jurisdiction over this requirement. 3.4 SURPLUS MATERIAL A. Remove surplus materials from site. END OF SECTION 02211 THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER HLM 90007.00-3 BID GROUP ONE 02211-2 SECTION 02215 FINISH GRADING PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 WORK OF THIS SECTION A. Finish grading within limits shown, areas to new elevations, levels and uniform levels and slopes between new including adjacent transition contours indicated. Provide and existing grades. 1.2 SUBMITTALS A. .Submit soil certification one week prior to commencing work. PART 2 - MATERIALS 2.1 TOPSOIL A. Topsoil stockpiled as specified under Section 02100 - SITE PREPARATION may be used to complete the finish grading and grassing operation or option to bring new topsoil onto the site from other sources at no additional cost to Owner. B. Reusable topsoil salvaged from the stripping operations or new topsoil brought onto the site shall meet the following requirements: 1. Fertile friable agricultural soil capable of sustaining vigorous plant growth either excessively alkaline or acidic, suitable for growth of grass and plants, free from subsoil, clay lumps, objectionable weeds, litter, stones larger than 2" in diameter, stumps, root and other material that would interfere with planting and maintenance operations. 2. No topsoil is to be graded, excavated or worked in muddy conditions. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 GRADING A. Grading shall include the areas necessary to establish pew grades required by the Grading Plan and such additional areas as are disturbed by construction storage, vehicle use and other construction operations including utility trenching, areas where excess fill is deposited, or where cutting is required to provide additional backfill material. B. New grades shown are designed to produce the required configuration of the site and do not necessarily represent a balance between cut and fill. 1. Soil in excess of that required to produce the grades shown shall be removed from the site. 2. Additional soil required to produce grades shown shall be provided from legal off -site source. C. Earth fill for grading shall be Earth Backfill from cut areas on the site except that stone, concrete, brick and other inorganic material may be buried and compacted. Material larger than 2" in size shall THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER HLM 90007.00-2 BID GROUP ONE 02215-1 SECTION 02215 FINISH GRADING not be permitted in the upper 8" of fill or against waterproofing membranes or utility lines. D. Install grade stakes at not more than the 25' intervals both ways. 1. Grades not otherwise indicated shall be uniform levels or slopes between points where elevations are given. 2. Adjust grades as necessary to provide positive drainage from building. 3. Finish grades shall not deviate from established elevations and true profile in excess of 1". E. Bring the entire Site Area to subgrades as follows: 1. For surfaced areas (building slab and paved areas) to the underside of the respective surfacing or base course, as fixed by the finished grades. 2. For balance of area, finished grade. F. The.finished subgrade shall be brought to elevations indicated and sloped to drain water away from the building walls. Fill areas where settlement occurs to required elevations. G. Place a 4" (minimum) compacted depth of topsoil over areas involved in cut and fill operations. H. Place no topsoil in areas of sewers, water mains and other utilities until backfill has settled. I. Schedule topsoil final grading so that when complete it will not be damaged by subsequent construction activities. J. Leave topsoil free of stones and debris ready for further development. K. Manually install topsoil at trees to remain. Avoid damage to root system. ******************** END OF SECTION 02215 THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER HLM 90007.00-2 BID GROUP ONE 02215-2 SECTION 02222 EXCAVATING, BACKFILLING AND COMPACTING FOR STRUCTURES PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 WORK OF THIS SECTION A. Excavate for structure and paved areas and stockpile subsoil on site. B. Shore and brace excavations as required. C. Place and compact fills to rough grade elevations. D. Dewater excavations. 1.2 REFERENCED STANDARDS A. Provide and maintain one copy at the site of all referenced publications for use by site and inspection personnel. B. ASTM D1557 - Test for Moisture - Density Relationship of Soils Using 10 lb. Rammer in 18 Inch Drop. C. FDOT - Florida Department of Transportation - Roadway and Traffic Design Standards. 1.3 SITE COMPACTION TESTING A. Testing of compacted fill materials will be performed by an independent testing laboratory appointed and paid for per requirements of Division 1. Testing will be performed so as to least encumber the performance of work. B. When portions of work are completed and ready for testing, notify the testing laboratory to perform density tests. Do not proceed with additional portions of work until results have been verified. C. If, during progress of work, tests indicate that compacted materials do not meet specified requirements, remove defective work, replace and retest at no cost to Owner. D. Ensure compacted fills are tested before proceeding with placement of surface materials. E. Testing Frequency 1. Building slab and paved areas: Minimum one test per 2500 sf per lift. 1.4 SUBMITTALS A. Submit minimum 10 pound samples of each type of fill material to be used. Provide samples to testing laboratory, packed tightly in containers to prevent contamination. B. If recent test results are available for fill materials to be used, disregard samples submission and submit such test results to the testing laboratory. Such test results are to clearly indicate types of materials and composition, hardness, compactability and suitability for proposed usage. 1.5 PROTECTION A. Protect trees remaining as part of final landscaping. B. Protect bench marks and existing roads and paving against damage from equipment and vehicular or foot traffic. C. Protect midden area from excavation and damage from equipment and vehicular or foot traffic. D. Protect excavations by shoring, bracing, sheet piling, underpinning, or other methods, as required to prevent cave-ins or loose dirt from falling into excavations. THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER HLM 90007.00-4 BID GROUP ONE 02222-1 SECTION 02222 EXCAVATING, BACKFILLING AND COMPACTING FOR STRUCTURES E. Notify Architect of unexpected sub -surface conditions and discontinue work in area until Architect provides notification to resume work. F. Grade around excavations to prevent surface water run-off into excavated areas. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 FILL MATERIALS A. Granular Fill: 1. Gravel: Angular pit run crushed natural stone; free from shale, clay, friable materials, and debris; graded within the following limits: Sieve Size 210 1" 3/4" 5/8" 3/8" No. 4 No. 16 No. 40 No. 200 % Passing 100 95 95 to 100 75 to 100 55 to 85 35 to 60 15 to 35 10 to 25 5 to 10 2. Pea Gravel: Clean natural stone; free from clay, shale and organic matter; 1/4" to 1/2". 3. Sand: Clean natural river or bank sand; free from silt, clay, loam, friable or soluble materials, and organic matter; graded within the following limits: Sieve Size % Passing No. 4 100 No. 14 10 to 100 No. 48 15 to 90 No. 100 4 to 30 No. 200 0 to 5 B. On Site Soils: Limerock material excavated from the site sufficiently crushed to individual fragment sizes no greater than 2" in size. C. Fill Under Future Landscaped Areas: Free from alkali, salt, petroleum products. Use sub -soil excavated from site only if conforming to specified requirements. Silt material excavated from the site is not acceptable for use in this area. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 PREPARATION AND LAYOUT A. Establish extent of excavation by area and elevation; designate and identify datum elevation. THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER HLM 90007.00-4 BID GROUP ONE 02222-2 SECTION 02222 EXCAVATING, BACKFILLING AND COMPACTING FOR STRUCTURES B. Set required lines and levels. C. Maintain bench marks, monuments and other reference points. D. Proofroll all building slab and paved areas with a large vibratory roller (Dynapac CA-25 or equivalent). E. Proofrolling of the structure and paved areas shall consist of at least eight overlapping passes and shall be observed by the testing laboratory. F. Materials which yield excessively during the proofrolling should be undercut and replaced with compacted granular or on -site soil fill. The testing laboratory shall recommend the nature and extent of remedial work. Proofrolling shall continue for the required number of passes until the soil at a depth of 12 inches below grade has attained a minimum density of 98% of the modified proctor maximum dry density. G. Proofrolling shall not occur within the midden area. H. Where paved areas occur within the midden, the area shall be preloaded. Install three settlement places in the area in accordance with FDOT Index No. 540. Place fill material over the area to 5 feet above existing grades. Settlement measurements shall be taken by the testing lab at least once a week. When the testing laboratory is satisfied that settlement has decreased to an acceptable level, the fill shall be removed to rough grade elevations. 3.2 EXCAVATION A. Excavate sub -soil in accordance with lines and levels required for construction of the work, and five feet beyond limits of building slab and paved areas. Excavation limits to include space for forms, bracing and shoring, applying waterproofing and to permit inspection. B. Do additional excavation only by written authorization of Architect. C. Machine slope banks. D. Hand trim excavations and leave free of loose or organic matter. E. Correct unauthorized excavation as directed, at no cost to Owner. F. Stockpile excavated sub -soil for re -use where directed. Remove excess or unsuitable excavated sub -soil from site. G. Removal of boulders or buried rock in excess of 1/2 cubic yard may be authorized as an extra. Other work is deemed to be within the scope of this Project. H. Coordinate with cassion work for special requirements and arrangements regarding excavation to rough out elevations. I. Do not disturb soil within branch spread of existing trees or shrubs that are to remain. J. If necessary to excavate through roots, perform work by hand and cut roots with a sharp ax. K. Overexcavation will be required at all building slab and paved areas to remove the silt and peat layer found about 4 to 5 feet below existing grades. The unsuitable silt and peat material shall be removed and backfilled with compacted granular or on -site soil fill. Refer to Geotechnical Report prepared by Westinghouse Environmental and Geotechnical Services Inc. dated January 15, 1991 for information regarding the location and depth of the silt/peat layer. L. Where paved areas occur within the midden, no excavation will be allowed below existing grade. THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER HLM 90007.00-4 BID GROUP ONE 02222-3 SECTION 02222 EXCAVATING, BACKFILLING AND COMPACTING FOR STRUCTURES 3.3 BACKFILLING A. Stockpile fill materials in area(s) designated. B. Ensure areas to be backfilled are free from debris. C. Do not backfill over existing sub -grade surfaces which are porous, wet or spongy. D. Compact existing sub -grade surfaces if densities are not equal to that required for backfill materials. E. Cut out soft areas of existing sub -grade. Backfill with granular or on site soil and fill compact to required density. F. Backfill areas to rough grades, contours, levels and elevations. G. Backfill systematically and as early as possible to allow maximum time for natural settlement and compaction. H. Place and compact fill materials in continuous layers not exceeding 6" loose depth. Use a method so as not to disturb or damage foundation waterproofing. I. Maintain optimum moisture content of backfill materials to attain required compaction density. 3.4 FILL TYPES AND COMPACTION A. Fill Under Building Slab and Paved Areas: On -site soil or granular fill to rough grade elevations. Extend a minimum of five feet beyond the limits of the building slab and paved areas. Compact to 98% modified proctor per ASTM D-1557. B. Future Landscaped Areas: Fill under landscaped areas to rough grade elevations. Compact to 90% Modified Proctor per ASTM D-1557. 3.5 SURPLUS MATERIALS A. Remove surplus earth materials from site as directed by Construction Manager. B. Leave stockpile areas completely free of all excess fill materials. END OF SECTION 02222 THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER HLM 90007.00-4 BID GROUP ONE 02222-4 SECTION 02226 EXCAVATING, BACKFILLING AND COMPACTING FOR UTILITIES PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 WORK OF THIS SECTION A. Excavation and Backfill-Utilities. 1. Excavating and bedding for all utilities. 2. Backfilling for all utilities. 1.2 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Work. shall conform to National, State, County, City, and Institutional codes governing installation of site'utility systems. B. Testing Lab: Refer to Division One - TESTING LABORATORY SERVICES. 1. Notify the Testing Laboratory 24 hours in advance of backfilling operations to allow the Testing Laboratory to conduct compaction tests. Compaction shall be tested by the method specified or indicated on the Drawings. Testing lab shall be present for all compaction operations. 2. Backfill materials shall be installed in layers and compacted to the required density by method, type and size of equipment which will give the required specified compaction. 3. Backfill compaction which fails to meet the specified density requirements shall be re -excavated, recompacted, refinished and retested until satisfactory compaction is achieved at contractors expense. 1.3 PRODUCT DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING A. Use means necessary to protect materials of this Section before, during and after installation and to protect installed work and materials of other trades. B. Be responsible for safe storage of material furnished and accepted for the work intended, until it has been incorporated in completed project. Excavated materials and backfill materials shall be kept free from dirt and foreign matter contamination. C. Access and storage areas shall be returned to normal usable condition at end of project. 1.4 JOB CONDITIONS A. Existing utility information shown on the drawings is from survey work by others, field observations, available public records and record drawings. The exact locations and elevations of utilities shall be determined prior to installing new work. 1. Field verify vertical elevations related to bench marks, pipe inverts and vertical building levels prior to commencing work. Field verify existing grades and locations of existing lines, poles, trees, paving and other site structures prior to demolition or construction and immediately inform the Architect of discrepancies. 2. Contact all public and private utility companies 48 hours prior to any excavation. Cost of replacement and repair of existing utilities damaged as a result of Contractor's operation shall be the Contractor's responsibility. THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER HLM 90007.00-4 BID GROUP ONE 02226-1 SECTION 02226 EXCAVATING, BACKFILLING AND COMPACTING FOR UTILITIES B. Give adequate advance notice to public municipalities and utility companies of proposed work. C. Protect existing utilities indicated or the location of which are made known by on -site inspection prior to excavation that are indicated to be retained, as well as utility lines constructed during excavation operations. Repair, if damaged, at no cost to the Owner. If utility lines are encountered that were not indicated or that the Contractor was not made aware of after due diligence on his part, notify the Architect immediately. Repair said damaged lines immediately. Contract price will be adjusted in accordance with the provisions of the Contract. D. Protect the midden area from damage due to equipment and vehicular traffic. No excavation can occur in the midden area without prior approval from the Construction Manager. E. Adequate Advance notice shall be given interested governmental agencies prior to disruption of traffic flow due to excavation of road and walkways incidental to work of this Section. 1.5 SUBMITTALS A. Submit 30 pound samples of each granular material to be used as backfill and pipe bedding to the Testing Laboratory for analysis and approval prior to installation. B. Test reports: Submit test reports on select fill and backfill materials to show compactability in conformance with this Section requirements. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 BACKFILL MATERIALS: A. Select Fill: 1. Gravel: Angular pit run crushed natural stone; free from shale, clay, friable materials, and debris; graded within the following limits: Sieve size % Passing 1-1/2" 100 1" 95 to 100 3/4" 95 to 100 5/8" 75 to 100 3/8" 55 to 85 No. 4 35 to 60 No..16 15 to 35 No. 40 10 to 25 No. 200 5 to 10 THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER HLM 90007.00-4 BID GROUP ONE 02226-2 SECTION 02226 EXCAVATING, BACKFILLING AND COMPACTING FOR UTILITIES 2. Pea Rock: Clean natural stone; free from clay, shale and organic matter; 1/4" to 1/2". 3. Sand: Clean natural river or bank sand; free from silt, clay, loam, friable or soluble materials, and organic matter; graded within the following limits: Sieve size % Passing No. 4 95 to 100 No. 8 60 to 100 No. 10 30 to 100 No. 14 10 to 100 No. 48 15 to 90 No. 100 0 to 20 No. 200 0 to 5 B. Excavated or Borrow Sub -soil: Free from roots, rock larger than 2" in size and building debris and compactable according to testing laboratory. Limerock material excavated from the site will be acceptable if the material is sufficiently crushed to individual fragment sizes no greater than 2 inches in size. C. Subsoil: Fill under landscaped areas: Free from alkali, salt, petroleum products. Use sub -soil excavated from site only if conforming to specified requirements. Silt material excavated from the site is not acceptable for use in this area. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 PREPARATION A. Prior to work of this Section, carefully inspect installed work of other trades and verify that such work is complete to point where this installation may properly commence. B. Verify that items may be installed in accordance with original design, codes, and regulations, and portions of referenced standards. C. In the event of discrepancy, immediately notify the Architect. D. Do not proceed with installation in areas of discrepancy until such discrepancies have been fully resolved. 3.2 GENERAL A. Excavation shall include: 1. The work of clearing the site and removal and disposal of all obstructions. 2. Necessary excavations. 3. Placing and use of sheeting and shoring. 4. Pumping and fluming to keep the trenches and other excavations free from water. 5. Drains and sewers and the temporary disposal of water from other sources during the progress of the work. THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER HLM 90007.00-4 BID GROUP ONE 02226-3 SECTION 02226 EXCAVATING, BACKFILLING AND COMPACTING FOR UTILITIES 6. Damming and coffer -damming where necessary. 7. Supporting and protecting all underground structures, pipes, conduits, culverts, lamp posts, poles, wires, fences, buildings and other property adjacent to the work. 8. Removing existing sewers, culverts and bulkheads where necessary. 9. Removing after completion of the work all sheeting and shoring not necessary to support the sides of trenches. 10. Hauling away all surplus excavated material. 11. Backfilling. 12. Mechanically tamping backfill. B. Erosion and Sediment Control: 1. The Contractor shall take necessary precautions to prevent erosion and resultant sediment run-off into utility excavations. C. Control Surveys: 1. Survey the lines and grades as necessary for the proper control of work. Verify benchmark elevations against existing benchmarks. D. Trees: 1. Tunnel or bore all trees within the line of work, not indicated for removal. The method of treatment shall be performed in accordance with requirements of the governmental unit or agency having jurisdiction. 2. Protect all other trees. Damage to trees shall be compensated for, by Contractor. Permission to remove trees shall be in writing. 3. Where trees are tunneled, the maximum distance from the center of the tree to the edge of the tunnel shall be within an area determined by a circle with radius equal in feet to the radius of the tree trunk in inches. Measure the radius of the tree trunk at 4'-0" above the ground. All backfill shall be the same material as mined, firmly compacted in place. E. Trenching and Trimming: 1. Excavation for trenches in which pipe lines are to be installed, shall provide adequate space for workmen to place and joint the pipe properly, but the trench shall be kept to the minimum width shown on drawing details. 2. Do not bed pipe in material containing sharp sand, crushed stone, or gravel. F. Unauthorized Excavation: 1. If excavation is carried below or beyond the established or ordered limits for any pipes or structures, it shall be deemed unauthorized, and if ordered, fill the unauthorized excavation with concrete with a minimum compressive strength at 28 days of 2500 pounds per square inch or, if permitted by Architect, with thoroughly compacted selected material. G. Additional Excavation: 1. Remove materials encountered which are not suitable. Obtain approval from construction manager for additional excavation. H. Midden Area: 1. No excavation is to occur within the midden area without prior approval from the Construction Manager. THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER HLM 90007.00-4 BID GROUP ONE 02226-4 SECTION 02226 EXCAVATING, BACKFILLING AND COMPACTING FOR UTILITIES I. Length of Open Trench: 1. The amount of trench open at any one time in advance of completed work shall be held to a minimum of 100 ft., or as directed by the Architect. 2. Backfilling and restoration of surfaces shall begin as soon as the constructed work is in approved condition. 3. New trenching will not be permitted when earlier trenches need backfilling or labor is needed to restore the surfaces of streets or other areas to a. safe and proper condition. J. Test Pits: 1. Dig exploratory test pits as may be necessary, in advance of trench excavation, to determine the exact location of sub -surface pipe lines, conduits, and structures. K. Sheeting, Shoring, and Bracing: 1. If required by ground conditions or depth, or wherever the presence of incipient slides are noted during excavation, the trench walls shall be restrained with adequate sheeting and shoring. 2. Furnish and install adequate sheeting, shoring and bracing, to maintain and to protect built work and adjacent structures. 3. Bracing shall be arranged so as not to place a strain on portions of completed work until the construction has proceeded far enough to provide ample strength. The Contractor shall be responsible for all damage to built work, and adjacent and neighboring structures. 4. Damage to new or existing structures occurring through settle- ment due to removal, failure, or' lack of sheeting or bracing shall be repaired or the structure replaced, at no cost,to the Owner. L. Construction Sheeting Left In -Place: 1. Furnish, install and leave in place, construction sheeting and bracing when specified or shown on the Drawings. 2. Construction sheeting and bracing, and bracing left in place, unless specifically ordered otherwise in writing by the Architect, shall be included in the cost for excavations. 3. Any construction sheeting and bracing not shown or specified which the Contractor has placed to facilitate his work may be ordered in writing by the Architect or Owner to be left in place and will be paid for under the applicable Contract provision. M. Removal of Water: 1. At all times during construction provide and maintain ample means and devices with which to remove promptly and dispose of properly all water entering the excavations or other parts of the work until structures are completed. No water shall be allowed to rise over or come in contact with masonry until the concrete and mortar has attained a satisfactory set, except in cases where the concrete has been tremmied into place with the approval of the Architect. In water bearing sand, well points and/or sheeting shall be supplied together with pumps and other appurtenances to keep the excavation dry. THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER HLM 90007.00-4 BID GROUP ONE 02226-5 SECTION 02226 EXCAVATING, BACKFILLING AND COMPACTING FOR UTILITIES N. Disposal of Unsuitable and Surplus Materials: 1. All materials excavated which are unsuitable for use in back - filling trenches or around structures, or suitable materials excavated that are in excess of that required, shall be disposed of offsite. 0. Explosives and Blasting: 1. No explosives or blasting caps shall be brought on site. P. Site Improvements: 1. The following items shall constitute site improvements, the damage, repair or replacement of which shall be the responsi- bility of the Contractor. The cost of this work shall be included. 2. All concrete pavement, gravel roadways with or without asphalt surfacing, driveways, service drives or approaches to same, either concrete, gravel.or asphalt -surfaced, and all sidewalks or housewalks disturbed by the Contractor shall be replaced. All necessary removal and replacement shall meet the current specifi- cations of the governmental unit or agency having jurisdiction, or Owner's jurisdiction. 3. When the proposed utility will be located under an existing concrete pavement, or requires removal of concrete pavement and the residual pavement is less than 5'-0" from a pavement joint or from the face of the curb, it shall be removed and replaced. If the residual pavement to be removed is adjacent to the curb, the curb shall be removed and a new curb poured integral with the pavement. All concrete pavement which is not removed to a construction joint shall be saw cut total depth prior to removal. All concrete pavement replaced shall be to a thickness with or without reinforcing mesh and with or without hook bolts as required by the agency having jurisdiction thereof. All damaged or undermined pavement shall be removed and replaced. 4. If the pavement removed has an asphaltic bituminous concrete surface, the surface shall be removed to a distance 1'-0" beyond the limits of the removed pavement. The butt joint shall be prepared by sawing through the total depth of the asphalt. The surface shall be replaced with a thickness meeting the require- ments of the agency having jurisdiction both as to materials and method of replacement. 5. All necessary grading shall be done to fit adjoining ground elevations. All ditches or culverts disturbed shall be restored to permit the proper flow of surface water. Any culverts removed shall be replaced with new material meeting size and specifica- tions of'the agency having jurisdiction. 6. Established lawn areas disturbed shall be restored by resodding unless specifically directed elsewhere to be reseeded. Q. Owner's Use of Completed Facilities: 1. The Owner may have the progressive use of the mains and sewers after written acceptance is received.from the Owner. THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER HLM 90007.00-4 BID GROUP ONE 02226-6 SECTION 02226 EXCAVATING, BACKFILLING AND COMPACTING FOR UTILITIES 3.3 TRENCH WIDTH A. Width of trench at top of pipe shall be within the limits described the Drawings when the pipe is properly aligned and in the center of the trench. Excavation producing trench widths at the top of pipe in excess of those shown on the Drawings may require a change in bedding requirements and/or pipe classifications as determined by the Architect at no additional cost. 3.4 PIPE LAYING - GENERAL A. Pipe shall be laid to the line and grade called for on the Drawings. Each pipe as laid shall be checked with line and grade pole or a laser beam to insure that this result is obtained. B. Construction shall begin at the outlet end and proceed upgrade with spigot ends pointing into the direction of flow. C. Preparatory to making pipe joints, all joint surfaces shall be clean and dry. Lubricants, primers, and adhesives shall be used as recommended by the pipe or joint manufacturer's specifications. The pipe shall be jointed so as to obtain a watertight joint. After the joint made, sufficient backfill material shall be placed along pipe to prevent movement. D. Proper support of all pipe through the full length of the barrel shall be made by constructing bedding as required and detailed on the Drawings. Special care shall be observed to avoid load on bells of bell and spigot pipe. 3.5 PIPE LAYING AND BEDDING A. This Section shall cover all laying and bedding of pipes classed as sewers, water mains (domestic, fire and gray water), and gas lines. B. Each pipe shall be inspected for defects prior to being lowered into the trench. Pipes having joint defects or cracks shall be immediately rejected and taken off the site. Pipe shall be cleaned of any dirt or foreign matter. Prevent abrasion of the pipe coating, especially on the inside of the pipe. Wherever the coating is damaged, that part shall be thoroughly cleaned and recoated with a coating satisfactory to the Architect and in accordance with the manufacturer's specifica- tions. A supply of coating for such purposes shall be on hand. C. When material in the trench bottom will not properly support the pipe the excavation shall be continued to stable soil and the trench refilled to proper grade with gravel or other suitable material; provided stable soil is found at a depth of not more than 2'-0" below trench bottom. Where stable material is not encountered at a depth of 2'-0", advise Architect immediately. D. Ledge rock and large stones shall be removed from the trench to pro- vide a clearance of at least 6" inches below and on either side of all parts of pipe, valves or fittings. A clearance of 9" below and on each side of pipe shall be provided for pipe 12" in diameter and larger. E. Excavation for mains shall be of sufficient depth generally to provide a 3'-0" cover unless noted on the Drawings. Where pipe is set to grade the cover may vary from 3'-011. Where the ground is -undulating, THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER HLM 90007.00-4 BID GROUP ONE 02226-7 SECTION 02226 EXCAVATING, BACKFILLING AND COMPACTING FOR UTILITIES the cover may vary in accordance with requirements set forth on the Drawings. No additional compensation will be paid for variance of cover. 3.6 BACKFILL A. For purposes of these specifications, backfill shall be considered as that material placed in open cut excavations above an elevation 1'-0" over the outside top of sewers and mains. B. All trenches and excavations shall be backfilled immediately after pipe is laid therein, unless other protections of the pipe line are made. No material shall be used for backfilling that contains stones, rock, or pieces of masonry greater than 6", debris or earth with an exceptionally high void content. No large pieces of rock or masonry shall be deposited closer than 2'-0" from the completed outside surface of any structure. C. Unless otherwise specified or directed, material excavated in connection with the work shall be used for backfilling and other filling purposes. In backfilling around structures, all lumber, rubbish, braces, and refuse shall be removed from behind the walls before backfilling is started. This backfilling shall be made in a manner to prevent after -settlement, and shall be mechanically tamped, puddled, or jetted, and left at the proper grade and with a smooth, even surface. D. The select backfill around and over structures and pipes shall be carefully done by hand and tamped to a point 12" above the top of same. Only selected material shall be used in this area, and the select backfill shall be placed completely under pipe haunches in uniform layers not exceeding 6" in depth up each side. Each layer shall be placed, then carefully and uniformly tamped, so as to eliminate the possibility of lateral displacement of pipe or structure. Select backfill shall be hand tamped and compacted to a minimum compaction of 98% modified proctor test. No mechanical compaction equipment shall be used within 1'-0" of the top of the installed pipe. Compaction shall proceed uniformly on each side of the pipe. Particular attention shall be paid in obtaining thorough support for all valves, fittings, water service connections, and the branch of all sewer service connections, and to preserve the alignment and gradient of the installed pipe. Select backfill shall be as outlined in this section or may be excavated material as outlined, but only if it is compactable according to the testing laboratory. After the select backfill has been placed and compacted around the structures and pipes to a height 2'-0" over the top of bedding, or 1 -0 above the top of the pipe, whichever is greater, the remainder of the trench may be backfilled by machine. The backfill material shall be deposited in horizontal layers and each layer shall be thoroughly compacted by approved methods before a succeeding layer is placed. 1. Backfill for trenches where any portions lie under, cross or run within 3'-0" of, and parallel to proposed paved or building slab areas shall be granular backfill and mechanically compacted in THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER HLM 90007.00-4 BID GROUP ONE 02226-8 SECTION 02226 EXCAVATING, BACKFILLING AND COMPACTING FOR UTILITIES place in 1'-0" layers or less to a minimum compaction of of 98%, modified proctor test. 2. Backfill for all trenches not included in limitations described above or in permanent easements across graded and improved sites shall be selected excavated material (excluding blue clay) mechanically compacted to produce a minimum of 90% compaction. 3. Specified compaction means not less than the percentage required based on the maximum unit weight at optimum moisture content when tested in accordance with ASTM D-1557 (modified proctor). 4. If the excavated material is not suitable to obtain the minimum compaction required, remove unsuitable materials or add granular materials, or both, to obtain the compaction specified. Compaction tests will be made by the Owner's testing laboratory, Refer to Division One. 3.7 CLEAN-UP A. Upon completion of work of this Section, leave all components of the systems completely free of silt, debris and obstructions. B. Excess excavated material shall be removed from the site and disposed at a legal dump site. All areas of work shall be returned to original surface elevation prior to commencing site excavation. C. During the progress of the work, maintain adjacent streets and access ways free of vehicle tracking and dropped excavated materials. Comply with all local ordinances. ******************** END OF SECTION 02226 THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER HLM 90007.00-4 BID GROUP ONE 02226-9 SECTION 02385 DRILLED CAISSONS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Drilling and excavating of shafts for drilled caissons. 2. Drilling of percussion test holes in bottom of drilled caissons. 3. Cleaning of drilled caisson bottoms and sockets. 4. Test caisson. 5. Steel casings and liners. 6. Drilling mud. 7. Reinforcing and dowels from drilled caissons into walls, grade beams, slabs and columns. 8. Concrete and concreting of drilled caissons. 9. Disposal of excavated materials. B. Related Sections: 1. DIVISION ZERO - INFORMATION AVAILABLE TO BIDDERS: SUBSURFACE INVESTIGATION DATA. 2. DIVISION ONE - TESTING LABORATORY SERVICES 3. SECTION 02222 - EXCAVATION, BACKFILLING AND COMPACTING FOR STRUCTURES 4. SECTION 03300 - CAST -IN -PLACE CONCRETE 1.2 REFERENCES A. Provide and maintain one copy at the site of all referenced publications for use by site and inspection personnel. B. ACI 301 - Specifications for Structural Concrete for Buildings. C. ACI 315 - Details and Detailing of Concrete Reinforcement. D. ACI 318 - Building Code Requirements for Reinforced Concrete. E. EP-15 - ACI Field Reference Manual: Specifications for Structural Concrete for Buildings with selected ACI and ASTM References. F. CRSI - Recommended Practice for Placing Reinforcing Bars. 1.3 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT A. Basis of Bids: Bids shall be based on the number of drilled caissons, length from top elevation to bottom of the shaft and the diameter of the shaft, as shown on the Drawings. B. No payment will be made for drilled caisson construction not represented by a submitted report verified by the testing agency. C. Basis for Payment: 1. Payment for drilled caissons will be made on the actual net volume of drilled caissons in place and accepted. The actual length may vary to coincide with the elevations where the compentent limerock is encountered. Adjustments to the Contract Sum will be made on the basis of the over and under depth differences of the drilled caissons, THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER HLM 90007.00-4 BID GROUP ONE 02385-1 SECTION 02385 DRILLED CAISSONS between those shown on the Drawings and those in the actual installed work, in aggregate for all drilled caisson installed. 2. There will be no additional compensation for excavation, concrete fill, reinforcing, casings or other costs due to unauthorized over excavating shafts in any dimension. No payment will be made for rejected drilled caissons. 3. There will be no additional compensation for excavation from present grade to top of drilled caisson if drilled caisson work proceeds before site work excavation and grading is complete. 4. Excavated materials will be classified in accordance with the following. Adjustments to the Contract Sum will be made in accordance with unit prices for greater or lesser quantities of materials. a. Normal excavation is defined as materials encountered between top of competant limerock and top of drilled caissons excluding obstructions. b. Limerock excavation is defined as material encountered between founding level and top of competant limerock elevation. All soil -filled cavities, limerock fragments and voids included in the limerock excavation area shall be considered limerock for the full volume of the shaft from the initial contact with limerock for payment purposes. Payment will be based on the total lengths for drilled caissons in soils and limerock, for each drilled caisson diameter. Top of competant limerock elevation is determined by testing agency's geotechnical engineer. 5. Payment for obstructions as defined herein will be for the volume of caissons within the vertical limits of the obstructions only. The top and bottom limits of the obstructions will be measured by the testing agency. The payment volume will be the caisson cross -sectional area as shown on the Contract Documents times the height between the upper and lower limits of the obstruction as measured by the testing agency. 1.4 UNIT PRICES A. Refer to Division One for scope of units prices required of items specified under this section. B. Unit prices (established on the Bid Form) will apply in the event additions to or deductions from the Work are required and authorized by a written order from the Architect to Contractor. 1. Unit price is to be the same for overrun and underrun within first 20% of indicated length and is to include drilling, casing and removal, reinforcing steel and concrete. 2. Unit prices quoted shall include full compensation for labor, materials, tools, equipment and incidentals required for excavation, trimming, shoring, casings, drilling mud and other necessary items for complete installation. 1.5 SUBMITTALS A. Submit concrete materials test reports for materials proposed for use in concrete mixes. THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER HLM 90007.00-4 BID GROUP ONE 02385-2 SECTION 02385 4:1fft: toZf.lui-91►�1 B. Submit daily preliminary drilled caissons report by Testing Agency of actual elevation of top of limerock and bottom of caisson, and top of caisson. C. Submit concrete design mix reports, listing all mixes required and their respective test results. D. Submit Shop Drawings for fabrication bending and placement of concrete reinforcement. Include all accessories required to support reinforcement. E. Submit Installer Qualifications. F. Submit load test results signed and sealed by Testing Agency's geotechnical engineer. G. Signed and sealed certification letter from Testing Agency's geotechnical engineer stating drilled caissons as installed will resist the required designed loads. H. Submit surveyor qualifications and experience records. I. Submit copies of manufacturer's product data and printed instructions for each manufactured product. 1.6 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Installer Qualifications: Specializing in drilled caisson construction. Demonstrate experience working in similar soil, rock, and water conditions, shaft sizes, and special techniques, with at least three years of successful installation of caissons. B. Survey Work: 1. Engage a State of Florida registered Surveyor acceptable to the Construction Manager, to perform surveys,layouts, and measurements for drilled caisson work. The Surveyor shall conduct the layout work for each drilled caisson to the lines and levels required before excavation, and shall record the actual measurements of each drilled caissons horizontal axial location, shaft diameter, bottom and top elevations, and deviations from specified tolerances. 2. The Surveyor shall record and maintain information pertinent to each drilled caisson and cooperate with other testing and inspection personnel to provide data for required reports. C. Caisson Installation Approval: 1. Testing Agency shall employ the services of a professional engineer experienced in soil mechanics (Geotechnical Engineer) registered in the State of Florida. This engineer will certify that caissons have been installed under his supervision and that caissons will resist the required design loads as installed. 1.7 JOB CONDITIONS A. Subsurface investigations have been performed and results are available from the office of the Construction Manager as specified in Division Zero. THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER HLM 90007.00-4 BID GROUP ONE 02385-3 SECTION 02385 DRILLED CAISSONS B. Additional test borings and other exploratory operations may be made by the Contractor at no increase to the Contract Sum, provided such operations are acceptable to the Owner and Architect. C. Examination of Site: 1. Visit and examine the site and take into consideration conditions that may affect the Work. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 MATERIALS A. Concrete, and related materials: As specified in Section 03300 and amended to meet the requirements specified below: 1. Portland cement: ASTM C-150, Type II. B. Reinforcement: As specified in Section 03200. C. Concrete proportioning: As specified in Section 03300 and amended below: 1. Cement content: 658 pounds per cubic yard. 2. Fly ash: Replace 22 percent of cement with fly ash at a ratio of one pound of fly ash for every one pound of cement removed. 3. Water to cement ratio: .48 maximum. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Examine the areas and conditions under which drilled caissons are to be installed. B. Do not proceed with the work until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. C. Commencement of work means acceptance of conditions. 3.2 GENERAL A. Perform concrete work in accordance with ACI 301. B. Excavation shall be free of water and loose material. C. Do not place drilled caisson concrete under water. 3.3 EXCAVATION A. Excavate holes for drilled caissons to the required elevation based on limerock socket required as shown on the Drawings. B. Drilled caisson design and dimensions shown are based on the assumed unit skin friction. If the load test shows that the competent limerock is not capable of maintaining the unit skin friction assumed, the foundation THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER HLM 90007.00-4 BID GROUP ONE 02385-4 SECTION 02385 DRILLED CAISSONS system will be revised as directed by the Architect. If the load. test shows that a higher unit skin friction may be used, a reduction in shaft length may be directed by the Architect. Revisions to payment will be made in accordance with the General Conditions relative to changes in the Work. C. If required, install casings or use drilling mud as excavation proceeds so that earth walls are maintained without spalling into the shaft and water is excluded from shaft. D. Drill through soil overburden and limerock, through the deepest level of voids or soil filled cavities or sections of decomposed limerock, to the design bottom of caisson indicated on the Drawings, or as directed by the Geotechnical Engineer in the field. Provide shafts and sockets with diameters least equal to that indicated on Drawings. E. Locate centerline of drilled caisson to be on centerline of bearing construction, unless otherwise indicated on the Drawings. 1. Do not exceed the following tolerances: Shaft centerline location: 2 inch maximum variation from plan location. Shaft variation to plumb: 1 inch in 10 feet for full depth (with maximum of 4 inches). 2. If above tolerances are exceeded, provide additional or corrective construction. Submit proposed corrective construction methods to the Architect for review before proceeding. 3. The minimum center -to -center spacing between drilled caissons proposed by the Contractor for corrective work shall be three times the diameter of the drilled caisson. F. Installation Equipment: 1. Form by means of a power driven rotary foundation drilling rig. Provide and maintain equipment in first class condition and operable at all times. 2. Provide equipment capable of penetrating very dense limerock with the maximum size shaft. a. Equipment: Able to impress a minimum total weight to the Auger of 20,000 lbs. by a combination of Kelly Bar Weight and Crowd System. b. Apply a minimum 50,000 foot pounds of torque to the Kelly bar. G. Obstructions: 1. If rock, boulders or other unforeseen obstructions are encountered which cannot be removed by standard drilled caisson excavation methods and if such obstructions are not indicated by available subsurface data, removal of such obstructions will be paid for in accordance with terms of the Contract relative to changes in the work. Standard excavation methods include conventional earth auger, pengo bit, stepped taper bit, teeth on auger or other attachments to auger.' 2. Remove such obstructions by hand labor using air -powered tools, core barrels with drilled caisson drilling equipment or other safe methods recognized in the construction industry. The Testing Agency will observe obstruction excavation and determine volume of obstruction excavation involved at the time the work takes place. 3. Where possible, return to standard excavation methods after obstruction is removed. THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER HLM 90007.00-4 BID GROUP ONE 02385-5 SECTION 02385 DRILLED CAISSONS H. Demolish and remove rock, boulders, concrete, masonry and other subsurface obstructions which are indicated by the Contract Documents, or the available subsurface exploration data. I. Shaft Liners or Casings: 1. In drilling the caissons, securely protect the earth walls against cave-ins and displacement of the surrounding earth by means of steel cylinder liners or casings. Use liners or casings to line holes, unless permission is granted for their omission by the Professional Engineer. 2. Temporary casings may be left in place or may be withdrawn as the concrete is placed above competent limerock, at the Contractor's option. 3. Below competent limerock, temporary casings must be withdrawn as the concrete is placed. Permanent casings are not allowed below competent limerock. 4. If removable steel liners are used, they may be withdrawn as the concrete is being placed providing the bottom of the liner is a minimum of 5 feet below the top of concrete. Maintain a sufficient head of concrete to prevent a reduction in the diameter of the drilled caisson shaft due to earth pressure on the fresh concrete and to prevent extraneous material from falling in from the sides and mixing with the fresh concrete. J. Drilling mud: 1. Provide to maintain the stability of the shaft excavation to exclude free water and allow the proper placement of concrete. 2. Prior to placing concrete in each excavation, take samples to ensure that heavily contaminated drilling mud, which would impair the free flow of concrete from the tremie pipe, has not accumulated at the bottom of the shaft. Take samples one foot from the bottom the hole. The density of the drilling mud in the excavation prior to concreting shall be within the required limits. K. Depth of rock socket: Bottom of caisson elevations indicated on the Drawings are for bidding purposes. Actual elevations will be determined by the geotechnical engineer and the Architect. L. No payment will be made for the extra length, when drilled caisson shafts are excavated to a greater depth than required or authorized by the geotechnical engineer, due to overdrilling by the Contractor. Complete the drilled caisson and fill the extra depth with concrete, if all other conditions are satisfactory. Over excavated shafts will be measured and paid for to the original design or authorized depth. M. Take precautions to maintain a safe operation in connection with drilled caisson installation. Provisions for adequate protection to persons and property shall comply with applicable requirements of governing authorities having jurisdiction. N. Remove excavated material and dispose of as directed by Construction Manager. THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER HLM 90007.00-4 BID GROUP ONE 02385-6 SECTION 02385 DRILLED CAISSONS 3.4 PERMANENT STEEL CASINGS: CONTRACTOR OPTION A. Provide above competent limerock. B. Provide casings of sufficient strength to withstand handling stresses and pressures from surrounding soil and water or concrete inside. Provide casings with inside clear diameter not less than the diameter of the drilled caisson shaft. C. Steel Pipe Casings: 1. Watertight, strength to withstand stresses and pressure of concrete, surrounding earth and backfill. 2. Casings may be delivered in section of any convenient length. Connect sections by continuous penetration welds during placement into the drilled caisson shaft excavation. 3. Design the bottom edge of the lowest casing section to provide a cutting shoe for penetrating into limerock strata and affecting a water seal. D. Corrugated Steel Casings: 1. Watertight, strength to withstand stresses and pressure of concrete, surrounding earth and backfill. 2. Provide corrugated steel casings formed of galvanized or bituminous coated steel sheets. 3. Corrugated casings may be delivered in any convenient section of panel, with sections or panels field -connected in accordance with the manufacturer's instructions. 4. Design the bottom edge of the lowest casing section to provide a cutting shoe for penetrating into limerock strata and affecting a water seal. E. Install permanent steel casing as excavation work progresses and as required to ensure the stability of drilled caisson shaft walls. Remove and replace or repair casings which are damaged during installation and which could impair the strength of efficiency of the completed drilled caisson. 3.5 DRILLING MUD A. Premix drilling mud thoroughly with clean potable water prior to its introduction into the shaft excavation. B. Test drilling mud for density using the mud density balance. Density to be between 66 and 75 pounds per cubic foot.. C. Dispose of drilling mud off -site. 3.6 REINFORCING STEEL AND DOWELS A. Install in accordance with ACI 315 and CRSI "Recommended Practice for Placing Reinforcing Bars". B. Before placing, clean reinforcing steel and dowels of loose rust, scale, dirt, grease and other material which impair bond. THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER HLM 90007.00-4 BID GROUP ONE 02385-7 SECTION 02385 DRILLED CAISSONS C. Fabricate and erect reinforcing cages in shafts as one continuous unit. Place reinforcement symmetrically about axis of hole and hold in position during concrete placement providing minimum 6 inches of concrete cover. D. Use templates to set anchor bolts, dowels, leveling plates and other accessories. Provide blocking and holding devices to maintain required position during concrete placement. E. As casing is withdrawn, take care to ensure reinforcement is not disturbed or exposed to the surrounding soil. Securely attach spacers, capable of sliding on the casing, to the reinforcement. F. Protect exposed ends of dowels and anchor bolts from mechanical damage and exposure to the weather. 3.7 CONCRETE PLACEMENT A. Special observation is required during placement of concrete to ensure the drilled caisson is installed without cavities and extraneous material and to ensure minimum diameter is maintained. B. Fill drilled caisson with concrete immediately after inspection and approval by the Testing Agency and the Architect. Use protection sheets cut out to receive concrete over excavation openings, extending at least 12 inches beyond edge in all directions. C. Place concrete continuously without interruption and in a smooth flow without segregating the mixed materials. D. Place excess concrete where temporary casings are used to ,allow for anticipated slump due to casing removal. E. Concrete shall be placed by tremie method such as gravity flow through a vertical pipe of sufficient length to reach the bottom of the drilled caisson. Control placement operations to ensure that the tremie is not broken during continuous placing from bottom to top. Maintain bottom of tremie below top of concrete. F. Vibrate the top 15 feet of the drilled caisson concrete. G. Remove segregated concrete and laitance as the concrete placement for each drilled caisson is being completed, to achieve a continuous column of good quality concrete up to design cut-off elevation. H. Place drilled caisson concrete monolithically. If a construction joint is unavoidable, leave the resulting shaft surface approximately level and insert additional dowels as required by Architect. Before completing the drilled caisson with a subsequent concrete placement, roughen and clean the joint surface and slush with a 1 to 1 cement grout. I. Stop the concrete placement at the cut-off elevation, screed off true and level and apply a scoured, rough finish, unless otherwise indicated. Where cut-off elevation is above ground elevation, form the top section above grade and extend the shaft to the required elevation. THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER HLM 90007.00-4 BID GROUP ONE 02385-8 SECTION 02385 DRILLED CAISSONS J. Hot Weather Placing: 1. When hot weather conditions exist that would seriously impair the quality and strength of concrete, place concrete in accordance with ACI 305 and as herein specified. 2. Cool ingredients before mixing to maintain concrete temperature at time of placement below 90 degrees F. Mixing water may be chilled, or chopped ice may be used to control the concrete temperature provided the water equivalent of the ice is calculated to the total amount of mixing water. 3. Place concrete immediately upon delivery. Keep exposed concrete surfaces and formed shaft extensions moist by fog sprays, wet burlap or other effective means. 4. Do not use retarding admixtures unless approved in writing by the Architect. 3.8 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. The Contractor is responsible for quality control. 1. Inspection or testing by the Owner does not relieve the Contractor of his responsibility to perform the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents. B. Quality Control Monitoring: 1. Refer to Division One - Testing Laboratory Services. 2. The Owner will employ a Testing Agency to perform field quality control tests for concrete and monitor drilled caisson installation. 3. The Owner's Testing Agency will employ a qualified professional Geotechnical Engineer registered in the State of Florida who will observe caissons drilling, cleaning, concreting work and determine bottom elevation of caisson. C. Drilled Caisson Reports 1. Records shall be maintained by both the Testing Agency and the Contractor for each installed drilled caisson. 2. Assist the Testing Agency making the necessary measurements and observations, and maintain Contractor's records as required for preparation and submission of complete reports on drilled caisson construction. Submit a separate report for each drilled caisson. Submit each report within a period of ten days after final concreting. 3. As a minimum, include the following information on each caisson: a. Identification of drilled caisson by number, type and location. b. Type of equipment used. C. Times when drilled caisson excavation was started and completed. d. Design and actual shaft diameters drilled. e. Ground elevation at drilled caisson location. f. Design and actual elevation of top and bottom of drilled caisson. g. Assumed (design) elevation of top of compentent limerock at drilled caisson location. h. Actual elevation of top of compentent limerock. i. Design and actual elevations to top and bottom of drilled caisson THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER HLM 90007.00-4 BID GROUP ONE 02385-9 SECTION 02385 DRILLED CAISSONS socket. j. Volumes of soil and rock excavated. k. Lengths of probe hole drilled, and time to drill each foot. The depths and thicknesses of any soft seams. 1. Levelness of shaft bottom. M. Statement of type, length, diameter and elevation of any casing permanently installed in the excavation. n. Groundwater conditions. o. Date when excavation was approved for installation of concrete. p. Date when concreting was performed. Include any delays in concreting and report construction joints in shafts. q. Quantity of concrete used, including amounts over or under design volume. r. Date when drilled caisson construction was completed. S. Centerline location at top of drilled caisson. t. Variation of shaft from plumb. U. Remarks on unique or unusual events or circumstances concerning drilled caisson installation. V. Report weather conditions and temperature. D. Inspection and Testing 1. Contractor shall install and load test one test caisson in a location acceptable to the Architect. Test caisson conditions shall be as similar as possible to actual caisson conditions. High early strength concrete may be used for the test caisson only. Install reaction caissons as required to load test caisson to failure in tension. The Geotechnical Engineer will witness the test. Geotechnical Engineer will determine actual unit skin friction. Do not use test caisson or reaction caissons in the Work. 2. The Testing Agency will witness the placing of the concrete. 3. At the bottom of each drilled caisson, drill a 2 inch diameter test hole in the rock with an ai rtrack drill to a depth of ten feet to indicate whether the drilled caisson rests on sound limerock. The geotechnical engineer may order additional drilling of the drilled caissons to a lower elevations. 4. Drill the two-inch diameter test holes by air track drill rig from the ground surface. No observation of the test hole will be required, and the quality of limerock below the drilled caisson bottom will be judged from the time rate of percussion drilling and other observations such as dropping of rods. Clean the limerock socket under water with a brush substituting for the auger bit at the bottom of the auger rig kelley, or by a similar technique acceptable to the geotechnical engineer. 5. Test concrete as per Section 03300 Cast -In -Place Concrete except that take four cylinders for every 100 cubic yards of concrete and not less than four cylinders on any given day. END OF SECTION 02385 THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER HLM 90007.00-4 BID GROUP ONE 02385-10 SECTION 02510 ASPHALTIC CONCRETE PAVING PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 WORK OF THIS SECTION A. Place base courses, work and compact. B. Prime base course, place asphalt pavement. 1.2 REFERENCE STANDARDS A. ASTM D1557 - Tests for Moisture - Density Relationship of Soils using 10 lb. Ramer in 18 inch Drop. B. Florida Department of Transportation (F.D.O.T.) standards "Specifications for Road and Bridge Construction." C. Perform work in accordance with local governing authorities having jurisdiction. 1.3 TESTING AND INSPECTION A. Testing and inspection of asphalt pavement mix(es) and testing of placed stabilizing, base course and asphalt pavement will be performed by an independent testing laboratory appointed and paid for .in accordance with Division One. Testing and inspection will be performed so as to minimize disruption to Work. B. Allow testing laboratory access to the mixing plant for verification weights or proportions, character of materials used and determination of temperatures used in the preparation of asphalt concrete mix. C. When and if required, the testing laboratory will perform laboratory tests on proposed asphalt pavement mix(es) to determine conformity with requirements. D. The testing laboratory will perform compaction tests for base course and for each asphalt course. Pay for costs of additional testing as required due to improper performance of work. E. When base course or portion thereof has been placed and compacted in accordance with requirements, notify the testing laboratory to perform density tests. Do not place asphalt pavement until results have been verified and base course installation approved. F. If compaction tests indicate that base course or asphalt paving do not meet specified requirements, remove defective work, replace and retest at Contractor expense. G. When requested by Architect, take core samples of asphalt or base course to verify thickness and material compliance. H. Test Reports: 1. Field Density Test Reports at least three density tests shall be made on each days final compaction operations on each course or one test per 2500 sq. ft. on each course whichever is greater. 2. Asphalt Test Reports and Compaction Reports: In accordance with F.D.O.T. Specs. 3. Core Samples and Test Reports: Core Samples to confirm base thicknesses shall be taken at intervals of not more than 200 feet. 1.4 SUBMITTALS: Submit the following from the Testing Laboratory: A. Asphalt Mix Design THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER HLM 90007.00-3 BID GROUP ONE 02510-1 SECTION 02510 ASPHALTIC CONCRETE PAVING B. Test Reports showing materials to be used for base course meet specification requirements. 1.5 JOB CONDITIONS A. Give adequate advance notice to public municipalities and private utility companies of proposed work. B. Protect existing utilities indicated or the location of which are made known by on -site inspection prior to commencing work that are indicated to be retained, as well as utility lines constructed during excavation operations. Repair if damaged, at no additional cost to the Owner. If utility lines are encountered that were not indicated or that the Contractor was not made aware of after due diligence on his part, notify the Construction Manager and Architect immediately. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 MATERIALS A. Asphaltic Concrete: 1. Asphaltic concrete pavement shall conform to FDOT Section 331, Type S-1 asphaltic concrete, except Section 331-6. 2. Prime and tack coats shall conform to FDOT Section 300 except Section 300-8 and 300-9. B. Soil Cement Base Material 1. Meet or exceed the requirements of F.D.O.T. Section 270-2. 2. Minimum 7 day compressive strength of 400 psi. C. Stabilized Base Course Materials 1. Stabilizing base course materials shall conform to FDOT Section 911. D. Plant Methods and Equipment 1. Plant and methods of operation shall conform to FDOT Section 320. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 PREPARATION A. Ensure site grading has brought subgrade to required compaction and elevations in accordance with Section 02211 - ROUGH GRADING and Section 02222 - EXCAVATING, BACKFILLING AND COMPACTING FOR STRUCTURES. 3.2 INSTALLATION A. Soil Cement Base 1. All work shall conform to FDOT Section 270 except Sections 200-14 and 200-15. B. Prime and Tack Coat 1. All work shall conform to FDOT Section 300 except Sections 300-8 and 300-9. C. Placement of Asphaltic Concrete 1. All work shall conform to FDOT Section 320 and 330 except Section 330-15. ******************** END OF SECTION 02510 THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER HLM 90007.00-3 BID GROUP ONE 02510-2 SECTION 02644 WATER MAINS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 WORK OF THIS SECTION A. Domestic Water and Fire Protection System B. Pressure testing and disinfection. C. Gray (Flushing) Water System 1.2 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Work shall conform to National, State, County, City, and Institutional codes governing installation of site water system, including the Florida Keys Aqueduct Authority. B. Testing Lab: Refer to Division One - TESTING LABORATORY SERVICES for selection and payment. 1.3 JOB CONDITIONS A. Give adequate advance notice to public municipalities and private utility companies of proposed work. B. Protect existing utilities indicated or the location of which are made known to the Contractor prior to excavation and that are indicated to be retained, as well as utility lines constructed during excavation operations and repair, if damaged, at no cost to the Owner. If utility lines are encountered that were not indicated or that the Contractor was not made aware of after due diligence on h i s part, notify the Architect immediately. Repair said damaged lines immediately and contract price will be adjusted in accordance with the provisions of the Contract. C. Adequate advance notice shall be given interested governmental agencies and Architect prior to disruption of traffic flow,due to excavation of road and walkways incidental to work of this Section. 1.4 PRODUCT DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING A. Use means necessary to protect materials of this Section before, during and after installation and to protect installed work and materials of other trades. B. Be responsible for safe storage of the work intended, until it ha project. Excavated materials an, free from dirt and foreign matter C. Access and storage areas shall be at end of project. material furnished and accepted for s been incorporated in completed i backfill materials shall be kept contamination. returned to normal usable condition 1.5 EXCAVATION AND BACKFILL A. All excavation, preparation of pipe bedding, backfilling and related work shall conform to the requirements of Section 02226 - EXCAVATING, BACKFILLING AND COMPACTING FOR UTILITIES. 1.6 SUBMITTALS A. Submit the following: 1. Mill Test Certificates, Certified Test Reports and manufacturer's data on pipe valves and valve boxes and all other materials. THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER HLM 90007.00-3 BID GROUP ONE 02644-1 SECTION 02644 WATER MAINS 2. Shop Drawings for pipe laying schedule, temporary plug, anchorage system, flush for hydrostatic pressure pipe, and all other water main materials. 3. Certified hydrostatic test results. 4. Certified bacteriological test by an approved laboratory. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 DOMESTIC WATER AND FIRE PROTECTION SYSTEMS; GRAY (FLUSHING) WATER SYSTEM A. Water Piping: 1. Ductile iron, bell and spigot, conforming ANSI-21.51 Class 150. Mechanical joint with prior written approval by the Architect. The pipe shall meet the following unless specified otherwise: Nominal Inside Thickness Nominal Inside Thickness Diameter Class Diameter Class 3" 54 8" 53 4" 54 10" 53 6" 54 12" 52 16" 52 30" 52 Tolerances permitted under ANSI A 21.51 specifications shall apply. Pipe shall be cement lined and seal coated conforming to ANSI A21.4. Outside of pipe shall have a bituminous coating. 2. Joints: a. Push -on shall conform to ANSI A21.11/AWWA C-111. b. Flanges shall conform to ANSI A21.15/AWWA C-115, Class 125. Joint shall be installed within structures unless indicated on the Drawings. 0 PVC Pipe: a. Shall conform to all the requirements of AWWA Specifications C-900 and shall be PVC-1120 pipe composed of Class 12454 A or B virgin compound in accordance with ASTM D1784. b. Pipe shall be tested and certified as suitable for potable water by the National Sanitation Foundation (NSF). C. Pipe shall be marked with manufacturer's identification, size, material, pressure rating and shall bear the NSF seal of approval. d. Pipe 4" and larger shall be pressure rated, Class 150 (DR18) or Class 200 (DR14) with cast iron pipe equivalent O.D. in accordance with AWWA Specification C-900. e. Pipe shall be equipped with compression elastromeric gasket joint meeting the requirements of ASTM D3139. f. Pipes smaller than 4" shall be PVC Schedule 40 or 80 in accordance with ASTM D1785. Schedule 80 pipe and fittings THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER HLM 90007.00-2 BID GROUP ONE 02644-2 SECTION 02644 WATER MAINS may be solvent joint or threaded joint. Schedule 40 pipe shall be solvent jointed only, not threaded. g. Connection of plastic pipe to other types of pipe, fittings or valves shall be made in accordance with the recommenda- tions of the pipe manufacturers with suitable adaptors, if required, designed for that purpose. B. Fittings: 1. Fittings for pipe 3" through 12" in diameter shall comply with current revisions of ANSI/A21.1O, A21.11, B16.1. Fittings shall be push -on, mechanical joint or Class 125 flange joint inside buildings or structures. 2. Fittings and special castings shall be cement lined unless otherwise specified. Cement lining shall conform with ANSI A 21.4 (AWWA C 104). 3. Mechanical joints shall conform with ANSI A21.11. Bolts shall be high -strength, low -alloy steel. 4. Gaskets shall be of vulcanized crude rubber or polyvinyl chloride and shall have plain tips. C. Valves and Boxes: Valves shall conform with current specifications of the AWWA, C-509 bronze mounted 300 pound test and all shall turn counter clockwise to open or as required by local municipal standard. Valve boxes shall be cast iron extension type with slide adjustment having flared base. 1. Covers with Cast Lettering: a. "Water/Fire Line" b. "Gray Water" D. Blow -Offs and air relief wells shall be constructed as indicated on the Drawings and shall include all necessary air relief ,valves, fittings and line valves. E. Concrete thrust blocks shall be placed at all plugs, caps, tees, bends and other fittings including those at open drain crossings. F. Blow -Off assemblies shall constitute the following: 1. Reducer or reducers to step down from main size to 4" diameter. One 4" valve and box, one 4" 450 or 90° blend, sufficient 4" riser pipe and one 4" plug; or, 2. Where blow -off assembly is to be installed immediately downstream to a line valve and well the same materials will be required as described above, except that the 4" valve and box will be omitted. 3. Supply necessary blocking. Blow -off assemblies shall not be connected to any sewer, submerged in any stream or installed in any manner that permits polluted water entering the distribution system. G. Fire Hydrant Assembly: 1. Hydrants shall be UL and FM listed, 6" compression type with two hose and one pumper outlet. Manufacturer shall meet local fire department requirements, but in all cases shall be subject to approval of Architect. 2. Hydrants shall open left. Paint hydrants to conform with those now in use but not before hydrants have been accepted. THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER HLM 90007.00-2 BID GROUP ONE 02644-3 SECTION 02644 WATER MAINS 3. Length of hydrant body shall be sufficient to connect directly with main at elevation of main and provide clearance between average street level and nozzles. 4. Hydrant connections shall be made with standard 6" pipe and shall be equipped with standard 6" valve and valve box placed near hydrant. H. Tapping sleeves shall be split cast iron units and rated for 150 pounds per square inch working pressure. Steel units will not be acceptable. Determine the outside diameter of the existing main before ordering the sleeve. Valves shall be as specified above for gate valves. I. Concrete shall conform to the requirements of Section 03300 - CAST - IN -PLACE CONCRETE. J. Tie rods shall be galvanized steel rods as manufactured by STAR NATIONAL PRODUCTS or Architect approved equivalent. K. Insulated metallic locating wire (14 gauge copper) capable of detection by a cable locator shall be provided for PVC pipe. L. Reduced pressure backflow preventers assemblies shall consist of two independent "Y" configured checks valves and one differential relief valve incorporating two diaphragms separated by a leak indicating spacer. Checks shall be of the spring loaded, center stem guided type. All internal metal parts shall be stainless steel. Elastomeric seat disc must be reversible, seat rings shall be B-61 bronze, or stainless steel, bolted to the valve body incorporating on "0" ring seal to allow easy field removal and replacement. The check assembly shall be guided at the seat ring and at the cover by replaceable non- corrosive bushings to assure positive seat checking. Valve body and cover shall be ductile iron ASTM A536, Grade 65-45-12. Ductile iron body shall be flanged, ANSI B16.1, Class 125 and epoxy coated internally 10-20 mils and prime coated externally. Assembly shall include flanged, full port resilient wedge shut-off valves and four vandal resistant full part ball valve testcocks. Assembly shall be constructed so all internal parts, including seat rings, can be serviced without removing the device from the line. . The assembly shall meet the requirements of AWWA C506-78 and be approved by the Florida Key Aqueduct Authority. M. Restrained joints shall be placed at all plugs, caps, tees, bends and other fittings where shown on the drawings. Restrained joints in pipe and fittings shall be of the single gasket push -on type. The thickness of the pipe barrel remaining at grooves cut for restraint shall not be less than the nominal wall thickness of the non - restrained classes specified. The restraining components, when not cast integrally with the pipe, shall be ductile iron or high strength non -corrosive alloy steel. Tee -hand bolts and hexagonal nuts for all restrained joints in pipe and fittings shall be of high strength cast iron with composition, dimensions and threading as specified in ANSI/AWWA Standard C111/A21.11, except that the length of the bolts shall meet the requirements for the restrained joint design. Each thrust resistant joint, and the pipe and/or fitting of which it is a part, shall be designed to withstand the axial thrust from an internal THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER HLM 90007.00-2 BID GROUP ONE 02644-4 SECTION 02644 WATER MAINS pipeline pressure of at least 150 psi at bulkhead conditions, without reduction because of its position in the pipeline nor for support from external thrust blocks. Restrained push -on joint pipe and fittings shall be capable of being deflected after assembly. During deflection, all components in the restrained system shall be in contact to provide an equal force on all contact areas. Other types of restrained joints may be acceptable pending submittal of shop drawings to and approval from the Architect, however, field welding, or joints using set screws, expansion or snap rings or gaskets with expanding metal inserts will not be acceptable." N. Post indicator shall be UL and FM listed, cast iron, vertical type with two plexiglass windows aluminum target plates indicating "open" and "shut" and lockable angle wrench. 0. Water/Fire Meter and Strainer: Meter shall be Rockwell. Meter and strainer shall be approved by Florida Keys Aqueduct Authority. P. Insulated metallic locating wire (14 gauge copper) capable of detection by a cable locator shall be provided for PVC pipe. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION A. All pipe laying and bedding shall conform to the requirements of Section 02226 - EXCAVATING, BACKFILLING AND COMPACTING FOR UTILITIES. B. All types of mechanical joint.pipes shall be laid and jointed in full conformance with manufacturer's recommendations, which shall be submitted to the Architect and local governing agencies for review and approval. Torque wrenches set as specified in AWWA Specification C111-64, shall be used. C. Valves shall be examined and cleaned before placing and shall be set vertically. D. Valve boxes shall consist of cast iron base to fit over bonnet of valve; adjustable cast iron jacket, 5" in diameter and cast iron cover.. Adjust cover to average street or ground elevation. Earth shall be tamped about valve box the full depth of backfill. E. Hydrants: 1. Hydrants shall be cleaned and placed in a true vertical position and located as shown on the plans and accompanying detail sheet, but in any case shall be located as to be convenient for access and to avoid obstruction to traffic. When placed between walk and curb, the hydrant shall be set that no portion of nozzle caps shall be nearer than l'-6" from the gutter face of the curb. 2. Under each hydrant the ground shall be excavated to a depth of at least 1'-0" below the hydrant base for an area approximately 3'-0" square. This excavation shall be filled up to the elevation of the hydrant base with well compacted, clean coarse gravel or crushed stone. F. Concrete Encasement: 1. Concrete encasement (2500 psi concrete) shall be constructed as shown on the Drawings. Coordinate with requirements of Section 03300 - CAST -IN -PLACE CONCRETE. THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER HLM 90007.00-2 BID GROUP ONE 02644-5 SECTION 02644 WATER MAINS 2. The points of beginnning and ending of pipe encasement shall be not more than 6" from a pipe joint to protect the pipe from cracking due to uneven settlement of its foundation or the effects of superimposed live loads. G. All water mains shall be flushed to remove all sand and other foreign matter. The velocity of the flushing water shall be at least 4'-0" per second. Dispose of the flushing water without causing a nuisance or property damage. H. PVC Locating Wire 1. Bury wire directly above centerline of pipe. 2. Locating wire shall terminate at the top of each valve box and be capable of extending 12" above top of box in such a manner so as not to interfere with valve operation. 3. Use duct tape as necessary to hold wire directly on the top of the pipe. 3.2 HYDROSTATIC TESTS A. All water pipe shall be tested at a line pressure of 150 psi for a period of two hours per AWWA C600. The tests shall be conducted under the supervision of the water personnel of the local governmental agency, and a representative of the Architect, at a time convenient to all parties. Rate of loss shall not exceed that specified in the paragraph "Allowable limits for leakage". B. Supply a standard type of test pump, a suitable device for measuring water and a standard pressure gauge with all necessary fittings; all of which shall be approved. The test equipment shall be attached to the pipe in an approved manner. Compressed air shall not be used for testing. C. Install temporary blow -offs for flushing and disinfection and provide auxiliary means of filling new water main. Such arrangement shall be per Water Department of the Governmental Agency having jurisdiction. Extent of water main to be tested at any one time shall be as directed by the local water department. 3.3 ALLOWABLE LIMITS FOR LEAKAGE A. The hydrostatic pressure tests shall be performed per AWWA C600 and no installation, or section thereof, will be acceptable until the leakage is less than the number of gallons per hour as determined by the formula: L = SD P" 133,200 in which, L = Allowable leakage, in gallons per hour S = Total length of pipe in feet in the section of main being tested. D = Pipe diameter in inches P = Average test pressure during the test in psi gauge THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER HLM 90007.00-2 BID GROUP ONE 02644-6 SECTION 02644 WATER MAINS 3.4 DISINFECTION A. After satisfactory hydrostatic test is obtained and before the water distribution system is placed in service it shall be disinfected in accordance with AWWA Specification C601 and C651,(tablet method alone is not acceptable); and, its disinfection shall be demonstrated by bacteriological tests conducted in accordance with "Standard Methods for Examination of Water and Sewage" for the coliaerogenes group, by an approved laboratory, acceptable to the County Health Department having jurisdiction. B. The chlorine treated water shall remain in the main 'at least 24 hours, and at the end of that time the chlorine residual at pipe extremities and other representative points shall be at least 10 ppm. If the chlorine residual shall be less than 10 ppm, at the end of 24 hours further application of chlorine shall be made and the retention period repeated until the required 10 ppm residual is -obtained. C. Following chlorination, all treated water shall be thoroughly flushed from the main until the replacement water throughout its length shall upon test, both chemically and bacteriologically, be proven equal to the water quality in the source water supply system. D. Should the initial treatment of all or any section of the mains, in the opinion of the governing agency or Architect prove ineffective, the chlorination procedure shall be repeated until confirmed tests show that water sampled from the new mains conforms to the foregoing requirements. 3.5 CONNECTION TO EXISTING SYSTEM A. All connections to existing mains shall be made after complete disinfection of the proposed system and shall be made under the direction of the Owner's of the existing system. Valves separating the mains being installed from existing mains shall be operated by or under the direction of said Owner's Representative. B. In the event the Owner will be without water while a connection is being made, notify the Construction Manager and Architect in advance when the water will be turned off and when service will be resumed. The connections may have to be made at night or on weekends. END OF SECTION 02644 THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER HLM 90007.00-2 BID GROUP ONE 02644-7 SECTION 02674 FIRE WELLS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 WORK OF THIS SECTION A. Well drilling B. Well casing installation C. Keeping records and samples. D. Well development by pumping E. Testing and protection of finished water well. 1.2 SCOPE OF WORK A. Construction and testing of the fire well. B. Location: The wells is to be constructed at the locations shown. 1. The wells shall be installed in accordance with local fire department regulations. The wells shall consist of 16" steel pipe, open hole drilled to required depths. 2. It is the intention of the Architect that drilling, pumping, and other work as required shall proceed until a water supply meeting the quantity specified is obtained. The well bottom shall be founded in a relatively dense rock layer or zone. The driller shall inform the Construction Manager of the depth drilled during each previous day's drilling and of his expected progress to completion. The Construction Manager concurrence shall be required for discontinuance of drilling operations if the depth is less than estimated in these documents or on a daily basis if drilling is proposed to continue beyond the estimated depth. C. It is the Architect's design intent that the well shall be capable of producing not less than 1000 gpm while pumping for two hours continuously. 1.3 PROTECTION OF SITE AND DISPOSAL OF CUTTINGS A. Except as otherwise provided, the Contractor shall protect all trees and shrubbery, etc., during progress of the work, shall dispose of all cuttings, drillings, debris, and unused materials, and shall upon -completion of the work, restore site as nearly as possible to its original condition. Water pumped from the well shall be conducted to a place where it will be possible to dispose of the water without damage to property or creation of a nuisance, and where such water cannot flow back into the pumping well. 1.4 PERMITS A. Procure all permits, certificates and licenses required by law for the execution of the Work, including what may be required by the Water Management District. Comply with all federal, state or local laws, ordinances or rules and regulations relating to the performance of the work. 1.5 UNIT PRICES A. Refer to Division One for scope of units prices required of items specified under this section. THE NEW MONROE•COUNTY DETENTION CENTER HLM 90007.00-3 BID GROUP ONE 02674-1 SECTION 02674 FIRE WELLS B. Unit prices (established on the bid Form) will apply in the event additions to or deductions from the Work are required and authorized by a written order from the Architect to Contractor. 1. Unit price is to be the same for overrun and underrun within first 20% of indicated length and is to include drilling, casing, testing, records and logs. 1.6 CONSTRUCTION MATERIALS AND METHODS A. All work shall conform to the City of Key West Fire Department regulations. B. Competent Workmen: Employ only competent workmen for execution of the Work, and all work shall be performed under direct supervision of an experienced well driller satisfactory to the Architect and Construction Manager. C. Maintain at the site equipment which shall be in good operating condition during the life of the Contract. In the event that during the course of the Work the equipment, judged on the basis of the work completed, is considered unsatisfactory by the Architect or Construction Manager, the Contractor shall be notified in writing and shall not proceed with the Work until the deficiency is corrected. D. Samples and Records: 1. Submit a daily report describing the items of work accomplished, such as depth drilled, casing set, etc., the water level in the well at the beginning and end of each shift and such other pertinent data as he is required to record, and this shall include an hourly record of drilling progress (footage). Keep a running summary of the daily reports at the site for review by the Architect or Construction Manager upon request. 2. Samples of the drill cuttings shall be taken at least every five (5) feet, and at changes of strata and identified. E. Casing: Casing pipe to be used for this work shall be new black steel pipe conforming to those specifications listed in AWWA Specifi- cations A100, latest revision, with threaded or welded couplings. 1.7 WELL DEVELOPMENT A. Exercise extreme care in the performance of work in order to prevent the breakdown or caving in of strata overlying that from which the water is to be drawn. Develop, clean, bail and pump the well by such methods until the water pumped from the well, at the design pumping rate, shall be substantially free from sand. 1.8 TESTING AND FINAL OPERATIONS A. Plumbness and Alignment: 1. All holes, casings, and liners shall be constructed round, plumb and true to line. To demonstrate compliance, make tests for plumbness and alignment after the complete construction of the well and before its acceptance. 2. Plumbness and alignment shall be tested by lowering into the well a section of pipe 40 feet long or a dummy of the same length. The outer diameter of'the plumb shall not be more than 1/2" THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER HLM 90007.00-3 BID GROUP ONE 02674-2 SECTION 02674 FIRE WELLS smaller than the diameter of the casing or hole being tested. If a dummy is used, it shall consist of a rigid spindle with three rings, each ring being a true cylinder 12" long. The rings shall be positioned one at each end and one in the center of the dummy. The central shaft of the dummy shall be rigid to maintain the alignment of the axis of the rings. 3. Should the plumb or dummy fail to move freely throughout the length of the casing or hole, or should the well vary from the vertical in excess of.2/3 the smallest inside diameter of that part of the well being tested per 100 feet of depth, the plumbness and alignment of the well shall be corrected. Failure to correct such faulty alignment or plumbness shall cause the Owner to refuse to accept the well. B. Testing for Yield and Drawdown: 1. After the well has been completely constructed, developed, cleaned out and the depth accurately measured, make the necessary arrangements for conducting a pumping test and notify the Architect, Construction Manager and authority having jurisdiction 24 hours in advance of the test. Furnish all labor, power lubricants, materials, equipment, labor and supplies for this test. 2. Furnish, install and operate the pumping equipment necessary to pump from the well at a rate of the design gpm, and the installation shall be equipped with a gate valve or other throttling device acceptable to the Architect, so that reduced discharge rates may be obtained., Evidence to the satisfaction of the Architect shall be provided (prior to test pump installation) to ensure that the capacity of the test pump and other related equipment meets these specifications. At least 24 hours prior to the test run, test run the pumping unit for a sufficient length of time to determine that the pumping unit and well performance meet the specified conditions. 3. The pumping unit shall be complete with a prime mover of ample power controls and appurtenances and shall be capable of being operated without interruption for a minimum period of eight hours. During this test pumping, the well must be equipped with an air line or otherwise open in some manner that will permit accurate drawdown measurements to be made. Once started, pumping. must continue without interruption to the end of the test period as designated by the authority having jurisdiction. The duration of the test period will be not less than eight hours. The test pump and prime mover shall remain installed after the pumping test and until the results have been studied and accepted by the Architect and authority having jurisdiction. 4. Furnish all necessary discharge piping for the pumping unit which shall be of sufficient size and length to conduit the water being pumped away from the well to an approved point where its discharge will not create a nuisance, and assure that the water is disposed of in a manner that prevents any possibility of recirculation. Install and maintain equipment for measuring the THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER HLM 90007.00-3 BID GROUP ONE 02674-3 SECTION 02674 flow of water from the test pump. Collect water samples for chemical analysis or collecting *other data, as may be desired during the test. 5. After completion of the well test, remove by bailing or other approved methods any sand, stones or other foreign material that may have become deposited in the well. C. Abandonment of Well: 1. In the event that failure to drill to the depth specified or to such lesser depth as ordered by the Construction Manager or Architect, or should Contractor abandon the well because of loss of tools or for any other -cause, Constractor shall fill the hole in accordance with the methods outlined in Section Al-13, Sealing Abandoned Wells, of the American Water Works Association A-100, latest revision. D. Temporary Capping: 1. At all times during the progress of the work, protect the well in a manner that will effectively prevent either tampering with the well or the entrance of foreign matter into it, and upon its completion provide and set a substantial screwed, flanged, or welded cap. E. Disposal of Pumped Water: 1. Arrange with the Construction Manager for a suitable site for disposal of water. Water may not create a hazard, obstruct free movement of traffic, nor cause property damage to others. F. Completion of Work 1. At completion of work, submit copies of all test reports and final certifications for operation to the Architect and the Owner. PART 2 - PRODUCTS N/A PART 3 - EXECUTION N/A END OP'SECTION 02674 THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER HLM 90007.00-3 BID GROUP ONE 02674-4 4 SECTION 02685 GAS DISTRIBUTION SYSTEM PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 WORK OF THIS SECTION A. Natural Gas System 1.2 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Work shall conform to National, State, codes governing installation of site B. Testing Lab: Refer to DIVISION ONE - selection and payment. County, City, and Institutional gas piping systems. TESTING LABORATORY SERVICES for 1.3 JOB CONDITIONS A. Give adequate advance notice to public municipalities and private utility companies of proposed work. B. Protect existing utilities indicated or the location of which are made known to the Contractor prior to excavation and that are indicated to be retained, as well as utility lines constructed during excavation operations and repair if damaged at no cost to the Owner. If utility lines are encountered that were not indicated or that the Contractor was not made aware of after due diligence on his part, notify the Architect immediately. Repair said damaged lines immediately and contract price will be adjusted in accordance with the provisions of the Contract. C. Adequate advance notice shall be given interested governmental agencies and the Architect prior to disruption of traffic flow due to excavation of road and walkways incidental to work of this Section. D. Barricade open -excavations occurring as part of this work and post with warning lights. Operate warning lights as recommended by authorities having jurisdiction. Protect structures, utilities, sidewalks, pavements and other facilities from damage caused by settlement, lateral movement, undermining, washout and other hazards created by earthwork operation. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 MATERIALS A. Per local Gas Company requirements. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION A. Installation shall be per local Gas Company requirements. END OF SECTION 02685 THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER HLM 90007.00-2 BID GROUP ONE 02685-1 SECTION 02720 STORM SEWERAGE PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 WORK OF THIS SECTION A. Storm Sewer Systems B. Miscellaneous Appurtenances. 1.2 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Work shall conform to National, State, County, City, and Institutional codes governing installation of site storm drainage system. B. Testing Lab: Refer to DIVISION ONE - TESTING LABORATORY SERVICES for selection and payment. C. Comply with Florida Department of Transportation (F.D.O.T.) "Standard Specifications for Road and Bridge Construction" 1986 Edition, where applicable. 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Provide shop drawings and certifications of all materials covered under this section. B. To requirements of Project Record Documents, Division One, include storm system locations, invert elevations and structure locations. 1.4 JOB CONDITIONS A. Give adequate advance notice to public municipalities and private utility companies of proposed work. B. Protect existing utilities indicated or the location of which are made known to the Contractor prior to excavation and that are indicated to be retained, as well as utility lines constructed during excavation operations and repair if damaged at no cost to the Owner. If ,utility lines are encountered that were not indicated or that the Contractor was not made aware of after due negligence on his part, notify the Architect immediately. Repair said damaged lines immediately. Contract price will be adjusted in accordance with the provisions of the Contract. C. Adequate. advance notice shall be given interested governmental agencies and Architect prior to disruption of traffic flow due to excavation of road and walkways incidental to work of this Section. 1.5 EXCAVATION AND BACKFILL A. All excavation, preparation of pipe bedding, backfilling and related work shall conform to the requirements of Section 02226 - EXCAVATING, BACKFILLING AND COMPACTING FOR UTILITIES. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 STORM SEWER A. Concrete Pipe: 1. Conform to the requirements of specifications for "Reinforced Concrete Culvert, Storm Drain, and Sewer Pipe" as designated in THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER HLM 90007.00-3 BID GROUP ONE 02720-1 SECTION 02720 STORM SEWERAGE ASTM C-76 except that both the bell and spigot of each pipe shall contain circumferential reinforcement equal in area to that of a single line within the barrel of the pipe. Pipe shall be manufactured and furnished in a class and wall thickness as specified or shown on the Drawings, and in accordance with the design and strength requirement prescribed in Tables I to V with wall thicknesses A, B, or C corresponding thereto. 2. Reinforced sewer pipe jointing material may consist of mastic joint filler similar to DeWITT "No. 10 Sewertite" or Architect approved equivalent. B. Ductile Iron Pipe: 1. Conform to ANSI A21.51, Class 53 with bituminous coating on outside surface. The interior surface of all ductile iron sewer pipe with a nominal diameter of eight inches (8") and larger: lined with virgin polyethylene compounded with carbon black to resist exposure to ultraviolet rays during open air storage. The lining shall comply with ASTM D1248 latest revision. The polyethylene shall be fused to the pipe with heat in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations to form a tightly bonded lining approximately forty mils thick, extending from the spigot end to the gasket seat in the bell socket. 2. Joints: conform to ANSI A21.11 push -on or mechanical joints, plain tip neoprene gaskets unless noted otherwise. C. Plastic Filter Fabric: 1. Filter fabric shall be MARAFI 140N or Architect approved equivalent. 2.2 MISCELLANEOUS APPURTENANCES A. Pipe Adapter: 1. Donut pipe adapter shall be manufactured from virgin polyvinyl chloride or polyurethane adaptable to similar or dissimilar pipes of the same or different sizes. Donuts shall be equal to FERNCO JOINT SEALER COMPANY, DICKEY COMPANY as approved by local plumbing codes or Architect approved equivalent. B. Service Connections: 1. Openings for connections to sewers shall be placed as shown on the Drawings. Standard wye branch or tee shall be used. Openings shall be placed approximately 30° up from horizontal position, never in a vertical position. Place and tamp concrete with a compressive strength of 3000 pounds per square inch at 28 days about these connections for rigid pipe and close the opening with suitable water tight stopper. The joint to receive plug or riser pipe shall be compression type. 2. The wye branches or openings shall be fitted with long radius elbow and extension. No wye or opening or extension shall be covered with fill until its location has been recorded. 3. Place pipe risers extending from the branch openings of the sewer up to within 8'-0" of the ground surface or to intercept existing building connections. These risers shall be laid up and held in place in a substantial manner and surrounded by concrete with a THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER HLM 90007.00-3 BID GROUP ONE 02720-2 SECTION 02720 STORM SEWERAGE compressive strength of 3000 pounds per square inch at 28 days or angular 1/4" to 1-1/2" graded stone. Openings in the top of riser pipes, not connected to live leads shall be closed by means of water tight stoppers that are capable of withstanding an air test. C. Pipe with approved compression type joints shall be installed to within 5'-0" of the building. Leads shall be laid on a minimum uniform slope of 1/8" per foot unless a slope is indicated on the Drawings. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 CONCRETE ENCASEMENT A. Provide concrete encasement using concrete with a minimum compressive strength at 28 days of 2500 pounds per square inch where: 1. The sewer or service pipe shall have less than 30" of cover between the top of the pipe and the final top of pavement or ground line. This does not apply to concrete pipe. 2. The points of beginning and ending of sewer, or service pipe encasement shall be not more than 6" from a pipe joint to protect the pipe from cracking due to uneven settlement of its foundation or the effects of superimposed live loads. 3.2 CONNECTIONS TO EXISTING STRUCTURES AND SEWERS A. Various sewer lines shall be connected to existing manholes and structures which will require cutting into the existing structure. Line drill existing structure on four inch centers before breaking out concrete. Exercise care in cutting into the existing structure and any damage done to the structure shall be repaired at no expense to the Owner. 3.3 TESTS, INSPECTION AND ACCEPTANCE OF MATERIALS AND WORKMANSHIP A. Method of testing and measurement shall be approved by the Architect and local governing agency. Provide necessary equipment and labor for making tests. 1. The pipe barrel between sewer structures shall be straight and of uniform slope. Service connections shall not protrude into the pipe barrel. 2. The pipe alignment shall permit light to be visible when the barrel is lamped between structures. Where light is not visible, the conduit shall be televised; (recorded, and certified in a format acceptable to authority having jurisdiction); between manholes at no cost to the Owner. 3. All cracked pipe, misaligned joints, and points of observable infiltration shall be re -excavated and repaired. Grouting will not be acceptable. 4. Submit a repair procedure to correct any deficiency as they occur. The Contractor shall bear the cost of correcting rejected work. The Architect, or the governing agency having jurisdiction, shall review the procedure prior to implementing. THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER HLM 90007.00-3 BID GROUP ONE 02720-3 SECTION 02720 STORM SEWERAGE 3.4 CLEAN-UP A. Upon completion of work of this Section, leave all components of the drainage systems completely free of silt, debris and obstructions. END OF SECTION 02720 THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER HLM 90007.00-3 BID GROUP ONE 02720-4 SECTION 02721 SEWER STRUCTURES PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 WORK OF THIS SECTION A. Manholes, Catch Basins, Inlets, and Junction Boxes 1.2 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Provide at least one person who shall be thoroughly trained and experienced in skills required, who shall be completely familiar with requirements of work described in this Section and who shall be present during progress of work of this Section, and who shall direct work performed under this Section. B. For actual finishing of concrete surfaces and operation of required equipment, use only personnel thoroughly trained and experienced in skill required. C. Work shall conform to national, state, county, city and institutional codes governing installation of site utility systems. D. Submit five sets, a letter of certification describing each sample for review certifying that the materials or equipment submitted complies with the requirements set forth in drawings and specifications. The source of certification shall be as approved by the Architect. When statements on certificates originate with the manufacturer, endorse all claims and submit statement in Contractor's name. No materials or manufactured products shall be incorporated in the work prior to Architect's receipt of such certification. E. Testing Lab: Refer to Division One - TESTING LABORATORY SERVICES for selection and payment. 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Provide shop drawings and certifications of all materials covered under this section. B. To requirements of Division One, Project Record Documents, submit record drawings to include all structure locations and all invert elevations. 1.4 PRODUCT DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING A. Use means necessary to protect materials of this Section before, during and after installation and to protect installed work and materials of other trades. B. Be responsible for safe storage of material the intended work, until it has been project. Interior of pipe, fittings and kept free from dirt and foreign matter. C. Access and storage areas shall be returned at end of project. furnished and accepted for incorporated in completed other accessories shall be to normal usable condition 1.5 JOB CONDITIONS A. Give adequate advance notice to public municipalities and utility companies of proposed work. THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER HLM 90007.00-3 BID GROUP ONE 02721-1 SECTION 02721 SEWER STRUCTURES B. Protect existing utilities indicated or the location of which are made known to the Contractor prior to excavation and that are indicated to be retained, as well as utility lines constructed during excavation operations and repair if damaged at no cost to the Owner. If utility lines are encountered that were not indicated or that the Contractor was not made aware of after due diligence on his part, notify the Architect immediately. Repair said damaged lines immediately and contract price will be adjusted in accordance with the provisions of the Contract. 1.6 EXCAVATION AND BACKFILL A. All excavation, preparation of pipe bedding, backfilling and related work shall conform to the requirements of Section 02226 - EXCAVATING, BACKFILLING AND COMPACTING FOR UTILITIES. C. Coordinate work of this section with other construction activities taking place simultaneously on site. D. Adequate advance notice shall be given interested governmental agencies prior to disruption of traffic flow due to excavation of road and walkways incidental to work of this Section. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 MATERIALS A. Mortar shall be composed of one part Portland cement and two parts masonry sand, by volume. B. Brick shall be hard burned common brick or concrete brick, conforming to ASTM C-32, measuring approximately 2-1/4" x 3-3/4" x 8" and,be free from foreign matter, cracks and flaws. Brick shall have a minimum compressive strength of 2000 psi and an average water absorption of in 24 hours not exceeding 22% of dry weight. Common brick shall be thoroughly wetted prior to laying. Brick shall be laid radially in a full bed of mortar and a 1/2" coat of mortar shall be applied to outside of manhole. C. Solid concrete radial block having a minimum compressive strength of 2000 psi shall be not less than 8" in radial thickness. Cone or batter block shall be used for the upper section. All block shall be laid in a full bed of mortar and a 1/2" coat of mortar shall be applied to outside of manhole. D. Precast sections shall be a minimum of 8" thick and comply to ASTM C-478 or ASTM C-76 Class III, as required by depth below ground. All sanitary sewer manholes shall have a minimum 8" thick walls and also meet the requirements of ASTM C-478 and shall be coated inside and outside with two coats of KOPPERS 300-M bitumastic (or Architect approved equivalent) to give a minimum dry thickness of 16 mils. The top section shall be an eccentric cone with one straight side having a top face a minimum of 8" wide. The top section shall be set at an elevation to provide for 3 courses of brick between the top face and the manhole frame when set to grade, unless a watertight bolted frame and cover are required. Precast sections for sanitary manholes shall THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER HLM 90007.00-3 BID GROUP ONE 02721-2 SECTION 02721 SEWER STRUCTURES have a modified grooved tongue with rubber gasket. All other precast shall be standard tongue and groove using mastic joint material equal to DeWITT #10. All interior joints shall be pointed with mortar and all visible leaks must be stopped. E. Cast -in -Place Concrete Structures: 1. Concrete Materials: a. Portland Cement: ASTM C150; normal Type I. b. Fine and Coarse Aggregates: ASTM C33. C. Water: Clean and free from injurious amounts of oil, alkali, organic matter or other deleterious material. 2. Reinforcement: a. Reinforcing Steel: 60 ksi yield strength; deformed billet steel bars; ASTM A615; plain finish; #5 size. b. Welded Steel Wire Fabric: Plain type; ASTM A185; plain galvanized finish; 6" x 6", 1.4 x 1.4 size. C. Tie Wire: Minimum 16 gage annealed type, or patented system acceptable to the Architect. 3. Formwork and Accessories: a. Formwork: Matched, tight fitting and adequately stiffened to support weight of concrete without deflection detrimental to tolerances and appearance of concrete and in accordance with ACI 301 and ACI 347. b. Joint Filler: Minimum.1/2" thick asphaltic impregnated fiberboard. C. Concrete Curing Compound: Chlorinated rubber type; clear color; ASTM C308, Type 1. 4. Concrete Mix: a. Mix and proportion to produce minimum 3000 psi concrete at 28 days with maximum slump of 3", and 4 to 6 percent air entrainment; ASTM C94. b. Use accelerating admixtures in cold weather only when acceptable to the Architect. Use of admixtures shall not relax cold weather placement requirements. Do not use calcium chloride. 2.2 CASTINGS: A. Gray iron castings for manhole frames, covers, grates, and other items shall conform to the ASTM A-48, Class 30. Castings shall be local municipal standard or as indicated on Drawings. B. The seating surfaces between frames and covers shall be machined to fit true. C. The words "STORM SEWER" or "SANITARY SEWER" shall be cast in all manhole covers, whichever is applicable. All manhole frames and covers shall be traffic bearing unless otherwise specified. D. Where indicated, structure covers and grates shall be bolted to the frames with tamper -resistant stainless steel bolts. THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER HLM 90007.00-3 BID GROUP ONE 02721-3 SECTION 02721 SEWER STRUCTURES PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 SEWER STRUCTURES A. Manholes, inlets and catch basins shall be constructed of brick, block, cast -in -place, or precast concrete sections. The lower section shall be as shown on Drawings. B. Bottoms shall be a minimum of 8" thick and be constructed of concrete with a compressive strength of 3000 pounds per square inch at 28 days. Precast bottoms may be used, providing they are set on a minimum of 2" of granular bedding, compacted in place. No dry bottoms are allowed. All manholes shall have channeled bottoms. For sewers 15" in diameter, or less, the channel shall be 1/2 depth of pipe. For sewer larger than 15" diameter, the channel shall be a minimum of three quarters of the pipe diameter. C. All pipe entering or leaving and not required to have flexible, water- tight seals at walls shall be supported by pouring concrete with a compressive strength of 2500 pounds per square inch at 28 days fill from undisturbed ground to pipe center line, from structure to undisturbed ground at trench sides. See detail sheets and/or specifications for requirements governing flexible, watertight seals. D. Backfill around all manholes and catch basins shall be granular material, placed uniformly around the structure in 1'-0" lifts and compacted in place. No backfill shall be placed about manhole for 24 hours if an outside mortar coat has been applied. Coordinate with Section 02226 - EXCAVATING, BACKFILLING AND COMPACTING FOR UTILITIES. E. Wall Thickness: Depth Below Ground Wall Thickness Material 0 to 16'-0" 8" Brick or Block 16'-0 to 24'-0" 12" Brick or Block 24'-0 to 32'-0" 16" Brick or Block Precast 0 to 25'-0" (Variable) ASTM •C-478 25'-0" and over (Variable) ASTM C-76 Class III Below a depth of 13'-0", walls of brick manholes shall be laid in alternate stretcher and header courses. F. After manholes and catch basins have been completely constructed and inspected, and proper backfilling and grading operations have been completed, immediately clean site of all resultant debris or excess materials. ********************* END OF SECTION 02721 THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER HLM 90007.00-3 BID GROUP ONE 02721-4 SECTION 02730 SANITARY SEWERAGE PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 WORK OF THIS SECTION A. Sanitary Sewer System 1.2 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Work shall conform to National, State, County, City, and Institutional codes governing installation of site sewer systems. B. Testing Lab: See Division One - TESTING LABORATORY SERVICES for selection, payment, and usage of this service. 1.3 SUBMITTALS: A. Submit a letter of certification describing each sample for review certifying that the materials or equipment submitted complies with the requirements. The source of certification shall be as approved by authority having jurisdiction. When statements on certificates originate with the manufacturer, endorse all claims and submit written certification from the Contractor. No materials or manufactured products shall be incorporated in the work prior to authority having jurisdiction receipt of such certification. Shop drawings shall also be submitted for all items covered in this section. B. Comply with requirements of Division One - PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS. Include the location of structures, and pipe invert elevations. C. Test Reports 1.4 PRODUCT DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING A. Protect materials of this Section and to protect installed work and materials of other trades. B. Protect stored material furnished and accepted for the work intended. Excavated materials and backfill materials shall be kept free from dirt and foreign matter contamination. C. Access and storage areas shall be returned to normal usable condition at end of project. 1.5 JOB CONDITIONS A. Give adequate advance notice to public municipalities and private utility companies of proposed work. B. Protect existing utilities indicated or the location of which are made known by on -site inspection prior to excavation that are indicated to be retained, as well as utility lines constructed during excavation operations. Repair if damaged at no cost to the Owner. If utility lines are encountered that were not indicated or that the Contractor was not made aware of after due diligence on his part, notify the Architect immediately. Repair said damaged lines immediately and contract price will be adjusted in accordance with the provisions of the Contract. C. Adequate advance notice shall be given interested governmental agencies and Architect prior to disruption of traffic flow due to installation of sanitary sewer system of this Section. THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER HLM 90007.00-3 BID GROUP ONE 02730-1 SECTION 02730 SANITARY SEWERAGE 1.6 EXCAVATION AND BACKFILL A. All excavation, preparation of pipe bedding, backfilling and related work shall conform to the requirements of Section 02226 - EXCAVATING, BACKFILLING AND COMPACTING FOR UTILITIES. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 SANITARY SEWER A. PVC Pipe: 1. SDR35 type PSM conforming to ASTM D3034 for sewer service 4 inch and larger. 2. Installed in Class I or Class II embedment material in accordance with ASTM D2321. B. Ductile Iron Pipe: 1. Conform to ANSI A21.51, Class 53 with bituminous coating on outside surface. The interior surface of all ductile iron sewer pipe with a nominal diameter of eight inches (8") and larger: lined with virgin polyethylene compounded with carbon black to resist exposure to ultraviolet rays during open air storage. The lining shall comply with ASTM D1248 latest revision. The polyethylene shall be fused to the pipe with heat in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations to form a tightly bonded lining approximately forty mils thick, extending from the spigot end to the gasket seat in the bell socket. 2. Joints: conform to ANSI A21.11 push -on or mechanical joints, plain tip neoprene gaskets unless noted otherwise. C. Pipe Adapter: 1. Donut pipe adapter: manufactured from virgin polyvinyl chloride or polyurethane adaptable to similar or dissimilar pipes of the same or different sizes. Donuts: equal to FERNCO JOINT SEALER COMPANY, DICKEY COMPANY, or as approved by local plumbing codes. 2.2 SERVICE CONNECTIONS A. Openings for connections to sewers: as indicated. Standard wye branch or tee shall be used. Openings: placed approximately 30°up from horizontal position, never in a vertical position. Place and tamp concrete with a compressive strength of 3000 pounds per square inch at 28 days around connections for rigid pipe. Close the opening with a suitable water tight stopper. The joint to receive plug or riser pipe shall be compression type. B. The wye branches or openings shall be fitted with long radius elbow and extension made therefrom. No wye or opening or extension shall be covered with earth until its location has been recorded. C. Furnish and place pipe risers extending from the branch openings of the sewers up to within 8'-0" of the grade or to intercept existing building connections. These risers shall be laid up and held in place in a substantial manner and surrounded by concrete with a compressive strength of 3000 pounds per square inch at 28 days or angular 1/4" to 1-1/2" graded stone. Openings in the top of riser pipes not connected THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER HLM 90007.00-2 BID GROUP ONE 02730-2 SECTION 02730. SANITARY SEWERAGE to live leads shall be closed by means of water tight stoppers that are capable of withstanding an air test. D. Install pipe with approved compression type joints to within 5'-0" of the building. Leads: laid on a minimum uniform slope of 1/8" per foot unless a slope is indicated on the Drawings. Provide a temporary plug at the end of pipe until the building waste system can be connected to the sanitary sewer. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 CONCRETE ENCASEMENT A. Provide concrete encasement using concrete with a compressive strength of 2500 pounds per square inch at 28 days where: 1. The sewer or service pipe shall have less than 2'-6" of cover between the .top of the pipe and the rough grade elevation or ground line. 2. The sanitary sewer or service pipe crosses over, or at a depth which provides less than l'-6" clear distance between pipes when crossing under water mains. Encasement shall extend a minimum of 10'-0" on each side of the point of crossing. 3. The lateral separation of the sanitary sewer pipe and potable water piping is less than 10'-0". 4. The points of beginning and ending of sewer, or service pipe encasement shall be not more than 6" from a pipe joint to protect the pipe from cracking due to uneven settlement of its foundation or the effects of superimposed live loads. 3.2 CONNECTIONS TO EXISTING SEWER STRUCTURES AND SEWERS A. Various sewer lines shall be connected to existing manholes and structures which will require cutting into the existing structure. Line drill existing structure on 4" centers before breaking out concrete. Exercise care in cutting into the existing structure and any damage done to the structure shall be repaired at no expense to the Owner. 3.3 CROSSING OF SANITARY SEWER AND WATERMAINS A. Where the sanitary sewer or service pipe crosses over a watermain, or where the sanitary sewer or service pipe is at a depth which provides less than 18" clear vertical distance between pipes when crossing under watermains, the sanitary sewer line shall be encased with ductile iron pipe for a minimum of 10 feet on either side of watermaift. Seal each end with non -shrink grout. 3.4 TESTS, INSPECTION AND ACCEPTANCE OF MATERIALS AND WORKMANSHIP A. Lamping of the completed sewer system as well as infiltration and exfiltration tests will be performed after complete backfilling and the laying of the roadway base. A final inspection will be held after the roadway is completed to verify that the system has not been THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER HLM 90007.00-2 BID GROUP ONE 02730-3 SECTION 02730 SANITARY SEWERAGE damaged. All lines and appurtenances not meeting specifications or reasonable standards shall be repaired or replaced. B. Each manhole or other appurtenance to the system _shall be of the specified size and form, be watertight, neatly and substantially constructed with the top set permanently to exact position and grade. All repairs shown necessary by the inspection are to be made; broken or cracked pipe replaced; all deposits removed and the sewers left true to line and grade, entirely clean and ready for use. C. All sanitary sewers shall be lamped. The lamping will determine that the lines have been laid to accurate line and grade. Each section of the sewer is to show on examination from either end a full circle of light between manholes. D. Infiltration and Exfiltration Testing: 1. All sanitary sewers shall be subjected to an infiltration or exfiltration test, or a combination of same, prior to acceptance by the Owner and governmental authority. All sewers over 24" diameter shall be subjected to infiltration tests. 2. All sewers of 24" diameter or less, where the ground water level 5'-0" above the top of the sewer shall be subjected to infiltra- tion tests. 3.. All sewers of 24" diameter or less, where the ground water level is less than 5'-0" above the top of the sewer shall be subjected exfiltration tests. 4. If an exfiltration test is performed, the maximum exfiltration rate shall be the same as that permitted for infiltration. 5. For the purpose of exfiltration testing, the internal water level shall be equal to the external water level plus 5'-0" as measured from the top of the pipe. E. Test PVC pipe for excessive deflection by passing a mandrel through the line. The mandrel shall be a "go/no go" type with a diameter equal to 95% of the inside diameter of the pipe. Any section of pipe not passing this test shall be excavated -and installed properly. F. Within a reasonable length of time following pipe -laying and back - filling, complete all work necessary to perform testing. Perform all necessary preliminary tests and make all necessary repairs, including the repair of all visible leaks and cracks, and retests to ready the sewers for final inspection and witnessing of tests by the Owner or governmental agency. G. If a sewer fails to pass the previously described tests, the Contractor shall determine the location of the leaks, repair them and retest the sewer. The test shall be repeated until satisfactory results are obtained. I. Method of testing and measurement shall be approved by the Governmental Agency. Provide necessary equipment and labor for making tests. J. Chemical or cement grouting will not be considered an acceptable method of repairing leaking pipe, joints, or structural failures, except where specifically approved by the Governmental Agency. THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER HLM 90007.00-2 BID GROUP ONE 02730-4 SECTION 02730 SANITARY SEWERAGE K. Where ground water conditions require dewatering operations in order to construct sewers of 24" diameter or smaller, perform preliminary exfiltration tests after backfilling and while the dewatering equipment is still operating. L. Where preliminary acceptance tests have been performed shortly after sewer construction, such tests will not automatically result in acceptance of the sewer. Final acceptance will not be considered until after a reasonable length of time following pipe laying and backfilling to allow as much as possible for development of the earth load on the pipe. M. Maximum allowable infiltration shall not exceed 100 gallons per inch of diameter per mile of pipe per 24 hours for the overall project. Maximum allowable infiltration shall not exceed 200 gallons per inch of diameter per mile of pipe per 24 hours for any individual run between manholes. 3.5 CLEAN UP A. Upon completion of work of this section, leave all components of the sewage system completely free of silt, debris and obstructions. ******************** END OF SECTION 02730 THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER HLM 90007.00-2 BID GROUP ONE 02730-5 SECTION 02930 LAWNS AND GRASSES PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 WORK OF THIS SECTION A. Sodding B. Maintenance of Area 1.2 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Comply with all current restrictions in regard to movement of sod into or within areas which are outside of quarantine boundaries for the imported fire ant, as issued by the following agencies: I. U.S. Department of Agriculture, Animal and Plant Health Inspection Service. 2. Florida Department of Agriculture, Division of Plant Industry. 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Submit certificates of inspection as required by governmental authorities. Submit data substantiating that materials comply with specified requirements. 1.4 PRODUCT DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING A. Sod cut more than 48 hours prior to placement shall not be used unless reviewed by Architect. Sod delivered to job site which is either too wet or too dry to handle without damage shall be rejected. B. Deliver fertilizer to the site in original unopened containers bearing manufacturer's guaranteed chemical analysis, name, trademark and conformance to state laws. Do not use fertilizer which has become wet, moldy or otherwise damaged in transit or in storage . 1.5 JOB CONDITIONS A. Provide protection against trespassing and damage to grassed areas. B. Contractor shall be responsible for damage to lawn areas that is cause by work of his planting, mulching, plant maintenance or replacements being done after lawn areas are accepted. 1.6 WARRANTY A. Provide a three month warranty on labor and materials. Warranty period shall begin upon date of final acceptance of work. B. Warranty lawn material to be in good health and flourishing condition for a period of three -months from date of final acceptance. C. Make inspections at no extra cost to Owner during warranty period to determine what changes should be made in Owner's maintenance program. Changes recommended shall be submitted in writing to Owner and Architect. D. Replace without cost to Owner and as soon as weather conditions permit lawn areas not in a thriving condition as determined by Architect and at termination of warranty period. E. Warranty replaced lawn material for a period of three -months from reinstallation date. THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER HLM 90007.00-3 BID GROUP ONE 02930-1 SECTION 02930 LAWNS AND GRASSES PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 PLANT MATERIALS A. Sod: 1. Sod: St. Augustine "Floratam"; strongly rooted, free of noxious weeds, bugs, fungus and other diseases. Sod shall be cultivated stock grown in an established turf nursery at least 18 months before lifting, mowed to a height of 1-1/2 inches before lifting, uniformly thick with not less than 1 inch of soil. 2.2 OTHER MATERIALS A. Topsoil: 1. Furnish topsoil if the quantity of existing stored or excavated topsoil is inadequate for planting. Provide in sufficient amounts required for the work. Topsoil required: a natural fertile, friable soil, possessing characteristics of representative productive soils in the vicinity. Obtain from naturally well -drained areas; without add mixture of subsoil and free from Johnson grass (Sorghum Halepense), nut grass (Cyperus Rotundus) and objectionable weeds and toxic substances. B. Fertilizer: 1. Commercial fertilizer: 8-8-8 formulation, of which 50% of the nitrogen is in the urea -formaldehyde form and shall conform to the applicable State Fertilizer laws. Fertilizer: granulated so that 80% is held on a 16 mesh screen, uniform in composition, dry and free -flowing. C. Water: 1. Provide water for work of this Section, suitable for irrigation and free from ingredients harmful to plant life. Provide hose and other watering equipment required for successful execution of work. Maintain watering schedule to date of Substantial Completion of work. D. Limestone: 1. Limestone: raw, ground agricultural limestone containing not less than 9Vo calcium carbonate and shall be ground to such firmness that 50% will pass through 100-mesh sieve and 90% will pass through 20-mesh sieve. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 PREPARATION A. Final grading and topsoil placement: as previously specified. Provide final disking, if necessary, and hand raking to level minor irregularities in grade, and remove completely: debris and stones over one inch in any dimension. THE NEW MONROE COUNTY.DETENTION CENTER HLM 90007.00-3 BID GROUP ONE 02930-2 SECTION 02930 LAWNS AND GRASSES 3.2 PERFORMANCE A. Fertilizer: 1. Apply fertilizer to all lawn areas at the rate recommended by manufacturer, thoroughly incorporating it into the upper 2" of soil. 2. Fertilizer operations will not be permitted when it is raining, or when wind velocities exceed 5 mph. B. Sodding: 1. Correct all soft spots and inequities in the finish grade and roll with a 500 pound hand roller before sodding. 2. Compacted silica sand shall be uniformly spread over a smooth subgrade in all grassed areas to a depth of two inches after compaction if necessary to facilitate drainage. Notify Architect five working days in advance if any drainage problems exist. Soil finish grade shall be two inches below final finish grade of sod if sand is used. 3. Lay solid sod panels tightly together, eliminating voids. Immediately following sodding, roll with a 500 pound roller, then thoroughly water. 4. After sodding has been completed, it shall be this Section's responsibility to carry on all maintenance operations necessary to assure healthy growth and sustain grass through primary development period until it is well established. 5. If necessary due to dry weather, apply sufficient water to produce healthy growth and sustain grass through primary development period until it is well established. 6. If for any reason, whether due to wash -out, dryness, or any other cause, sod fails to produce sufficient healthy grass cover, re -sod areas affected. Fill, level, and re -sod wash -outs which might occur at no additional cost to Owner. 7. After the grass has attained sufficient growth, approximately 30 days, apply fertilizer at the recommended rate. Spread only when soil has received water within the past 24 hours. 3.3 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. When grass has been cut minimum of three times and uniform catch of specified grasses is established without evidence of excessive weed crab grass infestation, submit written request to Architect for observation of established lawn. B. Architect shall observe work for final acceptance upon written request of Contractor. Request shall be received at least ten calendar days before anticipated date of inspection. C. If weeds, crab grass or fire ants develop prior to acceptance of lawn, provide for treatment by hand weeding or chemical control. Provide chemical control as recommended by chemical manufacturer and reviewed by Architect. D. At least two weeks shall elapse after chemical control is applied before request of inspection for acceptance is made to Architect. E. Bare spots or cover that is unacceptable in lawn area being readied for inspection shall be no more than 2% of lawn area. THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER HLM 90007.00-3 BID GROUP ONE 02930-3 SECTION 02930 LAWNS AND GRASSES F. Upon completion and re -inspection of any repairs or renewals, Architect may certify in writing to Owner final acceptance of lawn work. G. Upon acceptance of work, Owner shall assume maintenance of lawn work. 3.4 CLEANUP A. Upon completion of each portion of work, remove from site: machinery, equipment, surplus materials and rubbish connected with execution of lawn work. B. Maintain sidewalks and streets free of dirt, rubbish and stain throughout progress of work. ******************** END OF SECTION 02930 THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER HLM 90007.00-3 BID GROUP ONE 02930-4 SECTION 02955 TREE RELOCATION PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 WORK OF THIS SECTION A. Soil preparation B. Root pruning C. Transplanting trees D. Heeling -in trees E. Mulch and planting accessories 1.2 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Plant names indicated comply with "Standardized Plant Names" as adopted by the latest edition of THE AMERICAN JOINT COMMITTEE OF HORTICULTURAL NOMENCLATURE. Names of varieties not listed conform generally with names accepted by the nursery trade. B. Tree relocation shall be performed only by competent personnel trained and experienced in such work, with a minimum of three (3) years experience of this nature. C. Trees indicated to be relocated, which are destroyed or receive excessive damage during relocation, shall be replaced in kind and size, or the following value will be deducted from monies due the Contractor: 1. $18.00 per cross -sectional area in inches at 12" above finish grade per trunk. 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Provide references of at least three other similar projects including the name, address and telephone number of the Owner, Landscape Architect, Architect and Engineer. B. Provide written maintenance instructions for the care and maintenance of the transplanted materials. C. Provide a written list of the methods and equipment to be used to complete the project. 1.4 PRODUCT DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING A. Deliver fertilizer materials in original, unopened and undamaged containers showing weight, analysis and name of manufacturer. Store in a manner to prevent wetting and deterioration. B. Take all precautions customary in preparing plants for moving. C. Dig, pack, transport and handle plants with care to ensure protection against injury. D. Protect all plants from drying out. If plants cannot be planted immediately upon delivery, promptly protect them with soil, wet peat moss or in a manner acceptable to the Architect. Water heeled -in plants daily. E. No plant shall be bound with rope or wire in a manner that could damage or break the branches. F. Materials heeled -in and stored on site shall be adequately watered at required intervals. G. Plants shall be properly marked for identification and for checking before relocation to the new site. THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER HLM 90007.00-4 BID GROUP ONE 02955-1 SECTION 02955 TREE RELOCATION 1.5 PROJECT CONDITIONS A. Protect existing utilities, paving and other facilities from damage caused by relocation operations. B. Repair all damage cause by relocation operations. C. Consult local utility engineers, review applicable architectural and engineering drawings, and be familiar with alignment of underground utilities prior to digging. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 MATERIALS A. Topsoil shall meet the following requirements: 1. Fertile, friable agricultural soil capable of sustaining vigorous plant grown, suitable for growth of grass and plants, free from subsoil, clay lumps, objectionable weeds,litter, stones larger than 2" in diameter, stumps, root and other material that would interfere with planting and maintenance operations with an acidity range of between 5.5 to 6.5. B. Florida peat shall be fertile, friable peat specifically pulverized with a coarse grind and processed for horticultural use. It shall be highly fibrous in texture and consistently low in soluble salts, rich in plant nutrients and nematode -free. It shall be clean of stick, plants, and other foreign matter, and shall have a pH range of 5.5 to 6.5. C. Planting soil shall consist of a mixture by volume of 50% Florida peat and 50% coarse sand salt free and without weeds. Submit soil certification five working days prior to commencing work. D. Fertilizer: 1. Commercial fertilizer for trees, shrubs and ground cover shall be complete fertilizer of which 50% nitrogen is derived from natural organic sources of ureaform. It shall contain the following percentages by weight: a. 8 Nitrogen b. 8 Phosphoric Acid C. 8 Potash E. Water: 1. Water used in this work shall be furnished by Contractor and shall be suitable for irrigation and be free from ingredients harmful to plant life. Hose and other watering equipment required for work shall be furnished by Contractor. F. Mulch: 1. Mulch shall be composed of premium grade shredded cypress bark. G. Anti -Desiccant: 1. Provide protective film emulsion that provides a protective film over plant surfaces. Anti -desiccant shall be permeable to permit transpiration. H. Materials for Staking and Guying: 1. Rubber Hose: Hose used in staking trees shall be sound rubber hose with two-ply fabric and at least 1/2" inside diameter. THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER 02955-2 HLM 90007.00-4 BID GROUP ONE SECTION 02955 TREE RELOCATION 2. Guy Wire: Provide wire used in staking trees : annealed galvanized steel of No. 12 gage. 3. Twine: Jute twine not less than two ply. 4. Bracing Stakes: Between 4'-O" and 10'-0" long of sound, durable, unfinished lumber capable of withstanding above -ground and underground conditions during warranty period, with top and bottom dimensions of 2" x 2" or 2" in diameter or more. 5. Guy Stakes: #5 rebar, 24" long. //2" x 2", 30" long//. 6-. Turnbuckles : galvanized or dip painted with 3" minimum lengthwise opening filled with screw eyes. Use one turnbuckle for each guy. 7. Nailing into trunks of trees or //palms// is not allowed. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 PREPARATION A. All trees shall be root pruned four weeks prior to moving. During root pruning period, trees shall be watered in order to maintain healthy, vigorous growth. B. Remove a minimum of limbs to ensure survival of trees that are to be relocated. C. Locations for relocated trees shall be staked out in the field for Architect's approval before excavation is begun. D. Planting Time 1. Evergreen materials shall be transplanted between September 1 and November 1 or in the spring before new growth begins. If the project requirements require planting at other times, plants shall be sprayed with anti -desiccant prior to planting operations. 2. Deciduous materials shall be transplanted in dormant condition. If deciduous trees are transplanted in -leaf, they shall be sprayed with an anti -desiccant prior to planting operation. 3. Planting times other than those indicated shall be approved by the Architect. E. Plants shall be transplanted by experienced workmen familiar with transplanting procedures. F. Plants required to be transplanted using a tree spade shall be moved with compact natural balls no smaller than 48" in diameter. Each ball shall be of sufficient width and depth to encompass fibrous and feeding roots necessary to insure full recovery and development of plant. G. Special care shall be taken to avoid breaking or cracking the root - ball. H. If root ball is not compact, wire, ball and burlap the root system. Ball and burlap root systems at the time and location of removal for relocation. I. Handle small trees by the root system ball. When trees are too large to be handled by the root ball, they may be moved by winch or crane. When moving tree by crane, ensure tree trunk is protected with burlap. THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER HLM 90007.00-4 BID GROUP ONE 02955-3 SECTION 02955 TREE RELOCATION 3.2 PERFORMANCE A. Preparing the Receiving Hole: 1. In preparing the receiving hole, extend tree spade blades completely down for a full-size ball. Level the unit so that the hole is upright. 2. Tree and palm pits shall be circular in outline//with vertical sides and flat bottoms//. Each tree pit shall be at least 6" deeper than depth of roots or depth of ball and at least 2'-0" greater than spread of roots or width of ball. 3. Having attained required depth, should bottom or sides of hole reveal any material harmful to root growth, such material shall be removed to depth or width acceptable to Architect. 4. Tree pits shall be located as shown on drawings unless underground obstructions or other situations are discovered and shall then -be moved only with Architect's review. 5. Notify Architect, in writing, immediately of subsurface drainage or soil conditions which Contractor considers detrimental to growth or survival of plant material. State conditions and submit proposal for correction including cost of correction. Obtain review of method or correction before continuing effected portion of work. 6. Before placing the new ball into the receiving hole, mix 5 gallons of peat, 5 gallons of topsoil and 1 gallon of organic fertilizer or bone meal in the bottom of the hole. Add water and stir until a sloppy consistency is reached so that when the new ball is placed in the receiving hole and the spades are removed, this mixture will be forced up completely surrounding the ball. 7. In areas where poor drainage is prevalent, auger or dig a,hole at the bottom of the receiving hole. Fill with clean gravel. B. Digging the Tree: 1. Use the same procedure as digging the receiving hole. Have the tree trunk centrally located in the unit prior to diggings. 2. Lower limbs which are not removed shall be tied up to avoid damage. Start 8'-0" to 10'-0" up pulling the limbs up and tying. Work down the tree so the machine will clear without touching the limbs. 3. Lower the pressure plates to firmly hold the tree in a fixed position within the spade. Lay the tree down to an angle where the limbs can be tied in for road clearance. 4. Tying the tree limbs shall be started at the top and worked down. Pull the limbs up and tie in with rope or twine. C. Tree Planting: 1. Replant the tree in the same direction as it was originally relative to the sun. .2. Move the tree over the hole so the gap between the spades is in alignment with the previously prepared ridge of topsoil and peat MOSS. 3. Lower the tree into the hole and make the necessary vertical alignment adjustment, positioning the tree as directed. THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER HLM 90007.00-4 BID GROUP ONE 02955-4 SECTION 02955 TREE RELOCATION 4. Spread out roots of bare rooted plants, work planting soil carefully in among them and cutoff broken or frayed roots with clean cut. 5. Use planting soil to backfill tree pits. When tree pits have been backfilled approximately 2/3 full, water thoroughly before installing remainder of planting soil to top of pit. Balled and burl apped trees shall have burlap cut away or foled back from top of ball before applying water. 6. After water has been absorbed, tree hole shall be filled with planting soil and tamped lightly to grade. Any settlement shall be brought to grade with planting soil. 7. Form shallow saucers capable of holding water about each tree by placing a amount of topsoil around edge of each filled -in pit in accordance with drawings. 8. Only a minimum of fronds shall be removed from the crown of palm trees to facilitate moving and handling. D. Mulch: 1. Mulch all tree and palm pits with 2" layer of cypress bark mulch. E. Guying and Staking: 1. Guying and staking of trees shall be completed immediately after planting. Plants shall stand plumb after staking and guying in accordance with Drawings. 2. Staking Trees 3-1/2" Caliper and Under: Stake immediately after. planting and maintain stakes and wires. Place stakes minimum 1'-0" away from trunk of tree. Drive stakes 48" into ground and fasten to tree with double #12 wire through suitable length of hose. Draw wire taut and tie inside hose so the ends are hidden in the hose. Support each tree with two stakes. 3. Pruning of materials shall be limited to the removal of injured twigs and branches. Additional pruning may be required by this Section, if directed by Architect, after planting, at no additional cost to the Owner. F. Fertilizing: 1. Use commercial fertilizer as specified and apply at following rates: a. 2 pounds per caliper inch for shade trees. b. 1 pound per caliper inch for small trees. G. Watering After Transplanting: 1. First week apply approximately 50 gallons every other day. For the remainder of the growing season apply 100 gallons per week. H. Spraying: 1. Make periodic inspections and apply pesticide sprays as needed. I. Manual Spading: 1. Prune, dig, ball and burlap and move and plant in accordance with specified tree planting requirements. 2. Prune, dig, ball and burlap and move designated trees for relocation to the designated plant storage area for heeling -in of materials until final planting areas are prepared. THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER HLM 90007.00-4 BID GROUP ONE 02955-5 SECTION 02955 TREE RELOCATION a. Maintain plants in storage areas by bracing plants in vertical position and setting balls in an enclosed berm of topsoil or bark. Water as required to maintain adequate root moisture. b. Re -burlap plant balls if required before final transplanting operations. C. Move to final locations shown and plant in accordance with specified tree planting requirements. 3.3 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Make necessary repairs to grades, lawn areas and paving required because of plant replacements. Such repairs shall be done at no extra cost to the Owner. 3.4 MAINTENANCE A. Maintain plantings until completion and acceptance of the entire project. B. Planting maintenance shall include necessary watering, cultivation, weeding, pruning, disease and insect pest control, protective spraying, replacement or straightening plants which lean or sag, adjustment of plants which settle or are planted too low, and any other procedure consistent with good horticultural practice necessary to insure normal, vigorous and healthy growth of plants under this contract. C. Be responsible for use of materials, labor, and equipment; any injury to plant material shall be corrected and repaired at no additional expense to Owner. D. Keep planting areas free from weeds and undesirable grasses. E. Inspect plant materials at least once a month to locate any disease or insect pest infestations. Upon discovery of disease or insect pest infestation, identify or have identified, nature or species of infestation and submit proposed method of control to Architect for review prior to application of control measures. F. Furnish the Owner with a written and detailed description for the care and maintenance of all tree material at the time of final inspection. 3.5 CLEANUP A. During course of planting excess and waste materials shall be continuously and promptly removed and reasonable precautions taken to avoid damage to existing structures and plants. B. Upon completion of each portion of work, contractor shall remove from site machinery, equipment, surplus materials and rubbish which was caused to be put on project site for execution of work. C. Sidewalks and streets shall be maintained free of dirt, rubbish and stains throughout progress of work. At completion of landscaping operations sidewalks shall be left broom clean. END OF SECTION 02955 THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER HLM 90007.00-4 BID GROUP ONE 02955-6 Division 3 i1UNA Concretel7 Div*sm*on 3 SECTION 03100 CONCRETE FORMWORK PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section includes 1. Formwork for cast -in place concrete, with shoring, bracing and anchorage. 2. Openings for other work. 3. Form accessories. 4. Anchorage and erection items specified in other sections, for embedment in concrete. 5. Form stripping. B. RELATED SECTIONS 1. Section 03200 - Concrete Reinforcement. 2. Section 03300 - Cast -in -Place Concrete. 1.2 REFERENCES A. Provide and maintain one copy at the site of all referenced publications for use by site and inspection personnel. B. American Concrete Institute (ACI) 1. ACI 347 - Recommended Practice For Concrete Formwork. 2. ACI 301 - Specifications for Structural Concrete Reinforcement. C. American National Standards Institute, American Society of Mechanical Engineers (ANSI/ASME) 1. ANSI/ASME A17.1 - Safety.Code for Elevators, Dumbwaiters, Escalators, and Moving Walks. D. American Plywood Association (APA) 1.3 DESIGN REQUIREMENTS A. Design, engineer and construct formwork, shoring and bracing to conform to design and code requirements; resultant concrete to conform to required shape, line and dimension. 1.4 SUBMITTALS A. Shop Drawings: Indicate pertinent dimensions, materials, bracing, and arrangement of joints and ties for concrete exposed to view. B. Submit shop drawings prepared by a professional Engineer, registered in the state of Florida, for fabrication and erection of forms for specific finished concrete surfaces. Show construction of forms including jointing, special form joint or reveals, location and pattern of form tie placement, and other items which visually affect exposed concrete. 1. Architect's review is for general architectural applications and features only. Design of formwork for structural stability and efficiency is Contractor's responsibility. 2. Provide additional copies of drawings and data for Enforcement Agency, and Special Inspector under Florida law, to comply with Threshold Building Requirements. THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER HLM 90007.00-3 BID GROUP ONE 03100-1 SECTION 03100 CONCRETE FORMWORK 1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Survey Work 1. Engage a State of Florida registered surveyor acceptable to the Construction Manager, to perform survey, layout and measurements for the location of all concrete formwork. 2. Surveyor shall record and maintain information pertinent to each column and wall location and plumbness, and anchor bolt location prior to placement of concrete. 3. Surveyor shall cooperate with other testing and inspection personnel to provide data for their required reports. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1 WOOD FORM MATERIALS A. Plywood: APA B-B Plyform Class 1 exterior. Sound undamaged sheets with clean, true edges. B. Lumber: Dougles Fir -Larch, No. 2 grade, seasoned, surfaced four sides, with grade stamp clearly visible. 2.2 PREFABRICATED FORMS A. Preformed Steel Forms: Matched, tight fitting, stiffened to support weight of concrete without deflection detrimental to tolerances and appearance of finished surfaces. B. Glass Fiber Fabric Reinforced Plastic Forms: Matched, tight , fitting, stiffened to support weight of concrete without deflection detrimental to tolerances and appearance of finished concrete surfaces. C. Cylindrical Columns and Supports: Form round section members with paper or fiber tubes, constructed of laminated plies using water-resistant type adhesive with wax -impregnated exterior for weather and moisture protection. Provide units with sufficient wall thickness to resist deformation due to loads imposed by wet concrete. 2.3 FORMWORK ACCESSORIES A. Form Ties: 1. Adjustable to permit tightening of forms leaving no metal closer than 1-1/2" to surface. 2. Ties: Commercially manufactured. Wire and band iron are not acceptable. 3. Holes left in concrete after tie removal: Not to exceed 7/8" diameter at finish concrete surface, and no deeper than largest diameter. B. Form Release Agent: Colorless non -staining to concrete nor absorb moisture. C. Corners: 1. Chamfered THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER HLM 90007.00-3 BID GROUP ONE 03100-2 SECTION 03100 CONCRETE FORMWORK 2. Wood strip 3/4 inch; maximum possible lengths. D. Nails, Spikes, Lag Bolts, Through Bolts, Anchorages: of size strength and character to maintain formwork in place while placing concrete. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Verify lines, levels and centers before proceeding with formwork. Ensure that dimensions agree with Drawings. 3.2 EARTH FORMS A. Earth cuts may be used as forms for grade beams below finish grade when soil conditions are acceptable to the Testing Agency's Geotechnical Engineer and Architect. B. Hand trim sides and bottom of earth forms. Remove loose soil prior to placing concrete. 3.3 ERECTION - FORMWORK A. Provide bracing to ensure stability of formwork. Shore or strengthen formwork subject to overstressing by construction loads. B. Arrange and assemble formwork to permit dismantling and stripping. Do not damage concrete during stripping. C. Align joints and make watertight. Keep form joints to a minimum. D. Do not frame openings in structural members which are not indicated on Drawings without written approval from Architect. E. Provide chamfer strips on external corners of beams, joists, and columns. 1. Stop chamfered corners of columns 4 inches above finished floor. 3.4 APPLICATION - FORM RELEASE AGENT A. . Apply form release agent on formwork in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations. B. Apply prior to placement of reinforcing steel, anchoring devices, and embedded items. 3.5 INSERTS, EMBEDDED PARTS, AND OPENINGS A. Provide formed openings where required for items to be embedded in or passing through concrete work. B. Locate and set in place items which will be cast directly into concrete. C. Coordinate related work in forming and placing openings, slots, recesses, chases, sleeves, bolts, anchors, and other inserts. THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER HLM 90007.00-3 BID GROUP ONE 03100-3 SECTION 03100 CONCRETE FORMWORK D. Install accessories in accordance with manufacturer's instructions, straight, level, and plumb. Ensure items are not disturbed during concrete placement. E. Provide temporary ports or openings in formwork where required to facilitate cleaning and inspection. Locate openings at bottom of forms to allow flushing water to drain. F. Close temporary openings with tight fitting panels, flush with inside face of forms, and neatly fitted so joints will not be apparent in exposed concrete surfaces. 3.6 FORM CLEANING A. Clean and remove foreign matter within forms as erection proceeds. B. Clean formed cavities of debris prior to placing concrete. C. Flush with water or use compressed air to remove remaining foreign matter. Ensure that water and debris drain to exterior through clean -out ports. 3.7 FORMWORK TOLERANCES A. Construct formwork to maintain tolerances required by ACI 301. B. Construct and align formwork for elevator pit and hoistway in accordance with ANSI/ASME A17.1. 3.8 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Examine erected formwork, shoring, and bracing to ensure that work is in accordance with formwork design, and that supports, fastenings, wedges, ties, and items are secure. B. Do not reuse wood formwork for concrete surfaces to be exposed to view. Do not patch formwork. 3.9 FORM REMOVAL A. Do not remove forms or bracing until concrete has gained sufficient strength to carry its own weight and imposed loads. B. Loosen tie -rod clamps that are to be removed entirely from wall 24 hours after concrete has been placed. C. Form ties not required to hold forms in place may be removed after 24 hours. D. Formwork not supporting weight of concrete such as sides of beams, walls, columns, and similar parts of the work, may be removed after cumulative curing at not less than 50 degrees F. for 24 hours after placing the concrete, providing the concrete is sufficiently cured to be undamaged by form removal operations and provided for the exposed concrete. THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER HLM 90007.00-3 BID GROUP ONE 03100-4 SECTION 03100 CONCRETE FORMWORK E. Formwork supporting weight of concrete such as beams, soffits, slabs and other structural elements may not' be removed in less than 14 days or until concrete has attained 75% of design strength at 28 days. 1. Design strength of cast -in -place concrete having supporting forms removed before 14 day shall be determined by testing field cured and laboratory cured concrete specimens -representative of the concrete. a. Concrete specimens and compressive strength tests for early form removal shall be made and tested by the Independent Testing Laboratory and paid for by the Contractor. F. Form facing material may be removed 4 days after placement only if shores and other vertical supports -have been designed and arranged to permit removal of form facing material without loosening or disturbing shores and supports. G. Loosen forms carefully. Do not wedge pry bars, hammers, or tools against finish concrete surfaces scheduled for exposure to view. H. Store removed forms in manner that surfaces to be in contact with fresh concrete will not be damaged. Discard damaged forms. 3.10 SCHEDULES A. Facing Materials: 1. Provide forms capable of producing finished concrete surfaces as outlined below. 2. Forms for F-1 and F-2 finish are required as scheduled below on formed concrete surfaces unless indicated otherwise. B. Forms for Type F-1, Rough Form Finish: 1. Use to form concrete concealed from view. 2. No selected form facing material is required. 3. Patch tie holes and defects. 4. Chip or rub off fins exceeding 1/4" in height. Leave surface with the texture imparted by the forms. C. Forms for Type F-2, Smooth Form Finish: 1. Use to form concrete exposed to view that is not subject to additional architectural finish requirements, other than painting. 2. Use form facing material to produce a smooth, hard, uniform texture on the concrete. a. Facing material: Plywood, tempered concrete -form -grade hardboard, metal, paper, fiber tubes or other approved material capable of producing the desired finish. b. Paper of fiber tube forms that impart a texture or spiral pattern to the concrete are not approved. 3. The arrangement of the facing material: Orderly and symmetrical with the number of seams kept to the practical minimum. 4. Do not use material with raised grain, torn surfaces, worn edges, patches, dents or other defects which will impair the texture of the concrete. 5. Patch tie holes and defects. Completely remove fins. END OF SECTION 03100 THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER HLM 90007.00-3 BID GROUP ONE 03100-5 SECTION 03200 CONCRETE REINFORCEMENT PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Steel reinforcing bars. 2. Welded wire fabric. B. Related Sections: 1. SECTION 03300 - CAST -IN -PLACE CONCRETE 2. SECTION 03100 - CONCRETE FORMWORK 3. SECTION 02385 - DRILLED CAISSONS 1.2 REFERENCES A. Provide and maintain one copy at the site of all referenced publications for use by site and inspection personnel. B. American Concrete Institute (ACI) 1. ACI 301 - Structural Concrete for Buildings. 2. ACI 318 - Building Code Requirements For Reinforced Concrete. 3. ACI 315 "Manual of Standard Practice for Detailing Reinforced Concrete Structures". 4. ACI SP-66 - American Concrete Institute - Detailing Manual. C. American National Standards Institute, American Society for Testing and Materials (ANSI/ASTM) 1. ANSI/ASTM A-185 - Steel Welded Wire Fabric, Plain, for Concrete Reinforcement. D. American National Standards Institute, American Welding Society (ANSI/AWS) 1. ANSI/AWS D1.4 - Structural Welding Code for Reinforcing Steel. 2. ANSI/AWS D12.1 - Reinforcing Steel Welding Code. E. American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM) 1. ASTM A-615-88: Deformed and Plain Billet -Steel Bars for Concrete Reinforcement. F. Concrete Reinforcing Steel Institute (CRSI) Manual of Practice. 1. CRSI 63 - Recommended Practice For Placing Reinforcing Bars. 2. CRSI 65 - Recommended Practice For Placing Bar Supports, Specifications and Nomenclature. 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Shop Drawings: Show size and quantity of reinforcement, method of support and fastening, bending and placing schedules, diagrams, wall elevations and plans, material grades and relation of reinforcement to adjacent materials. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 REINFORCEMENT A. Reinforcing Steel Bars: ASTM A615, Grade 60 and 40 deformed billet steel bars. THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER HLM 90007.00-3 BID GROUP ONE 03200-1 SECTION 03200 CONCRETE REINFORCEMENT B. Welded Wire Fabric: ASTM A185. 2.2 ACCESSORY MATERIALS A. Supports for Reinforcement: Provide supports for reinforcement including bolsters, chairs, spacers and other devices for spac.ing, supporting and fastening reinforcement in place, in accordance with the recommendations and details of the Concrete Reinforcing Steel Institute. 1. Use supports with sand plates or horizontal runners where base material will not support chair legs for slab on grade. 2. For exposed -to -view concrete surfaces: Provide supports with legs hot -dip galvanized, plastic tipped or stainless steel where legs of supports contact forms. B. Tie Wire: Minimum 16 gage annealed type 2.3 FABRICATION A. Fabricate Concrete reinforcing in accordance with ACI 318 B. Weld reinforcement in accordance with ANSI/AWS D1.4. C. Locate reinforcing splices not indicated on Drawings, at point of minimum stress. Review location of splices with Architect/Engineer. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 GENERAL A. Perform work in accordance with ACI 301. 3.2 INSTALLATION A. Keep uncoated reinforcement free from rust, scale, dirt, and physical injury. B. Place, support and secure reinforcement against displacement. Do not deviate from required position. C. Do not displace or damage vapor retarder. D. Secure reinforcement against displacement with tie wire or other clips or ties consistent with CRSI recommendations. ******************** END OF SECTION 03200 THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER HLM 90007.00-3 BID GROUP ONE 03200-2 SECTION 03300 CAST -IN -PLACE CONCRETE PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Cast -in -place concrete. 2. Placing anchors and inserts. 3. Installation of embedded items specified in other Sections. 4. Structural slide bearings. B. Related Sections: 1. SECTION 02385 - Drilled Caissons 2. SECTION 03100 - Concrete Formwork. 3. SECTION 03200 - Concrete Reinforcement. 1.2 REFERENCES A. American Concrete Institute (ACI) 1. ACI 211.1 - Standard Practice for Selecting Proportions for Normal, Heavyweight, and Mass Concrete. 2. ACI 301 - Structural Concrete for Buildings. 3. ACI 302 - Guide for Concrete Floor and Slab Construction. 4. ACI 304 - Recommended Practice for Measuring, Mixing, Transporting and Placing Concrete. 5. ACI 305R - Hot Weather Concreting. 6. ACI 308 - Standard Practice for Curing Concrete. 7. ACI 318 - Building Code Requirements for Reinforced Concrete. B. American National Standards Institute, American Society for Testing and Materials (ANSI/ASTM) 1. ANSI/ASTM D-994 - Preformed Expansion Joint Filler for Concrete (Bituminous Type). 2. ANSI/ASTM D-1190 - Concrete Joint Sealer, Hot -Poured Elastic Type. 3. ANSI/ASTM D-1751 - Preformed Expansion Joint Fillers for Concrete Paving and Structural Construction (Nonextruding and Resilient Bituminous Types). 4. ANSI/ASTM D-1752 - Preformed Sponge Rubber and Cork Expansion Joint Fillers for Concrete Paving and Structural Construction. C. American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM) 1. ASTM B-221 - Aluminum and Aluminum -Alloy Extruded Bars, Rods, Wire, Shapes and Tubes. 2. ASTM C-33 - Concrete Aggregates. 3. ASTM C-94 - Ready -Mixed Concrete. 4. ASTM C-150 - Portland Cement. 5. ASTM C-260 - Air -Entraining Admixtures for Concrete. 6. ASTM C-330 - Light Weight Aggregates For Structural Concrete. 7. ASTM C-494 - Chemicals Admixtures for Concrete. 8. ASTM C-618 - Fly Ash and Raw or Calcined Natural Pozzolan for Use as a Mineral Admixture in Portland Cement Concrete. THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER HLM 90007.00-3 BID GROUP ONE 03300-1 SECTION 03300 CAST -IN -PLACE CONCRETE 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Mix Designs: 1. Submit substantiating data for each concrete mix design contemplated for use to Architect not less than six weeks prior to first concrete placement. Include the following: a. Mix identification designation unique for each mix submitted. b. Statement of intended use for mix. c. Mix proportions, including admixtures used. d. Manufacturer's data and/or certifications verifying conformance of mix materials, including admixtures, with specified requirements. e. Wet and dry unit weight. f. Entrained air content. g. Design slump. h. Required average strength qualification data per ACI 301. Submit separate qualification data for each production facility which will supply concrete to project. i . Actual trial mix data or field test data per ACI 301 used to calculate average strength qualification data. When field test data is used to qualify average strength, submit separate qualification data for each production facility which will supply concrete to project and copies of field test reports. 2. Separate design mixes are required for each strength and density of concrete, each change in type and/or quantity of mix materials including admixtures; each change in slump limits, and each change in entrained air content. 3. For concrete placed by pumping, separate mix designs are required for each 100 feet of vertical or horizontal distance from pump to point of discharge. This requirement may be waived if evidence acceptable to Architect is submitted demonstrating, by previous successful experience, that proposed mix will meet requirements of these specifications, when sampled at point of discharge, over full range of distance required. B. Product Data: 1. Application and installation instructions for proprietary materials and including admixtures, patching compounds, waterstops, joint systems and others as required by Architect. 2. Submit curing compound product data and verification of its compatibility with other finish materials and surface required. C. Submit curing compound product data and verification of its acceptable compatibility with type of concrete penetrating sealer and waterproofing used. D. Submit materials certificates, mill test reports and materials laboratory tests reports when requested attesting that each material item compiles with or exceeds specified requirements. E. Submit one sample copy of concrete batch trip ticket containing information as specified in ASTM C-94 paragraph entitled "Batch Ticket/Information:" including additional information listed for certification purposes. THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER HLM 90007.00-3 BID GROUP ONE 03300-2 SECTION 03300 CAST -IN -PLACE CONCRETE Clearly show amount of water for entire batch which may be added in field that will not exceed water cement ratio specified by concrete design. F. Record Documents: Submit record listing time and date of placement of concrete. Keep record until completion of project, make available to Architect on request. 1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Perform concrete work in accordance with ACI 301 "Specifications for Structural Concrete for Buildings" as modified in this Section. 1. Provide at least one copy of ACI SP-15 available in field office. B. Acquire cement and aggregate from same source for all work. C. Conform to ACI 305R when concreting during hot weather. D. Do not place concrete when temperature is below 40 degrees F. E. Survey Work 1. Engage a State of Florida registered surveyor acceptable to the Construction Manager, to perform survey, layout and measurements for cast -in -place concrete, column centerline, and anchor bolt locations. 2. Surveyor shall record and maintain information pertinent to each column centerline, plumbness, and anchor bolt location prior to placement of concrete. 3. Surveyor shall cooperate with other testing and inspection personnel to provide data for their required reports. 1.5 UNIT PRICES A. Provide unit prices indicated on Bid Form in event additions to or deductions from Work are required and authorized by a written order from Architect. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 CONCRETE MATERIALS A. Portland Cement: ASTM C-150, Type II, or ASTM C-595 IP(MS), IS(MS), P(MS), I(PM)(MS) or I(SM)(MS). 1. Use only one manufacturer and type of cement for each mix design. B. Fly Ash: ASTM C-618, Class F. C. Normal weight aggregates: ASTM C-33. D. Light weight aggregates: ASTM C-330. E. Water: Clean fresh potable. Free from oils or other substances injurious to concrete or reinforcement. THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER HLM 90007.00-3 BID GROUP ONE 03300-3 SECTION 03300 CAST -IN -PLACE CONCRETE F. Air Entraining Admixture: ASTM C-260. G. Water Reducing Admixture: ASTM C-494, Type A, containing no chloride added during manufacture, Acceptable Products: 1. "Eucon Super WR-75"; Euclid Chemical Co. 2. "Pozzolith Normal"., Master Builders. 3. "Plastocrete 161"; Sika Chemical Corporation. H. High Range Water Reducing Admixture (Super Plasticizer): ASTM C-494, Type F or G containing not more than 0.1% chloride ions, required for caissons, all pumped concrete and optional for other areas. Acceptable Products: 1. "Eucon Super' 37"; Euclid Chemical Co. 2. "Sikament: Sika Chemical Corporation. 3. "Pozzolith 400-N"; Master Builders. I. Accelerators are not permitted. J. Retarding admixtures and water reducing and retarding admixtures: ASTM C- 494, Type B and Type D respectively. Acceptable Products: 1. Eucon Retarder-75, Euclid Chemical Co. 2. Pozzolith Retarder, Master Builders. 3. Plastocrete 161R, Si'ka. K. Certification: Provide written conformance to the above mentioned requirements and chloride ion content required prior to mix design review by Architect. 2.2 EXPANSION MATERIAL A. ACI 301 B. Fiber Expansion Joint: 1. 1/2" thickness. Conform to ASTM D-1751. 2.3 WATERSTOPS A. ACI 301 B. Flexible strip waterstop: 1. Acceptable product: a. American Colloid Company, Waterstop-RX101. 2.4 EMBEDDED ITEMS: 1. Embedded items: Do not displace reinforcing bars. 2. Rated or specified capacity of embedded items: Not to be construed as design capacity of supporting concrete members. 3. Steel Plates, Bars and Structural Shapes: Conform to ASTM A-36. 2.5 RELATED MATERIALS A. Curing Compound: Comply with ASTM C-309. Unit moisture loss, pound per square foot at 72 hours shall not exceed .642 psf. 1. Masterseal or MasterKure; Master Builders or Architect's acceptable equivalent. THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER HLM 90007.00-3 BID GROUP ONE 03300-4 SECTION 03300 CAST -IN -PLACE CONCRETE B. Bonding Compounds: 1. Bonding Compound: Manufacturers: Polyvinyl acetate type, rewettable. Acceptable a. Euco Weld; Euclid Chemical Co. b. Weldcrete; Larson Products. C. Thorobond; Standard Dry Wall. d. Everbond; L & M Construction Products, Inc. C. Epoxy Adhesive: 100%. solids, 100% reactive, two suitable for use on dry or damp surfaces. 1. Acceptable Products: a. Euco Epoxy #463 or #615; Euclid Chemical Co. b. Sikadu Hi -Mod, Sika Chemical Corporation. C. Permunite; L & M Construction Products, Inc. 2.6 EPDXY JOINT FILLER component compound A. Three (3) component, 100% solids, compound, with a minimum shore D hardness of 50. 1. Acceptable Manufacturers: a. Euco Epoxy. #600 or #700; Euclid Chemical Company. b. Sikadur Lo-Mod, Sika Chemical Corporation. 2.7 CONCRETE PROPORTIONING AND DESIGN OF MIXES A. Proportion ingredients and design concrete mixes in accordance with ACI 301 as modified in this Section. B. Cement: Minimum of 564 pounds per cubic yard. C. Fly Ash: A maximum of 22% by weight of cement may be replaced with fly ash at a ratio of one pound fly ash for every one pound of cement removed. D. Maximum water cement ratio: 0.49. E. Durability: 1. Air -entrained with 5% to 7% entrained and entrapped air. F. Admixtures: 1. Provide water reducing or water reducing and retarding admixture specified in design mix for concrete. 2. Hot weather conditions: When ambient temperature exceeds 90 degrees F. and/or placing conditions required retardation of setting time Architect may require a change from Type A (normal) admixture to Type D (retarding) formulation of water reducing admixture. Concrete temperature not to exceed 90 degrees F. for drilled caissons and 100 degrees F. for other cast in place concrete. 3. When increased workability, pumpability, lower water -cement ratio, shrinkage and permeability reduction is required, use HRWR admixture (Super Plasticizer). G. Selection of Proportion of Ingredients: 1. Prepare design mixes for each type of concrete used in construction. a. Proportion mixes to obtain compressive strengths indicated on the drawings. THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER HLM 90007.00-3 BID GROUP ONE 03300-5 SECTION 03300 CAST -IN -PLACE CONCRETE b. Where compressive strength is not indicated, obtain minimum 4000 psi 28 day strength. 2. Field records used to demonstrate that proposed proportions will produce required average strength must be of tests made within last 12 months and have same water cement ratio, cement type and manufacturer, and percentage of fly ash as proposed mix proportions. a. Comply with ACI 211.1 and ACI 301 as modified by the following: 1) Determine maximum allowable unit shrinkage expressed in percentage of length in accordance with ASTM C-157, based upon average value of three (3) 4 inch x 4 inch x 11 inch specimens after 21 days of actual drying time; total 28 days after casting. a) Maximum allowable shrinkage value for concrete mixes: 400 millionths (0.0004) with an allowable variation of 15%. 2) Submit written reports of each proposed concrete mix not less than 15 days prior to start of work. Do not proceed with concrete production until mixes have been reviewed by Architect. 3. Adjustment of Concrete Mixes: Concrete mix design adjustments may be requested when characteristics of materials, project conditions, weather, test results or other circumstances warrant. a. Submit laboratory test reports for revised mix designs and strength results to Architect for review before use of revised concrete mixes in the Work. H. Slump: 1. ACI 301 2. Caissons: 4" max. before addition of HRWR admixture; 7" min. and 9" max. at placement. 3. Concrete with HRWR Admixture: 8" maximum unless otherwise directed by Architect. 4. Other Structural Concrete: 3". 2.8 PRODUCTIONDF CONCRETE A. Produce and deliver concrete in accordance with ACI 301 and as modified in this Section. Produce and deliver concrete during hot and cold weather in accordance with ACI 305 and ACI 306. B. Ready Mixed Concrete: 1. Discharge concrete after introduction of mixing water to cement and aggregate or introduction of cement to aggregate within 90 minutes or before 300 mixing speed revolutions when air temperature is below 80 degrees F. 2. During hot weather, or under conditions contributing to rapid setting of concrete, a shorter maximum discharge time than specified in ASTM C-94 is required. a. Discharge concrete after introduction of mixing water to cement and aggregate or introduction of cement to aggregate within 75 minutes when air temperature is between 80 degrees F and 90 degrees F. THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER HLM 90007.00-3 BID GROUP ONE 03300-6 SECTION 03300 CAST -IN -PLACE CONCRETE b. Discharge concrete within 60 minutes when air temperature is above 90 degrees F. 2.9 TESTING & INSPECTION A. Contractor is responsible for quality control. 1. Inspection or testing by Owner does not relieve Contractor of his responsibility to perform Work in accordance with Contract Documents. 2. Workmanship: Correct concrete work which does not conform to specified requirements, including strength, tolerances and finishes. Correct deficient concrete by means acceptable to Architect. B. Testing Laboratory Test 1. Prior to start of concreting operations, Testing Laboratory will review, with representatives of Contractor's quality control staff, facilities that will be used on production of concrete for Project. a. Review will address: Type and condition of equipment. Calibration of measuring devices. Sources of aggregate and cement. Sieve analysis of aggregate samples, mill tests. Methods of storage of aggregate and cement. Mixing procedures, including distance from site. Trip ticket sample. Admixtures that will be used, including special procedures required. Other items which, in opinion of Testing Laboratory, are important elements in production of concrete. b. Testing Laboratory will report results of review to Owner and Architect. 1) Report will identify equipment and procedures which require modification in order to assure quality of concrete. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Examine prior construction and conditions under which work will be performed. B. Do not proceed with the work until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. 3.2 GENERAL A. Notify Testing Laboratory 24 hours before starting concrete placement. B. Coordinate requirements for installation of embedded items specified and furnished in other Sections. Obtain templates and instructions for setting embedded items. THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER HLM 90007.00-3 BID GROUP ONE 03300-7 SECTION 03300 CAST -IN -PLACE CONCRETE 1. Coordinate work with requirements for mechanical and electrical installations and accommodations. 3.3 PLACING CONCRETE A. Place concrete in accordance with ACI 301. B. Just prior to discharging truck -mixed concrete, mix each truck of concrete minimum 70 revolutions of mixer drum at full mixing speed. C. Vibrate and consolidate concrete in accordance with ACI 309. D. During hot weather, place concrete in accordance with ACI 305. 3.4 TOLERANCES A. ACI 301: Variation from plumb: 1. In any 10 feet of length: 1/4 inch. 2. Maximum for entire length: 1 inch. 3.5 WATERSTOPS A. Install waterstops in accordance with ACI 301. B. Install waterstops in concrete scheduled to receive surface applied waterproofing. C. Install bentonite water stops with a minimum cover of 2 inches. 3.6 FIELD TESTS & INSPECTIONS A. Field testing and inspections will be performed by testing laboratory. B. Perform concrete testing in accordance with specifications of ACI 301 and as follows: 1. Mold and cure four (4) specimens from each sample. 2. Compressive strength tests: One set of specimens for each 50 cubic yards or fraction thereof of each type of concrete placed in one day; one specimen tested at 7 days, two specimens tested at 28 days and one specimen held in reserve. 3. In addition to cylinders cured under standard conditions, Testing Laboratory will prepare duplicate sets of two cylinders to be field cured under conditions equal to cure for corresponding concrete pours. a. Such cylinders will be tested only when questions concerning strength are involved. b. Costs of such tests will be paid for by Contractor. C. Test results will be distributed to Architect, Owner, and Contractor. 4. Concrete Temperature: Test each time a set of specimens is made. 5. Slump Test: Make one test for each set of compressive strength specimens. Make additional test as directed by Architect. a. Take test at point of truck discharge for Ready -Mix concrete and at point of mixer discharge for on site mixing. THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER HLM 90007.00-3 BID GROUP ONE 03300-8 _., SECTION 03300 CAST -IN -PLACE CONCRETE C. Collect concrete batch trip tickets. Identify compressive and slump tests made to representative samples of concrete referred to by trip tickets. D. Notify Architect and Contractor immediately of trip tickets not as specified. E. Notify Architect and Contractor immediately when amount of water in a batch of concrete exceeds that allowed in design mix. F. Verify that concrete is fully.discharged from mixers before mix begins to set and within 1-1/2 hours maximum from time of batching. G. Check quantity and type of admixtures for compliance with design requirements and secure Architect's written approval for use of additional admixtures in concrete. H. Obtain mill test reports for each shipment of cement used in to concrete for Project. I. Additional Tests for Concrete Work: 1. Testing Laboratory will make additional tests of in -place -concrete work as directed by Architect when test results indicate that specified concrete strengths and other characteristics have not been attained in structure. a. Conduct tests to determine adequacy of concrete by cored .cylinders complying with ASTM C-42. b. Costs of such test will be borne by Owner if test results indicate conformance with Contract Documents. Such tests indicating nonconformance with Contract Documents willfbe paid by Contractor including additional architectural and engineering services made necessary by such nonconformance. C. Cost of other additional tests including load tests and/or other nondestructive tests directed by Architect or conducted by Contractor to prove adequacy of concrete work shall be borne by Contractor including additional architectural and engineering services made necessary by such tests. d. Strength of structure in place will be considered to be potentially deficient if it fails to comply with requirement which controls strength of structure, including but not necessarily limited to conditions listed in ACI 301, Chapter 18. e. Inspections or testing performed exclusively for Contractor's convenience is sole responsibility of Contractor. 3.7 REPAIR OF SURFACE DEFECTS A. Defects less than one inch deep and not exposing reinforcing: 1. Comply with ACI 301. 2. Use specified bonding compound or epoxy adhesive. 3. Provide non -shrink grout patching mixture to fill pockets left in concrete walls or slabs as specified in Section 03600. 4. Place premixed patching mortar in accordance with directions of specified bonding compound or epoxy adhesive manufacturer. THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER HLM 90007.00-3 BID GROUP ONE 03300-9 SECTION 03300 CAST -IN -PLACE CONCRETE 5. With prior approval by Architect as to method and procedures, for structural repairs use specified epoxy adhesive and/or epoxy mortar. B. Defects one inch and greater or Exposing Reinforcing: 1. Chip to sound concrete and clean thoroughly to remove loose concrete and dust. Apply thin coat of specified epoxy adhesive. 2. Form and pour, or dry pack with specified pea -gravel repair grout, prior to development of tack -free condition of epoxy bonder. Strip forms after grout has hardened and provide specified finish. 3. Moist cure or apply specified clear curing and sealing compound immediately after finishing. 3.8 SLABS A. Construct concrete slabs in accordance with ACI 301 as modified in this Section. B. Jointing ACI 301: Construct control joints in slabs on grade using premolded key joints, inserts, tooled joints or saw cuts. Do not use saw cuts for exterior concrete work. 1. Where control joint spacing is not indicated, space joints at maximum 20 feet. 2. If premolded hardboard or fiberboard strips are used, insert premolded hardboard or fiberboard strip into the fresh concrete until top surface of strip is flush with slab surface. Remove insert strip and clean formed groove of loose debris after concrete has cured. 3. Prefabricated, strippable plastic joints may be used at Contractor's option. 4. Cut sawed joints within 12 to 24 hours after concrete has been placed. C. Finishing Tolerances 1. Comply with ACI 301: 2. Test unformed surfaces such as monolithic slabs for smoothness and to verify surface plane finish to tolerances specified for each surface and finish. Correct low and high areas as specified. a. Test unformed surfaces sloped to drain for trueness of slope, measuring to plane tolerance by using a template cut to required slope. 3. Repair finished unformed surfaces that have defects which adversely affect durability of concrete or finish. a. Unacceptable surface defects include, but are not necessarily limited to: crazing, cracks in excess of 0.01 inch wide or which penetrate to reinforcement or completely through non -reinforced concrete regardless of width, spalling, pop -outs, honeycomb, rock pockets and other objectionable conditions as determined by Architect. b. Correct high areas in unformed surfaces by grinding after concrete has cured at least 14 days. C. Correct low areas in unformed surfaces during or immediately after completion of surface finishing operations by cutting out low areas and replacing with fresh concrete. Finish repaired areas to blend into adjacent concrete surfaces. 1) Proprietary concrete patching compounds may be used when approved by Architect. THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER HLM 90007.00-3 BID GROUP ONE 03300-10 SECTION 03300 CAST -IN -PLACE CONCRETE 3.9 CURING A. Cure concrete in accordance with requirements of ACI 301. B. Cure interior concrete slabs, with specified curing compound. I. Do not use liquid curing compound on surfaces against which additional concrete or other material is to be bonded unless it is proven that curing compound will not prevent bond or unless measures are taken to remove it completely from areas to receive bonded application. 2. Water cure slabs scheduled to receive cementitous topping (such as stone or ceramic tile setting beds). C. Apply curing compounds within 30 minutes after final finishing. Apply curing compound at coverage rate specified by manufacturer. D. Ensure curing compound is compatible with concrete penetrating sealer and other materials scheduled to be applied over concrete surfaces. E. Curing in hot weather: Cure concrete in accordance with ACI 305. 3.10 FINISHES A. Finish concrete slabs in accordance with requirements of ACI 301. B. Float Finish: Apply float finish to monolithic slab surfaces that are to receive trowel finish. Finish to a Class B tolerance. C. Trowel Finish: Unless directed otherwise by Architect, apply steel finish to monolithic slab surfaces. Finish to a Class B tolerance. I. Do not steel trowel slab surfaces scheduled to receive cementitous topping. D. Non -Skid Broom Finish: Apply light broom finish to concrete stair treads, platforms and ramps. Broom finish, by drawing a fine -hair broom across concrete perpendicular to line of traffic. Repeat operation if required to provide fine line texture acceptable to Architect. Apply broom finish after final joint tooling. E. Finishing of Formed Surfaces: Provide smooth form finish for concrete surfaces exposed to view and concrete surfaces scheduled to receive surface finish. 3.11 VAPOR RETARDER A. Install vapor retarder as specified in Section 07190. ********************* END OF SECTION 03300 THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER HLM 90007.00-3 BID GROUP ONE 03300-11 SECTION 03600 GROUT PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SECTION INCLUDES A. Pea -gravel repair grout. B. Cementitious mortar patching grout. C. Non -shrink grout. 1.2 REFERENCES A. ASTM C827 - Test Method for Change in Height at Early Ages of Cylindrical Specimens from Cementitious Mixtures. B. Contractor shall obtain and have available at site a copy of the above documents throughout the Construction Period. 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Manufacturer's Data: 1. Submit copies of manufacturer's product data and printed instructions for each manufactured product. 1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Do not change source or brands of grout materials during the course of the work. Single -source responsibility from one source and producer for each aggregate and from one manufacturer for each cementitious component. 1.5 MATERIAL STORAGE A. Store grout materials off the ground, under cover, in a dry location. Store aggregates where grading and other required characteristics can be maintained. 1.6 TESTING A. Coordinate testing requirements of grout with Division 1. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 PEA -GRAVEL REPAIR GROUT A. The grout shall be a manufactured, dry packaged product with proportioned ingredients. Shrinkage compensating ingredients shall minimize effects of drying shrinkage. Compressive strength at 28 days shall equal or exceed required concrete strength. Shall contain pea gravel and no added chloride. Applies and finishes like concrete. Select material for horizontal overhead or vertical application. B. Approved Manufacturers: 1. MASTERBUILDERS "Masterpatch 20" 2.2 CEMENTITIOUS MORTAR PATCHING GROUT A. Manufactured by MASTER BUILDERS "Set Vertipatch" or Architects approved equivalent. 1. 4000 psi 2. Conditions to 1" maximum thickness. THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER HLM 90007.00-3 BID GROUP ONE 03600-1 SECTION 03600 GROUT 2.3 NON -SHRINK NON-METALLIC GROUT A. The grout shall be non -shrink, non-ferrous, heavy duty grout. Compressive strength at 28 days shall be a minimum 6,000 pounds per square inch. Grout shall remain workable for a minimum of 30 minutes following mixing. B. Comply with ASTM C-827. C. Approved Manufacturers: 1. GIFFORD-HILL "Supreme Grout" 2. L&M CONSTRUCTION CHEMICALS "Crystex" 3. W.R. MEADOWS "588 Non -Metallic, Non -Shrink Grout" 4. SONNEBORN "Sonogrout" 5. U.S. GROUT CORP., "Five -Star Grout" 6. LAMBERT CORP., "Vibropruf #11" PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 PEA -GRAVEL REPAIR GROUT A. Install per manufacturer's printed instructions. 3.2 CEMENTITIOUS MORTAR PATCHING GROUT A. Install per manufacturer's printed instructions. 3.3 NON -SHRINK GROUT A. Install per manufacturer's printed instructions. END OF SECTION 03600 THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER HLM 90007.00-3 BID GROUP ONE 03600-2 Division 5 Metals Division UNA 5 SECTION 05180 MISCELLANEOUS STRUCTURAL STEEL PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: I. Angles, plates and beams. 2. Miscellaneous Framing and Supports .3. Anchor bolts 1.2 REFERENCES A. Provide and maintain one copy at the site of all referenced publications for use by site and inspection personnel. B. American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM) 1. ASTM A-36 - Structural Steel. 2. ASTM A-123 - Zinc (Hot -Dip Galvanized) Coatings on Iron and Steel Products. 3. ASTM A-307 - Carbon Steel Bolts and Studs; 60,000 PSI Tensile Strength. 4. ASTM A-325 - High Strength Bolts for Structural Steel Joints S. ASTM A-500 - Cold -Formed Welded and Seamless Carbon Steel Strucgtural Tubing in Rounds and Shapes. C. American Welding Society (AWS) I. AWS D1.1 -Structural Welding Code. D. American Institute of Steel Construction (AISC) I. AISC "Specifications for the Design, Fabrication and Erection of Structural Steel for Buildings" and including the Supplements. 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Shop Drawings: Indicate locations, markings, quantities, materials, sizes and shapes; indicate methods of connecting, anchoring, fastening, bracing, and attaching to work of other sections. B. Submit current welder's certifications for welding performed in connection with the work of this section. C. Submit copies of manufacturer's product data and printed instructions for each manufactured product. 1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Qualifications of Welders: I. Use certified welders and shielded arc process for welding performed in connection with work of this section. B. Standards: I. Comply with AISC "Specifications for Design, Fabrication and Erection of Structural Steel for Buildings". 2. Comply with AWS D1.1 THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER HLM 90007.00-3 BID GROUP ONE 05180-1 SECTION 05180 MISCELLANEOUS STRUCTURAL STEEL 1.5 TESTING LABORATORY A. Testing of structural metal framing will be performed by a Testing Laboratory as indicated in Division One. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 MATERIALS A. Steel shapes, plates and angles: Free from rust and conform with requirements of ASTM A-36. B. Bolts and nuts: Free from rust and conform with requirements of ASTM A-325. C. Anchor bolts: ASTM A-36, galvanized. D. Primer: TNEMEC Series P37-77 Chem -Prime; 2.5 to 3.5 mils dry film thickness. E. Touch-up Primer for Galvanized Surfaces: TNEMEC Series 90-93 Tneme-Zinc; 2.0 to 3.5 mils dry film thickness. F. Miscellaneous Framing and Supports 1. Galvanize miscellaneous frames and supports exposed to the exterior units cast into the structure and elevator pit beams. 2.2 FINISH A. Clean surfaces of rust, scale, grease, and foreign matter in accordance with commercial grade cleaning, SSPC-SP-C. B. Do not prime surfaces in direct contact bond with concrete or where field welding is required. C. Prime paint items scheduled with one coat unless indicated otherwise. D. Galvanize items to minimum coating thickness in accordance with ASTM A-123. 2.3 FABRICATION A. Verify dimensions on site prior to shop fabrication. B. Where possible, prefabricate items complete and ready for installation. C. Fabricate items with joints tightly fitted and secured. D. Fit and shop assemble in largest practical sections, for delivery to site. E. Grind exposed welds flush and smooth with adjacent finished surface. Ease exposed edges to small uniform radius. F. Welding: 1. Weld shop connections. THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER HLM 90007.00-3 BID GROUP ONE 05180-2 SECTION 05180 MISCELLANEOUS STRUCTURAL STEEL 2. Make joints and intersections of metal tightly fitting and securely fastened. 3. Make work square, plumb, straight and true. G. Holes: 1. Drill or punch holes required for attachment of work specified in other sections and for bolted connections. 2. Burned holes will not be accepted. H. Hot dip galvanize steel connecting devices after fabrication. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 SURFACE CONDITIONS A. Examination: I. Examine installed work and verify that such work is to point where fabrication and installation of work may proceed. 2. Make field measurements to ensure proper and adequate fit of metal fabrications and to verify that metal fabrications may be fabricated and installed in accordance with Drawings. 3.2 SHOP PAINTING A. Preparation: I. Thoroughly clean metal of mill scale, rust and foreign matter. B. Painting: I. Shop prime steel except: a. Steel to be encased in concrete. b. Surfaces to be welded. C. Galvanized steel. 3.3 ERECTION A. Erect and ,install miscellaneous structural steel in accordance with Drawings, and referenced standards, aligned, straight, plumb and level. B. After erection and installation are complete, touch-up shop primer coats using priming paint specified for shop priming. 3.4 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Erection Inspection and Testing: I. Visual Inspection of Welds: a. Field welding: Inspected visually for conformance by a representative of the testing laboratory. b. Repair welds found to be non -conforming. C. Repairs made to defective welds are subjected to re -inspection by the original method used. ******************** END OF SECTION 05180 THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER HLM 90007.00-3 BID GROUP ONE 05180-3 Division 7 Thm-fnMoisturei., UA a� Moisture Protection Division 7 SECTION 07150 WATERPROOFING PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 WORK OF THIS SECTION A. Liquid waterproofing B. Troweled -on waterproofing. C. Miscellaneous materials necessary for installation. 1.2 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. For actual application of waterproofing use only workmen who are thoroughly trained and experienced in the skills required, who are completely familiar with the manufacturer's recommended methods of application and who are completely familiar with the requirements of this Section. B. Coordinate finish slab elevation requirements with product manufacturer instructions. 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Warranty: Before any materials are delivered to the site, submit to Architect: 1. Copy of Intent to Warrant, signed by manufacturer and contractor. 2. Copy of Waterproofing Warranty for Architect's and Owner's review. 3. A complete list of all materials proposed to be furnished and installed by this Section. B. Product Data: Submit manufacturer's specifications, installation instructions, and general recommendations for each waterproofing material required. Include data and certification substantiating that materials comply with requirements. 1.4 PRODUCT HANDLING A. Use means necessary to protect the materials of this Section before, during and after installation and to protect the installed work and materials of other trades. B. In event of damage, make all repairs and replacements necessary, reviewed by the Architect and at no additional cost to the Owner. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 MATERIALS A. Waterproofing - Liquid Applied or Troweled On: 1. Waterproofing on exterior, below grade walls and elevator pits, shall be single component polyurethane liquid membrane with film thickness of 55 mils, plus or minus 5 mils per coat. 2. Manufacturers: a. GATES, Gacoflex UWM-28. b. ANTI -HYDRO A-H SEAMLESS MEMBRANE. C. SONNEBORN BUILDING PRODUCTS; "HLM 5000" d. TREMCO, "Tremproof 60" e. GRACE "Bituthene" THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER HLM 90007.00-2 BID GROUP ONE 07150-1 SECTION 07150 WATERPROOFING B. Protection Board: 1. Provide 1/8" thick asphalt impregnated protection board continuously over waterproofing once material is cured in place. 2. Acceptable manufacturers: a. W.R. MEADOWS b PHILIP CAREY C. SONNEBORN BUILDING PRODUCTS "Protection Course II" C. Other Materials: 1. Provide primers, thinners and other materials recommended by the manufacturer for installing materials of this Section. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 SURFACE CONDITIONS A. Inspection: 1. Prior to work of this Section, carefully inspect the installed work of other trades and verify that such work is complete to the point where this installation may begin. B. Discrepancies: 1. In event of discrepancy, immediately notify the Architect. 2. Do not proceed with application in areas of discrepancy until all such discrepancies have been fully resolved. 3.2 INSTALLATION: TROWEL OR LIQUID APPLIED WATERPROOFING A. Preparation: 1. Concrete walls shall be cured 28 days and shall be free from laittance, curing membranes and protrusions and surface dry before waterproofing is applied. 2. Prior to application of waterproofing surfaces shall be properly prepared following manufacturer's recommendations, taking care to seal all cracks and openings in the wall surface. 3. Pre -stripe, following manufacturer's instructions, static joints and cracks, expansion joints, metal, and utility penetrations with a 55 mil thick layer of waterproofing before applying final membrane. B. Application: 1. Apply waterproofing when temperature is 40°F. or higher. 2. Apply waterproofing following manufacturer's printed recommen- dation. 3. Cover waterproofing with 1/8" asphalt impregnated protection board to prevent damage to waterproofing during backfill operations. 4. Do not place backfill for at least 36 hours after application of waterproofing; backfill shall be completed no later than 7 days after application. ******************** END OF SECTION 07150 THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER HLM 90007.00-2 BID GROUP ONE 07150-2 SECTION 07190 VAPOR RETARDER PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 WORK OF THIS SECTION A. Sheet vapor retarder (barriers) directly below slab on grade throughout the building. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 MATERIAL A. Sheet Retarder: Polyethylene film, 8 mil, thick; perm rating 0.06. B. Provide tape as recommended by manufacturer of vapor barrier, to seal overlapped joints. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 PREPARATION A. Coordinate work with progress of work of other related Sections. 3.2 INSTALLATION A. Install vapor retarder lapped and taped, as recommended by the manufacturer of the vapor retarder to provide a monolithic installation. B. Extend coverage to extremities of areas to receive retarder. C. Seal joints in vapor retarder, and seal retarder to other surfaces at extremities of coverage. END OF SECTION 07190 THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER HLM 90007'.00-1 BID GROUP ONE 07190-1 Division 16 Electrical Division HLAII SECTION 16010 ELECTRICAL GENERAL PROVISIONS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 WORK OF THIS SECTION A. Provide all material and labor for the fabrication, installation, start-up, and testing for the complete electrical installation. B. Drawings for the work are diagrammatic, intended to convey the extent, general arrangement, and locations of the work. Because of the scale of the drawings, certain basic items such as conduit fittings, access panels, sleeves, pull and junction boxes may not be shown. Include such items where required by code, other sections, or for proper installation of the work. C. Equipment specifications may not deal individually with every part, control, or device which may be required to produce the equipment performance specified or as required to meet the equipment warranties. Include such items as required, whether or not specifically indicated. D. Coordinate with all trades in submittal of shop drawings. Shop drawings shall detail space conditions to the satisfaction of all concerned trades, subject to final review by the Architect. If electrical work is installed before coordinating with other trades, which interferes with work of other trades, make all necessary changes to correct the condition at no additional cost to the Owner. 1.2 CODES AND STANDARDS A. Install all work in accordance with the applicable requirements of following: 1. National Electric Code - NEC 1990 2. Regulations of the: a. Federal Government b. State of Florida C. County of Monroe. d. City of Key West. B. It is the intent of the Contract Documents to comply with the applicable codes, ordinances, regulations, and standards. Where discrepancies occur, notify the Architect, in writing, and ask for interpretation. Correct installation that fails to comply with the applicable codes and standards at no additional cost to the Owner. 1.3 PERMITS AND INSPECTIONS A. Obtain and make all payments for permits and inspections required. At the completion of the project and before final acceptance of the electrical work, provide evidence of final inspection and approval by the authorities having jurisdiction. 1.5 ELECTRICAL REFERENCE SYMBOLS A. Symbols used on the floor plans are defined in the Electrical Symbols Schedule on the Drawings. Some of the symbols scheduled may not be required for the project. B. The symbols used for schematic or one line power and control wiring diagrams are American Standard Graphical Electrical Symbols as published in American Standard Chart Z32.3. THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER HLM 90007.00-1 BID GROUP ONE 16010-1 SECTION 16010 ELECTRICAL GENERAL PROVISIONS 1.6 ACTIVE SERVICES A. Protect existing active services, water, gas, sewer, electric, when encountered, against damage. Do not prevent or disturb operation of active services which are to remain. If active services are encountered which require relocation, make request to authorities having jurisdiction for determination of procedures. Where existing services are to be abandoned, terminate them in conformance with requirements of the utility or municipality having jurisdiction. 1.7 IDENTIFICATION A. Provide identification for wiring systems and equipment. 1.8 SUBMITTALS A. Submit Shop Drawings and product data in accordance with Section 01340. 1.9 CONCRETE WORK A. Concrete bases and pads for electrical equipment identified on the drawings will be furnished by Section 03300. 1.10 EXCAVATING, TRENCHING, AND BACKFILLING A. Provide excavating necessary for light pole bases, underground wiring, conduit and ductbanks, and backfill trenches and excavations after work has been inspected. Excavate so that walls, footings, and adjacent load bearing soils are not disturbed in any way, except where lines must cross under a wall footing. Where a line must pass under a footing, make the crossing by the smallest possible trench to accommodate the conduit. Keep excavation free from water by ,pumping if necessary. Open no greater length of trench in advance of conduit laying than that which is required. B. Remove roots to a minimum level of 18" below finished grade and deeper as required for duct runs, manholes, and light pole bases. no roots shall be allowed to remain under any installed electrical work. C. Place backfill about the structure, when practicable, as the work construction progresses. Backfill on or against concrete work only when directed. Backfill duct lines as rapidly as the testing and acceptance of the finished sections of the work will permit, and backfill to a crown approximately 6" above the existing grades. In backfi11ing around duct lines, compact selected material firmly around and to a depth of not less than 6" over the top of the duct. Compact fill and backfill and rough grading thoroughly in layers and bring up to within 6" of finished grades. Use fill and backfill that is clean and free from vegetable matter and refuse. D. Coordinate all requirements with Section 02226 - EXCAVATING, BACKFILLING AND COMPACTING FOR UTILITIES. PART 2 - PRODUCTS N/A THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER HLM 90007.00-2 BID GROUP ONE 16010-2 SECTION 16010 ELECTRICAL GENERAL PROVISIONS PART 3 - EXECUTION N/A ******************** END OF SECTION 16010 THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER HLM 90007.00-.1 BID GROUP ONE 16010-3 SECTION 16111 CONDUIT SYSTEMS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 WORK OF THIS SECTION A. Electrical conduit system. 1. Install all wiring in conduit unless otherwise indicated. 1.2 STANDARDS AND CODES A. Fabricate and install conduit systems complying with the provisions of applicable Section NEC, Chapter 3. B. Provide materials UL and NEC approved for the application intended. 1.3 DESCRIPTION A. This Section describes the basic materials and methods of installa- tion for circular cross section conduit systems. Other types of raceways required are specified in other sections. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 CONDUIT A. Rigid Metallic Conduit (RMC): Hot dipped galvanized steel conforming to ASA C80.1, FS WW-0581e and UL-6. B. Rigid Non -Metallic Conduit: Type 40 or 80 heavy wall polyvinyl - chloride (PVC) conforming to NEMA TC-2, FS WC-1094 and UL-651. 2.2 FITTINGS AND BODIES A. RMC: Threaded, galvanized iron, heavy steel, concrete tight. Use insulated grounding bushings at cabinets, boxes, and gutters. B. Non -Metallic: Schedule 40, PVC, solvent weld socket type. C. Conduit Bodies: Cast metal condulets having threaded entrances, removable covers and corrosion resistant screws. Use for sharp turns, tees, etc. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 CONDUIT INSTALLATION A. Unless otherwise indicated, provide conduit in accordance with the following: 1. Rigid Metal Conduit (RMC): Anywhere except corrosive environ- ments. 2. Schedule 40 PVC: only where indicated: a. In floor slabs. b. Below grade with rigid 90% 3. Schedule 80 PVC: only where indicated. a. In floor slabs. b. Below grade with rigid 90°. B. Route conduit in lines parallel to or at right angles with the building construction. C. Install conduit a minimum of 6" from piping installed by other trades. THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER HLM 90007.00-1 BID GROUP ONE 16111-1 SECTION 16111 CONDUIT SYSTEMS D. Install the conduit system mechanically and electrically, continuous from outlet to outlet and to cabinets, junction or pull boxes. Secure conduit to cabinets and boxes in such a manner that all parts of the system will have electrical continuity. E. Use plastic spacers for conduit separation and support. F. Protect metal conduit buried in earth fill with an approved corrosion resistant material. END OF SECTION 16111 THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER HLM 90007.00-1 BID GROUP ONE 16111-2 SECTION 16400 SERVICE AND POWER DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 WORK OF THIS SECTION A. Service and Power Distribution Systems. 1.2 SERVICE DESCRIPTION A. The primary electrical service will be available from City Electric. This service is rated at 13,800 nominal voltage. B. The secondary service will be available from City Electric. This service shall be rated at 277/480.volt, 3 phase, 4 wire, solid neutral with ground bus. The solid neutral will be grounded at the secondary of the main transformers and not grounded at any other down line point. C. Service for large motors and primaries of distribution transformers shall be 480 volt, 3 phase, 3 wire, with ground. D. Service for primary lighting shall be 277/480 volt, 3 phase, 4 wire, with ground. E. Service for certain lighting, receptacles, fractional horsepower motors and small equipment loads shall be 120/208 volt, 3 phase, 4 wire, with ground. 1.3 CONNECTION TO CITY ELECTRIC POWER COMPANY SYSTEM A. The City Electric will furnish and install the following: 1. High Voltage Transformers (Bid Group Three) 2. Overhead high voltage cables and poles. (Bid Group Three) 3. Necessary high -voltage cable splices, terminations, pot heads, etc., for both overhead and underground lines. (Bid Group One) 4. Ground system in vault. (Bid Group Three) 5. Secondary metering equipment. (Bi.d Group Three) B. The Contractor shall furnish and install the following: 1. High voltage underground cable. (Bid Group Three) 2. Underground raceway duct bank. (Bid Group One) 3. Install high voltage underground feeders, through duct bank. (Bid Group Three) 4. Secondary wiring from transformer secondaries. (Bid Group Three) 5. Conduit and backboards for secondary metering. (Bid Group Three) PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 RELATED EQUIPMENT AND MATERIAL A. The equipment and material related to the service and distribution system shall be as indicated and as specified in the following Sections: 1. Conduit System - Section 16111 THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER HLM 90007.00-3 BID GROUP ONE 16400-1 SECTION 16400 SERVICE AND POWER DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION A. Install service and distribution system as indicated. END OF SECTION 16400 THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER HLM 90007.00-3 BID GROUP ONE 16400-2 ADDENDUM NO. 1 NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION FACILITY Bid Package No. 10, Precast Concrete Bid Package No. 11, Hydraulic Elevators Bid Package No. 12, Precast Embeds August 20, 1991 Modification No. 1: The date and location for receipt of bids has been changed. Sealed Bids are to be received at the office of the Construction Manager, Morrison-Knudsen/Gerrits, 5090 Junior College Road, Stock Island, Key West, Florida 33040. All Bids must be in the hands of the Construction Manager on or before 10:00 am, September 10, 1991. No bids will be received after the deadline. Bids will be opened thereafter by a committee consisting of Monroe County Purchasing Agent, representative of Monroe County Attorney's office, and the Construction Manager. This is a change to section 00030 Notice of Calling for Bids, and to section 00100 Instructions to Bidders. Changes per this modification are to be made to sections 00030 and 00100. All other requirements for bidding remain the same. Modification No. 2: Incorporate the attached Pre -Bid Meeting Agenda and Minutes, from the August 2, 1991 Pre -Bid Meeting, into the bidding documents. Modification No. 3: Replace section 00001, Table of Contents, dated 07/29/91, with new section 00001, Table of Contents, dated 08/20/91. Table of Contents adds Section 00800, Substantial Completion and Owner's Acceptance. Table of Contents deletes section 00600, Performance Bond. Modification No. 4: Incorporate into the bidding documents, section 00800, Substantial Completion and Owner's Acceptance, dated 08/08/91. 8/20/91 ADDENDUM NO. 1 Page 1 Modification No. 5: Delete the requirement for procurement of Performance Bond, in the event of contract award. In the event of contract award, the Public Construction Bond, section 00610, will be the only bond required. Modification No. 6: Modify Notice of Calling for Bids, Section 00030, dated 7/25/91, by deleting the requirement that the pre -bid conference was mandatory in order for prospective bidders to submit a bid. Modification No. 7: Replace section 00110, Proposal Form, for Bid Package No. 10, Precast Concrete, dated 07/27/91, with new section 00110, dated 08/ 14/91. Modification No. 8: Replace section 00310, Scope of Work, for Bid Package No. 10, Precast Concrete, dated 07/24/91, with new section 00310, dated 08/20/91. Modification No. 9: Replace section 00311, Scope of Work, for Bid Package No. 11, Hydraulic Elevators, dated 07/27/91, with new section 00311, dated 08/14/91. Modification No. 10: Replace section 00312, Scope of Work, for Bid Package No. 12, Precast Embeds, dated 07/27/91, with new section 00312, dated 08/07/91. Modification No. 11: Replace section 00352, Milestone Schedule for Bid Group 2, dated 07/26/91, with revised Milestone Schedule, dated 08/08/91. Modification No. 12: Replace section 00980, Contractor Quality Control Plan, dated 02/11/91, with revised Contractor Quality Control Plan, dated 08/13/91. Modification No. 13: Attached sketch 1510-TP, is reprinted for convenience to show 8/20/91 ADDENDUM NO. 1 Page 2 preliminary laydown and staging area, and contractors trailer area. Modification No. 14: Replace section 00140, Schedule of Unit Prices, dated 07/27/91, with revised Schedule of Unit Prices, dated 08/20/91. Modification No. 15: Replace section 01301, Submittals, dated 05/20/91, with revised Submittals, dated 08/20/91. Modification No. 16: Replace section 01395, Document Clarification Requests, dated 04/30/91, with revised Document Clarification Requests, dated 08/20/91. Modification No. 17: Replace section 00805, Supplementary General Conditions, dated 07/25/91, with revised Supplementary General Conditions, dated 08/20/91. U/20/91 ADDENDUM NO. 1 Page 3 PRE -BID MEETING AGENDA NEW DETENTION CENTER Bid Package No. 10, Precast Concrete Bid Package No. 11, Hydraulic Elevators Bid Package No. 12, Precast Embeds August 2, 1991 1. Sign -in Sheet, and Bid Package intending to Bid. 2. Notice of Calling for Bids Time and date for submitting bid Location for submitting bid 3. Instructions to Bidders Submit (1) original, and (4) copies - due to distribution req. Photocopy pages from Bid Book -do not remove pages Items to include: 0 5% Bid Bond - separate envelope 0 All other items - separate envelope, containing: Proposal Form Unit Price Schedule Contractor Evaluation Form Lobbying and Conflict of Interest Clause Sworn Statement of Public Entity Crimes Non -Collusion Affidavit Subcontractor Listing 100% Performance Bond required 100% Public Construction Bond required Contractors will be required to manload project to meet schedule. Schedule will be submittal requirement. 4. Milestone Schedule (Discuss highlights and coordination with BG-1) 5. Proposed Subcontractor Listing Percentage of each subcontract, is $ subcontract/total bid. 08/02/91 PRE -BID MEETING AGENDA 1 6. General Conditions (1) million dollar insurance policies required by County. 7. General Requirements Everyone to review for additional responsiblities, e.g., 01560-temporary controls. Pay particular attention to: 01301-Submittals - stringent procedure 01310-Progress Schedules - updating, and manloading 01510-Temporary Utilities - review for construction power and water that is being provided. 8. Project Safety Intended to eliminate injuries. Therefore, shall be a hard hat job, along with long pants, appropriate shoes and shirts. No exceptions. Safety non -compliances will be issued if not adhered to. Activity Hazard Analysis shall be prepared and submitted for approval. 9. Scopes of Work, review and take questions concurrently. B.P. 10 - review Scope of Work, drawings and tech. specs. B.P. 11 - review Scope of Work, drawings and tech. specs. B.P. 12 - review Scope of Work, drawings and tech. specs. 10. Questions remaining. 11. Site Visit 08/02/91 PRE -BID MEETING AGENDA 2 PRE -BID MEETING MINUTES NEW DETENTION CENTER Bid Package No. 10, Precast Concrete Bid Package No. 11, Hydraulic Elevators Bid Package No. 12, Precast Embeds Date: August 2, 1991, 10:00am Location: Monroe County Service Buildings, Chapel Building Attendees: See attached list, made a part of these minutes. o The first part of this meeting was a review of the front-end documents. o A site visit will be conducted at the end of this pre -bid meeting. o The pre -bid agenda was distributed to all attendees. This agenda was followed. o The following item numbers correspond to the numbers on the pre -bid agenda. 1. The sign -in sheet was explained, including the requirement for which bid package each prospective bidder is bidding. We want to be sure that the Owner is going to get sufficient bids for each bid package. Before this meeting adjourns, we will make sure everyone has signed in. 2. The time and date for receipt of bids at the Clerk of Courts office, Danny Kolhage, is on or before August 20, 1991, 10:00 am. 3. Due to the distribution requirements of the Clerk, one (1) original of your bid and (4) copies are to be submitted. Bidders are required to photocopy submission documents from the bidding documents. Do not remove from the bid books, in that the $50 plan deposit may be forfeited. The bid books will be distributed as contract books after award, and will also be used for as -built record sets. Each bid will consist of two envelopes, put into one larger envelope. One of the two envelopes will contain the bid bond, and the other envelope will contain all the other proposal documents. Both of these envelopes will be put into one larger envelope. Be sure to put in big bold letters on the 08/07/91 MEETING MINUTES 3 front of each envelope "Bid Bond", and "Proposal Documents". Reference Instructions to Bidders 00100-8. Items that make up the "Proposal Documents", are the proposal form(insert prices, sign -off, acknowledge addenda, etc.), and the unit price schedule. The numbers on the unit price schedule will not be used to determine the lowness of your bid, but are used for adds and deducts for changes during the course of the job. Other forms the County requires for the bid include Lobbying and Conflict of Interest Clause, Sworn Statement of Public Entity Crimes, and the Non -Collusion Affidavit. Make sure you include copies of these, properly filled out. The last item to be prepared is the subcontractor listing. This form is self-explanatory. The County is requiring a 100% Performance Bond and 100% Payment Bond. 4. The schedule will be a submittal requirement. The schedule for this Bid Group 2 is in section 00352. Reference should be made to section 00350, which has the schedule for Bid Group 1, for coordinating. 5. The subcontractor listing also asks for the percentage of each subcontract, which is the particular subcontract value divided by the total bid. 6. A one million dollar insurance policy is being required by the County. Bidders need to carefully review insurance sections to understand total extent of insurance requirements. 7. Each bidder is to review Division One General Requirements as there may be some additional responsibilities of contractors. For example, Section 01560 - Temporary Controls, dust control will need to be considered by bidders if their work in any way requires dust control. Section 01301 - Submittals. This section describes a thorough procedure. Bidders need to be sure to include enough overhead, manpower, time and effort to get submittals done right. Progress Schedule, Section 01310, there needs to be a pretty good knowledge of scheduling to comply with this section, for manloading and updating. Under Section 01510 - Temporary Utilities, bidders are to 08/07/91 MEETING MINUTES 4 review for construction power and water that is being provided. 8. We are making it clear that our intent is to eliminate injuries. The project will be a hard hat job, long pants, proper shoes and shirts. Safety on the project, affects not only the bidders ability to compete, but also our ability to compete on other projects. We will be scrutinized by our own in-house safety department. Our requirements are being passed down to the contractors. Phase hazard analysis will be required to be submitted by contractors, to suggest what the appropriate safety measures are that will be followed for possible hazards, and we will be making sure it complies with our overall safety program, before that particular activity starts. 9. Review of the scopes of work for the separate bid packages was bypassed in order to get right to bidder questions. 10. Questions: They are as follows, sorted by the firm asking the questions. 08/07/91 MEETING MINUTES 5 MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER PRE -BID MEETING AUGUST 2, 1991 10:00 am Bid Package No. 10, Precast Concrete Bid Package No. 11, Hydraulic Elevators Bid Package No. 12, Precast Embeds BIDDING NAME COMPANY PHONE BID PRG ex. John Smith Smith Metal Works, Inc. 294-5000 12 1. haym Rf�iM W \ 214- 574b - 2 .14pL '>re �/D d8/�'i Ll l/ 4'61,7 -yZ.Z • 70O/ 3 . i%iai.��^ /L��- yy� 4%0 2. S/ G t - 70 L / 4. 5. 64, JD C'K 6. ) 7. J�l 8/n-%zf�—��yl 1C� 8' Jew E��iO afore �itc�ccE ZS Cf./ Sly 45as` 10. Vt �vyl �'C1� (� (Aj , 1� 11. L1J e,(,0'-, 12. Dick Luw'E YM Cc c� l 3_ 13. PAO C j%o mco�`7.77 �i to 14. l � ��, S�zcr«� l ��l< �CT Zq 2- - 7J4-5— 15. 16. 07/30/91 SIGN -IN SHEET 1 BIDDING NAME COMPANY PHONE BID PKG / 1 C'u/n 6 18. 19. 20. 21. 22. 23. 24. 25. 26. 27. 28. 29. 30. 31. 32. 33. 34. 35. 36. 37. 38. .� "- `i 3 f - c , 4'Sli 07/30/91 SIGN —IN SHEET 2 Note: Wherever reference is made to Addendum No.l, this refers to Addendum No. 1 to Bid Group 2, or Bid Packages No. 10,11 & 12. It applies to Addendum No.l as prepared by MK/G, and Addendum No. 1 as prepared by Hansen Lind Meyer. If the question is from technical specifications or drawings, then review HIM part of addendum for answer. All other, review MK/G bidding document part. UESTIONS - PREBID BG-2 Southern Prestressed, Inc. Bid Document 1. Will the bid opening be public? Yes. 2. What is the budget for bid package 10? This information will not be made available to bidders. 3. Section 00100, paragraph 7.5.3 - What permits, inspections and surveys are required for bid package no. 10? Research and answers to these questions are the obligation of the bidder. 4. Section 00100, paragraph 9.1 - What are the local laws relative to doing business in Key West? Research and answers to these questions are the obligation of the bidder. 5. Section 00110-1, last paragraph - All of our work, [precast concrete], is on top of the work of others. We cannot assume the risk if the foundations fail due to the foundation contractor or site work contractor failing to properly investigate the surfaces. The paragraph stands as written. Reference General Conditions paragraphs 6.2.2 and 12.2.1 for definition and limitation. 6. Section 00310, paragraph 1.1 - To what extent will we be required to provide surveying? Will we be provided building lines and elevation bench marks? 08/20/91 PREBID QUESTIONS 1 Owner will provide building line and elevation at ground level on -site. All other surveying and verification required under each contractors work shall be the responsibility of that contractor. 7. Section 00310, paragraph 1.2, items 8 & 19 - Since we are going to be responsible for safety items such as guard rails and temporary stairs, which will be required beyond our presence on the project. We need a firm time frame to calculate costs for these items and someone to be responsible for security of sa:i:e after we leave project. For bid purposes, Precaster shall provide for items 8 & 19 above for (60) calendar days beyond completion of erection of all precast in project. Addendum No. 1 contains revised scopes of work and schedule of unit price forms. This contractor shall be responsible for adequacy, maintenance and removal. 8. Section 00310, paragraph 1.2, item 10. - [1] Will work/staging area and erection/delivery area be supplied to us? [2] Maintained by whom? [3] What is meant by dressing out? [1] The site plan as included in Section 01510, and reprinted in Addendum No. 1, indicates 'Laydown and Staging Areal for use by the contractors. It is the contractor's responsibility to determine necessary erection area given the work by separate contractors, coordinated through the CM. [2] Maintained by the precaster. [3] Dressing out means returning disturbed area to original condition. 9. Section 00310, paragraph 1.2, item 20. - Why is a precaster responsible for surface finish compatibility? The most we can do is submit spec sheets of our form oil and curing agent to the specified paint manufacturer. If he says it is compatible are we relieved from further responsibility? Who insures the coating product is not defective or applied incorrectly? If not compatible then who is responsible to select a coating that is? The A/E will provide guideline specifications for exterior and interior paint. The precaster shall submit for review and approval curing agents and form oil which he has found compatible with paint selections. Specification sections 03410, 03420, 08/20/91 PREBID QUESTIONS 2 03490 and 03300 are revised to include submittal requirements. Precaster is not relieved from responsibility of defective or incorrect installation. for guideline specifications. See Addendum No. 1 specifications. 10. Section 00310, paragraph 1.2, item 22. - Will the CM be responsible to insure full cooperation by all involved? Each individual trade contractor shall have full responsibility for cooperative and timely compliance with the program. The precaster will not be responsible for other contractors failure to comply with this coordination plan. 11. Are there liquidated damage amounts established for the project? No. 12. Does the non -collusion affidavit restrict joint ventures? No. 13. Section 00805, article 4, item 3 - At what point does our completed work become the responsibility of others? Refer to section 00800 in Addendum No. 1, at Owner facility acceptance as defined in the issuance of the A/E's Certificate of Substantial Completion. 14. Section 00805, article 4, item 4 - In most cases, we will not have the luxury of taking field measurements prior to production. If we produce an item according to approved drawings and then field conditions are not as expected, we cannot assume responsibility for the area. The paragraph stands as written. When schedule requirements dictate expedient production, the contractor shall proceed, upon written notification to the Owner, with the necessary production to maintain schedule and with the expectation of adjacent work completed within other trades specified tolerances. Provisions of General Conditions article 6.2.2 and 12.2.1, are to be reviewed and followed. 08/20/91 PREBID QUESTIONS 3 15. Section 00805, article 4, item 13 - Do we get the same consideration from the CM? The CM will respond timely to communications. 16. Section 00805, article 8, item 1 - We must also be allowed to submit for additional costs caused by the delay. Reference Article 12 of the General and Supplementary Conditions for Changes in the Work. 17. Section 00805, article 9, item 2 - Will retainage be released upon satisfactory completion of our bid package work? Full retainage release will only be granted per the qualifications in the issuance of the A/E's Certificate of Substantial Completion. Refer to section 00800, included in Addendum No.l. 18. Will partial payment be allowed for product stored in our plant? Yes, upon comliance with off -site materials procedures. 19. Section 00805, article 11, item 3 - We can name Monroe County and MK/Gerrits as additional insured, but not as additional named insured. Addendum No. 1 item to be included, to clarify this. 'Additional insured' is not required on policies for Workers Compensation. 20. Section 00805, article 12, item 4 - We would need seven (7) days to evaluate changes and additional costs. The item stands as written. The second paragraph gives clear direction, should it not be clear to the Trade Contractor that a change will involve extra work. 21. Addendum No. 3 was omitted from our bid packages. Please supply. Addendum No. 3 to Bid Group 1 was for a bid date change. It is not applicable to Bid Group 2. 22. Section 01370, paragraph 1.2.F.2 - Payment for 08/20/91 PREBID QUESTIONS 4 material stored in plant? Refer to question 18. 23. Section 01550, paragraph A. - What will be provided by the Owner? The Owner will be providing the work as shown on the drawings and called for in the specifications, for Bid Group 1. Reference the bid group 1 attachments. 08/20/91 PREBID QUESTIONS 5 Southern Prestressed, Inc., continued Contractor Quality Control Plan -Section 00980 1. Item 1.2.4 states the Trade Contractor must notify the designated material testing lab to perform testing of material as required by the contract documents. Does this mean that an outside agency is going to do the testing or witness our Quality Assurance Department's work? If an outside testing age°icy is used, who pays for it? On -site material, geotechnical, and threshold inspections/testing as required by contract trade specifications shall be provided by Owner. See Addendum No. 1 for in -plant testing. 2. Item 1.2.6 refers to filling out the Contractor Daily Quality Control Report. We need a copy of this form to review. See form included in Addendum No. 1. 3. Item 1.3.1.3 refers to sign -off sheets. These sheets are generated by the Trade Contractor and are intended to prevent oversights and omissions. How will these sheets affect us? Will we be required to sign off on other trades' work? Are we required to have other trades sign off on our products? Yes, the precaster will be required to sign off on adjacent construction, prior to closure or coverage of adjacent work. Precasters work will be signed off by other trades adjacent work, prior to closure or coverage of the precast. 4. Item 1.4.1 states that the 'Daily Quality Control Reports' are to be turned in daily to be incorporated into one report. Obviously, this is meant for the jobsite work, but do we have any obligations at the plant level in this matter? See Addendum No.1 technical specifications. 5. It is apparent the 'Contractor Quality Control Plan' document is meant to be applied at the jobsite. We need to know how this plan is to be implemented at the plant level, if at all. Our standard for Quality Control is PCI MNL-116. If any different standards are required, we need to be informed. 08/20/91 PREBID QUESTIONS 6 See Addendum No.1 technical specifications. Southern Prestressed. Inc. continued Specifications 1. 03420 - 1.4 G. - Southern Prestressed Inc. is a PCI member plant but not a certified plant. Will this preclude us from bidding? PCI member plant is acceptable. See Addendum No.l technical specifications. 2. 03410 - 2.1 B. - We use three wire strand in our hollow core slabs. See Addendum No. 1 technical specifications. 3. 03410 - 2.1.D.1.0 - Since we are responsible for design we should be allowed to determine pad size. Minimum design criteria is given to establish acceptable standard and quality. 4. 03410 - 2.2 . b - When machine cast, the only form you have is a pan under the bottom slab. There are no side forms. Minimum design criteria is given to establish acceptable standard and quality. 5. 03410 - 2.2.F - The plank are cast on top of each other. Only the bottom pour is on a form. The surface is not dense for machine cast products. Minimum design criteria is given to establish acceptable standard and quality. 6. 03412 - If the panels are painted structural gray with reveals, why the extra cost to classify them as architectural? The concrete exposed surface is an architectural finish. Moderate variations in the concrete color will be acceptable providing final elastomeric finish and interior paint match, is not affected. See Addendum No. 1. 7. 03412 - 1.3.F.1 - Since we must design and seal 08/20/91 PREBID QUESTIONS 7 connections then we should be allowed to determine design and connection of members within design parameters. See Addendum No. 1. 8. 03412 - 1.5. B.2 - Can we use our own test lab? If not, then who has been approved by the Owner? See Addendum No. 1. 9. 03412 - 2.1.G - What is this? See Addendum No. 1. 10. 03420 - 1.3.D - See note #1 See Addendum No. 1. 11. 03420 - 1.4.F - See note #1 See Addendum No. 1. 12. 03420 - 1.4.H - See note #7 See Addendum No. 1. 13. 03420 - 1.5.H - See note #7 See Addendum No. 1. 14. 03420 - 1.5.F - 35 degrees is greater than that called for by PCI. 35 degrees remains in specifications. 15. 03420 - 1.5.I - Please clarify. See Addendum No. 1. 16. 03420 - 2.1.K - See note #7 See Addendum No. 1. 17. 03420 - 2.2.0 - If product is designed and fabricated per PCI MNL-116, then all test must be per MNL-116. See Addendum No. 1. 18. 03420 - 2.3.A - This requires us to hold final 08/20/91 PREBID QUESTIONS 8 engineering and production until final field conditions are complete. This will greatly adverse the production/erection schedule. This requirement must be removed in order to meet the established milestones. Refer to Southern Prestressed Bid Document item 14. 19. 03420 - 2.3.I - With the amount of product on this project, it will be impossible to meet this requirement This is primarily for precast work done in a climate which is much colder than that in Florida. Paragraph remains as is. 20. 03420 - 2.3.N - Who will be responsible to coordinate this meeting? Are control joints required in this package? See Addendum No. 1 technical specifications. 21. 03420 - 3.1.B - See note #18 Refer to Southern Prestressed Bid Document item 14. 22. 03420 - 3.2.A - Who will provide this? Rough site grade contract work will be substantially complete. Any other subgrade preparation for erection shall be the precasters obligation. 23. 03420 - 3.5.A - What is this for? If it is for surface preparation then the painter should do this prior to application. The precast contractor shall provide a clean, uniform surface, finished to specification requirements complete, suitable to receive covering finishes. See Addendum No. 1 technical specifications. 24. 03490 - 1.4.A.3 - See note #18 Refer to Southern Prestressed Bid Document item 14. 25. 03490 - 1.4.F - See note #7 See Addendum No. 1 technical specifications. 08/20/91 PREBID QUESTIONS 9 26. 03490 - 2.6.A - See note #18 Refer to Southern Prestressed Bid Document item 14. 27. 03490 - 2.7 - Southern Prestressed, Inc. is not listed. Please include us as an approved manufacturer. Drawings as shown [Southern Prestressed drawings] do not meet design criteria as relates to chase dir,cinsions and structural details at first floor deck. Acceptance of this is dependent upon cost of redesign to A/E, design and documents, being incurred by precaster. Southern Prestressed. Inc. continued Drawings 1. 4.51 - Cell size - our cell has various dimensional differences from that shown. See SK-1, attached. Please approve or we will be excluded from bidding. Drawings as shown [Southern Prestressed drawings] do not meet design criteria as relates to chase dimensions and structural details at first floor deck. Acceptance of this is dependent upon cost of redesign to A/E, design and documents, being incurred by precaster. 2. 4.35 - Section thru housing - our cell section is different from that shown. See SK-2, attached. All dimensions and elevations remain the same. Drawings as shown [Southern Prestressed drawings] do not meet design criteria as relates to chase dimensions and structural details at first floor deck. Acceptance of this is dependent upon cost of redesign to A/E, design and documents, being incurred by precaster. 08/20/91 PREBID QUESTIONS 10 Pomoo 1. Section 03410 - 2.1.D.1 - What is criteria for acceptance of test? Also, see Question 19. See Addendum No. 1. 2. Section 03410 - 2.2.A - Unable to fulfill requirement since waiting to fabricate until field information available would substantially delay project. Also see questions 13 and 21. See Southern Prestressed BIDDING DOCUMENT item no. 14. See Addendum No. 1. 3. Section 03410 - 2.2.E.3 - Are other curing methods allowed as long as required release strengths are achieved? Also see question 14. See Addendum No. 1. 4. Section 03410 - 3.2.F - Section is incomplete. See Addendum No. 1. 5. Section 03412 - 1.4.D - Can fabrication proceed prior to ALL fabrication and erection drawings being approved? i.e., Can partial drawing submittals be made? See Southern Prestressed BIDDING DOCUMENT item no. 14. Partial drawing submittals can be made by zone to support project schedule. 6. Section 03412 1.4.I - If a fabricator is approved in one section of the Bid Package No. 10, is it necessary to submit for approval in other sections? Also see question 9. No, if fabricator meets requirements of specific sections, one submittal showing compliance with most stringent requirements is acceptable. 7. Section 03412 - 1.5.B.2 - Is PCI Plant Certification acceptable in lieu of Independent Testing Laboratory? Also see question 8. Yes. 08/20/91 PREBID QUESTIONS 11 8. Section 03420 1.3.0 - See question 7. Yes, see Addendum No. 1. 9. Section 03420 - 1.4.H - See question 6. See Addendum No. 1. 10. Section 03420 - 2.1.A.l.a - Can Type I cement be used as long as specified concrete properties are achieved? Also see question 18. See Addendum No. 1. 11. Section 03420 - 2.1.A.2 - Is separate Air -Entraining Agent required with natural air of approximately 2 1/2% present? Also see question 20. See Addendum No. 1. 12. Section 03420 - 2.2.D - Are six cylinders required for each 'piece' or for all daily production of each 'product'? See Addendum No. 1. 13. Section 03420 - 2.3.A. - See question 2. See Southern Prestressed BID DOCUMENT item 14. 14. Section 03420 - 2.3.E.3 - See question 3. See Addendum No. 1. 15. Section 03420 - 3.2.E. - Can shims of adequate size be used to carry partial loads during 24 hour curing period for dry pack grout? Yes. See Addendum No. 1. 16. Section 03420 - 3.2.H - How long will it be necessary to maintain stability prior to topping? For bid purposes (60) days from turnover of Area precast to follow-on contractor - shall not be removed without written approval from the CM. 17. Section 03490 - 1.1.A.2 - Are embeds required in this section or Bid Package No. 12? By Bid Package No. 12. It is also an alternate to 08/20/91 PREBID QUESTIONS 12 Bid Package No. 10. See Addendum No. 1. 18. Section 03490 - 2.2.G - See question 10. See Addendum No. 1. 19. Section 03490 - 2.3.D. - See question 1. See Addendum No. 1. 20. Section 03490 - 2.4.F.1 - See question 11. See Addendum No. 1. 21. Section 03490 - 2.6.A - See question 2. See Southern Prestressed Bid Document item 14. 22. Section 00310, with Sections 05180, 07210, 07900. The scope of work from these sections to be included in Bid Package No. 10 is unclear. See Addendum No. 1 Group 2 technical specifications. 23. Section 00310 - 1.2.19 - How long will it be necessary to maintain scaffold stairway? We are checking to see if we can fulfill this item because of insurance liability considerations. Per Addendum No. 1, (60) calendar days after completion of erection work in the last area erected per revised scope of work. 24. Section 00110 - Is it necessary for all bidders to provide the bid breakdown into 26 categories or only by successful bidder follow-up in Contract. The bid breakdown as defined in the proposal form will remain as written. 25. Will payment for fabricated units stored in precast yard be allowed? See Southern Prestressed item 18. See Addendum No. 1. 26. Can minor variations in member cross sections, (primarily beams), be made as long as members carry required loads? Yes. Minor variations in member cross sections may 08/20/91 PREBID QUESTIONS 13 be made, but section bottom elevations shall not be revised downward without prior approval. 08/20/91 PREBID QUESTIONS 14 1. 2. 3. Stresscon We are specified in the Cored Plank and Precast Cell section - do we need to get specified in other two sections? No, only if specifications. contractor meets experience If we prefer to supply Double Tee sizes that differ from those drawn, do we need approval prior to the bid? No, except where member depth is revised. Our two sets of drawings are missing sheets 3.34, are these available? [(2) copies were given to Pomco, Southern Prestressed, and Stresscon after the pre -bid meeting.] Drawing will also be included in Addendum No. 1 Bid Group 2. 08/20/91 PREBID QUESTIONS 15 Mowery Elevator Co. 1. Section 14240-3, 2.2.C.17.b. - Need more detail on ceiling specified - Translucent panels with fluorescent lighting. This applies to elevators 1,2 & 3. See Addendum No. 1. 2. Section 14240-4, 2.2.C.19 Car Front - What is DF12CY? This applies to elevators 3, 4, & 5. See Addendum No. 1. 3. Section 14240-4, 2.2.C.18 Car Doors - What is DD88? See Addendum No. 1. 08/20/91 PREBID QUESTIONS 16 Miami Elevator Company 1. Sheet 4.49, Elevator #1 & #2, Detail #8: Should head jamb detail 6/5.50 read 6/4.50? See Addendum No. 1. 2. Sheet 4.49, Elevator #3, Detail #9: The detailed 6" structural slab and 314" x 6110" pit access door may be deleted. However, a permanent working platform must be constructed of expanded metal capable of carrying 300 lbs. per square foot, and an access panel adjacent to the pit ladder for the purpose of trash removal. This metal work would be considered part of the miscellaneous metal fabricators and installers scope. Detail to remain as is. 3. Sheet 4.49, Elevator #1, #2, #3, #4, #5, #6 & #7: The reference head jamb detail 6/4.50 requires a rough opening of 711011 in lieu of the detailed 7' 6" . The frame itself with the 6" head jamb has an overall height of 716". Therefore, it would require an additional 4" for the rough opening. Detail to remain as is. 4. Sheet 4.50, Detail #3: There is much difficulty in the elevator industry to provide a 6" face on jamb with the Code required two hour U.L. fire rating. Therefore, would it be acceptable with the architect to provide the industry standard 2" face on jamb in lieu of the 61? Additionally, the 4" face on jamb as detailed in plan 1 & 2 on sheet 4.50 may be provided with a U.L. without difficulty, however, it would considered a custom frame arrangement from the standard 2" face on jamb. See Addendum No. 1. 5. Specification Pg. 00311-2, Paragraph 6 - Temporary Service: Please ask the architect if this paragraph could be deleted and the following paragraph substituted. "Temporary Service: The elevator subcontractor shall provide the general contractor with a 08/20/91 PREBID QUESTIONS 17 temporary acceptance form to be signed before any elevator is placed on temporary service. The general contractor agrees to pay the elevator subcontractor at regular time and material rates for all repairs and replacements necessary to restore the equipment to its original condition at the time it was turned over for temporary use. (i.e., construction use). Additionally the general contractor typically provides adequate protection for the walls and floors by having the project carpenters cover the cab finishes with a layer of pl,%,r -7ood. MK/G recommends the following: "Temporary Service: The Construction Manager will provide a temporary use form, in accordance with the contract documents. The Owner agrees to arrange for payment to the elevator contractor at regular time and material rates for all repairs and replacements not covered by warranties and guarantees, which are necessary to restore the equipment to its original condition at the time it was turned over for temporary use or construction use. Additionally, the elevator contractor shall provide adequate protection for the walls and floors, (e.g., covering the cab finishes with a layer of plywood or pads). 6. Specification pg. 00311-2, Paragraph 7 - Divider Beams: The installation of the elevator divider beams are typically considered work by the miscellaneous metal subcontractor and not the elevator subcontractor. Please clarify if this work has been picked up by the miscellaneous metal contractor. If the architect insists that this is work to be provided by the elevator subcontractor, Miami Elevator Company shall incorporate it into the scope of our bid proposal. Elevator contractor shall furnish and install elevator divider beams as specified in the scope of work. 7. Specification Section 14240, Cab Finishes: Specifications call out for the following: - Car door DD88 - Car front DF12CY See Addendum No. 1. 08/20/91 PREBID QUESTIONS 18 General Ouestions 1. Where will coordination meetings be held? At MK/Gerrits office in Key West. 2. Are Performance and Payment Bonds required for Bid Package No. 12, since this is material supply only? No. See Bonding requirement change in Addendum No. 1. 3. Drawing index has discrepancies. See Addendum No. 1 for revised index of drawings. 4. Bidders requested copy of sign -in sheet. Sign -in sheet will be made a part of Addendum No. 1. 5. Triangular in -fill pieces in zone A, where double tees may not fit, who has responsibility for forming, reinforcing, and pouring? The precaster is responsible for division 3 specifications to provide structural element for these areas. This may be either precast or cast - in -place concrete. Concrete topping will be by others. See Addendum No. 1. 6. Section 03300-9, B.6 - Chloride ion test, does the precaster need to do tests, or is this for local poured -in -place concrete only? See Addendum No. 1. 7. What are the permanent power requirements for the building? This pertains to final power for elevators. 120/208 V for lights and elevator pit. 277/480 V for elevator motor control. 8. Who is responsible for grouting elevator door frames and sills? Mason or elevator contractor? This shows up in both section 04200, and 14240. 08/20/91 PREBID QUESTIONS 19 Addendum No. 1 - Grouting of these items is the responsibility of the masonry contractor, with the installation and coordination of the elevator contractor. The specifications will be adjusted accordingly. 9. Will elevators be controlled by master control? See Addendum No. 1. 08/20/91 PREBID QUESTIONS 20 TABLE OF CONTENTS (Volume I) 1. Bidding Documents (Volume I) Section 00030 Notice of Calling for Bids Section 00100 Instructions to Bidders Proposal Forms: Section 00110 Precast Concrete Section 00111 Hydraulic Elevators Section 00112 Precast Embeds Schedule of Unit Prices: Section 00140 Precast Concrete Section 00141 Hydraulic Elevators Section 00163 Pre -Bid Substitutions Section 00220 Geotechnical Data Section 00230 Site Survey Scopes of Work for Reference (BG-1): Section 00303 Site Electrical & Temporary Power Section 00305 Site Grading & Caissons Section 00307 Concrete Foundations Section 00309 Site Plumbing Scopes of Work (BG-2): Section 00310 Precast Concrete Section 00311 Hydraulic Elevators Section 00312 Precast Embeds Section 00350 Reference: Milestone Schedule, BG-1 Section 00352 Milestone Schedule, BG-2 Section 00410 Bid Bond - AIA Document A310, February 1970 edition Section 00420 Sworn Statement on Public Entity Crimes Section 00425 Lobbying and Conflict of Interest Clause Section 00430 Non -Collusion Affidavit Section 00440 Proposed Subcontractor Listing 08/20/91 TABLE OF CONTENTS (ADD. 1) 00001 - 1 2. 3. 4. Section 00450 Contractor Evaluation Form Contract Documents (Volume I) Section 00500 Standard Form of Agreement Between Owner and Contractor - AIA Document A101/CM, June 1980 edition Section 00610 Public Construction Bond Conditions (''ialume I) Section 00750 General Conditions, AIA Document A201/CM, June 1980 edition Section 00800 Substantial Completion and Owner Acceptance Section 00805 Supplementary General Conditions Section 00900 Application & Certificate for Payment - AIA Document G702/G703 Section 00901 Addendum #1 dated May 31, 1991 Section 00902 Addendum #2 dated June 5, 1991 Section 00904 Addendum #4 dated July 2, 1991 Section 00905 Contractor's Affidavit of Payment of Debts and Claims Section 00908 Contractor's Affidavit of Release of Liens Section 00910 Consent of Surety to Final Payment - AIA Document G707, April 1970 edition Section 00970 Project Safety and Health Plan Section 00980 Contractor Quality Control Plan Drawings Section 00990 For Reference, Schedule of Drawings, Bid Group 1 Section 00992 Schedule of Drawings, Bid Group 2 08/20/91 TABLE OF CONTENTS (ADD. 1) 00001 - 2 5. General Requirements (Volume I) Section 01027 Application for Payment Section 01028 Change Order Procedures Section 01200 Project Meetings Section 01301 Submittals Section 01310 Progress Schedules Section 01370 Schedule of Values Section 01385 Daily Construction Reports Section 01395 Document Clarification Requests Section 01410 Testing Laboratory Services Section 01510 Temporary Utilities Section 01520 Construction Aids Section 01550 Access Roads and Parking Areas Section 01560 Temporary Controls Section 01590 Field Offices and Sheds Section 01595 Construction Cleaning Section 01600 Material and Equipment Section 01630 Post -Bid Substitutions Section 01650 Starting of Systems Section 01670 Systems Demonstrations Section 01700 Contract Closeout Section 01710 Final Cleaning Section 01720 Project Record Documents Section 01730 Operation and Maintenance Data 08/20/91 TABLE OF CONTENTS (ADD. 1) 00001 - 3 6. Technical Specifications, Bid Group Two, (Volume II, dated July 23, 1991) DIVISION 3 - CONCRETE Section 03100 Concrete Formwork Section 03200 Concrete Reinforcement Section 03300 Cast -in -Place Concrete Section 03410 Precast Concrete Hollow Cored Planks Section 03412 Precast Concrete Panels Section 03420 Precast Prestressed Concrete Sections Section 03490 Precast Concrete Modular Cell Section 03600 Grout DIVISION 4 - MASONRY Section 04200 Unit Masonry DIVISION 5 - METALS Section 05180 Miscellaneous Structural Steel Section 05500 Metal Fabrications Section 05510 Metal Stairs Section 05810 Expansion Joint Covers Assemblies DIVISION 6 - WOOD AND PLASTIC Section 06100 Rough Carpentry DIVISION 7 - THERMAL AND MOISTURE PROTECTION Section 07115 Sheet Waterproofing Section 07210 Building Insulation Section 07530 Single Ply Roofing Section 07720 Roof Accessories Section 07900 Joint Sealers DIVISION 8 - DOORS AND WINDOWS Section 08100 Section 08410 Section 08660 Section 08710 Section 08800 Section 08842 Section 08902 Metal Doors And Frames Aluminum Entrances Security Windows Door Hardware Glazing Security Glazing Aluminum Window Walls DIVISION 9 - FINISHES Section 09200 Lath and Plaster Section 09830 Elastomeric Coating 08/20/91 TABLE OF CONTENTS (ADD. 1) 00001 - 4 Section 09900 Painting DIVISION 10 - SPECIALTIES Section 10200 Louvers and Vents Section 10606 Security Fencing Assembly DIVISION 14 - CONVEYING SYSTEMS Section 14240 Hydraulic Elevators DIVISION 16 - ELECTRICAL Section 16111 Conduit Systems 08/20/91 TABLE OF CONTENTS (ADD. 1) 00001 - 5 SECTION 00800 SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION AND OWNER ACCEPTANCE Bid Group 2, and Bid Group 3 Contractors shall turn over care, custody and control of their work to the Owner as defined in the issuance of the A/E's Certificate of Substantial Completion of the Project. All contracts in these bid groups shall exchange as a group and in unison, possession, maintenance and security responsibilities with the Monroe County Officials. Any portion of the work which is in non-conformance with the contract documents or elements which prevent the Owner's use of the facilities for its intended use shall be excluded from acceptance. The contractor shall be responsible for all work performed, equipment, and materials furnished to, or by the contractor under this contract until the contractors work is completed and has been accepted by the Owner as stated in the Certificate of Substantial Completion. In the event of loss, damage or destruction of such work, equipment, or materials, the contractor at his sole expense shall promptly repair, restore, or replace such, to the conditions required by the contract documents. Substantial Completion Certificates for portions of the project or portions of the work may be used to reduce retention. This partial certification shall only be used for the purpose of reducing retention and the implementation and amounts of reduction shall be at the Owner's sole discretion. In the evc documents, precedence Conditions, drawings. 08/08/91 ant of discrepancy or disagreement in the contract specifications, and/or drawings, this section will take over the Supplementary General Conditions, General General Requirements, technical specifications and CERTIFICATE OF OCCUPANCY (ADD. 1) 00800 - 1 SECTION 00110 PROPOSAL FORM Bid Package No. 10 Precast Concrete BID TO BID FROM: MONROE COUNTY - CLERK OF COURTS 500 WHITEHEAD STREET KEY WEST, FLORIDA 33040 The undersigned, having carefully examined the Work and reference Drawings, Specifications, Proposal, and Addenda thereto and other Contract Documents for the construction of: Bid Package No. 10, Precast Concrete and having carefully examined the site where the Work is to be performed, having become familiar with all local conditions including labor affecting the cost thereof, and having familiarized himself with material availability, Federal, State, and Local laws, ordinances, rules and regulations affecting performance of the Work, does hereby propose to furnish all labor, mechanics, superintendents, tools, material, equipment, transportation services, and all incidentals necessary to perform and complete said Work and work incidental hereto, in a workman -like manner, in conformance with said Drawings, Specifications, and other Contract Documents including Addenda issued thereto. The undersigned further certifies that he has personally inspected the actual location of where the Work is to be performed, together with the local sources of supply and that he understands the conditions under which the Work is to be performed. The successful bidder shall assume the risk of any and all costs and delays arising from the existence of any subsurface or other latent physical condition which could be reasonably anticipated by reference to documentary information provided and made available, and from inspection and examination of the site. 08/14/91 PROPOSAL FORM (ADD. 1) 00110 - 1 BASE BID FORM 1. Mobilization $ 2. General Conditions $ 3. Permits $ 4. Bonds $ 5. Submittals $ Zone A Precast Concrete 6. Engineering $ 7. Material & Fabrication $ 8. Delivery $ 9. Erection $ Zone B Precast Concrete 10. Engineering $ 11. Material & Fabrication $ 12. Delivery $ 13. Erection $ Zone C Precast Concrete 14. Engineering $ 15. Material & Fabrication $ 16. Delivery $ 17. Erection $ Zone D Precast Concrete 18. Engineering $ 19. Material & Fabrication $ 20. Delivery $ 21. Erection $ 08/14/91 PROPOSAL FORM (ADD. 1) 00110 - 2 Zone E Precast Concrete 22. Engineering 23. Material & Fabrication 24. Delivery 25. Erection TOTAL BID, items 1 thru 25 (figures) TOTAL BID, (words) DOLLARS 08/14/91 PROPOSAL FORM (ADD. 1) 00110 - 3 OWNER OPTION BID FORM Owner Option 10-01: Area F Precast Concrete At the option of the Owner, provide precast concrete for future Zone F. This area is defined as the area bound by column lines Gb to La, and 17 line to 24 line, as well as column lines U to X, and 37 line to 42 line. Area F Precast Concrete 27. Engineering $. 28. Material & Fabrication $ 29. Delivery $ 30. Erection $ TOTAL OWNER OPTION 10-01 BID, items 27 thru 30, (figures) $ TOTAL OWNER OPTION 10-01 BID, (words) DOLLARS 08/14/91 PROPOSAL FORM (ADD. 1) 00110 - 4 Owner Option 10-03: Provide Bid on Bid Package No. 12, Precast Embeds At the option of the Owner, this bidder shall provide a complete bid on Bid Package No. 12, Precast Embeds. This bidder is to comply with all sections of the bidding documents in order to do so. All or part of this Owner Option may be considered for awarding to the precaster. Precast Embeds 32. Cell Chase Door Frames $ 33. Cell Chase Doors & Hardware $ 34. Window Frames $ 35. All Other Embeds $ TOTAL OWNER OPTION 10-03 BID, items 32 thru 35, (figures) $ TOTAL OWNER OPTION 10-03 BID, (words) DOLLARS 08/14/91 PROPOSAL FORM (ADD. 1) 00110 - 5 I acknowledge receipt of Addenda No.(s) I have included pages 1 through 6 of the Proposal Form , and attached the required Bid Security , Unit Price Schedule , Contractor Evaluation Form , Lobbying and Conflict of Interest Clause , Sworn Statement of Public Entity Crimes , Non - Collusion Affidavit , and proposed Subcontractor listing (Check mark items above, as a reminder that they are included.) Mailing Address: Phone Number: Date: Witness: Signed: (Name) (Title) (Seal) 08/14/91 PROPOSAL FORM (ADD. 1) 00110 - 6 1.1 1.2 SECTION 00310 SCOPE OF WORK Bid Package No. 10 Precast Concrete General Scope Provide all labor, supervision, materials, supplies, equipment, tools, transportation, surveying and layout, and proper execution and completion of all Work specified on the drawings, and the following sections of the Specifications; including, but not limited to: Sections and Descriptions 03100 Concrete Formwork (for item 1.2.24 below) 03200 Concrete Reinforcement (for item 1.2.24 below) 03300 Cast -In -Place Concrete (for item 1.2.24 below) 03410 Precast Concrete Hollow Cored Planks 03412 Precast Concrete Panels 03420 Precast Prestressed Concrete Sections (excluding precast sills and lintels for masonry walls) 03490 Precast Concrete Modular Cell 03600 Grout (for general precast grouting and item 1.2.3) 05180 Miscellaneous Structural Steel (for items 1.2.1, 6,15,16,17,18,21,22 below) 07210 Building Insulation (for item 1.2.2 below) 07900 Joint Sealers (for item 1.2.2 below) Special Provisions The following Special Provisions clarify, modify, change, add to, or delete from the General Scope of this Bid Package. .1 Furnish, install and erect all items related to the Precast Concrete, such as anchorage items, clips, bearing pads, column bearing plates, inserts and dowels, etc., as required. Furnish only to the appropriate contractor for installation, anchorage items required to be embedded in other construction and associated with the installation of the Precast Concrete. Provide setting diagrams, template diagrams, templates, erection drawings and directions as required for installation of embedded items, in other trades work. .2 Furnish and install rigid insulation for precast concrete sandwich panel, and precast concrete modular cell, in 08/20/91 SCOPE OF WORK (ADD. 1) 00310 - 1 accordance with section 07210. Furnish and install complete detail fire safing insulation and caulking in locations where installation is required during erection of precast concrete members. For example, see drawing 4.36, section M, on 23 line. .3 Joints between precast members which are to receive concrete' topping, shall be grouted per section 03600 prior to placing concrete topping. .4 Install embeds, anchorage plates, anchors and inserts, for atti:;-hment of detention furnishings. .5 Install in precast concrete all blockouts, sleeves, anchors, plates, frames, etc. for all trades; such as, masonry, elevators, roofing, mechanical, electrical, fire sprinkler, plumbing, and security systems, supplied and coordinated by others prior to casting. .6 Welds shall be cleaned and appropriately touched -up. .7 All temporary shoring and rigging during installation shall be the responsibility of the precast contractor. .8 Safety procedures, such as load testing cranes, and construction of temporary safety items, (i.e., opening covers, netting, rails, and guards) shall be the responsibility of the precast contractor. Contractor shall maintain as required all safety construction until permanent construction details are installed, or for a period of (60) days from turnover to all follow-on work as determined by the CM. OSHA approved safety barriers are to be provided and maintained until occupancy of follow-on contractor to hazard area, as approved by Construction Manager. Reference section 00970, Project Safety and Health Program. .9 There will be a structural inspector employed by Owner, on this threshold building, and precaster shall cooperate with representatives. .10 Contractor is responsible for returning disturbed work/staging areas back to rough grade, and dressing out. .11 Upon completion of erection, point, patch, clean, remove rust and touch-up paint all metal work. .12 Upon completion of casting and removal of forms, and prior to removing from manufacturer's yard for delivery, point, patch, clean, remove rust and touch-up paint all work. 08/20/91 SCOPE OF WORK (ADD. 1) 00310 - 2 .13 Assist all trades regarding location of field penetrations, and approval of all field penetrations through precast concrete. .14 Install chase door frames and cell window frames. .15 Furnish and install all double -tee shear connections. .16 Furnish and install all bearing pads, plates, etc., including precast concrete to cast -in -place concrete connections. .17 Precaster shall submit to the Construction Manager weekly plant production reports. .18 At all precast concrete to precast concrete connections, furnish and install embedded items and connection assemblies. Examples include, but are not limited to, drawing 3.33, sections 1,7,10,19; drawing 3.34, sections 1,8,18,20; drawing 3.35, sections 3 thru 7; drawing 3.38, sections 6,7,14,15,17,18,20; drawing 3.39, sections 7,15,16,17. .19 Furnish, install and maintain temporary scaffold stairways at two locations as directed by the Construction Manager with provisions for egress to the 1st floor, 2nd floor and roof level. Temporary stairways will be used for general construction use. For bid purposes provide stairs at completion of precast erection of Area 'A' for a period of (90) days and a set of stairs at completion of erection of Area 'C' for a period of (60) days. The term completion used herein shall mean complete to the stage which shall allow full occupancy by other trades as determined by the CM which shall be documented by written notice. Modification of these specified time intervals will be facilitated by change order. .20 Not Used. .21 Furnish and install metal items necessary for erection; including complete details of all metal as shown on drawing 3.39, sections 11 and 18. .22 Furnish and install all embeds for future connections. .23 Provide structural elements where installation of double tees may or may not be achievable. This includes, but is not limited to, Zone A, at triangular cast -in -place concrete areas. Concrete topping will be by others. 08/20/91 SCOPE OF WORK (ADD. 1) 00310 - 3 .24 Where cast -in -place concrete is used by this contractor, sections 03100, 03200 and 03300 will apply. .25 Contractor is to review Division 1 General Requirements for additional responsibilities required in order to perform the work under this Bid Package. .26 Utility Routing Coordination The Precast Contractor shall produce a suitable and complete set of reproducible precast plan and elevation shop drawings while maintaining a master set, furnish one reproducible and one blueline set for and to each of the following: sheet metal contractor, mechanical piping contractor, plumbing contractor, fire protection piping contractor, security contractor and electrical contractor. Multiple mechanical, plumbing and electrical contracts are anticipated. Each of the above referenced trade contractors shall use this set as "working set of drawings" for planning, routing, anchoring and hanger details. When directed by the CM, and with timeliness to facilitate jobsite progress, the precaster shall route an additional clean, clear set of reproducibles to first the sheet metal contractor, secondly to the fire protection contractor, thirdly to the plumbing contractors, fourthly to the mechanical piping, fifthly to the electrical and lastly to the security contractors. These contractors shall 'lay- out' their trade work as necessary to develop a composite utility routing plan, which shall be reviewed by the precaster, for the purpose of precast related coordination items only. Provide the CM with first composite reproducible set for CM assistance and use. The precaster shall coordinate with each trade contractor as necessary for suggested changes in routing due to structural or other precast related limitations. Each trade shall coordinate and modify their working plan until the precaster is confident he can provide necessary blockouts and other appropriate penetrations. The precaster shall incorporate blockouts and other penetrations into a final composite utility routing drawing set. The precaster shall then transmit to the Construction Manager a reproducible set of the composite utility plan. The precaster shall define the maximum field core drill 08/20/91 SCOPE OF WORK (ADD. 1) 00310 - 4 allowable diameter. Any field core drilling shall be the responsibility of the trade contractor requesting the penetration subject to the advance approval of the precaster and A/E, and shall be in accordance with Article 4.14.3. All costs of field installed penetrations and finished closure of field and precast provided openings shall be bore by the contractors using or requiring same. All finished closure details shall conform wit firesafing, safety building codes and design intent (draft closure, material fall protection, etc.). .27 Owner Option No. 10-01: Area F Precast Concrete Provide Area F precast concrete, complete with engineering, material and fabrication, delivery, erection, embeds work, and all other associated work similar to other areas of building, (Areas A, B, C, D, and E), as described elsewhere in this scope of work. .28 Owner Option No. 10-03: Provide Bid on Bid Package No. 12, Precast Embeds At the option of the Owner, this bidder shall provide a complete bid on Bid Package No. 12, Precast Embeds. This bidder is to comply with all sections of the bidding documents in order to do so. All or part of this Owner Option may be considered for awarding to the precaster. 1.3 By Others .1 Furnish and .2 Installation .3 Installation .4 Installation .5 Installation .6 Installation .7 Installation installation of detention furnishings. of finishes in cells. of light fixtures. of fire sprinkler heads. of HVAC grilles. of plumbing fixtures. of concrete toppings. 08/20/91 SCOPE OF WORK (ADD. 1) 00310 - 5 SECTION 00311 SCOPE OF WORK Bid Package No. 11 Hydraulic Elevators 1.1 General Scope Provide all labor, supervision, materials, supplies, equipment, tc.)ls, transportation, surveying and layout, and proper execution and completion of all Work specified on the drawings, and the following sections of the Specifications; including, but not limited to: Sections and Descriptions 05500 Metal Fabrications 07210 Building Insulation 07900 Joint Sealers 14212 Hydraulic Elevators 1.2 Special Provisions The following Special Provisions clarify, modify, change, add to, or delete from the General Scope of this Bid Package. .1 Drilling of jack holes for all elevators. Responsibility for satisfactory holes, (depth, plumbness, cleanliness, etc.), will be borne by Elevator Contractor. Elevator Contractor shall sleeve and cap as necessary to maintain holes until installation of elevator plungers and cylinders. Holes are to be drilled prior to precast erection, and a truck or crane mounted drill unit must be utilized. Coordinate installation of jack casings with Caisson contractor and Foundations contractor. .2 Furnish to the appropriate Trade Contractor, for installation in precast concrete, masonry, and cast -in - place concrete, all sleeves, anchors, weld plates and other inserts and devices required as part of the Work under this Bid Package. Coordinate and verify locations with the appropriate contractor. .3 Furnish and install pit ladders. .4 All penetrations through rated walls, floors and ceilings for this contractor's work shall be treated by this contractor, in accordance with section 07210. 08/14/91 SCOPE OF WORK (ADD. 1) 00311 - 1 .5 Furnish and install all elevator doors, door frames, and sills. Coordinate installation with masonry contractor, who will be providing required grouting of frames and sills. .6 Temporary Service - Elevator 3 and either of elevators 6 or 7 will be used as directed by the Construction Manager, in the last stages of construction of the project. Elevator contractor shall provide adequate protection of finishes. Provide warranty/maintenance period for additional 6 months. The elevator contractor shall provide a temporary use document in an Owner acceptable form to be signed before any elevator is placed on temporary service. In absence of an acceptable form to the Owner, the Construction Manager will provide a temporary use form, in accordance with the contract documents. The Owner agrees to arrange for payment to the elevator contractor at regular time and material rates for all repairs and replacements not covered by warranties and guarantees, which are necessary to restore the equipment to its original condition at the time it was turned over for temporary use or construction use. Additionally, the elevator contractor shall provide adequate protection for the walls and floors, (e.g., covering the cab finishes with a layer of plywood or pads). .7 Furnish and install divider beams which were not installed by others previously, (Bid Package No. 7, Concrete Foundations). .8 Contractor is to review Division 1 General Requirements for additional responsibilities required in order to perform the work under this Bid Package. 1.3 By Others .1 Grouting of elevator door sills and elevator hoistway frames. 08/14/91 SCOPE OF WORK (ADD. 1) 00311 - 2 1.1 1.2 SECTION 00312 SCOPE OF WORK Bid Package No. 12 Precast Embeds General Scope Provide all labor, supervision, materials, supplies, equipment, tools, transportation and proper execution and completion of all Work specified on the drawings, and the following sections of the Specifications; including, but not limited to: Specifications Sections and Descriptions 05180 Miscellaneous Structural Steel 05500 Metal Fabrications 08100 Metal Doors and Frames 08660 Security Steel Windows 08710 Door Hardware (for item 1.2.6 below) Special Provisions The following Special Provisions clarify, modify, change, add to, or delete from the General Scope of this Bid Package. .1 Embed Summary: The scope of this contractor's embed work consists of metal which is to be embedded in precast concrete, for all precast concrete to dissimilar material connections which are shown on the drawings. The precast concrete contractor is responsible for all precast to precast connection embeds. .2 Contractor shall furnish to the precast concrete contractor all embeds to be installed in precast, with appropriate installation instructions, for precast to dissimilar material connections. Examples include, but are not limited to, drawing 3.36, section 2; drawing 3. 38 , section 10 and 12 ; angle embeds as shown on drawing 4.42; drawing 4.51, detail X; drawing 4.38, section 11. .3 Furnish to the Precast Concrete Contractor, four-sided cell chase door frames for embedment in concrete. .4 Provide adequate protection of all material in this scope of work, so that shipping and installation will not cause damage. This contractor shall be liable for all damages 08/07/91 SCOPE OF WORK (ADD. 1) 00312 - 1 and rework due to insufficient protection. .5 Protect all material in this scope of work, by providing adequate protection of projections and openings for follow-on work after casting in precast concrete. This shall allow strike plates and screws, etc. to be installed later, without hinderance. .6 Furnish and deliver to job -site, when scheduled by the Construction Manager, non -security chase doors, complete with hardware. .7 Furnish to the Precast Concrete Contractor, all steel security window frames which are to be embedded in precast concrete. .8 Refer to sections 08800 Glazing, and 08842 Security Glazing, for applicable coordination between this contractor's work, and that work to be done by others. .9 Furnish to the precast concrete contractor, all metal embeds as shown on drawing 4.51. .10 Contractor is to review Division 1 General Requirements for additional responsibilities required in order to perform the work under this Bid Package. .11 Furnish and deliver to job -site, when scheduled by the Construction Manager, steel window frames which are to be installed in masonry, in the exterior walls of the building. 1.3 By Others .1 Finish painting. .2 Installation of chase doors and hardware. .3 Glass and glazing. .4 Installation of steel window frames in masonry. 08/07/91 SCOPE OF WORK (ADD. 1) 00312 - 2 SECTION 00352 BID GROUP 2 MILESTONE SCHEDULE This section contains the project schedule. Each contractor is to study the applicable parts, or milestones, in order to determine his proposed scheduling for the project. Coordinate construction scheduling and operations with the Construction Manager so as to meet the milestone and completion dates as outlined in this section. The Contractors are to note the following special items. a. Bid Due Date . . . . . . . . . . . . . .08 20/91 b. Award Date (Anticipated) . . . . . . . .08/28/91 C. Notice to Proceed (Anticipated). . . . .09 02/91 d. Bid Package No. 10 - Precast Concrete: Erection of precast concrete shall commence (90) calendar days after the commencement date established in the Notice to Proceed, and Zones A, B, C, D & E shall be erected within (239) calendar days after Notice to Proceed. e. Bid Package No. 11 - Hydraulic Elevators: The jackwells are to be installed simultaneously with a portion of Bid Package No. 7 - Concrete Foundations work, under Bid Group 1. Two months are being allowed for the jackwell work, which must be complete prior to follow- on concrete foundations and precast concrete erection. Elevator #3 and either of #6 or #7, are to be available for temporary service, should it be deemed necessary, within (356) calendar days after Notice to Proceed. All contract Work shall be substantially complete (408) calendar days after the commencement date established in the Notice to Proceed. 08/08/91 MILESTONE SCHEDULE (ADD. 1) 00352 - 1 f. Bid Package No. 12 - Precast Embeds: All precast embeds are to be fabricated and delivered to the precaster in order to meet the production schedule of the precaster. This schedule, to be submitted by the precaster, will be submitted after award of the precast concrete package. All other materials under the scope of work of the precast embed contractor, shall be delivered to the jobsite, when, and as directed by the Construction Manager. All precast embed contractor Work shall be substantially complete (130) calendar days after the commencement date established in the Notice to Proceed. 08/08/91 MILESTONE SCHEDULE (ADD. 1) 00352 - 2 SECTION 00980 CONTRACTOR QUALITY CONTROL PLAN 1.1 MORRISON-KNUDSEN/GERRITS' DUTIES AND RESPONSIBILITIES 1.1.1 The Morr"_son-Knudsen/Gerrits' superintendent will monitor all work performed by the Trade Contractor to assure conformance of the work to the Contract Drawings and Specifications. 1.2 TRADE CONTRACTOR'S DUTIES AND RESPONSIBILITIES 1.2.1 The Trade Contractor is responsible for the quality of the work performed by his work force on this project as well as the quality of the material, equipment and supplies furnished by him to be incorporated into the work. 1.2.2 The Trade Contractor will designate a Quality Control Representative who will be on site at all times while the respective Trade Contractor's work is in progress and will have the authority and responsibility to accept or reject items of work. The Trade Contractor's Quality Control Representative may delegate his duties but the primary responsibility and authority will rest on him. 1.2.3 The Trade Contractor's Quality Control Representative will coordinate the submittal of all shop drawings, product data and samples to Morrison-Knudsen/Gerrits. Any submittal that is a change to the contract requirements must be identified as such and transmitted to the Construction Manager for submittal and approval by the Architect/Engineer or Owner. No work requiring submittal of a shop drawing, product data or sample shall commence until the submittal has been reviewed and approved by the Architect/Engineer. 1.2.4 The Trade Contractor will bear the responsibility of notifying the designated material -testing laboratory, whether Monroe County or Contractor is required to perform testing of materials as required by the contract drawings and specifications in a timely fashion to prevent needless cancellations and delays of work activities. Any costs caused by untimely notification shall be borne by the Contractor. 08/13/91 CONTRACTOR QUALITY CONTROL PLAN (ADD. 1) 00980 - 1 1.2.5 The Trade Contractor's Quality Control Representative will review his drawings, procurement documents and contracts to insure that the technical information provided and all work performed is in accordance with the latest revisions of the Contract Drawings and Specifications. 1.2.6 The Trade Contractor's Quality Control Representative will perform an inspection upon receipt at the site of the work of all materials, equipment and supplies including those furnished to him by the Owner. Notes from this inspection will be filled out on the appropriate form and included with the Contractor Daily Quality Control Report. Items which are damaged or not in conformance with the respective submittals, quality standards, contract drawings and specifications shall be brought to the attention of Morrison-Knudsen/Gerrits' representative on site and then will be identified and segregated from accepted items. Items thus identified will not be incorporated into the work until corrective action acceptable to Morrison-Knudsen/Gerrits is completed. Items determined unsalvageable will be removed from the job site. These items shall be noted as deficient in the applicable section of the Contractor Daily Quality Control Report. 1.3 INSPECTION AND TESTING 1.3.1 INSPECTION PLAN Morrison-Knudsen/Gerrits utilizes a four -point inspection plan for each separate feature of work to be performed under this Trade Contract, i.e., work described by each division of the technical provision section of the contract specifications. This plan consists of the following: .1 Preparatory Inspection - Prior to commencing the work, the Trade Contractor's Quality Control Representative will meet with Morrison- Knudsen/Gerrits' Superintendent and the Architect's representative if he so desires to attend and check the following items at a minimum for conformance: (a) Approval of shop drawings and submittals. (b) Approval of inspection and test reports of 08/13/91 CONTRACTOR QUALITY CONTROL PLAN (ADD. 1) 00980 - 2 materials and equipment to be utilized. (c) Completion of previous operations of preliminary work. (d) Availability of materials and equipment required. (e) Potential utility outages. (f) Any other preparatory steps dependent upon the particular operation. (g) Quality standards. (h) Safety or environmental precautions to be observed. (Phase Hazard) Note: Morrison-Knudsen/Gerrits will record the minutes to this inspection meeting and distribute accordingly. .2 Initial inspection - Upon completion of a representative sample of a given feature of the work, the Trade Contractor's Quality Control Representative will meet with the Morrison- Knudsen/Gerrits Superintendent and the Architect's representative if he so desires to attend and check the following items at a minimum for conformance: (a) Workmanship to established quality standards. (b) Configuration to contract drawings and specifications. (c) Construction methods, equipment and tools utilized. (d) Materials and articles utilized. (e) Adequacy of testing methods. (f) Adequacy of shop drawings. (g) Adequacy of safety or environmental precautions. Note: Morrison-Knudsen/Gerrits will record the minutes to this inspection meeting and distribute accordingly. 08/13/91 CONTRACTOR QUALITY CONTROL PLAN (ADD. 1) 00980 - 3 .3 Follow-up Inspections - The Trade Contractor's Quality Control Representative will inspect the work daily to assure the continuing conformance of the work to the workmanship standards established during the preparatory and initial inspections. Additionally, as apart of the follow-up inspection, sign -off sheets will be utilized as often as possible. The intent of these sheets is to achieve concurrence from other trade contractors and responsible parties that ensuing work can indeed commence over underlying work. This will prevent oversights and omissions which could elevate costs. Sign -off sheets shall be used for, but not be limited to, concrete, drywall, ceilings, painting, roofing substrates and flooring. These reports are to be generated by the applicable Trade Contractor and submitted to Morrison-Knudsen/Gerrits' Superintendent for approval prior to the start-up of work. Failure to generate a sign -off sheet or to attain proper signatures prior to covering up underlying work may affect payment for that piece of work if ensuing problems are detected or not. This disciplinary action shall be carried out via the Nonconformance Report. (See Section 1.4.2 of this plan.) Note: The Trade Contractor shall be responsible to record these inspections and all other project related activities encountered throughout the day on the Contractor Daily Quality Control Report. .4 Completion Inspections - Upon completion of a given feature of the work, the Trade Contractor's Quality Control Representative will meet with Morrison- Knudsen/Gerrits' Superintendent, if he so desires to attend, to perform an inspection of the completed work. Non -conforming items will be identified and corrected prior to commencement of the next operation. Note: The Trade Contractor shall conduct and report corrections of this inspection which shall be a required submittal. UU/13/91 CONTRACTOR QUALITY CONTROL PLAN (ADD. 1) 00980 - 4 1.3.1.5 Follow -On Inspections - Upon execution of the contractor's completion inspection in elements of the work which result in concealment; such as, ceiling and drywall installations, MK/G shall schedule and conduct multi -trade or singular inspections prior to covering installation. Note: MK/G will record the minutes to this inspection meeting. 1.3.1.6 Pre -Final Inspection - Upon substantial completion of the project work MK/G shall coordinate and conduct a universal inspection of all areas and elements of the work. The Architect/Engineer may be represented if he so desires. This inspection shall be completed at least (15) days prior to the final substantial completion inspection which shall be conducted by the A/E. All deficiencies and incomplete work should be completed prior to the final substantial completion inspection. 1.3.2 OPERATION AND CHECK OUT TESTING The Trade Contractor will provide personnel and equipment to perform the operational tests and checkout of the equipment, facilities or equipment constructed, fabricated or installed under this Trade Contract. Morrison-Knudsen/Gerrits' Superintendent will coordinate and witness all such tests. Notification should be given at least ten (10) days in advance of the scheduled tests. 1.3.3 FINAL INSPECTION and issuance of the A/E CERTIFICATE OF SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION Morrison-Knudsen/Gerrits' Superintendent will coordinate and attend all final inspections of the work by the Architect/Engineer. Prior to requesting a final inspection, all tests for the equipment and systems must be completed. Upon completion of the A/E 's inspection, the A/E will publish outstanding items and issue a Project Certificate of Substantial Completion, which will define the date of 'Turn -Over' to the Owner the care, control and custody. Reference Section 00800, Substantial Completion. 1.4 REPORTING Maintaining accurate and retrievable records is extremely 08/13/91 CONTRACTOR QUALITY CONTROL PLAN (ADD. 1) 00980 - 5 important in the Quality Assurance Program. These records will act as a main source of information in the present and in the future for the entire project management team. The main report that will be utilized to provide this information is the Daily Quality Control Report. Nonconformance Reports may also be issued. 1.4.1 DAILY QUALITY CONTROL REPORT The Daily Quality Control Report shall be used to document the summary of daily inspection activities performed by the Trade Contractor's designated Quality Control Representative. It shall include any of the four steps of inspection that are performed that day, all test monitoring and any rework of nonconforming items. The daily Quality Control Report section of the Daily Superintendent's Report will be routinely used for daily reporting requirements. When the magnitude or complexity necessitates such, a more separate and comprehensive form will be used. Reference Contractor's Daily Report, and as needed Contractor Daily Quality Control Report, section 01385. 1.4.2 NONCONFORMANCE REPORT Nonconformance Reports will be issued for work that is found to be in nonconformance with the contract documents or the referenced quality standards. The report will be issued by Morrison-Knudsen/Gerrits. It is not the intent to routinely and repeatedly issue nonconformance reports, but to issue them only after normal enforcement standards have been exhausted, or if the work performed is a detriment to the project. A copy of the Nonconformance Report will be forwarded to the Project Manager for his information and/or action. It should also be included in the Trade Contractor's Daily Quality Report package for general review. Nonconformance Reports will be signed off once the deficient item or items have adequately been corrected. This will be done by the issuing Superintendent and Project Manager. These sign -offs will be included with a corresponding corrective action taken. Significant nonconformances need to be addressed to prevent recurrence. The signed -off report will also be submitted for review. UB/13/91 CONTRACTOR QUALITY CONTROL PLAN (ADD. 1) 00980 - 6 Work activities affected by a Nonconformance Report will proportionally counteraffect payments. Whether that be partial or full retainage will be left up to the discretion of Morrison-Knudsen/Gerrits' management team. 1.5 NOT USED 1.6 AUDITS 1.6.1 Morrison-Knudsen/Gerrits may choose at its option to perform Trade Contractor audits of their Contractor Quality Control Plan at any time. Reports of these audit results will be forwarded to the Project Manager for his action. Any action items noted during an audit for the Trade Contractor will be followed up and documented to insure compliance and avoid recurrence. 1.7 SUMMARY The intention of this plan is to create a system of checks and balances that will minimize delays caused by rework and a lack of planning and maximize production and insure that the finished product is one that the entire construction team can pride themselves in. These goals can be achieved by giving the Owner exactly what he has bought. The owner will expect no more and through Quality Assurance, the construction team will provide no less. 08/13/91 CONTRACTOR QUALITY CONTROL PLAN (ADD. 1) 00980 - 7 Adlbk V=w/-.,' a mom GUN i KAL i UK UAILT QUALITY CONTROL REPORT MONROE COUNTY CAPITAL IMPROVEMENTS PROGRAM Contractor: Rawl plod Oates SNrt Sna.t of WootNe, O Fair O Clo^ O Mindy O Raln _ M%x, Teal), _ Mln temp. O Civil O Struchrai O M*dwdcal O Elactrlcd O IlrcNtecturai O EQuipm at O du1101nq Numbr O Daily Activity S� SECTION 00140 SCHEDULE OF UNIT PRICES Bid Package No. 10 Precast Concrete The following unit prices shall govern, where applicable, for additions or deductions from the requirements of this contract. Description Unit Unit Price 1. Equipment Operator, fully $/Hr. $ burdened, incl. profit and overhead. 2. Rigger, fully burdened, incl. $/Hr. $ profit and overhead. 3. Welder, fully burdened, incl. $/Hr. $ profit and overhead. 4. Concrete Finisher, for finishing $/Hr. $ precast in the field, incl. profit and overhead. Temporary Stairs 5. Zone 'A' stairway - maintain stairway beyond (90) day time - frame, on a weekly basis, ADD. Zone 'A' stairway - DEDUCT on a weekly basis, before end of (90) day timeframe. $/Wk. $ Note: Unit Price is to be given, as the same for ADD or DEDUCT. 6. Zone 'C' stairway - maintain stairway beyond (60) day time - frame, on a weekly basis, ADD. Zone 'C' stairway - DEDUCT on a weekly basis, before end of 08/20/91 SCHEDULE OF UNIT PRICES (ADD. 1) 00140 - 1 (60) day timeframe. $/Wk. $ Note: Unit Price is to be given, as the same for ADD or DEDUCT. Safety Construction 7. Maintain safety construction, separate from temporary stairs, (i.e., opening covers, netting, rails, guards, etc.) , beyond (60) day timeframe, on a weekly basis, per zone, ADD. DEDUCT on a weekly basis, maintenance of safety construction, separate from temporary stairs, (i.e., opening covers, netting, rails, guards, etc.), before end of (60) day timeframe, per zone. $/Wk. $ Note: Unit Price is to be given, as the same for ADD or DEDUCT. 08/20/91 SCHEDULE OF UNIT PRICES (ADD. 1) 00140 - 2 SECTION 01301 SUBMITTALS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section includes: 1. Submit to the Construction Manager, shop drawings, product data, certifications and samples required by the technical sections. 2. Prepare and submit a separate schedule listing dates for submission and dates for review. B. Related Sections: 1. Section 00750 - GENERAL CONDITIONS 2. Individual submittals required: refer to each specific section, for certifications, shop drawings, product data and sample requirements. 1.2 SUBMITTAL TRANSMITTAL FORM A. Attached, and made a part of this section 01301, is a copy of the submittal Transmittal Form, which shall be filled out by the contractor and submitted with each and every submittal. Follow the instruction sheet, also attached, for directions on this procedure. It is essential that the submittal Transmittal Forms are filled out in their entirety for the system to function properly. B. Transmittal Form, originals for contractors use, will be supplied by the Construction Manager, and is a 6-part form. 1.3 SUBMITTAL SCHEDULE A. The Contractor shall submit within seven (7) days of award of the Contract a preliminary "Submittal Schedule" to the Construction Manager for review, modification and response. No payment applications will be processed prior to finalizing the submittal schedule. The "Submittal Schedule" shall contain the following information: 1. Specification Section number and name. 2. Specification Section paragraph identification which describes submittal requirement. 3. Submittal information required, (i.e., sample, test 08/20/91 SUBMITTALS (ADD.1) 01301 - 1 data, shop drawing, etc.). B. The Contractor shall also supply the following dates in order to meet the project schedule. 1. Date submittal is scheduled to be submitted and received by the Construction Manager. 2. Date contractor has scheduled to order material or equipment or the submittal item. 3. Date contractor has scheduled delivery to job -site of material or equipment or the submittal item. 4. Add any remarks or unique items that the CM or A/E should be aware of. C. The Contractor shall allow a minimum of (2) weeks for review of submittal by A/E (in calendar days). D. The submittal master record will then be used to track submittals within the process. 1.4 SHOP DRAWINGS A. Submit legible shop drawings in the form of positive printing reproducible transparencies, commonly called sepia prints, suitable for reproduction use on dry print diazo type machines. Sepia prints which cannot be reproduced will be returned to the Contractor for resubmittal. B. Provide shop drawings as complete submittals (no partial sets) on original drawings or information prepared solely by the fabricator or supplier. Deviation from complete submittals will only be allowed by pre -arranged method. C. Do not reproduce the Contract Drawings for shop drawing submittals. D. Sheet sizes shall not exceed the size of the Contract Drawings. E. Each sepia print shall have blank spaces large enough to accept 4" x 4" review stamps of the Architect and the Contractor. F. Each sepia print shall carry the following information: 1. Project name and contract number. 2. Date. 3. Names of: a. The Architect b. The Construction Manager C. The Contractor 08/20/91 SUBMITTALS (ADD.1) 01301 - 2 d. Supplier e. Manufacturer 4. Identification of product or material. 5. Relation to adjacent structure or materials. 6. Field dimensions, clearly stated as such. 7. Specification Section number. 8. Applicable standards such as ASTM or Federal Specification. 9. Identification of deviations from Contract Documents. 10. Reference to construction drawings by drawing number and/or detain number. G. Submit sepia prints without folds either as flat sheets if size permits, or rolled in tubes. H. The contractor shall submit (2) reproducibles and (4) blueline or blackline sets to the CM. The CM will return (1) reproducible to the contractor after review/return from the A/E. 1.5 PRODUCT DATA A. Product data such as catalog cuts, brochures or manufacturer's sheets may be submitted in lieu of sepia prints if adequately identified. Submit seven copies of product data to the Construction Manager. B. Modify product data sheets to delete information which is not applicable to the Project. Provide additional information if necessary to supplement standard information. C. Product data sheets that are submitted with extraneous information not deleted and/or modified will be returned without review to the Contractor for resubmittal. D. The contractor shall submit at a minimum, (1) original and (6) copies to the CM. The CM will return (2) copies to the contractor after review/return by the A/E. 1.6 SAMPLES A. Provide samples to illustrate materials, equipment or workmanship, and to establish standards by which completed work may be judged. B. Construct mock-ups as required by the technical sections, at the Project Site in a location designated by the Construction Manager. Construct mock-ups, including adjacent work required, to demonstrate the final 08/20/91 SUBMITTALS (ADD.1) 01301 - 3 appearance of the Work. C. The contractor shall submit (3) samples to the CM, and (1) will be returned to the contractor after review/return from the A/E. 1.7 CERTIFICATIONS A. Provide certifications as required by various technical sections on the Contractor's letterhead stationary. Certifications shall be identified to this Project, dated and bear Contractor's signature in the same format used for the Owner/Contractor agreement. B. Clearly identify the materials referenced and state that the material and the intended installation methods, where applicable, are in compliance with the Contract Documents. Attach manufacturer's affidavits where applicable. C. The contractor shall submit (1) original and (6) copies to the CM. The CM will return (2) sets to the contractor after review/return from the A/E. 1.8 THE CONTRACTOR'S RESPONSIBILITIES A. Before making submittals to the Construction Manager, review each submittal, make changes or notations as necessary to conform to the Contract Documents, identify such review with review stamp and forward reviewed submittal with comments to the Construction Manager for review. Return submittals not meeting Contract requirements to subcontractors and do not forward such submittals to the Construction Manager. B. Submit catalog sheets, product data, shop drawings and where specified, submit calculations, material samples, color chips or charts, test data, warranties and guarantees all at the same time for each submittal item. C. Verify field measurements and product catalog numbers or similar data. D. Clearly identify on the submittal and transmittal to the Construction Manager in writing of deviations in submittals from the requirements of the Contract Documents. E. After the Construction Manager's and the Architect's review, distribute copies with one copy to be maintained at the Project Site for reference use and other copies 08/20/91 SUBMITTALS (ADD.1) 01301 - 4 distributed to suppliers and fabricators. F. Do not begin the Work which requires submittals until return of submittals with the Construction Manager's and the Architect's stamp and initials indicating review. G. The Contractor's responsibility for errors and omissions in submittals is not relieved by the Construction Manager's or the Architect's review of submittals. H. The Contractor's responsibility for deviations in submittals from requirements of the Contract Documents is not relieved by the Construction Manager's or the Architect's review of submittals unless the Architect gives written acceptance of specific deviations. 1.9 THE CONSTRUCTION MANAGER'S RESPONSIBILITIES A. The Construction Manager will return to the Contractor, without review, all submittals not bearing the Contractor's review stamp or not showing it has been reviewed by the Contractor. B. After the Architect's review, the Construction Manager will forward submittals to the Contractor and retain one copy for the Owner. The Contractor shall distribute copies including other copies distributed to suppliers and fabricators. The Contractor shall supply copies of reviewed submittals to the Construction Manager in sufficient quantity to allow proper coordination of the Contract. 1.10 THE ARCHITECT'S RESPONSIBILITIES A. The Architect will review submittals with reasonable promptness, checking only for conformance with the design compliance of the Project and compliance with information given in the Contract Documents. B. The Architect will make changes or notations directly on the submittal, identify such review with his review stamp, obtain and record the Architect file copy and return the submittal to the Construction Manager. **************** END OF SECTION 01301 08/20/91 SUBMITTALS (ADD.1) 01301 - 5 a O z � o � Q m p O z z W � a W o tz 3 m F $ U °z C� x z W a R o W w 00. C7 O i W Q o O A H U O/ Fcl o pq ci E N 0-0 O >- F s Ua Ham a� o .. z W$ 10 O v � v O c7^ 0 d 9 H z� U U � O � Q o Q r L C c y u ° ie 7 E c H E C Cg_ E E t St v v .o cc v INV O o L` u C4 L z c I G c c a E u g O v y s o :: D c b a u v G .-� u u Clio .Z a 'C o O to W c EA N u = r E 7 C V C V L A E O (g a 7 H$ �°•? o �° H A .° n W Frn H� ° E aE �H _t �•E o to E ._ c °ci F t „ E Q a� $ o °' H o ;g y� y u c n p E c E a e o E E r t° > 'o L`F- E > _>.o E- o =° Q_ E ° e .c c E V U :: L T fr_ Qu r= 9 `iba 8 W W ,C *�Zo�a� y =°r?c �:?'0.5 °:°�E 'a�❑v=°e°o 2`�===0 uo cH N 1. yba V H 9 C = /L V vEi ... .. Q 7 a._ .E -• n•P. 'O N �. C • N :� :a .y. Cy '"' .Q Y t L �rQ�]' .N E E 6o E E W c .e.s° = _u ` u n W m e � e V 'u t t u_ E 8 Uy 8 ��p >- s 3 8° v° F E k V A = L C A V Y 7 ;� L L '� U s m M to M p H Z i�F ka w = 3 �.. a-ZQ=C]�Z�nmC�CL'� aCg E t°+ H0a a0 c H ° 'q< o �+ C x Y V .. Ci Pl e+i 7 vi :.+ fV D+ C O .N. e-i -' r `O l� a0 � 66 .--N N N � V Ci a• O� N � m � � n z � � a m L m C O Z LQ i N cc ce Cy Z cc o d O z ° 0ce Uo s d S zy C z - O "q 4] a" ✓J TJ 0 � o >a a Q a a o U 4- o¢¢zrxox (U a G 0 v U3Q rnU.• "Ea, SECTION 01395 DOCUMENT CLARIFICATION REQUESTS (DCR) PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section includes: 1. Notification of Construction Manager in the event errors, field conflicts, and omissions are found in the Contract Documents, or clarifications are necessary. 2. Utilization of DCR form. B. Related Sections: 1. General Conditions Article 2.3 2. General Conditions Article 8.3.2 3. General Conditions Article 12.3 1.2 FORM AND CONTENT OF DOCUMENT CLARIFICATION REPORTS A. All errors, field conflicts, and omissions in the Contract Documents shall be brought to the attention of the Construction Manager immediately. If clarifications are necessary, the request is to be conveyed to the CM. The DCR is a tool established to provide expedient clarifications of contract drawings, specifications or field conflicts. It is not meant to be a substitute for good communication. B. The DCR is not meant for formal notification of extra work. Reference General Conditions paragraph 8.3.2 and 12.3, when formal correspondence is required for formal notification of time extensions, and for cost change notifications. C. If the contractor has a proposed solution, this solution is to be entered on the form, in sufficient detail necessary for the A/E or CM to confirm this solution. D. The contractor is also required to mention all other trade work which is affected by the problem, and all trade work which will be affected by the proposed solution. 08/20/91 DOCUMENT CLARIFICATION REQUESTS (ADD. 1) 01395 - 1 1.3 UTILIZATION OF DCR FORM A. The CM will make available the DCR forms for the contractors use. Attached is a copy of the DCR form, and the instruction sheet. ************* END OF SECTION 1395 08/20/91 DOCUMENT CLARIFICATION REQUESTS (ADD. 1) 01395 - 2 DOCUMENT CLARIFICATION REQUEST No. From: To: Morrison-Knudsen/Gerrits P. O. Box 5283 Key West, FL 33045 (305) 292-7845 Contract No. Receipt Logged: Problem By: Dwg/Spec No./Revision/Detail/Sect No. A/E Project No. Civil Structural Architectural Security PLB HVAC Electrical Specs Subject: Y Problem & suggested solution: MK/G Review: Solution: Solution by: Date: MK/G: Date: li%,tcvi A. By Contractor: 1. From: The DCR will always be from the prime contractor. Subcontractors to the prime contractor shall submit DCR's through their prime contractor. 2. Problem By: This can be the subcontractor, or the prime contractor, or the established prime contractor representative, or the established subcontractor representative. 3. Contract No.: This is the approved contract, contract number. 4. Drawing No.: Here insert as much information as possible to describe the location in the contract documents of the particular problem you are asking clarification. Include revision level of drawings, and date. Include detail numbers, include section numbers, include specification section numbers, paragraph locations, all as applicable. 5. Civil, Structural, etc.: Here note the particular division of work the DCR applies to. 6. Subject: Here insert brief, clear, concise caption subject, which is representative of problem area. 7. Problem i Suggested Solution: Describe in as much detail as necessary, the problem to which clarification is needed. If additional space is needed, add extra sheets to back, and reference attachments in this area no. 7. Draw sketches if necessary. Make photocopy of particular drawing detail and attach if necessary. B. By Morrison-Knudsen/Gerrits: B. DCR No.: Numbers will be assigned as follows: xx- xxx- xxx Project Contractor No. Sequential No. For instance, the first DCR from the contractor of Contract No. 001 on the New Detention Facility, would be: KJ-001-001 As another example: The seventh consecutive DCR logged on the New Detention Facility, was received from the contractor of Contract No. 005, would be: X:r-005-007 9. Receipt Logged: This will be the date received by the CM from the contractor, and will serve as the reference date. 10. A/E Project No.: The A/E's project number will be inserted here, where and when applicable. 11. MK/G Review: This will be the signature or initials of the Construction Manager, upon review of the problem, with the date of sign -off. 12. MK/G Review: This will be the signature or initials of the Construction Manager, upon review of the solution. 13. Date: This will be the date of-MK/G review and sign - off. C. By Architect/Engineer: 14. Solution: The A/E will here insert the solution to the problem, or answer in some other fashion the clarification being requested. The A/E may herein confirm the contractor's proposed solution. 15. Solution By: The entity providing the solution is to sign here. This may be the Construction Manager when particular clarifications are being requested that can be answered by the CM. Otherwise, it will be the A/E representative. 16. Date: This will be the date of sign -off, or answering the DCR by the A/E. D. Part -By -part Distribution of 6-part DCR Form: a. When the contractor submits DCR, he will retain Goldenrod copy. b. When received by the contractor, CM will retain Pink copy. C. The DCR then is submitted to the A/E. Once answered, the A/E returns to CM, but retains Canary copy. d. CM reviews answer, and sends Green copy ba_K to contractor. CM will retain original White copy for office files, and Blue copy will go to the job -site. SECTION 00805 SUPPLEMENTARY GENERAL CONDITIONS Information contained in this Supplementary Conditions amends, supplements or clarifies the "General Conditions of the Contract for Construction, Construction Management Edition, AIA Document A201/CM dated June 1980 Edition. In cases of conflict between the General Conditions and these Supplementary Conditions, wording of this Section shall govern. ARTICLE 1 1. Subparagraph 1.1.3 - third line -after the word "construction," delete the remaining words and insert the following: "and all supplies, tools, construction equipment and machinery, water, heat, utilities, transportation, and other facilities, services, and incidentals necessary for the proper execution and completion of such construction; except as expressly noted in the Scope of Work or the General Requirements of the Contract." 2. Subparagraph 1.2.1 - delete in its entirety. 3. Subparagraph 1.2.3 - after the last word "meanings" in the paragraph add the following sentence: "In case of discrepancy or disagreement in the contract documents, specifications, and/or drawings, the ORDER OF PRECEDENCE shall be: Contract Agreement The addenda as issued The Supplementary General Conditions General Conditions The General Requirements The Technical Specifications The Drawings (Large scale detail drawings take precedence over smaller scale general drawings). 4. Add new subparagraph 1.2.5 as follows: "Where on any of the drawings a portion of the Work is drawn out and the remainder is indicated in outline, the parts drawn out shall also apply to all other like portions of the Work." 08/20/91 SUPPLEMENTARY GENERAL CONDITIONS (ADD. 1) 00805 - 1 5. Add new subparagraph 1.3.2 as follows: "Unless otherwise provided in the Contract Documents, the Trade Contractor will be furnished, free of charge, all copies of Drawings and Specifications reasonably necessary for the execution of the Work." ARTICLE 2 1. Subparagraph 2.2.1 - after the word "representative", add: "The Construction Manager is not the General Contractor and, unless otherwise expressly provided in the Contract Documents, does not asssume any of the traditional duties of a General Contractor. The term Construction Manager means the Construction Manager acting through his authorized representative." 2. Subparagraph 2.3.4 - first sentence after the word "Architect," add "along with the Construction Manager." 3. Subparagraph 2.3.7 - after the word "properly," add: "It is the intent of the Contract Documents to allow the Construction Manager to direct and schedule the performance of all Work and the contractors are expected to follow all such directions and schedule." Should a contractor, either in person or through his subcontractor, supplier, or vendor, fail to maintain progress according to the Project Schedule and approved Contractor's Schedule, or cause delay to another Contractor: he shall furnish additional labor and/or services such as overtime as may be necessary to bring his operations up to schedule, all at no additional cost to the Owner." 4. Subparagraph 2.3.15 - delete in its entirety. 5. Subparagraph 2.3.18 - delete the word "reasonable" in the sixth (6th) line. After the word "promptness", add "consistent with the constraints of the project schedule so as to cause no delay." 6. Subparagraph 2.3.21 - first line - delete the words "the Construction Manager will assist the Architect", and substitute, "The Architect will assist the Construction Manager." 7. Subparagraph 2.3.23 - delete the phrase "against whom the Contractor makes no reasonable objection and." Also, delete the last sentence in the subparagraph in its entirety. 08/20/91 SUPPLEMENTARY GENERAL CONDITIONS (ADD. 1) 00805 - 2 ARTICLE 3 1. Subparagraph 3.4.1 - substitute three (3) days notice in each case for the seven (7) day notices stipulated. Add at end of subparagraph the following: "In the event of clean-up issues, Owner has right to provide a minimum of 24 hours notice. In the event of safety issues determined to be of a serious nature, as determined by the CM, notice will given, and contractor is required to rectify deficiency immediately." 2. Subparagraph 3.2.1 - delete in its entirety. ARTICLE 4 1. Subparagraph 4.1.1 - delete in its entirety and insert the following: "The Contractor is the same person or entity identified as the Trade Contractor. A Trade Contractor is the person or entity identified as such in the Agreement between the Owner or Construction Manager and a Trade Contractor. The term Trade Contractor includes one who furnishes material worked to a special design but does not include one who furnishes material not so worked and is referred to throughout the Contract Documents as if singular in number and masculine in gender. The term Trade Contractor means the Trade Contractor or his authorized representative." 2. Add new subparagraph 4.4.3 as follows: "The Contractor is responsible for the conduct of his employees at all times. Misconduct, destruction of property, unsafe practices, or violation of any Federal or State regulations including abuse of alcohol or drugs, will be cause for permanent dismissal from the project. If any Contractor employee is determined to be detrimental to the Project, as deemed by the Construction Manager, the Contractor wil remove and/or replace the employee at the request of the Construction Manager. Employees dismissed from the project will be transported from the jobsite at the Contractor's expense." 3. Add new subparagraph 4.4.4 as follows: "The Trade Contractor shall be totally responsible for the security of his work, materials, equipment, supplies, tools, machinery, and construction equipment." 4. Add new subparagraph 4.4.5 as follows: 08/20/91 SUPPLEMENTARY GENERAL CONDITIONS (ADD. 1) 00805 - 3 "The Trade Contractor shall be responsible for complete, timely and accurate field measurements as necessary for proper coordination, fabrication and installation of his materials and equipment. The Trade Contractor agrees to cooperate with the Construction Manager, if required, to accommodate any discovered variations or deviations from the Drawings and Specifications so that the progress of the Work is not adversely affected." 5. Subparagraph 4.9.1 - add the following sentence: "The superintendent shall be satisfactory to the Construction Manager and shall not be changed except with the consent of the Construction Manager, unless the superintendent proves to be unsatisfactory to the Trade Contractor or ceases to be in his employ." 6. Subparagraph 4.10.1 - add the following sentence: "This schedule, to be submitted within three (3) days after Contract Award, shall indicate the dates for the starting and completion of the various stages of construction, shall be revised as required by the conditions of the Work, and shall be subject to the Construction Manager's approval." 7. Add new subparagraph 4.10.2: "The Construction Manager will conduct a weekly scheduling meeting which the Contractor shall attend. At this meeting, the parties can discuss jointly such matters as progress, scheduling, and problems." 8. Add new subparagraph 4.12.9: "If materials specified in the Contract Documents are not available on the present market, the Trade Contractor may submit data on substitute materials through the Construction Manager to the Architect/Engineer for approval by the Owner." 9. Subparagraph 4.14.1 - add at line 3 after "properly": "He shall also provide protection of existing work as required." 10. Subparagraph 4.14.2 - at end of paragraph, add: "When structural members are involved, the written consent of the Architect/Engineer shall also be required. The Trade Contractor shall not unreasonably withhold from the Construction Manager or any separate contractor his consent to cutting or otherwise altering the Work." 08/20/91 SUPPLEMENTARY GENERAL CONDITIONS (ADD. 1) 00805 - 4 11. Add new subparagraph 4.14.3: "The Trade Contractor shall arrange for any blockouts, cutouts, or opening required for the installation of his materials and equipment and the execution of his work, whether or not shown or indicated on the Drawings. The Trade Contractor shall be further responsible for sealing and/or finishing, in an acceptable fashion and meeting any applicable code requirements, any such blockout, cutout opening, or other hole in any fire -rated floor, ceiling, wall, security wall, or any other finished surface". 12. Subparagraph 4.15.1 - at end of paragraph, add: "Clean up shall be performed to the satisfaction of the Owner or Construction Manager." 13. Add new subparagraph 4.16.2: "The Trade Contractor shall promptly return telephone calls or respond to any other form of communication initiated by the Construction Manager. Failure to promptly do so shall be considered a lack of performance on the part of the Trade Contractor, and may be considered grounds for replacement of site personnel." 14. Add new Subparagraph 4.16.3: "All written correspondence to the Construction Manager shall be serialized, dated, and signed by an authorized representative of the Trade Contractor. The correspondence shall be directed to: Morrison-Knudsen/Gerrits P.O. Box 5283 Key West, Florida 33040 Attn: Doug Fuller or hand delivered to Morrison-Knudsen/Gerrits' office located at 5090 Junior College Road, Stock Island, Florida 33040. Serialization procedures will be provided to the Trade Contractor in the pre -construction meeting." Each trade contractor shall be required to check his designated mailbox regularly. This mailbox will be made available, and located by the Construction Manager. 08/20/91 SUPPLEMENTARY GENERAL CONDITIONS (ADD. 1) 00805 - 5 ARTICLE 5 1. Subparagraph 5.2.3 - delete in its entirety and insert the following: "If the Owner or Construction Manager refuses to accept any person or entity on a list submitted by the Trade Contractor in response to the requirements of the Contract Documents, the Trade Contractor shall submit an acceptable substitute; however, no increase in the Contract Sum shall be allowed for any such substitution." ARTICLE 6 1. Subparagraph 6.2.5 - sixth line, after the word "initiates," delete the words "an arbitration proceeding" and substitute "a claim;" thirteenth line, after the words "and court or," delete the word "arbitration" and substitute "claim." ARTICLE 7 1. Subparagraph 7.1.1 - delete in its entirety and insert the following: "The contract shall be governed by the laws of the State of Florida. Venue for any claims or disputes arising under this contract shall be in the Circuit Court of the 16th Judicial Circuit of the State of Florida." 2. Subparagraph 7.2.1 - delete in its entirety and insert the following: "The Owner or Construction Manager (as the case may be) and the Trade Contractor each binds himself, his partners, successors, assigns, and legal representatives of such other party in respect to all covenants, agreements, and obligations contained in the Contract Documents. Neither party to the Contract shall assign the Contract or sublet it as a whole without the written consent of the other." 3. Add new Subparagraph 7.2.2: "The Trade Contractor shall not assign any monies due or to become due under this Contract without prior written consent of the Owner or Construction Manager." 4. Subparagraph 7.8.1 - delete in its entirety. 08/20/91 SUPPLEMENTARY GENERAL CONDITIONS (ADD. 1) 00805 - 6 5. Paragraph 7.9 'Arbitration' and all associated subparagraphs 7.9.1, 7.9.2, & 7.9.3 - delete in their entirety. ARTICLE 8 1. Subparagraph 8.3.1 - delete in its entirety and insert the following: "If the Trade Contractor is delayed, at any time, in the progress of the Work, by any act or neglect of the Owner, Construction Manager, or the Architect/Engineer, or by any employee of either, or by any separate contractor employed by the Owner, or by changes ordered in the Work, or by fire, unusual delay in transportation, adverse weather conditions not reasonably anticipatable, unavoidable casualties or any causes beyond the Trade Contractor's control, or by delay authorized by the Owner, Construction Manager, or by any other cause which the Construction Manager determines may justify the delay, then the Contract Time shall be extended by Change Order for such reasonable time as the Construction Manager may determine." 2. Subparagraph 8.3.2 - replace the remainder of the Paragraph after the word "waived" in line 4 with the following: "Any claim for extension of time shall state the cause of the delay and the number of days of extension requested. If the cause of the delay is continuing, only one claim is necessary, but the Trade Contractor shall report the termination of the cause for the delay within twenty (20) days after such termination; otherwise, any claim for extension of time based upon that cause shall be waived." 3. Subparagraph 8.3.4 - delete in its entirety and insert the following: "It shall be recognized by the Trade Contractor that he may reasonably anticipate that as the job progresses, the Construction Manager will be making changes in, and updating Construction Schedules. No claim for an increase in the Contract Sum for either acceleration or delay will be allowed for extensions of time pursuant to this Paragraph 8.3 or for other changes in the Construction Schedules which are of the type ordinarily experienced in projects of similar size and complexity." 4. Add new subparagraph 8.3.5: "If the Project is delayed as a result of the Trade Contractor's refusal or failure to begin the Work on the date 08/20/91 SUPPLEMENTARY GENERAL CONDITIONS (ADD. 1) 00805 - 7 of commencement as defined in paragraph 8.1.2, or his refusal or failure to carry the Work forward expeditiously with adequate forces, the Trade Contractor causing the delay shall be liable, but not limited to, delay claims from other Trade Contractors which are affected. Provided, however, that such refusal or failure is not the result of a justifiable delay as defined in Subparagraph 8.3.1." 5. Add new subparagraph 8.3.6: "In addition to impact costs as defined in Subparagraph 8.3.5, the Trade Contractor shall be liable to the Owner for any other damages sustained as a result of the Trade Contractor's refusal or failure to perform the Work, provided, however, that such refusal or failure is not the result of a justifiable delay as defined in Subparagraph 8.3.1." ARTICLE 9 1. Subparagraph 9.3.3 - add at line 14 after the word "person": "All Trade Subcontractors and Trade Subsubcontractors shall execute an agreement stating that title will so pass, upon their receipt of payment from the Trade Contractor." 2. Subparagraph 9.5.1 - add: "From the total of the amount determined to be payable on a progress payment, 10 percent of such total amount will be deducted and retained by the Owner until final payment is made. The balance (90 percent) of the amount payable, less all previous payments, shall be certified for payment. When not less than 95 percent of the work has been completed, the Owner may, at his/her discretion (and with the consent of the surety), prepare an estimate from which will be retained an amount not less than twice the contract value or estimated cost, (whichever is greater), of the work remaining to be done. The remainder, less all previous payments and deductions, will then be certified for payment to the Contractor. It is understood and agreed that the Contractor shall not be entitled to demand or receive progress payment based on quantities of work in excess of those provided in the proposal or covered by approved change orders, except when such excess quantities have been determined by the Construction Manager to be a part of the final quantity for the item of work in question. No progress payment shall bind the Owner to the acceptance of 08/20/91 SUPPLEMENTARY GENERAL CONDITIONS (ADD. 1) 00805 - 8 any materials or work in place, as to quality or quantity. All progress payments are subject to correction at the time of final payments. 3. Add new subparagraph 9.5.6: "All material and work covered by partial payments made shall thereupon become the sole property of the Owner, and by this provision shall not be construed as relieving the Trade Contractor from the sole responsibility for the materials and work upon which payments have been made or the restoration for any damaged material, or as a waiver to the right of the Owner or Construction Manager to require the fulfillment of all the terms of the Contract." 4. Add new subparagraph 9.5.7: "Except in case of bonafide disputes, or where the Trade Contractor has some other justifiable reason for delay, the Trade Contractor shall pay for all transportation and utility services not later than the end of the calendar month following that in which services are rendered and for all materials, tools, and other expendable equipment which are delivered at the site of the Project. The Trade Contractor shall pay, to each of his Trade Subcontractors, not later than the end of the calendar month in which each payment is made to the Trade Contractor, the representative amount allowed the Trade Contractor on account of the work performed by his Trade Subcontractor interest therein. The Trade Contractor shall, by an appropriate agreement with each Trade Subcontractor, also require each Trade Subcontractor to make payments to his suppliers and Trade Subsubcontractors in a similar manner." 5. Subparagraph 9.6.1 - delete in its entirety and insert the following: "The Construction Manager/Architect may decline to approve an Application for Payment if, in his opinion, the application is not adequately supported. If the Trade Contractor and Construction Manager cannot agree on a revised amount, the Construction Manager shall process the Application for the amount he deems appropriate. The Construction Manager may also decline to approve any Applications for Payment or, because of subsequently discovered evidence or subsequent inspections, he may nullify, in whole or part, any approval previously made to such extent as may be necessary in his opinion because of: (1) defective work not remedied; (2) third party claims filed or reasonable evidence indicating probable filing of such claims; (3) failure of the Trade contractor to make payments properly to Trade Subcontractors or for labor, materials, or equipment; (4) reasonable evidence that the work 08/20/91 SUPPLEMENTARY GENERAL CONDITIONS (ADD. 1) 00805 - 9 cannot be completed for the unpaid balance of the Contract Sum; (5) damage to the Construction Manager, the Owner, or another contractor working at the project; (6) reasonable evidence that the Work will not be completed within the contract time; (7) persistent failure to carry out the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents. 9.6.1.1 No payment shall be made to the Trade Contractor until certificates of insurance or other evidence of compliance by the Trade Contractor, within all the requirements of Article 12, have been filed with the Owner and Construction Manager. Further, no payments on the basis of work performed by a Trade Subcontractor shall be paid until copies of all bonds required by Paragraph 7.5 and any certificates of insurance required of the Trade Subcontractors under Article 12 have been filed with the Owner." 6. Subparagraph 9.7 - delete in its entirety. ARTICLE 11 1. Add new subparagraph 11.1.2.1: The following coverages are required to be maintained by all Trade Contractors and subcontractors in any tier throughout the entire length of the contract and any extensions thereof. 1. Premises and Operation Liability Insurance: Commercial General Liability Insurance shall be obtained in amounts of not less than $1,000,000 each occurrence. Coverage shall specifically include: a. Bodily injury and property damage liability coverage for premises and operations. b. Products and completed operations. C. Independent contractor's exposures. d. Property damage resulting from explosion, collapse, or underground (x,c,u) exposures. e. Blanket contractual liability covering this contract. f. Personal injury liability. 08/20/91 SUPPLEMENTARY GENERAL CONDITIONS (ADD. 1) 00805 - 10 g. Broad form property damage liability. 2. Automobile Liability Insurance: Comprehensive automobile liability insurance shall include coverage for bodily injury and property damage liability for a minimum limit of $1,000,000 each occurrence and shall cover use of owned, non -owned, and hired vehicles, and include employers' non -ownership liability coverage. 3. Workers Compensation and Employers Liability Insurance: Statutory Workers' Compensation coverage including Employers Liability coverage with limits of not less than $100,000 per person per accident and $500,000 per person per occurrence for disease. Coverage shall be provided to cover operations in the State of Florida and the Voluntary Compensation endorsement shall be provided. Coverage for deferally enacted benefits shall be provided where applicable. All insurance policies except the Workers Compensation and Employers Liability Insurance policy, are required in the name of Monroe County Board of County Commissioners and Morrison- Knudsen/Gerrits as Additional Insured, and provide a minimum of sixty (60) days notice in the event of termination, non - renewal or reduction in coverage. Policy language shall be modified to provide liability coverage for Cross Liability Suits between insureds without increasing the total policy limits. Monroe County reserves the right to require additional insurance as may be deemed necessary for any specific project or work. Insurers providing coverage(s) must be financially stable and authorized to do business in the State of Florida. The Monroe County Board of County Commissioners reserves the right to reject any insurer that it believes to be unacceptable. Failure to maintain required insurance coverage in effect will provide Monroe County, Florida with the option of terminating the contract upon written notice to the Construction Manager. Certificates expiring during the term of the contract shall be replaced with new certificates prior to the expiration of the original certificates. Complete and certified copies of all insurance contracts shall be furnished to The Monroe County Board of County Commissioners if requested. 08/20/91 SUPPLEMENTARY GENERAL CONDITIONS (ADD. 1) 00805 - 11 The Certificate Holder on all insurance policies is required to be as follows: Monroe County Board of County Commissioners, or Monroe County, c/o Morrison-Knudsen/Gerrits P.O. Box 5283 Key West, FL 33040 ARTICLE 12 1. Subparagraph 12.1.4 - replace the remainder of the paragraph, after the word "change" in line 25, with the following: "Pending final determination of cost, payments on account shall be made as determined by the Construction Manager. The amount of credit to be allowed by the Trade Contractor for any deletion or change, which results in a net decrease in the Contract Sum, will be the amount of the actual net cost as confirmed by the Construction Manager. When both additions and credits covering related Work or substitutions are involved in any one change, the allowance for overhead and profit shall be figured on the basis of the net increase, if any, with respect to that change." 2. Add new subparagraph 12.1.6: "The actual cost of Changes in the Work may include all items of labor or material, power tools, and equipment actually used, utilities, pro rata charges for foreman, and all payroll charges such as Public Liability and Workman's Compensation Insurance. No percentage for overhead and profit shall be allowed on items of Social Security and Sales Tax. If deductions are ordered, the credit shall be the net cost. Items considered as overhead shall include insurance other than that mentioned above, bond or bonds, superintendent, timekeeper, clerks, watchmen, use of small tools, incidental job costs, and general office expenses. The actual cost of Changes in the Work (other than those covered by unit prices set forth in the Contract Documents) shall be computed as follows: 12.1.6.1 If the Trade Contractor performs the actual Work, the percentage mark-up for overhead and profit shall be a maximum addition of fifteen percent (15%). 12.1.6.2 If the Trade Subcontractor performs the actual 08/20/91 SUPPLEMENTARY GENERAL CONDITIONS (ADD. 1) 00805 - 12 3. 4. Work, the percentage mark-up for overhead and profit shall be a maximum addition of fifteen percent (15%). If the Trade Contractor does not enter into the Work, the maximum mark up for managing this work will be ten percent (10%). 12.1.6.3 If the Trade Subcontractor performs part of the actual work, his percentage mark-up for overhead and profit shall be a maximum addition of fifteen percent (15%) on his direct work only. If the Trade Contractor performs part of the actual work, his percentage mark- up for overhead and profit shall be a maximum addition of fifteen percent (15%) on his direct work only. Add new subparagraph 12.1.7: "The Trade Contractor shall furnish to the Owner through the Construction Manager, an itemized breakdown of the quantities and prices used in computing the value of any change that might be ordered." Subparagraph 12.3.1 - delete in its entirety and insert the following: "If the Trade Contractor claims that any instructions given to him by the Construction Manager, by drawings or otherwise, involve extra work not covered by the Contract, he shall give the Construction Manager written notice thereof within three (3) days after the receipt of such instructions and before proceeding to execute the work, except in emergencies endangering life or property, in which case the Trade Contractor shall proceed in accordance with Paragraph 10.3." Should it not be clear to the Trade Contractor that a change will involve extra work, written notice given within three ( 3 ) days that the change may involve extra work will be sufficient notice. If it is later determined that the work involved in such instruction shall be recognized as an extra, the amounts of additional compensation to be paid therefore should be determined in accordance with Paragraph 13.1. Except as otherwise specifically provided, no claim for additional cost shall be allowed unless the notice specified by this Subparagraph is given by the Trade Contractor or unless such work is performed as provided in Subparagraph 12.1.4. 08/20/91 SUPPLEMENTARY GENERAL CONDITIONS (ADD. 1) 00805 - 13 UU'LUMENT 00901 ADDENDUM NO. 1 THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER BID GROUP TWO AUGUST 12, 1991 PROJECT NUMBER 90007.00 The information contained in this Addendum modifies, supplements or replaces information contained in the Project Manual and on the Drawings and is hereby made a part of the Contract Documents. Acknowledge receipt of this addendum by placing the appropriate addendum number in the blank on the Bid Form. APPLICABLE TO THE PROJECT MANUAL A. Revised Project Manual Pages The replacement pages identified below include modifications made to the original Project Manual sections. Revised or added information is indicated by type in the text and an "Al" notation in the margin identifying that the revision was made. Areas where information has been deleted are identified by striking eat the text and placing an "Al" notation in the margin. Insert replacement pages into the Project Manual ahead of the pages they replace. SECTION TITLE PAGE 03100 CONCRETE FORMWORK 1-5 03200 CONCRETE REINFORCEMENT 1-2 03300 CAST -IN -PLACE CONCRETE 1-11 03410 PRECAST CONCRETE CORED PLANKS 1-6 03412 PRECAST CONCRETE PANELS 1-11 03420 PRECAST CONCRETE SECTIONS 1-16 03490 PRECAST CONCRETE MODULAR CELL 1-12 03600 GROUT 1 04200 UNIT MASONRY 1-3 05180 MISCELLANEOUS STRUCTURAL STEEL 1 05500 METAL FABRICATIONS 1,3,4,4a THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER 00901-1 HLM 90007.00 BID GROUP TWO ADDENDUM #I -AUGUST 12,1991 DOCUMENT 00901 A. Revised Protect Manual Pages (Continued) SECTION TITLE PAGE 05510 METAL STAIRS 2,2a 07210 BUILDING INSULATION 2,3,3a 07530 SINGLE PLY ROOFING 1 07900 JOINT SEALERS 2,2a 08660 SECURITY WINDOWS 3 08710 DOOf` HARDWARE 1 08902 ALUMINUM WINDOW WALLS 2 09200 LATH AND PLASTER 2,3,3a,5 09830 ELASTOMERIC COATING 1,2,2a 14240 HYDRAULIC ELEVATORS 1-11 APPLICABLE TO THE DRAWINGS A. ADDENDUM NO. 1 Drawing Revisions: Incorporate the following revisions into the respective Contract Drawings. Drawing No. Revision 3.22 Refer to Sheet Title Block Change note "Bid Group" to read "Bid Group 2". 4.01 Refer to Sheet Title Block Change note "Bid Group" to read "Bid Group 2". 4.07 Refer to Sheet Title Block Change note "Bid Group" to read "Bid Group 2". 4.34 Refer to Section C: Wall Section at Rec. Yard Change note: 111/2" Protection Board" to read: "Protection Board" THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER 00901-2 HLM 90007.00 BID GROUP TWO ADDENDUM #1-AUGUST 12,1991 DOCUMENT 00901 ADDENDUM NO. 1 Drawing No. 4.35 4.35 4.40 Revision Refer to Section E: Wall Section thru Cooling Tower Change drawing as follows: "1/2" Protection Board" to read: "Protection Board" Refer to Section F: Wall Section thru Main Mech. Change note: "At top of structure elevation 42.50' bring roof -sloped concrete over to outside edge of beam. Concrete block is placed on top of sloped concrete. Refer to Detail 1: Plan Detail at Vertical Expansion Joint. Change note: "3/4" cement plaster" to read "3/4 cement plaster on metal lath" 4.40 Refer to Detail 6: Section Detail at Reveal in Concrete Block Wall. Change note: "Cement plaster" to read "3/4" cement plaster on metal lath" 4.40 4.41A HLM 90007.00 Refer to 9: Section Detail at Terrace A Change note: "1/2" Protection Board" to read: "Protection Board" Refer to Detail 2: Section Detail at Cement Plaster "J" Mold. Change note: "3/4" cement plaster" to read "3/4" cement plaster on metal lath" THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER 00901-3 BID GROUP TWO ADDENDUM #1-AUGUST 12,1991 00CUMENT 00901 ADDENDUM NO. 1 Drawing No. Revision 4.41A Refer to Detail 11: Section Detail at Louver Curb Change note: "1/2" Protection Board" to read: "Protection Board" 4.41A Refer to Sheet Title Block Add note under item, "Bid Group 2". 4.49 Refer to Section 9: Elevator 3 Section Delete note: "Embedded Steel Plate 3/8" 4 sides of opening" 4.49 Refer to A: Plan Detail Add note beneath title: "Similar Detail at 3/4" horizontal joint." 4.49 Refer to Section 8: Elevator 1 and 2 Section Change detail key below first level "6/5.50" to read "6/4.50". 5.07 Refer to Sheet Title Block Change note "Bid Group" to read "Bid Group 2". THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER 00901-4 HLM 90007.00 BID GROUP TWO ADDENDUM #1-AUGUST 12,1991 DOCUMENT 00901 ADDENDUM NO. 1 B. Revised Full -Size Drawings: The following are listed as part of this Addendum. All have been previously issued and are dated August 12, 1991. DRAWING NUMBER TITLE 0.01 INDEX 3.07 FRAMING PLAN FIRST FLOOR ZONE A 3.08 FRAMING PLAN FIRST FLOOR ZONE B 3.09 FRAMING PLAN FIRST FLOOR ZONE C 3.10 FRAMING PLAN FIRST FLOOR ZONE D 3.11 FRAMING PLAN FIRST FLOOR ZONE E 3.12 FRAMING PLAN FIRST FLOOR ZONE F 3.13 FRAMING PLAN SECOND FLOOR ZONE A 3.14 FRAMING PLAN SECOND FLOOR ZONE B 3.15 FRAMING PLAN SECOND FLOOR ZONE C 3.16 FRAMING PLAN MEZZANINE LEVEL ZONE D 3.17 FRAMING PLAN MEZZANINE LEVEL ZONE E 3.18 FRAMING PLAN MEZZANINE LEVEL ZONE F 3.19 FRAMING PLAN MECHANICAL PLENUM ZONE D 3.20 FRAMING PLAN MECHANICAL PLENUM ZONE E 3.21 FRAMING PLAN MECHANICAL PLENUM ZONE F 3.22 FRAMING PLAN ROOF LEVEL ZONE A 3.23 FRAMING PLAN ROOF LEVEL ZONE B 3.24 FRAMING PLAN ROOF LEVEL ZONE C 3.25 FRAMING PLAN ROOF LEVEL ZONE D 3.26 FRAMING PLAN ROOF LEVEL ZONE E 3.27 FRAMING PLAN ROOF LEVEL ZONE F 3.32 TYPICAL DETAILS 3.33 SECTIONS AND DETAILS 3.34 SECTIONS AND DETAILS 3.35 PRECAST WALL SCHEDULE AND DETAILS 3.36 PRECAST COLUMN SCHEDULE AND DETAILS 3.37 GENERAL NOTES, ABBREVIATIONS 3.38 SECTIONS AND DETAILS 3.39 SECTIONS AND DETAILS 4.03 EXTERIOR BUILDING PLAN GROUND FLOOR ZONE C 4.08 EXTERIOR BUILDING PLAN FIRST FLOOR ZONE B 4.09 EXTERIOR BUILDING PLAN FIRST FLOOR ZONE C 4.10 EXTERIOR BUILDING PLAN FIRST FLOOR ZONE D 4.11 EXTERIOR BUILDING PLAN FIRST FLOOR ZONE E 4.12 EXTERIOR BUILDING PLAN FIRST FLOOR ZONE F 4.13 EXTERIOR BUILDING PLAN SECOND FLOOR ZONE A 4.14 EXTERIOR BUILDING PLAN SECOND FLOOR ZONE B 4.15 EXTERIOR BUILDING PLAN SECOND FLOOR ZONE C 4.16 EXTERIOR BUILDING PLAN MEZZANINE LEVEL ZONE D 4.17 EXTERIOR BUILDING PLAN MEZZANINE LEVEL ZONE E 4.18 EXTERIOR BUILDING PLAN MEZZANINE LEVEL ZONE F 4.19 BUILDING PLAN MECHANICAL PLENUM ZONE D 4.20 BUILDING PLAN MECHANICAL PLENUM ZONE E THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER 00901-5 HLM 90007.00 BID GROUP TWO ADDENDUM #1-AUGUST 12,1991 DOCUMENT 00901 ADDENDUM NO. 1 DRAWING NUMBER TITLE 4.21 BUILDING PLAN MECHANICAL PLENUM ZONE F 4.22 ROOF PLAN ZONE A 4.23 ROOF PLAN ZONE B 4.24 ROOF PLAN ZONE C 4.25 ROOF PLAN ZONE D 4.26 ROOF PLAN ZONE E 4.27 ROOF PLAN ZONE F 4.30 EXTERIOR ELEVATIONS 4.32 EXTERIOR ELEVATIONS 4.36 WALL SECTIONS 4.37 WALL SECTIONS 4.38 EXTERIOR DETAILS 4.39 EXTERIOR DETAILS 4.41 EXTERIOR DETAILS 4.41E EXTERIOR DETAILS 4.42 WINDOW AND LOUVER ELEVATIONS 4.46 STAIR PLANS AND SECTIONS 4.47 STAIR PLANS AND SECTIONS 4.47A STAIR PLANS AND'SECTIONS 4.48 STAIR DETAILS 4.50 ELEVATOR DETAILS 4.51 ENLARGED PLANS - CELLS 4.67 PARTITION TYPES ****************** END OF ADDENDUM #1 THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER 00901-6 HLM 90007.00 BID GROUP TWO ADDENDUM #1-AUGUST 12,1991 SECTION 03100 CONCRETE FORMWORK Al: Al Al PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section includes 1. Formwork for cast -in -place concrete, with shoring, bracing and anchorage. 2. Openings for other work. 3. Form accessories. 4. Anchorage and erection embedment in concrete. 5. Form stripping. items specified in other sections, for B. RELATED SECTIONS 1. Section 03200 - Concrete Reinforcement. 2. Section 03300 - Cast -in -Place Concrete. 1.2 REFERENCES A. Prey-ide -ate mMaintain one copy at the site of all referenced publications for use by site and inspection personnel. B. American Concrete Institute (ACI) 1. ACI 347 - Recommended Practice For Concrete Formwork. 2. ACI 301- Specifications for Structural Concrete for Buildings 1.3 DESIGN REQUIREMENTS A. Design, engineer and construct formwork, shoring and bracing to conform to design and code requirements; resultant concrete to conform to required shape, line and dimension. 1.4 SUBMITTALS A. Shop Drawings: Indicate pertinent dimensions, materials, tt bracing,,— eRd P arrangement of joints and ties for concrete exposed to view. B. Submit shop drawings signed and sealed by State of Florida registered Professional Engineer who prepared calculations indicating drawings were prepared under his direct supervision. a. Provide additional copies of drawings and data for Enforcement Agency, and Special Inspector under Florida law, to comply with Threshold Building Requirements. THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER 03100-1 HLM 90007.00-1 BID GROUP TWO ADDENDUM #1-AUGUST 12, 1991 SECTION 03100 CONCRETE FORMWORK PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1 WOOD FORM MATERIALS A. Form Materials: At the discretion of the Contractor providing required finish. B. Comply with ACI 347. 2.2 FORMWORK ACCESSORIES A. Form Ties: 1. Adjustable to permit tightening of forms leaving no metal closer than 1-1/2" to surface. 2. Ties: Commercially manufactured. Wire and band iron are not acceptable. 3. Holes left in concrete after tie removal: Not to exceed 7/8" diameter at finish concrete surface, and no deeper than largest diameter. B. Form Release Agent: Colorless mineral oil which will not stain concrete, or absorb moisture. C. Corners: 1. Chamfered 2. Wood strip 3/4 inch; maximum possible lengths. D. Nails, Spikes, Lag Bolts, Through Bolts, Anchorages: of size;,: strength and character to maintain formwork in place while placing concrete. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Verify lines, levels and centers before_ proceeding with formwork. Ensure that dimensions agree with tip Drawings. 3.2 ERECTION - FORMWORK A. Provide bracing to ensure stability of formwork. Shore or strengthen formwork subject to overstressing by construction loads. B. Arrange and assemble formwork to permit dismantling and stripping. go not damage eenerete during stripping. Permit remeyal of remaining prineiW shares. C. Align joints and make watertight. Keep form joints to a minimum. D. Do not frame openings in structural members which are not indicated on Drawings without written approval from Architect. k E. Provide chamfer strips on corners of curbs andbt�lati� dddrl . THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER 03100-2 HLM 90007.00-1 BID GROUP TWO ADDENDUM #1-AUGUST 12, 1991 SECTION 03100 3.3 APPLICATION - FORM RELEASE AGENT CONCRETE FORMWORK A. Apply form release agent on formwork in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations. B. Apply prior to placement of reinforcing steel, anchoring devices, and embedded items. C. Do not apply form release agent where concrete surfaces will receive special finishes or applied coverings which may be affected by agent. Soak inside surfaces of untreated forms with clean water. Keep surfaces coated prior to placement of concrete. 3.4 INSERTS, EMBEDDED PARTS, AND OPENINGS A. Provide formed openings where required for items to be embedded in or passing through concrete work. B. Locate and set in place items which will be cast directly into concrete. C. Coordinate related work in forming and placing openings, recesses, chases, bolts, anchors, and other inserts. D. Install accessories in accordance with manufacturer's instructions, straight, level, and plumb. Ensure items are not disturbed during concrete placement. E. Provide temporary ports or openings in formwork where required to facilitate cleaning and inspection. Locate openings at bottom of forms to allow flushing water to drain. F. Close temporary openings with tight fitting panels, flush with inside face of forms, and neatly fitted so joints will not be apparent in exposed concrete surfaces. 3.5 FORM CLEANING A. Clean and remove foreign matter within forms as erection proceeds. B. Clean formed cavities of debris prior to placing concrete. C. Flush with water or use compressed air to remove remaining foreign matter. Ensure that water and debris drain to exterior through clean -out ports. 3.6 FORMWORK TOLERANCES A. Construct formwork to maintain tolerances required by ACI 301. 3.7 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Examine erected formwork, shoring, and bracing to ensure that work is in accordance with formwork design, and that supports, fastenings, wedges, ties, and items are secure. THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER 03100-3 HLM 90007.00-1 BID GROUP TWO ADDENDUM #1-AUGUST 12, 1991 A. Do not remove forms or bracing until concrete has gained sufficient strength to carry its own weight and imposed loads. B. Form ties not required to hold forms in place may be removed after 24 hours. C. Formwork not upporting weight of concrete such as sides of curbs and similar parts of the work, may be removed after cumulative curing at not less than 50 degrees F. for 24 hours after placing the concrete, providing the concrete is sufficiently cured to be undamaged by form removal operations. D. Formwork supporting weight of concrete such as slabs and other structural elements may not be removed in less than 14 days or until concrete has attained 75% of design strength at 28 days. 1. Design strength of cast -in -place concrete having supporting forms removed before 14 day time period shall be determined by testing field cured and laboratory cured concrete specimens representative of the concrete. a. Concrete specimens and compressive strength tests for early form removal shall be made and tested by the Independent Testing Laboratory and paid for by the Contractor. E. Form facing material may be removed 4 days after placement if shores and other vertical supports have been designed and arranged to permit removal of form facing material without loosening or disturbing shores and supports. l'1 F. Loosen forms carefully. Do not wedge pry bars, hammers, or tools against T � < » finish concrete surfaces:; . G. Store removed forms in manner that surfaces to be in contact with fresh concrete will not be damaged. Discard damaged forms. 3.9 SCHEDULES A. Facing Materials: 1. Provide forms capable of producing finished concrete surfaces as outlined below. 2. Forms for F-1 and F-2 finish are required as scheduled below on formed concrete surfaces unless indicated otherwise. B. Forms for Type F-1, Rough Form Finish: 1. Use to form concrete concealed from view in the finished construction. 2. No selected form facing material is required. 3. Patch tie holes and defects. 4. Chip or rub off fins exceeding 1/4" in height. Leave surface with the texture imparted by the forms. THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER 03100-4 HLM 90007.00-1 BID GROUP TWO ADDENDUM ail -AUGUST 12, 1991 SECTION 03100 CONCRETE FORMWORK C. Forms for Type F-2, Smooth Form Finish: 1. Use to form concrete exposed to view that is not subject to additional architectural finish requirements, other than painting. 2. Use form facing material to produce a smooth, hard, uniform texture on the concrete. a. Facing material: Plywood, tempered concrete -form -grade hardboard, metal, paper or other approved material capable of producing the desired finish. 3. The arrangement of the facing material: Orderly and symmetrical with the number of seams kept to the practical minimum. 4. Do not use material with raised grain, torn surfaces, worn edges, patches, dents or other defects which will impair the texture of the concrete. 5. Patch tie holes and defects. Completely remove fins. ******************** END OF SECTION 03100 THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER 03100-5 HLM 90007.00-1 BID GROUP TWO ADDENDUM #1-AUGUST 12, 1991 SECTION 03200 CONCRETE REINFORCEMENT PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Steel reinforcing bars. 2. Welded wire fabric. B. Related Sections: 1. SECTION 03300 - CAST -IN -PLACE CONCRETE 1.2 REFERENCES l A. Preyide mM.aintain one copy at the site of all referenced publications for use by site and inspection personnel. B. American Concrete Institute (ACI) 1. ACI 301 - Structural Concrete for Buildings. 2. ACI 318 - Building Code Requirements For Reinforced Concrete. 3. ACI 315 Manual of Standard Practice for Detailing Reinforced Concrete Structures. 4. ACI SP-66 - Detailing Manual. C. American National Standards Institute, American Society for Testing and Materials (ANSI/ASTM) 1. ANSI/ASTM A-185 - Steel Welded Wire Fabric, Plain, for Concrete Reinforcement. D. American National Standards Institute, American Welding Society (ANSI/AWS) 1. ANSI/AWS D1.4 - Structural Welding Code for Reinforcing Steel. 2. ANSI/AWS D12.1 - Reinforcing Steel Welding Code. E. American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM) 1. ASTM A-615: Specification for Deformed and Plain Billet -Steel Bars for Concrete Reinforcement. 2. ASTM A-706/A - Specification for Low Alloy Steel Deformed Bars for Concrete Reinforcement. F. Concrete Reinforcing Steel Institute (CRSI) 1. "Manual of Standard Practice". 2. CRSI - "Placing Reinforcing Bars. 3. CRSI - "Recommended Practice For Placing Bar Supports, Specifications and Nomenclature." 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Shop Drawings: Show size and quantity of cast -in -place concrete reinforcement, method of support and fastening, bending and placing schedules, diagrams, wall elevations and plans, material grades and relation of reinforcement to adjacent materials. THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER 03200-1 HLM 90007.00-1 BID GROUP TWO ADDENDUM #1-AUGUST 12, 1991 SECTION 03200 CONCRETE REINFORCEMENT 2.2 ACCESSORY MATERIALS A. Supports for Reinforcement: Provide supports for reinforcement including bolsters, chairs, spacers and other devices for spacing, supporting and fastening reinforcement in place, in accordance with the recommendations and details of the Concrete Reinforcing Steel Institute. 1. For exposed -to -view concrete surfaces: Provide supports with legs hot -dip galvanized, plastic tipped or stainless steel where legs of supports contact forms. B. Tie Wire: Minimum 16 gage annealed type 2.3 FABRICATION A. Fabricate Concrete reinforcing in accordance with ACI 318 B. Weld reinforcement in accordance with ANSI/AWS D1.4. C. Locate reinforcing splices not indicated on Drawings, at point of minimum stress. Review location of splices with Architect. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 GENERAL A. Perform work in accordance with ACI 301 and ACI 318. 3.2 INSTALLATION A. Keep uncoated reinforcement free from rust, scale, dirt, and physical injury. B. Place, support and secure reinforcement against displacement. Do not deviate from required position. C. Secure reinforcement against displacement with tie wire or other clips or ties. ******************** END OF SECTION 03200 THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER 03200-2 HLM 90007.00-1 BID GROUP TWO ADDENDUM #1-AUGUST 12, 1991 SECTION 03300 CAST -IN -PLACE CONCRETE AT PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Cast -in -place concrete. 2. Placing anchors and inserts. 3. Installation of embedded items specified in other Sections. B. Related Sections: 1. SECTION 03100 2. SECTION 03200 3. SECTION 03412 4. SECTION 03420 5. SECTION 03600 1.2 REFERENCES - CONCRETE FORMWORK. - CONCRETE REINFORCEMENT. - PRECAST CONCRETE PANELS - PRECAST CONCRETE SECTIONS - GROUT. A Preyide and Maintain one copy of all referenced publications for use by site and inspection personnel. B. American Concrete Institute (ACI) 1. ACI 211.1 - Standard Practice for Selecting Proportions for Normal, Heavyweight, and Mass Concrete. 2. ACI 301 - Structural Concrete for Buildings. 3. ACI 302 - Guide for Concrete Floor and Slab Construction. 4. ACI 304 - Recommended Practice for Measuring, Mixing, Transporting and Placing Concrete. 5. ACI 305R - Hot Weather Concreting. 6. ACI 308 - Standard Practice for Curing Concrete. 7. ACI 318 - Building Code Requirements for Reinforced Concrete. 8. ACI SP-15 - Field Reference Manual. C. American National Standards Institute, American Society for Testing and Materials (ANSI/ASTM) 1. ANSI/ASTM D-994 - Preformed Expansion Joint Filler for Concrete (Bituminous Type). 2. ANSI/ASTM D-1190 - Concrete Joint Sealer, Hot -Poured Elastic Type. 3. ANSI/ASTM D-1751 - Preformed Expansion Joint Fillers for Concrete Paving and Structural Construction (Nonextruding and Resilient Bituminous Types). 4. ANSI/ASTM D-1752 - Preformed Sponge Rubber and Cork Expansion Joint Fillers for Concrete Paving and Structural Construction. D. American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM) 1. ASTM A-108 - Specification for Steel Bars, Carbon, Cold -Finished, Standard Quality. 2. ASTM A-496 - Specification for Steel Wire, Deformed, for Concrete Reinforcement. 3. ASTM B-221 - Specification for Aluminum and Aluminum -Alloy Extruded Bars, Rods, Wire, Shapes and Tubes. 4. ASTM C-33 - Specification for Concrete Aggregates. 5. ASTM C-42 - Test Method for Obtaining and Testing Drilled Cores and Sawed Beams of Concrete. THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER 03300-1 HLM 90007.00-1 BID GROUP TWO ADDENDUM #1-AUGUST 12, 1991 SECTION 03300 CAST -IN -PLACE CONCRETE Ak1 6. ASTM C-94 - Specification for Ready -Mixed Concrete. 7. ASTM C-150 - Specification for Portland Cement. 8. ASTM C-157 - Specification for Test Method for Length Change of Hardened Hydraulic -Cement Mortar and Concrete. 9. ASTM C-260 - Specification for Air -Entraining Admixtures for Concrete. 10. ASTM C-494 - Specification for Chemicals Admixtures for Concrete. 11. ASTM C-618 - Specification for Fly Ash and Raw or Calcined Natural Pozzolan for Use as a Mineral Admixture in Portland Cement Concrete. E. American Welding Society (AWS). 1. AWS D1.1 Structural Welding Code - Steel. 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Mix Designs: 1. Submit substantiating data for each concrete mix design contemplated for use to Architect not less than six weeks prior to first concrete placement. Include the following: a. Mix identification designation unique for each mix submitted. b. Statement of intended use ;{rCt for mix. C. Mix proportions, including admixtures used d. Manufacturer's data and/or certifications verifying conformance of mix materials, including admixtures, with specified requirements. e. Wet and dry unit weight. f. Entrained air content. g. Design slump. h. Required average strength qualification data per ACI 301. Submit separate qualification data for each production facility which will supply concrete to project. i. Actual trial mix data or field test data per ACI 301 used to calculate average strength qualification data. When field test data is used to qualify average strength, submit separate copies of field test reports. 2. Separate design mixes are required for each strength and density of concrete, each change in type and/or quantity of mix materials including admixtures; each change in slump limits, and each change in entrained air content. 3. For concrete placed by pumping, separate mix designs are required for each 100 feet of vertical or horizontal distance from pump to point of discharge. This requirement may be waived if evidence acceptable to Architect is submitted demonstrating, by previous successful experience, that proposed mix will meet requirements of these specifications, when sampled at point of discharge, over full range of distance required. B. Product Data: 1. Application and installation instructions for proprietary materials a -Rd including admixtures and patching compounds. THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER 03300-2 HLM 90007.00-1 BID GROUP TWO ADDENDUM #1-AUGUST 12, 1991 SECTION 03300 CAST -IN -PLACE CONCRETE 2. Submit curing compound product data and verification of its compatibility with other finish materials and surface required. C. Submit materials certificates, mill test reports and materials laboratory tests reports attesting that each material item compiles with or exceeds specified requirements. D. Submit one sample copy of concrete batch trip ticket containing information as specified in ASTM C-94 paragraph entitled "Batch Ticket/Information:" including additional information listed for certification purposes. Clearly show amount of water for entire batch which may be added in field that will not exceed water cement ratio specified by concrete design. E. Record Documents: Submit record listing time and date of placement of concrete. Include elapsed time between batching and placing of concrete. Keep record until completion of project, make available to Architect on request. 1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Perform concrete work in accordance with ACI 301 as modified in this Section. B. Acquire cement and aggregate from same source for all work. C. Conform to ACI 305R when concreting during hot weather. 1.5 UNIT PRICES A. Provide unit prices indicated on Bid Form in event additions to or deductions from Work are required and authorized by a written order from Architect. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 CONCRETE MATERIALS A. Portland Cement: ASTM C-150, Type I. 1. Use only one manufacturer and type of cement for each mix design. B. Normal weight aggregates: ASTM C-33. C. Water: Clean fresh potable. Free from oils or other substances injurious to concrete or reinforcement. D. Air Entraining Admixture: ASTM C-260. E. Water Reducing Admixture: ASTM C-494, Type A, containing no chloride added during manufacture. Acceptable Products: 1. "Eucon Super WR-75"; Euclid Chemical Co. THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER 03300-3 HLM 90007.00-1 BID GROUP TWO ADDENDUM #1-AUGUST 12, 1991 SECTION 03300 CAST -IN -PLACE CONCRETE Al: AT Ali 2. "Pozzolith Normal"., Master Builders. 3. "Plastocrete 161"; Sika Chemical Corporation. F. High Range Water Reducing (HRWR) Admixture (Super Plasticizer): ASTM C- 494, Type F or G containing not more than 0.1% chloride ions, optional. Acceptable Products: 1. "Eucon 37"; Euclid Chemical Co. 2. "Rheobuild 716 or 1000"; Master Builders. G. Accelerators are not permitted. H. Retarding admixtures and water reducing and retarding admixtures: ASTM C- 494, Type B and Type D respectively. Acceptable Products: 1. Eucon Retarder-75, Euclid Chemical Co. 2. Pozzolith Retarder, Master Builders. 3. Plastocrete 161R, Sika. 2.2 EXPANSION MATERIAL A. ACI 301 B. Fiber Expansion Joint: 1. 1/2" thickness. Conform to ASTM D-1751. 2.3 EMBEDDED ITEMS: A. Embedded items: Do not displace reinforcing bars. B. Rated or specified capacity of embedded items: Not to be construed as design capacity of supporting concrete members. C. Steel Plates, Bars and Structural Shapes: Conform to ASTM A-36. D. Deformed Bar Anchors - Comply with ASTM A-496, Fy=70,000 psi. E. Headed Concrete Anchors. 1. Comply with ASTM A-108. 2. Type with Ceramic Ferrules: Compatible with arc -welding process (AWS D1.1). THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER 03300-4 HLM 90007.00-1 BID GROUP TWO ADDENDUM #1-AUGUST 12, 1991 SECTION 03300 2.4 RELATED MATERIALS CAST -IN -PLACE CONCRETE A. Curing compound: Comply with ASTM C-309, Unit moisture loss, pound per square foot at 72 hours shall not exceed .642 psf. 1. Masterseal or MasterKure; Master Builders. 2. Architect approved equivalent. B. Bonding Compound: 1. Polyvinyl acetate type, rewettable. Acceptable Manufacturers: a. Euco Weld; Euclid Chemical Co. b. Weldcrete; Larson Products. C. Thorobond; Standard Dry Wall. d. Everbond; L & M Construction Products, Inc. C. Epoxy Adhesive: 100% solids, 100% reactive, two component compound suitable for use on dry or damp surfaces. 1. Acceptable Products: a. Euco Epoxy #463 or #615; Euclid Chemical Co. b. Sikadu Hi -Mod, Sika Chemical Corporation. C. Permunite; L & M Construction Products, Inc. D. Pigmented Curing and Hardening Compound: 1. Provide pigmented curing and hardening compound over concrete with color admixture. 2. Properties, color mix proportions, and application as recommended by manufacturer of color admixture. 3. Product: Colorgard Al 4. Manufacturer: a. LAMBERT CORP. b. .Arcchri.tect`, approved equivalent. .................(..X... ..... I......... E. Refer to Section 07210 - BUILDING INSULATION for rigid foam filler and insulation in floor slabs. 2.5 EPDXY JOINT FILLER A. Three (3) component, 100% solids, compound, with a minimum shore D hardness of 50. 1. Acceptable Manufacturers: a. Euco Epoxy. #600 or #700; Euclid Chemical Company. b. Sikadur Lo-Mod, Sika Chemical Corporation. C. MM-80, Metzger -McGuire 2.6 CONCRETE PROPORTIONING AND DESIGN OF MIXES A. Proportion ingredients and design concrete mixes in accordance with ACI 301 as modified in this Section. B. Durability: 1. Air -entrained with 5% to 7% entrained and entrapped air. THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER 03300-5 HLM 90007.00-1 BID GROUP TWO ADDENDUM #1-AUGUST 12, 1991 SECTION 03300 CAST -IN -PLACE CONCRETE C. Admixtures: 1. Provide water reducing or water reducing and retarding admixture specified in design mix for concrete. 2. Hot Weather Conditions: When ambient temperature exceeds 90 degrees F. and/or placing conditions required retardation of setting time Architect may require a change from Type A (normal) admixture to Type D (retarding) formulation of water reducing admixture. Concrete temperature not to exceed 100 degrees F. 3. When increased workability, pumpability, lower water -cement ratio, shrinkage and permeability reduction is required, use HRWR admixture (Super Plasticizer). D. Selection of Proportion of Ingredients: 1. Prepare design mixes for each type of concrete used in construction. a. Proportion mixes to obtain compressive strengths indicated on the drawings. b. Where compressive strength is not indicated, obtain minimum 4000 psi 28 day strength. 2. Field records used to demonstrate that proposed proportions will produce required average strength must be of tests made within last 12 months and have same water cement ratio and, cement type and manufacturer as proposed mix proportions. a. Comply with ACI 211.1 and ACI 301 as modified by the following: 1) Determine maximum allowable unit shrinkage expressed in percentage of length in accordance with ASTM C-157, based upon average value of three (3) 4 inch x 4 inch x 11 inch specimens after 21 days of actual drying time; total 28 days after casting. a) Maximum allowable shrinkage Ye value for concrete mixes: 400 millionths (088A4) with an allowable variation of 15%. 2) Submit written reports of each proposed concrete mix not less than 15 days prior to start of work. Do not proceed with concrete production until mixes have been reviewed by Architect. 3. Adjustment of Concrete Mixes: Concrete mix design adjustments may be requested when characteristics of materials, project conditions, weather, test results or other circumstances warrant. a. Submit laboratory test reports for revised mix designs and strength results to Architect for review before use of revised concrete mixes in the Work. E. Slump: 1. ACI 301. 2. Pumped Concrete: 5 1/2". 3. Other Structural Concrete: 3". F. Chloride Ion Content: 1. The chloride ion content shall not exceed 0.15% of the weight of the concrete. 2. Test chloride ion content in individual ingredients or trail batches of concrete. THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER 03300-6 HLM 90007.00-1 BID GROUP TWO ADDENDUM #1-AUGUST 12, 1991 SECTION 03300 CAST -IN -PLACE CONCRETE 2.7 PRODUCTION OF CONCRETE A. Produce and deliver concrete in accordance with ACI 301 and as modified in this Section. Produce and deliver concrete during hot weather in accordance with ACI 305# and—AGI 386—. B. Ready Mixed Concrete: 1. Discharge concrete after introduction of mixing water to cement and aggregate or introduction of cement to aggregate within 90 minutes when air temperature is below 80 degrees F. 2. During hot weather, or under conditions contributing to rapid setting of concrete, a shorter maximum discharge time than specified in ASTM C-94 is required. a. Discharge concrete after introduction of mixing water to cement and aggregate or introduction of cement to aggregate within 75 minutes when air temperature is between 80 degrees F and 90 degrees F. b. Discharge concrete within 60 minutes when air temperature is above 90 degrees F. 2.8 TESTING & INSPECTION A. Contractor is responsible for quality control. 1. Inspection or testing by Owner does not relieve Contractor of his responsibility to perform Work in accordance with Contract Documents. 2. Workmanship: Correct concrete work which does not conform to specified requirements, including strength, tolerances and finishes. Correct deficient concrete by means acceptable to Architect. B. Testing Laboratory Review: 1. Prior to start of concreting operations, Testing Laboratory will review, with representatives of Contractor's quality control staff, facilities that will be used on, production of concrete for Project. .. ; a. Review... will..... address $�Tl� q$it Type and condition of equipment. Calibration of measuring devices. Sources of aggregate and cement. Sieve analysis of aggregate samples, mill tests. Methods of storage of aggregate and cement. Mixing procedures, including distance from site. Trip ticket sample. Admixtures that will be used, including special procedures required. Other items which, in opinion of Testing Laboratory, are important elements in production of concrete. b. Testing Laboratory will report results of review to Owner and Architect. 1) Report will identify equipment and procedures which require modification in order to assure quality of concrete. THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER 03300-7 HLM 90007.00-1 BID GROUP TWO ADDENDUM #1-AUGUST 12, 1991 SECTION 03300 CAST -IN -PLACE CONCRETE �1 PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Examine pr4-er construction and conditions under which work will be performed. B. Do not proceed with the work until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. 3.2 GENERAL A. Notify Testing Laboratory 24 hours before starting concrete placement. B. Coordinate requirements for installation of embedded items specified and furnished in other Sections. Obtain templates and instructions for setting embedded items. 1. Coordinate work with requirements for mechanicaV``:a electrical;:.': .... . 3.3 PLACING CONCRETE A. Place concrete in accordance with ACI 301. B. Just prior to discharging truck -mixed concrete, mix each truck of concrete minimum 70 revolutions of mixer drum at full mixing speed. C. Vibrate and consolidate concrete in accordance with ACI 309. D. During hot weather, place concrete in accordance with ACI 305. 3.4 TOLERANCES A. Comply with ACI 301. 3.5 FIELD TESTS & INSPECTIONS A. Field testing and inspections will be performed by testing laboratory. B. Perform concrete testing in accordance with specifications of ACI 301 and as follows: 1. Mold and cure four (4) specimens from each sample. 2. Compressive strength tests: One set of specimens for each 50 cubic yards or fraction thereof of each type of concrete placed in one day; one specimen tested at 7 days, two specimens tested at 28 days and one specimen held in reserve. THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER 03300-8 HLM 90007.00-1 BID GROUP TWO ADDENDUM #1-AUGUST 12, 1991 SECTION 03300 CAST -IN -PLACE CONCRETE 3. In addition to cylinders cured under standard conditions, Testing Laboratory will prepare duplicate sets of two cylinders to be field cured under conditions equal to cure for corresponding concrete pours. a. Such cylinders will be tested only when questions concerning strength are involved. b. Costs of such tests will be paid for by Contractor. C. Test results will be distributed to Architect, Owner, and Contractor. 4. Concrete Temperature: Test each time a set of specimens is made. 5. a. Slump Test: Make one test for each set of compressive strength specimens. Make additional test as directed by Architect. b. Take test at point of truck discharge for Ready -Mix concrete and at point of mixer discharge for on site mixing. 6. Chloride Ion Test: Each 50 cubic yards of concrete placed. Sample at point of placement. 7. Collect concrete batch trip tickets. Identify compressive and slump tests made to representative samples of concrete referred to by trip tickets. C. Notify Architect and Contractor immediately of trip tickets not as specified. D. Notify Architect and Contractor immediately when amount of water in a batch of concrete exceeds that allowed in design mix. E. Verify that concrete is fully discharged from mixers before mix begins to set and within 1-1/2 hours maximum from time of batching. F. Check quantity and type of admixtures for compliance with design requirements and secure Architect's written approval for use of additional admixtures in concrete. G. Obtain mill test reports for each shipment of cement used in to concrete for Project. H. Additional Tests for Concrete Work: 1. Testing Laboratory will make additional tests of in -place -concrete work as directed by Architect when test results indicate that specified concrete strengths and other characteristics have not been attained in structure. a. Conduct tests to determine adequacy of concrete by cored cylinders complying with ASTM C-42. b. Costs of such test will be borne by Owner if test results indicate conformance with Contract Documents. Such tests indicating nonconformance with Contract Documents will be paid by Contractor including additional architectural and engineering services made necessary by such nonconformance. C. Cost of other additional tests including load tests and/or other nondestructive tests directed by Architect or conducted by Contractor to prove adequacy of concrete work shall be borne by Contractor including additional architectural and engineering services made necessary by such tests. THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER 03300-9 HLM 90007.00-1 BID GROUP TWO ADDENDUM #1-AUGUST 12, 1991 SECTION 03300 CAST -IN -PLACE CONCRETE d. Strength of structure in place will be considered to be potentially deficient if it fails to comply with requirement which controls strength of structure, including but not necessarily limited to conditions listed in ACI 301. e. Inspections or testing performed exclusively for Contractor's convenience is sole responsibility of Contractor. 3.6 REPAIR OF SURFACE DEFECTS A. Defects less than one inch deep and not exposing reinforcing: 1. Comply with ACI 301. 2. Use specified bonding compound or epoxy adhesive. 3. Provide mortar patching grout to fill pockets left in concrete walls or slabs as specified in Section 03600. 4. Place premixed patching mortar in accordance with directions of specified bonding compound or epoxy adhesive manufacturer. 5. With prior approval by Architect as to method and procedures, for structural repairs use specified epoxy adhesive and/or epoxy mortar. B. Defects one inch and greater or Exposing Reinforcing: 1. Chip to sound concrete and clean thoroughly to remove loose concrete and dust. Apply thin coat of specified epoxy adhesive. 2. Form and pour, or dry pack with specified pre -gravel repair grout, prior to development of tack -free condition of epoxy bonder. Strip forms after grout has hardened and provide specified finish. 3. Moist cure or apply specified clear curing and sealing compound immediately after finishing. 3.7 SLABS A. Construct concrete slabs in accordance with ACI 301 as modified in this Section. B. Finishing Tolerances 1. Comply with ACI 301: 2. Test unformed surfaces such as monolithic slabs for smoothness and to verify surface plane finish to tolerances specified for each surface and finish. Correct low and high areas as specified. a. Test unformed surfaces sloped to drain for trueness of slope, measuring to plane tolerance by using a template cut to required slope. 3. Repair finished unformed surfaces that have defects which adversely affect durability of concrete or finish. a. Unacceptable surface defects include, but are not necessarily limited to: crazing, cracks in excess of 0.01 inch wide or which penetrate to reinforcement or completely through non -reinforced concrete regardless of width, spalling, pop -outs, honeycomb, rock pockets and other objectionable conditions as determined by Architect. b. Correct high areas in unformed surfaces by grinding after concrete has cured at least 14 days. THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER 03300-10 HLM 90007.00-1 BID GROUP TWO ADDENDUM #1-AUGUST 12, 1991 SECTION 03300 CAST -IN -PLACE CONCRETE c. Correct low areas in unformed surfaces during or immediately after completion of surface finishing operations by cutting out low areas and replacing with fresh concrete. Finish repaired areas to blend into adjacent concrete surfaces. 1) Proprietary concrete patching compounds may be used when approved by Architect. 3.8 CURING A. Cure concrete in accordance with requirements of ACI 301. B. Cure interior concrete slabs, with specified curing compound. 1. Do not use liquid curing compound on surfaces against which additional concrete or other material is to be bonded unless it is proven that curing compound will not prevent bond or unless measures are taken to remove it completely from areas to receive bonded application. C. Apply curing compounds within 30 minutes after final finishing. Apply curing compound at coverage rate specified by manufacturer. D. Ensure curing compound is compatible with concrete penetrating sealer and other materials scheduled to be applied over concrete surfaces. E. Curing in hot weather: Cure concrete in accordance with ACI 305. 3.9 FINISHES A. Finish concrete slabs in accordance with requirements of ACI 301. B. Float Finish: Apply float finish to monolithic slab surfaces that are to receive trowel finish. Finish to a Class B tolerance. C. Trowel Finish: Unless directed otherwise by Architect, apply steel finish to monolithic slab surfaces. Finish to a Class B tolerance. 1. Do not steel trowel slab surfaces scheduled to receive cementitous topping. D. Non -Skid Broom Finish: Apply light broom finish to concrete stair treads, platforms and ramps. Broom finish, by drawing a fine -hair broom across concrete perpendicular to line of traffic. Repeat operation if required to provide fine line texture acceptable to Architect. Apply broom finish after final joint tooling. E. Finishing of Formed Surfaces: Provide smooth form finish for concrete surfaces exposed to view and concrete surfaces scheduled to receive surface finish. END OF SECTION 03300 THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER 03300-11 HLM 90007.00-1 BID GROUP TWO ADDENDUM #1-AUGUST 12, 1991 SECTION 03410 PRECAST CONCRETE CORED PLANKS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Sections Includes: 1. Precast concrete cored plank units. 2. Structural metal and anchorage items necessary to secure panel components to each other and to other building materials. a. Bearing pads. b. Grouting joint keys and associated items. C. Anchorage welding d. Miscellaneous items necessary to the completion of the above. B. Related Sections: 1. SECTION 03420 - Precast Concrete Sections 1.2 REFERENCES Al A. Maintain one copy of all referenced publications for use by site and inspection personnel. A B. American Society for Testing Materials (ASTM) 1. ASTM A-36/A - Specification for Structural Steel. 2. ASTM A-108 - Specification for Steel Bars, Carbon, Cold -Finished, Standard Quality. 3. ASTM A-123 - Specification for Zinc (Hot -Dip Galvanized) Coatings on Iron and Steel Products. 4. ASTM-A-416 - Specification for Steel Strand, Uncoated Seven -Wire Stress -Relieved, for Prestressed Concrete. 5. ASTM A-496 - Specification for Steel Wire, Deformed, for Concrete Reinforcement. 6. ASTM A-615 - Specification for Deformed and Plain Billet -Steel Bars for Concrete Reinforcement. 7. ASTM C-33 - Specification for Concrete Aggregates. 8. ASTM C-150 - Specification for Portland Cement. C. Prestressed Concrete Institute (PCI) 1. PCI MNL-116 - Manual for Quality Control for Plants and Products. 2. PCI MNL-120 - PCI Design Handbook - Precast and Prestressed Concrete. 3. PCI MNL-123 - Design and Typical Details of Connections for Precast and Prestressed Concrete. D. American Concrete Institute (ACI) 1. ACI 301 - Specification for Structural Concrete for Buildings. 2. ACI 318 - Building Code Requirements for Reinforced Concrete. E. American Welding Society (ASTM) 1. AWS D1.1 - Structural Welding Code - Steel. 2. AWS D1.4 - Structural Welding Code - Reinforcing Steel. THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER 03410-1 HLM 90007.00-1 BID GROUP TWO ADDENDUM #1-AUGUST 12, 1991 SECTION 03410 1.3 SUBMITTALS PRECAST CONCRETE CORED PLANKS A. Submit shop and erection drawings, dated, signed and sealed by a State of Florida registered professional engineer experienced in the design of prestressed precast units indicating the following: 1. Layout, dimensioning, and erection number of units. 2. Sections and details showing connections and bearings conditions and relation of units to adjacent building materials. 3. Embedded items and their relation to the structure and units. 4. Handling requirements. 5. All dead, live and other applicable loads. 6. Size and location of all major openings (greater than 12" x 12") along with header details. 7. Estimated short term and long term camber. 8. Fire -resistance rating of units, including topping where applicable. A 9 praped:Ur�rtc. raeS). B. Furnish letter signed and sealed by a State of Florida registered professional engineer experienced in the design of prestressed precast units indicating design criteria and loads used in the design of the units. C. Submit product data including application and installation instruction for proprietary materials. 1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE Al A. Compute fire resistance rating of units in accordance with the Standard Building Code requirements for equivalent slab thickness required to obtain the minimum fire minimm fire -resistance rating shown on the Drawings. B.GeRferm to and PCI MNL # Etts€riet the requirements of PCI MNL-120 ...............................................................:..:: =123. C. Design units under direct supervision of Professional Engineer registered in the State of Florida experienced in the design of precast concrete structural units. D. Design units to withstand their weight, erection forces, topping loads, and all live and dead loads as shown on the Drawings. E. Provide for the installation of minor (less than 12" x 12") openings by assuming one minor opening at any location on the individual unit in the unit's design. #F. Preeast Generete Fabrieater's THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER 03410-2 HLM 90007.00-1 BID GROUP TWO ADDENDUM #1-AUGUST 12, 1991 SECTION 03410 PRECAST CONCRETE CORED PLANKS G ,...11 �' p.: casi+ corE r t manufa to ' .4... st�a' AI H. Erection of precast concrete work shall be performed by workmen skilled in this type of work and under the direction of a supervisor having continual experience in similar work over at least the preceding five years_ PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 MATERIALS A. Portland cement: ASTM C-150. Al B. Steel prestressing tendons: High tensile strength, uncoated, Sege" 1> e seven strand wire meeting requirements of ASTM A-416. C. Aggregates: ASTM C-33. D. Bearing Strips: 1. One specimen shall be tested for each 100 feet of strips used in the project. a. Random Oriented Fiber Reinforced: Continuous with allowable minimum compressive stress of 3,000 psi with no cracking, splitting, or delamination in the internal portions of the strip. b. Plastic: High density continuous multi -monomer plastic strips shall be non -leaching and support loads with no visible deformation. Al' C. 1/4" t thick unless indicated otherwise in Drawings. E. Grout (Keyways and Cores) Al F. Reinforcing Steel: Non -prestressed reinforcing steel shall conform with the 2.2 FABRICATION A. Field verify required member dimensions prior to fabrication. THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER 03410-3 HLM 90007.00-1 BID GROUP TWO ADDENDUM #1-AUGUST 12, 1991 SECTION 03410 PRECAST CONCRETE CORED PLANKS Ali: Machine cast on long production line in smeeth, rigid forms and cut to lengths as required. C. Minimum Compressive Strength: 5000 Psi at 28 days and 3500 psi at detensioning. 1. Test program shall conform to "Manual for Quality Control for Plants and Production of Precast Prestressed Concrete Products", PCI MNL 116. D. Manufacturers: 1. SOUTHERN PRESTRESSED, INC. 2. GATE CONCRETE PRODUCTS COMPANY 3. STRESSCOV E. Concrete work: 1. Convey concrete from the mixer to the place of final deposit by methods which will prevent separation, segregation or loss of material. 2. Consolidate concrete in the form by approved high frequency vibration, internal or external or a combination. If external vibration is used, design forms to withstand external vibration without distortion or failure. 3. Maintain curing by any of the following methods until release strength has been reached: a. Steam or hot water curing at maximum temperature not exceeding 165 degrees F. After placement of the concrete, hold members for minimum pre -steaming period of not less than three hours. b. Sealing the exposed surfaces with an approved sealing compound or membrane. C. Hot air combined with moisture. d. Continuous water curing 4.1 F. Exposed bottoms of precast planks shall have smooth dense surface "as cast" form finish. 2.3 TOLERANCE FOR MANUFACTURE A. Length: plus/minus 1/2" B. Width: plus/minus 1/4" C. Depth: plus/minus 1/4" D. Sweep: plus/minus 1/8" per ten feet, plus/minus 3/8" overall E. Center of gravity of strand group: plus/minus 1/4" F. Minimum cover of strand group: 3/4". G. Position of weld plates: plus/minus 2". H. Tipping and flushness of weld plates: plus/minus 1/4". THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER 03410-4 HLM 90007.00-1 BID GROUP TWO ADDENDUM #1-AUGUST 12, 1991 SECTION 03410 PRECAST CONCRETE CORED PLANKS At. Al PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Verify that existing openings are ready to receive work. B. Beginning of installation means installer accepts existing conditions. 3.2 ERECTION A. Coordinate delivery and erection of precast concrete cored planks with other operations. C. Erect members without damage to structural capacity, shape or finish or repair damage members. D. Adjust differential camber between precast members to tolerance before final attachment. 3.3 ERECTION TOLERANCES A. Variation in plan from specified location in plan: plus/minus 1" any plank, any location. B. Deviation in plan from straight lines parallel to specific linear building line 1", any plank. C. Deviation of top elevation from line parallel to specified grade lines at member ends: 3/4". D. Jog in alignment of matching edges: 1". E. Variation from specified joint plus/minus 1/2". F. Differential top elevation as erected: 3/4". G. Variation from specified bearing length on support: plus/minus 3/4". H. Variation from specified bearing width on support: plus/minus 1/2". THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER 03410-5 HLM 90007.00-1 BID GROUP TWO ADDENDUM #1-AUGUST 12, 1991 SECTION 03410 PRECAST CONCRETE CORED PLANKS �1 Al' I. Differential bottom elevation of exposed planks: 1/4". ''era:,,_«::;<»::;>:, ` ` ******************** END OF SECTION 03410 THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER 03410-6 HLM 90007.00-1 BID GROUP TWO ADDENDUM #1-AUGUST 12, 1991 SECTION 03412 PRECAST CONCRETE PANELS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Precast wall panels. 2. Insulated precast wall panels 3. Miscellaneous panels. 4. Metal structural and anchorage items necessary to secure panel components to each other and to other building materials including fabricated and stock metal support and anchorage items, loose items subject to field erection, and embedded items contained in concrete and masonry. 5. Anchorage components with location or template information shall be coordinated with the requirements of Section 03300 and 03420 for cast -in -place concrete or precast concrete embedment, respectively. B. Related Sections: 1. Weather sealing components, in place, between adjacent panels, between panels and adjacent building structure, and between panel and dissimilar materials: Refer to Section 07900. 1.2 REFERENCES Aj.A. maintain one copy of all referenced publications for use by site and inspection personnel. B. American Society for Testing Materials (ASTM) 1 ASTM A-36/A - Specification for Structural Steel. 2. ASTM A-123 - Specification for Zinc (Hot -Dip Galvanized) Coatings on Iron and Steel Products. 3. ASTM A-185 - Specification for Steel Welded Wire Fabric, Plain, for Concrete Reinforcement. 4. ASTM A-307 - Specification for Carbon Steel Bolts and Studs, 60,000 psi Tensile Strength. 5. ASTM A-325 - Specification for High Strength Bolts for Structural Steel Joints. 6. ASTM-A-416 - Specification for Steel Strand, Uncoated Seven -Wire Stress -Relieved, for Prestressed Concrete. 7. ASTM A-615 - Specification for Deformed and Plain Billet Steel Bars for Concrete Reinforcement. 8. ASTM A-666 - Specification for Austenitic Stainless Steel, Sheet, Strip, Plate, and Flat Bar. 9. ASTM C31 - Practice for Making and Curing Concrete Test Specimens in the Field. 10. ASTM C33 - Specification for Concrete Aggregates. 11. ASTM C-150 - Specification for Portland Cement. 12. ASTM C-143 - Test Methods for Slump of Hydraulic Cement Concrete. 13. ASTM C-260 - Specification for Air -Entraining Admixtures for Concrete. THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER 03412-1 HLM 90007.00-1 BID GROUP TWO ADDENDUM #1-AUGUST 12, 1991 A SECTION 03412 PRECAST CONCRETE PANELS C. Prestressed Concrete Institute (PCI) 1. PCI MNL-122 "Architectural Precast Concrete". 2. PCI MNL-117 "Manual for Quality Control for Plants and Production of Architectural Precast Concrete Products". 3. PCI MNL-120 "PCI Design Handbook - Precast and Prestressed Concrete". 4. PCI MNL-123 "Design and Typical Details of Connections for Precast and Prestressed Concrete". D. American Concrete Institute (ACI) 1. ACI 301 - "Specification for Structural Concrete for Buildings". 2. ACI 3'!a - "Building Code Requirements for Reinforced Concrete". 3. ACI 533 - Precast Concrete Wall Panels. E. American Welding Society (ASTM) 1. AWS D1.1 - "Structural Welding Code - Steel". F. SBCCI - Standard Building Code, 1988 (SBC) 1.3 DESIGN CRITERIA A. ACI 318 B ACI 533 C. PCI MNL - 122 D. Wind Force Criteria 2. SBC 3. Key West Land Development Code 4. Basic Wind Speed: 115 MPH 5. Conform with components and cladding requirements. E. Precast Unit Reinforcement 1 Minimum reinforcement area: .0018 times gross concrete area each way spaced 12 inches on center maximum. 2 Minimum perimeter reinforcement bar: a. Additional to minimum reinforcement area b. 0.20 square inches for 4" or less panel C. 0.31 square inches for greater than 4" panel thickness 3. Minimum corner reinforcement: a. Additional to minimum reinforcement area b. Provide diagonal reinforcing at all opening corners and re- entrant corners. Minimum reinforcing 2 #4 each face (inside layer) extending minimum V -0" past each corner. 4. Provide additional reinforcement for in-service loads, loads and forces imposed during manufacturing, shipping, erection and for local stresses at connection or pick-up points. THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER 03412-2 HLM 90007.00-1 BID GROUP TWO ADDENDUM #1-AUGUST 12, 1991 SECTION 03412 PRECAST CONCRETE PANELS F. Precast Unit Connections 1. Provide minimum of two connections to structure at top and bottom of each precast panel, unless otherwise shown on drawings. 2. Provide lateral connections allowing for vertical movement at connection not required to carry gravity loads. 3. Minimum horizontal loads on connections: Provide positive direct connection capable of resisting horizontal forces specified or minimum horizontal force as follows: a. 4" or less panel thickness: 800 lb. b. Greater than 4" panel thickness: 1600 lb. G. Provide for the installation of minor (less than 12" x 12") opening by assuming one minor opening at any location. Assume edge of opening to be further than 8" from any connection point to adjacent structure or panels. 1.4 SUBMITTALS A. Submit fabrication and erection drawings signed and sealed by State of Florida registered professional engineer who prepared calculations indicating drawings were prepared under his direct supervision. Drawings shall show complete information for fabrication and erection of panels, including location, sizes, reinforcement, detail of joints, member identification marks, connection devices and relation of panels and panel erection component to adjacent material and such other descriptive data as the Architect may require to demonstrate compliance with the contract requirements. B. Identification marks coordinated with the Shop Drawings shall be on manufactured units to facilitate hauling and erection. Identification marks shall include date of casting. C. Submittal shall also include the Contractor's proposed methods of curing and storing the units in the casting yard and complete details of his method of casting, handling, transporting and erecting the units, including type and location of lifting devices, and procedures. D. No casting or fabrication operations shall commence until fabrication and erection drawings, placement diagrams, and sample panels have been approved by the Architect. E. Submit for approval a full size mock-up panel, type as selected by Architect. The panel shall be made with the mix proportion, and materials anticipated in actual production. The panel will contain typical cast -in inserts if requested. The concrete shall be mixed, placed, consolidated and finished in the same manner as in actual production. This panel may be used on the building if approved by the Architect. F. Submit welder qualifications. THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER 03412-3 HLM 90007.00-1 BID GROUP TWO ADDENDUM #1-AUGUST 12, 1991 SECTION 03412 PRECAST CONCRETE PANELS G. Submit letter signed and sealed by State of Florida registered professional engineer stating that precast concrete panels and connections to structure have been designed in accordance with specified design requirements. List in letter design requirements and values used. H. Submit copy of minutes of pre -installation meetings. I. Fabricator and Installer shall submit to Architect qualifications and a summary of those jobs of similar size and nature which he has done in the last five years. 1. This request for approval shall be received 5 working days prior to last scheduled addendum to allow inclusion of Architects approval in the last addendum prior to the Bid Opening. 2. Precast panels will be accepted only from experienced, approved fabrication plants demonstrating a minimum of five years continuous experience in the manufacture of similar size and type of precast concrete panels. J. Submit Certifications of Compliance. K. Submit experience record Installer's supervisor for approval. 1.5 CERTIFICATIONS AND QUALIFICATIONS A. Manufacturing, testing, and quality control procedures shall be in general compliance with those of the PCI Manual MNL 117. B. Provide Certifications of Compliance for the following: 1. Material used in fabrication and erection shall meet the requirements established ...by :thi:s :Secti A 2. i % o d p i< tfi F lr� certification of comp'1 lance with the concrete requirements will be required in the form of test results made by an Owner -approved testing agency on sets of three cylinders, made in compliance with ASTM C-31 and tested at 28 days in compliance with ASTM C-39, for each 5000 square feet of panel face area placed. Cost of of testing shall be borne by Contractor. 3. Certifications shall be provided on Contractor's letterhead, dated and identified as applicable to this project, with signature format same as that required on the contract between Owner and Contractor. C. Erection of precast concrete work shall be performed by workman skilled in this type of work and under the direction of Installer's supervisor having continual experience in similar work over at least a five year period. THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER 03412-4 HLM 90007.00-1 BID GROUP TWO ADDENDUM #1-AUGUST 12, 1991 SECTION 03412 PRECAST CONCRETE PANELS Ali Al 1.6 TESTS A. Tests and Inspections: 1. Submit reports on days. Tests shall C-97. compression and absorption tests made at 28 be made in accordance with ASTM C-295 and ASTM 2. Tests for compressive strengths shall be made of cured standard 6" x 12" or 4" x 8" +1Et +� c- ylfinders shall be used and a compensating reduction of 15% made in psi requirement. Water absorption tests shall be made on cured 2" cubes. Tests shall be made in accordance with ASTM C-39 and ASTM C-192 and other applicable test methods. 3. Access shall be permitted to the fabrication shop or the Project site for the Owner, the Architect or the Owner's authorized representative for the purpose of inspection or testing of materials during all times work is being performed on the 1. Prior to start of work, Contractor, Installers, Manufacturer's representatives, all trades affected by precast panel work, Architect, and Owner's representative shall meet at the site, and review installation, schedules, and coordination procedures. Include in discussion sealants and formwork, compatibility of form coatings to be used that may—affectbondi:ng.:of sealants. Record discussions, .>.;:;.:...:;.:::::.:::: and action :: items required. Furnish` copies ofrecoro to`" each party attending. ..........................A.....:....::......:.......... ow . • < :::::; 1.8 MOCK-UP A. Provide for approval a full size mock-up panel, type as selected by Architect. The panel shall be made with the mix proportion, and materials anticipated in actual production. The panel will contain typical cast -in inserts if requested. The concrete shall be mixed, placed, consolidated and finished in the same manner as in actual production. This panel may be used on the building if approved by the Architect. THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER 03412-5 HLM 90007.00-1 BID GROUP TWO ADDENDUM #1-AUGUST 12, 1991 A SECTION 03412 PART 2 - MATERIALS 2.1 PRECAST CONCRETE PRECAST CONCRETE PANELS A. Comply with the specifications, standards and codes given for each material covered in this section. Provide certification reports that materials used in the production of the precast products comply with the requirements specified. B. Concrete: Minimum compressive strength of 5000 pounds per square inch at 28 days. Meet applicable requirement of "Materials" paragraph of Section 03300. C. Reinforcing Steel: ASTM A-615 for Grade 60 bars ASTM A-105 for welded wire fabric flat sheets. Free from rust, scale, dirt and physical injury. D. Plates and Structural Shapes: 1. ASTM A-36 2. Hot -dip galvanized after fabrication in accordance with ASTM A- 123 for items exposed to view or at exterior perimeter of structure. a. Field spot paint damaged items with liquid galvanizing paint. b. Acceptable Manufacturers: 1) TNEMEC Series 90 "Tneme-Zinc" 2) Architect approved equivalent. C. Coating Weight 1) 2.0 ounces per square foot of surface area. 2) Comply with ASTM A-386. E. Miscellaneous non-structural anchors and dowels that are in immediate contact with panels exposed to the exterior stainless steel or other approved non-ferrous metal. Dovetail inserts and embedded anchors that are not in immediate contact with panels shall be non-ferrous or hot -dip galvanized after fabrication. F. High -Strength Bolts: ASTM A-325. THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER 03412-6 HLM 90007.00-1 BID GROUP TWO ADDENDUM #1-AUGUST 12, 1991 SECTION 03412 PRECAST CONCRETE PANELS i n e H. Sealants and other weather sealing components are specified in Section 07900. I. Deformed Bar Anchors: ASTM A-496 Fy-70000 psi. J. Headed Concrete Anchors: 1. ASTM A-108 2. Type with ceramic ferrules; compatible with arc -welding process (AWS D1.1). 2.2 RELATED MATERIALS A. Insulated Precast Panel: 1. "Thermomass" Concrete Sandwich Wall System: a. Fiber -composite rod by COMPOSITE TECHNOLIGIES CORPORATION (800) 232-1748. b. Insulation: Refer to Section 07210 - BUILDING INSULATION. B. Cast -In -Place Metal Frames: Refer to Section 08100 - METAL DOORS AND FRAMES. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 FABRICATION A. Panels: Fabricated per approved fabrication and erection drawings. B. Forms for Precast Concrete: Rigid and constructed of material that will result in finished products conforming to the shape, lines and dimensions shown on the approved shop drawings. C. Concrete: Deposited and vibrated to ensure proper consolidation and aggregate density, elimination of unintentional cold joint and to minimize untrapped air on vertical surfaces. D. Precast Units: Cast in a horizontal position with finish face down. E. Corner Panels: Cast to provide similar face finish on both faces. F. Curing: In accordance with the recommendations of PCI MNL - 117. G. Form removal timing and procedures shall prevent injury to the concrete. H. Furnish embedded threaded inserts, wedge inserts, weld plates and other anchorage devices and dovetail inserts for anchorage of THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER 03412-7 HLM 90007.00-1 BID GROUP TWO ADDENDUM #1-AUGUST 12, 1991 SECTION 03412 PRECAST CONCRETE PANELS materials to panels as required. All weldments, including tack welds: made in accordance with the applicable provisions of the AWS. No lifting devices shall be embedded in the finish face of the panel. I. Face Finish: 1. Smooth, dense surfaces 2. Completely remove fins. 3. Interior finish face Drecast modular cell fi 3.2 TOLERANCES "as cast" form finish. exposed in final construction: Match A. The following minimum tolerances for manufacture and installation of architectural precast concrete panels, as published in PCI-MNL-117 will apply: 1. Warpage: Panels shall be manufactured and installed so that each panel after erection complies with the following dimensional requirements: Bowing - Concave or convex of any part of a flat surface shall not exceed; length of bow 360 with a maximum of 3/4" up to 30'-0". Maximum warpage of one corner out of the plane of the other three shall be the greater of 1/16" per foot distance from the nearest adjacent corner or 1/8". 2. Dimensional Tolerances of Finished Units:''€a'le'>t .......................................................... Overall height and width measured at tie "face adj`acent,,..io the mold at time of casting: a. 10'-0" or under plus/minus 1/8" b. 10'-0" to 20'-0" plus 1/8" to 3/16" C. 20'-0" to 30'-0" plus 1/8" to 1/4" d. Each additional 10'-0" plus/minus 1/16" per 10'-0" e. Angular deviation of plane of sidemold: 1/32" per 3" depth or 1/16" total, whichever is greater. f. Openings within one unit plus/minus 1/4" g. Out of square (difference in length of the two diagonal measurements): 1/8" per 6'-0" or 1/4" total, whichever is greater. h. Thickness: Total thickness shall be within 1/4" plus/ minus 1/8" i. Tolerances on any dimension not specified above: The numerically greater of plus/minus 1/16" per 10'-0" or plus/minus 1/8". 3. Position tolerances for cast -in items measured from datum line locations as shown on the approved Shop Drawings: Anchors and inserts shall be within 3/8" of centerline location as shown on drawings. THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER 03412-8 HLM 90007.00-1 BID GROUP TWO ADDENDUM #1-AUGUST 12, 1991 SECTION 03412 PRECAST CONCRETE PANELS 4. 5. Blockouts and reinforcement shall be within 1/4" of the position as shown on the drawings, where such positions have structural implications or affect concrete cover; otherwise they shall be within plus/minus 1/2". Tolerances for location of precast units: Precast units shall be manufactured so that joints between the panels are within these limits: a. Face Width of Joints plus/minus 3/16" b. Joint Taper 1/40" per foot of length with a maximum length of tapering in one direction of 10'-0". C. Step in Face 1/4" maximum regardless of other tolerances. d. Jog in Alignment of Edge 1/8" maximum regardless of other tolerances. 3.3 HANDLING AND TRANSPORTATION A. Precast concrete units shall be lifted and supported during manufacturing, storage, transportation and erection operations only at lifting or supporting points, or both, as shown on Shop Drawings. B. Blocking shall be clean and non -staining. C. Lateral support shall be sufficient to prevent excessive bowing and warping. D. Edges of the units shall be adequately protected by:.p#dding or other means to prevent staining, chipping, or qp4l<' of concrete. 3.4 ERECTION A. Erection processes are intended to be single responsibility actions including supply and placement of structural support and anchorage items, erection, and complete weathersealing of panels. B. Coordinate delivery and erection of precast concrete products with other job -site operations. C. Coordinate arrival of precast units within the approved schedule and with other trades. Erect adequate barricades, warning lights and signs to safeguard traffic in the immediate area of hoisting and handling operations. D. Prior to installation of precast units, verify all dimensions affecting the work with approved Shop Drawings and field dimensions. Discrepancies between design dimensions and field dimensions which could adversely affect installation in strict accordance with the Contract Documents shall be brought (in writing), to the attention of the Construction Manager and Architect. THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER 03412-9 HLM 90007.00-1 BID GROUP TWO ADDENDUM #1-AUGUST 12, 1991 SECTION 03412 PRECAST CONCRETE PANELS E. Precast concrete units shall be erected level, plumb, square and true within the allowable tolerances. Position panels to eliminate cumulative dimensional error. F. Horizontal and vertical joints shall be correctly aligned. Uniform joint width shall be maintained as erection progresses. G. Structural and anchorage components which must be embedded in concrete or masonry shall be furnished to the Contractor by the precast concrete fabricator, with instructions for placement. 1. Bolted ;:onnections direct to panels, and other bolted connections shall be made with high strength bolts to establish both location and adjustment. 2. Clean all welds to remove flux and welding residue and coat completely with galvanizing paint. H. Each unit shall be securely fastened in place. Adjustments or changes in connections, involving additional stresses in the products or connections, shall not be permitted without approval by the Architect. I. Non -galvanized structural steel and erection steel shall be 100% coated with brushed application of bituminous paint material. A. Joints between panel members and joints between panels and other exterior finished building components shall be sealed, using sealant and sub -sealant fillers. B. Sealant and backer rod: Refer to Section 07900. C. Color of sealant material will be selected by Architect from manufacturer's standard color range, after viewing samples placed in rustications of job site sample precast panel. 3.6 PROTECTION AND CLEANING A. Provide protection from chipping, spilling, cracking, and other damage to units after delivery to the jobsite. B. Protect units from damage by field welding and cutting operations. Provide non-combustible shields as necessary during these operations. C. Structural welds shall be made by a certified welder in accordance with AWS D1.1 and in accordance with the erection drawings which shall clearly specify type, extent, sequence and location of welds. D. Work and materials of other trades shall be adequately protected by the installer. THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER 03412-10 HLM 90007.00-1 BID GROUP TWO ADDENDUM #1-AUGUST 12, 1991 SECTION 03412 PRECAST CONCRETE PANELS E. A fire extinguisher, of an approved type and in operating condition, shall be located within reach of burning and welding operations. F. Finish of weld areas and exposed or accessible steel anchorage devices shall be touched up following erection to match original finish in appearance and corrosion protection. G. During construction, tops of panels shall be carefully covered at night and in bad weather. At all times panels shall be adequately protected from drippings and heavy rains. H. Nonstaining wooden covering shall be placed to protect portions of the Work. Nonstaining dry felt or building paper shall be used under the wood. Sills and horizontal courses or other projection work shall be protected in a manner acceptable to the Construction Manager. A- I. Sand blasting, wire brushes or acids will not be permitted under any circumstances for the cleaning of panels. Seap powder, elean water J. Cleaning shall be completed when openings are covered with appropriate materials. 3.7 ACCEPTANCE A. After precast concrete units have been set in place and before joint treatment, cleaning, or waterproofing, the work shall be inspected by the Construction Manager. B. Units found to be slightly damaged may be authorized for repair. C. All repairs shall conform to the Construction Manager's requirements (for matching the original finish) and shall be structurally sound. D. Chipping of facing members or structural damage to concealed areas not subject to acceptable patching procedures may be cause for panel rejection. ******************** END OF SECTION 03412 THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER 03412-11 HLM 90007.00-1 BID GROUP TWO ADDENDUM #1-AUGUST 12, 1991 SECTION 03420 PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY PRECAST CONCRETE SECTIONS A. Section Includes: 1. Precast columns, spandrel beams, shearwall panels, inverted tee beams, rectangular beams, double tees, and solid slabs. 2. All precast items shall be complete with base plates, inserts, clamps, bolts, nuts, connection plates with anchor studs, brackets and lifting accessories as required. 3. Bearing pads 4. Anchorage welding 5. Structural Slide Bearings B. Related Sections 1. SECTION 03300 2. SECTION 03410 3. SECTION 03412 4. SECTION 03600 5. SECTION 05180 6. SECTION 07900 1.2 REFERENCES - CAST -IN -PLACE CONCRETE. - PRECAST CONCRETE CORED PLANKS - PRECAST CONCRETE PANELS. - GROUT. - MISCELLANEOUS STRUCTURAL STEEL. - SEALANTS. A. aintain one copy of all referenced publications for use by site and inspection personnel. B. American Society for Testing Materials (ASTM) 1. ASTM A-36/A - Specification for Structural Steel. 2. ASTM A-82 - Specification for Steel Wire, Plain, for Concrete Reinforcement. 3. ASTM A-108 - Specification for Steel Bars, Carbon, Cold -Finished, Standard Quality. 4. ASTM A-123 - Specification for Zinc (Hot -Dip Galvanized) Coatings on Iron and Steel Products. 5. ASTM A-184/A - Specification for Fabricated Deformed Steel Bar Mats for Concrete Reinforcement. 6. ASTM A-185 - Specification for Steel Welded Wire Fabric, Plain, for Concrete Reinforcement". 7. ASTM A-416 - Specification for Steel Strand, Uncoated Seven -Wire Stress -Relieved for Prestressed Concrete". 8. ASTM A-496 - Specification for Steel Wire, Deformed, for Concrete Reinforcement. 9. ASTM A-497 - Specification for Steel Welded Wire Fabric, Deformed, for Concrete Reinforcement". 10. ASTM A-615 - Specification for Deformed and Plain Billet -Steel Bars for Concrete Reinforcement". 11. ASTM A-706/A - Specification for Low -Alloy Steel Deformed Bars for Concrete Reinforcement". 12. ASTM C-33 - Specification for Concrete Aggregates. 13. ASTM C-150 - Specification for Portland Cement. 14. ASTM C-173 - Test Method for Air Content of Freshly Mixed Concrete by the Volumetric Method". THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER 03420-1 HLM 90007.00-1 BID GROUP TWO ADDENDUM #1-AUGUST 12, 1991 SECTION 03420 PRECAST CONCRETE SECTIONS 4-` 15. ASTM C-231 - Test Method for Air Content of Freshly Mixed Concrete by the Pressure Method". 16. ASTM C-260 - Specification for Air -Entraining Admixtures for Concrete. C. Prestressed Concrete Institute (PCI) 1. PCI MNL-116 "Manual for Quality Control for plants and production of precast prestressed concrete products". 2. PCI MNL-117 "Manual for Quality Control for plants and production of architectural precast concrete products". 3. PCI MNL-120 "PCI Design Handbook - Precast and prestressed concrete". 4. PCI MNL-123 "Design and Typical details of connections for precast and prestressed concrete". D. American Concrete Institute (ACI) 1. ACI-301 - "Specification for Structural Concrete for Buildings". 2. ACI-318 - "Building Code Requirements for Reinforced Concrete". 3. ACI-347 - "Recommended practice for concrete formwork". E. American Welding Society (AWS) 1. AWS D1.1 - "Structural Welding Code - Steel". 2. AWS D1.4 - " Structural Welding Code - Reinforcing Steel". 1.3 SUBMITTALS A Submit shop and erection drawings, dated, signed and sealed by a State of Florida registered professional engineer experienced in the design of precast and precast prestressed concrete sections similar to sections required for this project indicating the following! 1. Layout dimensions of sections and embedments. 2. Sections and details showing connections, bearing conditions, embedments, and relationship of sections to adjacent building materials. 3. Detail separately in plan and section embedments required in items specified in other specification sections. 4. List all dead, live, lateral and other applicable loads used in the design of the sections. 5. Estimated short term and long term camber/deflection. 6. Size and location of all major openings (10" x 10" and greater) along with header details. 7. Erection number of section. 8. Fire -resistance rating of sections, including topping, where applicablq. B. Furnish for record purposes checked calculations prepared, signed and sealed by a State of Florida registered Engineer experienced in the design of precast or precast prestressed concrete. C. Submit test reports from Independent Laboratory on materials used, compressive strength test results and water absorption tests on units. THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER 03420-2 HLM 90007.00-1 BID GROUP TWO ADDENDUM #1-AUGUST 12, 1991 SECTION 03420 PRECAST CONCRETE SECTIONS Al A-1` Al A A ................... ... D. Submit certification that precast units have been produced in Priee>" plant d certified by the Prestressed Concrete Institute E. Submit placing plans, details, manufacturer's data and calculations for slide bearings. F. Submit documentation of qualifications of Welders and Tackers in accordance with AWS D 1.1. Welders shall be qualified within the past year. G. Submit experience record of manufacturer of precast concrete sections. H. Submit experir>nce record of installer and installer's supervisor. I. Submit product data, including application and installation instructions, for proprietary materials. J. Submit experience record of State of Florida registered engineer who designed precast concrete sections. K. Submit copy of minutes of pre -installation meetings. L. Submit certifications of compliance. 1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Fabricator Qualifications: 1. Minimum five years continuous successful experience in design and fabrication of precast concrete sections similar to sections required for this project. 2. Fabricator must have sufficient production capacity to produce required units without causing delay in work. B. Precast Concrete Fabricator's: Testing:.....: In compliance with testing provisions of PCI M N L 116-7` C. Requirements of Regulatory Agencies: Manufacture and installation of precast concrete shall be in accordance with the Standard Building Code. D. Quality control and inspection procedures to comply with applicable sections of PCI MNL 116- E. Compute fire resistance rating of units in accordance with the Standard Building Code requirements for equivalent slab thickness required to obtain the minimum fire minimum fire -resistance rating shown on the Drawings. F. The precast concrete:::manufacturi.n plant shall .::::.:::::':. ..::.. ......::e PCI and �emoristrai;e a minimum of five years continuous experience in the manufacture of similar size and type of precast concrete sections. THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER 03420-3 HLM 90007.00-1 BID GROUP TWO ADDENDUM #I -AUGUST 12, 1991 'A3 SECTION 03420 PRECAST CONCRETE SECTIONS G. Erection of precast concrete work shall be performed by installer with workmen skilled in this type for work and under the direction of installer's supervisor, each having continual experience in similar work over at least a five year period. H. Experience record of fabricator(s) and Installer shall be received 12 working days prior to scheduled Bid Opening to allow inclusion of Architect's approval in the last addendum prior to Bid opening. I. Provide Certificates of Compliance for the following: 1. Material used in the manufacture and erection shall meet the requirements established by this section. 2. Certifications shall be provided on the Contractor's letterhead, dated, and identified as applicable to this project with the signature foremost the same as that required between the Owner and Contractor. J. Installer is to provide erection sequence plan for all precast concrete sections to Contractor for his review and approval. Include in erection sequence plan provisions for stability of precast sections and structure during construction until all permanent connections have been completed. Obtain approval of engineer who designed precast concrete sections prior to submission of erection sequence plan to the Contractor. K. Welding of reinforcing steel, metal inserts and connections: 1. Comply with AWS D 1.1. 2. Use E-70 low hydrogen welding electrodes. 3. Use proper pre -heat where required. L. The manufacturer may propose an alternate layout of the double tees subject to approval by the Architect. Manufacturer must coordinate alternate layout with contractor. 1.5 DESIGN CRITERIA A. Conform to SBCCI Standard Building Code, 1988. 1. Basic wind speed: 115 mph. B. Conform to ACI 318. C. Conform to requirements of PCI MNL-120 Concrete and PCI MNL-123. D. Design members under direct supervision of Professional Engineer registered in the State of Florida experienced in the design of precast and precast prestressed concrete sections similar to sections required for this project. THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER 03420-4 HLM 90007.00-1 BID GROUP TWO ADDENDUM #1-AUGUST 12, 1991 SECTION 03420 PRECAST CONCRETE SECTIONS A E. Design members and connections to resist design loads due to the pressure and suction of wind, and all live and dead loads as indicated on the drawings. Design members and connections to resist their own weight and erection forces. F. Design component connections to provide for differential foundation settlement of less than 3/4 inch and for building movement due to temperature changes of 35'F less than 70OF and 35'F greater than 700F. Provide adjustment to accommodate misalignment of structure within normal construction tolerances. G. Provide for the installation of minor (less than 10" x 10") openings in floor or roof slabs, flanges of double tees, and in shear wall elements by assuming one minor opening at any location in the above sections. Assume edge of opening to be further than 8" from any connection point to adjacent structures. H. Provide minimum additional corner reinforcement at all opening corners and re-entrant corners. Minimum reinforcing 2 #4 each face (inside layer) extending minimum 2'-0" past each corner, except in double tee flanges provide 1 #3 in lieu of 2 #4. i Des'- tieRs se that adipiniRg shear walls aet as a uRit, wheR 1.6 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING A. Handle precast members in position consistent with their shape and design. Lift and support only from support points. B. Lifting or handling devices shall be capable of supporting member in positions anticipated during manufacture, storage, transportation and erection. Maintain capacity of lifting devices sufficient to resist force of 2.5 times weight of member. C. Protect edges of members to prevent staining, chipping, or spalling of concrete. 1. Place nonstaining resilient spacers of even thickness between each unit. 2. Support units during shipment on nonstaining shock -absorbing material. THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER 03420-5 HLM 90007.00-1 BID GROUP TWO ADDENDUM #1-AUGUST 12, 1991 SECTION 03420 PRECAST CONCRETE SECTIONS D. Place members in storage so that identification marks (date of production and final position in structure) are readily discernible. 1.7 PRE -INSTALLATION CONFERENCE Al A. Prior to pre -installation conference Installer must review installation procedures and coordination for other work with all trades whose work will ..:..:::....:...............:.:.:. be affected b the recast work;1ilE„precast y �:.>::: concrete panels, �?r0CJ ;t`...q. echo precast concrete t� mew planks, a precast concrete modular cell srt+ t Al > represent aA 4 Yes, and Arehiteet shall meet as en -as neeessary at the site Manufaeturers A A PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 MATERIALS A. Concrete: 1. Portland Cement: A a. ASTM C-150, Type III (High Early Strength). b. For exposed surfaces use same brand, type and source of supply throughout. 2. Air Entraining Agent: a. ASTM C-260; minimum of 3%; maximum of 5%, when tested in accordance with ASTM C-173 or ASTM C-231. 3. No water reducing, retarding or accelerating admixtures. 4. No calcium chloride or admixtures containing significant amount of calcium chloride shall be allowed. 5. Aggregates: a. Hard rock aggregates shall conform to ASTM C-33. 6. Water: a. Clean fresh, free of acids, alkalies, oil or organic material. 7. The chloride ion content shall not exceed .06% of the weight of the concrete. The chloride ion content may be tested in individual ingredients or in trial batches of concrete. B. Reinforcing Steel: 1. Deformed Steel Bars: THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER 03420-6 HLM 90007.00-1 BID GROUP TWO ADDENDUM #1-AUGUST 12, 1991 SECTION 03420 PRECAST CONCRETE SECTIONS a. ASTM A-615; grade 60 unless noted otherwise. 1) When welding of bars is required, use ASTM A706 grade 60. 2. Welded Wire Fabric: a. Plain - ASTM A-185. b. Deformed - ASTM A-497. C. Flat sheets 3. Wire: a. Cold drawn steel - ASTM A-82. 4. Fabricated Steel Bar or Rod Mats: a. Conforming ASTM A-184. 5. Deformed Bar Anchors: ASTM A496 Fy = 70,000 psi C. Prestressing Strands: 1. Shall conform to ASTM A-416 and shall be 7-wire type. D. Plates and structural shapes shall conform to ASTM A-36 for carbon steel structural steel connection assemblies. 1. Shop Primer: Manufacturer's standard. 2. For items exposed to view or at exterior of structure, hot -dip galvanized finish after fabrication. Galvanizing shall conform to ASTM A-123. 3. Field Spot Painting (touch-up): Primer - Rustoleum; Galvanized - Liquid galvanizing paint; concealed welding touch-up - bituminous paint by SONNEBORN or W.R. GRACE. E. Headed Concrete Anchors: 1. ASTM A-108 2. Type with ceramic ferrules; compatible with arc -welding process (AWS D1.1) F. Erection inserts shall be by. .... SUPERIOR CONCRETE ACCESSORIES, INC., or RICHMOND SCREW ANCHOR CO. ails .:d:t. G. Formwork shall comply with 40*0 (cable requirement`s o :., ..:I.-347 and with PORTLAND CEMENT ASSOCIATION "Forms for Architectural Concrete". Forms may be of HDO plywood, fiberglass reinforced polyester or steel. 1. Forms shall be true, straight, and square and entirely without twists and bends. Where joints in forms occur, the interior surface must be flush. Forms shall be rigidly braced during placement of concrete. 2. Forms shall be coated before each placement with approved non -staining form release agent which will not interfere with adhesion of sealants, penetrating sealers or applied finishes, unless noted otherwise. 3. Forms shall be designed sufficiently rigid to withstand vibration during placement of concrete. J. Form Release Agent: 1. Non -staining and compatible with other materials to be applied to concrete surfaces of precast sections. U K. Bearing pads for precast members shall be type:,e and 'l''�� thickness ....:. ...::. as indicated on the Drawings. irk THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER 03420-7 HLM 90007.00-1 BID GROUP TWO ADDENDUM #k1-AUGUST 12, 1991 SECTION 03420 PRECAST CONCRETE SECTIONS At 1. Bearing pads for precast beams shall be "Sorbtex", by VOSS ENGINEERING COMPANY, Chicago, Illinois, or Architect approved equivalent, with a durometer hardness of 90 plus/minus 5 and meet compression requirements of AASHTO Specifications. Pads shall be glued to the column bearing plates prior to beam erection. 2. Bearing pads for the double tees shall be fiber reinforced elastomeric with durometer hardness of 80 plus/minus 5 and meet AASHTO Specifications. Pads shall be glued to the double tee stem. 3. Bearing pads placed in vertical precast joints shall be "Sorbtex" by VOSS ENGINEERING COMPANY or Architect approved equivalent, with a durometer hardness of 90 plus/minus 5 and meet requirements of AASHTO Specifications. Pads shall be glued to the member prior to erection. 4. Bearing strips for slabs shall be a continuous non -leaching high density plastic bearing strip and support loads with no visible deformation. Bearing strip shall be 1/4" minimum unless otherwise indicated in drawings. 5. Bearing pads which are not properly located will not be accepted by the Architect. Pads shall be repositioned or trimmed after erection has indicated that the bearing pad will not be overstressed. L. Structural Slide Bearings: Design for forces and anticipated movement indicated. Acceptable manufacturers: 1. "Fluorogold Slide Bearings"; Fluorocarbon Company, Pine Brook, New Jersey. 2. Architect approved equivalent possessing similar characteristics. M. Provide self -adhering ethafoam rod stock at grouted joints where required to retain grout and provide backing for sealant specified in Section 07900. N. Inserts, angles and other devices on the surface of the precast concrete that are cast in the concrete shall be galvanized. All steel specified and noted as galvanized shall comply with ASTM A-123 hot dip galvanizing. All galvanizing. shall be done after fabrication. Galvanized surfaces for which a shop coat of paint is specified shall be chemically treated to provide a bond for the paint. 0. Non -Shrink Grout: Section 03600 - GROUT. 2.2 CONCRETE PROPORTIONING AND TESTS A. Unless noted otherwise, concrete shall meet the requirements of Section B. Precast concrete sections shall have minimum compressive strength indicated on the drawings and 3500 pounds per square inch at detensioning for prestressed sections. Where compressive strengths are not indicated on the drawings, obtain a minimum of 5000 psi at 28 days. AX:C. Compression tests for all precast.:.. concrete work shall conform to PCI MNL 117 amd PCI MNL 116-> .All testing shall be done THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER 03420-8 HLM 90007.00-1 BID GROUP TWO ADDENDUM #1-AUGUST 12, 1991 SECTION 03420 PRECAST CONCRETE SECTIONS D. For precast structural concrete, six:cyli.nders:shall be taken for each cproduct produced—. 6iii'f Three ..A.. ylinders shall be .aken"at the beginning of each placement and three "B" cylinders shall be taken at the end of each placement. One "A" and one "B" cylinder shall be tested at transfer of prestress (or at time of stripping for non -prestressed members), one of each at 28 days and one of each held in reserve for use as the Architect may direct. After 56 days, reserve cylinders may be discarded if approved by the Architect. Test reports shall be submitted to the Architect semi-monthly for review. 2.3 FABRICATION A. Field verify required member dimensions prior to fabrication. B. Manufacturing procedures shall be in compliance with PCI MNL-116. C. Formwork: 1. Construct molds to withstand tensioning and detensioning operations for prestressed sections. 2. Construct molds to maintain units within specified tolerances with radii or chamfers at corners. 3. Securely attach anchorage devices to molds in locations not interfering with proper positioning of strand, reinforcement, or placing of concrete. D. Stressing Procedures for Prestressed Sections: 1. All prestressing steel shall be accurately placed and firmly tied in position during the pouring operations. The maximum deviation of the c.g.s. of the total force shall not exceed 1/4" or 3% of the specified distance of the c.g.s. measured from the bottom fiber, whichever is greater. 2. Prestressing strands shall not be allowed to become pitted with rust. Light coating of rust is permissible and short of visible pitting will not be cause for rejection. Form oil shall not be permitted to coat the strands. 3. Strand jacking may be by either single strand of multiple strand jacking. Where multiple jacking is used, all strands shall be brought to a reasonably uniform preliminary tension. Final tension stress shall be measured by a calibrated pressure gage of adequate capacity and not less than 5" diameter dial. Total elongation shall be checked regularly and the total stress as measured by gage and elongation shall not differ more than 5%. 4. Methods of deflecting, type of strand holding devices, and deflection points shall be approved by the Architect. 5. Operations will be performed in a safe manner and in strict compliance with all applicable state and local regulations. 6. Transfer of prestress shall not be made until the concrete strength has reached 3000 pounds per square inch for strands 3/8" and under, or 3500 for 7/16" strands and over. Should structural requirements for unusual conditions indicate higher or lower concrete strength at transfer, they will be noted in the Shop Drawings. Transfer of prestress may be accomplished by gradual release of the tensioning THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER 03420-9 HLM 90007.00-1 BID GROUP TWO ADDENDUM #1-AUGUST 12, 1991 SECTION 03420 PRECAST CONCRETE SECTIONS jacks or burning of strands. Where the burning method is used, the sequence of cutting strands shall be such as to prevent severe unbalance of the loading. Prior to transfer of prestress, forms shall be loosened, or removed if necessary, to allow free movement of the casting. E. Concrete Work: 1. Concrete shall be conveyed from the mixer to the place of final deposit by, methods which will prevent separation, segregation or loss of materials. 2. Concrete shall be consolidated in the form by approved high frequency vibration. This vibration may be either internal or external or a combination of both. Where external vibration is used, forms must be of a design adequate to withstand such external vibrating without distortion or failure. 3. Curing by any of the following methods shall be maintained until release strength has been reached: a. Steam or hot water curing at maximum temperature not exceeding 165 degrees F. After placement of the concrete, members shall be held for a minimum pre -steaming period of not less than - three hours. b. Sealing the exposed surfaces with an approved sealing compound or membrane. C. Hot air combined with moisture. d, ._._.......Continuous water. cur.ips,...........::::;:;::;::;:: i PAN � € ` :..aye . 4. Rock pockets and chi ed corners shall be patched and cleaned by accepted methods. No rock pocket or other void reaching into the prestressing steel shall be patched without permission of the Architect. a. Structural members will be accepted with form finish appearance but with any leakage fins removed. b. Where precast members are exposed in final construction, the finishing requirements are as follows: 1) Columns shall have smooth dense surfaces "as cast" form finish. 2) Double ledger beams shall have all sides, ends and bottom -smooth dense surface "as cast" form finish. 3) Double tees shall have all sides, ends and. bottom -smooth dense surface "as cast" form finish. a. Top surface of untopped double tees - uniform parallel coarse broom finish. 4) Slab Soffits: Smooth dense "as cast" form finish. 5) Top surface of sections to receive concrete topping - roughened to a full amplitude of approximately 1/4 inch. F. Primarily on thin sections, the manufacturer shall provide for those openings 10" round or square or larger as indicated on the structural drawings. Other openings shall be located and field drilled or cut by the trade requiring them after the precast prestressed products have been erected. Openings shall be approved by Architect before drilling or cutting. THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER 03420-10 HLM 90007.00-1 BID GROUP TWO ADDENDUM #1-AUGUST 12, 1991 SECTION 03420 PRECAST CONCRETE SECTIONS G. The manufacturer shall cast in structural inserts, bolts, and plates as detailed or required by the Drawings. H. Mark each unit with correct piece/location mark, project or contract number, and date cast. I. After stripping, precast unit shall be kept in a surface damp condition at a minimum temperature of 50 degrees F. and shall not be exposed to the weather until the strength of the concrete has reached 3500 pounds per square inch minimum. Precast units shall not be shipped to the project site until the strength of the concrete has reached 85% of specified ultimate strength or until the unit can safely support the superimposed dead load of other precast units, whichever is greater. J. At no time shall the weight of stored materials placed on a precast unit exceed the total design load of that unit or of that portion of the unit loaded by the stored materials. K. For protection against corrosion, "Fire-Chex" roof joint sealer by the CELOTEX CORPORATION, or Architect approved equivalent, shall be applied to cover exposed ends of strands in prestressed members. L. Lift loops and erection inserts shall be located wherever possible so as not to be visible in the completed construction. All lift loops and inserts shall have 1-1/2" minimum concrete or grout cover in the completed construction. Any lift loops or erection inserts that must be located in areas that will be exposed to view in the completed construction shall be recessed and patched with a minimum 1-1/2" non-shri.n.k,:non.-:stai.ping grout :..:...... to match surrounding concrete. �i�� €> t� ale # 613 ... Rom.: M. Beams, spandrels and columns exposed to view: 3/4" chamfered edges. Tooling of unformed edges may be used subject to approval by Architect. 1 , 0. Acceptance: Units which do not meet dimensional tolerance standards, or quality control requirements pertaining to concrete strength, reinforcing or prestressing shall be rejected; units judged deficient in finish quality may be corrected at the option of the Architect. 2.4 TOLERANCE FOR MANUFACTURE A. Tolerances for manufacture of precast concrete members shall be as follows: 1. Columns: Length: plus/minus 1/2" THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER 03420-11 HLM 90007.00-1 BID GROUP TWO ADDENDUM #1-AUGUST 12, 1991 SECTION 03420 PRECAST CONCRETE SECTIONS Cross-section dimensions: plus/minus 1/4" Vertical Alignment (deviation from straight line parallel to longitudinal centerline of column): 1/4", up to 40'-0" lengths Deviation from square or designated skew: 1/8" per 12" of width, any cross-section 1/4" maximum, any cross-section 1/4", any end (with longitudinal centerline) Position of haunches and pockets: plus/minus 1/4" Dimensions of haunches and pockets: plus/minus 1/4" Haunch and pocket bearing surface deviation from specified plan: 1/8" Difference in relative position of adjacent haunch and/or pocket bearing surfaces from specified relative position: 1/4" Position of sleeves and inserts: plus/minus 1/4" Position of weld plates: plus/minus 1/2" Position of anchor bolt holes in base plate: plus/minus Position of base plates and bearing plates: plus/minus 1/4" Position of handling devices: plus/minus 3" 2. Beams: Length: plus/minus 1/2" Width (over-all): plus/minus 1/4" Ledge width: plus/minus 1/4" Beam width: plus/minus 1/4" Beam depth: plus/minus 1/4" Ledge depth: plus/minus 1/4" Horizontal alignment (deviation from a straight line parallel to longitudinal centerline of member): 1/4", up to 40'-0" lengths 3/8", 40'-0" to 60'-0" lengths Camber deviation from specified design camber: 1/8" per 10'-0" but not greater than 1/2" End deviation from square or designated skew: 1/4" horizontal and vertical Position of tendons: plus/minus 1/8" Position of deflection point for deflected strands: plus/ minus 6" Position of openings and block -outs: plus/minus 1/4" Dimensions of openings and block -outs: plus/minus 1/4" Position of sleeves and inserts: plus/minus 1/4" Position of weld plates: plus/minus 1/2" Position of bearing plates: plus/minus 1/4" Bearing surface deviation from specified plane: 1/8" Position of handling devices: plus/minus 3" 3. Double Tee Deck Units: Length: plus/minus 1/2" Width (over-all): plus/minus 1/4" Depth: plus/minus 1/4" Stem thickness: plus/minus 1/8" THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER 03420-12 HLM 90007.00-1 BID GROUP TWO ADDENDUM #1-AUGUST 12, 1991 SECTION 03420 PRECAST CONCRETE SECTIONS 4. Flange thickness: plus 1/4", minus 1/8" Stem to edge of top flange: plus/minus 1/8" Distance from stems: plus/minus 1/8" Horizontal alignment (deviation from a straight line parallel to longitudinal centerline of member): 1/4", up to 40'-0" lengths 3/8", 40'-0" to 60'-0" lengths Camber deviation from specified design chamber: 1/4" per 10'-0" but not greater than 3/4" Differential camber between adjacent members of the same design: 1/4" per 10'-0" but not greater than 3/4" for topped decks End deviation from square or designated skew: 1/4" horizontal and vertical Position of tendons: plus/minus 1/8" Position of deflection points for deflected strands: minus 6" Position of block -outs: plus/minus 1/2" Dimensions of block -outs: plus/minus 1/4" Position of sleeves and inserts: plus/minus 1/4" Position of weld plates: plus/minus 1/2" Position of bearing plates: plus/minus 1/4" Bearing surface deviation from specified plane: Difference in relative position of adjacent steam surfaces from specified relative position: 1/4" Position of handling devices: plus/minus 3" Solid on Length: plus/minus 1/2" Width: plus/minus 1/4" Depth: plus/minus 1/4" plus/ 1/8" bearing Sweep: plus/minus 1/8" per ten feet, plus/minus 3/8" overall. Center of gravity of strand group: plus/minus 1/4" Minimum cover of strand group: 3/4" Position of weld plates: plus/minus 2" Tipping and flushness of weld plates: Plus/minus 1/4". PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Before erecting precast concrete members, verify that structure and anchorage inserts not within tolerances required to erect these units have been corrected. B. Determine field conditions by actual measurements. 3.2 ERECTION { A. Clear, well -drained unloading areas. and road access around and in the building (where appropriate) shall be provided and maintained to a degree that the hauling and erect ion"�equipment for the precast concrete products are able to operate under their own power. THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER 03420-13 HLM 90007.00-1 BID GROUP TWO ADDENDUM #1-AUGUST 12, 1991 SECTION 03420 PRECAST CONCRETE SECTIONS B. Erect barricades, warning lights or signs to safeguard traffic in the immediate area of hoisting and handling operations. C. Set precast units level, plumb, square, and true within the allowable tolerances. Provide lines and grades in sufficient detail to allow installation. 1. Providing true, level bearing surfaces on all field placed bearing walls and other field placed supporting members. D. Unload and perform handling on the job which is required to install precast concrete work. Set each member in position to which it is assigned, carefully plumbing and leveling it and anchoring it securely in place. Perform field welding using AWS Certified Welders with current certification. til E. Column base plates shall be dry packedat: l east:.24 hours elements supp Y orted b the columns—. d`;€ F. Where welding of reinforcing steel is specifically detailed on the Drawings, great care shall be exercised to assure no reduction of the cross -sectional area of the reinforcing steel. No other welding reinforcing steel shall be permitted without prior written authorization by the Architect. G. Galvanized steel shall be "touched -up" after connections are complete with "Z.R.C. Cold Galvanizing" byZ:.R.C. CHEMICAL PRODUCTS COMPANY, Quincy, Massachusetts or It equivalent. The material sha e applied in strictaccord'ance "w:wit the manufacturer's instructions and specification. The mil thickness (dry film thickness) shall be equivalent to the mil thickness of the galvanized item. H. Maintain the stability of that portion of the structure receiving topping until cast -in -place topping has attained 3500 pounds per square inch compressive strength. 3.3 ERECTION TOLERANCES Al A. Tolerances for erection of precast members shall be as follows'::':; i €ie 1. Columns: Variation in plan from specified location in plan: plus/minus 1/2", any column, any location Deviation in plan from straight lines parallel to specified linear building lines: 1/40" per foot, adjacent columns less than 20'-0" apart 1/2", adjacent columns 20'-0" or more apart Difference in relative position of adjacent columns from specified relative position: 1/2" any deck level Deviation from plumb: 1/4", any 10'-0" of height 1" maximum for the entire height THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER 03420-14 HLM 90007.00-1 BID GROUP TWO ADDENDUM #1-AUGUST 12, 1991 SECTION 03420 PRECAST CONCRETE SECTIONS Variation in elevation of bearing surfaces from specified elevation: Plus/minus 1/2", any column, any location Deviation in elevation of bearing surfaces from line parallel to specified grade lines: 1/40" per foot, adjacent columns less than 20'-0" apart 1/2", adjacent columns 20'-0" or more apart Variation of specified clearance from adjacent independent member: plus/minus 1/4" 2. Beams: Variation in plan from specified location in plan: P`us/minus 1/2", any beam, any location Deviation in plan from straight line parallel to specified linear building lines: 1/40" per foot, any beam less than 20'-0" 1/2" maximum, any beam 20'-0" or more in length Variation from specified bearing length on support: plus/minus 3/4" Variation from specified bearing width on support: plus/minus 1/2" Variation in elevation of bearing surfaces from specified elevation: plus/minus 1/2", any beam, any location Deviation in elevation of bearing surfaces from line parallel to specified grade lines: 1/40" per foot, any length less than 20'-0" 1/2" maximum, any bean 20'-0" or more in length Deviation of top of spandrel from specified elevation: 1/2", any panel Jog in alignment of matching edges: 1/4" Variation of specified clearance from adjacent independent member: plus/minus 1/4" 3. Double Tee Deck Units: Variation in plan from specified location in plan: plus/minus 1/2", any tee, any location Deviation in plan from straight lines parallel to specific linear building line: 1/2", any tee Variation from specified bearing length on support: plus/minus 3/4" Variation from specified bearing width on support: plus/minus 1/4" Variation in elevation of bearing surfaces from specified elevation: plus/minus 3/4", any tee, any end Deviation in elevation from line parallel to specified grade lines: 3/4" longitudinal 3/8" transverse Jog in alignment of adjoining flanges: 1/8", untopped decks 1/2", topped decks THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER 03420-15 HLM 90007.00-1 BID GROUP TWO ADDENDUM #1-AUGUST 12, 1991 SECTION 03420 PRECAST CONCRETE SECTIONS A- Variation from specified flange joint width: Plus/minus 1/4" Variation of specified clearance from adjacent independent member: plus/minus 1/4" 4. Solid Slabs: Variation in plan from specified location in plan: plus/minus 1" any plank, any location. Deviation in plan from straight lines parallel to specific linear building line 1", any plank. Deviation of top elevation from line parallel to specified grade lines at member ends: 3/4". Jog in alignment of matching edges: 1". Variation from specified joint width: plus/minus 1/2". Differential top elevation as erected: 3/4". Variation from specified bearing length on support: plus/minus 3/4". Variation from specified bearing width on support: plus/minus 1/2". Differential bottom elevation of exposed planks: 1/4" B. At the completion of work, remove rejected and surplus material, rubbish or apparatus from the premises and deliver work in a clean and sound condition to the satisfaction of the Architect. 3.4 ATTACHMENTS A. Subject to approval of the Architect, precast prestressed products may be drilled or "shot" provided no contact is made with the prestressing steel. Should spalling occur, it shall be repaired by the trade doing the drilling or the shooting. 3.5 CLEANING A. Glean preeast eenerete surfaees with detergent and water, usi"q fiber b and sponge, and rinse thoroughly with elean water. ******************** END OF SECTION 03420 THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER 03420-16 HLM 90007.00-1 BID GROUP TWO ADDENDUM #1-AUGUST 12, 1991 SECTION 03490 PRECAST CONCRETE MODULAR CELL A Al PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section includes: 1. Precast Concrete modular cells with exterior walls insulated. a. Structural precast concrete work. b. Design of cells to accept field installed items such as beams ell frent eyerhead L.,.. sin assemblies for cell doors, chase access doors:..: aiW frames, bunks, tables, seats, shelves, gA.>:> .�.. �n-""'-.'-lights, A/C devices; i i€ electrical fi ztures, aM ...'fi3,, toilet fixtures?' �'` I+e�v�'<'� �`'4'' . 2. Embed items required for the` installation of equipment (e.g. c<a'me� exterior windows, bunks, tables, seats shall ) �::.:;;::................. be fe by precast modular cell fabricator. 3. Verification o existing dimensions. 4. Metal structural and anchorage items necessary to secure components to each other and to other building materials including fabricated stock metal support and anchorage items, loose items subject to field erection, and embedded items contained in concrete and masonry. 5. Anchorage components with location or template information shall be coordinated with Section 03300 and 03420 for cast -in -place concrete or precast concrete embedment. respectively. B. Related Sections 1. Sealing components in place, between adjacent cells, between cells and adjacent building structure and between cells and dissimilar materials: refer to Section 07900. 2. Section 03600 - Grout 1.2 REFERENCES A. Prue —aid Maintain one copy of all referenced publications for use by site and inspection personnel. B. American Society for Testing Materials (ASTM) 1. ASTM A-36/A - Specification for Structural Steel. 2. ASTM A-82 - Specification for Steel Wire, Plain, for Concrete Reinforcement. 3. ASTM A-108 - Specification for Steel Bars, Carbon, Cold -Finished, Standard Quality. 4. ASTM A-123 - Specification for Zinc (Hot -Dip Galvanized) Coatings on Iron and Steel Products. 5. ASTM A-185 - Specification for Steel Welded Wire Fabric, Plain, for Concrete Reinforcement. 6. ASTM A-307 - Specification for Carbon Steel Bolts and Studs, 60,000 psi Tensile Strength. 7. ASTM-A-497 - Specification for Steel Welded Wire Fabric, Deformed, for Concrete Reinforcement. THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER 03490-1 HLM 90007.00-1 BID GROUP TWO ADDENDUM #1-AUGUST 12, 1991 SECTION 03490 PRECAST CONCRETE MODULAR CELL A 8. ASTM A-615 - Specification for Deformed and Plain Billet -Steel Bars for Concrete Reinforcement. 9. ASTM C-33 - Specification for Concrete Aggregates. 10. ASTM C-42 - Test Method for Obtaining and Testing Drilled Cores and Sawed Beams of Concrete. 11. ASTM C-94 - Specification for Ready -Mixed Concrete. C. Prestressed Concrete Institute (PCI) 1. PCI MNL-116 "Manual for Quality Control for Plants and Production of Precast Prestressed Concrete Products. 2. PCI MNL-120 "PCI Design Handbook - Precast and Prestressed Concrete". 3. PCI MNL-123 "Design and Typical Details of Connections for Precast and Prestressed Concrete". _........... _ D. American Concrete Institute (ACI) 1. ACI- 301 - "Specification for Structural Concrete for Buildings". 2. ACI 318 - "Building Code Requirements for Reinforced Concrete". E. American Welding Society (ASTM) 1. AWS D1.1 - "Structural Welding Code - Steel". 2. AWS D1.4 - " Structural Welding Code - Reinforcing Steel". F. Concrete Reinforcing Steel Institute (CRSI) QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Fabricator Qualifications: Firms which have two years successful experience in fabrication of precast concrete units similar to units required for this project will be acceptable. Fabricator must have sufficient production capacity to produce required units without 1.4 DESIGN REQUIREMENTS A. SBCCI Standard Building Code B. ACI 318 C. PCI MNL - 120 D. Wind Force Criteria 1. SBCCI Standard building code 2. Key West Land Development Code THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER 03490-2 HLM 90007.00-1 BID GROUP TWO ADDENDUM #1-AUGUST 12, 1991 SECTION 03490 PRECAST CONCRETE MODULAR CELL 3. Basic wind speed: 115 MPH 4. Conform with components and cladding requirements E. Precast Unit Reinforcement 1. Minimum reinforcement area: .002 times gross concrete area, each way spaced 12 inches on center maximum. 2. Minimum perimeter reinforcement bar: a. Additional to minimum reinforcement area b. 0.20 square inches for 4" or less panel C. 0.31 square inches for greater than 4" panel thickness 3. Minimum Corner Reinforcement: a. Additional to minimum reinforcement area b. Provide diagonal reinforcing at all opening corners and reentrant corners. Minimum reinforcing 2#4 each face (inside layer) extending minimum 2'-0" past each corner. 4. Provide additional reinforcement for in-service loads, loads and forces imposed during manufacturing, shipping erection and for local stresses at connection or pick-up points. F. Precast Unit Connections 1. Provide minimum of four connections to structure at top and bottom of each precast cell, unless otherwise shown on drawings. 2. Minimum horizontal loads on connections: Provide positive direct connection capable of resisting horizontal forces as specified or minimum horizontal as follows: a. 4" or less panel thickness: 800 lb. b. Greater than 4" panel thickness:1600 lb. 4-41' SSU BM I TTALS A. Product Data: Submit manufacturer's specifications and instructions for manufactured materials and products. Include manufacturer's certifications and laboratory test reports as required. B. Shop Drawings: Submit shop drawings showing complete information for fabrication and installation of precast concrete cell units signed and sealed by State of Florida registered professional engineer who prepared calculations indicating drawings were prepared under his direct supervision. Indicate member dimensions and cross-section; cast in openings and field cut openings; location, size and type of reinforcement, including special reinforcement and lifting devices necessary for handling and erection. 1. Indicate layout, dimensions, and identification of each precast unit corresponding to sequence and procedure of installation. Indicate welded connections by AWS standard symbols. Detail inserts, connections, and joints, including accessories and construction at openings in precast units. 2. Provide location and details of anchorage devices that are to be embedded in other construction. Furnish templates if required for accurate placement. 3. Include erection procedure for precast units and sequence of erection. THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER 03490-3 HLM 90007.00-1 BID GROUP TWO ADDENDUM #1-AUGUST 12, 1991 SECTION 03490 PRECAST CONCRETE MODULAR CELL Al A ►ll C. Provide complete checked design calculations prepared by a registered engineer, licensed in the State of Florida. D. Submit welders qualifications per AWS D1.1. E. Submit certificate signed and sealed by State of Florida registered professional engineer stating that precast concrete panels and connections to structure have been designed in accordance with specified design requirements. List design requirements and values used and in letter. rnv gk A.�...... Deliver precast concrete units to project site in such quantities and at such times to assure continuity of installation. Store units at project site to prevent cracking, distortion, staining, or other physical damage, and so that markings are visible. Lift and support units at designated lift points. B. Deliver anchorage items which are to be embedded in other construction before start of such work. Provide setting diagrams, templates, instructions and directions as required for installation. THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER 03490-4 HLM 90007.00-1 BID GROUP TWO ADDENDUM #1-AUGUST 12, 1991 SECTION 03490 PRECAST CONCRETE MODULAR CELL R1 Al 1.9 Ali At! MOCK-UP PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 FORMWORK A. Provide forms and form facing materials of metal that is non -reactive with concrete and will produce required finish surfaces. 2.2 PRECAST CONCRETE A. Reinforcing Bars: ASTM A615, Grade 60, unless otherwise indicated. B. Steel Wire: ASTM A82, plain cold -drawn steel. C. Welded Wire Fabric: ASTM A185, Flat Sheets. D. Welded Deformed Steel Wire Fabric: ASTM A497. E. Supports for Reinforcement: Provide supports for reinforcement including bolsters, chairs, spacers and other devices for spacing, supporting and fastening reinforcing, complying with CRSI recommendations. F. For exposed -to -view concrete surfaces, where legs of supports are in contact with forms, provide supports with legs which are plastic protected (CRSI, Class 1) or stainless steel protected (CRSI, Class G. Portland Cement: ASTM C150, Type III. Use only one brand and type of cement throughout project, unless otherwise acceptable to Architect. THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER 03490-5 HLM 90007.00-1 BID GROUP TWO ADDENDUM #1-AUGUST 12, 1991 SECTION 03490 PRECAST CONCRETE MODULAR CELL H. Aggregates: ASTM C33, and as specified here. Provide aggregate from a single source for exposed concrete. 1. Local aggregates not complying with ASTM C33, but which have shown by special test or actual service to produce concrete of adequate strength and durability, may be used when acceptable to Architect. I. Water: Drinkable and free from foreign materials in amounts harmful to concrete and embedded steel. 2.3 CONNECTION MATERIALS A. Steel Shapes and Plates: ASTM A36. B. Anchor Bolts: ASTM A307, low -carbon steel bolts, regular hexagon nuts and carbon steel washers. C. Finish of Steel Units: Exposed units galvanized per ASTM A123; others painted with rust -inhibitive primer. D. Bearing Pads: 1. One specimen shall be tested for each 200 pads used in the oro_iect. £OSt<:.>df::::;Eest:3t't ::sk�eI:::<::::>: a . Random OrientedFiber Rei nforcediContinuous with al 1 owabl e minimum compressive stress of 3,000 psi with no cracking, splitting, or delamination in the internal portions of the pad. b. Plastic: High density continuous multi -monomer plastic pads shall be non -leaching and support loads with no visible deformation. C. Minimum 1/4" thick unless indicated otherwise in Drawings. E. Accessories: Provide clips, hangers and other accessories required for installation of project units and for support of subsequent construction or finishes. F. Headed Concrete Anchors: 1. ASTM A-108 2. Type with Ceramic Ferrules: Compatible with Arc -Welding Process (AWS D1.1) 2.4 PROPORTIONING AND DESIGN OF MIXES A. Prepare design mixes for each type of concrete required. B. Design mixes may be prepared by independent testing facility or by qualified precast manufacturing plant personnel, at precast manufacturer's option. C. Proportion mixes by either laboratory trial batch or field experience methods, using materials to be employed on the project for each type of concrete requi red;::;, . 1. Produce standard weight concrete consisting of specified portland cement, aggregates, admixtures and water to produce the following properties: a. Compressive strength: 5000 psi minimum at 28 days. D. Submit written reports to Architect of proposed mix for each type of concrete at least 15 days prior to start of precast unit production. Do not begin concrete production until mixes and evaluations have been reviewed by Architect. THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER 03490-6 HLM 90007.00-1 BID GROUP TWO ADDENDUM #E1-AUGUST 12, 1991 SECTION 03490 PRECAST CONCRETE MODULAR CELL E. Adjustment to Concrete Mixes: Mix design adjustments may be requested when characteristics of materials, job conditions, weather, test results, or other circumstances warrant. Laboratory test data for revised mix designs and strengths results must be submitted to and accepted by Architect before using in the work. F. Admixtures: 1. Use air -entraining admixture in concrete, unless otherwise indicated. 2. Use water -reducing admixtures in strict compliance with manufacturer's directions. Admixtures to increase cement dispersion, or provide increased workability for low -slump concrete, may be used subject to Architect's acceptance. 3. Use amounts as recommended by admixture manufacturer for climatic conditions prevailing at time of placing. Adjust quantities of admixtures as required for maintain quality control. G. Chloride Ion Content: 1. Maximum 0.15% concrete weight. 2. Test indiyidual Aared4ent or trial batehes ef eenereterA€€>t@ ante>as:.:reaOR 2.5 RELATED MATERIALS A. Insulated Precast Panel: 1. "Thermomass" Concrete Sandwich Wall System: a. Fiber -composite rod by COMPOSITE TECHNOLIGIES CORPORATION (800) 232-1748. b. Insulation: Refer to Section 07210 - BUILDING INSULATION. B. Cast -In -Place Metal Frames: Refer to Section 08100 - METAL DOORS AND FRAMES. C. Concrete Topping: Refer to Section 03300 - CAST -IN -PLACE CONCRETE. 2.6 FABRICATION A. Field verify required unit dimensions prior to fabrication. B. General: Fabricate precast concrete units complying with manufacturing and testing procedures, quality control recommendations, and dimensional tolerances of PCI MNL-116, and as specified for types of units required. C. Ready -Mix Concrete: Comply with requirements of ASTM C94, and as specified here. 1. During hot weather, or under conditions contributing to rapid setting of concrete, a shorter mixing time than specified in ASTM C94 may be required. 2. When the air temperature is between 80'F and 90'F, reduce mixing and delivery time from 1-1/2 hours to 75 minutes, and when air temperature is above 90'F, reduce mixing and delivery time to 60 minutes. D. Built -Up Anchorages: Accurately position built-in anchorage devices and secure to formwork. Locate anchorages where they do not affect position of main reinforcement or placing of concrete. THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER 03490-7 HLM 90007.00-1 BID GROUP TWO ADDENDUM #1-AUGUST 12, 1991 SECTION 03490 PRECAST CONCRETE MODULAR CELL Al E. Openings: 1. Cast -in holes for openings for wall grilles. 2. Cast -in floor drains and shower drains. 3. Cast -in openings larger than 10" diameter or 10" in largest dimension. 4. Field cut openings less than 10" diameter or 10" in largest dimension at Contractor's Option:.....: Oas'b:.:a.�`f::.a�.8��e:�:=::f.>:��i:::>.f...�1"` F. Coat surfaces of forms wit bond -breaking` compound before reinforcement is placed. Provide commercial formulation form -coating compounds that will not bond with, stain nor adversely affect concrete surfaces, and will not impair subsequent treatments of concrete surfaces requiring bond or adhesion. Apply in compliance with manufacturer's instructions. G. Clean reinforcement of loose rust and mill scale, earth and other materials which reduce or destroy bond with concrete. H. Accurately position, support and secure reinforcement against displacement by formwork, construction, or concrete placement operations. Locate and support reinforcing by metal chairs, runners, bolsters, spacers and hangers as required. I. Place reinforcement to obtain at least the minimum coverage for concrete protection. Arrange, space and securely tie bars and bar supports to hold reinforcement in position during concrete placement operations. Set wire ties so ends are directed into concrete, not toward exposed concrete surfaces. J. Place concrete in a continuous operation to prevent formation of seams or planes of weakness in precast units, complying with requirements of ACI 304. Thoroughly consolidate placed concrete by internal and external vibration without dislocation or damage to reinforcement and built-in items. K. Identification: Provide permanent markings to identify pick-up points and orientation in structure, complying with markings indicated on final shop drawings. Imprint date of casting on each precast unit on a surface which will not show in finished structure. L. Curing by low-pressure steam, by steam vapor, by radiant heat and moisture, or other similar process may be employed to accelerate concrete hardening and to reduce curing time. �b <' ........... FINISH OF SURFACES A. Provide finishes for formed surfaces of precast concrete as indicated for each type of unit, and as follows: 1. Standard Finish: Normal plant run finish produced in forms that impart a smooth finish to concrete. Small surface holes caused by air bubbles, normal form joint marks, and minor chips and spalls will be tolerated, but no major or unsightly imperfections, honeycomb or structural defects will be permitted. THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER 03490-8 HLM 90007.00-1 BID GROUP TWO ADDENDUM #1-AUGUST 12, 1991 SECTION 03490 PRECAST CONCRETE MODULAR CELL 2. Architectural Grade Finish: Use for exposed surfaces'> c sI—M ... Air holes and pockets over 1/4" and under 1" diameter filled with mortar patching grout as specified in Section 03600. Form offsets over 1/B." shall be ground smooth. u€;mets::iPik>I>1+11+I.L<;:x.I>..: B. Finish of Unformed Surfaces: 1. Unformed surfaces to interface other precast elements: Apply trowel finish. Consolidate concrete, bring to proper level with straight edge, float and trowel to a smooth uniform finish. Steel trowel finish face to match precast concrete panels. 2. Unformed surfaces to interface cast -in -place concrete: Consolidate concrete and bring to proper level with straight edge. Surfaces shall be intentionally roughened to a full amplitude of approximately 1/4". . APPROVED MANUFACTURERS A. POMCO ASSOCIATES, INC. B. STRESSCON C. ARCHITECTURAL SYSTEMS, INC. D. TYNDALL CONCRETE PRODUCTS E. Architect approved equivalent PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION, GENERAL A. Place precast units and shim at bearing walls to correct position. Use a sufficient number of shims in locations so as not to overstress any portion of the unit. B. Welding: Perform welding in compliance with AWS D1.1. C. Protect units from damage by field welding or cutting operations and provide non-combustible shield as required. D. Repair damaged metal surfaces by cleaning and applying a coat of liquid galvanizing repair compound to galvanized surfaces and compatible primer to painted surfaces. E. Powder -Actuated Fasteners: Do not use powder -actuated fasteners for surface attachment of accessory items in precast, prestressed unit unless otherwise accepted by precast manufacturer. THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER 03490-9 HLM 90007.00-1 BID GROUP TWO ADDENDUM #1-AUGUST 12, 1991 SECTION 03490 PRECAST CONCRETE MODULAR CELL F. Installation Tolerances: Install precast units without exceeding following tolerance limits: 1. Variations from plumb: 1/4" in any 20' run or story height; 1/2" total in any 40' or longer run. 2. Variations from level or elevation: 1/4" in any 20' run; 1/2" in any 40' run; total plus or minus 1/2" at any location. 3. Variation from position in plan: Plus or minus 1/2" maximum at any location. Zero tolerance shall be maintained in cell placement for alignment of slider units. 4. Offsets in alignment of adjacent members at any joint: 1/16" in a.n'Y:.::.:yy1;0;yy'run; 1:/{#4y." maxi:mumy;.:::s:;:.;:.;:.;:.;: iai[iiii G. After precast units have been placed and secured, cast -in or grout horizontal joints as indicated. H. Grout open spaces at connection and horizontal bearing joints as indicated: 1. Shrinkage -resistant grout consisting of premixed compound and water to provide a flowable mixture without segregation or bleeding. 2. Provide forms or other acceptable method to retain grout in place until sufficiently hard to support itself. Pack spaces with stiff grout material, tamping until voids are completely filled. Place grout to finish smooth, plumb and level with adjacent concrete surfaces. Keep grouted joints damp for not less than 24 hours after initial set. Promptly remove grout material from exposed surfaces before it hardens. 3.2 PLANT QUALITY CONTROL EVALUATIONS A. The Owner may employ a separate testing laboratory to evaluate precast manufacturer's quality control and testing methods. B. The precast manufacturer shall allow Owner's testing facility access to materials storage areas, concrete production equipment, and concrete placement and- curing facilities. Cooperate with Owner's testing laboratory and provide samples of materials and concrete mixes as may be requested for additional testing evaluation. C. Dimensional Tolerances: Units having dimensions smaller or greater than required, and outside specified tolerance limits, will be subject to additional testing as specified here. D. Precast units having dimensions greater than required will be rejected if appearance or function of the structure is adversely affected, or if larger dimensions interface with other construction. Repair or remove and replace rejected units as required to meet construction conditions. THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER 03490-10 HLM 90007.00-1 BID GROUP TWO ADDENDUM #1-AUGUST 12, 1991 SECTION 03490 PRECAST CONCRETE MODULAR CELL E. Strength of Units: The strength of precast concrete units will be considered potentially deficient if the manufacturing processes fail to comply with any of the requirements which may affect the strength of the precast units including the following conditions: 1. Failure to meet compressive strength tests requirements. 2. Reinforcement, not conforming to specified fabrication requirements. 3. Concrete curing, and protection of precast units against extremes in temperature, not as specified. 4. Precast units damaged during handling and erection. 3.3 TESTING PRECAST UNITS A. When there is evidence that strength of precast concrete units does not met specification requirements, the concrete testing services shall take cores drilled from hardened concrete for compressive strength determination, complying with ASTM C42 and as follows: B. Take at least three representative cores from precast units of strength, from locations directed by Architect. 1. Test cores in a saturated -surface -dry condition per ACI I 3. 4. concrete will be set during use of completed structure. suspect 318 if Test cores in an air-dry condition per ACI 318 if concrete will be dry during use of completed structure. Strength of concrete for each series of cores will be considered satisfactory if their average compressive -strength is at least 85% of 28-day design compressive strength. Test results will be made in writing on same day that tests are made, with copies to Architect, Contractor and precast manufacturer. Include in test reports the project identification name and number, date, name of precast concrete manufacturer, name of concrete testing service, identification letter, name and type of member or members represented by core test, design compressive strength, compression breaking strength and type of break (corrected for length -diameter ratio), direction of applied load to core with respect to horizontal plan of concrete as placed, and moisture condition of core at time of bearing. C. Patching: Where core test results are satisfactory and precast units are acceptable for use in work, fill core holes solid with pea gravel repair grout and finish to match adjacent concrete surfaces. 3.4 DEFECTIVE WORK A. Precast concrete units which do not conform to the specified requirements, including strength, tolerances, and finishes shall be replaced with precast concrete units that meet requirements of this section. Contractor shall also be responsible for cost of corrections to other work affected by or resulting from corrections to precast concrete work. THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER 03490-11 HLM 90007.00-1 BID GROUP TWO ADDENDUM #1-AUGUST 12, 1991 SECTION 03490 PRECAST CONCRETE MODULAR CELL Al ******************** END OF SECTION 03490 THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER 03490-12 HLM 90007.00-1 BID GROUP TWO ADDENDUM #1-AUGUST 12, 1991 SECTION 03600 GROUT PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SECTION INCLUDES A. Pea -gravel repair grout. B. Cementitious mortar patching grout. C. Non -shrink grout. 1.2 REFERENCES A. ASTM C827 - Test Method for Change in Height at Early Ages of Cylindrical Specimens from Cementitious Mixtures. B. Contractor shall obtain and have available at site a copy of the above documents throughout the Construction Period. 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Manufacturer's Data: 1. Submit copies of manufacturer's product data and printed instructions for each manufactured product. 1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Do not change source or brands of grout materials during the course of the work. Single -source responsibility from one source and producer for each aggregate and from one manufacturer for each cementitious component. 1.5 MATERIAL STORAGE A. Store grout materials off the ground, under cover, in a dry location. Store aggregates where grading and other required characteristics can be maintained. 1.6 TESTING A. Coordinate testing requirements of grout with Division 1. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 PEA -GRAVEL REPAIR GROUT A. The grout shall be a manufactured, dry packaged product with proportioned ingredients. Shrinkage compensating ingredients shall minimize effects of drying shrinkage. Compressive strength at 28 days shall equal or exceed required concrete strength. Shall contain pea gravel and no added chloride. Applies and finishes like concrete. Select material for horizontal overhead or vertical application. B. Approved Manufacturers: 1. MASTERBUILDE,RS "Masterpatch20" .;:: tir.:::Rtvc::< q i<: . 2.2 CEMENTITIOUS MORTAR PATCHING GROUT A. Manufactured by MASTER BUILDERS "Set Vertipatch" or Architects approved equivalent. 1. 5000 psi 2. Conditions to 1" maximum thickness. THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER 03600-1 HLM 90007.00-1 BID GROUP TWO ADDENDUM #1-AUGUST 12, 1991 SECTION 04200 UNIT MASONRY PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Unit masonry and mortar. a. Reinforcing and anchorage for embedment. b. Reinforcing for Security Walls. C. Miscellaneous items necessary to completion of above. d. Patching to match. 2. Install only: a. Grouting of metal elevator jambs. B. Related Sections 1. Section 03200 - CONCRETE REINFORCEMENT. 1.2 REFERENCED STANDARDS A. Codes and Standards: 1. ACl/ASCE 530, "Building Code Requirements for Masonry Structures" 2. ACl/ASCE 530.1, "Specifications for Masonry Structures" 3 Coastal Construction Manual, FEMA-55, February, 1986; Federal Emergency Management Agency. B. American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM): 1. A-82: Specification for Steel Wire, Plain, for Concrete Reinforcement. 2. A-123: Specification for Zinc (Hot -Dip Galvanized) Coatings on Iron and Steel Products 3. A-167: Specification for Stainless and Heat -Resisting Chromium - Nickel Steel Plate, Sheet and Strip. 4. C-55: Specification for Concrete Building Brick. 5. C-90: Specification for Hollow -Load Bearing Concrete Masonry Units. 6. C-145: Specification for Solid -Load Bearing Concrete Masonry Units. 7. Underwriters Laboratories (UL) 1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Comply with the requirements and referenced standards of the governing laws, ordinances, rules, regulations, or orders of local authority having jurisdiction for the work of this Section. 1' B. Qualifications 1. Installer Qualifications: Minimum of► years documented experience specializing in installation of!. sonry of the type and size similiar to this project. C. Jobsite Sample Panel: 1. Prior to installation of masonry work, erect sample wall panels) using materials, bond and joint tooling shown for final work; and provide special features as directed for joints, sealants and contiguous work. 2. Build sample panel(s) on the site, where directed, of full thickness and approximately V -0" wide by V -0" high, indicating proposed range of color, texture and workmanship to be expected THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER 04200-1 HLM 90007.00-1 BID GROUP TWO ADDENDUM #1-AUGUST 12, 1991 Al SECTION 04200 UNIT MASONRY in completed work. Provide quantity of sample panels necessary to obtain acceptance. 3. Obtain Architect and Owner acceptance of visual qualities before start of work. Retain approved sample panel until end of job for comparative reference. Do not alter, move or destroy mock-up until work is complete. Remove panels when directed by Architect. 4. Provide mock-up panel for the following: a. Reinforced exterior masonry wall construction with concave joints. Mock-up wall conditions for: 1) Masonry with elastomeric coating. 2) Masonry with insulation, metal lath, plaster and elastomeric coating. b. Interior masonry wall construction; concave and slightly concave joints. D. This seetien shall 8 <; responsible for leeatiens ii: of electrical boxes, utility and equipment lines which areconceaCed in masonry walls; including plumbing, electrical, telephone and security/communications systems. E. Fire Performance Characteristics: Where fire resistance ratings are indicated for masonry work, provide materials and construction which are identical to those of assemblies whose fire endurance has been determined by testing in compliance with ASTM E 119 by a recognized testing and inspecting organization, as acceptable to the Architect. F. Single Source Responsibility for Masonry Units: Obtain exposed masonry units of uniform texture and color, or a uniform blend within the ranges accepted for these characteristics, from one manufacturer for each different product required for each continuous surface or visually related surfaces. G. Single Source Responsibility for Mortar Materials: Obtain mortar ingredients of uniform quality, including color for exposed masonry, from one manufacturer for each cementitious component and from one source and producer for each aggregate. H. Ship units from factory and store at job site with necessary protection to prevent increase of water content from rain and other sources. 1.4 SUBMITTALS A. Certification: 1. Prior to purchasing of masonry units, submit for Architect's approval, a letter from the manufacturer indicating the name and qualifications of the certifying agency. 2. Prior to delivery of masonry units to job site, submit for Architect approval, calculations and certification by the certifying agency that fire -rated concrete masonry units, both grouted and non -grouted conditions, and mortar conform to the specification requirements and meet or exceed the fire -resistance ratings of Table 3103.1, SBCCI Southern Building Code. THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER 04200-2 HLM 90007.00-1 BID GROUP TWO ADDENDUM #1-AUGUST 12, 1991 SECTION 04200 UNIT MASONRY 3. Submit steel producer's certifications from Architect's approved certifying agency confirming the mill analysis, tensile and bend test for steel requirements of this section. B. Installer Qualifications: Provide letter documenting experience. C. Reinforcing Materials: 1. Provide Shop Drawings showing size, grade, quantity of rein- forcement, mill test reports, method of support and fastening, bending and placing schedules, diagrams, material grades and relation of reinforcement to adjacent materials. D. Product Data: 1. Submit product data on masonry accessories. 2. Submit product data on materials required by this Section. Include masonry units and mortar, with mix proportions. E. Results of mortar tests performed in accordance with the property specification requirements of ASTM C270. F. Results of tests of masonry units in accordance with ASTM C140. 1.5 JOB CONDITIONS A. Protection of Work I. During erection, cover top of walls with waterproof sheeting at end of each day's work. Cover partially completed structures when work is not in progress. 2. Extend cover a minimum of 24" down both sides and hold cover securely in place. 3. Staining: Prevent grout or mortar or soil from staining the face of masonry to be left exposed or painted. Remove immediately grout or mortar in contact with such masonry. Protect base of walls from rainsplashed mud and mortar splatter by means of coverings spread on ground and over wall surface. 4. Protect sills, ledges and projections from droppings of mortar. 1.6 TESTING A. To requirements of DIVISION VNZ th " k'`! - "TESTING LABORATORY SERVICES" furnish test reports of independent testing laboratory. 1. Masonry grout: Test in accordance with ASTM C 1019 "Sampling and Testing Grout". 2. Concrete Masonry Units: Test each type, class and grade of concrete masonry unit per ASTM C 140. 3. Unit Test Method: a. Concrete Masonry Unit Tests: For each type, class and grade of concrete masonry unit specified, test units by method of sampling and testing of ASTM C 140. b. Mortar Tests: For each type indicated, test mortar by methods of sampling and testing of ASTM C 780. Conduct tests no less frequently than that required to evaluate mortar used to install each increment of masonry units indicated above from which samples are taken for testing. THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER 04200-3 HLM 90007.00-1 BID GROUP TWO ADDENDUM #1-AUGUST 12, 1991 SECTION 05180 PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY MISCELLANEOUS STRUCTURAL STEEL A. Section Includes: 1. Angles and Lintels 2. Miscellaneous Framing and Supports 3. Steel shapes and plates for precast concrete and masonry support 1.2 REFERENCES A. American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM) 1. ASTM A-36/A - Specification for Structural Steel. 2. ASTM A-123 - Specification for Zinc (Hot -Dip Galvanized) Coatings on Iron and Steel Products. 3. ASTM A-325 - Specification for High Strength Bolts for Structural Steel Joints. B. American Welding Society (AWS) 1. AWS D1.1 -Structural Welding Code. C. American Institute of Steel Construction (AISC) 1. AISC Specifications for the Design, Fabrication and Erection of Structural Steel for Buildings" and including the Supplements. 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Shop Drawings: Indicate locations, markings, quantities, materials, sizes and shapes; indicate methods of connecting, anchoring, fastening, bracing, and attaching to work of other sections. B. Submit current welder's certifications for welding performed in connection with the work of this section. 1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Qualifications of Welders: 1. Use certified welders and shielded arc process for welding performed in connection with work of this section. B. Standards: 1. Comply with AISC Specifications for Design, Fabrication and Erection of Structural Steel for Buildings". 2. Comply with AWS D1.1 1.5 TESTING LABORATORY A. Testing of structural metal framing will be ...... performedbyTest 4 `:::: i;Riw THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER 05180-1 HLM 90007.00-1 BID GROUP TWO ADDENDUM #1-AUGUST 12, 1991 SECTION 05500 METAL FABRICATIONS A�€ PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: I. Custom fabricated metal items for decorative or utilitarian function, as opposed to a primary structural function, including related clips and plates necessary for attachment. 2. Prime coat or other finish as specifically required for above so that item is ready for field installation and further finishing by other sections as necessary. 3. Steel shapes and plates for detention equipment embedded in precast panels and precast module cells. 5. Welded steel security screens, framework and hardware. 1.2 REFERENCES A. ASTM A36/A - Specification for Structural Steel B. ASTM A53 - Specification for Pipe, Steel, Black and Hot -Dipped, Zinc - coated Welded and Seamless. C. ASTM A123 - Specification for Zinc (Hot -Dip Galvanized) Coatings on Iron and Steel Products. D. ASTM A153 - Specification for Zinc Coating (Hot -Dip) on Iron and Steel Hardware. E. ASTM A283/A - Specifications for Low and Intermediate Tensile Strength Carbon Steel Plates. F. ASTM A307 - Specifications for Carbon Steel Bolts and Studs, 60,000 psi Tensile Strength. G. ASTM A325 - Specification for High -Strength Bolts for Structural Steel Joints. H. ASTM A501 - Specification for Hot -Formed Welded and Seamless Carbon Steel Structural Tubing. I. ASTM A627 - Specification for Homogenous Tool -Resisting Steel Bars for Security Applications. J. ASTM A629 - Specification for Tool Resisting Steel Flat Bars and Shapes for Security Applications. K. ASTM E985 - Specifications for Permanent Metal Railing Systems and Rails for Buildings. L. AWS A2.0 - Standard Welding Symbols M. AWS D1.1 - Structural Welding Code N. SSPC - Steel Structures Painting Council 0. SMACNA - Architectural Sheet Metal Manual 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Submit Shop Drawings showing locations, markings, quantities, materials, finishes, sizes and shapes; indicate methods of connecting, anchoring, fastening, bracing, and attaching to work of other trades. 1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Qualifications of Welders: 1. Use only certified welders and shielded arc process for welding performed in connection with work of this section. THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER 05500-1 HLM 90007.00-1 BID GROUP TWO ADDENDUM #1-AUGUST 12, 1991 SECTION 05500 METAL FABRICATIONS A a. Galvanize exterior steel railings, to include pipe, fittings, brackets, fasteners and other ferrous metal components. Finish painting by Division 9 - PAINTING, color as selected by Architect. b. Provide black steel pipe for interior railings, factory primed after fabrication. Finish painting by Division 9- PAINTING. Color as selected by Architect. 2. Pipe mounting brackets: JULIUS BLUM 378 malleable iron, factory prime painted. Field finish paint. 3. Attach brackets to walls with 3/8" bolts, 2-1/2" minimum length, set to expansion bolts. B. Steel Ladders: 1. Steel ladders: fabricated from mild steel shapes, galvanized with full welded connections. Finish painting by Division 9 - PAINTING. C. Steel Stair Treads and Grating: 1. Treads: style 1R4 as manufactured by RELIANCE STEEL PRODUCTS CO. or Architect approved equivalent, with bearing bars 1-1/4" x 1/4" spaced 1" apart with cross bars spaced at 4" on center; with abrasive nosings. 2. Grating: style 1R4 as manufactured by RELIANCE STEEL PRODUCTS CO. or Architect approved equivalent, with bearing bars 1-1/4" x 1/4" spaced 1" apart with cross bars spaced at 4" on center. 3. Steel: Galvanized per ASTM A-123 with finish painting by Division 9 - PAINTING, with color selected by Architect. . E. Welded steel security screens, prime paint finish. Provide anchorage to steel frame using "torx-with peg" type fasteners. Field paint. F. Welded steel security grille over louver openings: 1. Provide bond breaker between dissimilar metals. 2. Q' d:><;provide rill a of I;:: x 1 '>�si ars at 6 o.c.ci~o fastened w`t}i torx-w'th-peg tamper resistant screws. 3. Comply with ASTM A627 and A-629. 4. Prime paint 5. Field finish paint - Section 09900. G. Metal deflector shields at interior of elevator hoistway for projections exceeding 2". 1. Coordinate with Section 14240 - Hydraulic Elevator requirements. 2. Provide minimum of 20 gage metal deflectors, stiffeners and fasteners. 2.3 FINISH A. Clean surfaces of rust, scale, grease, and foreign matter prior to finishing. B. Do not prime surfaces in direct contact bond with concrete or where field welding is required. C. Prime paint items scheduled with one coat unless indicated otherwise. D. Galvanize items to minimum 1.25 ounces per square foot zinc coating in accordance with ASTM A-386. THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER 05500-3 HLM 90007.00-1 BID GROUP TWO ADDENDUM #1-AUGUST 12, 1991 SECTION 05500 METAL FABRICATIONS 2.4 FABRICATION A. Verify dimensions on site prior to shop fabrication. B. Fabricate metal fabrications in strict accordance with Shop Drawings and referenced standards. C. Where possible, prefabricate items complete and ready for installation. D. Fabricate items with joints tightly fitted and secured. E. Fit and shop assemble in largest practical sections, for delivery to site. F. Grind exposed welds flush and smooth with adjacent finished surface. Ease exposed edges to small uniform radius. G. Exposed Mechanical Fastenings: Flush countersunk screws or bolts; unobtrusively located; consistent with design of structure, except where specifically noted otherwise. H. Make exposed joints butt tight, flush, and hairline. I. Supply components required for anchorage of metal fabrications. Fabricate anchorage and related components of same material and finish as metal fabrication, except where specifically noted otherwise. J. Welding: 1. Unless otherwise indicated on Drawings, weld shop connections. 2. Make joints and intersections of metal tightly fitting and securely fastened. 3. Make work square, plumb, straight and true. K. Holes: 1. Drill or punch holes required for attachment of work of other trades and for bolted connections. 2. Burned holes will not be accepted. L. Cap and weld open-ended tubing and piping which is accessible to PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 SURFACE CONDITIONS A. Examination: THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER 05500-4 HLM 90007.00-1 BID GROUP TWO ADDENDUM #1-AUGUST 12, 1991 SECTION 05500 METAL FABRICATIONS 1. Prior to work of this Section, examine installed work of other trades and verify that such work is to point where fabrication and installation of work of this Section may proceed. 2. Make field measurements, to ensure proper and adequate fit of metal fabrications and to verify that metal fabrications may be fabricated and installed in strict accordance with original design and Shop Drawings. 3.2 SHOP PAINTING A. Preparation: 1. Thoroughly clean metal of mill scale, rust and foreign matter. B. Painting: 1. Shop prime steel except: a. Steel to be encased in concrete. b. Surfaces to be welded. c. Galvanized steel. THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER 05500-4a HLM 90007.00-1 BID GROUP TWO ADDENDUM #1-AUGUST 12, 1991 SECTION 05510 METAL STAIRS B. Welded and seamless steel pipe shall meet the requirements of ASTM A-53, type 5, schedule 40, factory prime painted finish. C. Bolts, nuts and washers shall be high strength steel type. D. Welding materials shall be type required for material being welded, conforming to AWS D1.1. E. Paint primer shall be standard factory primer. Finish painting by Division 9 - PAINTING. F. Tread nosings: Comply with barrier -free design. Provide WOOSTER PRODUCTS #WP 3J or Architect approved equivalent. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 GENERAL FABRICATION A. Verify dimensions on site prior to shop fabrication. B. Fabricate stairs, landings and component connections in configuration shown on the Drawings. C. Fabricate railings and component connections capable of resisting a lateral force of minimum 250 pounds at any single point, without permanent set or damage. D. Fit and shop assemble sections in largest practical sizes, easily handled through building openings. E. Accurately form and fit components and connections. Grind exposed edges and welds smooth and flush. F. Accurately form components required for proper anchorage of stairs, landings and railings to each other and to building structure. G. Thoroughly clean surfaces of rust, scale, grease, and foreign matter prior to prime painting. Allow to dry thoroughly before applying priming material. H. Shop prime in one coat. Do not prime surfaces to be field welded or cast in concrete. I. Cap and weld open-ended tubing and piping which is accessible to inmate tampering. 3.2 FABRICATION OF PAN STAIRS (AND LANDINGS) A. Fabricate stairs with closed risers and treads of pan construction. THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER 05510-2 HLM 90007.00-1 BID GROUP TWO ADDENDUM #1-AUGUST 12, 1991 SECTION 05510 METAL STAIRS 3.3 ERECTION A. Erect stairs square, level, plumb and free from distortion or defects detrimental to appearance and performance. B. Provide necessary anchors, plates and angles as required for connecting stairs to the structure. C. Ensure alignment with adjacent construction. Coordinate with related work to ensure no interruption in installation. D. Perform necessary cutting and altering for the installation of work of other sections. Do not perform other additional cutting without review by the Architect. E. Field bolt and weld to match standard of shop bolting and welding. Hide bolts and screws whenever possible. Where not hidden, use flush countersunk fastenings, unless indicated otherwise. Make mechanically fastened joints flush hairline butted. Grind welds smooth and flush. THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER 05510-2a HLM 90007.00-1 BID GROUP TWO ADDENDUM #1-AUGUST 12, 1991 SECTION 07210 BUILDING INSULATION I. Where insulation for rated roof/ceiling assembly, floor/ceiling assembly, wall assembly or perimeter insulations are required, provide insulation types which have been fire -tested under simulated field conditions and ASTM E-119 time -temperature fire exposure tests. To "Submittal" requirements of this Section, provide testing agency, test number, and hourly rating certifi- cation as approved by UL or authorities having jurisdiction. B. Surface Burning Characteristics: Conform to ASTM E 84 "Surface Burning Characteristics of Building Materials". C. Fire Resistance Ratings: Conform to ASTM E119, "Fire Tests of Building Construction and Materials." PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 MATERIALS A. Rigid Insulation: 1. Extruded closed cell polystyrene. Thermal resistance "R" of 1" thickness at 5.0 (at 75'F mean temperature) and 5.4 (at 40'F.). Density: not less than 1.7 pounds per cubic foot; water absorption: less than 0.7% by volume; "K" factor at 75'F. shall not be greater than 0.25. Conform to the requirements of ASTM C 578, Type IV materials. Maximum flame spread 5 and smoke developed of 165. Products if in compliance with above: a. DOW CHEMICAL COMPANY "Styrofoam SM/TG" b. U.C. INDUSTRIES "Foamular" B. Rigid Ins Tit for Precasi;"Concrete..Sandwich Panel and Modular Cell: 1. Styrofoam Brand Insulation, DOW CHEMICAL COMPANY; pre -drilled extruded polystyrene; R-value of 5.0 per 1" thickness (at 75' mean temperature) when tested in accordance with ASTM C-518; maximum water absorption of 0.1% by volume when tested with ASTM C-272;and .:meeting :physical ..:propert.iesgiven in ASTM C-578, Type IV. C. Rigid Insulation for Floor Conditions: I. Provide DOW "Styrofoam PD-60"; extruded polystyrene foam insulation with minimum compressive strength of 60 lbs/sq. in. to comply with ASTM 0-1621; R-value of 5.0 per 1" thickness (at 75' mean temperature) when tested in accordance with ASTM C-518; maximum water absorption of 0.1% by volume when tested with ASTM C-272; and meeti:ngphys.icalpropertriesg:i.ven.::in ASTM C-578, type VII. Iv........ THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER 07210-2 HLM 90007.00-1 BID GROUP TWO ADDENDUM #1-AUGUST 12, 1991 SECTION 07210 BUILDING INSULATION D. Rigid Insulation Joint Tape: I. Provide copolymer film adhesive tape for joining rigid insulation boards and maintaining vapor barrier. 2. Properties: a. Thickness: 2.1 mils b. Adhesion: 30 oz/inch of width C. Tensile Strength: 27 lbs/in of width d. Elongation: 110% e. Temperature Range: -40 to +250°F. 3. Acceptable Manufacturer: a. CAN -DO INC. "Product No. 132." 1!Aft rc ires a�pprc rr�ed a .. E. Spray Applied'IrisuTation: 1 1. Refer to Section 07215 - Sprayed Insulation - Bid Group Three. F. Fire Safing Insulation with mechanical attachment for perimeter locations and <:::x-.i :>:.::.::..;::.::.::::.;::.. a)`i~ L :. >:: ::t#«:: tR .; : f'wd:::: �6M :on A > <�:: rue t (comply wi tFi ASTM L005J : 1. USG "Thermafiber" 2. MANVILLE "Pyrofiber" 3. FIBREX, INC. "Fibergard Perimeter Insulation" G. Fire/Smoke Stop System: Smoke resistant sealant shall be a two-part fire tested system to maintain the integrity of :fire rating requirements at floor sl a erimeter 'at d<<> d < € ::;: � I.M.' :::::::.............P......................:::::::.:::.: n:)r::::<::i Com ly with manufacturer P recommendations for"insta7'Cat on ��Pro..ide all required components for a complete System. Approved Product: USG "Fire/Smoke-Stop System", with "Thermafiber" Smoke -Seal compound and "Thermafiber" curtain wall Insulation, (Foil Facing). Provide "Thermafiber" safing insulation as an integral part of the Fire/Smoke Stop System. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Prior to work of this Section, carefully examine installed work of other trades and verify that such work is complete to point where this installation may properly commence. B. In the event of discrepancy, immediately notify the Architect. C. Do not proceed with installation in areas of discrepancy until such discrepancies have been fully resolved. D. Coordinate with other trades to ensure proper and adequate interface of work of other trades with work of this section. E. Comply with manufacturers recommendations for particular conditions of installation in each case. 3.2 INSTALLATION A. Surface Preparation: Masonry surfaces (concrete block) shall be in a uniform plane, dry, free of grease, paint, or other material detrimental to bonding of adhesives. Poured -in -place or precast concrete shall be free of form oil film. Projections shall be removed by chipping or grinding. THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER 07210-3 HLM 90007.00-1 BID GROUP TWO ADDENDUM #1-AUGUST 12, 1991 SECTION 07210 BUILDING INSULATION B. Adhesives shall be installed per manufacturer's recommendations and printed product literature. Adhesives shall not be applied when temperature is below 40 degrees F. C. Rigid board insulation shall be installed in a horizontal, closely butted layout, with staggered vertical joints. D. Fire Safing Insulation: Shall be packed tightly and retained around all conduits, piping, duct work and at all penetrations of decks, walls and floors where required. Pack tightly at all decks, and cover with topping similar to adjacent materials. Fire safing shall be THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER 07210-3a HLM 90007.00-1 BID GROUP TWO ADDENDUM #1-AUGUST 12, 1991 SECTION 07530 SINGLE PLY ROOFING PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section includes: 1. Preparation and clearing of surfaces. 2. Fully adhered Single Ply Roofing System. a. Walkway treads. b. Cant Strip: Preformed insulated. 3. Roof expansion joints. 4. Install prefabricated curbs. 5. Copings, flashings, and scuppers. 1.2 REFERENCES A. ASTM C707 - Gypsum Board Substrate for Floor or Roof Assemblies. B. ASTM C177 - Test Method for Steady -State thermal Transmission Properties by Means of the Guarded Hot Plate. C. ASTM C578 - Preformed, Cellular Polystyrene Thermal Insulation. D. ASTM C728 - Perlite Thermal Insulation Board. E. ASTM D412 - Rubber Properties in Tension. F. ASTM D746 - Brittleness Temperature of Plastics and Elastomeric by Impact. G. ASTM D624 - Rubber Property - Tear Resistance. H. ASTM D822 - Practice for Operating Light and Water -Exposure Apparatus (Carbon -Arc) Type for Testing Paint, Varnish, Lacquer, and Related Products. I. ASTM D1004 - Initial Tear Resistance of Plastic Film and Sheeting. J. ASTM 02240 - Rubber Property - Durometer Hardness. K. ASTM E96 - Water Vapor Transmission of Materials. L. Factory Mutual (FM) Engineering Corporation - Roof Assembly Classifications. M. National Roofing Contractors Association (NRCA) - Roofing and Waterproofing Manual. N. SPRI - Wind Design Guide for Ballasted Single Ply Roofing Systems. 0. Underwriters Laboratories (UL) - Fire Hazard Classifications. 1.3 TESTING AGENCY A. Testing is to be performed as indieated 4n Di0sien 1. SiKgQaflr�..e. Provide free access to work and cooperate wi tli*... appoi rated Ti rm: ` B. Testing of roofing system is to be performed to ensure conformance with requirements. If defects are revealed, Architect may request that roofing system be subjected to further inspection and testing to ascertain full degree of defect. Pay for all costs incurred. C. Correct all defects and irregularities as advised by Architect. Pay for costs incurred. 1.4 SUBMITTALS A. Provide Shop Drawings with the following information: 1. Materials list, roofing manufacturers installation instructions and descriptive information for new areas. THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER 07530-1 HLM 90007.00-1 BID GROUP TWO ADDENDUM #1-AUGUST 12, 1991 SECTION 07900 JOINT SEALERS B. Mock -Up: Install sealant in mock-ups prepared by other trades in order to demonstrate appearance and workmanship. C. Manufacturer: Sealant manufacturer shall have been in the business of manufacturing specified sealant types for a minimum of not less than 10 years. 1.6 PROJECT CONDITIONS A. Environmental Conditions: Do not proceed with installation of joint sealers under the following conditions: 1. When ambient and substrate temperature conditions are outside the limits permitted by joint sealer manufacturers. 2. When joint substrates are wet due to rain, condensation, or other causes. B. Joint Width Conditions: Do not proceed with installation of joint sealers when joint widths are less than allowed by joint sealer manufacturer for application indicated. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 MATERIALS A. Silicone Sealant (Joints; Expansion Control Joints; Precast Concrete Panel Joints, exterior modular cell joint; window wall joints) 1. Silicone sealant shall meet or exceed the requirements of ASTM C 920, Type S, Grade NS, Class 50, Uses T, NT, M, G, A, 0. 2. Sealant shall be supplied in ready -to -use form which requires no job -site mixing. 3. Acceptable manufacturers: a. GENERAL ELECTRIC "Silicone Sil-pruf Sealant" b. DOW CORNING "790 Building Sealant" C. PECORA "864 One -Part Architectural Silicone Sealant" B. Polyurethane, Multi -Component Sealant (use for joints in building enclosure): 1. Sealant shall meet or exceed the requirements of ASTM C 920, Type M, Grade NS , Class 25, Uses NT, M, A, 0. 2. Sealant shall be supplied for job -site mixing following manufacturer's specific mixing instructions. 3. Acceptable manufacturers/products: a. TREMCO "Dymeric" b. PECORA "Dynatrol II" C. SIKA "Sikaflex 2-C NS/SL" C. Pick -Proof Sealant; Security Sealant (use for interior joints THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER 07900-2 HLM 90007.00-1 BID GROUP TWO ADDENDUM #1-AUGUST 12, 1991 SECTION 07900 JOINT SEALERS 3. SIKA: SIKADUR "31", Hi -Mod Gel. 4. ROCKY MOUNTAIN CHEMICAL CO. "Niklepoxy 26". 5. PETERSON CORP. "857 Security Sealant". 6. Comply with ASTM C-881, Type I and II, Grade 3, Class B and C, epoxy resin adhesive. THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER 07900-2a HLM 90007.00-1 BID GROUP TWO ADDENDUM #1-AUGUST 12, 1991 SECTION 08660 SECURITY WINDOWS 1.9 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING A. Deliver, store, protect.: and handle products to site under provisions 1..of Diyisi n One. ......... 1.10 WARRANTY A. Warranty shall include a custom five year warranty on the integrity of window installation covering materials and workmanship. 1. Warranty shall be executed by the Contractor, Installer, and steel window manufacturer, agreeing to repair or replace steel window units which fail in materials or workmanship within the specified warranty period. Failures include but are not necessarily limited to structural failures including excessive deflection, excessive leakage, or air infiltration, faulty operation of sash and hardware, deterioration of metals, metal finishes, and other materials beyond normal weathering. This warranty shall be in addition to and not a limitation of other rights the Owner may have against the Contractor under the contract documents. 2. Warranty period is 5 years after the date of substantial completion. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURERS A. Acceptable Manufacturers: 1. CHIEF INDUSTRIES, INC., Grand Island NE 2. WILLIAM BAYLEY COMPANY, Springfield, Ohio 3. SOUTHEASTERN SPECIALTY CO., Montgomery AL 4. DETENTION SYSTEMS AND SALES, Bloomington IL 5. HOPES SECURITY PRODUCTS INC., Jamestown, N.Y. 6. Architect approved equivalent. B. Aeeeptable MaRufaetwrer of Aluminum Seeurity Window Option with Faetery Finish! 2.2 MATERIALS A. Frames: 1. Form frames from low carbon steel not less than #12 gauge. Frames shall be two piece sections, deep carrying through glazed portions continuously from top of head to bottom of sill at each jamb and between jambs at head and sill. 2. Cope and weld frame members at corners full depth of the frame for maximum strength and weather tightness; dress exposed welds smooth. Provide frame members with dimensions and profiles indicated on the drawings. B. Mullions: 1. Form mullions where required from low carbon steel not less than #12 U.S. gauge coped and continuous welded to frame. THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER 08660-3 HLM 90007.00-1 BID GROUP TWO ADDENDUM #1-AUGUST 12, 1991 SECTION 08710 PART 1 - GENERAL DOOR HARDWARE 1.1 SECTION INCLUDES A. Door Hardware 1. Provide physical samples, templates and schedules, delivered to point of need, as necessary to allow proper fabrication of materials to which Door Hardware items are to be attached. 2. Provide on -site inspection and assistance during installation of Door Hardware and final adjustment, as required after installa- tion. 3. Provide UL rated hardware for rated door and frame assemblies. 1.2 SUBMITTALS A. Submit Shop Drawings, in the form of complete horizontal or vertical schedules, which identify each hardware item, its type, design, finish, function, method of fastening or anchorage and group designation. B. Submit, as an item separate from the hardware schedules, a complete Keying Schedule. C. Submit catalog cuts of each different piece of hardware for review by the Architect. 1. Product Data: Submit manufacturer's technical product data for each item of hardware in accordance with Division 1 -SUBMITTALS. Include information to show compliance with requirements. Provide maintenance data, parts catalog and keying records to requirements of Division 1. 1.3 LIMITATIONS A. Manufacturers and products identified in the following paragraphs represent the limit of manufacturers and products selected by the Architect for use on this project. Where single identifications are made for a given item, only that product will be accepted. Where multiple identifications are made, any one of the identified products will be accepted, provided that the single product chosen is used throughout the project without further variation. 1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE At A. Supplier: A recognized architectural finish hardware supplier, with warehousing facilities, who hasr been furnishing hardware in the fora period of not less than three years, and:.:< wos"`1`or"1"who"' employs, an experienced architectural hardware consultant who is available, at reasonable times duringthe course of the work, ��' consultation about project's hardware requirements, to Owner, Architect, and Construction Manager. B. Fire Rated Openings: Provide hardware for fire -rated openings in compliance with NFPA Standard No. 80 and ASTM E-152 and local building code requirements. Provide only hardware which has been tested and listed by UL or FM for types and sizes of doors required and complies with requirements of door and door frame labels. THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER 08710-1 HLM 90007.00-1 BID GROUP TWO ADDENDUM #1-AUGUST 12, 1991 SECTION 08902 ALUMINUM WINDOW WALLS B. Qualifications of system Manufacturer/Fabricator: Manufacturer and fabricator companies specializing in aluminum window wall systems with a minimum of five years of documented experience, in manufacture and fabrication of systems similar in material, design, and similar in scope to that indicated for this project. 1. Installer Qualifications: Engage an experienced Installer who has successfully completed installation of glazed window wall systems similar in material, design, and extent to that indicated for the Project and who is acceptable to the glazed window wall manufacturer/fabricator. C. Design structural support framing components under direct supervision of a Professional Engineer experienced in design of this work and registered in the State of Florida. D. Drawings: Drawings are diagrammatic. The details shown are intended as a guide for the aesthetic and interfacing requirements of the glazed curtain wall to and with other work. The drawings are not to be construed as engineering design, or adequate to meet the engineering design requirements. E. Testing Laboratory Qualifications: Demonstrate to the Architect's satisfaction, based on evaluation of laboratory -submitted criteria conforming to ASTM E 699, that it has the experience and capability to conduct satisfactorily the testing indicated without delaying the progress of the Work. F. Mock Up and Test: Comply with "Mock-up and Test" paragraph requirements of E .:::::::::.............:::: s :> t`' Construct mock-up units of the :g azed aluminum curtain... 'wa1."1 system for testing at the Owner approved Laboratory's Test Facilities. Mock-ups shall be complete with all components, finishes, and details of construction identical with those proposed for use in the building. Do not take special precautions or use techniques that do not represent those to be used on the building. 1. Do not begin installation of mock-ups until Testing Laboratory proposed for use has been approved by Owner and Architect. 2. Mock-ups shall be of sufficient size and configuration to demonstrate adequately the system's performance capabilities. 3. Personnel assembling mock-ups at the laboratory shall be the personnel that will perform this work at the project site. 4. Include mullions, panels and glazings where applicable. Provide corners, splice joints, sealants, anchors, and other components necessary. G. Schedule testing with sufficient time for analysis of results and to prevent delay in the progress of the Work. 1. Coordinate testing requirements with testing of other materials referenced in other Sections of this Project Manual. 2. Test the glazed aluminum window wall system for compliance with requirements specified for performance and test methods. Conduct tests with assemblies representative of actual materials. Conduct tests with assemblies representative of actual materials and construction proposed for incorporation in the Work. THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER 08902-2 HLM 90007.00-1 BID GROUP TWO ADDENDUM #1-AUGUST 12, 1991 R SECTION 09200 LATH AND PLASTER 2. Materials which are rusted, stained or otherwise damaged during delivery or storage shall be removed from site and replaced with acceptable material. 3. Materials shall be kept off ground, under cover and away from sweating walls and damp surfaces. B. Protection: 1. Use all means necessary to protect materials of this section, before, during and after installation and to protect installed work and materials of other trades. C. Replacements: 1. In event of damage, make repairs and replacements necessary, reviewed by Architect and at no cost to Owner. 1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Mock-UD: Pr field mock-up ... oyer... nit .Masonry- Section 04200. 1.6 PROJECT CONDITIONS A. Environmental Requirements, General: Comply with requirements of referenced plaster application standards and recommendations of plaster manufacturer for environmental conditions before, during, and after application of plaster. B. Ventilation: Ventilate building spaces as required to remove water in excess of that required for hydration of plaster. Begin ventilation immediately after plaster is applied and continue until it sets. C. Protect contiguous work from soiling, spattering, moisture deterioration and other harmful effects which might result from plastering. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 MATERIALS A. General: I. Materials required to produce a given system shall be by one manufacturer. Materials selected for a given system shall be retained for that system throughout project. 2. Use of materials identified below is subject to limitations of application and proportioning established elsewhere in this Section. B. Plastering Materials: 1. Provide either neat or ready -mixed (where available) materials, at Installer's option, complying with ASTM C 926. 2. Cement: Portland cement, ASTM C 150, Type I or IA. 3. Lime: Special finishing or special masonry hydrated lime, ASTM C 206 or C 207. 4. Aggregate: Sand, ASTM C 897. 5. Prepared Finish -Coat: Factory -prepared finish for portland cement plaster, type recommended by the manufacturer for the color and texture indicated. THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER 09200-2 HLM 90007.00-1 BID GROUP TWO ADDENDUM #1-AUGUST 12, 1991 SECTION 09200 LATH AND PLASTER AX A' a. Texture: Sand -Float finish (exterior) to match precast concrete panels. C. Bonding Materials: 1. Bonding Agent: Vinyl polymerization type, complying with MIL-B-19235 and ASTM C 932. 2. Bonding Additive: Acrylic -based emulsion for bonding exterior and interior portland cement plaster base -coat to solid surfaces. a. Product manufacturer: 1) Quick -Cure Ad-Liquid/FINESTONE CORP. 2) Marvoc/LARSEN PRODUCTS CORP. 3) Acryl 60/Std. DRYWALL PRODUCTS 3. Acid Etch Solution: Muriatic acid, mixed one part acid to 6 to 10 parts water. D. Metal Lathing Materials and Accessories: 1. Comply with lath manufacturer's recommendations. 2. Rib Lath, 3/8": 3.4 lbs. per sq. yd., 3/8" rib depth (high rib). 3. Self -furring Diamond Metal Lath: 2.5 lbs. per sq. yd. 4. Asphalt -Saturated Felt: ASTM D226, 15 lb. type, non -perforated. 5. Plastering Accessories: a. Provide the type, weight, grade and finish of materials and include for each system the clips, fasteners, ties, rein- forcing, stiffeners, shoes, tracks, hangers, corner beads, casing beads, base screeds, expansion/control joints, brackets, anchors, accessories and trim as recommended by the manufacturer for the application indicated, unless specified otherwise. 6. Metal and Finishes: Provide manufacturer's standard galvanized finish on steel products. 7. Include corner beads, casing beads, joints, caps, screeds, moldings and similar units as indicated. 8. Expansion: USG expansion.: joint : sized for plaster thickness g A�ck�tt;s apt.. 9. Control Joint: :050,1 .minimum thick 6063-T5 aluminum with zinc coating; _:::Fry :Regl:et:::No.PCS:-7.5:-7.5.:(2 pc.) and PCS-75-150 (2 pc) v�`#cteCt#pvt�t'i. See Section 09830-ELASTOMERIC COATING �........................... . :.. 10. Reinforcement for control joints, expansion joints and at terminations of metal flashing: 4" galvanized "hardware cloth" or 4" galvanized strip lath. 11. Reveal Joint: a. Channel screed type, .055 minimum thick 6063-175 aluminum with zinc coatingg.;.... FRY REGLET.:No..:: PCS:.-75:-.7.5::and PCS-75-150, PRZ-75-75 rad �.... r�i See Section 09900 - PAINTING: b. Custom Reveal Joint: Channel screed type, .055 minimum thick 6063-T5 aluminum with zinc coating; Fry Reglet} a ........ �:�>lr��e� See Section 09830 ..._ :.......................................pA..........01 ........:::::�.:.:...::::.:::::::::::. ELASTOMER I C....COATING:...... ... THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER 09200-3 HLM 90007.00-1 BID GROUP TWO ADDENDUM #1-AUGUST 12, 1991 SECTION 09200 LATH AND PLASTER E. Metal Support Materials: 1. Z-Furring Members: Manufacturer's standard screw -type galvanized steel zee -shaped furring members; ASTM A525, G60, 0.0179" min. thickness of base metal, of depth indicated; designed for mechanical attachment of rigid insulation boards or blankets to monolithic and masonry walls. THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER 09200-3a HLM 90007.00-1 BID GROUP TWO ADDENDUM #1-AUGUST 12, 1991 SECTION 09200 LATH AND PLASTER c. Maintain mixer in continuous operation while adding and mixing materials. d. Conform to mixing sequence, cycle of operation and time recommended by manufacturer of plaster material. 3. Hand Mixing: a. Do not hand mix unless authorized by Architect. b. Provide waterproof protection under mixing boxes and water barrels when mixing in the building. C. Use only sufficient water to render plaster workable. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Examine surfaces which are to receive plaster, grounds and other accessories which act as ground or screeds. Notify the Architect, in writing, of conditions detrimental to the proper and timely completion of the work. Do not proceed with the plaster work until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. 3.2 INSTALLATION OF METAL LATH A. Basic Requirements: 1. Comply with manufacturer's installation instructions and recommendations where other more stringent requirements are not indicated. 2. Comply with Metal Lath/Steel Framing Association "Specifications for Metal Lathing and Furring", and ASTM C1063 "Installation of Lathing and Furring for Portland Cement -Based Plaster". B. Isolation: 1. Frame both sides of control and expansion joints independently, and do not bridge joints with furring and lathing or accessories. C. Splicing Members: 1. Splice plastering accessories by use of concealed splines, anchored to prevent offsets. D. Installation of Plastering Accessories: 1. Anchor each flange of accessories 8" o.c. to plaster base. 2. Miter or cope accessory corners, and install with tight joints accurately aligned `€. 3. Set accessories plumb;'liveY`;and true to line, with a tolerance of 1/8" in 10'-0". Shim as required. 4. Install metal corner beads at external corners. 5. Install casing beads at terminations of plaster work, except where plaster is indicated to pass through other work and be concealed by lapping work, and except where special screeds, bases or frames act as casing beads including metal door frames. a. For exterior work, set casing beads 1/4" from abuting frames and other work (for application of sealant). b. Where plaster abuts concrete, set casing bead 1/4" from concrete. THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER 09200-5 HLM 90007.00-1 BID GROUP TWO ADDENDUM #1-AUGUST 12, 1991 SECTION 09830 PART 1 - GENERAL ELASTOMERIC COATING 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Elastomeric coatings over exterior surfaces. a. Clean and seal cracks in the wall surface. b. Apply elastomeric waterproof coating to exterior cement plaster, masonry, precast concrete and concrete surfaces. 1.2 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Submit manufacturer's certification indicating elastomeric coating conforms to or exceeds requirements of this section. B. Applicator: Acceptable to manufacturer. Minimum of 3 years of successful application of elastomeric coatings of types required on substrates similar to those of this project. C. Control joint sealant shall be compatible with and as recommended by elastomeric coating manufacturer. D. Primer -sealers shall be acceptable to the coating manufacturer. 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data 1. Include detailed chemical analysis and test results of material applied to surfaces similar to requirements of this Section. 2. Submit manufacturer's instructions for methods and application procedures. 3. Certification of compliance with Quality Assurance portion of this Section. 4. Submit written certification from the elastomeric coating manufacturer that sealant selected is acceptable to the manufacturer. 1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Mock -Up: Refer to Section 04200 - UNIT MASONRY for field mock-up. 1.5 WARRANTY A. Applicator shall warranty the areas treated to be watertight for a period of 5 years. Comply with elastomeric manufacturers inspection and warranty procedures. Warranty shall include total square feet of surface area treated plus total gallons applied. Within 30 days of written notification of deficiencies, remedy and repair defects at no cost to the Owner. Owner shall allow manufacturers access to inspect defects. B. Comply with elastomeric coating manufacturer requirements for warranty provisions. Give notice to manufacturer technical representatives to review substrates and installation procedures. THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER 09830-1 HLM 90007.00-1 BID GROUP TWO ADDENDUM #1-AUGUST 12, 1991 SECTION 09830 ELASTOMERIC COATING 4 PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 MATERIALS A. Acceptable Products: 1. VIP 7000 Ter -Polymer Coating with primer. 2. SONNEBORN "Hydrocide Colorflex" with primer. 3. PITTSBURGH PAINTS "Pitt -Flex" exterior elastomeric masonry coating with primer. B. Acceptable sealants (must be compatible with and as approved by elastomeric coating manufacturer). 1. VIP #5300, 5710 or 5712 regular grade; VIP #5100 buttering grade. 2. PECORA CORP. "Dynatrol II" polyurethane; PECORA CORP. "Dynatrol Ill. 3. MAMECO Vulkem 116, one -part polyurethane. 4. Architect approved equivalent. C. Acceptable bonding agent: (As approved by the elastomeric coating manufacturer.) 1. THORO SYSTEMS PRODUCTS "Thorobond". 2. Architect approved equivalent. D. Color: As selected by the Architect; refer to color code on building PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 PREPARATION A. Comply with manufacturer surface preparation instructions. Verify surfaces to receive elastomeric coatings are clean, free of efflorescence, oil, mildew, grease or other foreign matter detrimental to application. Sterilize surfaces as recommended by coating manufacturer. B. Remove loose particles and foreign matter. Remove grease or oil with a solvent, effective alkaline cleaner, or detergent as instructed by coating manufacturer. Use high pressure water when specifically recommended by the manufacturer. Scrub surfaces with water. C. Clean cracks and surrounding areas to remove impurities. D. Allow surfaces to dry prior to application. 3.2 APPLICATION A. Application of waterproofing system: 1. New surfaces shall be primed per manufacturer instructions. 2. Fill cracks with sealant as recommended by coating manufacturer. B. Apply bonding agent to control joints/expansion joints. This section shall be responsible for pre -test of adjacent surfaces, bonding agent and control joint material bond adequacy. THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER 09830-2 HLM 90007.00-1 BID GROUP TWO ADDENDUM #1-AUGUST 12, 1991 SECTION 09830 ELASTOMERIC COATING C. Cracks shall be cleaned and sealed with sealant applied in strict accordance with manufacturer's instructions. D. Application to substrate shall be in strict accordance with manu- facturer printed instructions. E. Provide appropriate precautions or limitations associated with application during extreme cold weather or high humidity conditions per manufacturer instructions. THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER 09830-2a HLM 90007.00-1 BID GROUP TWO ADDENDUM #1-AUGUST 12, 1991 SECTION 14240 HYDRAULIC ELEVATORS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1............ ydraul. Hydraulic elevator with cathodic protection of the cylinder 1.2 DESCRIPTION A. Description of System: I. Hydraulic passenger elevator(s). B. Related Work Described in Other Sections: 1. Hoistway, including pit, ladder, drains, lights, access doors, and waterproofing. Machine room, iRelud4ng gratiRgs lighting, ventilation and heat to maintain the room at temperature of 506F minimum to 100'F maximum, and as verified by the elevator manufacturer. 2. Adequate supports and foundations to carry the loads of all equipment, rail braeket support—. 3. Provisions for connections from power mains to each controller or motor generator set starter, signal equipment feeders, including circuit breakers and fused mainline disconnect switches. 4. Prev-ide— lectrical outlets in the elevator oo machine rm as shown on layout drawings. 5. Preyide sill supports, iRelud4ng steel aRgles where requ4ped. 8. Bide 'Emergency power, of proper characteristics to run elevators in event of failure of normal power supply. lade ecessary transfer switches from Normal to Emergency supply on elevator feeder and wiring as specified in Division 16 - Electrical from the transfer switches to elevator controller. 9. (ray4de—tel-eph aeh eleyater ear —El eyater eentraeter to furnish wires 4n trayel4nq eable for teiephene hook up to a 24 hour answering sery4ee. Note that an autemat4e dial telephene must have emergeney ude $ 10. Preat and smoke detectors at elevator lobbies except main floor. ?'ey4de TWo wires from each detector to elevator controllers. 12. Advise the Architect with all necessary details of any additional items of work by other sections that will be required. If no THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER 14240-1 HLM 90007.00-1 BID GROUP TWO ADDENDUM #1-AUGUST 12, 1991 SECTION 14240 HYDRAULIC ELEVATORS Al Al exceptions are noted at the time of bidding, pay the cost of all modifications to suit the eouipment design. 1.3 REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS A. Designs, clearances, construction workmanship, and material shall be in accordance with requirements of: 1. National Electric Code 2. American Standard Safety Code for Elevator, Dumbwaiters and Escalators A17.1. 3. State of Florida Chapter 399.035; "Elevator Accessibility Requirements for the Physically Handicapped". 4. Accessibility Requirements Manual; "Florida Board of Building Codes and Standards". 5. Florida Elevator Safety Code; Chapter 7C-5. 6. Federal, State, and Local codes as may be applicable. 7. American Standard Safety Code (A.S.E.) shall govern except where applicable codes supersede A.S.E. Code by legal jurisdiction or more rigid requirements. B. Incorporate safety devices needed for proper operation and as required by governing authorities. 1.4 SUBMITTALS A. Manufacturer's Literature: Submit manufacturer's literature including properly identified manufacturer's catalogs and specifications and printed installation directions. B. Samples: 1. Cab interior cuts. 2. Hoistway entrance cuts. 3. Finish samples for each item to be selected. 4. Signal Fixture cuts. C. Dimensional Shop Drawings: 1. Machine Room Plans: a. Location of equipment. b. Service connections. C. Loads. 2. Hoistway Sections for Each Elevator: a. Vertical and Horizontal: 1) Bracket spacing. 2) Estimated forces on rails. 3) Estimated forces in pit. 1.5 TEMPORARY SERVICE A. Should the service of any elevator be required before completion. and final acceptance, permission in writing must first be obtained from the Architect. THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER 14240-2 HLM 90007.00-1 BID GROUP TWO ADDENDUM #1-AUGUST 12, 1991 SECTION 14240 HYDRAULIC ELEVATORS 1.6 MAINTENANCE SERVICE A. Provide maintenance and call-back service on each elevator after it is placed in operation for a period of 12 months. Service to consist of examinations of equipment, adjustments, lubrication, cleaning, supplies and parts to keep equipment in proper operation, except such adjustments, parts or repairs made necessary by abuse, misuse or any other causes beyond control of contractor. Work will be done by trained employees of contractor during regular working hours of trade. Furnish full maintenance proposal with first years price, guaranteed. 1.7 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Qualifications: Either the elevator manufacturer or a licensee of the manufacturer who has not less than five years successful experience with the installation of similar elevators. Manufacturer shall be engaged in the manufacturer of the complete elevator system including door operator, valve, controller, silencer, jack unit, car enclosure and entrances. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURERS A. The following manufacturers are approved: 1. DOVER CORPORATION (Basis of Design) 2. OTIS ELEVATOR COMPANY 3. MONTGOMERY ELEVATOR 4. Architect approved equivalent. 2.2 DESIGN REQUIREMENTS A. General 1. Color and finishes as selected by Architect. 2. Exposed Fasteners: Torx-with-peg sec- rity screws. B. Comply with Florida Elevator Safety Code, Chapter 7C-5 including plastic containment of the hydraulic cylinder (for electrolysis protection). C. Elevators #1 and #2 1. Hydraulic passenger elevator: MARQUIS 25 2. 2500 # Capacity with Class A loading 3. 125 FPM Speed VP; 150 FPM Down Max 4. 25'-2" feet travel 5. 2 landings (ground and second) 6. 2 openings, each, in line. 7. Machine: Hydraulic 8. Guide Rails: Planed steel 9. Buffers: Spring 10. Car Platform: 6'-8"W x 4'-3"D 11. Operation: Selective Collective 12. Door Operation: High speed, heavy duty type, master DC door operator (minimum opening speed 2-1/2 FPS). THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER 14240-3 HLM 90007.00-1 BID GROUP TWO ADDENDUM #1-AUGUST 12, 1991 SECTION 14240 HYDRAULIC ELEVATORS 13. Entrance: 3'-6"W x 7'-0"H 14. Entrance Type: Single speed 15. Door Protection: Safety edge and double light rays. 16. Motor Control: 17. Cab Design: Designer Series a. Floor - Vinyl Composition Tile b. Ceiling - Translucent panels with fluorescent lighting above. C. Walls - Rigidtex SWL d. Handrails - 2" S.S. Satin bar on rear wall 18. Car Doors: S.S. Satin 19. Car Front: S.S. Satin A1€ 20. Hoistway Frame '4. d>M[lCO S.S. Satin 21. Hoistway Doors: S"S Satin::... only. Al': 22. Signals: Vandal Resistant Design illuminating pushbuttons. Position indicator in each car. Car Cabinet: vandal resistant. All handicapped requirements, hall lanterns. hall and car telephone pO code signal 23. Additional Features: Emergency car lighting, car top inspection station, independent service, pit ladders and sill support angles. C. Elevators #3 1. Hydraulic passenger elevator: KINGSWOOD 40 2. 4000 # Capacity with Class a loading. 3. 100 FPM Speed 4. 13'-0" feet travel 5. 2 landings (first and second) 6. 2 openings, each, in line. 7. Machine: Hydraulic 8. Guide Rails: Planed steel 9. Buffers: Spring 10. Car Platform: 5'-4"W x 7'-9-1/2"D (inside) 11. Operation: Selective collective 12. Door Operation: High speed, heavy duty type, operator (minimum opening speed 2-1/2 FPS). 13. Entrance: 4'-0"W x 7'-0"H 14. Entrance Type: Two speed 15. Door Protection: Safety edge and double light 16. Motor Control: 17. Cab Design: Designer Series a. Floor - Vinyl Composition Tile master DC door rays. b. Ceiling - Translucent panels with fluorescent lighting above. C. Walls - Rigidtex SWL d. Handrails - 2" S.S. Satin bar on side walls. e. Control Panel - Advanced type panel with raised markings. 18. Car Doors: 99SA r > ..... Ali 19. Car Front:m-12 G .:.:....:::::......:...:. A THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER 14240-4 HLM 90007.00-1 BID GROUP TWO ADDENDUM #1-AUGUST 12, 1991 SECTION 14240 HYDRAULIC ELEVATORS Al 21. ................ Hoistway Framei<'a S.S. Satin 22. Hoistway Doors:..5.:::5: Satin t 23. Signals: Vandal Resistant Design illuminating hall and car pushbuttons. Position indicator in each car. Car Telephone Cabinet: Vandal resistant. All handicapped code signal requirements, car riding lantern. 24. Additional Features: Emergency car lighting, car top inspection station, independent service, pit ladder and sill support angles. D. Elevators #4 and #5 (Inmate) 1. Hydraulic passenger elevator: MARQUIS 25 2. 2500 # Capacity 3. 100 FPM Speed 4. 12'-2" feet travel 5. 2 landings (ground and first) 6. 3 openings, each, two front/one rear. 7. Machine: Hydraulic 8. Guide Rails: Planed steel 9. Buffers: Spring 10. Car Platform: 6'-8"W x 4'-3"D 11. Operation: Selective Collective 12. Door Operation: High speed, heavy duty type, master DC door operator (minimum opening speed 2-1/2 FPS). 13. Entrance: 3'-6"W x 7'-0"H 14. Entrance Type: Single speed 15. Door Protection: Safety edge and double light rays. 16. Motor Control: 17. Cab Design: Designer Series a. Floor - Vinyl Composition Tile b. Ceiling - Steel with white baked enamel finish. C. Walls - Rigidtex SWL d. Handrails - 2" S.S. Satin bar on side walls. e. Lighting - Cove 18. Car Doors: S.S. Satin l 19. Car Front: OF12G1F S.S. Satin 20. Hoistway Frame ar' m�i`� ��'# i, S.S. Satin 21. : Hoistway Doors: 22. Signals: Vandal Resistant Design illuminating hall and car pushbuttons. Position indicator in each car. Car direction indicators above hoistway doors. resistant. All handicapped code i.vandal signal'requrements;::car riding lantern. 23. Additional Features: Emergency car lighting, car top inspection station, independent service, pit ladders and sill support angles. Provide coaxial cable with two shielded pairs for car security, pit ladders, sill support angles and independent service. Mortise type key switch operation with momentary operation next to each floor car call button in main car station. E. Elevators #6 and #7 (Service) 1. Hydraulic passenger elevator: KINGSWOOD 40 THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER 14240-5 HLM 90007.00-1 BID GROUP TWO ADDENDUM #1-AUGUST 12, 1991 SECTION 14240 HYDRAULIC ELEVATORS 2. 4000 # Capacity 3. 125 FPM Speed 4. 25'-2" feet travel 5. 3 landings (ground, first and second) 6. 3 openings, two front/one rear. 7. Machine: Hydraulic 8. Guide Rails: Planed steel 9. Buffers: Spring 10. Car Platform: 5'-4"W x 7'-9-1/2"D 11. Operation: Selective Collective 12. Door Operation: High speed, heavy duty type, master DC door operator (minimum opening speed 2-1/2 FPS). 13. Entrance: 4'-0"W x 7'-0"H 14. Entrance Type: Single speed 15. Door Protection: Safety edge and double light rays. 16. Motor Control: 17. Cab Design: Designer Series a. Floor - Vinyl Composition Tile b. Ceiling - Steel with white baked enamel finish. C. Walls - Rigidtex SWL d. Handrails - 2" S.S. Satin bar on side walls. e. Lighting - Cove 18. Car Doors: S.S. Satin 19. Car Front: 1 F12GY S.S. Satin 29.-- Ear- Shell:--B&i................................................ 21. Hoi stway Frame '€#°)eiw S.S. Satin 22. Hoistway Doors: S:S:`Satin 23. Signals: Vandal Resistant Design illuminating hall and car pushbuttons. Position indicator in each car. Car direction indicators above hoistway doors. t<` vandal resistant. All handicapped code signal"`requirements....... car riding lantern. 23. Additional Features: Emergency car lighting, car top inspection station, independent service, pit ladders and sill support angles. Provide coaxial cable with two shielded pairs for car security, pit ladders, sill support angles and independent service. Mortise type key switch operation with momentary operation next to each floor car call button in main car station. 2.3 SPECIAL EMERGENCY SERVICE A. Phase I: 1. A three (3) position key operated switch will be provided at a predesignated (main or lobby) floor of the elevator or of each group of elevators. When the switch is placed in the on position, or if sensors (provided by others) operate all elevators controlled by this switch, the sensors will return the elevator non-stop to the main floor and the doors will open and remain open. 2. An elevator traveling away from the main floor will reverse at the next available floor, without opening its doors, and proceed to the main floor without stopping for car or hall calls. THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER 14240-6 HLM 90007.00-1 BID GROUP TWO ADDENDUM #1-AUGUST 12, 1991 SECTION 14240 HYDRAULIC ELEVATORS 3. Door reopening devices for power operated doors (Rule 112.5 of the ANSI 17.1 Code) which may be affected by smoke or heat, so to prevent door closing will be rendered inoperative. 4. Elevators standing at a floor other than the main floor close their doors, and proceed to the main floor without ping for car or hall calls. 5. The hall buttons will be rendered inoperative. 6. The elevators may be restored to normal operation by the lobby key switch to the off position. will stop - furnishing 7. Once the car has started to return, the emergency stop switch will be disconnected. 8. Product of combustion sensors (furnished and installed by others) will initiate the foregoing operation by providing a signal to terminals on the elevator controller. A third position on the lobby key switch will by-pass such sensors. The key will not be removable in this third position. B. Phase II: 1. A key switch designed for a key acceptable to local authorities will be provided in or adjacent to the car operating panel of each elevator. This switch when operated, will initiate the following special service: a. The elevator will be operated only by a person in the car, and will not respond to hall calls. b. Operation will be by registering one or more calls in the car and causing the doors to close by operating the door close button. Release of pressure on the button prior to full close will allow the doors to immediately reopen. C. Car calls operated in error will be reset by momentary operation of the initiating key switch. d. Upon completion of door close, the car will run to the car floor and stop with doors closed. Door open will be by constant pressure of the door open buttons; if pressure is released prior to full open, the doors will immediately reclose. e. Once fully opened, the doors will remain open, until closing is initiated per (Para No. 2). f. Special Emergency Service will be terminated by placing the key operated switch in the car in the "OFF" position. 2. Floor numbers will be stenciled on the inside of hoistway doors and walls of each elevator so they may be seen with the car doors open, numbers to be not less than 4 inches in height. 3. The elevator contractor will supply the test for operating instructions which will permanently be mounted.. adjacent to the main lobby key switch by others. The lettering shall be reproduced not less than 1/4" high, per A17.1 Code. 2.4 ELEVATOR SIGNAGE: A. As an aid to the blind, 3/8" high BRAILLE identification representing the function of each button shall be permanently embossed in the operating panel face surface adjacent to each button for car and THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER 14240-7 HLM 90007.00-1 BID GROUP TWO ADDENDUM #1-AUGUST 12, 1991 SECTION 14240 HYDRAULIC ELEVATORS corridor operating devices. Stainless steel braille plates overlaid on panel surface are not acceptable. Provide stainless steel bearings, shot or studs set permanently in drilled braille pattern in surface of car or corridor panel. B. All elevator call -button plates in all elevator lobbies and within the elevator cab shall bear the following copy: IN FIRE EMERGENCY DO NOT USE ELEVATORS USE EXIT STAIRS All copy shall be machined or photo -engraved copy directly onto the panel surface and enamel filled. Copy shall be 1/2" Helvetica medium, initial caps and lower case with tight letter spacing. Copy shall be set 5/8" O.C. vertically with one line space operating first line of copy from top edge of plate. Copy shall be flush left, inset 1/2" (minimum) from left edge of plate. Copy color to be selected by Architect. C. Elevator door jambs shall bear a raised numeral copy indicating the respective floor level where located. Copy shall be 1/8" blind raised embossed metal, 4" character height Helvetica medium. Copy shall be centered horizontally on each door jamb width 60" AFF. Copy shall be same finish as elevator door jamb. D. Elevator cabs shall bear a 4" diameter "NO SMOKING" symbol per Florida Code. Symbol shall conform to color, layout and proportions of the United States Department of Transportation symbol consisting of a red circle/ slash,black image, white ground. Copy shall be photo or machine engraved with enamel fill or subsurface copy on surfaced mounted plaque mounted 60" AFF adjacent to door opening. Plaques shall be permanently mounted with concealed fasteners. THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER 14240-8 HLM 90007.00-1 BID GROUP TWO ADDENDUM #1-AUGUST 12, 1991 SECTION 14240 HYDRAULIC ELEVATORS A A3 Al At 2.5 OTHERS -vrn 'snTu A. Elevator Cab `#I; 3, 5, and 7: Provide manufacturer's standard vinyl covered removable wall pads. Provide permanent stainless steel PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 PREPARATION A. Examine work of other trades on which the work of this Section depends. Report defects to Architect in writing which may affect work of this trade or equipment operation. B. Ensure that shafts and openings for moving equipment are plumb, level and in line and that pit is to proper depth, waterproofed and drained with necessary access doors, cylinder opening,and ladder. C. Ensure that machine room is properly illuminated, heated and ventilated and equipment foundations correctly located complete with floor and access door. D. Before fabrication, take necessary job site measurements and verify where work is governed by other trades. Check measurements of space for equipment and means of access for installation and operation. Obtain dimensions from site for preparation of shop drawings. E. Ensure the following preparatory work, provided under other Sections has been properly completed to receive the elevator work: I. Supply of electric feeder wires to the terminals of the elevator control panel, including fused main line switch or circuit breaker. Provision of hoistway outlets for car light, and for light in pit and outlets in machine room for light. Furnishing of electric power for testing and adjusting elevator equipment. THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER 14240-9 HLM 90007.00-1 BID GROUP TWO ADDENDUM #1-AUGUST 12, 1991 SECTION 14240 HYDRAULIC ELEVATORS 2. Provision of hoistway outlet for telephone. 3. Supply of power for emergency cab lighting and ventilation from power panel specified in Division 16 and fed by the building emergency circuits. 4. Machine room enclosed and protected from moisture, with lockable door. F. Supply in ample time for installation, inserts, anchors, pipe sleeves, bearing plates, brackets, supports and bracing including setting templates and diagrams for placement. 3.2 INSTALLATION A. Perform work with competent mechanics skilled in this work and under the direct control and supervision of the elevator manufacturer's B. experienced foreman. Set hoistway entrances in alignment with car openings and true with C. plumb sill lines. Install machinery, guides, controls, car and equipment and accessories in accordance with manufacturer's instructions, applicable codes and standards to provide a quiet, smoothly operating installation, free D. from sideways, oscillation, or vibration. Excavate for plunger and cylinder, set in place plumb and accurate and enclose with 3000 psi concrete. Install cathodic protection system and test to ensure working before placing concrete. E. Mount machine immediately adjacent to hoistway on concrete foundation provided under Section 03300. Isolate and dampen machine vibration with properly sized sound -reducing anti -vibration pads. F. Install and hook-up piping between machine and cylinder. G. Erect hoistway sills, headers and frames prior to erection of rough walls and doors; erect fascias and toe guards after rough walls Al: H . finished. ;:.;:.:.;.::;:.;;:.;:.;::.: e;> «<::t:>':>d:::<pct'd;i a....s.�..�.l.S....and ....hoi hoistway entrance 6�etri: PrEv d..:.;:.:;;:.::.::.;.:.;:.;;:::.;:.;>.;:.:::::::.;:.,..:..::.:: ; . ;.;:.:.:....::.::. .....;:.> frames.r ....... I. :>«<:�;:..<:.;..:;: <;<:<..: <::;.;:::«: ,.; ::.:.:::...................... Furnish and install stainless steel license hoYders in each elevator car to suit certificate issued. Design holder with non -visible tamper -proof fastenings. J. Locate hall buttons and indicators as directed by Architect. 3.3 CLEANING A. Prior to final acceptance remove protection from finished or ornamental surfaces and clean and polish surfaces with due regard to type of material. B. At completion of work of this Section, remove tools, equipment and surplus materials from site. 3.4 ADJUST AND BALANCE A. Make necessary adjustments of equipment to ensure elevator operates smoothly and accurately. 3.5 PROTECTION A. Locate and protect movable equipment and controls in such a way that they can only be operated by authorized persons. THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER 14240-10 HLM 90007.00-1 BID GROUP TWO ADDENDUM #1-AUGUST 12, 1991 SECTION 14240 HYDRAULIC ELEVATORS 3.6 INSPECTION A. Obtain and pay for inspections and permits and make such tests as are required by regulations of authorities. Make tests in presenee of AA ....t.- 1. Provide operation of elevators as required to acquire inspections of Authorities having Jurisdiction. B. Final inspection shall be after elevator installation, hoisting enclosure and machine room are Complete. C. Inspect installation in accordance with ANSI A17.2. D. Deliver test certificates and permits to Architect. ******************** END OF SECTION 14240 THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER 14240-11 HLM 90007.00-1 BID GROUP TWO ADDENDUM #I -AUGUST 12, 1991 ADDENDUM NO. lA NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION FACILITY Bid Package No. 10, Precast Concrete Bid Package No. 11, Hydraulic Elevators Bid Package No. 12, Precast Embeds August 15, 1991 Modification No. 1: The time and date for receipt of bids, and that of opening of bids, is hereby postponed until further notice. Note: This is Addendum No. 1A. Addendum No. 1 has not yet been issued to bidders. It is scheduled to be issued in approximately (1) week. Addendum No. 1 will re-establish the new bid date and time. end of document 08/15/91 ADDENDUM NO. lA 1 ADDENDUM NO. 2 NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION FACILITY Bid Package No. 10, Precast Concrete Bid Package No. 11, Hydraulic Elevators Bid Package No. 12, Precast Embeds September 4, 1991 Modification No. 1: The time and location for receipt of bids has been changed. Sealed Bids are to be received at the office of Monroe County Purchasing Department, Public Service Building, Wing II, 5100 College Road, Stock Island, Key West, Florida 33040. All Bids must be in the hands of R.M. Cofer, Director of Purchasing on or before 10:00 am, Wednesday, September 25, 1991. No bids will be received after the deadline. Bids will be opened thereafter by a committee consisting of Monroe County Purchasing Agent, representative of Monroe County Attorney's office, and the Construction Manager. This is a change to section 00030 Notice of Calling for Bids, and to section 00100 Instructions to Bidders. Changes per this modification are to be made to sections 00030 and 00100. All other requirements for submission of bids remain the same. Modification No. 2: Replace section 00352, Milestone Schedule for Bid Group 2, dated 08/08/91, with revised Milestone Schedule, dated 09/04/91. Modification No. 3: Replace section 00992, Schedule of Drawings for Bid Group 2, dated 07/29/91, with revised Schedule of Drawings, dated 09/04/91. Modification No. 4: Incorporate Document 00902, Addendum No. 2, dated August 29, 1991, to Bid Group 2, into the bidding documents. This document was prepared by Hansen Lind Meyer, and is shown on pink colored sheets. This document contains revised specifications, revision notes to drawings, and revised drawings. 09/04/91 ADDENDUM NO. 2 Page 1 SECTION 00352 BID GROUP 2 MILESTONE SCHEDULE This section contains the project schedule. Each contractor is to study the applicable parts, or milestones, in order to determine his proposed scheduling for the project. Coordinate construction scheduling and operations with the Construction Manager so as to meet the milestone and completion dates as outlined in this section. The Contractors are to note the following special items. a. Bid Due Date . . . . . . . . . . . . . .09/25/91 b. Award Date (Anticipated) . . . . . . . .10/09 91 C. Notice to Proceed (Anticipated). . . . .10/14/91 d. Bid Package No. 10 - Precast Concrete: Erection of precast concrete shall commence (90) calendar days after the commencement date established in the Notice to Proceed, and Zones A, B, C, D & E shall be erected within (239) calendar days after Notice to Proceed. e. Bid Package No. 11 - Hydraulic Elevators: The jackwells are to be installed simultaneously with a portion of Bid Package No. 7 - Concrete Foundations work, under Bid Group 1. Two months are being allowed for the jackwell work, which must be complete prior to follow- on concrete foundations and precast concrete erection. Elevator #3 and either of #6 or #7, are to be available for temporary service, should it be deemed necessary, within (356) calendar days after Notice to Proceed. All contract Work shall be substantially complete (408) calendar days after the commencement date established in the Notice to Proceed. 09/04/91 MILESTONE SCHEDULE (ADD. 2) 00352 - 1 f. Bid Package No. 12 - Precast Embeds: All precast embeds are to be fabricated and delivered to the precaster in order to meet the production schedule of the precaster. This schedule, to be submitted by the precaster, will be submitted after award of the precast concrete package. All other materials under the scope of work of the precast embed contractor, shall be delivered to the jobsite, when, and as directed by the Construction Manager. All precast embed contractor Work shall be substantially complete (130) calendar days after the commencement date established in the Notice to Proceed. 09/04/91 MILESTONE SCHEDULE (ADD. 2) 00352 - 2 SECTION 00992 SCHEDULE OF DRAWINGS Bid Package No. 10, Precast Concrete Bid Package No. 11, Hydraulic Elevators Bid Package No. 12, Precast Embeds DRAWING NO. DRAWING TITLE LATEST REVISION DATE Cover Sheet, Bid Rev. 0, 07/23/91 Group 2 0.01 Index Rev. 1, 08/12/91 0.02 Symbols & Abbreviations Rev. 0, 07/23/91 (Architectural) 3.07 Framing Plan First Floor Rev. 2, 08/29/91 Zone A 3.08 Framing Plan First Floor Rev. 2, 08/29/91 Zone B 3.09 Framing Plan First Floor Rev. 2, 08/29/91 Zone C 3.10 Framing Plan First Floor Rev. 2, 08/29/91 Zone D 3.11 Framing Plan First Floor Rev. 2, 08/29/91 Zone E 3.12 Framing Plan First Floor Rev. 2, 08/29/91 Zone F (Alternate) 3.13 Framing Plan Second Floor Rev. 2, 08/29/91 Zone A 3.14 Framing Plan Second Floor Rev. 2, 08/29/91 Zone B 3.15 Framing Plan Second Floor Rev. 2, 08/29/91 Zone C 09/04/91 SCHEDULE OF DRAWINGS (ADD. 2) 00992 - 1 DRAWING NO. DRAWING TITLE LATEST REVISION DATE 3.16 Framing Plan Second Floor Rev. 2, 08/29/91 Zone D 3.17 Framing Plan Mezzanine Rev. 2, 08/29/91 Level Zone E 3.18 Framing Plan Mezzanine Rev. 2, 08/29/91 Level Zone F (Alternate) 3.19 Framing Plan Mechanical Rev. 1, 08/12/91 Plenum Zone D 3.20 Framing Plan Mechanical Rev. 1, 08/12/91 Plenum Zone E 3.21 Framing Plan Mechanical Rev. 1, 08/12/91 Plenum Zone F 3.22 Framing Plan Roof Level Rev. 2, 08/29/91 Zone A 3.23 Framing Plan Roof Level Rev. 2, 08/29/91 Zone B 3.24 Framing Plan Roof Level Rev. 2, 08/29/91 Zone C 3.25 Framing Plan Roof Level Rev. 2, 08/29/91 Zone D 3.26 Framing Plan Roof Level Rev. 2, 08/29/91 Zone E 3.27 Framing Plan Roof Level Rev. 2, 08/29/91 Zone F (Alternate) 3.32 Typical Details Rev. 2, 08/29/91 3.33 Sections and Details Rev. 2, 08/29/91 3.34 Sections and Details Rev. 2, 08/29/91 3.35 Precast Wall Schedule Rev. 2, 08/29/91 and Details 09/04/91 SCHEDULE OF DRAWINGS (ADD. 2) 00992 - 2 DRAWING NO. DRAWING TITLE LATEST REVISION DATE 3.36 Precast Column Schedule Rev. 2, 08/29/91 and Details 3.37 General Notes, Abbreviations Rev. 2, 08/29/91 & Typical Details 3.38 Sections and Details Rev. 2, 08/29/91 3.39 Sections and Details Rev. 2, 08/29/91 4.01 Exterior Building Plan Rev. 0, 07/23/91 Ground Floor Zone A 4.02 Exterior Building Plan Rev. 0, 07/23/91 Ground Floor Zone B 4.03 Exterior Building Plan Rev. 1, 08/12/91 Ground Floor Zone C 4.04 Exterior Building Plan Rev. 0, 07/23/91 Ground Floor Zone D 4.05 Exterior Building Plan Rev. 0, 07/23/91 Ground Floor Zone E 4.06 Exterior Building Plan Rev. 0, 07/23/91 Ground Floor Zone F (Alternate) 4.07 Exterior Building Plan Rev. 0, 07/23/91 First Floor Zone A 4.08 Exterior Building Plan Rev. 1, 08/12/91 First Floor Zone B 4.09 Exterior Building Plan Rev. 2, 08/29/91 First Floor Zone C 4.10 Exterior Building Plan Rev. 2, 08/29/91 First Floor Zone D 4.11 Exterior Building Plan Rev. 2, 08/29/91 First Floor Zone E 09/04/91 SCHEDULE OF DRAWINGS (ADD. 2) 00992 - 3 DRAWING NO. DRAWING TITLE LATEST REVISION DATE 4.12 Exterior Building Plan Rev. 2, 08/29/91 First Floor Zone F (Alternate) 4.13 Exterior Building Plan Rev. 1, 08/12/91 Second Floor Zone A 4.14 Exterior Building Plan Rev. 1, 08/12/91 Second Floor Zone B 4.15 Exterior Building Plan Rev. 1, 08/12/91 Second Floor Zone C 4.16 Exterior Building Plan Rev. 2, 08/29/91 Mezzanine Level Zone D 4.17 Exterior Building Plan Rev. 2, 08/29/91 Mezzanine Level Zone E 4.18 Exterior Building Plan Rev. 2, 08/29/91 Mezzanine Level Zone F (Alternate) 4.19 Mechanical Plenum Plan Rev. 1, 08/12/91 Zone D 4.20 Mechanical Plenum Plan Rev. 1, 08/12/91 Zone E 4.21 Mechanical Plenum Plan Rev. 1, 08/12/91 Zone F (Alternate) 4.22 Building Plan Roof Level Rev. 1, 08/12/91 Zone A 4.23 Building Plan Roof Level Rev. 2, 08/29/91 Zone B 4.24 Building Plan Roof Level Rev. 2, 08/29/91 Zone C 4.25 Building Plan Roof Level Rev. 2, 08/29/91 Zone D 09/04/91 SCHEDULE OF DRAWINGS (ADD. 2) 00992 - 4 DRAWING NO. DRAWING TITLE LATEST REVISION DATE 4.26 Building Plan Roof Level Rev. 2, 08/29/91 Zone E 4.27 Building Plan Roof Level Rev. 2, 08/29/91 Zone F (Alternate) 4.28 Exterior Elevations Rev. 0, 07/23/91 4.29 Exterior Elevations Rev. 0, 07/23/91 4.30 Exterior Elevations Rev. 1, 08/12/91 4.31 Exterior Elevations Rev. 0, 07/23/91 4.32 Exterior Elevations Rev. 2, 08/29/91 4.33 Exterior Elevations Rev. 1, 08/29/91 4.33A Exterior Elevations Rev. 0, 07/23/91 4.34 Wall Sections Rev. 0, 07/23/91 4.35 Wall Sections Rev. 0, 07/23/91 4.36 Wall Sections Rev. 1, 08/12/91 4.37 Wall Sections Rev. 2, 08/29/91 4.38 Exterior Details Rev. 1, 08/12/91 4.39 Exterior Details Rev. 1, 08/12/91 4.40 Exterior Details Rev. 0, 07/23/91 4.41 Exterior Details Rev. 2, 08/29/91 4.41A Exterior Details Rev. 2, 08/29/91 4.41B Exterior Details Rev. 1, 08/12/91 4.42 Metal Door & Window Frame Rev. 1, 08/12/91 Elevations & Details Door Schedule 4.46 Stair Plans & Sections Rev. 1, 08/12/91 09/04/91 SCHEDULE OF DRAWINGS (ADD. 2) 00992 - 5 DRAWING NO. DRAWING TITLE 4.47 Stair Plans & Sections 4.47A Stair Plans & Sections 4.48 Stair Details 4.49 Elevator Plans & Sections 4.50 Elevator Details 4.51 Enlarged Cell Plans and Elevations 4.67 Partition Types 5.07 Floor Pattern First Floor Zone A 5.10 Floor Pattern First Floor Zone D 5.11 Floor Pattern First Floor Zone E LATEST REVISION DATE Rev. 1, 08/12/91 Rev. 2, 08/29/91 Rev. 1, 08/12/91 Rev. 0, 07/23/91 Rev. 1, 08/12/91 Rev. 2, 08/29/91 Rev. 1, 08/12/91 Rev. 0, 07/23/91 Rev. 0, 07/23/91 Rev. 0, 07/23/91 09/04/91 SCHEDULE OF DRAWINGS (ADD. 2) 00992 - 6 DOCUMENT 00902 THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER BID GROUP TWO AUGUST 29, 1991 PROJECT NUMBER 90007.00 ADDENDUM NO. 2 The information contained in this Addendum modifies, supplements or replaces information contained in the Project Manual and on the Drawings and is hereby made a part of the Contract Documents. Acknowledge receipt of this addendum by placing the appropriate addendum number in the blank on the Bid Form. APPLICABLE TO THE PROJECT MANUAL A. Revised Pro.iect Manual Pages The replacement pages identified below include modifications made to the original Project Manual sections. Revised'or added information is indicated by sed type in the text and an "A2" notation in the margin identifying that the revision was made. Areas where information has been deleted are identified by striking eta the text and placing an "A2" notation in the margin. Insert replacement pages into the Project Manual ahead of the pages they replace. SECTION TITLE PAGE 03200 CONCRETE REINFORCEMENT 2 03300 CAST -IN -PLACE CONCRETE 4,6 03410 PRECAST CONCRETE CORED PLANKS 2,3 03412 PRECAST CONCRETE PANELS 2 03420 PRECAST CONCRETE SECTIONS 4,4a,5,6 03490 PRECAST CONCRETE MODULAR CELL 1,3,7,9 04200 UNIT MASONRY 1,9 05500 METAL FABRICATIONS 3 07210 BUILDING INSULATION 2,2a 07530 SINGLE PLY ROOFING 3,3a 09830 ELASTOMERIC COATING 1 14240 HYDRAULIC ELEVATORS 9 THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER 00902-1 HLM 90007.00 BID GROUP TWO ADDENDUM #2-AUGUST 29,1991 DOCUMENT 00902 APPLICABLE TO THE DRAWINGS A. Drawing Revisions: Contract Drawings. Drawing No. 4.13 4.31 4.40 ADDENDUM NO. 2 Incorporate the following revisions into the respective Revision Refer to Column Line 3.8 Delete note "Finish Floor Elevation at Drain 30.0' (TYp.)." Refer to U: Elevation; Coil Roll Up Dock Door Change vertical dimension 9'-2-3/4" to read 9'-5-3/4". Refer to Detail #11: Typical Roof Drain Detail Change note: "Sloped Conc. Topping" to read: "Sloped Concrete Fill, Minimum 2". B. Revised Full -Size Drawings: The following are listed as part of this Addendum. All have been previously issued and are dated August 29, 1991. DRAWING NUMBER TITLE 3.07 FRAMING PLAN FIRST FLOOR ZONE A 3.08 FRAMING PLAN FIRST FLOOR ZONE B 3.09 FRAMING PLAN FIRST FLOOR ZONE C 3.10 FRAMING PLAN FIRST FLOOR ZONE D 3.11 FRAMING PLAN FIRST FLOOR ZONE E 3.12 FRAMING PLAN FIRST FLOOR ZONE F 3.13 FRAMING PLAN SECOND FLOOR ZONE A 3.15 FRAMING PLAN SECOND FLOOR ZONE C 3.16 FRAMING PLAN MEZZANINE LEVEL ZONE D 3.17 FRAMING PLAN MEZZANINE LEVEL ZONE E 3.18 FRAMING PLAN MEZZANINE LEVEL ZONE F 3.22 FRAMING PLAN ROOF LEVEL ZONE A 3.23 FRAMING PLAN ROOF LEVEL ZONE B 3.24 FRAMING PLAN ROOF LEVEL ZONE C 3.25 FRAMING PLAN ROOF LEVEL ZONE D 3.26 FRAMING PLAN ROOF LEVEL ZONE E 3.27 FRAMING PLAN ROOF LEVEL ZONE F 3.32 TYPICAL DETAILS 3.33 SECTIONS AND DETAILS THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER 00902-2 HLM 90007.00 BID CROUP TWO ADDENDUM #2-AUGUST 29,1991 DOCUMENT 00902 DRAWING NUMBER 3.34 3.35 3.36 3.37 3.38 3.39 4.09 4.10 4.11 4.12 4.16 4.17 4.18 4.22 4.23 4.24 4.25 4.26 4.27 4.32 4.33 4.37 4.41 4.41A 4.47A 4.51 ADDENDUM NO. 2 TITLE SECTIONS AND DETAILS PRECAST WALL SCHEDULE AND DETAILS PRECAST COLUMN SCHEDULE AND DETAILS GENERAL NOTES, ABBREVIATIONS SECTIONS AND DETAILS SECTIONS AND DETAILS EXTERIOR BUILDING PLAN FIRST FLOOR ZONE C EXTERIOR BUILDING PLAN FIRST FLOOR ZONE D EXTERIOR BUILDING PLAN FIRST FLOOR ZONE E EXTERIOR BUILDING PLAN FIRST FLOOR ZONE F EXTERIOR BUILDING PLAN MEZZANINE LEVEL ZONE D EXTERIOR BUILDING PLAN MEZZANINE LEVEL ZONE E EXTERIOR BUILDING PLAN MEZZANINE LEVEL ZONE F ROOF PLAN ZONE A ROOF PLAN ZONE B ROOF PLAN ZONE C ROOF PLAN ZONE D ROOF PLAN ZONE E ROOF PLAN ZONE F EXTERIOR ELEVATIONS EXTERIOR ELEVATIONS WALL SECTIONS EXTERIOR DETAILS EXTERIOR DETAILS STAIR PLANS AND SECTIONS ENLARGED PLANS - CELLS ****************** END OF ADDENDUM #2 THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER 00902-3 HLM 90007.00 BID GROUP TWO ADDENDUM #2-AUGUST 29,1991 SECTION 03200 PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 REINFORCEMENT CONCRETE REINFORCEMENT E' A. Reinforcing Steel Bars: 1. ASTM A615, Grade 60 deformed billet steel bars. A 2. ASTM A706, Grade 60 for reinforcement to be welded- Srad{# meetfg �ve61 ty rei rerae S e A ;. ................ ............ B. Welded Wire Fabric: ASTM A185, Flat Sheets. 2.2 ACCESSORY MATERIALS A. Supports for Reinforcement: Provide supports for reinforcement including bolsters, chairs, spacers and other devices for spacing, supporting and fastening reinforcement in place, in accordance with the recommendations and details of the Concrete Reinforcing Steel Institute. 1. For exposed -to -view concrete surfaces: Provide supports with legs hot -dip galvanized, plastic tipped or stainless steel where legs of supports contact forms. B. Tie Wire: Minimum 16 gage annealed type 2.3 FABRICATION A. Fabricate Concrete reinforcing in accordance with ACI 318 B. Weld reinforcement in accordance with ANSI/AWS D1.4. C. Locate reinforcing splices not indicated on Drawings, at point of minimum stress. Review location of splices with Architect. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 GENERAL A. Perform work in accordance with ACI 301 and ACI 318. 3.2 INSTALLATION A. Keep uncoated reinforcement free from rust, scale, dirt, and physical injury. B. Place, support and secure reinforcement against displacement. Do not deviate from required position. C. Secure reinforcement against displacement with tie wire or other clips or ties. ******************** END OF SECTION 03200 THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER 03200-2 HLM 90007.00-1 BID GROUP TWO ADDENDUM #2-AUGUST 29, 1991 SECTION 03300 CAST -IN -PLACE CONCRETE 2. "Pozzolith Normal"., Master Builders. 3. "Plastocrete 161"; Sika Chemical Corporation. F. High Range Water Reducing (HRWR) Admixture (Super Plasticizer): ASTM C- 494 Type F or G containing not more than 0.1% chloride ions, optional. Acceptable Products: 1. "Eucon 37"; Euclid Chemical Co. 2. "Rheobuild 716 or 1000"; Master Builders. G. Accelerators are not permitted. H. Retarding admixtures and water reducing and retarding admixtures: ASTM C- 494, Type B and Type D respectively. Acceptable Products: 1. Eucon Retarder-75, Euclid Chemical Co. 2. Pozzolith Retarder, Master Builders. 3. Plastocrete 161R, Sika. I. Certification: Provide written conformance to the above mentioned requirements and chloride ion content required prior to mix design review by Architect. J. Coloring Admixture: Provide color admixture, with minimum mix proportions per AA bs. C:::>:><:»�� :<� �:...��< .!@ � ��<:: grey cement and e3-. ... manufacturer's recommendations. At 1. Color: A.">;:..:.:.:.7........+._L.. ..S+..+ �:r;:1 ........ S is :.. _ 2. Manufacturer: a. LAMBERT CORP. b,.._.....Architect. approved equivalent. I c......::>NtI C4£RETTI 3. Locations: a. First Floor: Dayroom Floors, 6eyel 1 , Gel! s,. Dormitory Dayrooms and Sleeping Areas. b. Mezzanine Level: Cell Walkways, Inmate Visitation Space, Multipurpose Rooms and Dayroom Stair Treads. 2.2 EXPANSION MATERIAL A. ACI 301 B. Fiber Expansion Joint: 1. 1/2" thickness. Conform to ASTM D-1751. 2.3 EMBEDDED ITEMS: A. Embedded items: Do not displace reinforcing bars. B. Rated or specified capacity of embedded items: Not to be construed as design capacity of supporting concrete members. C. Steel Plates, Bars and Structural Shapes: Conform to ASTM A-36. D. Deformed Bar Anchors - Comply with ASTM A-496, Fy-70,000 psi. E. Headed Concrete Anchors. 1. Comply with ASTM A-108. 2. Type with Ceramic Ferrules: Compatible with arc -welding process (AWS D1.1). THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER 03300-4 HLM 90007.00-1 BID GROUP TWO ADDENDUM #2-AUGUST 29, 1991 SECTION 03300 CAST -IN -PLACE CONCRETE C. Admixtures: 1. Provide water reducing or water reducing and retarding admixture specified in design mix for concrete. 2. Hot Weather Conditions: When ambient temperature exceeds 90 degrees F. and/or placing conditions required retardation of setting time Architect may require a change from Type A (normal) admixture to Type D (retarding) formulation of water reducing admixture. Concrete temperature not to exceed 100 degrees F. 3. When increased workability, pumpability, lower water -cement ratio, shrinkage and permeability reduction is required, use HRWR admixture (Super Plasticizer). D. Selection of Proportion of Ingredients: 1. Prepare design mixes for each type of concrete used in construction. a. Proportion mixes to obtain compressive strengths indicated on the drawings. b. Where compressive strength is not indicated, obtain minimum 4000 psi 28 day strength. 2. Field records used to demonstrate that proposed proportions will produce required average strength must be of tests made within last 12 months and have same water cement ratio and, cement type and manufacturer as proposed mix proportions. a. Comply with ACI 211.1 and ACI 301 as modified by the following: 1) Determine maximum allowable unit shrinkage expressed in percentage of length in accordance with ASTM C-157, based upon average value of three (3) 4 inch x 4 inch x. 11 inch specimens after 21 days of actual drying time; total 28 days after casting. {fit; a) Maximum allowable shrinkage +Faa-ee � Ott value for concrete' mixes: 400 millionths (0;4864) with an allowable variation of 15%. 2) Submit written reports of each proposed concrete mix not less than 15 days prior to start of work. Do not proceed with concrete production until mixes have been reviewed by Architect. 3. Adjustment of Concrete Mixes: Concrete mix design adjustments may be requested when characteristics of materials, project conditions, weather, test results or other circumstances warrant. a. Submit laboratory test reports for revised mix designs and strength results to Architect for review before use of revised concrete mixes in the Work. E. Slump: 1. ACI 301. 2. Pumped Concrete: 5 1/2". 3. Other Structural Concrete: 3". F. Chloride Ion Content: 1. The chloride ion content shall not exceed 0.15% of the weight of the ..re ,. Ee� 2. Test chloride on content in i`ndividua� redients or trail batches of concrete. THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER 03300-6 HLM 90007.00-1 BID GROUP TWO ADDENDUM #2-AUGUST 29, 1991 SECTION 03410 PRECAST CONCRETE CORED PLANKS 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Submit shop and erection drawings, dated, signed and sealed by a State of Florida registered professional engineer experienced in the design of prestressed precast units indicating the following: 1. Layout, dimensioning, and erection number of units. 2. Sections and details showing connections and bearings conditions and relation of units to adjacent building materials. 3. Embedded items and their relation to the structure and units. 4. Handling requirements. 5. All dead, live and other applicable loads. 6. Size and location of all major openings (greater than 12" x 12") along with header details. 7. Estimated short term and long term camber. 8. Fire -resistance rating of units, including topping where applicable. Af p..: B. Furnish letter sign"and sealed by a State of Florida registered ed professional engineer experienced in the design of prestressed precast units indicating design criteria and loads used in the design of the units. C. Submit product data including application and installation instruction for proprietary materials. 1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE Al' A. Compute fire resistance rating of units in accordance with the Standard Building Code requirements for equivalent slab thickness required to obtain the minimum fire minim fire -resistance rating shown on the Drawings. ............................................................. re ui re ments of PCI MNL -120 and PCI MNL-I23. C. Design units under direct supervision of Professional Engineer registered in the State of Florida experienced in the design of precast concrete structural units. A D. Design units to withstand their weight, erection forces., topping loads, and ...... all live and dead loads as shown on the Drawi.ngs.... Dssts aid uit E. Provide for the installation of minor (less than 12" x 12") openings by assuming one minor opening at any location on the individual unit in the unit's design. G—. The preeast eenerete manufaet ring plant shall be eeptifled by the PG! THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER 03410-2 HLM 90007.00-1 BID GROUP TWO ADDENDUM #2-AUGUST 29, 1991 Al SECTION 03410 PRECAST CONCRETE CORED PLANKS co C>~e%e::.ancrn+.:pai+ X. C``<a.ir; H. Erection of precast concrete work shall be performed by workmen skilled in this type of work and under the direction of a supervisor having continual experience in similar work over at least the preceding five years. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 MATERIALS A. Portland cement: ASTM C-150. AZ B. Steel prestressing tendons: High tensile strength, uncoated, seven ilia p7;e seven strand wire meeting requirements of ASTM A-416. C. Aggregates: ASTM C-33. D. Bearing Strips: 1. One specimen shall be tested for each 100 feet of strips used in the. project. a. Random Oriented Fiber Reinforced: Continuous with allowable minimum compressive stress of 3,000 psi with no cracking, splitting, or delamination in the internal portions of the strip. b. Plastic: High density continuous multi -monomer plastic strips shall be non -leaching and support loads with no visible deformation. A� C. 1/4"m thickrs unless indicated otherwise in Drawings. E. Grout (Keyways and Cores) A UJI F. Reinforcing Steel: Non -prestressed reinforcing steel shall conform with the 2.2 FABRICATION A. Field verify required member dimensions prior to fabrication. THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER 03410-3 HLM 90007.00-1 BID GROUP TWO ADDENDUM #2-AUGUST 29, 1991 SECTION 03412 PRECAST CONCRETE PANELS C. Prestressed Concrete Institute (PCI) 1. PCI MNL-122 "Architectural Precast Concrete". 2. PCI MNL-117 "Manual for Quality Control for Plants and Production of Architectural Precast Concrete Products". 3. PCI MNL-120 "PCI Design Handbook - Precast and Prestressed Concrete". 4. PCI MNL-123 "Design and Typical Details of Connections for Precast and Prestressed Concrete". D. American Concrete Institute (ACI) 1. ACI 301 - "Specification for Structural Concrete for Buildings". 2. ACI 318 - "Building Code Requirements for Reinforced Concrete". 3. ACI 53.3 - Precast Concrete Wall Panels. E. American Welding Society (ASTM) 1. AWS D1.1 - "Structural Welding Code - Steel". F. SBCCI - Standard Building Code, 1988 (SBC) 1.3 DESIGN CRITERIA A. ACI 318 B ACI 533 E. Precast Unit Reinforcement 1 Minimum reinforcement area: .0018 times gross concrete area each way spaced 12 inches on center maximum. 2 Minimum perimeter reinforcement bar: a. Additional to minimum reinforcement area b. 0.20 square inches for 4" or less panel C. 0.31 square inches for greater than 4" panel thickness 3. Minimum corner reinforcement: a. Additional to minimum reinforcement area b. Provide diagonal reinforcing at all opening corners and re- entrant corners. Minimum reinforcing 2 #4 each face (inside layer) extending minimum 2'-0" past each corner. 4. Provide additional reinforcement for in-service loads, loads and forces imposed during manufacturing, shipping, erection and for local stresses at connection or pick-up points. THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER 03412-2 HLM 90007.00-1 BID GROUP TWO ADDENDUM #2-AUGUST 29, 1991 SECTION 03420 PRECAST CONCRETE SECTIONS G. Erection of precast concrete work shall be performed by installer with workmen skilled in this type for work and under the direction of installer's supervisor, each having continual experience in similar work over at least a five year period. H. Experience record of fabricator(s) and Installer shall be received 12 working days prior to scheduled Bid Opening to allow inclusion of Architect's approval in the last addendum prior to Bid opening. I. Provide Certificates of Compliance for the following: 1. Material used in the manufacture and erection shall meet the requirements established by this section. 2. Certifications shall be provided on the Contractor's letterhead, dated, and identified as applicable to this project with the signature foremost the same as that required between the Owner and Contractor. J. Installer is to provide erection sequence plan for all precast concrete sections to Contractor for his review and approval. Include in erection sequence plan provisions for stability of precast sections and structure during construction until all permanent connections have been completed. Obtain approval of engineer who designed precast concrete sections prior to submission of erection sequence plan to the Contractor. K. Welding of reinforcing steel, metal inserts and connections: 1. Comply with AWS D 1.1. 2. Use E-70 low hydrogen welding electrodes. 3. Use proper pre -heat where required. 2 L. The manufacturer may propose an alternate layout of the double tees subject to approval by the Architect. Manufacturer must coordinate alternate lay out with y i .i E1�9i° �I:�Q`�'.�'�f'L�Et>?<'�1jtl�il��t;<`�li W`?<>4hh"1!!!Rvi�ti!��<�v Al: A THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER 03420-4 HLM 90007.00-1 BID GROUP TWO ADDENDUM #2-AUGUST 29, 1991 SECTION 03420 PRECAST CONCRETE SECTIONS C. Conform to requirements of PCI MNL-120 Concrete and PCI MNL-123. D. Design members under direct supervision of Professional Engineer registered in the State of Florida experienced in the design of precast and precast prestressed concrete sections similar to sections required for this project. THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER 03420-4a HLM 90007.00-1 BID GROUP TWO ADDENDUM #2-AUGUST 29, 1991 SECTION 03420 PRECAST CONCRETE SECTIONS AZ E. Ai 1.6 F. Design members and connections to resist design loads due to the pressure and suction of wind, and all live and dead loads as indicated on the dOrawings. Design members and connections to resist their own Design component connections to provide for differential foundation settlement of less than 3/4 inch and for building movement due to temperature changes of 35'F less than 70'F and 35'F greater than 706F. Provide adjustment to accommodate misalignment of structure within normal construction tolerances. G. Provide for the installation of minor (less than 10" x 10") openings in floor or roof slabs, flanges of double tees, and in shear wall elements by assuming one minor opening at any location in the above sections. Assume edge of opening to be further than 8" from any connection point to adjacent structures. H. Provide minimum additional corner reinforcement at all opening corners and re-entrant corners. Minimum reinforcing 2 #4 each face (inside layer) extending minimum 2'-0" past each corner, except in double tee flanges provide 1 #3 in lieu of 2 #4. i. De949n eenneetiens so that adjeining shear walls aet as a unit, w DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING A. Handle precast members in position consistent with their shape and design. Lift and support only from support points. B. Lifting or handling devices shall be capable of supporting member in positions anticipated during manufacture, storage, transportation and erection. Maintain capacity of lifting devices sufficient to resist force of 2.5 times weight of member. C. Protect edges of members to prevent staining, chipping, or spalling of concrete. 1. Place nonstaining resilient spacers of even thickness between each unit. 2. Support units during shipment on nonstaining shock -absorbing material. THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER 03420-5 HLM 90007.00-1 BID GROUP TWO ADDENDUM #2-AUGUST 29, 1991 SECTION 03420 PRECAST CONCRETE SECTIONS D. Place members in storage so that identification marks (date of production and final position in structure) are readily discernible. 1.7 PRE -INSTALLATION CONFERENCE A. Prior to pre -installation conference Installer must review installation procedures and coordination for other work with all trades whose work will be affected by the recast Bence+� ��`ien work<< precast concrete panel s, r c t C t.3 . precast concrete egivid #mew planks, a� precast concrete modular cells � 1 ' Manufaeturers represent� t4yes, and Areh4teet shall meet -as often as neeessary at the site PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 MATERIALS A. Concrete: 1. Portland Cement: A. a. ASTM C-150,'';';:<<' Type III (High Early Strength) . b. For exposed surfaces use same brand, type and source of supply throughout. 2. Air Entraining Agent: a. ASTM C-260; minimum of 3%; maximum of 5%, when tested in accordance with ASTM C-173 or ASTM C-231. 3. No water reducing, retarding or accelerating admixtures. 4. No calcium chloride or admixtures containing significant amount of calcium chloride shall be allowed. 5. Aggregates: a. Hard rock aggregates shall conform to ASTM C-33. 6 Water: At a. Clean fresh, free of acids, alkalies, oil or organic material. 7. The chloride ion content shall not exceed .06x of the weight of the �@`;Ri"@SdCOS..........:.........:.:;.:<:::.;:.:::.:,:.;;.::.:.::.>... :::::.......:......:.:.......:... . ... £_ fie c}il`oride "ion content may be tested i n i nd ingredients or in trial batches of concrete. B. Reinforcing Steel: 1. Deformed Steel Bars: THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER 03420-6 HLM 90007.00-1 BID GROUP TWO ADDENDUM #2-AUGUST 29, 1991 All. Al Mi SECTION 03490 PRECAST CONCRETE MODULAR CELL PART I - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section includes: I. Precast Concrete modular cells with exterior walls insulated. a. Structural precast concrete work. b Design of cells to accept field installed items such as beams, eel! fronts, eyerhead heus4R9 assemblies fer cell doors, chase access doorsi;! *iW frames, bunks, tables, seats, shelves, .. ................... lights, 01"" A/C devices, electrical ....... fixtures, ec rica ix ures, mW toilet fixtures* 2. E - mbed items. required ..for 6 't'h'e""*i*."n'."'.'sta*.l.lation of equipment (e.g. W-'; ... exterior windows, bunks, tables, seats) shall b e by precast modular cell fabricator. 3. Verification 6 . f ii's' ting dimensions. 4. Metal structural and anchorage items necessary to secure components to each other and to other building materials including fabricated stock metal support and anchorage items, loose items subject to field erection, and embedded items contained in concrete and masonry. 5. Anchorage components with location or template information shall be coordinated with Section 03300 and 03420 for cast*in-place ...............concrete.or precast concrete embedment. respectively. .. B. Related- Sections I. Sealing components in place, between adjacent cells, between cells and adjacent building structure and between cells and dissimilar materials: refer to Section 07900. 2. Section 03600 Grout ft., 0 . ..... si 1.2 REFERENCES A. Preyide 14aintain one copy of all referenced publications for use by site and 'inspection personnel. B. American Society for Testing Materials (ASTM) 1. ASTM A-36/A - Specification for Structural Steel. 2. ASTM A-82 - Specification for Steel Wire, Plain, for Concrete Reinforcement. 3. ASTM A-108 - Specification for Steel Bars, Carbon, Cold -Finished, Standard Quality. 4. ASTM A-123 - Specification for Zinc (Hot -Dip Galvanized) Coatings on Iron and Steel Products. 5. ASTM A-185 - Specification for Steel Welded Wire Fabric, Plain, for Concrete Reinforcement. 6. ASTM A-307 - Specification for Carbon Steel Bolts and Studs, 60,000 psi Tensile Strength. 7. ASTM-A-497 - Specification for Steel Welded Wire Fabric, Deformed, for Concrete Reinforcement. THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER 03490-1 HLM 90007.00-1 BID GROUP TWO ADDENDUM #2-AUGUST 29, 1991 SECTION 03490 PRECAST CONCRETE MODULAR CELL 3. Basic „wind speed: 115 MPH> 1.1',£.ate. xut'$I 4........Con"form with components and cladding requirements �ieigni a�tditaci;'l�ris i>+� i as €ser ' atera1 shear fer+iearwil....pdn nd nai„ >R©n...slabs .fir irrarfer :4i~ t'>>� Fars E. Precast'Unit Reinforcement 1. Minimum reinforcement area: .002 times gross concrete area, each way spaced 12 inches on center maximum. 2. Minimum perimeter reinforcement bar: a. Additional to minimum reinforcement area b. 0.20 square inches for 4" or less panel C. 0.31 square inches for greater than 4" panel thickness 3. Minimum Corner Reinforcement: a. Additional to minimum reinforcement area b. Provide diagonal reinforcing at all opening corners and reentrant corners. Minimum reinforcing 2#4 each face (inside layer) extending minimum 2'-0" past each corner. 4. Provide additional reinforcement for in-service loads, loads and forces imposed during manufacturing, shipping erection and for local stresses at connection or pick-up points. F. Precast Unit Connections 1. Provide minimum of four connections to structure at top and bottom of each precast cell, unless otherwise shown on drawings. 2. Minimum horizontal loads on connections: Provide positive direct connection capable of resisting horizontal forces as specified or minimum horizontal as follows: a. 4" or less panel thickness: 800 lb. b. Greater than 4" panel thickness:1600 lb. 4-4 SUBMITTALS " A. Product Data: Submit manufacturer's specifications and instructions for manufactured materials and products. Include manufacturer's certifications and laboratory test reports as required. B. Shop Drawings: Submit shop drawings showing complete information for fabrication and installation of precast concrete cell units signed and sealed by State of Florida registered professional engineer who prepared calculations indicating drawings were prepared under his direct supervision. Indicate member dimensions and cross-section; cast in openings and field cut openings; location, size and type of reinforcement, including special reinforcement and lifting devices necessary for handling and erection. 1. Indicate layout, dimensions, and identification of each precast unit corresponding to sequence and procedure of installation. Indicate welded connections by AWS standard symbols. Detail inserts, connections, and joints, including accessories .and construction at openings in precast units. 2. Provide location and details of anchorage devices that are to be embedded in other construction. Furnish templates if required for accurate placement. 3. Include erection procedure for precast units and sequence of erection. THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER 03490-3 HLM 90007.00-1 BID GROUP TWO ADDENDUM #2-AUGUST 29, 1991 SECTION 03490 PRECAST CONCRETE MODULAR CELL E. Adjustment to Concrete Mixes: Mix design adjustments may be requested when characteristics of materials, job conditions, weather, test results, or other circumstances warrant. Laboratory test data for revised mix designs and strengths results must be submitted to and accepted by Architect before using in the work. F. Admixtures: 1. Use air -entraining admixture in concrete, unless otherwise indicated. 2. Use water -reducing admixtures in strict compliance with manufacturer's directions. Admixtures to increase cement dispersion, or provide increased workability for low -slump concrete, may be used subject to Architect's acceptance. 3. Use amounts as recommended by admixture manufacturer for climatic conditions prevailing at time of placing. Adjust quantities of admixtures as required for maintain quality control. G. Chloride Ion Content: Z 1M . Maximum 0. X 15 concrete weh ight W. 2. Te srt i t ......:::..:... ............. :._.: t ..:.d ;; :..... ' .t I" 3:.:.:. :' ::. d. Al.:::t�: ...............:......::::::::.:::::...................................�.....��.. .. . ass:::::>;:: ::>:::: �+��.....��Sa.I.�.....m��i��`i��4{€u�aeai�i�r>�i 2.5 RELATED MATERIALS A. Insulated Precast Panel: 1. "Thermomass" Concrete Sandwich Wall System: a. Fiber -composite rod by COMPOSITE TECHNOLIGIES CORPORATION (800) 232-1748. ' b. Insulation: Refer to Section 07210 - BUILDING INSULATION. B. Cast -In -Place Metal Frames: Refer to Section 08100 - METAL DOORS AND FRAMES. C. Concrete Topping: Refer to Section 03300 - CAST -IN -PLACE CONCRETE. 2.6 FABRICATION A. Field verify required unit dimensions prior to fabrication. B. General: Fabricate precast concrete units complying with manufacturing and testing procedures, quality control recommendations, and dimensional tolerances of PCI MNL-116, and as specified for types of units required. C. Ready -Mix Concrete: Comply with requirements of ASTM C94, and as specified here. 1. During hot weather, or under conditions contributing to rapid setting of concrete, a shorter mixing time than specified in ASTM C94 may be required. 2. When the air temperature is between 80'F and 90'F, reduce mixing and delivery time from 1-1/2 hours to 75 minutes, and when air temperature is above 90'F, reduce mixing and delivery time to 60 minutes. D. Built -Up Anchorages: Accurately position built-in anchorage devices and secure to formwork. Locate anchorages where they do not affect position of main reinforcement or placing of concrete. THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER 03490-7 HLM 90007.00-1 BID GROUP TWO ADDENDUM #2-AUGUST 29, 1991 SECTION 03490 PRECAST CONCRETE MODULAR CELL 2. Architectural Grade Finish: Use for exposed surfaces f. x c t X1.Air heles and peekets eye 1/4" and B. Finish of Unformed Surfaces: 1. Unformed surfaces to interface other precast elements: Apply trowel finish. Consolidate concrete, bring to proper level with straight edge, float and trowel to a smooth uniform finish. Steel trowel finish face to match precast concrete panels. 2. Unformed surfaces to interface cast -in -place concrete: Consolidate concrete and bring to proper level with straight edge. Surfaces shall be intentionally roughened to a full amplitude of approximately 1/4". 2 APPROVED MANUFACTURERS A. POMCO ASSOCIATES, INC. B. STRESSCON C. ARCHITECTURAL SYSTEMS, INC. D. TYNDALL CONCRETE PRODUCTS E. Architect approved equivalent PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION, GENERAL A. Place precast units and shim at bearing walls to correct position. Use a sufficient number of shims in locations so as not to overstress any portion of the unit. B. Welding: Perform welding in compliance with AWS D1.1. C. Protect units from damage by field welding or cutting operations and provide non-combustible shield as required. D. Repair damaged metal surfaces by cleaning and applying a coat of liquid galvanizing repair compound to galvanized surfaces and compatible primer to painted surfaces. E. Powder -Actuated Fasteners: Do not use powder -actuated fasteners for surface attachment of accessory items in precast, prestressed unit unless otherwise accepted by precast manufacturer. THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER 03490-9 HLM 90007.00-1 BID GROUP TWO ADDENDUM #2-AUGUST 29, 1991 SECTION 04200 UNIT MASONRY PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Unit masonry and.mortar. a. Reinforcing and anchorage for embedment. b. Reinforcing for Security Walls. C. Miscellaneous items necessary to completion of above. d. Patchinq to match. ar :. ... ar.. a::: er.. ::.. o. 2. Install only: .....................................:. . a. Grouting of metal elevator jambs. B. Related Sections I. Section 03200 - CONCRETE REINFORCEMENT. 1.2 REFERENCED STANDARDS A. Codes and Standards: 1. ACl/ASCE 530, "Building Code Requirements for Masonry Structures" 2. ACl/ASCE 530.1, "Specifications for Masonry Structures" 3 Coastal Construction Manual, FEMA-55, February, 1986; Federal Emergency Management Agency. B. American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM): 1. A-82: Specification for Steel Wire, Plain, for Concrete Reinforcement. 2. A-123: Specification for Zinc (Hot -Dip Galvanized) Coatings on Iron and Steel Products 3. A-167: Specification for Stainless and Heat -Resisting Chromium - Nickel Steel Plate, Sheet and Strip. 4. C-55: Specification for Concrete Building Brick. 5. C-90: Specification for Hollow -Load Bearing Concrete Masonry Units. 6. C-145: Specification for Solid -Load Bearing Concrete Masonry Units. 7. Underwriters Laboratories (UL) 1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Comply with the requirements and referenced standards of the governing laws, ordinances, rules, regulations, or orders of local authority having jurisdiction for the work of this Section. A B. Qualifications 1. Installer Qualifications: Minimum of t-eft years documented m experience specializing in installation of asonry of the type and size similiar to this project. C. Jobsite Sample Panel: 1. Prior to installation of masonry work, erect sample wall panels) using materials, bond and joint tooling shown for final work; and provide special features as directed for joints, sealants and contiguous work. 2. Build sample panel(s) on the site, where directed, of full thickness and approximately V -0" wide by V -0" high, indicating proposed range of color, texture and workmanship to be expected THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER 04200-1 HLM 90007.00-1 BID GROUP TWO ADDENDUM #2-AUGUST 29, 1991 SECTION 04200 UNIT MASONRY courses above and below where concealed or covered by other finish materials. G. Lay out walls in advance for accurate spacing of surface bond patterns, with uniform joint widths and to properly locate openings, movement type joints, return and offsets. Avoid the use of less than half size units at corners, jambs and wherever possible at other locations. H. Lay up walls plumb and true with courses level, accurately spaced and coordinated with other work. I. Stopping and Resuming Work: Rack back 1/2 masonry unit length in each course; do not tooth. Clean exposed surfaces of set masonry, wet units lightly (if specified to be wetted), and remove loose masonry units and mortar prior to laying fresh masonry. J. Built -In Work: As the work progresses, build in items specified under this and other sections. Fill in solidly with masonry around built-in items. K. Where built-in items are to be embedded in cores of hollow masonry units place a layer or metal lath in the joint below and rod mortar or grout into core. height of stery te •Build _ ♦. L _ __. __ _ _ _l M. Cay `solid masonry units with completely filled bed and head joint; butter ends with sufficient mortar to fill head joints and shove into place. Do not slush head joints. N. Lay hollow concrete masonry units with full mortar coverage on horizontal and vertical face shells; also bed webs in mortar in starting course on footings and foundation walls and in all courses of piers, columns and pilasters, and where adjacent to cells or cavities to be reinforced or to be filled with concrete or grout. 0. Joints: 1. Maintain joint widths shown, except for minor variations required to maintain bond alignment. If not shown, lay walls with 3/8" joints. 2. Exposed interior and exterior mortar joints in the masonry walls are to be neatly tooled with long rod tool to form a neat joint with surface dense and uniform i.n thickness and texture. a. Interior joints in concrete block walls shall be concave. 1) Public areas - Standard concave joint. 2) Security areas - Slightly concave joint. 3. Exposed joints shall be rubbed with a stone to remove burrs and projections in mortar, prior to painting. 4. Rake out mortar in preparation for application of caulking or sealants where shown. P. Remove masonry units disturbed after laying; clean and relay in fresh mortar. Do not pound corners at jambs to fit stretcher units which have been set in position. If adjustments are required, remove units, clean off mortar, and reset in fresh mortar. Q. Filled Cell Masonry: 1. Filled cell masonry shall be built to preserve the unobstructed vertical continuity of the cells to be filled with grout. Units THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER 04200-9 HLM 90007.00-1 BID GROUP TWO ADDENDUM #2-AUGUST 29, 1991 SECTION 05500 METAL FABRICATIONS a. Galvanize exterior steel railings, to include pipe, fittings, brackets, fasteners and other ferrous metal components. Finish painting by Section 09900 - PAINTING, color as selected by Architect. b. Provide black steel pipe for interior railings, factory primed after fabrication. Finish painting by Division 9 - PAINTING. Color as selected by Architect. 2. Pipe mounting brackets: JULIUS BLUM 378 malleable iron, factory prime painted. Field finish paint. 3. Attach brackets to walls with 3/8" bolts, 2-1/2" minimum length, set to expansion bolts. B. Steel Ladders: 1. Steel ladders: fabricated from mild steel shapes, galvanized with full welded connections. Finish painting by Division 9 - PAINTING. C. Steel Stair Treads and Grating: 1. Treads: style 1R4 as manufactured by RELIANCE STEEL PRODUCTS CO. or Architect approved equivalent, with bearing bars 1-1/4" x 1/4" spaced 1" apart with cross bars spaced at 4" on center; with abrasive nosings. 2. Grating: style 1R4 as manufactured by RELIANCE STEEL PRODUCTS CO. or Architect approved equivalent, with bearing bars 1-1/4" x 1/4" spaced 1" apart with cross bars spaced at 4" on center. 3. Steel: Galvanized per ASTM A-123 with finish painting by Division 9 - PAINTING, with color selected by Architect. 1 D. Sleyter heistway d4yider beams, E. Welded steel security screens, prime paint finish. Provide anchorage to steel frame using "torx-with-peg" type fasteners. Field paint. F. Welded steel security grille over louver openings: 1. Provide bond breaker between dissimilar metal. ;:. x `"e provide ri11a of 1 Al 2. 0th: S ::QE�d.: P 9 3zcg":;:. rs<sa stee'f bars at 6" o.c. et„'€>"+ir fastened witF ..................:... . torx-with-peg tamper resistant screws. 3. Comply with ASTM A627 and A-629. 4. Prime paint. 5. Field finish paint - Section 09900. " fasteRersr 2.3 FINISH A. Clean surfaces of rust, scale, grease, and foreign matter prior to finishing. B. Do not prime surfaces in direct contact bond with concrete or where field welding is required. C. Prime paint items scheduled with one coat unless indicated otherwise. D. Galvanize items to minimum 1.25 ounces per square foot zinc coating in accordance with ASTM A-386. THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER 05500-3 HLM 90007.00-1 BID GROUP TWO ADDENDUM #2-AUGUST 29, 1991 SECTION 07210 BUILDING INSULATION 1. Where insulation for rated roof/ceiling assembly, floor/ceiling assembly, wall assembly or perimeter insulations are required, provide insulation types which have been fire -tested under simulated field conditions and ASTM E-119 time -temperature fire exposure tests. To "Submittal" requirements of this Section, provide testing agency, test number, and hourly rating certifi- cation as approved by UL or authorities having jurisdiction. B. Surface Burning Characteristics: Conform to ASTM E 84 "Surface Burning Characteristics of Building Materials". C. Fire Resistance Ratings: Conform to ASTM E119, "Fire Tests of Building Construction and Materials." AZ PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 MATERIALS A. Rigid Insulation: 1. Extruded closed cell polystyrene. Thermal resistance "R" of 1" thickness at 5.0 (at 75'F mean temperature) and 5.4 (at 40'F.). Density: not less than 1.7 pounds per cubic foot; water absorption: less than 0.7% by volume; "K" factor at 75'F. shall not be greater than 0:25. Conform to the requirements of ASTM C 578, Type IV materials. Maximum flame spread 5 and smoke developed of 165. Products if in compliance with above: a. DOW CHEMICAL COMPANY "Styrofoam SM/TG" b. U.C. INDUSTRIES "Foamular" ai B. Rigid Insul.at Ion for Precast Concrete Sandwich Panel and Modular Cell: Ai 1. Styrofoam Brand Insulation, DOW CHEMICAL COMPANY; pre -drilled extruded polystyrene, R-value of 5.0 per 1" thickness (at 75' mean temperature) when tested in accordance with ASTM C-518; maximum water absorption of 0.1% by volume when tested with ASTM C-272; and meeting .:physical in ASTM C-578, Type .::properties .given Pro ::.:.....:..:.......::.::.......::.:.j:.;i;1:.►;.;;►::.3.:.::::.::::. ..j C. Rigid'InsuTation for Floor Conditions: Al 1. Provide DOW "Styrofoam PD-60"; extruded polystyrene foam insulation with minimum compressive strength of 60 lbs/sq. in. to comply with ASTM D-1621; R-value of 5.0 per 1" thickness (at 75' mean temperature) when tested in accordance with ASTM C-518; maximum water absorption of 0.1% by volume when tested with ASTM C-272; and meeting physical properties given in ASTM C-578, type THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER 07210-2 HLM 90007.00-1 BID GROUP TWO ADDENDUM #2-AUGUST 29, 1991 SECTION 07210 BUILDING INSULATION THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER 07210-2a HLM 90007.00-1 BID GROUP TWO ADDENDUM #2-AUGUST 29, 1991 SECTION 07530 E. F. G. H. I. J. 1.6 SINGLE PLY ROOFING Comply with applicable code requirements for UL Class "A" rating, with wind uplift resistance of Class 60 or FM Class 1 construction with I-90 wind uplift resistance requirements. 1. Tested per FM Standard 4470. a. UL Wind Uplift Resistance of Class 60. Comply with insurance rating bureau requirements for UL Class A type roofing or FM Class I. Comply with roofing manufacturer requirements for venting. Coordinate venting details with other section requirements. 1. Venting requirements shall be as recommended by the roof membrane manufacturer. Comply with National Roofing Contractors Association (NRCA) Manual recommended procedures for roof membrane penetrations. Assign work closely associated with single ply roofing including (but not limited to) flashing, counter -flashing, and expansion joints and joint sealers to installer of single ply roofing. Coordinate work and material requirements with Division 5 and 7. JOB CONDITIONS A. Preliminary Roofing Conference: As soon as possible after award of roofing work, meet with Installer, installers of substrate construction (decks), and other work adjoining roof system including penetrating work and roof -top units, Architect, Owner, and representatives of other entities directly concerned with performance of roofing system including (as applicable) Owner's insurers and test agencies. Review requirements (Contract Documents), submittals, status of coordinating work, availability of materials and installation facilities and establish preliminary testing, certifications, forecasted weather conditions, governing regulations, insurance requirements, and proposed installation procedures. Record discussion including agreement or disagreement on matters of significance; furnish copy of recorded discussions to each participant. Discuss roofing system protection requirements for construction period extending beyond roofing installation. B. Pre -Application Roofing Conference: Approximately two weeks prior to scheduled commencement of roofing installation and associated work, meet at project site with Installer, installer of each component of associated work, installers of deck or substrate construction to receive roofing work, installers of roof -top units, and other work in and around roofing which must precede or follow roofing work (including mechanical work if any), Architect, Owner, roofing system manufacturer's representative, and other representatives directly concerned with performance of the work including (where applicable) THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER 07530-3 HLM 90007.00-1 BID GROUP TWO ADDENDUM #2-AUGUST 29, 1991 SECTION 07530 SINGLE PLY ROOFING Owner's insurers, test agencies, and governing authorities. Record (Contractor) discussions of conference and decisions and agreements (or disagreements) reached, and furnish copy of record to each party attending. Review; methods and procedures related to roofing work. C. During storage and handling, protect insulation materials from weather elements. THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER 07530-3a HLM 90007.00-1 BID GROUP TWO ADDENDUM #2-AUGUST 29, 1991 A.Z. Al` SECTION 09830 PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Elastomeric coatinqs over exterior surfaces. ELASTOMERIC COATING b. App'iy elastomeric waterproof coating to exterior cement plaster, masonry, precast concrete and concrete surfaces. 1.2 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Submit manufacturer's certification indicating elastomeric coating conforms to or exceeds requirements of this section. B. Applicator: Acceptable to manufacturer. Minimum of 3 years of successful application of elastomeric coatings of types required on substrates similar to those of this project. C. Control joint sealant shall be compatible with and as recommended by elastomeric coating manufacturer. D. Primer -sealers shall be acceptable to the coating manufacturer. 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data 1. Include detailed chemical analysis and test results of material applied to surfaces similar to requirements of this Section. 2. Submit manufacturer's instructions for methods and application procedures. 3. Certification of compliance with Quality Assurance portion of this Section. 4. Submit written certification from the elastomeric coating manufacturer that sealant selected is acceptable to the manufacturer. 1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Mock -Up: Refer to Section 04200 - UNIT MASONRY for field mock-up. 1.5 WARRANTY A. Applicator shall warranty the areas treated to be watertight for a period of 5 years. Comply with elastomeric manufacturers inspection and warranty procedures. Warranty shall include total square feet of surface area treated plus total gallons applied. Within 30 days of written notification of deficiencies, remedy and repair defects at no cost to the Owner. Owner shall allow manufacturers access to inspect defects. B. Comply with elastomeric coating manufacturer requirements for warranty provisions. Give notice to manufacturer technical representatives to review substrates and installation procedures. THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER 09830-1 HLM 90007.00-1 BID GROUP TWO ADDENDUM #2-AUGUST 29, 1991 SECTION 14240 Al E, Provide. cable >'fa box adja trades. 2 F. metal d ........................ ..... . __.projecti deft ecto JY`i ty cameras Termi. to.:.the...elevator conti ate tor' sh exceeainy ;CP. >t ffeners and ov e r s : HYDRAULIC ELEVATORS 3.1 PREPARATION A. Examine work of other trades on which the work of this Section depends. Report defects to Architect in writing which may affect work of this trade or equipment operation. B. Ensure that shafts and openings for moving equipment are plumb, level and in line and that pit is to proper depth, waterproofed and drained with necessary access doors, cylinder opening,and ladder. C. Ensure that machine room is properly illuminated, heated and ventilated and equipment foundations correctly located complete with floor and access door. D. Before fabrication, take necessary job site measurements and verify where work is governed by other trades. Check measurements of space for equipment and means of access for installation and operation. Obtain dimensions from site for preparation of shop drawings. E. Ensure the following preparatory work, provided under other Sections has been properly completed to receive the elevator work: I. Supply of electric feeder wires to the terminals of the elevator control panel, including fused main line switch or circuit breaker. Provision of hoistway outlets for car light, and for light in pit and outlets in machine room for light. Furnishing of electric power for testing and adjusting elevator equipment. THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER 14240-9 HLM 90007.00-1 BID GROUP TWO ADDENDUM #2-AUGUST 29, 1991 ADDENDUM NO. 3A NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION FACILITY Bid Package No. 10, Precast Concrete Bid Package No. 11, Hydraulic Elevators Bid Package No. 12, Precast Embeds September 11, 1991 Modification No. 1: A second prebid meeting will be conducted at the office of Morrison-Knudsen/Gerrits, 5090 Junior College Road, Stock Island, Key West, Florida, 33040, on September 17, 1991, at 10:00 am. The purpose of the meeting is to review site conditions for erection of precast concrete, and to hold discussion on Bid Package No. 10, Precast Concrete, scope of work items. All plan holders are invited to attend; however, due to the subject matter, bidders of Bid Package No. 10, Precast Concrete, and their erection subcontractors are urged to be present. Modification No. 2: Incorporate the attached Precast Bidder Questions from meetings between precast concrete bidders and HLM, pages 1 thru 8 dated 09/11/91, into the bidding documents. Note: This is Addendum No. 3A. Addendum No. 3 will be issued to bidders, in approximately (1) week.. and of dccumcnt 09/11/91 ADDENDUM NO. 3A 1 Precast Concrete Questions Result of meetings at HLM - week of 8/26/91 Stresscon letter of 8/30/91 to MK/Gerrits: 1. Will precaster be able to standardize structural shapes? Response: Bidders to address this in the Substitution Request submittal for HIM response in Addendum #3. 2. Will bid date be postponed? Bidder requests at least a two -week extension after 9/10/91. Response: Bid date will be postponed to 9/25/91 per Addendum #2. Southern Prestressed letter of 8/29/91 to MK/Gerrits: 1. " Revised specifications state that if you are not a PCI Certified Plant, then an Owner approved testing lab must perform the concrete tests. Although we are not a PCI Certified Plant, we would like to perform these tests with our own lab. Our lab is run under the guidelines established by PCI; our equipment is calibrated per PCI requirements; our plant is Florida Department of Transportation approved. The lab is run by a Florida registered professional engineer and all tests will be conducted or supervised by personnel that are PCI certified concrete inspection technicians. 1' Response: Bidders to address this in the Substitution Request submittal for HIM response in Addendum #3. 2. " The specifications also call for Chloride tests at the same rate as test cylinders. The FDOT only requires that test once a month. Since the mix design for the cells is different from that of the other products we will be pouring, we will have to submit two chloride tests each day we pour concrete, at $80.00 per test at cost. It also takes about 30 days to get the results. " 09/11/91 PRECAST BIDDER QUESTIONS (ADD. 3A) 1 Response: Bidders to address this in the Substitution Request submittal for HLM response in Addendum #3. 3. " Our system will not have topping into our 1st level cell nor will you need the 10-#10 bars front and back." Response: Bidders to address this in the Substitution Request submittal for HLM response in Addendum #3. Southern Prestressed letter to HLM dated 8/30/91: 1. Chase sizing and sweeping pipes to miss beam below. Response: Bidders to address this in the Substitution Request submittal for HLM response in Addendum #3. 2. Beam design criteria. Response: Bidders to address this in the Substitution Request submittal for HIM response in Addendum #3. Pomco Review Questions of 8/28/91 and 8/30/91: General Questions: 1. Section 00310 1.2.3: Are all joints between precast pieces, such as double tee flanges, to be grouted, or does this apply only to hollow core/slab shear key joints? Response: Precaster has general precast grouting, (grout pockets, keyways, etc.) and grouting for topping. The scope of work for grouting for topping, includes all precast member joints that are required to be grouted in order to seal the precast joints prior to accept concrete topping placement. 2. Section 00310 1.2.26: [Utility Routing Coordination] We see this now as part of the base bid and no longer an Owner Option. We again express our concern about our qualifications and ability to perform this work. Some of our specific concerns 09/11/91 PRECAST BIDDER QUESTIONS (ADD. 3A) 2 are: A. We have no contractual relationship with the contractors (6) involved. Our ability to comply is dependent on their cooperation and response. Do we have the authority to force the contractors to change their systems, materials, etc. if there are conflicts? B. The design needs, construction techniques, materials, etc. if the various items involved are foreign to our area of expertise and therefore we would need to expend time and energy to become qualified to do this work. C. We see this as a three dimensional interface problem and considerably more complex than 'precast related coordination' as stated in the contract documents. Response: MK/G has revised the scope of work in Addendum #1 to limit the precaster's responsibility due to other trade contractors. Precaster shall review and coordinate as necessary to establish and provide opening/penetration details for other trades, and provide the Owner's representative with status drawings for his use in utility routing coordination. This will be open for discussion in prebid meeting. 3. Sections 03410 2.1.G.1 (A) 03412 1.6.A.4.a (A) 03420 2.1.A.7 (B) 03420 2.2.A.1 (A) 03490 2.4.G.2 (A) Chloride Ion Test - References are made to (A) "at the same rate as test for precast structural concrete cylinders" and (B) "may be tested in individual ingredients or in trial batches of concrete." Is the test to be performed on fresh concrete or hardened concrete? Are six tests per product per day (same as cylinders) to be made? Response: Bidders to address this in the Substitution Request submittal for HLM response in Addendum #3. 4. Drawing 3.33 - Detail 1A, 1B ( and others) 09/11/91 PRECAST BIDDER QUESTIONS (ADD. 3A) 3 Is reinforcing in topping above beams to be included in precast package or topping package? Response: This type of detail is based on precast design and embedment, therefore, they are the responsibility of the precaster to provide and install. 5. Drawing 3.33 - Detail 10 (and others) Is reinforcing in topping above precast joints to be included in precast package or topping package? Response: Topping package. 6. Drawing 3.38 - Details 9 and 10 Is forming and pouring of drains/pits in precast package or topping package. Consider using metal trench drain unit to reduce weight. Response: Topping package. 7. Section 00310 1.2.8 [Construction of temporary safety items]: We, as a precast erector, always include the necessary policies, procedures and equipment to comply with the safety requirements for our operations and personnel. The specified requirements increase the scope and time frame for this activity and place us in a position beyond our expertise and qualifications. Response: Section stands as written. This will be open for discussion in prebid meeting. 8. Section 00310 1.2.19 [Temporary Stairways]: We are still concerned about our responsibility and liability in providing these scaffold stairways. We do not have a final answer yet from our insurance company regarding this issue. Response: Section stands as written. This will be open for discussion in prebid meeting. 09/11/91 PRECAST BIDDER QUESTIONS (ADD. 3A) 4 9. Section 03420 2.3.I.: For prestressed concrete products which need a minimum of 3500 psi before stressing and stripping, this procedure can be followed. However, for non-prestreessed units, this procedure is a hardship because 1) keeping the product in the form longer than necessary to achieve the 3500 psi extends the production time, or 2) cost is added for extra handling and procedures to maintain the temperature and/or curing specified. We feel that satisfactory production and performance of these units can be achieved without needing these procedures. We request that this requirement be eliminated. The requirement for 85% of ultimate strength or load carrying capacity is acceptable. Response: Bidders to address this in the Substitution Request submittal for HIM response in Addendum #3. Specific Pomco Requests: 1. Can beam sizes be standardized if existing depths and/or widths are not exceeded? Response: Bidders to address this in the Substitution Request submittal for HIM response in Addendum #3. 2. We request substitution of our 26" deep double tee section where 24" units shown. Response: Bidders to address this in the Substitution Request submittal for HIM response in Addendum #3. 3. We request possible substitution of solid slabs in areas where hollow core is now shown. Response: Bidders to address this in the Substitution Request submittal for HIM response in Addendum #3. 09/11/91 PRECAST BIDDER QUESTIONS (ADD. 3A) 5 4. We request substitution of enclosed SK-1 for Front of Cell Connection and SK-2 for Back of Cell Connection. Response: Bidders to address this in the Substitution Request submittal for HIM response in Addendum #3. Consulting Engineers Group: 1. Standardization of beam cross sections. Response: Bidders to address this in the Substitution Request submittal for HIM response in Addendum #3. 2. The precast beam to cast -in -place column connection can be modified to accept a bolted dowel connection. Response: Bidders to address this in the Substitution Request submittal for HIM response in Addendum #3. 3. The cast -in -place topping in the 1st level cells can be eliminated and a smooth finished precast slab substituted. Response: Bidders to address this in the Substitution Request submittal for HIM response in Addendum #3. 4. There will be no structural topping on the roof. A lightweight insulating concrete will be used. Response: HLM to confirm understanding, and address in Addendum #3. 5. Connections between the top of the double tee and their supporting "L" and inverted tee beams will be provided to improve erection stability and minimize torsion of eccentric loads. Response: HIM to confirm understanding, and address in Addendum #3. 09/11/91 PRECAST BIDDER QUESTIONS (ADD. 3A) 6 6. A metal trench drain will be employed instead of the cast -in -place concrete trench drain shown on sheet 3.38. Response: HIM to confirm understanding, add address in Addendum #3. 7. It was recommended that the reinforcing clear covers for various members be increased to improve corrosion resistance. The recommended numbers were walls 111, columns 1-1/211, beams 111, and double tee strands 1-1/411. Response: HIM to confirm understanding, and address in Addendum #3. 8. It was agreed that the 1st level transfer beams which support the cell units should be designed for some measure of continuity to minimize deflections. various ranges were discussed with a minimum of 25% moment redistribution agreed to. Response: HIM to confirm understanding, and address in Addendum #3 if necessary. 9. We expressed some concern about the shear wall to CIP connection shown on sheet 3.35. It was agreed that the continuous rods in sleeves in the walls were acceptable. Response: Address in substitution submittal and HIM to confirm in Addendum #3. Stresscon letter to MK/Gerrits dated 9/3/91: 1. 03412 3.6 A,G & H: Precaster cannot protect the precast from other trades. Response: Paragraphs stand as written. 2. 03420 2.1 A.2.: 3% air entraining agent is expensive and not required for this project. Response: HIM should address in Addendum #3, or bidder should address in Substitution Request submittal. Otherwise, requirement remains. 09/11/91 PRECAST BIDDER QUESTIONS (ADD. 3A) 7 3. 03420 2.1 J.1.: Precaster cannot be responsible for surface finish compatibility. Response: Precaster shall comply with form release agent requirements as specified in sections 03410, 03412, and 03490. 4. 03420 2.3 A.: Precaster cannot field verify prior to production and maintain a schedule. Response: See Addendum #1 Pre -bid questions, page 3, question 14. 5. 00310 1.2.19: Precaster cannot maintain stairs and scaffold 90 days after erection. Response: See page 4 of these questions, question no. 8. 6. 00980 1.2.2: Does precaster need a site Quality Control Man? Response: Yes, but it can be the precaster's site superintendent. 7. 00110-1: Precaster cannot be responsible for other trades. Response: See Addendum #1, Pre -bid Meeting, page 1, question #5. 8. 00310 1.2.10 and 03420 3.2.A.: Precaster does not have expertise in site work. Response: Rough grade as shown on the drawings will be provided under Bid Group 1. Precaster will be responsible for his erection operation requirements, and site work which he disturbs through his operations, will have to be restored to original condition. 09/11/91 PRECAST BIDDER QUESTIONS (ADD. 3A) 8 ADDENDUM NO. 3 NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION FACILITY Bid Package No. 10, Precast Concrete Bid Package No. 11, Hydraulic Elevators Bid Package No. 12, Precast Embeds September 17, 1991 Modification No. 1: Replace section 00001, Table of Contents, dated 08/20/91, with new section 00001, dated 09/16/91. Modification No. 2: Replace section 00110, Precast Concrete Proposal Form, dated 08/14/91, with new section 00110, dated 09/13/91. Revision was made to add Alternate No. 10-01. Modification No. 3: Replace section 00163, Substitutions, dated 05/17/91, with new section 00163, Substitutions, dated 09/10/91. Revision was made to substitution request form on page 4. Modification No. 4: Add into Section 00220, Geotechnical Data, the attached "Report of Final Geotechnical Engineering Evaluation", as prepared and submitted by Westinghouse Environmental and Geotechnical Services, Inc., dated January 15, 1991. Bidders whose construction means and methods require the use of heavy equipment and rigging, are to pay particular attention to the report pertaining to the subsurface silt layer/root mat. Bidders should consider the use of lagging or bridging for their equipment when making heavy lifts. Modification No. 5: Replace section 00310, Precast Concrete Scope of Work, dated 08/20/91, with new section 00310, dated 09/16/91. Revision was made to rename cast -in -place concrete requirements, AlternateNo. 09/17/91 ADDENDUM NO. 3 Page 1 10-01. Revision made to further define embedded metal responsibility. Modification No. 6: Replace section 00311, Elevator Contractor Scope of Work, dated 08/14/91, with new section 00311, dated 09/16/91. Revision made to further define embedded metal responsibility. Modification No. 7: Replace section 00312, Precast Embeds Scope of Work, dated 08/07/91, with new section 00312, dated 09/16/91. Revision was made to further define embedded metal responsibility. Modification No. 8: Replace schedule under section 00350, Milestone Schedule, Bid Group 1, plot date 26Jul91, with revised and updated schedule, plot date 16Sep91. Modification No. 9: Replace section section 00352, Milestone Schedule, Bid Group 2, dated 09/04/91, and schedule with plot date 29Jul91, with revised section 00352 dated 09/16/91, and schedule with plot date 16Sep91. Modification No. 10: Replace section 00800, Certificate of Occupancy, dated 08/08/91, with new section 00800, dated 09/16/91. Grammar revision made. Modification No. 11: Replace section 00980, Contractor Quality Control Plan, dated 08/13/91, with new section 00980, dated 09/16/91. Modification No. 12: Replace section 00992, Schedule of Drawings, Bid Group 2, dated 09/04/91, with new section 00992, dated 09/16/91. 09/17/91 ADDENDUM NO. 3 Page 2 Modification No. 13: Replace section 01395, Document Clarification Requests, dated 08/20/91, with new section 01395, dated 09/16/91. Modification No. 14: Incorporate Document 00903, Addendum No. 3, dated September 13, 1991, to Bid Group 2, into the bidding documents. This document was prepared by Hansen Lind Meyer, and is shown on pink colored sheets. This document contains revised specifications, revision notes to drawings, and revised drawings. 09/17/91 ADDENDUM NO. 3 Page 3 1. TABLE OF CONTENTS BID GROUP 2 (Volume I) Bidding Documents (Volume I) Section 00030 Notice of Calling for Bids Section 00100 Instructions to Bidders Proposal Forms: Section 00110 Precast Concrete Section 00111 Hydraulic Elevators Section 00112 Precast Embeds Schedule of Unit Prices: Section 00140 Precast Concrete Section 00141 Hydraulic Elevators Section 00163 Pre -Bid Substitutions Section 00220 Geotechnical Data Section 00230 Site Survey Scopes of Work for Reference (BG-1): Section 00303 Site Electrical & Temporary Power Section 00305 Site Grading & Caissons Section 00307 Concrete Foundations Section 00309 Site Plumbing Scopes of Work (BG-2): Section 00310 Precast Concrete Section 00311 Hydraulic Elevators Section 00312 Precast Embeds Section 00350 Reference: Milestone Schedule, BG-1 Section 00352 Milestone Schedule, BG-2 Section 00410 Bid Bond - AIA Document A310, February 1970 edition Section 00420 Sworn Statement on Public Entity Crimes Section 00425 Lobbying and Conflict of Interest Clause Section 00430 Non -Collusion Affidavit Section 00440 Proposed Subcontractor Listing 09/16/91 TABLE OF CONTENTS (ADD. 3) 00001 - 1 2. 3. Section 00450 Contractor Evaluation Form Contract Documents (Volume I) Section 00500 Standard Form of Agreement Between Owner and Contractor - AIA Document A101/CM, June 1980 edition Section 00610 Public Construction Bond Conditions (Volume I) Section 00750 General Conditions, AIA Document A201/CM, June 1980 edition Section 00800 Substantial Completion and Owner Acceptance Section 00805 Supplementary General Conditions Section 00900 Application & Certificate for Payment - AIA Document G702/G703 Section 00901 Addendum #1, Bid Group 1, dated May 31, 1991 Section 00902 Addendum #2 Bid Group 1, dated June 51 1991 Section 00904 Addendum #4 Bid Group 1, dated July 2, 1991 Section 00905 Contractor's Affidavit of Payment of Debts and Claims Section 00908 Contractor's Affidavit of Release of Liens Section 00910 Consent of Surety to Final Payment - AIA Document G707, April 1970 edition Section 00970 Project Safety and Health Plan Section 00980 Contractor Quality Control Plan 09/16/91 TABLE OF CONTENTS (ADD. 3) 00001 - 2 4. S. Drawings Section 00990 For Reference, Schedule of Drawings, Bid Group 1 Section 00992 Schedule of Drawings, Bid Group 2 General Requirements (Volume I) Section 01027 Application for Payment Section 01028 Change Order Procedures Section 01200 Project Meetings Section 01301 Submittals Section 01310 Progress Schedules Section 01370 Schedule of Values Section 01385 Daily Construction Reports Section 01395 Document Clarification Requests Section 01410 Testing Laboratory Services Section 01510 Temporary Utilities Section 01520 Construction Aids Section 01550 Access Roads and Parking Areas Section 01560 Temporary Controls Section 01590 Field Offices and Sheds Section 01595 Construction Cleaning Section 01600 Material and Equipment Section 01630 Post -Bid Substitutions Section 01650 Starting of Systems Section 01670 Systems Demonstrations Section 01700 Contract Closeout Section 01710 Final Cleaning Section 01720 Project Record Documents Section 01730 Operation and Maintenance Data 09/16/91 TABLE OF CONTENTS (ADD. 3) 00001 - 3 6. Technical Specifications, Bid Group Two, (volume II, dated July 23, 1991) DIVISION 3 - CONCRETE Section 03100 Concrete Formwork Section 03200 Concrete Reinforcement Section 03300 Cast -in -Place Concrete Section 03410 Precast Concrete Hollow Cored Planks Section 03412 Precast Concrete Panels Section 03420 Precast Prestressed Concrete Sections Section 03490 Precast Concrete Modular Cell Section 03520 Insulating Concrete Section 03600 Grout DIVISION 4 - MASONRY Section 04200 Unit Masonry DIVISION 5 - METALS Section 05180 Miscellaneous Structural Steel Section 05500 Metal Fabrications Section 05510 Metal Stairs Section 05810 Expansion Joint Covers Assemblies DIVISION 6 - WOOD AND PLASTIC Section 06100 Rough Carpentry DIVISION 7 - THERMAL AND MOISTURE PROTECTION Section 07115 Sheet Waterproofing Section 07210 Building Insulation Section 07530 Single Ply Roofing Section 07720 Roof Accessories Section 07900 Joint Sealers DIVISION 8 - DOORS AND WINDOWS Section 08100 Section 08410 Section 08660 Section 08710 Section 08800 Section 08842 Section 08902 Metal Doors And Frames Aluminum Entrances Security Windows Door Hardware Glazing Security Glazing Aluminum Window Walls DIVISION 9 - FINISHES Section 09200 Lath and Plaster 09/16/91 TABLE OF CONTENTS (ADD. 3) 00001 - 4 Section 09830 Elastomeric Coating Section 09900 Painting DIVISION 10 - SPECIALTIES Section 10200 Louvers and Vents Section 10606 Security Fencing Assembly DIVISION 14 - CONVEYING SYSTEMS Section 14240 Hydraulic Elevators DIVISION 16 - ELECTRICAL Section 16111 Conduit Systems 09/16/91 TABLE OF CONTENTS (ADD. 3) 00001 - 5 SECTION 00110 PROPOSAL FORM Bid Package No. 10 Precast Concrete BID TO BID FROM: MONROE COUNTY - CLERK OF COURTS 500 WHITEHEAD STREET KEY WEST, FLORIDA 33040 The undersigned, having carefully examined the Work and reference Drawings, Specifications, Proposal, and Addenda thereto and other Contract Documents for the construction of: Bid Package No. 10, Precast Concrete and having carefully examined the site where the Work is to be performed, having become familiar with all local conditions including labor affecting the cost thereof, and having familiarized himself with material availability, Federal, State, and Local laws, ordinances, rules and regulations affecting performance of the Work, does hereby propose to furnish all labor, mechanics, superintendents, tools, material, equipment, transportation services, and all incidentals necessary to perform and complete said Work and work incidental hereto, in a workman -like manner, in conformance with said Drawings, Specifications, and other Contract Documents including Addenda issued thereto. The undersigned further certifies that he has personally inspected the actual location of where the Work is to be performed, together with the local sources of supply and that he understands the conditions under which the Work is to be performed. The successful bidder shall assume the risk of any and all costs and delays arising from the existence of any subsurface or other latent physical condition which could be reasonably anticipated by reference to documentary information provided and made available, and from inspection and examination of the site. 09/13/91 PROPOSAL FORM (ADD. 3) 00110 - 1 BASE BID FORM 1. Mobilization $, 2. General Conditions $, 3. Permits $. 4. Bonds $. 5. Submittals $. Zone A Precast Concrete 6. Engineering $. 7. Material & Fabrication $, 8. Delivery $. 9. Erection $. Zone B Precast Concrete 10. Engineering $ 11. Material & Fabrication $ 12. Delivery $ 13. Erection $ Zone C Precast Concrete 14. Engineering $ 15. Material & Fabrication $ 16. Delivery $ 17. Erection $ Zone D Precast Concrete 18. Engineering $ 19. Material & Fabrication $ 20. Delivery $ 21. Erection $ 09/13/91 PROPOSAL FORM (ADD. 3) 00110 - 2 Zone E Precast Concrete 22. Engineering $ 23. Material & Fabrication $ 24. Delivery $ 25. Erection $ TOTAL BID, items 1 thru 25 (figures) $ TOTAL BID, (words) DOLLARS 09/13/91 PROPOSAL FORM (ADD. 3) 00110 - 3 OWNER OPTION BID FORM Owner Option 10-01: Area F Precast Concrete At the option of the Owner, provide precast concrete for future Zone F. This area is defined as the area bound by column lines Gb to La, and 17 line to 24 line, as well as column lines U to X, and 37 line to 42 line. Area F Precast Concrete 27. Engineering $ 28. Material & Fabrication $ 29. Delivery $ 30. Erection $ TOTAL OWNER OPTION 10-01 BID, items 27 thru 30, (figures) $ TOTAL OWNER OPTION 10-01 BID, (words) DOLLARS 09/13/91 PROPOSAL FORM (ADD. 3) 00110 - 4 Owner Option 10-03: Provide Bid on Bid Package No. 12, Precast Embeds At the option of the Owner, this bidder shall provide a complete bid on Bid Package No. 12, Precast Embeds. This bidder is to comply with all sections of the bidding documents in order to do so. All or part of this Owner Option may be considered for awarding to the precaster. Precast Embeds 32. Cell Chase Door Frames $ 33. Cell Chase Doors & Hardware $ 34. Window Frames $ 35. All Other Embeds $ TOTAL OWNER OPTION 10-03 BID, items 32 thru 35, (figures) $ TOTAL OWNER OPTION 10-03 BID, (words) DOLLARS 09/13/91 PROPOSAL FORM (ADD. 3) 00110 - 5 ALTERNATES BID FORM 36. Alternate 10-01: Cast -in -Place Concrete Areas Structural elements where installation of double tees may or may not be achievable, including, but not limited to Zone A, are in the scope of work for the precaster, (reference section 00310-3, item 1.2.23). This work is to also be included in bidders base bid. This Alternate 10-01 requests the deviation in base bid for deleting the furnishing and installing of the subject portion of work, should the Owner accept it. Provide net change in base bid for deleting cast -in - place concrete areas from the scope of work. Circle either ADD or DEDUCT. ADD / DEDUCT $ 09/13/91 PROPOSAL FORM (ADD. 3) 00110 - 6 I acknowledge receipt of Addenda No.(s) I have included pages 1 through 7 of the Proposal Form , and attached the required Bid Security , Unit Price Schedule , Contractor Evaluation Form , Lobbying and Conflict of Interest Clause , Sworn Statement of Public Entity Crimes , Non - Collusion Affidavit , and proposed Subcontractor listing (Check mark items above, as a reminder that they are included.) Mailing Address: Phone Number: Date: Witness: Signed: (Name) (Title) (Seal) 09/13/91 PROPOSAL FORM (ADD. 3) 00110 - 7 SECTION 00163 SUBSTITUTIONS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 Document includes A. Pre -Bid Substitutions 1.2 BIDDER'S OPTIONS A. For products specified only by reference standard, select product meeting that standard, by any manufacturer. B. For products specified by naming several products or manufacturers, select one of products and manufacturers named which complies with the technical Specifications. C. For Products specified by naming several products or manufacturers and stating "or equivalent", "or equal", or "or Architect approved equivalent", or similar wording, submit a request as for substitutions, for any product or manufacturer which is not specifically named for review and approval by the Architect. D. For products specified by naming only one product/manufacturer, there is no option and no substitution will be allowed. 1.3 SUBSTITUTIONS A. Base Bid shall be in accordance with the Contract Documents. 1. Substitutions for products may be made during the bidding prior by submitting completed substitution request form and substantiating product data/literature a minimum of ten calendar days prior to the Bid Date to : MK/Gerrits. 2. The Architect will consider requests utilizing this section from the Bidder for substitution of products in place of those specified. 3. Those submitted 10 calendar days prior to Bid Date will be included in the addendum if acceptable. 4. Substitution requests may be submitted utilizing a facsimile machine (FAX) if substitution request forms and substantiating data are submitted. B. Submit separate request for each substitution. Support 09/10/91 SUBSTITUTIONS (ADD. 3) 00163 - 1 each request with: 1. Complete data substantiating compliance of proposed substitution with requirements stated in Contract Documents: a. Product identification, including manufacturer's name and address. b. Manufacturer's literature, identifying: 1) Product description. 2) Reference standards. 3) Performance and test data. C. Samples, as applicable. d. Name and address of similar projects on which product has been used and date of each installation. 2. Itemized comparison of the proposed substitution with product specified, listing significant variations. 3. Data relating to changes in construction schedule. 4. All effects of substitution on separate contracts. 5. List of changes required in other work or products. 6. Designation of required license fees or royalties. 7. Designation of availability of maintenance services, sources of replacement materials. C. Substitutions will not be considered for acceptance when: 1. Acceptance will require substantial revision of Contract Documents. 2. In judgement of Construction Manager or Architect, do not include adequate information necessary for a complete evaluation. D. Architect will determine acceptability of proposed substitutions. 1.4 BIDDER'S REPRESENTATION A. In making formal request for substitution the Bidder represents that: 1. He has investigated proposed product and has determined that it is equivalent to, or superior in all respects to that specified. 2. He will provide same warranties or bonds for substitution as for product specified. 3. He will coordinate installation of accepted substitution into the Work, and will make such changes as may be required for the Work to be complete in all respects. 4. He waives claims for additional costs caused by substitution which may subsequently become apparent. 5. Cost data is complete and includes related costs under his Contract, but not: 09/10/91 SUBSTITUTIONS (ADD. 3) 00163 - 2 a. Costs under separate contracts. b. Architect's costs for redesign or revision of Contract Documents. 6. Cost data need not be submitted, if request is for inclusion in addendum. 1.5 ARCHITECT'S DUTIES A. Review requests for substitutions with reasonable promptness. B. Issue an addendum through the Construction Manager to identify accepted substitutions. C. Substitution requests that are not approved will be returned to the party submitting the request. 1.6 SUBSTITUTION REQUEST FORM A. The form is attached to this Section. B. Substitutions will be considered only when the attached form is completed and included with the submittal with back-up data. 09/10/91 SUBSTITUTIONS (ADD. 3) 00163 - 3 TO: Project Architect HANSEN LIND MEYER INC. c/o Morrison-Knudsen/Gerrits P.O.Box 5283 5090 Jr. College Road, Key West, F1. 33040 (305)292-7845 FAX (305)292-9697 We hereby submit for your consideration the following product instead of the specified item for the above project: DRAWING NO. SPEC. SEC. SPEC. NAME Proposed Substitution: DRAWING NAME PARAGRAPH SPECIFIED ITEM Attach complete information on changes to Drawings and/or Specifications which proposed substitution will require for its proper installation. Submit with request necessary samples and substantiating data to prove equal quality and performance to that which is specified. Clearly mark manufacturer's literature to indicate equality in performance. The undersigned certifies that the function, appearance and quality are of equal performance and assumes liability for equal performance, equal design and compatibility with adjacent materials. Submitted By: Signature Firm Address Title Telephone Date Signature shall be by person having authority to legally bind his firm to the above terms. Failure to provide legally binding signature will result in retraction of approval. For use by the Architect: Approved Approved as noted Not Approved Received too Late Y1 Date Insufficient data received 09/10/91 SUBSTITUTIONS (ADD. 3) 00163 - 4 Fill in Blanks Below: A. Does the substitution affect dimensions shown on Drawings? Yes No If yes, clearly indicate changes. B. Will the undersigned pay for changes to the building design, including engineering and detailing costs caused by the requested substitution? Yes No If no, fully explain: C. What effect does substitution have on other Contracts or other trades? D. What effect does substitution have on construction schedule? E. Manufacturer's warranties of the proposed and specified items are: Same Different. Explain: F. Reason for Request: G. Itemized comparison of specified item(s) with the proposed substitution; list significant variations: H. Designation of maintenance services and sources: (Attach additional sheets if required.) **************** END OF DOCUMENT 00163 09/10/91 SUBSTITUTIONS (ADD. 3) 00163 - 5 1.1 1.2 SECTION 00310 SCOPE OF WORK Bid Package No. 10 Precast Concrete General Scope Provide all labor, supervision, materials, supplies, equipment, tools, transportation, surveying and layout, and proper execution and completion of all Work specified on the drawings, and the following sections of the Specifications; including, but not limited to: Sections and Descriptions 03100 Concrete Formwork (for item 1.2.23 below) 03200 Concrete Reinforcement (for item 1.2.23 below) 03300 Cast -In -Place Concrete (for item 1.2.23 below) 03410 Precast Concrete Hollow Cored Planks 03412 Precast Concrete Panels 03420 Precast Prestressed Concrete Sections (excluding precast sills and lintels for masonry walls) 03490 Precast Concrete Modular Cell 03600 Grout (for general precast grouting and item 1.2.3) 05180 Miscellaneous Structural Steel (for items 1.2.1, 6,15,16,17,22,30 below) 07210 Building Insulation (for item 1.2.2 below) 07900 Joint Sealers (for item 1.2.2 below) Special Provisions The following Special Provisions clarify, modify, change, add to, or delete from the General Scope of this Bid Package. .1 Furnish, install and erect all items related to the Precast Concrete, such as anchorage items, clips, bearing pads, column bearing plates, inserts and dowels, etc., as required. Furnish only to the appropriate contractor for installation, anchorage items required to be embedded in other construction and associated with the installation of the Precast Concrete. Provide setting diagrams, template diagrams, templates, erection drawings and directions as required for installation of embedded items, in other trades work. .2 Furnish and install rigid insulation for precast concrete sandwich panel, and precast concrete modular cell, in 09/16/91 SCOPE OF WORK (ADD. 3) 00310 - 1 accordance with section 07210. Furnish and install complete detail firesafing insulation and caulking in locations where installation is required during erection of precast concrete members. For example of typical detail, see drawing 4.36, section M, on 23 line. Also, precaster shall be responsible, as required by section 03412, for weather sealing components, in place, between adjacent panels, and between precast and previously installed cast -in -place concrete. .3 Joints between precast members which are to receive concretf topping, shall be grouted per section 03600 prior to placing concrete topping. .4 Install embeds, anchorage plates, anchors and inserts, for attachment of detention furnishings. .5 Install in precast concrete all blockouts, sleeves, anchors, plates, frames, etc. for all trades; such as, masonry, elevators, roofing, mechanical, electrical, fire sprinkler, plumbing, and security systems, supplied and coordinated by others prior to casting. .6 Welds shall be cleaned and appropriately touched -up. .7 All temporary shoring and rigging during installation shall be the responsibility of the precast contractor. .8 Safety procedures, such as load testing cranes, and construction of temporary safety items, (i.e., opening covers, netting, rails, and guards) shall be the responsibility of the precast contractor. Contractor shall maintain as required all safety construction until permanent construction details are installed, or for a period of (60) days from turnover to all follow-on work as determined by the CM. OSHA approved safety barriers are to be provided and maintained until occupancy of follow-on contractor to hazard area, as approved by Construction Manager. Reference section 00970, Project Safety and Health Program. .9 There will be a structural inspector employed by Owner, on this threshold building, and precaster shall cooperate with representatives. .10 Contractor is responsible for returning disturbed work/staging areas back to rough grade, and dressing out. .11 Upon completion of erection, point, patch, clean, remove rust and touch-up paint all metal work. 09/16/91 SCOPE OF WORK (ADD. 3) 00310 - 2 .12 Upon completion of casting and removal of forms, and prior to removing from manufacturer's yard for delivery, point, patch, clean, remove rust and touch-up paint all work. .13 Assist all trades regarding location of field penetrations, and approval of all field penetrations through precast concrete. .14 Install chase door frames and cell window frames. .15 Furnish and install all double -tee shear connections. .16 Furnish and install all bearing pads, plates, etc., including precast concrete to cast -in -place concrete connections. .17 Precaster shall submit to the Construction Manager weekly plant production reports. .18 Not Used. .19 Furnish, install and maintain temporary scaffold stairways at two locations as directed by the Construction Manager with provisions for egress to the 1st floor, 2nd floor and roof level. Temporary stairways will be used for general construction use. For bid purposes provide stairs at completion of precast erection of Area 'A' for a period of (90) days and a set of stairs at completion of erection of Area 'C' for a period of (60) days. The term completion used herein shall mean complete to the stage which shall allow full occupancy by other trades as determined by the CM which shall be documented by written notice. Modification of these specified time intervals will be facilitated by change order. .20 Not Used. .21 Not Used. .22 Furnish and install all embeds for future connections. .23 Alternate No. 10-01: Cast -in -Place Concrete Areas Provide structural elements where installation of double tees may or may not be achievable. This includes, but is not limited to, Zone A, at triangular cast -in -place concrete areas. Concrete topping will be by others. Where cast -in -place concrete is used by this contractor, sections 03100, 03200 and 03300 will apply. 09/16/91 SCOPE OF WORK (ADD. 3) 00310 - 3 .24 Not Used. .25 Contractor is to review Division 1 General Requirements for additional responsibilities required in order to perform the work under this Bid Package. .26 Utility Routing Coordination The Precast Contractor shall produce a suitable and complete set of reproducible precast plan and elevation shop drawings while maintaining a master set, furnish one reproducible and one blueline set for and to each of the following: sheet metal contractor, mechanical piping contractor, plumbing contractor, fire protection piping contractor, security contractor electrical contractor and Construction Manager. Multiple mechanical, plumbing and electrical contracts are anticipated. Each of the above referenced trade contractors shall use this set as "working set of drawings" for planning, routing, anchoring and hanger details. When directed by the CM, and with timeliness to facilitate jobsite progress, the precaster shall route an additional clean, clear set of reproducibles to first the sheet metal contractor, secondly to the plumbing contractors, thirdly to the fire protection contractor, fourthly to the mechanical piping, fifth to the electrical and lastly to the security contractors. These contractors shall 'lay - out' their trade work as necessary to develop a composite utility routing plan, which shall be reviewed by the precaster, for the purpose of precast related coordination items only. Provide the CM with first composite reproducible set for CM assistance and use. The precaster shall coordinate with each trade contractor as necessary for suggested changes in routing due to structural or other precast related limitations. Each trade shall coordinate and modify their working plan until the precaster is confident he can provide necessary blockouts and other appropriate penetrations. The precaster shall incorporate blockouts and other penetrations into a final composite utility routing drawing set. The precaster shall then transmit to the Construction Manager a reproducible set of the composite utility plan. The precaster shall define the maximum field core drill allowable diameter. Any field core drilling shall be the 09/16/91 SCOPE OF WORK (ADD. 3) 00310 - 4 responsibility of the trade contractor requesting the penetration subject to the advance approval of the precaster and A/E, and shall be in accordance with Article 4.14.3. All costs of field installed penetrations and finished closure of field and precast provided openings shall be bore by the contractors using or requiring same. All finished closure details shall conform with firesafing, safety building codes and design intent (draft closure, material fall protection, etc.). .27 Owner Option No. 10-01: Area F Precast Concrete Provide Area F precast concrete, complete with engineering, material and fabrication, delivery, erection, embeds work, and all other associated work similar to other areas of building, (Areas A, B, C, D, and E), as described elsewhere in this scope of work. .28 Owner Option No. 10-03: Provide Bid on Bid Package No. 12, Precast Embeds At the option of the Owner, this bidder shall provide a complete bid on Bid Package No. 12, Precast Embeds. This bidder is to comply with all sections of the bidding documents in order to do so. All or part of this Owner Option may be considered for awarding to the precaster. .29 Precast concrete contractor shall supply his own electrical power needed for his operations. Contractor shall use portable welders. Installation of temporary site electrical as described in section 01510, may not be installed in time for use by precast contractor, and is not to be relied upon. .30 Find attached to this scope of work of the precast concrete contractor, EMBEDS SCHEDULE, (4) pages, outlining the entity responsible for embedded metal. In the 'Responsibility' column, all items with a 111, are the direct responsibility of the precaster to furnish and install. All items with a 12p' are for the precaster to receive and install. This schedule shall serve as a guide, and not be limited to the items delineated, and the precaster shall be responsible for determining the total extent of embeds required under this bid package. 09/16/91 SCOPE OF WORK (ADD. 3) 00310 - 5 1.3 BV Other's .1 Furnish and .2 Installation .3 Installation .4 Installation .5 Installation .6 Installation .7 Installation installation of detention furnishings. of finishes in cells. of light fixtures. of fire sprinkler heads. of HVAC grilles. of plumbing fixtures. of concrete toppings. 09/16/91 SCOPE OF WORK (ADD. 3) 00310 - 6 a Z I � r a cv � a a Cc ai a m cv a Ln ^ `o z 0 a � 00 oho o 0 ya w � oa DDoo z � o o� y ) U C T U O ra C Li a C L- ) U o+� >nrnrnrno)rnrnrnrna)rnlrnrnrnrnrnrnrnrnrna w w w w w w w w U wlw w w U o o U w rno)rnrnrnrnrnrnrnrnrnrnrnrnrn(na) o 0 o w o aZ C-) C~) C~.] U w w w w w a Q w Q Q O C C LL ncn ncn CD CD ncncncnocncncncnozoozoC= camoo(nI- r-o c mmow CD n.,or-mvvomcnv(o0o oz00000-D7)o�o c a o CU C J �--� N N N �--� CV Ir- N CU m - - - - m N CV cU (1J cU N --. c + c) O (ll T C2)ro } T M C71 a CD CD CD I CD CD CD a- a. a Cl- a a- a a a m a F- F- F-- F- F- H H»> U U U U U U U U U U O O O O O O w w w Lu LU LU UJ w w w w U U U U U U U O O O LU w LU w w w LL) LU w W z. w CJ) d d I Q I Q Q 4 CJ7 U) Cl1 U7 U'l U7 Cn (n (n U'7 C17 O O O O O O c Z Z Z O O O O c O O O O O E m m 0 0 0 0 CD �--� m (J7 V t\ t\ ti Q m m N Nm (V CU N m m m m OJ Um O O O (m O Ln m m CV Ln LC) n Ln Lo n 0 0 0 v m Ln O LC') O O Lf-7 m N Cf") Lf) m (T m LP N O O L=L Qo CU (V CU CU N N N N �--� �--� m m �--� N 0 �+ N O O Cn aJ CDCD N N cn cn Q J J Y W Q Q U) LLJ m U C= J o LLJ W i i F- ¢ U H U) U H C= J m m LLJU7 UJ Q W O i J J O Q » M: (.n J a cr a C= m Q Q O F- U) CIO m Q Cn Z O Cc a O U U W H O CO H O H U) H H U- w J J U) Q H¢ H U F- C= Z O i J Q Q W W F- U U) -i F- Q W¢ m H U U LLJ 2 Ln i d Q 2 LU d U S LLJ F- a= a H H H C= J m Z H F- H Lu U LLJ 1-0C= Z LL) LJ Q= J J U) Q cm¢ J aJ Cl C= F- Z F- Q C= > F- cn Q J M Q m LLJ W M: U (n _J CD U S U O F- F- Q¢ F- U) J w w d 1--- U Z w d U) W U Z H J F- H O F- J J ¢ Z Z CD Q LLJ W O F-- U) J LLJ U U) E Q H F- CDH J d LLJQ CD Q ON o J S H m U Q cl-w Q LL S U J J m =)H U 2 m M:CO U M: LLJ 3 F- 3 O LU N Q LLJ U) U) O W LLJ Z Cn (n (n I Q H U �"� ^ �--� Q (n Z m C= W O a Z= Z Z Z = Z J O W O Q Q F- Q U) = o U) CS O O (D W O CD C) CD W O H U) I I Z �--� J i F- a s a W U) Y 2 U) F- H Q T p N Z rV m U) m W Z r�l a Cn O O O J Z Z U W U Z W W CZ H O UJ U] F- p Z H Q �+ N W CD Z O Z O Z CD W) F- O ¢¢ O O Q H a H Q m W Z F- w Z O¢ d 0 U7 H� ¢ W Z¢ Q W Z C!'7 Q N I W Z H d H d W Z C/7 d N I O U a m CD Q [n co IV ('D co C7 U Cc U) H U) U) 0 0 0 0 U) J I W O D U O J I W Lo C!) H O O O am H Y U V) H Cn H W 0 d 0 O C� H C!) H C2 H U W F- U Z U) H Z O H d LLJ H r"l Cl. Z N Z O W U) H W r"l O m N W Ln F- W z H U) ¢ (= O Q d Q C) O H W F- H O Q U U C= I UJ I U) = Z C= I I CI Z C= Q W CD ('> Q a U U Q J m m m F- U O U) U U Cd O H U) Q i U w W C i U < u a uL r� U F- C= C= \ w = J O Ln U) H Cr O Z U) Z Z Ln C= p Z ti� 0 0 U' O W >> W C', J J W (= W C= W (2 w > J W>>>¢ w w W W O F- Q > J J a Z O LLJ o Z O Q U Lo J O O U Z O O N O N Z O U' J O O U -cc i i mmSmooSQ Lo CC ¢ O F- a a QQo pooa QOQ (nHcn =U (n cr)=U > � U m m C1 a O a. a a 0 Ln w a W m LLJ C= a Y H ¢ a C= a Q a a W > cr a F- : U) H > Ul w C7 U U) W W (.f) U' U U CC) a w O O F- F- O H a C1 O Z (_ (_ ¢ a H a a a C= W J a U) Z ¢ O Q O CC H Q (= O o O a H Cn H Q (_ O (= O F-1 Q O O a H Ln E o (n U) Z Z Q Z Q Q [_ �--� a s Cl- Q U Q Q Q a W Q �-+ w U a U U C= U U U U U C= U ` a EMBEDS SCHEDULE RESPONSIBILITY LEGEND: 1. PRECAST SUPPLIER 2. MISCELLANEOUS METALS SUPPLIER * (BID GROUP 2) 3. MISCELLANEOUS METALS SUPPLIER (FUTURE BID PACKAGE UNDER BID GROUP 3) 4. SECURITY FENCING INSTALLER (FUTURE BID PACKAGE, UNDER BID GROUP 3) 5. ELEVATOR SUPPLIER 6. ROOFER 7. BID GROUPI - UNDER CONTRACT * 2s - designates ship to site 2p - designates ship to precaster DRAWINGS: BID GROUP 2 W/ADDENDUM #3 - 9/13/91 ITEM - DETAIL # ----------------- SHEET # --------- RESPONSIBILITY -------------- 1. Angle - 12/4.41a 4.34 4 2. Angle - 7/4.38 4.36 4 3. Channel - M 4.36 7 4. Anchor Slot - 4 4.38 1 5. Embed - 11 4.38 2p 6. Embed - H/X/4.51 4.35 1 7. Angle - 4/10-4.40 4.39 4 8. Tube - 5 4.39 4 9. Anchor slots - 1,2,4,-8 4.41 1 10. Angle - 12 4.41 3 11. Ladder/Post - 12 4.41 3 12. Anchor - 1,11 4.41 1 13. Embed - 1 4.42 2p 14. Security Bar - 1 4.42 3 15. Embed - 4 4.42 3 16. Security Bar & anchors-4 4.42 2p 17. Angle/Anchors - 2 4.42 2p 18. Ladder - 1 4.46 3 19. Frame - B 4.46 3 20. Frame - A 4.46 3 09/16/91 EMBEDS SCHEDULE (ADD. 3) 1 21. Plate det. A/4.46 as shown 4.47 2P in detail ES-8, DS-3, ES-3, FS-3, DS-1, CS-1 Except for Plates to be 4.47 2S installed in cast -in -place concrete, Ground Floor 22. Plate det. B/4.46 as shown 4.47 3 in detail CS-1, DS-1, ES-8 23. Angles _sown in ES-8, 4.47 3 DS-3, ES-3, FS-3, DS-6, ES-6, FS-6 24. Angle/Bolts - 5 4.47A 3 25. Ladder -6 4.47A 3 26. Stairs/Rails 4.46 thru 4.48 3 27. Angl/Frame/Lad - All 4.49 & 4.50 5 28. Angles - Y,A 4.51 2s 29. Embed - X 4.51 1 30. Plate - X 4.51 3 31. Rail - X 4.51 3 32. Embeds - B,A,2 4.51 2p 33. Embed - BC,2 4.51 2p 34. Embed - A,2,D 4.51 2p 35. Embed - 2,D 4.51 2p 36. Embed - 2,C 4.51 2p 37. Frame - 3 4.51 2p 38. Frame - 3 4.51 2p 39. Embed - Note 1 4.51 3 40. Embed - Note 7 4.51 2p 41. Embed - Note 8 4.51 2p 42. Embed - 2B 4.51 2p 43. Embed - 2B 4.51 2p 44. Angle - Breakaway Wall 4.67 3 45. Angle - Exterior Secure 4.67 3 46. Angle/Plate Shear Conn. 3.32 1 47. Plate - Stairbase 3.32 3 48. Plate - Tablebase 3.32 3 49. Embed/Plate, dbl T bear. 3.32 1 50. Angles - Typ.Opening 3.32 3 & 1 51. Plate - Cooling Tower 3.32 3 52. Embeds/Plate 3.33 1 53. Embed - 9 3.33 1 54. Channel - 9 3.33 1 55. Plate - 10 3.33 1 56. Angle - 10 3.33 1 57. Angle - 12 3.33 1 58. Plate - 12 3.33 1 59. Embed - 7A, 7B 3.33 1 09/16/91 EMBEDS SCHEDULE (ADD. 3) 2 60. Embed - 8 61. Angle - 13 62. Plate - 13 63. Embed - 15 64. Embeds & DBA's - 1, 2, 3, 4A, 6, 8A, 8B, 10, 12, 14, 15, 19, 20 65. Embed - 1,18,20 66. Embed/Plate - 5 67. Bent Plate - 11A, 11B 68. Embed/Plate 1 1,5 69. Embed/Plate - 2 70. Embed/Angle/Bolt - 3 71. Embeds - 7, 6 72. Embed - 10 73. Embeds - 2 74. Embed - 5 75. Embeds - Typ.Col.Base All but anch. bolts 76. Embeds - Typ.Beam to Col Connection 77. Embed/Plate Typ.Lat support est mas wall past structure 78. Embed - Typ Precast Beam to Slab Conn @ Discont Slab 79. Embed - Typ Beam Bearing on CIP Col 80. Embed - Elev.Rail Conn. 81. Angle/Bolt - Elev.Sill 82. Embed - 4 83. Embed - 6A, 6B, 7A, 7B, 15 84. Plate & Dowel 7A, 7B 85. Angles - 10 86. Embeds & Plates & DBA 87. Emb/Ang/Blt - 12, 13, 17 88. Embed - 18 89. Angles & DBA 19A, 19B 90. Embed - 20 91. Plates & Angles - 14A,14BC 92. Embed - 7 93. Emb/Ang/Blt - 15A, 15B 94. 95. 96. 97. 16, 17 Metal Shapes - 11, 18 Metal Necessary for typ Beam Bearing @ CIP Col. All stirrup reinforcing struct. shapes for composite beams 3.33 3.33 3.33 3.33 3.34 3.34 3.34 3.34 3.35 3.35 3.35 3.35 3.35 3.36 3.36 3.36 3.36 3.37 3.37 3.37 3.37 3.37 3.38 3.38 3.38 3.38 3.38 3.38 3.38 3.38 3.38 3.38 3.39 3.39 3.39 3.39 3.32 & 3.32 Metal Necessary for shear 3.35 wall base det. 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 2P 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 2P 5 1 1 2S1 1 1 1 1 2S 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 09/16/91 EMBEDS SCHEDULE (ADD. 3) 3 98. TYP Precast Beam to 3.37 1 Precast Element Conn (except @ 1st FLR) 09/16/91 EMBEDS SCHEDULE (ADD. 3) 4 SECTION 00311 SCOPE OF WORK Bid Package No. 11 Hydraulic Elevators 1.1 General Scope Provide all labor, supervision, materials, supplies, equipment, tools, transportation, surveying and layout, and proper execution and completion of all Work specified on the drawings, and the following sections of the Specifications; including, but not limited to: Sections and Descriptions 05500 Metal Fabrications 07210 Building Insulation 07900 Joint Sealers 14212 Hydraulic Elevators 1.2 Special Provisions The following Special Provisions clarify, modify, change, add to, or delete from the General Scope of this Bid Package. .1 Drilling of jack holes for all elevators. Responsibility for satisfactory holes, (depth, plumbness, cleanliness, etc.), will be borne by Elevator Contractor. Elevator Contractor shall sleeve and cap as necessary to maintain holes until installation of elevator plungers and cylinders. Holes are to be drilled prior to precast erection, and a truck or crane mounted drill unit must be utilized. Coordinate installation of jack casings with Caisson contractor and Foundations contractor. Contractor shall provide his own electrical power as needed for sleeving and capping. Temporary electrical power as described in section 01510 may not be available for this phase of elevator contractors work. .2 Furnish to the appropriate Trade Contractor, for installation in precast concrete, masonry, and cast -in - place concrete, all sleeves, anchors, weld plates and other inserts and devices required as part of the Work under this Bid Package. Coordinate and verify locations with the appropriate contractor. 09/16/91 SCOPE OF WORK (ADD. 3) 00311 - 1 .3 Furnish and install pit ladders. .4 All penetrations through rated walls, floors and ceilings for this contractor's work shall be treated by this contractor, in accordance with section 07210. .5 Furnish and install all elevator doors, door frames, and sills. Coordinate installation with masonry contractor, who will be providing required grouting of frames and sills. .6 Temporary Service - Elevator 3 and either of elevators 6 or 7 will be used as directed by the Construction Manager, in the last stages of construction of the project. Elevator contractor shall provide adequate protection of finishes. Provide warranty/maintenance period for additional 6 months. The elevator contractor shall provide a temporary use document in an Owner acceptable form to be signed before any elevator is placed on temporary service. In absence of an acceptable form to the Owner, the Construction Manager will provide a temporary use form, in accordance with the contract documents. The Owner agrees to arrange for payment to the elevator contractor at regular time and material rates for all repairs and replacements not covered by warranties and guarantees, which are necessary to restore the equipment to its original condition at the time it was turned over for temporary use or construction use. Additionally, the elevator contractor shall provide adequate protection for the walls and floors, (e.g., covering the cab finishes with a layer of plywood or pads). .7 Furnish and install divider beams which were not installed by others previously, (Bid Package No. 7, Concrete Foundations). .8 Contractor is to review Division 1 General Requirements for additional responsibilities required in order to perform the work under this Bid Package. .9 If this contractor requires working platforms in order to meet code requirements, he shall provide as necessary. Working platforms may or may not be shown on the drawings. .10 Find attached to this scope of work of the elevator contractor, EMBEDS SCHEDULE, (4) Pages, outlining the entity responsible for embedded metal. In the 'Responsibility' column, all items with a 'S' are the 09/16/91 SCOPE OF WORK (ADD. 3) 00311 - 2 direct responsibility of the elevator contractor to furnish and install. This schedule shall serve as a guide, and not be limited to the items delineated, and the elevator contractor shall be responsible for determining the total extent of embeds required under this bid package. 1.3 By Others .1 Grouting of elevator door sills and elevator hoistway frames. 09/16/91 SCOPE OF WORK (ADD. 3) 00311 - 3 EMBEDS SCHEDULE RESPONSIBILITY LEGEND: 1. PRECAST SUPPLIER 2. MISCELLANEOUS METALS SUPPLIER * (BID GROUP 2) 3. MISCELLANEOUS METALS SUPPLIER (FUTURE BID PACKAGE UNDER BID GROUP 3) 4. SECURITY FENCING INSTALLER (FUTURE BID PACKAGE, UNDER BID GROUP 3) 5. ELEVATOR SUPPLIER 6. ROOFER 7. BID GROUPI - UNDER CONTRACT * 2s - designates ship to site 2p - designates ship to precaster DRAWINGS: BID GROUP 2 W/ADDENDUM #3 - 9/13/91 ITEM - DETAIL # ----------------- SHEET # --------- RESPONSIBILITY -------------- 1. Angle - 12/4.41a 4.34 4 2. Angle - 7/4.38 4.36 4 3. Channel - M 4.36 7 4. Anchor Slot - 4 4.38 1 5. Embed - 11 4.38 2p 6. Embed - H/X/4.51 4.35 1 7. Angle - 4/10-4.40 4.39 4 S. Tube - 5 4.39 4 9. Anchor slots - 1,2,4,-8 4.41 1 10. Angle - 12 4.41 3 11. Ladder/Post - 12 4.41 3 12. Anchor - 1,11 4.41 1 13. Embed - 1 4.42 2p 14. Security Bar - 1 4.42 3 15. Embed - 4 4.42 3 16. Security Bar & anchors-4 4.42 2p 17. Angle/Anchors - 2 4.42 2p 18. Ladder - 1 4.46 3 19. Frame - B 4.46 3 20. Frame - A 4.46 3 09/16/91 EMBEDS SCHEDULE (ADD. 3) 1 21. Plate det. A/4.46 as shown 4.47 2P in detail ES-8, DS-3, ES-3, FS-3, DS-1, CS-1 Except for Plates to be 4.47 2S installed in cast -in -place concrete, Ground Floor 22. Plate det. B/4.46 as shown 4.47 3 in detail CS-1, DS-1, ES-8 23. Angles shown in ES-8, 4.47 3 DS-3, ES-3, FS-3, DS-6, ES-6, FS-6 24. Angle/Bolts - 5 4.47A 3 25. Ladder -6 4.47A 3 26. Stairs/Rails 4.46 thru 4.48 3 27. Angl/Frame/Lad - All 4.49 & 4.50 5 28. Angles - Y,A 4.51 2s 29. Embed - X 4.51 1 30. Plate - X 4.51 3 31. Rail - X 4.51 3 32. Embeds - B,A,2 4.51 2p 33. Embed - BC,2 4.51 2p 34. Embed - A,2,D 4.51 2p 35. Embed - 2,D 4.51 2p 36. Embed - 2,C 4.51 2p 37. Frame - 3 4.51 2p 38. Frame - 3 4.51 2p 39. Embed - Note 1 4.51 3 40. Embed - Note 7 4.51 2p 41. Embed - Note 8 4.51 2p 42. Embed - 2B 4.51 2p 43. Embed - 2B 4.51 2p 44. Angle - Breakaway Wall 4.67 3 45. Angle - Exterior Secure 4.67 3 46. Angle/Plate Shear Conn. 3.32 1 47. Plate - Stairbase 3.32 3 48. Plate - Tablebase 3.32 3 49. Embed/Plate, dbl T bear. 3.32 1 50. Angles - Typ.Opening 3.32 3 & 1 51. Plate - Cooling Tower 3.32 3 52. Embeds/Plate 3.33 1 53. Embed - 9 3.33 1 54. Channel - 9 3.33 1 55. Plate - 10 3.33 1 56. Angle - 10 3.33 1 57. Angle - 12 3.33 1 58. Plate - 12 3.33 1 59. Embed - 7A, 7B 3.33 1 09/16/91 EMBEDS SCHEDULE (ADD. 3) 2 60. Embed - 8 3.33 1 61. Angle - 13 3.33 1 62. Plate - 13 3.33 1 63. Embed - 15 3.33 1 64. Embeds & DBA's - 1, 2, 3, 3.34 1 4A, 6, 8A, 8B, 10, 12, 14, 15, 19, 20 65. Embed - 1,18,20 3.34 1 66. Embed/Plate - 5 3.34 1 67. Bent Plate - 11A, 11B 3.34 1 68. Embed/Plate 1 1,5 3.35 1 69. Embed/P.Late - 2 3.35 1 70. Embed/Angle/Bolt - 3 3.35 1 71. Embeds - 7, 6 3.35 1 72. Embed - 10 3.35 2P 73. Embeds - 2 3.36 1 74. Embed - 5 3.36 1 75. Embeds - Typ.Col.Base 3.36 1 All but anch. bolts 76. Embeds - Typ.Beam to Col 3.36 1 Connection 77. Embed/Plate Typ.Lat 3.37 1 support est mas wall past structure 78. Embed - Typ Precast Beam 3.37 1 to Slab Conn @ Discont Slab 79. Embed - Typ Beam Bearing 3.37 1 on CIP Col 80. Embed - Elev.Rail Conn. 3.37 2P 81. Angle/Bolt - Elev.Sill 3.37 5 82. Embed - 4 3.38 1 83. Embed - 6A, 6B, 7A, 7B, 15 3.38 1 84. Plate & Dowel 7A, 7B 3.38 2S1 85. Angles - 10 3.38 1 86. Embeds & Plates & DBA 3.38 1 87. Emb/Ang/Blt - 12, 13, 17 3.38 1 88. Embed - 18 3.38 1 89. Angles & DBA 19A, 19B 3.38 2S 90. Embed - 20 3.38 1 91. Plates & Angles - 14A,14BC 3.38 1 92. Embed - 7 3.39 1 93. Emb/Ang/Blt - 15A, 15B 3.39 1 16, 17 3.39 1 94. Metal Shapes - 11, 18 3.39 1 95. Metal Necessary for typ 3.32 1 Beam Bearing @ CIP Col. 96. All stirrup reinforcing & 3.32 1 struct. shapes for composite beams 97. Metal Necessary for shear 3.35 1 wall base det. 09/16/91 EMBEDS SCHEDULE (ADD. 3) 3 98. Typ Precast Beam to 3.37 Precast Element Conn (except @ 1st FIR) 09/16/91 EMBEDS SCHEDULE (ADD. 3) 4 SECTION 00312 SCOPE OF WORK Bid Package No. 12 Precast Embeds 1.1 General Scope Provide all labor, supervision, materials, supplies, equipment, tools, transportation and proper execution and completion of all Work specified on the drawings, and the following sections of the Specifications; including, but not limited to: Specifications Sections and Descriptions 05180 Miscellaneous Structural Steel 05500 Metal Fabrications 08100 Metal Doors and Frames 08660 Security Steel Windows 08710 Door Hardware (for item 1.2.6 below) 1.2 Special Provisions The following Special Provisions clarify, modify, change, add to, or delete from the General Scope of this Bid Package. .1 Embed Summary: The scope of this contractor's embed work consists of metal which is to be embedded in precast concrete, for all precast concrete to dissimilar material connections which are shown on the drawings. The precast concrete contractor is responsible for all precast to precast connection embeds. .2 Contractor shall furnish to the precast concrete contractor all embeds to be installed in precast, with appropriate installation instructions, for precast to dissimilar material connections. .3 Furnish to the Precast Concrete Contractor, four-sided cell chase door frames for embedment in concrete. .4 Provide adequate protection of all material in this scope of work, so that shipping and installation will not cause damage. This contractor shall be liable for all damages and rework due to insufficient protection. .5 Protect all material in this scope of work, by providing 09/16/91 SCOPE OF WORK (ADD. 3) 00312 - 1 1.3 adequate protection of projections and openings for follow-on work after casting in precast concrete. This shall allow strike plates and screws, etc. to be installed later, without hinderance. .6 Furnish and deliver to job -site, when scheduled by the Construction Manager, non -security chase doors, complete with hardware. .7 Furnish to the Precast Concrete Contractor, all steel security window frames which are to be embedded in precast concrete. .8 Refer to sections 08800 Glazing, and 08842 Security Glazing, for applicable coordination between this contractor's work, and that work to be done by others. .9 Not Used. .10 Contractor is to review Division 1 General Requirements for additional responsibilities required in order to perform the work under this Bid Package. .11 Furnish and deliver to job -site, when scheduled by the Construction Manager, steel window frames which are to be installed in masonry, in the exterior walls of the building. .12 Find attached to this scope of work of the precast embeds contractor, EMBEDS SCHEDULE, (4) pages, outlining the entity responsible for embedded metal. In the 'Responsibility' column, all items with a 12s' or 12p' are the direct responsibility of the precast embed contractor to supply. If 12s', contractor shall ship to the jobsite. If 12p', contractor shall ship to the precast concrete contractor. This schedule shall serve as a guide, and not be limited to the items delineated, and the precast embed contractor shall be responsible for determining the total extent of embeds required under this bid package. By Others .1 Finish painting. .2 Installation of chase .3 Glass and glazing. .4 Installation of steel doors and hardware. window frames in masonry. 09/16/91 SCOPE OF WORK (ADD. 3) 00312 - 2 EMBEDS SCHEDULE RESPONSIBILITY LEGEND: 1. PRECAST SUPPLIER 2. MISCELLANEOUS METALS SUPPLIER * (BID GROUP 2) 3. MISCELLANEOUS METALS SUPPLIER (FUTURE BID PACKAGE UNDER BID GROUP 3) 4. SECURITY FENCING INSTALLER (FUTURE BID PACKAGE, UNDER BID GROUP 3) 5. ELEVATOI' SUPPLIER 6. ROOFER 7. BID GROUPI - UNDER CONTRACT * 2s - designates ship to site 2p - designates ship to precaster DRAWINGS: BID GROUP 2 W/ADDENDUM #3 - 9/13/91 ITEM - DETAIL # ----------------- SHEET # --------- RESPONSIBILITY -------------- 1. Angle - 12/4.41a 4.34 4 2. Angle - 7/4.38 4.36 4 3. Channel - M 4.36 7 4. Anchor Slot - 4 4.38 1 5. Embed - 11 4.38 2p 6. Embed - H/X/4.51 4.35 1 7. Angle - 4/10-4.40 4.39 4 8. Tube - 5 4.39 4 9. Anchor slots - 1,2,4,-8 4.41 1 10. Angle - 12 4.41 3 11. Ladder/Post - 12 4.41 3 12. Anchor - 1,11 4.41 1 13. Embed - 1 4.42 2p 14. Security Bar - 1 4.42 3 15. Embed - 4 4.42 3 16. Security Bar & anchors-4 4.42 2p 17. Angle/Anchors - 2 4.42 2p 18. Ladder - 1 4.46 3 19. Frame - B 4.46 3 20. Frame - A 4.46 3 09/16/91 EMBEDS SCHEDULE (ADD. 3) 1 21. Plate det. A/4.46 as shown 4.47 in detail ES-8, DS-3, ES-3, FS-3, DS-1, CS-1 22. 23. 24. 25. 26. 27. 28. 29. 30. 31. 32. 33. 34. 35. 36. 37. 38. 39. 40. 41. 42. 43. 44. 45. 46. 47. 48. 49. 50. 51. 52. 53. 54. 55. 56. 57. 58. 59. Except for Plates to be 4.47 installed in cast -in -place concrete, Ground Floor Plate det. B/4.46 as shown 4.47 in detail CS-1, DS-1, ES-8 Angles shown in ES-8, 4.47 DS-3, ES-3, FS-3, DS-6, ES-6, FS-6 Angle/Bolts - 5 Ladder -6 Stairs/Rails 4.46 Angl/Frame/Lad - All 4.49 Angles - Y,A Embed - X Plate - X Rail - X Embeds - B,A,2 Embed - BC,2 Embed - A,2,D Embed - 2,D Embed - 2,C Frame - 3 Frame - 3 Embed - Note 1 Embed - Note 7 Embed - Note 8 Embed - 2B Embed - 2B Angle - Breakaway Wall Angle - Exterior Secure Angle/Plate Shear Conn. Plate - Stairbase Plate - Tablebase Embed/Plate, dbl T bear. Angles - Typ.Opening Plate - Cooling Tower Embeds/Plate Embed - 9 Channel - 9 Plate - 10 Angle - 10 Angle - 12 Plate - 12 Embed - 7A, 7B 4.47A 4.47A thru 4.48 & 4.50 4.51 4.51 4.51 4.51 4.51 4.51 4.51 4.51 4.51 4.51 4.51 4.51 4.51 4.51 4.51 4.51 4.67 4.67 3.32 3.32 3.32 3.32 3.32 3.32 3.33 3.33 3.33 3.33 3.33 3.33 3.33 3.33 2P 2S 3 3 3 3 3 5 2s 1 3 3 2p 2p 2p 2p 2p 2p 2p 3 2p 2p 2p 2p 3 3 1 3 3 1 3 & 1 3 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 09/16/91 EMBEDS SCHEDULE (ADD. 3) 2 60. 61. 62. 63. 64. 65. 66. 67. 68. 69. 70. 71. 72. 73. 74. 75. 76. 77. 78. 79. 80. 81. 82. 83. 84. 85. 86. 87. 88. 89. 90. 91. 92. 93. 94. 95. 96. Embed - 8 3.33 1 Angle - 13 3.33 1 Plate - 13 3.33 1 Embed - 15 3.33 1 Embeds & DBA's - 1 2, 3, 3.34 1 F 4A, 6, 8A, 8B, 10,12, 14, 15, 19, 20 Embed - 1,18,20 Embed/Plate - 5 Bent Plate - 11A, 11B Embed/Plate 1 1,5 Embed/Plate - 2 Embed/Angle/Bolt - 3 Embeds - 7, 6 Embed - 10 Embeds - 2 Embed - 5 Embeds - Typ.Col.Base All but anch. bolts Embeds - Typ.Beam to Col Connection Embed/Plate Typ.Lat support est mas wall past structure Embed - Typ Precast Beam to Slab Conn @ Discont Slat Embed - Typ Beam Bearing on CIP Col Embed - Elev.Rail Conn. Angle/Bolt - Elev.Sill Embed - 4 Embed - 6A, 6B, 7A, 7B, 15 Plate & Dowel 7A, 7B Angles - 10 Embeds & Plates & DBA Emb/Ang/Blt - 12, 13, 17 Embed - 18 Angles & DBA 19A, 19B Embed - 20 Plates & Angles - 14A,14BC Embed - 7 Emb/Ang/Blt - 15A, 15B 16, 17 Metal Shapes - 11, 18 Metal Necessary for typ Beam Bearing @ CIP Col. All stirrup reinforcing struct. shapes for 3.34 3.34 3.34 3.35 3.35 3.35 3.35 3.35 3.36 3.36 3.36 3.36 3.37 3.37 3.37 3.37 3.37 3.38 3.38 3.38 3.38 3.38 3.38 3.38 3.38 3.38 3.38 3.39 3.39 3.39 3.39 3.32 & 3.32 composite beams 97. Metal Necessary for shear 3.35 wall base det. 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 2P 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 2P 5 1 1 2S1 1 1 1 1 2S 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 09/16/91 EMBEDS SCHEDULE (ADD. 3) 3 98. Typ Precast Beam to 3.37 1 Precast Element Conn (except @ 1st FIR) 09/16/91 EMBEDS SCHEDULE (ADD. 3) 4 SECTION 00352 BID GROUP 2 MILESTONE SCHEDULE This section contains the project schedule. Each contractor is to study the applicable parts, or milestones, in order to determine his proposed scheduling for the project. Coordinate construction scheduling and operations with the Construction Manager so as to meet the milestone and completion dates as outlined in this section. The Contractors are to note the following special items. a. Bid Due Date . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 09 2/ 5 / 91 b. Award Date (Anticipated) . . . . . . . .10/09/91 C. Notice to Proceed (Anticipated). . . . .10/14/91 d. Bid Package No. 10 - Precast Concrete: Erection of precast concrete shall commence (105) calendar days after the commencement date established in the Notice to Proceed, and Zones A,B,C,D & E shall be erected within (244) calendar days after Notice to Proceed. e. Bid Package No. 11 - Hydraulic Elevators: The jackwells are to be installed simultaneously with a portion of Bid Package No. 7 - Concrete Foundations work, under Bid Group 1. Two months are being allowed for the jackwell work, which must be coordinated with follow-on concrete foundations contractor, and completed prior to precast concrete erection. Elevator #3 and either of #6 or #7, are to be available for temporary service, should it be deemed necessary, within (273) calendar days after Notice to Proceed. All contract Work shall be substantially complete (358) calendar days after the commencement date established in the Notice to Proceed. 09/16/91 MILESTONE SCHEDULE (ADD. 3) 003bz - 1 f. Bid Package No. 12 - Precast Embeds: All precast embeds are to be fabricated and delivered to the precaster in order to meet the production schedule of the precaster. This schedule, to be submitted by the precaster, will be submitted after award of the precast concrete package. All other materials under the scope of work of the precast embed contractor, shall be delivered to the jobsite, when, and as directed by the Construction Manager. All precast embed contractor Work shall be substantially complete (244) calendar days after the commencement date established in the Notice to Proceed. 09/16/91 MILESTONE SCHEDULE (ADD. 3) 00352 - 2 0 o° � �000ua0000 000 o o ^ N N N N N N CV CV N CU CU fU CV CU CV N N "J N N CV N "J N LU N N N N m m O m O m O m m m al Cr) Q1 4) m m m m m O m Q) m m m m m m (T ¢.-. L1 2 I- U> U U Z Z m >- m m m m m m m >- > m Z J> >- Z T >- >- r r >- >- z Q z w w c) c� w o W w a a w a Q a Cl. n. a 2 a Q a a>> a a Q z a Q a a Q a c a z w Ln cn O O o z o cm m m w m m Q Q a a a z m a Z S Z 7 Z Z Z m Z Z Z S M m lfl �+ N m I\ LV V m^ n m Q t� O O O m m v LP V V Q Lfl m N N LU N LV N N N 117 .--� N •--� •-+ •--� �-+ LV N ^ N LV LV �+ ^ ^ ^ LV ^ ^ ^ N N N CU N CV N CV ^ N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N C\j N LV CV CU N N N N m m O m m m m m m m m Q) m m m m m m m m m m m m O m m m m m m m m CT)O) m m CDm0--�r-c-c�L�c-)zz¢¢¢mmmccm¢mmmmrrr>-rrr>-r>-r Lu w c-) c� c� U w w w w Q a a a a a a a a a a a m m m a Q a a a a s a a a a a Ln Ln O O O O p M 0 M 7 M m:Z m: m: m: m:Z m: Q a a Q Q m: m: S Z N l.0 O m cnlD lLl Q N N m L\ L` t\ Cl O O O O O O O r- i� m m Q V ^ --� .--� n-t •--� ^ ^ ^ ^ N LV ^ m m m m m m m N N N LU CV ^ ^ �--' ^ ^ ^ - ^ - V O n 111 V O M O m 0 0 0 LM lf7 O lP O O OIO O lfi lf) lf7 LP LP O LP 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 Lr7 N .-. V N M •--� LV m V n V LU .-+ I .-� .--i .--i I m m m Ln .--i LV .-. I. I !-- .- ^ .- I r I .- N UJ cn W CI O_ U Ln m Y ^ U [n a U W Q O Ln Ln m [S Ln 7 W f- Z z Z J Z a- m CD W W CD CDW W O V) Q N Z m m m m Z H Z Q F- O O O m Ln (n LV O O J J N Q Q N Cn a Z W n J _1 Ln Ln m m ^¢ Lr7 co 0- >- M Q Li w w W Ln I- w �- y, ¢ p O U' L O O m LU w O m W W V) LU O co Ln Ln Z w Z_ O Q Z Z O Z U S Q C.'� W> 1-- Z m Ln Z F-- LU m H ¢ J Lu w m w W p f- Z m� H 0 Z O ^ N Z z d LLJ L1 Ln d EL Z L1 4J O U7 U J H O LLJ J LS UU N Z LLJ w Ld cc a Z L1 Z Z O Z z p Q Q O J L u O I.- O @j �� Q O O O O O c F--- I- O N F-- O Lu �--• ¢¢ 1- m - d 0 0 Ln W (n W W �--� f- H IV H �--+ U U U N O m O_ '- Q 0 cm M: U a J m m Ln Ln Ln .J J w Q Cn U Lu W Ln Ln W H O m 0 C) U LU Q Z z z W W Z Ln > O m m Ln m z J J z Z J (n W m 0 cn U O U Z N W ¢ J O 0 0 O ¢ W J H J O W W W O O W I- > L) co O a �--� m H O Ln r-I I --I H F-- L- N O J W W W Z W �--� CC \\ H �--� \ Z w �--� O U O cc U C'] O 11 Cn L- - h- I- Ln Ln F- LLJ Z Z LJ �-- O S S `- S LLJ O W m Q Z Ln O Z Z Ln Q a w Q Q a a a J Q O O, Z lO Q U U U Q a U� � U a 0 p- Q H O^> U Q> �--� cc cc m U U J> LU N N U7 W Z m\ W W m m W W U) W 3 1--- m m U ¢ �--� J W W cU �- W W �--� LLJ U "" ^ J N ¢� S F-- H¢ Q a W O Q W W I--- U W cc W J w W W== W J �--� w w 0 LU w w > W H m Z W U w O M Z LLJ W Z Z Z d d W>^^ W LiJ Z O m¢ Z Z m I I I Lu Z Q 1--- O Z CL \ O ¢ LLJ w w w ¢ U') Ln m H m w d J J w w J J H> Z IN H¢ Ln m Q N H S d w a O m O H W p m O Ln O 0- \ Li w 2 L1 W Ln LU N CU W u) W O U' m Q L.n U CD Ln U -EXU S a Z Z J U L- Z a 1--- Li Lu U7 W\ H W W Cr W Ln Ln \ U\ Cr 1- O F- O U O 0- CL d d W W U LU W U Z m I- m U U U Z Z I- Y Cl: Cr m LU m U 0 Ln Z U U Z W p O p m LLJ w w O H\= W LU Lu O CD W\ m H H O m O W W r+ L11 W LU LU cc CD O CDZ H L LJ O J H I- J 1--- N C J CD J J J NJ N H J Q Q a O m CD J J J L1 �Ll m cc C2 \ cn CZ I--- Lu Ln cn W W 1--- _1 d LU w w LLJ J m 1-- cn d L1 W O O p W W m HL2 CL) L D L o O Q Q a \ a Q \ J 1--- U) Q \ \ \ \ H F- ¢ Q O Lo V1 \ F- \ \ \ \ I- m U Cl-> S U U S m U H S S S S U U U F- d i U% S W Lu LLJ S S W U Vp 0 O_ c w W L11 U LU LLJ U Z LAJ f- U7 L= U U U LLJcc W Z Ln � I- /- ¢ Lu 2 U Z Z Z U U Z U! w H H 3 m m J W m¢ w O m W Z O W W W m m O Z W LLJ Lu O m O W O O O w W O¢ Ic p m m CO a Cl. m W i d d� U W U7 H W i S S W W U F-- U1 Ln W W w M IV N LV m m N W Lll L7J T � a-+ U Ln U O C U O L QJ a Ln O C C L LU O C -j U O a) � O T L 3 LD ti c E cu L_ LZ CID 0 °°°L��e T C n Cn a CC 2 ^ rn m CD w c� a z o a � N O � U L i O CD CD O a O Z O U U a T Z w Ct) + U LD C T U O +� CD . C L.L. 4 - � U = N N CU N CU N N N (U CV CV (V (U N N CU N N (V m CV CV N CDC r Cn T T Q) T Cy) CIO al CT) a) T Ql a) Q) T T T T T T Cr) T T T U O L cc Z Z Z Z Z Z Z Z Z J Z Z Z Z Z Z J J Z J J CD Q z O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O U Q O O O Ql +-+ Lfl wti 7)- O 7 ¢ CDC C --+ CD CO lf7 N N N T Q N T T cy, T T C_ OO �--� CU N CU �--� CV N N CV C11 CU N N N CU C �D U O (1) M: CD T CV N C11 CV N N CV N N CV N CV N CV N CU CU CU CV CV N CV CU C- a) T T T T O O) Q) O) T T T T CT CT T T T T T I T O T 3 CD w(nm mI-D 7 m � -7 LD LO cU RJ T T T T T L (D LD lD LO CD m O m lt7 LC) Ll-7 Ll'7 N E CU CU m (U L72 117 LP LP tI7 LP 0 0 O LP 0 0 0 0 lI7 L" O CDLP O O L ¢O O N � LO m m � -.m rn m c� z N �+ ^ N O m m LLJ U Z Z Z Z Z O O O Cn Ln O U LO C17 O O N N ZO O N Lu CD O N N m m CO CO Z in cc) m m ¢ ¢ -a:Q CDt-- ¢ ¢ ¢ ¢ J J Q Q J J IV Q Q J J J J as (n U) Q 0 (n (n CC CC (n (n (n (n LO LD m W W cm L7 O W W (-0 r- LO C-0 C7 Z Z Q Z Z Z Z O Z Z Z Z Z Z CL �--� d J Cn W a. W a. a- � 0- CL LUW d O_ �--� Cd d Cl-0- IL Z a lf7 LU (I.O_ CL C7 co 0 V- 0 F- U U O F-- O H O U U W U O F- V U i--� O �-- O F- O Z :z = Z W U CC CC U cj -jLLJ J UJ J (D CC Q = Z UJ J W J = Z W Z CC CC Q CC CC O O J _I W W W Q J J O W W O O J m CC W J J N N W W L" Li CC \\ O W L� �--i \\ N N W O Cn W LL _l L.i S S J J CZ) O F- U U U Q cm -x U U J J Q CM O O J --IN N (n (f7 \ W W � Z Z CC W Lu J _J Lo Cn � CDZ U) Z v - Li L.L �--� Lu Lu O CD CC Cr J L1J LlJ W W Z CC CC L.L W W J W Q W L.L! W L� L" Cln LO CC 2 O_ J J O= Q W J J W L. CC Lu O= CC Q O O L.LLJ U M ZD\ W W 0 0 a Li W O O D J 0 0 0 O CDU U ME CI) U U O CD U Cn Lli U U U Z CC CC (n Cn \ \ CC h-- O LLJ \ \ F--- H C] cc CC \ W TO W lw Q CC CC CC O O Li Cn Z CV \ CC O CC O U W- Vl Z I N Lu LU O\ Y 0 O= 0 CC 0 m 0 u` N �- - Q ¢ O O J CD CDJ O J ¢ 0 0 0 �C- LU CC Lu�--- CCU) �- (n CL \ Cl-LL1 \ 11J LU J ¢ CL \ M \ Lu \ C) U LU m U, CC \ J Q = O CL \ CL \ O_ \ �¢ U m w W w 1- S S S W Lu U U i O_ m i i aw o o w w o 0 0 0 o z o o w o 0 0 0 o z w o 0 ` O D U (n (n W E N N IV .-+ LL L.L i N 1V U U LL ti F- LL W C) LL a SECTION 00800 SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION AND OWNER ACCEPTANCE Bid Group 2, and Bid Group 3 Contractors shall turn over care, custody and control of their work to the Owner as defined in the issuance of the A/E's Certificate of Substantial Completion of the Project. All contracts in these bid groups shall exchange as a group and in unison, possession, maintenance and security responsibilities with the Monroe County Officials. Any portion of the work which is in non-conformance with the contract documents or elements which prevent the Owner's use of the facilities for its intended use shall be excluded from acceptance. The contractor shall be responsible for all work performed, equipment, and materials furnished to, or by the contractor under this contract until the contractors work is completed and has been accepted by the Owner as stated in the Certificate of Substantial Completion. In the event of loss, damage or destruction of such work, equipment, or materials, the contractor at his sole expense shall promptly repair, restore, or replace such, to the conditions required by the contract documents. Substantial Completion Certificates for portions of the project or portions of the work may be used to reduce retention. This partial certification shall only be used for the purpose of reducing retention. The implementation and amounts of reduction shall be at the Owner's sole discretion. In the event of discrepancy or disagreement in the contract documents, specifications, and/or drawings, this section will take precedence over the Supplementary General Conditions, General Conditions, General Requirements, technical specifications and drawings. 09/16/91 CERTIFICATE OF OCCUPANCY (ADD. 3) 00800 - 1 SECTION 00980 CONTRACTOR QUALITY CONTROL PLAN 1.1 MORRISON-KNUDSEN/GERRITS' DUTIES AND RESPONSIBILITIES 1.1.1 The Morrison-Knudsen/Gerrits' superintendent will monitor all work performed by the Trade Contractor to assure conformance of the work to the Contract Drawings and Specifications. 1.2 TRADE CONTRACTOR'S DUTIES AND RESPONSIBILITIES 1.2.1 The Trade Contractor is responsible for the quality of the work performed by his work force on this project as well as the quality of the material, equipment and supplies furnished by him to be incorporated into the work. 1.2.2 The Trade Contractor will designate a Quality Control Representative who will be on site at all times while the respective Trade Contractor's work is in progress and will have the authority and responsibility to accept or reject items of work. The Trade Contractor's Quality Control Representative may delegate his duties but the primary responsibility and authority will rest on him. 1.2.3 The Trade Contractor's Quality Control Representative will coordinate the submittal of all shop drawings, product data and samples to Morrison-Knudsen/Gerrits. Any submittal that is a change to the contract requirements must be identified as such and transmitted to the Construction Manager for submittal and approval by the Architect/Engineer or Owner. No work requiring submittal of a shop drawing, product data or sample shall commence until the submittal has been reviewed and approved by the Architect/Engineer. 1.2.4 The Trade Contractor will bear the responsibility of notifying the designated material -testing laboratory, whether Monroe County or Contractor is required to perform testing of materials as required by the contract drawings and specifications in a timely fashion to prevent needless cancellations and delays of work activities. Any costs caused by untimely notification shall be borne by the Contractor. 09/16/91 CONTRACTOR QUALITY CONTROL PLAN (ADD. 3) 00980 - 1 1.2.5 The Trade Contractor's Quality Control Representative will review his drawings, procurement documents and contracts to insure that the technical information provided and all work performed is in accordance with the latest revisions of the Contract Drawings and Specifications. 1.2.6 The Trade Contractor's Quality Control Representative will perform an inspection upon receipt at the site of the work of all materials, equipment and supplies including those furnished to him by the Owner. Notes from this inspection will be filled out on the appropriate form and included with the Contractor Daily Quality Control Report. Items which are damaged or not in conformance with the respective submittals, quality standards, contract drawings and specifications shall be brought to the attention of Morrison-Knudsen/Gerrits' representative on site and then will be identified and segregated from accepted items. Items thus identified will not be incorporated into the work until corrective action acceptable to Morrison-Knudsen/Gerrits is completed. Items determined unsalvageable will be removed from the job site. These items shall be noted as deficient in the applicable section of the Contractor Daily Quality Control Report. 1.3 INSPECTION AND TESTING 1.3.1 INSPECTION PLAN Morrison-Knudsen/Gerrits utilizes a multi -point inspection plan for each separate feature of work to be performed under this Trade Contract, i.e., work described by each division of the technical provision section of the contract specifications. This plan consists of the following: .1 Preparatory Inspection - Prior to commencing the work, the Trade Contractor's Quality Control Representative will meet with Morrison- Knudsen/Gerrits' Superintendent and the Architect's representative if he so desires to attend and check the following items at a minimum for conformance: (a) Approval of shop drawings and submittals. (b) Approval of inspection and test reports of 09/16/91 CONTRACTOR QUALITY CONTROL PLAN (ADD. 3) 00980 - 2 materials and equipment to be utilized. (c) Completion of previous operations of preliminary work. (d) Availability of materials and equipment required. (e) Potential utility outages. (f) Any other preparatory steps dependent upon the particular operation. (g) Quality standards. (h) Safety or environmental precautions to be observed. (Phase Hazard) Note: Morrison-Knudsen/Gerrits will record the minutes to this inspection meeting and distribute accordingly. .2 Initial inspection - Upon completion of a representative sample of a given feature of the work, the Trade Contractor's Quality Control Representative will meet with the Morrison- Knudsen/Gerrits Superintendent and the Architect's representative if he so desires to attend and check the following items at a minimum for conformance: (a) Workmanship to established quality standards. (b) Configuration to contract drawings and specifications. (c) Construction methods, equipment and tools utilized. (d) Materials and articles utilized. (e) Adequacy of testing methods. (f) Adequacy of shop drawings. (g) Adequacy of safety or environmental precautions. Note: Morrison-Knudsen/Gerrits will record the minutes to this inspection meeting and distribute accordingly. 09/16/91 CONTRACTOR QUALITY CONTROL PLAN (ADD. 3) 00980 - 3 .3 Follow-up Inspections - The Trade Contractor's Quality Control Representative will inspect the work daily to assure the continuing conformance of the work to the workmanship standards established during the preparatory and initial inspections. Additionally, as a part of the follow-up inspection, sign -off sheets will be utilized as often as possible. The intent of these sheets is to achieve concurrence from other trade contractors and responsible parties that ensuing work can indeed commence over underlying work. This will prevent oversights and omissions which could elevate costs. Sign -off sheets shall be used for, but not be limited to, concrete, drywall, ceilings, painting, roofing substrates and flooring. These reports are to be generated by the applicable Trade Contractor and submitted to Morrison-Knudsen/Gerrits' Superintendent for approval prior to the start-up of work. Failure to generate a sign -off sheet or to attain proper signatures prior to covering up underlying work may affect payment for that piece of work if ensuing problems are detected or not. This disciplinary action shall be carried out via the Nonconformance Report. (See Section 1.4.2 of this plan.) Note: The Trade Contractor shall be responsible to record these inspections and all other project related activities encountered throughout the day on the Contractor Daily Quality Control Report. .4 Completion Inspections - Upon completion of a given feature of the work, the Trade Contractor's Quality Control Representative will meet with Morrison- Knudsen/Gerrits' Superintendent, if he so desires to attend, to perform an inspection of the completed work. Non -conforming items will be identified and corrected prior to commencement of the next operation. Note: The Trade Contractor shall conduct and report corrections of this inspection which shall be a required submittal. 09/16/91 CONTRACTOR QUALITY CONTROL PLAN (ADD. 3) 00980 - 4 1.3.1.5 Follow -On Inspections - Upon execution of the contractor's completion inspection in elements of the work which result in concealment; such as, ceiling and drywall installations, MK/G shall schedule and conduct multi -trade or singular inspections prior to covering installation. Note: MK/G will record the minutes to this inspection meeting. 1.3.1.6 Pre -Final Inspection - Upon substantial completion of the project work MK/G shall coordinate and conduct a universal inspection of all areas and elements of the work. The Architect/Engineer may be represented if he so desires. This inspection shall be completed at least (15) days prior to the final substantial completion inspection which shall be conducted by the A/E. All deficiencies and incomplete work should be completed prior to the final substantial completion inspection. 1.3.2 OPERATION AND CHECK OUT TESTING The Trade Contractor will provide personnel and equipment to perform the operational tests and checkout of the equipment, facilities or equipment constructed, fabricated or installed under this Trade Contract. Morrison-Knudsen/Gerrits' Superintendent will coordinate and witness all such tests. Notification should be given at least ten (10) days in advance of the scheduled tests. 1.3.3 FINAL INSPECTION and issuance of the A/E CERTIFICATE OF SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION Morrison-Knudsen/Gerrits' Superintendent will coordinate and attend all final inspections of the work by the Architect/Engineer. Prior to requesting a final inspection, all tests for the equipment and systems must be completed. Upon completion of the A/E's inspection, the A/E will publish outstanding items and issue a Project Certificate of Substantial Completion, which will define the date of 'Turn -Over' to the Owner the care, control and custody. Reference Section 00800, Substantial Completion. 1.4 REPORTING Maintaining accurate and retrievable records is extremely 09/16/91 CONTRACTOR QUALITY CONTROL PLAN (ADD. 3) 00980 - 5 important in the Quality Assurance Program. These records will act as a main source of information in the present and in the future for the entire project management team. The main report that will be utilized to provide this information is the Daily Quality Control Report. Nonconformance Reports may also be issued. 1.4.1 DAILY QUALITY CONTROL REPORT The Daily Quality Control Report shall be used to document the summary of daily inspection activities performed by the Trade Contractor's designated Quality Control Representative. It shall include any of the four steps of inspection that are performed that day, all test monitoring and any rework of nonconforming items. The daily Quality Control Report section of the Daily Superintendent's Report will be routinely used for daily reporting requirements. When the magnitude or complexity necessitates such, a more separate and comprehensive form will be used. Reference Contractor's Daily Report, and as needed Contractor Daily Quality Control Report, section 01385. 1.4.2 NONCONFORMANCE REPORT Nonconformance Reports will be issued for work that is found to be in nonconformance with the contract documents or the referenced quality standards. The report will be issued by Morrison-Knudsen/Gerrits. It is not the intent to routinely and repeatedly issue nonconformance reports, but to issue them only after normal enforcement standards have been exhausted, or if the work performed is a detriment to the project. A copy of the Nonconformance Report will be forwarded to the Project Manager for his information and/or action. It should also be included in the Trade Contractor's Daily Quality Report package for general review. Nonconformance Reports will be signed off once the deficient item or items have adequately been corrected. This will be done by the issuing Superintendent and Project Manager. These sign -offs will be included with a corresponding corrective action taken. Significant nonconformances need to be addressed to prevent recurrence. The signed -off report will also be submitted for review. 09/16/01 CONTRACTOR QUALITY CONTROL PLAN (ADD. 3) 00980 - 6 Work activities affected by a Nonconformance Report will proportionally counteraffect payments. Whether that be partial or full retainage will be left up to the discretion of Morrison-Knudsen/Gerrits' management team. 1.5 NOT USED 1.6 AUDITS 1.6.1 Morrison-Knudsen/Gerrits may choose at its option to perform Trade Contractor audits of their Contractor Quality Control Plan at any time. Reports of these audit results will be forwarded to the Project Manager for his action. Any action items noted during an audit for the Trade Contractor will be followed up and documented to insure compliance and avoid recurrence. 1.7 SUMMARY The intention of this plan is to create a system of checks and balances that will minimize delays caused by rework and a lack of planning and maximize production and insure that the finished product is one that the entire construction team can pride themselves in. These goals can be achieved by giving the Owner exactly what he has bought. The owner will expect no more and through Quality Assurance, the construction team will provide no less. 09/16/91 CONTRACTOR QUALITY CONTROL PLAN (ADD. 3) 00980 - 7 SECTION 00992 SCHEDULE OF DRAWINGS Bid Package No. 10, Precast Concrete Bid Package No. 11, Hydraulic Elevators Bid Package No. 12, Precast Embeds DRAWING NO. DRAWING TITLE LATEST REVISION DATE Cover Sheet, Bid Rev. 0, 07/23/91 Group 2 0.01 Index Rev. 1, 08/12/91 0.02 Symbols & Abbreviations Rev. 0, 07/23/91 (Architectural) 3.07 Framing Plan First Floor Rev. 2, 08/29/91 Zone A 3.08 Framing Plan First Floor Rev. 3, 09/13/91 Zone B 3.09 Framing Plan First Floor Rev. 3, 09/13/91 Zone C 3.10 Framing Plan First Floor Rev. 3, 09/13/91 Zone D 3.11 Framing Plan First Floor Rev. 3, 09/13/91 Zone E 3.12 Framing Plan First Floor Rev. 3, 09/13/91 Zone F (Alternate) 3.13 Framing Plan Second Floor Rev. 3, 09/13/91 Zone A 3.14 Framing Plan Second Floor Rev. 3, 09/13/91 Zone B 3.15 Framing Plan Second Floor Rev. 3, 09/13/91 Zone C 09/16/91 SCHEDULE OF DRAWINGS (ADD. 3) 00992 - 1 DRAWING NO. DRAWING TITLE LATEST REVISION DATE 3.16 Framing Plan Second Floor Rev. 3, 09/13/91 Zone D 3.17 Framing Plan Mezzanine Rev. 3, 09/13/91 Level Zone E 3.18 Framing Plan Mezzanine Rev. 2, 08/29/91 Level Zone F (Alternate) 3.19 Framing Plan Mechanical Rev. 1, 08/12/91 Plenum Zone D 3.20 Framing Plan Mechanical Rev. 1, 08/12/91 Plenum Zone E 3.21 Framing Plan Mechanical Rev. 1, 08/12/91 Plenum Zone F 3.22 Framing Plan Roof Level Rev. 3, 09/13/91 Zone A 3.23 Framing Plan Roof Level Rev. 2, 08/29/91 Zone B 3.24 Framing Plan Roof Level Rev. 2, 08/29/91 Zone C 3.25 Framing Plan Roof Level Rev. 3, 09/13/91 Zone D 3.26 Framing Plan Roof Level Rev. 3, 09/13/91 Zone E 3.27 Framing Plan Roof Level Rev. 3, 09/13/91 Zone F (Alternate) 3.32 Typical Details Rev. 3, 09/13/91 3.33 Sections and Details Rev. 3, 09/13/91 3.34 Sections and Details Rev. 2, 08/29/91 3.35 Precast Wall Schedule Rev. 3, 09/13/91 and Details 09/16/91 SCHEDULE OF DRAWINGS (ADD. 3) 00992 - 2 DRAWING NO. 3.36 3.37 3.38 3.39 4.01 4.02 4.03 4.04 4.05 4.06 4.07 4.08 4.09 4.10 4.11 DRAWING TITLE LATEST REVISION DATE Precast Column Schedule Rev. 3, 09/13/91 and Details General Notes, Abbreviations Rev. 3, 09/13/91 & Typical Details Sections and Details Rev. 2, 08/29/91 Sections and Details Rev. 3, 09/13/91 Exterior Building Plan Rev. 0, 07/23/91 Ground Floor Zone A Exterior Building Plan Rev. 0, 07/23/91 Ground Floor Zone B Exterior Building Plan Rev. 1, 08/12/91 Ground Floor Zone C Exterior Building Plan Rev. 0, 07/23/91 Ground Floor Zone D Exterior Building Plan Rev. 0, 07/23/91 Ground Floor Zone E Exterior Building Plan Rev. 0, 07/23/91 Ground Floor Zone F (Alternate) Exterior Building Plan Rev. 0, 07/23/91 First Floor Zone A Exterior Building Plan Rev. 1, 08/12/91 First Floor Zone B Exterior Building Plan Rev. 2, 08/29/91 First Floor Zone C Exterior Building Plan Rev. 2, 08/29/91 First Floor Zone D Exterior Building Plan Rev. 2, 08/29/91 First Floor Zone E 09/16/91 SCHEDULE OF DRAWINGS (ADD. 3) 00992 - 3 DRAWING NO. DRAWING TITLE LATEST REVISION DATE 4.12 Exterior Building Plan Rev. 2, 08/29/91 First Floor Zone F (Alternate) 4.13 Exterior Building Plan Rev. 1, 08/12/91 Second Floor Zone A 4.14 Exterior Building Plan Rev. 1, 08/12/91 Second Floor Zone B 4.15 Exterior Building Plan Rev. 1, 08/12/91 Second Floor Zone C 4.16 Exterior Building Plan Rev. 2, 08/29/91 Mezzanine Level Zone D 4.17 Exterior Building Plan Rev. 2, 08/29/91 Mezzanine Level Zone E 4.18 Exterior Building Plan Rev. 2, 08/29/91 Mezzanine Level Zone F (Alternate) 4.19 Mechanical Plenum Plan Rev. 1, 08/12/91 Zone D 4.20 Mechanical Plenum Plan Rev. 1, 08/12/91 Zone E 4.21 Mechanical Plenum Plan Rev. 1, 08/12/91 Zone F (Alternate) 4.22 Building Plan Roof Level Rev. 1, 08/12/91 Zone A 4.23 Building Plan Roof Level Rev. 2, 08/29/91 Zone B 4.24 Building Plan Roof Level Rev. 2, 08/29/91 Zone C 4.25 Building Plan Roof Level Rev. 2, 08/29/91 Zone D 09/16/91 SCHEDULE OF DRAWINGS (ADD. 3) 00992 - 4 DRAWING NO. DRAWING TITLE LATEST REVISION DATE 4.26 Building Plan Roof Level Rev. 2, 08/29/91 Zone E 4.27 Building Plan Roof Level Rev. 2, 08/29/91 Zone F (Alternate) 4.28 Exterior Elevations Rev. 0, 07/23/91 4.29 Exterior Elevations Rev. 0, 07/23/91 4.30 Exterior Elevations Rev. 1, 08/12/91 4.31 Exterior Elevations Rev. 0, 07/23/91 4.32 Exterior Elevations Rev. 2, 08/29/91 4.33 Exterior Elevations Rev. 1, 08/29/91 4.33A Exterior Elevations Rev. 0, 07/23/91 4.34 Wall Sections Rev. 0, 07/23/91 4.35 Wall Sections Rev. 0, 07/23/91 4.36 Wall Sections Rev. 1, 08/12/91 4.37 Wall Sections Rev. 2, 08/29/91 4.38 Exterior Details Rev. 1, 08/12/91 4.39 Exterior Details Rev. 1, 08/12/91 4.40 Exterior Details Rev. 0, 07/23/91 4.41 Exterior Details Rev. 2, 08/29/91 4.41A Exterior Details Rev. 2, 08/29/91 4.41B Exterior Details Rev. 1, 08/12/91 4.42 Metal Door & Window Frame Rev. 1, 08/12/91 Elevations & Details Door Schedule 4.46 Stair Plans & Sections Rev. 1, 08/12/91 09/16/91 SCHEDULE OF DRAWINGS (ADD. 3) 00992 - 5 DRAWING NO. DRAWING TITLE 4.47 Stair Plans & Sections 4.47A Stair Plans & Sections 4.48 Stair Details 4.49 Elevator Plans & Sections 4.50 Elevator Details 4.51 Enlarged Cell Plans and Elevations 4.67 Partition Types 5.07 Floor Pattern First Floor Zone A 5.10 Floor Pattern First Floor Zone D 5.11 Floor Pattern First Floor Zone E LATEST REVISION DATE Rev. 1, 08/12/91 Rev. 2, 08/29/91 Rev. 1, 08/12/91 Rev. 0, 07/23/91 Rev. 1, 08/12/91 Rev. 2, 08/29/91 Rev. 1, 08/12/91 Rev. 0, 07/23/91 Rev. 0, 07/23/91 Rev. 0, 07/23/91 09/16/91 SCHEDULE OF DRAWINGS (ADD. 3) 00992 - 6 SECTION 01395 DOCUMENT CLARIFICATION REQUESTS (DCR) PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section includes: 1. Notification of Construction Manager in the event errors, field conflicts, and omissions are found in the Contract Documents, or clarifications are necessary. 2. Utilization of DCR form. B. Related Sections: 1. General Conditions Article 2.3 2. General Conditions Article 8.3.2 3. General Conditions Article 12.3 1.2 FORM AND CONTENT OF DOCUMENT CLARIFICATION REPORTS A. All errors, field conflicts, and omissions in the Contract Documents shall be brought to the attention of the Construction Manager immediately. If clarifications are necessary, the request is to be conveyed to the CM. The DCR is a tool established to provide expedient clarifications of contract drawings, specifications or field conflicts. It is not meant to be a substitute for good communication. B. The DCR is not meant for formal notification of extra work. Reference General Conditions paragraph 8.3.2 and 12.3, when formal correspondence is required for formal notification of time extensions, and for cost change notifications. C. The contractor should propose a solution, and enter on the form in sufficient detail necessary for the A/E or CM to confirm the contractor's proposed solution. D. The contractor is also required to mention all other trade work which is affected by the problem, and all trade work which will be affected by the proposed solution. 09/16/91 DOCUMENT CLARIFICATION REQUESTS (ADD. 3) 01395 - 1 1.3 UTILIZATION OF DCR FORM A. The CM will make available the DCR forms for the contractors use. Attached is a copy of the DCR form, and the instruction sheet. ************* END OF SECTION 1395 09/16/91 DOCUMENT CLARIFICATION REQUESTS (ADD. 3) 01395 - 2 REPORT OF FINAL GEOTECHNICAL ENGINEERING EVALUATION MONROE COUNTY JAIL KEY WEST, FLORIDA Westinghouse Wronmerdal and Geotechnical Services, Inc. January 15, 1991 MORRISON - KNUDSEN/GERRITS Correctional Facilities Division 5090 Junior College Road Key West, Florida 33045 Attention: Mr. Doug Fuller Subject: Report of Final Geotechnical Engineering Evaluation Monroe County Jail Site Key West, Florida Westinghouse Project No. 1141-88-069 Dear Mr. Fuller: Suite 1028 370 S. North Lake Boulevard Altamonte Spnngs. Ronda 32701 1407► 331.5967 Fax (407) 331-0025 Westinghouse Environmental and Geotechnical Services, Inc. OVestinghouse) is pleased to present this report of our final geotechnical engineering evaluation for the above -referenced project. Westinghouse previously submitted a Preliminary Geotechnical report dated July 3, 1990 as well as a report of Phase I Environmental Evaluation dated July 20, 1990. The purposes of this final study were to provide more detailed analysis and recommendations regarding design of structure foundations, pavement sections, and stormwater management facilities. The recommendations in this report are in general accordance with the information requested by Hansen Lind Meyer (HLM) in their letter dated October 26, 1990. This report presents results of our geotechnical engineering evaluation for this project. SUNTMARY In summary, the results of our studies at the site indicate that the proposed jail structure can be supported on 36 inch diameter drilled shafts which extend to depths ranging from 15 to 20 feet into the underlying limestone. It also appears that conventional pavement sections are suitable; however, removal of the organic material and silt from beneath pavements is recommended. Additionally, it appears that stormwater recovery could be achieved through natural infiltration into the underlying limestone. 1141-88-069 Page 2 SITE AND PROJECT DESCRIPTION The subject site is located in Section 27, Township 67 South, Range 25 East, Monroe County, Florida. The site is presently undeveloped and is vegetated with native bushes and small pine trees. A pile of wood chips and scattered Imestone rubble are also present on the site. We understand that the site was formerly used as a city trash dump, but the majority of the trash has been removed. Several scattered piles of household debris were observed at the site. We understand that nearby channels were previously dredged and the limestone material was placed on this site. According to a site plan with topographic information supplied by HLM, the present site grades range from about +2 to +6 feet MSL We understand the project plans include construction of a 2 story precast concrete structure with the first floor raised above existing grade. Stairs and elevators will be constructed at existing grade. The column structural loading information supplied by HLM is summarized as follows: Interior column loads 775 kips Exterior column loads 500 kips Maximum uplift load 95 kips Maximum lateral load 60 kips We understand that the parking area and loading docks for the building will be constructed at or near present grades. A series of stormwater detention areas will be constructed around the perimeter of the site. The bottom of the detention areas will be at approximate elevation +2 feet MSL with -- top of berm elevation of +4 feet MSL The proposed facilities are shown on Figure 1. Westinghouse (formerly known as Soil & Material Engineers) previously performed geotechnical studies at this site in 1988. The majority of the borings performed during the previous studies were used as the basis for our analysis on this project. All studies performed by Westinghouse at this site were in accordance with standards of geotechnical practice in the area as well as applicable ASTM and regulatory agency requirements. SUBSURFACE EXPLORATION For this study, the results of all relevant previously performed Standard Penetration Test (SPT) borings were used. It appears that approximately 24 of the 41 previously performed SPT borings are within the proposed site boundaries. The SPT borings were performed to a depth of 25 feet below existing ground surface. We also excavated 8 test pits in December of 1990 and performed field soil percolation tests for this project. The percolation test 1141-98-069 Page 3 depths were specified by HLM. The test pits were excavated to depths that ranged from about 3 to 8 feet below ground surface. The boring and test pit locations are shown on Figure 1. Standard Penetration Tests were performed continuously in the SPT borings to a depth of 10 feet and at 5-foot depth intervals thereafter. Each sample was removed from the sampler in the field and was examined and visually classified by a geologist. Representative portions of each sample were packaged and sealed for transportation to our laboratory for further examination and visual classification. Water levels were measured in the boreholes at the time of our field exploration to evaluate the depth to groundwater. A brief description of the SPT boring procedure is included in the Appendix. GENERAL SUBSURFACE CONDITIONS Subsurface conditions encountered in the SPT borings are shown on the Test Boring Records in the Appendix. Descriptions of the soils encountered in the borings are accompanied by the Unified Soil Classification symbol (SP, SC, etc.) based on visual examination. Stratification boundaries between soil types should be considered approximate as the actual transition between soil types may be gradual. Results of the test pits are shown on Table 1. The SPT borings typically encountered a surficial stratum of medium dense to dense limestone fill to depths of about 5 feet below ground surface. The borings then encountered a stratum of very soft to firm silt (MH) with an occasional root mat. The silt stratum was typically about 1 foot thick except as encountered in boring 4-H where the silt stratum was approximately 5 feet thick. All borings then encountered dense' to very dense limestone to the 25 foot maximum depth explored. The limestone encountered in the borings did not contain cavities or voids. The test pits excavated at the site also encountered a surficial stratum of limestone fill that was approximately 2 to 5 feet thick. The test pits then encountered variable layers of a root mat (Pt) and silt (ML) that was approximately 1 to 2 feet thick. The natural limestone formation was encountered at the bottom of each test pit location. Field percolation tests were performed at test pit TP-2 location to evaluate groundwater infiltration rates. Two types of tests were performed. The first utilized a 2 inch diameter casing with the tip set at approximately 5 feet below ground surface. The bottom 12 inches of the 2 inch casing was slotted. The second test utilized a 4 inch diameter casing set with the tip at approximately 2.5 feet below ground surface with no slotted section. The test results are summarized as follows: HIV 1141-88-069 Page 4 Test Casing Infiltration Rate Location Test Depth (ft) Diameter (inches per second) TP-2 5.0 2" 2.0 TP-2 2.5 4" 0.02 The groundwater level was encountered to depths that ranged from about 1 to 5 feet below ground surface, depending on topography and borehole location. We note that groundwater levels will depend on tidal fluctuations and may vary several feet daily at the site. Tidal fluctuations should be considered when evaluating groundwater levels at the site. LABORATORY TESTING Laboratory tests consisted of percent fines, Atterberg limits, and soil corrosion series. These tests were performed to aid in classification of soils encountered in the test pits and to evaluate the soil environmental conditions. One laboratory permeability test was performed on a representative limerock fill sample obtained at the site. All tests were performed in our geotechnical laboratory in accordance with applicable ASTM procedures. The test results are shown on Table 2 and Table 3 in the Appendix. CONCLUSIONS AND RECOMMENDATIONS The following conclusions and recommendations are based on the project characteristics previously described, the data obtained in our field exploration, and our experience with similar subsurface conditions and construction types. If the final building location, site grades, or foundation loads are significantly different from those previously described, or if subsurface conditions different from those disclosed by the borings are encountered during construction, Westinghouse should be notified so that we might review the following recommendations in light of such changes. Structure Foundations: The results of our studies at the site indicate that the proposed structure can be supported on a drilled shaft foundation bearing in the underlying natural limestone formation. A shallow foundation system was considered but due to the potential for scour during hurricanes as well as the high uplift loads, a shallow foundation does not appear feasible. We understand that the structure columns above the drilled shafts will be 24 inches in diameter and, therefore, a minimum shaft diameter of 36 inches is recommended. A shaft length was determined based on the axial loads provided by HLM and a unit skin friction determined based on results of our geotechnical study and our experience with other similar sites. An allowable skin friction value of 4,000 psf along the shaft face was used in our analysis. Based on these numbers, the following shaft lengths were obtained: 1141-98-069 Pagc 5 Column Loads 775 )rips 550 ld= Shaft Length 20 feet 15 feet These shaft lengths are actual embedment depths into the underlying limestone and do not include penetration through the upper limestone fill at the site. The shaft length should be increased by approximately 5 to 10 feet to penetrate the overlying fill material, depending on the shaft location. Our analysis does not include capacity due to end bearing since the bottom of shafts cannot be adequately inspected to evaluate the suitability of the underlying material when using typical wet construction methods. Sediments and drill cuttings commonly form at the base of shafts during construction, and this condition can lead to reduced capacity. The shaft lengths mentioned above will also be sufficient to resist the .maximum uplift loads of 95 kips. As mentioned above, shaft lengths were evaluated based on a unit skin friction of 4,000 psf. A pile load test should be performed to verify this value. We recommend that one drilled shaft be installed during a test program and loaded to failure in tension. We note that if higher unit skin friction values are determined after a load test is performed, then a reduction in shaft length may be possible for this project. In any case, a load test should be performed at the site. We also note that our analysis included a concrete with a strength of 5,000 psi. A high early strength concrete should be used during the test program so that a load test may be performed soon after installation of the shaft. A lateral pile analysis was performed to evaluate deflection at the pile head based on loading conditions provided by HLM. The computer program COM624 was used in our analysis. The soil parameters used in the program were based on results of our field exploration. We have assumed that scour of the sutfcial fill may occur during hurricane conditions, and our calculations assumed this condition. We note that the modulus of elasticity for the shaft was calculated based on a concrete shaft with a 5,000 psi design strength. However, steel added to the shaft will increase the modulus; therefore, our calculated deflections should be conservative. Our analysis also assumed a fixed head condition for the shaft where the head is not allowed to rotate. These assumptions are critical in evaluating deflections at the shaft head. If the head is allowed to rotate and moments are experienced on the shaft, then greater deflections will likely occur. Westinghouse should be notified if these assumptions are not valid for this project. Shaft head deflections on the order of to V2 inch were calculated. These values are actual results and do not include safety factors. However, due to the transient nature of the lateral loads and the conservative assumptions used for the analysis, these values should be sufficient for design purposes. 1141-88-069 Pa Ancillary Structures: We understand that stairwells and elevators will be constructed at approximately present grade. We recommend that these structures also be supported on deep foundations. Shallow foundations are not recommended due to the potential for soil scour and since settlement will likely occur due to increased stress on the underlying silt and peat layers. We note that any structures built over the compressible soils are expected to experience differential settlements in relation to the jail structure since the jail building will be supported on a deep foundation. The compressible materials (silt and peat) could be removed from beneath ancillary structures to limit settlements beneath shallow foundations, but scour may still occur which could undermine shallow foundations. Pavement Sections: We understand that final pavement grades will be at or near existing grades. Based on results of this study, it appears that conventional pavement sections could be constructed at this site. Due to the potential for a saturated subgrade and base because of groundwater fluctuations, flexible pavement sections (asphaltic concrete) should include a cement treated base. This type of base is less susceptible to deterioration due to groundwater saturation. An alternative to a flexible pavement would be a concrete pavement section. The concrete pavement is less susceptible to the effects of high groundwater conditions. We recommend a concrete pavement consisting of 6 inches of unreinforced concrete with a minimum 7 day strength of 3,000 psi. The concrete pavement should be provided with sufficient expansion joints and should be adequately dowed between adjacent sections to properly transfer loads. The project structural engineer can provide structural connections and expansion joint layouts. We also note that consideration should be given to a gravel or crushed rock parking area. This material be easily releveled or reshaped as needed if settlement occurs. The existing limestone fill on site may be a possible alternative for parking and drive areas. The fill could be compacted in place to provide support for vehicular traffic. To limit settlement in parking areas, a geogrid could be placed within the limestone fill as described below. Due to the presence of silt and a root mat directly beneath the limestone fill at the site, any additional fill required to achieve final grade may induce settlement in these soft compressible soils. Also, long term settlement of the organic material (peat and root mat) is expected to occur at this site due to natural degradation of the organic material. This potential settlement could affect even lightly loaded structures such as pavements which are supported at the natural grade. Therefore, if rigid or flexible pavements are designed at the site, the most positive means to reduce this settlement potential would be to overexcavate the silt and peat from beneath pavement areas. The unsuitable material should be replaced with a well compacted structural fill. The surficial limestone fill could be stripped and stockpiled for use as backfill. An alternative to complete overexcavation could be the installation of a geogrid in the pavement subgrade. The geogrid will assist in reducing differential settlements. We note that some long-term settlement should still be anticipated, and periodic maintenance of pavements may be needed. Maintenance of flexible pavements may require a leveling course where settlement has occurred. We note that rigid concrete pavements may be able to bridge areas of minor settlement were flexible pavements could 06 1141-88-069 not. If the geogrid is used it should be placed in the subgrade at a depth of 4 inches below final grades. Several geogrid suppliers can provide an adequate material for the intended use at this site. We would be pleased to provide a list of manufacturers of these geogrids, if you so desire. Before construction of any pavement sections, the subgrade should first be prepared by removing all surface vegetation and trash debris from beneath pavement areas. The exposed subgrade should be proofrolled using a large vibratory roller such as a Dynapac CA-25 or equivalent. The purposes of the proofrolling will be to delineate areas which are soft or yielding and would be unsuitable as pavement subgrade. Proofrolling should be observed by a geotechnical engineer to verify that adequate bearing soils are present. The soft, yielding materials may need to be undercut and replaced with a well -compacted structural fill before construction begins. Proofrolling should continue for a minimum of 8 overlapping passes and until the geotechnical engineer is satisfied that adequate conditions exist. All subgrade soils should be compacted to a minimum of 95% of the soil's modified Proctor maximum dry density as determined by ASTM Specification D-1557. In -place density tests should be performed by an engineering technician to verify this degree of compaction. Stormwater Management Areas: We understand that a series of detention areas will be constructed along the perimeter of the site for use as stormwater management. The typical detention area will have a bottom elevation of +2 feet MSL and a top elevation of +4 feet MSL. Based on the results of our percolation testing, it appears that stormwater could be recovered through natural infiltration. The results of the percolation tests were presented in a previous section of this report. Based on the results of the test pits performed in the pond areas, it appears that the limestone fill to be excavated could be used as fill on other portions of the site. However, the limestone should be sufficiently crushed to individual fragment sizes no greater than about 2 inches in length. The smaller size will facilitate placement and compaction. We note that the underlying silt and peat layers are not suitable for fill and should not be used in structural areas. It may be possible to use the peat in landscaped areas, but the silt will be difficult to work with and does not appear to be suitable for any use on the site. Undereround Utilities: Soil corrosion tests were performed on representative soil samples obtained from the test pits performed at the site. The test results are summarized on Table 3 in the Appendix. Based on the test results, the soils can be classified as extremely aggressive for use in selection of an appropriate class of concrete or pipe material that is not susceptible to corrosion. A pipe supplier or manufacturer can readily provide an alternate material based on the results of our corrosion testing. 1141-88-069 Page 8 Westinghouse appreciates the opportunity to be of service to you on this project. If you should have any questions concerning the contents of this report, or if we may be of further assistance, please do not hesitate to contact us. MCC/MJP/kk cc: HLM - Orlando Bob Yohe Very truly yours, Westinghouse Environmental & Geotechnical Services, Inc. —ks� - C - ; Mark C. Canty, E.I. Project Engineer Michael J. Preim, P.E. Senior Geotechnical Engineer 0 APPENDIX STANDARD PENETRATION TEST (SPT) BORING PROCEDURE All boring and sampling operations were conducted in general accordance with ASTM Specifications D1586-67. Borings were advanced by a rotary drilling process using a heavy viscous drilling fluid to stabilize the hole and (lush out the cuttings. At regular intervals, the drilling tools were. removed and soil samples were obtained %vith a standard 1.4 inch I.D., 2 inch O.D., split -spoon sampler. The sampler was first seated 6 inches to penetrate any loose cuttings and then driven an additional foot. Blows required to drive the sampler the final foot were recorded and designated as the 'standard penetration resistance". The penetration resistance. «-hen properly evaluated, is an index to soil strength, density, and stability. Representative portions of the soil samples, thus obtained, were placed in moisture resistant containers and transported to our laboratory for further examination and classification testing, as necessary. Test Boring Records are attached, graphically showing the penetration resistances and soil descriptions. 0 KEY TO CLASSIFICATIONS Correlation of Penetration Resistance with Relative Density and Consistency No. of Blows, N Relative Density 0 _ 4 Very Loose SANDS 4 - 10 Loose 10 - 30 Medium Dense 30- 50 Dense Over 50 Very Dense Consistency 0 - 2 Very Soft 2 _ 4 Soft 4 _ g Firm SILTS & CLAYS e - 15 Stiff 15 - 30 Very Stiff 30 - 50 H a rd Over 50 Very Hard S&ME FLORIDA OFFICES: ORLANDO • TAMPA • DEERFIELD BEACH OTHER OFFICES IN: NORTH CAROLINA • SOUTH CAROLINA • GEORGIA • TENNESSEE • OHIO i ... W C` DESCRIPTION . PENETRATION RESISTANCE — SLOWS PU PT. S 10 20 30 10 60 i0 0 tied ium dense to loose off-white limestone (fill) -Very loose dark brown silty fine HI 21 9 6 1 40 40 29 36 I * 5 Medium dense to dense off-white limestone Very soft gray silt (MH) 6.0'- 7.5' Boring Completed at 25' * SAND (SM) 4.5'-5.0' 10 15 20 25 30 35 40 dS TEST BORING RECORD .100INO ANO SAMPUNG MEETS ASTM 0.15i4 CONE ORILLJNO WILTS ASTM 0-2113 GROUNOWATLR E NETRATION RESISTANCE IS THE NUMBER Of SLOWS Of LEVEL aO IS. HAMMER FALLING X Ill REOUIREO TO ORIVE 1.4IN. I.O. SAMPLER I FT. UNOISTURBED SAMPLE x — ROCK CORE SIT SIZE I — % ACCOVERT � LOSS Of DRILLING BORING NO. 1-A DATE DRILLED 1/25/88 PROJECT NO. 1 141-88-069 ao 00 W (71 � J L" a o m V) V) LAJ W W z o m O m w Q W V) m cr z O o N m OJ O W m w z C)() L. � !W- O `-� W 3 3 0 z o m W A a a C m o w t- t- a N v) N d w U hW- FW- H N a. vVq UJ ON o o RZ Od, r m 0 W 0 O m m �. 0 z c4 0W O Q 0 0 m � lL LAJ Q vJ a. LJ a c 0 Vl C U C U • C L C�a O0 N o > — \O LLJ V iCjO C o� N t 7 U a` o W L O 64 Q) y C (, V) C o 3a CD to 0 co Y O O W z Y n U N w W I = N S&ME FLORIDA OFFICES: ORLANDO • TAMPA • DEERFIELD BEACH OTHER OFFICES IN: NORTH CAROLINA • SOUTH CAROLINA • GEORGIA • TENNESSEE 0 OHIO _ .... s Im DESCRIPTION > • ► INTRATION RESISTARICE - *LOWS FfR IT. S 10 20 30 40 60 60 0 lied ium dense off-white limestone (fill) 1 I 17 11 50 65 50 40 33 38 — firm gray silt (11H) 3.5'-4.5' ' I 5 Dense to very dense off-white limestone -Stiff gray silt (MH) with limestone 8.0'-8.5' Boring Completed at 25' 10 15 20 25 30 35 40 . C TEST BORING RECORD %ORIN0 AHO SAY♦UNG MEETS ASTU D-ESN CORE ORILLINO MEETS ASTY 0-2113 _ GROUNDWATER -E►KTRATION RESISTANCE 12 THE NUMBER Of SLOW$ OF LEVEL AO LI. HAYYER FALLING W IH. REOUIREO TO MY% LE IN. . J). {AIAftER T FT. UNOISTURSED SAMPLE •IE - ROCK CORE SIT SIIE 0 - % RECOVER♦ /� LOSS Of DARLING BORING NO. 1-B DATE DRILLED 1/25/88 PROJECT NO. 1 141-88-069 S&ME FLORIDA OFFICES: ORLANDO • TAMPA • DEERFIELD BEACH OTHER OFFICES IN: NORTH CAROLINA • SOUTH CAROUNA • GEORGIA • TENNESSEE • OHIO OYt `t DESCRIPTION . ►ENETRATION RESISTANCX - BLOWS K>t IFT S 10 20 30 40 60 00 p Hedium dense to dense off-white limestone (fill) Medium dense off-white limestone mixed with some silt (14H), some* Very dense to dense off-white limestone Boring Completed at 25' *fine roots 14 41 19 87 33 54 70 5 = 10 15 20 25 30 35 40 dS TEST BORING REL;U U BORING ANO E.AM►UNG MEETS ASTM 0.1SB4 CORE DRILLING MEETS ASTM "11E GROUNOWATER ►[NETRATION RESISTANCE IS THE NUMBER OF BLOKE OF LEVEL 1AOLB.NAM ME FALLING SOIFL REOUIREO TOORIVE "IN. UN OIS TUBBED I.D. SAMPLER 1 FT. 0 SAMPLE BORING NO. 1-D DATE DRILLED 1/26/881 PROJECT NO. 1141-88-069 N[ - ROCK CORE BIT SIZIE I M - ♦ ![COVERT LOSS OF DRILLING S&ME FLORIDA OFFICES: ORLANDO • TAMPA • DEERFIELD BEACH OTHER OFFICES IN: NORTH CAROLINA • SOUTH CAROLINA • OEOROIA • TENNESSEE * OHIO _ W c DESCRIPTION • ItNET11AT1ON RiSISTANC( _ SLOWS •ER FT. S 10 20 30 s0 �0 �0 0 tied ium dense to loose off-white limestone (fill) I 21 9 53 34 47 18 39 42 Firm graysilt iiH wi t some o-- _ 5 Very dense to dense off-white limestone 10 Medium dense off-white limestone 15 Dense off-white limestone Boring Completed at 25' *white limestone 3.5'-4.0' 20 25 30 35 40 dS TEST BORING RECORD IORINO ANO 3AMPUNG MEETS ASTM D-IS" CORE GRILUNO MEET! ASTSI 0-21113 GROUNDWATER M WETRATION RESISTANCE IS THE NUMDEROF 9LOWSOF �- LEVEL 1A0 LS. HAMMER FALLING 3011L REOUIREO TO DRIVE 1.4I0L I.O. "UPLER 1 FT. UNDISTURBED SAMPLE MI - HOCK CORE BIT SIZE BORING NO. I-E DATE DRILLED 1/26/88 PROJECT NO. 1141-88-069 S&ME FLORIDA OFFICES: ORLANDO • TAMPA 0 DEERFIELD BEACH OTHER OFFICES IN: NORTH CAROLINA • SOUTH CAAOUHA • GEORGIA W TENNESSEE • OHIO C DESCRIPTION . !(NETRAnoN RESISTANCE - BLOW'$ PER r S 10 20 30 40 60 s0 0 Medium dense to very dense off-white limestone (fill) 28 50 33 33 31 44 34 40 10 Dense off-white limestone Boring Completed at 25' 15 20 25 30 35 40 AA TEST BORING RECORD BORING ANO SAMPUNO MEETS ASTM 0.1SSS CORE ORILLINO MEETS ASTN 0-2113 GROUNOWAT'ER KMETRATION RESISTANCE It THE NUMSER OF BLOW$ Of LEVEL I" LB. HAMMER FALLING 30IN. REOUIREO TOORIYE 1.4 IN. URBEO 1.0. SAWPLEA / FT. SAMPLIAMKE BORING NO. 1-F DATE DRILLED 1/25/8 PROJECT NO. 1141-8 8-069 NE - ROCK CORE BIT S12E f0 - � R[CO PERT LOSS OF OP0.UMG S&ME FLORIDA OFFICES: ORLANDO • TAMPA 0 DEERFIELD BEACH OTHER OFFICES IN: NORTH CAROLINA • SOUTH CAROLINA • GEORGIA 0 TENNESSEE • OHIO ... W p DESCRIPTION j • ►EMETRATION RE110TAN0E - SLOW$ RtR S 10 20 30 40 lI0 lb 0 t-tedium dense off-white limestone (fill) 1 2: 3; �� 32 32 Firm ray silt (MM) (Sample not rE red) 5 Dense to very dense off-white limestone Boring Completed at 25' 10 15 20 25 35 —40 45 TEST BORING RECORD SORN10 ANO SAMPUNO MEETt ASTU 0.15" CORE ORIIllNO MEET? ASTY 0.2113 GROUNOWATER KkI RAT1ONRESISTANCUSTHENUMSEROFSLOWSOF LEVEL 14OL2.14AMMERFALLING 301K REOUIREO TOORIVE 1.4IN. 1.0. {AMPLER 1 FT. UNOISTURSEO SA U PLC NR - ROCK CORE SIT S1a N - % RECOVERT LOSS Or V91t LING 3-B BORING NO. 1/28/88 DATE DRILLED 1141-83-069 PROJECT NO. 1 I S&ME. FLORIDA OFFICES: ORLANDO • TAMPA • DEERFIELD BEACH OTHER OFFICES IN: NORTH CAROLINA • SOUTH CAROUNA * DEOROIA • TENNESSEE • OHIO iDESCRIPTION O - PENETRAnON RENSTA ICE - OLD" PU S 10 20 30 40 {Q •0 Medium dense off-white limestone (fill) 1 16 46 55 31 40 5 l0 Soft gray CLAY CH with some silt" Very dense to dense off-white limestone Boring Completed at 25' *some fine roots 15 20 25 30 35 40 dS TEST BORING RECORD SORINO ANO SAMPLING MEETS ASTM D-ISSS C04![ ORIUJNO MEETS ASTM D-3113 GROUNDWATER "N,ETRATIONRESISTANCE ISTNENUMSEROFSIOWSOf .� LEVEL 140LB.HAMMER►ALLINO30IPLREOUIREDTOORIVEI./IN. 1 O SAMPLER 1 FT. UNDISTURBED SAMPLE NI — ROCK CORE BIT SIZE SB — % RECOVERY LOSS Of DRILLING • nor nr -.. ...r��.� �.�. -re BORING NO. 3-C ' DATE DRILLED 1/28/88 PROJECT NO. 1141-88-069 1 S&ME FLORIDA OFFICES: ORLANDO • TAMPA • DEERFIELD BEACH OTHER OFFICES IN: NORTH CAROLINA • SOUTH CAROLINA • GEOROIA * TENNESSEE • OHIO DESCRIPTION � • KNETRATION IIEt1:TANG! - &LOWS K11 FT. 5 10 20 30 40 60 W0 0 Loose off-white limestone (fill) 6 46 22 28 34 33 Mrm arav silty FAY (CH) 5 Medium dense to dense off-white limestone Boring Completed at 25' *some roots 10 15 20 25 30 35 40 d5 TEST BORING RECORD •ORING ANO SAMKJNG MEETS ASTM 0.15" CORE 01ULLJNG MEETS ASTM 0-3113 GROUNDWATER ►ENC TIU►TION RESISTANCE 12 THE HUMSER OF @LOW$ OF LEVEL 1AOL.N.HAMMER FALLI040301 L REDUIREOTOORIYE 1.4IN. 1 O LAMfi[R t FT UNDISTURSEO SAMPLE NI - ROCI CORE SIT S77Z NI - % RECOYER♦ LOSS Of DRILLING BORING NO. 34 DATE DRILLED 1/28/88 PROJECT NO. 1141-88-069 S&NE FLORIDA OFFICES: ORLANDO 0 TAMPA • OEERFIELD BEACH OTHER OFFICES IN: NORTH CAROLINA • SOUTH CAROLINA • GEORGIA • TENNESSEE • OHIO _ _ s DESCRIPTION I • KNETRAT1o11 RESISTANCE — OLOWE ►EA F S 10 20 30 40 Go t0 0 Medium dense to dense off-white limestone (fill) 13 34 63 55 44 36 5 — Very dense to dense off-white limestone Boring Completed at 25' 10 i5 20 25 30 35 40 dS TEST BORING RECORD E ORNM AND SAMPUNO MEETS ASTM 0•I5SS CORE DRILUNO MEETS ASTY 0-2112 fE NETRATION RESISTANCE IS THE NUIISER Of SLOWS Of 143 LE. HAMMER FALLING 20I0L REOUIREO TO DRIVE I.A IN. ID. SAI PUR 1 FT. Ni — ROCK CORE SIT SIZE M — % RECOVERY 10—.0CVOV.ALITYOESION-AT10N1%001 BORING NO. GROUNDWATER LEVEL DATE DRILLED UNDISTURBED SAME PROJECT NO. LOSS Of DRILLING 1 WATT* ^irc 3-E 1/28/88 1141-88-069 ... 1 S&ME, FLORIDA OFFICES: ORLANDO • TAMPA • DEERFIELD BEACH OTHER OFFICES IN: NORTH CAROLINA • SOUTH CAROLINA • GEORGIA • TENNESSEE • OHIO _ W G DESCRIPTION • ►ENCT1lAT10NREfISTAWN SLOE P"FT. S 10 20 30 40 60 i0 p Loose off-white limestone (fill) 7 6 51 50 55 52 5 Very dense off-white limestone Boring Completed at 25' 10 15 20 25 1 355 r40 .eS TEST BORING RECORD MIND AND SAMPUNO WETS AETM 0-IS" CORE OMULLIMG WM ASTN 0.2113 --METVATION RESISTANCE IS THE MUYSER OF SLOWS OF I L.t. NAWIME R FALLING MIN_ REQUIRED TO DRIVE I.4IIL . SAMPUA 1 FT. N GROUNDWATER LEVEL UNOISTURSEO SAMPLE BORING NO. 3-H DATE DRILLED 1/27/88 PROJECT NO. 1141-88-069 N= - ROCK COME SIT SAVE - % RECOVERY LOSS OF DRILLING S&ME. FLORIDA OFFICES: ORLANDO 0 TAMPA • DEERFIELD BEACH OTHER OFFICES IN: NORTH CAROLINA • SOUTH CAROUNA • GEORGIA • TENNESSEE • OHIO ... DESCRIPTION > - PENETRATION REI1ITANCE — 1LO" PER S 10 20 30 40 60 �0 0 Medium dense off-white limestone (fill) -With some gray silt, some fine roots 3.5'-5.0' 28 16 43 45 33 45 _ 5 Dense off-white limestone Boring Completed at 25' 1p 15 20 25 30 35 40 AS TEST BORING RECORD 1ORIM0 AND SAM►UNG MEETS ASTM 0.1SM1 COO[ DRILLING MEETS ASTM 0-3111 GROUNDWATER KNETILATION RISISTANCE IS THE NUM1CR Of *LOW$ Of LEVEL I" Ll. HAMMER FALLING 301N. REQUIRED TO DRIVE 1.E IN. ID SAMPLER I FT UNOISTURSEO SAMPLE KX — ROCK CORE *IT 17ZE BORING NO. 3-1 DATE DRILLED 1/27/88 PROJECT NO. 1141-88-069 M — % RECOVERT LOSS Of DRILLING M — AOCIt OUAUrI DE11Ck4 T10N f0001 woLTER S&ME. FLORIDA OFFICES: ORLANDO • TAMPA • DEERFIELD BEACH OTHER OFFICES IN: NORTH CAROLINA • SOUTH CAROUNA • GEORGIA • TENNESSEE • OHIO _ s r DESCRIPTION Y • PENETRATION RESISTANCE - SLOWS PER FT. S /0 20 30 40 60 /0 p Ned ium dense off-white limestone (fill) L 10 27 35 44 35 41 Lp se fi a roots with some gray s_ly t NH 5 Dense off-white limestone Boring Completed at 251 is0 15 20 25 -30 35- -"a ORINO ANIO SAMFi1NG MEETS ASTM D•111M �OwE DR1LUNG MEETS ASTM D-2113 TEST BORING RECORD --t METRATION RESISTANCE IS THE N VMSER Of SLO WS OF N L8. HAMME R FALLING 201N. REQUIRED TO OR11IE 1.E IN. O. SAMPLER / FT. GROUNDWATER LEVEL UNDISTURSED 0 SAMPLE BORING NO. 3-J DATE DRILLED 1/27/88 PROJECT NO. 1141-88-069 N2: - ROCK CORt SIT SIZE 1 - % RECOYERT LOSS Of DRILLING S&ME FLORIDA OFFICES: ORLANDO • TAYPA • DEERFIELD BEACH OTHER OFFICES IN: NORTH CAROLINA IS SOUTH CAROUNA • OEORGIA • TENNESSEE • OHIO IM DESCRIPTION • KNETIIATION RESISTANCE - *L KA I S 10 20 30 40 60 60 p Med4.um dense off-white limestone (fill) i 19 22 25 28 45 Firm gray SILT ',MH 5 Medium dense to dense off-white limestone Boring Completed at 25' 10 15 20 25 3Q 35 40 dIZ TEST BORING RECORD E ORINO AND SAYPLINO MEETS ASTM O-ISM CORE DRILLING MEETS ASTM D-211S —�� GROUNDWATER PENETRATION RESISTANCE IS THE NUMBER Or SLOW$OF � LEVEL I** L S.HAMME R FALLING 301N. RE OUIRED TO DRIVE 1.4 IN. I.O. SAMPLER I /T. UNDISTURBED SAY/LE BORING NO. 4-A DATE DRILLED 1/27/88 PROJECT NO. 1 141-88-069 N= — ROCK CORE BIT SIZE Of —REcoVERT _ ._ ,f --. LOSS OF DRILLING S&NUE FLORIDA OFFICES: ORLANDO • TAMPA * DEERFIELD BEACH OTHER OFFICES IN: NORTH CAROLINA • SOUTH CAROLINA • GEORGIA 9 TENNESSEE • OHIO _ s .. G OESCRIPTION • ►EMETRATION RESISTANCE - *LOWS PER IT. b 10 20 30 40 i0 s0 0 Medium dense off-white limestone (fill) 12 8 30 56 48 52 5 I_ I Dense to very dense off-white limestone Boring Completed at 25' 10 is 20 -- 25 30 35 40 ds TEST BORING RECORD BORING ANO SAM►UNO MEETS ASTM O-1SN COME DIULLlMG MEET$ ASTM 0.2113 GROUNDWATER PENETRATTONRESISTANCE ISTNENUMBEROFBLOWSOF .� LEVEL 1"I.A.NAMMER FAL.UNG 30IN. REOUIREO TOORIVE 1./1N. ID. SAMPLER / R. UNOISTURBEO SAMPLE N! - ROCK CORE BIT SIZE M - %. RECOVERY LOSS OF ORILLING BORING NO. 4- B DATE DRILLED 1127188 PROJECT No. 1141-88-069 SANIE FLORIOA OFFICES: ORLANDO • TAMPA • OEERFIELO BEACH OTHER OFFICES IN: NORTH CAROLINA • SOUTH CAROLINA • GEORGIA • TENNESSEE • OHIO DESCRIPTION 1 • IEI/ETRATION RESISTAMCE - SLOW$ PER r S 10 20 30 40 60 w Dense to medium dense off-white limestone with trace of silt fi11) L 45 22 26 43 46 51 R _ iedium dense to dense off-white limestone Boring Completed at 25' 10 15 20 25 30 35 40 d5 TEST BORING RECORD IORIMQ ANO LAMILIMQ MEETS ASTM 0-151/ .:ORE DRILLIMQ MEETS ASTM 0-2113 GROUNDWATER ^EfN[TRAT)OMAtWSTAMC[IST14EMUM OCR OFELOWSOF LEVEL "LS.HAMMERFALLING 3011l REQUIRED TO DRIVE 1.4 IN. O. SAMPLER 1 FT. UNOISTURSEO SAMPLE M= - ROCK CDR[ SIT SIZE • - % RECOVERY LOSS OF DRILLING -ROCK OUAUTT DESIGNATION fRODI WATER BORING NO. 4-C DATE DRILLED 1/26/88 PROJECT NO. 1141-88-069 CIA cE — - - 1 FLORIDA OFFICES: ORLANDO • TAMPA IS DEERFIELD BEACH OTHER OFFICES IN: NORTH CAROLINA • SOUTH CAROUNA • GEORGIA • TENNESSEE • OHIO' _ C .. DESCRIPTION " • KNETRATION RISISTANC[ - SLOWS b PT S 10 20 30 40 60 •0 0 Very dense off-white limestone (fill) 54 50/ 20 22 33 42 arm gray silt 11I mixed wi ET — Very dense off-white limestone 5 Medium dense off-white limestone 10 15 Dense off-white limestone Boring Completed at 25' *limestone, some fine roots 20 25 30 35 40 dS TEST BORING RECORD SORINO ANO SAMPUNO MEETS ASTM 0.15M Co11E 04ULUNG MEETS ASTU 0-1113 GROLINOWATER KNETILATION RESISTANCE 12 THE MUMBER OF SLOW$ Of LEVEL 140L.B.NAMMEII FALUNO 30I0C REOUIRED TOORIVE 1.4 IN. 1.0. "WPtER 1 FT. UNDISTURBED SAMPLE NI - ROCK CORE BR 1IZE 90 - t RECOVERY LOSS OF DRILLING 4D BORING NO. DATE DRILLED 1/26/88 PROJECT NO. 1141-88-069 S&ME. FLORIDA OFFICES: ORLANDO So TAMPA • DEERFIELD BEACH OTHER OFFICES IN: NORTH CAROLINA 0 SOUTH CAROLINA • GEORGIA • TENNESSEE • OHIO W .. DESCRIPTION • Few unoM REMSTAMCE — G&OWS PER r S 10 20 30 40 60 $0 0 Medium dense off-white limestone (fill) I I 28 4 38 42 41 46 5 Firm gray silt (Pill) with some fra ment of limestone Dense off-white limestone fragments Boring Completed at 25' -J 10 15 20 25 30 35 4Q A r, -3 TEST BORING RECORD BORING ANO LAMPUNG MEETS ASTM 0-15M CORE DRILLING MEETS ASTM 0-2113 GROUNDWATER PCWTRATIONRESISTANCEISTHE NVMSIAOF@LOWSOF LEVEL 1 #* k S. HAMMER FALLING 301K REOUTAED TOO RIVE I.4IK L.D. LAMP -ER I FT. UNOISTURSEO SAMPLE N1 — ROCK CORE SIT SIZE BORING NO. 4-E DATE DRILLED 1/26/88 PROJECT NO. 1141-88-069 to — % RECOVERY LOSS OF DRILLING M — ROCK OUAUTY OEIIOHATION IR001 40 WATER PAGE 1 pF S&ME FLORIDA OFFICES: ORLANDO • TAMPA • DEERFIELD BEACH OTHER OFFICES IN: NORTH CAROUNA • SOUTH CAROLINA • GEORGIA • TENNESSEE • OHIO _ O` DESCRIPTION • "NITRATION ASSISTANCE - KOW$ PER F S 10 20 70 40 0 Off-white limestone (fill) 16 12 29 48 50/ 411 34 40 43 43 5 10 15 Medium dense off-white limestone (fill) CLAY (CH) * Dense to very dense off-white limestone *silt, some fine roots Bori n q Comp1 eted at 4 5' _ - F25 30 35 i 40 d5 TEST BORING RECORD 80RI000 AND SAY►UNG MEETS ASTM O-ISM CORE DRILLING MEETS AST&/ 131-2113 GAOUNOWATER ►SKTAATIONRESIETANCEISTHE HLIMSEROFSLOW$OF LEVEL 140 M HAMME A FALLING 301N. REOUIRED TO ORIVE 1.4I0l. 1.0. SA&1►LEII 1 FT. UNDISTURBED SAMPLE NE - MOCK COME BIT SR22 1p - % RECOVERY LOSS OF DRILLING BORING NO. 4-F DATE DRILLED 1/28/88 PROJECT NO. 1141-88-069 S&ME FLORIDA OFFICES: ORLANDO • TAMPA • DEERFIELD BEACH OTHER OFFICES IN: NORTH CAROLINA IS SOUTH CAROLINA • GEORGIA • TENNESSEE * OHIO G DESCRIPTION • "NITRATION RISISTANCE - SLOWS PEA FT. S 10 20 SO 40 60 i0 p Loose to medium dense off-white limestone (fill) with trace of silt 4I 9 19 38 44 33 38 5 Dense off-white limestone Boring Completed at 25' 10 15 20 25 30 35 40 dS TEST BORING RECORD SORI" ANO SAMPUNO MEETS ASTM 0-1"6 CORE DRIUJNO MEETS ASTM 0-2113 GROUNDWATER "METRATION RESISTANCE IS THE NUMBER Of BLOW* OF LEVEL 160 L.S. KAMME R FALLING 301N. RE0UIREO TOORIVE 1.4IM. ,D. SAMPLER / FT. 0 UNDISTURBED SAMPLE NS - ROCK CORE SIT SIZE N - % RECOVERY LOSS OF DRILLWO M - ROCK OUAUTY DESIGNATION (ROD) W'ErIER 80AING NO. 4-G DATE DRILLED 1/26/88 PROJECT NO. 1141-88-069 PAGE 1 CF 1 S&ME FLORIDA OFFICES: ORLANOO • TAMPA a DEERRELD BEACH OTHER OFFICES IN: NORTH CAROUNA • SOUTH CAROLINA • GEORGIA • TENNESSEE • OHIO _ W O DESCRIPTION � r • PENETRATION RESISTANCE - SLOWS PER I S 10 20 30 40 so s0 0 Medium dense off-white limestone fill 14 12 1 80 10 45 = 5 Very soft gray silt WH) 10 Dense to very dense off-white Boring Completed at 25' 15limestone 20 25 30 35 40 HAIIZ TEST BORING RECORD GORING ANO SAMPLING MEETS ASTY O-ISM CORE ORILLING MEETS ASTY 0-2113 KNETRATION RESISTANCEIS THE NUMBER Of KOWSOf 160 LS.HAMMER FALLING 301K REQUIRED TO DRIVE 1.4 IK 1.0. SAY/LER 1 FT. NK - ROCK CORE BIT SIZE f0 - % RECOVERY GROUNOWATER LEVEL UNOISTURBED SAMPLE LOSS OF OPILLING BORING NO. 4-H DATE DRILLED 1/27/88 PROJECT NO. 1141-88-069 S&NUE FLORIDA OFFICES: ORLANDO • TAMPA 4 DEERFIELD BEACH OTHER OFFICES IN: NORTH CAROLINA • SOUTH CAROLINA • GEORGIA • TENNESSEE IS OHIO IL p " DESCRIPTION • KOKTRATIOM RENSTAAM — KLOwE ►ER FT. S 10 20 30 40 60 s0 p Loose off-white limestone (fill) 4 20 26 40 30 38 Very loose fine roots with trace of silt 5 Medium dense to dense off-white limestone Boring Completed at 25' 10 15 20 25 30 35 40 45 TEST BORING RECORD ORINO ANO SAMPUNG MEETS ASTM O-ISM SORE DRILLING MEETS ASTM 04113 —�� GROUNOWATER —ENETMTON RESISTANCE IS THE NUMBER OF SLOWS OF LEVEL 40 LS. NAMMER FALLING SO 1k. REOUIREO TO DRIVE 1.4 IN. D. SAMPLER 1 FT. UNDISTURSEO SAMPLE MI — ROCK CORE SIT SIZE. 1 — ♦ RECOVERY LOSS OF DRILLING — AOCr OVALIrT ref P�Gv�n�.. •c nn� +a �+• BORING NO. 4—I - DATE DRILLED 1/28/88 PROJECT NO. 114I-88-069 S&ME FLORIDA OFFICES: ORLANDO • TAMPA • DEERFIELD BEACH OTHER OFFICES IN: NORTH CAROLINA • SOUTH CAROLINA • GEORGIA * TENNESSEE • OHIO 1a _ C DESCRIPTION • PENETRATION RESISTANCE —SLOWS PER yj S 10 20 30 40 60 60 t Loose to medium dense off-white limestone (fill) 8 9 31 18 33 35 5 Loose rown fine roots Medium dense to dense off-white limestone Boring Completed at 25' i0 i5 20 25 35 40 rA TEST BORING RECORD .ORIMO Amo "MPUNG MEETS ASTM 0.16SS ,O#W ORILUNG MEETS ASTM D-2113 KNETRATION RESISTANCE IS THE NUMSER OF SLO WS OF 60 LA. HAMMER FALLING 34IN. REOUIREO TO DRIVE 1.4 IN. D. SJIYP'L[R 1 FT. Nt — HOCK CORE SIT SIZE I — % Rf COVERT �-� GROUNDWATER LEVEL UNDISTURBED SAMPLE LOSS OF Op4LIMO 130AING NO. 4-K DATEDRILLED 1/28/88 MOJECT NO. 1141-88-069 S&ME FLORIDA OFFICES: ORLANDO • TAMPA • DEERFIELD BEACH OTHER OFFICES IN: NORTH CAROLINA • SOUTH CAROUNA • GEORGIA • TENNESSEE * OHIO IL c DESCRIPTION • PeNETRAnoN REUSTANCE - SLOWS PU rT. s 10 20 30 40 60 so 0 tledium dense off-white limestone (fill) 10 2 23 37 34 42 Very loose fine roots with some 5 — Medium dense to dense off-white limestone Boring Completed at 25' * gray silt (11H) 10 15 20 25 30 35 40 dS TEST BORING RECORD BORING ANO SAMPLING MEETS ASTM O.1SN CORE DRILLING MEETS ASTM 0•2113 GROUNDWATER ►(NETRATION RESISTANCE IS THE NUMBER Of BLOWS OF �-- LCVEL 144 LL. NAMMERFALLINO SDIN. REOVIREO TOORIYE 1_4I0L .0. SAMPLER 1 FT. UNDISTURBED SAMPLE NK — ROCK CORE LIT SIZC BORING NO. 4-L DATE DRILLED 1/27/88 PROJECT NO. 1141-88-069 IL — � RECOVERT LOSS OF DRILLING 4 - POCK OVAUTT Dff'G;" ION 11001 -•rT• FLORIDA OFFICES: ORLANDO 0 TAMPA * DEERFIELD BEACH OTHER OFFICES IN: NORTH CAROLINA • SOUTH CAROLINA • GEORGIA • TENNESSEE • OHIO IL I- DESCRIPTION • KNETMATION ►Ef1gTAlICE - BLOWS FEAT S 10 20 30 40 G0 i0 0 lied ium dense off-white limestone (fill) I 10 8 26 46 33 38 Very loose brown fine roots with*- 5 Medium dense to dense off-white limestone Boring Completed at 25' * some silt 10 15 20 L25 30 F35 40 45 TEST BORING RECORD DOMINO AND SAY►LINO MEETS ASTY 0-15M COME ORILUNO MEETS ASTY O-IM GMOUNOWATEM PENETRATION RESISTANCE IS THE NUMDEM Of BLOWS OF LEVEL 1h! LB.NAMYERFALLINO SDIN. REQUIRED TO DRIVE 1.4IN. 1 0. SAW PLER I FT. LINDISTURBED SAUPLE NI - MOCK CORE BIT SIZE N - % RECOVERT LOSS OF DRILLING BORING NO. 4-1.1 DATE DRILLED 1/281/88 PROJECT NO. 1141-88-069 TABLE 1 TEST PIT RESULTS MONROE COUNTY JAIL WESTINGHOUSE PROJECT NO, 1141-88-069 Test Pit No. Depth (feet) Soil Description TP-1 0.0 - 1.5 Off white limestone (fill) 1.5 - 5.0 Limestone (Groundwater encountered @ 1.1') TP-2 0.0 - 4.0 Off white limestone (fill) 4.0 - 5.0 Peat (Pt) & roots (root mat) 5.0 - Limestone (could not penetrate) (Groundwater encountered @ 3.5') TP-3 0.0 - 4.8 Limestone (fill) 4.8 - Limestone (could not penetrate) (Groundwater encountered @ 4.0') TP-4 0.0 - 3.0 Off white limestone (fill) 3.0 - 4.8 Peat (Pt) & roots (root mat) 4.8 - 7.2 Gray silt (ML) with peat & roots 7.2 - Limestone (could not penetrate) (Groundwater encountered @ 3.2') TT-5 0.0 - 2.0 Off white limestone (fill) 2.0 - 2.5 Peat (Pt) & roots (root mat) 2.5 - 4.0 Gray silt (ML) with peat & roots 4.0 - Limestone (could not penetrate) (Groundwater encountered @ 3.0') TP-6 0.0 - 1.0 Brown silty sand & limestone (fill)' 'fill contained concrete & wood fragments 1.0 - 3.5 Limestone (fill) 3.5 - 5.0 Gray silt (ML) 5.0 - Limestone (could not penetrate) (Groundwater encountered C 47) TP-7 0.0 - 2.0 Off white limestone (fill) 2.0 - 3.0 Gray silty (ML) with shells 3.0 - Limestone (could not penetrate) (Groundwater encountered @ 4.2') TABLE 1 TEST PIT RESULTS NIONROE COUNTY JAIL WESTIN',HOUSE PROJECT NO, 1141-88-069 Test Pit No, Depth (feet) Soil Description ZTP-8 0.0 - 2.0 Off white limestone (fill) 2.0 - 3.8 Peat (Pt) & roots (root mat) 3.8 - 4.5 Limestone fragments 4.5 - Limestone (could not penetrate) (Groundwater encountered @ 5.5') TABLE 2 LABORATORY TEST RESULTS MONROE COUNTY JAIL WESTINGHOUSE PROJECT NO 1141-88-069 Test Pit No. Depth ft TP-1 1.0 TP-4 2.0 TP-4 6.0 TP-7 1.0 TP-7 2.5 Atterberg Limits -200 (%) LL PI -- 76 44 18 11 -- -- 83 39 8 Permeability (ft f d_ av) 101 TABLE 3 SOIL CORROSION RESULTS MONTROE COUNTY JAIL NVESTINGHOUSE PROJECT NO. 1141-88-069 Minimum Test Pit Chlorides Sulfates Resistivity Depth ft pH f D. Dmi W12m1 (Rpm) TP-1 1.0 8.6 5371 825 105 TP-4 6.0 8.2 4520 600 140 TP-7 1.0 8.7 1380 294 500 TP-7 2.5 8.1 2712 876 220 DOCUMENT 00903 ADDENDUM NO. 3 THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER BID GROUP TWO SEPTEMBER 13, 1991 PROJECT NUMBER 90007.00 The information contained in this Addendum modifies, supplements or replaces information contained in the Project Manual and on the Drawings and is hereby made a part of the Contract Documents. Acknowledge receipt of this addendum by placing the appropriate addendum number in the blank on the Bid Form. APPLICABLE TO THE PROJECT MANUAL A. Revised Pro.iect Manual Pages The replacement pages identified below include modifications made to the original Project Manual sections. Revised or added information is indicated by shaded type in the text and an "A3" notation in the margin identifying that the revision was made. Areas where information has been deleted are identified by striking et�t the text and placing an "A3" notation in the margin. Insert replacement pages into the Project Manual ahead of the pages they replace. SECTION TITLE PAGE 03300 CAST -IN -PLACE CONCRETE 2,6 03410 PRECAST CONCRETE CORED PLANKS 2,3,4,4a 03412 PRECAST CONCRETE PANELS 2,5,6,7,7a,10,12 03420 PRECAST CONCRETE SECTIONS 1-17 03490 PRECAST CONCRETE MODULAR CELL 2,3,4,5,7,8,9,10,12 07210 BUILDING INSULATION 1,2,2a B. Added and Deleted Sections: Section 03820 HLM 90007.00 Title Insulating Concrete THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER 00903-1 BID GROUP TWO ADDENDUM #3-SEPTEMBER 13,1991 DOCUMENT 00903 ADDENDUM NO. 3 APPLICABLE TO THE DRAWINGS A. Drawing Revisions: Incorporate the following revisions into the respective Contract Drawings. Drawin4 No. Revision 4.33 Refer to E1 and E3 Elevation Change 1'-8" dimension below second level to read 1'- 11-1/4". Change 1'-4" dimension below that to read 1'-0 3/411 . Refer to E2 and E4 Elevation (Both Vertical Dimension Strings) Change 1'-8" dimension below second level to read 1'- 11-1/4". .Change 1'-4" dimension below that to read 1'-0 3/4". 4.37 Refer to P.: Zone A Wall Section Change Note: "Roof membrane over sloped conc. topping starting at 2 thickness at drain to read "Roof membrane over sloped concrete fill starting at 2" thickness at drain." B. Revised Full -Size Drawings: The following are listed as part of this Addendum. All have been previously issued and are dated September 13, 1991. DRAWING NUMBER TITLE 3.08 FRAMING PLAN FIRST FLOOR ZONE B 3.09 FRAMING PLAN FIRST FLOOR ZONE C 3.10 FRAMING PLAN FIRST FLOOR ZONE D 3.11 FRAMING PLAN FIRST FLOOR ZONE E 3.12 FRAMING PLAN FIRST FLOOR ZONE F 3.13 FRAMING PLAN SECOND FLOOR ZONE A 3.14 FRAMING PLAN SECOND FLOOR ZONE B 3.15 FRAMING PLAN SECOND FLOOR ZONE C 3.16 FRAMING PLAN MEZZANINE LEVEL ZONE D 3.17 FRAMING PLAN MEZZANINE LEVEL ZONE E 3.22 FRAMING PLAN ROOF LEVEL ZONE A THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER 00903-2 HLM 90007.00 BID GROUP TWO ADDENDUM #3-SEPTEMSER 13,1991 DOCUMENT 00903 ADDENDUM NO. 3 DRAWING NUMBER 3.25 3.26 3.27 3.32 3.33 3.35 3.36 3.37 3.39 TITLE FRAMING PLAN ROOF LEVEL ZONE D FRAMING PLAN ROOF LEVEL ZONE E FRAMING PLAN ROOF LEVEL ZONE F TYPICAL DETAILS SECTIONS AND DETAILS PRECAST WALL SCHEDULE AND DETAILS PRECAST COLUMN SCHEDULE AND DETAILS GENERAL NOTES, ABBREVIATIONS SECTIONS AND DETAILS ****************** END OF ADDENDUM #3 THE NEW MONROE COUNTY. DETENTION CENTER 00903-3 HLM 90007.00 BID GROUP TWO ADDENDUM #3-SEPTEMBER 13,1991 CAST -IN -PLACE CONCRETE SECTION 03300 6. ASTM C-94 - Specification for Ready -Mixed Concrete. 7. ASTM C-150 - Specification for Portland Cement. 8. ASTM C-157 - Specification for Test Method for Length Change of Hardened Hydraulic -Cement Mortar and Concrete. 9. ASTM C-260 - Specification for Air -Entraining Admixtures for Concrete. 10. ASTM C-494 - Specification for Chemicals Admixtures for Concrete. 11. ASTM C-618 - Specification for Fly Ash and Raw or Calcined Natural Pozzolan for Use as a Mineral Admixture in Portland Cement Concrete. E. American Welding Society (AWS). 1. AWS D1.1 Structural Welding Code - Steel. A3* de 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Mix Designs: 1. Submit substantiating data for each concrete mix design contemplated for use to Architect not less than six weeks prior to first concrete placement. Include the following: a. Mix identification designation unique for each mix submitted. R1' b. Statement of intended use ��c�cation' for each mix. C. Mix proportions, including admixtures used d. Manufacturer's data and/or certifications verifying conformance of mix materials, including admixtures, with specified requirements. e. Wet and dry unit weight. f. Entrained air content. g. Design slump. h. Required average strength qualification data per ACI 301. Submit separate qualification data for each production facility which will supply concrete to project. Al.i. Actual trial mix data or field test data per ACI 301 used to calculate average strength qualification data. When field test data is used to qualify average strength, Lubmit,1e lleSII-T'TT"Ttia L I— v—__ . -- ----- een __._ te project a d copies of field test reports. 2. Separate design mixes are required for each strength and density of concrete, each change in type and/or quantity of mix materials including admixtures; each change in slump limits, and each change in entrained air content. 3. For concrete placed by pumping, separate mix designs are required for each 100 feet of vertical or horizontal distance from pump to point of discharge. This requirement may be waived if evidence acceptable to Architect is submitted demonstrating, by previous successful experience, .that proposed mix will meet requirements of these specifications, when sampled at point of discharge, over full range of distance required. B. Product Data: Al 1. Application and installation instructions for proprietary materials aid including admixtures and patching compounds. THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER 03300-2 HLM 90007.00-1 BID GROUP TWO ADDENDUM #3-SEPTEMBER 13, 1991 SECTION 03300 CAST -IN -PLACE CONCRETE C. Admixtures: 1. Provide water reducing or water reducing and retarding admixture specified in design mix for concrete. 2. Hot Weather Conditions: When ambient temperature exceeds 90 degrees F. and/or placing conditions required retardation of setting time Archi-tect may require a change from Type A (normal) admixture to Type D (retarding) formulation of water reducing admixture. Concrete temperature not to exceed 100 degrees F. 3. When increased workability, pumpability, lower water -cement ratio, shrinkage and permeability reduction is required, use HRWR admixture (Super Plasticizer). D. Selection of Proportion of Ingredients: 1. Prepare design mixes for each type of concrete used in construction. a. Proportion mixes to obtain compressive strengths indicated on the drawings. b. Where compressive strength is not indicated, obtain minimum 4000 psi 28 day strength. 2. Field records used to demonstrate that proposed proportions will produce required average strength must be of tests made within last 12 months and have same water cement ratio and, cement type and manufacturer as proposed mix proportions. a. Comply with ACI 211.1 and ACI 301 as modified by the following: 1) Determine maximum allowable unit shrinkage expressed in percentage of length in accordance with ASTM C-157, based upon average value of three (3) 4 inch x 4 inch x 11 inch specimens after 21 days of actual drying time; total 28 days after casting. Al a) Maximum allowable shrinkage Yalue strain value for concrete mixes: 400 millionths (9.0004) with an allowable variation of 15%. 2) Submit written reports of each proposed concrete mix not less than 15 days prior to start of work. Do not proceed with concrete production until mixes have been reviewed by Architect. 3. Adjustment of Concrete Mixes: Concrete mix design adjustments may be requested when characteristics of materials, project conditions, weather, test results or other circumstances warrant. a. Submit laboratory test reports for revised mix designs and strength results to Architect for review before use of revised concrete mixes in the Work. E. Slump: 1. ACI 301. 2. Pumped Concrete: 5 1/2". 3. Other Structural Concrete: 3". F. Chloride Ion Content: A2 1. The chloride ion content shall not exceed 0.15% of the weight of the eenerete. cement, `ar 4;06% for: prestressed c©ncrete.. A3 2. Test chloride ion content in 4ndiyidual ingredients er trail bate4es of eenere . in acc:ordance::wi'th AASHTEi !J 260: A3 3. Obtain test samples> from wet. cured concrete; aged: at least 28 days: THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER 03300-6 HLM 90007.00-1 BID GROUP TWO ADDENDUM #3-SEPTEMBER 13, 1991 SECTION 03410 PRECAST CONCRETE CORED PLANKS A3 F. _ ............................... American Association State Highway:::..ransportation Officals. Method'., SAimpl. ing and Testing for Total :Chloride 1 A�tSHTO..T-260=84 - Iaa in CQrtcre.te and:..Concrete Rapt Materials. 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Submit shop and erection drawings, dated, signed and sealed by a State of registered professional engineer experienced in the design of Florida prestressed precast units indicating the following: 1. Layout, dimensioning, and erection number of units. Sections and details showing connections and bearings conditions and 2. relation of units to adjacent building materials. 3. Embedded items and their relation to the structure and units. 4. Handling requirements. 5. All dead, live and other applicable loads. 6. Size and location of all major openings (greater than 12" x 12") along with header details. 7. Estimated short term and long term camber. 8 Fire resistance rating of units, including topping where applicable. Al: B. 9 Prop:c�sed t ring method( s Furnish letter signed and sealed by a State of Florida registered professional engineer experienced in the design of prestressed precast loads used in the design of the units. C. units indicating design criteria and Submit product data including application and installation instruction for proprietary materials. 1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE AI A. Compute fire resistance rating of units in accordance with the Standard Code requirements for equivalent slab thickness required to obtain Building the minimum fire minimum fire -resistance rating shown on the Drawings. Al: B. &en€e+e Desigrt.tnits >in accordance With the requirements of PCI MNL-120 and PCI MNL-123. C. Design units under direct supervision of Professional Engineer registered in the design of precast concrete in the State of Florida experienced structural units. AC D. Design units to withstand their weight, erection forces, topping loads, and the Drawings De�sig6units and un€t all live and dead loads as shown on -L E. Provide for the installation of minor (less than 12" x 12") openings by assuming one minor opening at any location on the individual unit in the unit's design. Jilt: - --- ..... .. THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER 03410-2 HLM 90007.00-1 BID GROUP TWO ADDENDUM #3-SEPTEMBER 13, 1991 SECTION 03410 PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 MATERIALS PRECAST CONCRETE CORED PLANKS A. Portland cement: ASTM C-150. Al' ................... A2 B. Steel prestressing tendons: High tensile strength, uncoated, seyen multiple seven strand wire meeting requirements of ASTM A-416. C. Aggregates: ASTM C-33. D.- Bearing Strips: 1. One specimen shall be tested for each 100 feet of strips used in the project. a. Random Oriented Fiber Reinforced: Continuous with allowable minimum compressive stress of 3,000 psi with no cracking, splitting, or delamination in the internal portions of the strip. b. Plastic: High density continuous multi -monomer plastic strips shall be non -leaching and support loads with no visible deformation. Al C. 1/4" minims thickness unless indicated otherwise in Drawings. Ali E. Grout (Keyways and Cores) 1. Genfewe—ASTM G-476. A3 A3 A3 THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER 03410-3 HLM 90007.00-1 BID GROUP TWO ADDENDUM #3-SEPTEMBER 13, 1991 PRECAST CONCRETE CORED PLANKS SECTION 03410 2.2 FABRICATION A. Field verify required member dimensions prior to fabrication. Al B. Machine cast on long production line in smeeth, rigid fe and cut to lengths as required. C. Minimum Compressive Strength: 5000 Psi at 28 days and 3500 psi at detensioning. 1 troram shall conform to rodu"Manual Quality for ction of P ecast PrestressedConcretePr ducts", PCfor Plants MNL andP116. Approved..Manu At urers GATE GONGRETE 4 • STRESSGGN A3 E. Concrete work: 1. Convey osit by methods concrete willm the preventXer to te eparath on, ace of segregation al segregationo loss of material. 2. Consolidate concrete in the form by approved high frequency vibration, internal or external or a combination. If external vibration is used, design forms to withstand external vibration without distortion or failure. 3. Maintain curing by any of the following methods until release strength has been reached: a. Steam or hot water curing at maximum temperature not exceeding 165 degrees F. After placement of the concrete, hold members for minimum pre -steaming period of not less than three hours. b. Sealing the exposed surfaces with an approved sealing compound or membrane. C. Hot air combined with moisture. d Continuous water curing:: A' of tltne ap r©vel cUr.irig m thod $� Al F. Exposed bottoms of precast planks shall have smooth die surface "as cast" form finish. 2.3 TOLERANCE FOR MANUFACTURE A. Length: plus/minus 1/2" B. Width: plus/minus 1/4" THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER 03410-4 HLM 90007.00-1 BID GROUP TWO ADDENDUM #3-SEPTEMBER 13, 1991 SECTION 03410 PRECAST CONCRETE CORED PLANKS C. Depth: plus/minus 1/4" D. Sweep: plus/minus 1/8" per ten feet, plus/minus 3/8" overall E. Center of gravity of strand group: plus/minus 1/4" F. Minimum cover of strand group: 3/4". G. Position of weld plates: plus/minus 2". H. Tipping and flushness of weld plates: plus/minus 1/4". THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER 03410-4a HLM 90007.00-1 BID GROUP TWO ADDENDUM #3-SEPTEMBER 13, 1991 A�. PRECAST CONCRETE PANELS SECTION 03412 C. Prestressed Concrete Institute (PCI) 1. PCI MNL-122 "Architectural Precast Concrete". 2. PCI MNL-117 "Manual for Quality Control for Plants and Production of Architectural Precast Concrete Products". 3. PCI MNL-120 "PCI Design Handbook - Precast and Prestressed Concrete". 4. PCI MNL-123 "Design and Typical Details of Connections for Precast and Prestressed Concrete". D. American Concrete Institute (ACI) 1. ACI 301 - "Specification for Structural Concrete for Buildings". 2. ACI 318 - "Building Code Requirements for Reinforced Concrete". 3. ACI 533 - Precast Concrete Wall Panels. E. American Welding Society (ASTM) 1. AWS D1.1 - "Structural Welding Code - Steel". F. SBCCI - Standard Building Code, 1988 (SBC) de ................ Tor de 1.3 DESIGN CRITERIA A. ACI 318 B. ACI 533 C. PCI MNL - 122 E. Precast Unit Reinforcement rea: 0018 times gross concrete area each 1 Minimum reinforcement a way spaced 12 inches on center maximum. 2 Minimum perimeter reinforcement bar: a. Additional to minimum reinforcement area b. 0.20 square inches for 4" or less panel C. 0.31 square inches for greater than 4" panel thickness 3. Minimum corner reinforcement: a. Additional to minimum reinforcement area b. Provide diagonal reinforcing at all opening corners and re- entrant corners. Minimum reinforcing 2 #4 each face (inside layer) extending minimum V -0" past each corner. 4. Provide additional reinforcement for in-service loads, loads and forces imposed during manufacturing, shipping, erection and for local stresses at connection or pick-up points. THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER 03412-2 HLM 90007.00-1 BID GROUP TWO ADDENDUM #3-SEPTEMBER 13, 1991 SECTION 03412 PRECAST CONCRETE PANELS Al, Ai A3 A3 A3 Al Al 1.6 TESTS A. Tests and Inspections: 1. Submit reports on compression and absorption tests made at 28 days. Tests shall be made in accordance with ASTM C-295 and ASTM C-97. 2. Tests for compressive strengths shall be made of cured standard emeeed " in six,. 6" x 12" or 4" x 8" cylinders.. Standard eCylinders shall be used and a compensating reduction of 15% made in psi requirement. Water absorption tests shall be made on cured 2" cubes. Tests shall be made in accordance with ASTM C-39 and.ASTM C-192 and other applicable test methods. 3. Access shall be permitted to the fabrication shop or the Project site for the Owner.. the Architect or the Owner's authorized representative for the purpose of inspection or testing of materials during all times work is being performed on the project. 4 Cancrets te.shall meet the requiremenof Sec tlon:03300 - CRST-IN- PLACE CONCRETE:.... a'. Test: for chloride i on content at the " fvz= ... .r;.. 2$ days. c: Sample: each 2000 . square feet .of pane . 1.7 PRE -INSTALLATION CONFERENCE A. Prior to pre -installation conference Installer must review installation procedures and coordination for other work with all trades whose work will be affected by the precast 1• work, to include precast concrete panels: precast concrete sections,.. precast he-llew concrete.:eored planks, precast concrete: modular:: ce11" and windows. .- 1. Prior to start of work, Contractor, Installers, Manufacturer's representatives, all trades affected by precast panel work, Architect, and Owner's representative shall meet at the site, and review installation, schedules, and coordination procedures. Include in discussion sealants and formwork, compatibility of form coatings to be used that may affect bonding of sealants. Record discussions, agreements. (or disagreements),; and action items required. Furnish copies of record to each party attending. 2 Pvdcoyorates ,to Architect: 1.8 MOCK-UP A. Provide for approval a full size mock-up panel, type as selected by Architect. The panel shall be made with the mix proportion, and materials anticipated in actual production. The panel will contain typical cast -in inserts if requested. The concrete shall be mixed, placed, consolidated and finished in the same manner as in actual production. This panel may be used on the building if approved by the Architect. THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER 03412-5 HLM 90007.00-1 BID GROUP TWO ADDENDUM #3-SEPTEMBER 13, 1991 SECTION 03412 PRECAST CONCRETE PANELS At 8 tn� s[z Refer' to 09830 - ELASTOME'9Tt CORTFNG and 09900 PA PtTIN d Group f ree y Interior Surface. At 5eateras. which'> are detrimental to the ;e I°nsu anon/Aeaustical. Mater.iarl Exterior Interior PART 2 - MATERIALS 2.1 PRECAST CONCRETE A. Comply with the specifications, standards and codes given for each material covered in this section. Provide certification reports that materials used in the production of the precast products comply with the requirements specified. B. Concrete: Minimum compressive strength of 5000 pounds per square inch at 28 days. Meet applicable requirement of "Materials" paragraph of Section 03300. C. Reinforcing Steel: ASTM A-615 for Grade 60 bars ASTM A-105 for welded wire fabric flat sheets. Free from rust, scale, dirt and physical injury. D. Plates and Structural Shapes: 1. ASTM A-36 2. Hot -dip galvanized after fabrication in accordance with ASTM A- 123 for items exposed to view or at exterior perimeter of structure. a. Field spot paint damaged items with liquid galvanizing paint. b. Acceptable Manufacturers: 1) TNEMEC Series 90 "Tneme-Zinc" 2) Architect approved equivalent. C. Coating Weight 1) 2.0 ounces per square foot of surface area. 2) Comply with ASTM A-386. A3 E. Miscellaneous non-structural anchors and dowels that are in immediate contact with panels exposed to the exterior shall b stainless steel or other approved non-ferrous immediate contactilwiinserts panelsand shallbeembedded anchors that are non-ferrous or hot -dip galvanized after fabrication. F. High -Strength Bolts: ASTM A-325. 12-6 THE NEW MONRBIDCOUNTY GROUP TTWODETENTION ADDENDUMCENTER #3-SEPTEMBER 13341991 HLM 90007.00-1 SECTION 03412 PRECAST CONCRETE PANELS 6 Venting—e# p r e e a-s t—e a mete --wall will --,-}b p, ; s ►. „d y t ►. f TQflall hale—�fii' i-fF}Fffil--i FT9ide diameter Tube i n on ef 1 / • 11 Where h- ---t_i r .3 H. Sealants and other weather sealing components are specified in Section 07900. I. Deformed Bar Anchors: ASTM A-496 Fy-70000 psi. J. Headed Concrete Anchors: 1. ASTM A-108 2. Type with ceramic ferrules; compatible with arc -welding process (AWS D1.1). 2.2 RELATED MATERIALS A. Insulated Precast Panel: 1. "Thermomass" Concrete Sandwich Wall System: a. Fiber -composite rod by COMPOSITE TECHNOLIGIES CORPORATION (800) 232-1748. b. Insulation: Refer to Section 07210 - BUILDING INSULATION. B. Cast -In -Place Metal Frames: Refer to Section 08100 - METAL DOORS AND FRAMES. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 FABRICATION A. Panels: Fabricated per approved fabrication and erection drawings. B. Forms for Precast Concrete: Rigid and constructed of material that will result in finished products conforming to the shape, lines and dimensions shown on the approved shop drawings. C. Concrete: Deposited and vibrated to ensure proper consolidation and aggregate density, elimination of unintentional cold joint and to minimize untrapped air on vertical surfaces. D. Precast Units: Cast in a horizontal position with finish face down. THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER 03412-7 HLM 90007.00-1 BID GROUP TWO ADDENDUM #3-SEPTEMBER 13, 1991 SECTION 03412 PRECAST CONCRETE PANELS E. Corner Panels: Cast to provide similar face finish on both faces. F. Curing: In accordance with the recommendations of PCI MNL - 117. G. Form removal timing and procedures shall prevent injury to the concrete. H. Furnish embedded threaded inserts, wedge inserts, weld plates and other anchorage devices and dovetail inserts for anchorage of THE NEW MONRBIDCOUNTY GROUP DETENTION ADDENDUMCENTER #3-SEPTEMBER �3411991 HLM 90001.00-1 A3 SECTION 03412 PRECAST CONCRETE PANELS E. Precast concrete units shall be erected level, plumb, square and true within the allowable tolerances. Position panels to eliminate cumulative dimensional error. F. Horizontal and vertical joints shall be correctly aligned. Uniform joint width shall be maintained as erection progresses. G. Structural and anchorage components which must be embedded in concrete or masonry shall be furnished to the Contractor by the precast concrete fabricator, with instructions for placement. 1. Bolted connections direct to panels, and other bolted connections shall be made with high strength bolts to establish both location and adjustment. 2. Clean all welds to remove flux and welding residue and coat completely with galvanizing paint. H. Each unit shall be securely fastened in place. Adjustments or changes in connections, involving additional stresses in the products or connections, shall not be permitted without approval by the Architect. 1. Nen galyanized struet-erah-- steel —and --ereetie„—steel shall be-100% eeated with brushed applieatien ef bitumiReus paint material. 3.5 WEATHER SEALING A. Joints between panel members and joints between panels and other exterior finished.building components shall be sealed, using sealant and sub -sealant fillers. B. Sealant and backer rod: Refer to Section 07900. C. Color of sealant material will be selected by Architect from manufacturer's standard color range, after viewing samples placed in rustications of job site sample precast panel. 3.6 PROTECTION AND CLEANING A. Provide protection from chipping, spilling, cracking, and other damage to units after delivery to the jobsite. B. Protect units from damage by field welding and cutting operations. Provide non-combustible shields as necessary during these operations. C. Structural welds shall be made by a certified welder in accordance with AWS D1.1 and in accordance with the erection drawings which shall clearly specify type, extent, sequence and location of welds. D. Work and materials of other trades shall be adequately protected by the installer. THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER 03412-10 HLM 90007.00-1 BID GROUP TWO ADDENDUM #3-SEPTEMBER 13, 1991 SECTION 03412 PRECAST CONCRETE PANELS E. A fire extinguisher, of an approved type and in operating condition, shall be located within reach of burning and welding operations. F. Finish of weld areas and exposed or accessible steel anchorage devices shall be touched up following erection to match original finish in appearance and corrosion protection. G. During construction, tops of panels shall be carefully covered at night and in bad weather. At all times panels shall be adequately protected from drippings and heavy rains. H. Nonstaining wooden covering shall be placed to protect portions of the Work. Nonstaining dry felt or building paper shall be used under the wood. Sills and horizontal courses or other projection work shall be protected in a manner acceptable to the Construction Manager. Al I I. Sand blasting, wire brushes or acids will not be permitted under any circumstances for the cleaning of panels. J. Cleaning shall be completed when openings are covered with appropriate materials. 3.7 ACCEPTANCE A. After precast concrete units have been set in place and before joint treatment, cleaning, or waterproofing, the work shall be inspected by the Construction Manager. B. Units found to be slightly damaged may be authorized for repair. C. All repairs shall conform to the Construction Manager's requirements (for matching the original finish) and shall be structurally sound. 0. Chipping of facing members or structural damage to concealed areas not subject to acceptable patching procedures may be cause for panel rejection. Al 3'. CLEAM-ING A3 ******************** END OF SECTION 03412 THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER 03412-12 HLM 90007.00-1 1 BID GROUP TWO ADDENDUM #3-SEPTEMBER 13, 1991 SECTION 03420 PRECAST CONCRETE SECTIONS Al PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Precast columns, spandrel beams, shearwall panels, inverted tee beams, rectangular beams, double tees, and solid slabs. 2. All precast items shall be complete with base plates, inserts, clamps, bolts, nuts, connection plates with anchor studs, brackets and lifting accessories as required. 3. Bearing pads 4. Anchorage welding 5. Structural Slide Bearings B. Related Sections 1. SECTION 03300 2. SECTION 03410 3. SECTION 03412 4. SECTION 03600 5. SECTION 05180 6. SECTION 07900 1.2 REFERENCES - CAST -IN -PLACE CONCRETE. - PRECAST CONCRETE CORED PLANKS - PRECAST CONCRETE PANELS. - GROUT. - MISCELLANEOUS STRUCTURAL STEEL. - SEALANTS. A. Preyide Maintain one copy of all referenced publications for use by site and inspection personnel. B. American Society for Testing*Materials (ASTM) 1. ASTM A-36/A = Specification for Structural Steel. 2. ASTM A-82 - Specification for Steel Wire, Plain, for Concrete Reinforcement. 3. ASTM A-108 - Specification for Steel Bars, Carbon, Cold -Finished, Standard Quality. 4. ASTM A-123 - Specification for Zinc (Hot -Dip Galvanized) Coatings on Iron and Steel Products. 5. ASTM A-184/A - Specification for Fabricated Deformed Steel Bar Mats for Concrete Reinforcement. 6. ASTM A-185 - Specification for Steel Welded Wire Fabric, Plain, for Concrete Reinforcement". 1. ASTM A-416 - Specification for Steel Strand, Uncoated Seven -Wire Stress -Relieved for Prestressed Concrete". 8. ASTM A-496 - Specification for Steel Wire, Deformed, for Concrete Reinforcement. 9. ASTM A-497 - Specification for Steel Welded Wire Fabric, Deformed, for Concrete Reinforcement". 10. ASTM A-615 - Specification for Deformed and Plain Billet -Steel Bars for Concrete Reinforcement". 11. ASTM A-706/A - Specification for Low -Alloy Steel Deformed Bars for Concrete Reinforcement". 12. ASTM C-33 - Specification for Concrete Aggregates. 13. ASTM C-150 - Specification for Portland Cement. 14. ASTM C-173 - Test Method for Air Content of Freshly Mixed Concrete by the Volumetric Method". THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER 03420-1 HLM 90007.00-1 BID GROUP TWO ADDENDUM #3-SEPTEMBER 13, 1991 A3 Al PRECAST CONCRETE SECTIONS SECTION 03420 15. ASTM C-231 - Test Method for Air Content of Freshly Mixed Concrete 16. by the Pressure Method". ASTM C-260 - Specification for Air -Entraining Admixtures for Concrete. C. Prestressed Concrete Institute (PCI) 1. PCI MNL-116 "Manual for Quality Control for plants and production of precast prestressed concrete products". 2. PCI MNL-117 "Manual for Quality Control for plants and production of architectural precast concrete products". 3. PCI MNL-120 "PCI Design Handbook - Precast and prestressed 4. PCI MNL-123 concrete". "Design and Typical details of connections for precast and prestressed concrete". D. American Concrete 1. ACI-301 - Institute (ACI) "Specification for Structural Concrete for Buildings". 2. ACI-318 - "Building Code Requirements for Reinforced Concrete". 3. ACI-347 - "Recommended practice for concrete formwork". E. American Welding 1. AWS D1.1 - Society (AWS) "Structural Welding Code - Steel". 2. AWS 01.4 - " Structural Welding Code - Reinforcing Steel". }tad Chloride 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Submit shop and erection drawings, dated, signed and sealed by a State of experienced in the design of Florida precast registered professional engineer and precast prestressed concrete sections similar to sections required for this project indicating the following! 1. 2. Layout dimensions of sections and embedments. Sections and details showing connections, bearing conditions, embedments, and relationship of sections to adjacent building 2. materials. Detail separately in plan and section embedments required in items specified in other specification sections. List dead, live, lateral and other applicable loads used in the 3. all 4. design of the sections. Estimated short term and long term camber/deflection. 5. Size and location of all major openings (10" x 10" and greater) along with header details. 6. 7. Erection number of section. Fire -resistance rating of sections, including topping, where applicable g.... Aropos4d ,CuJnc3 ttaethod B. Furnish for record purposes checked calculations prepared, signed and sealed by a State of Florida registered Engineer experienced in the design of precast or precast prestressed concrete. THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER 03420-2 HLM 90007.00-1 BID GROUP TWO ADDENDUM #3-SEPTEMBER 13, 1991 SECTION 03420 PRECAST CONCRETE SECTIONS C. Submit test reports from Independent Laboratory on materials used, compressive strength test results and water absorption tests on units. Al D. Submit certification that precast units have been produced in PCI.: member plant or plant certified by the Prestressed Concrete Institute. E. Submit placing plans, details, manufacturer's data and calculations for slide bearings. F. Submit documentation of qualifications of Welders and Tackers in accordance with AWS D 1.1. Welders shall be qualified within the past year. G. Submit experience record of manufacturer of precast concrete sections. H. Submit experience record of installer and installer's supervisor. I. Submit product data, including application and installation instructions, for proprietary materials. J. Submit experience record of State of Florida registered engineer who designed precast concrete sections. K. Submit copy of minutes of pre -installation meetings. L. Submit certifications of compliance. 1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Fabricator Qualifications: 1. Minimum five years continuous successful experience in design and fabrication of precast concrete sections similar to sections required for this project. 2. Fabricator must have sufficient production capacity to produce required units without causing delay in work. Al B. Precast Concrete Fabricator'.s Testing In compliance with testing provisions of PCI MNL 116 ar Phi MIS I17 C. Requirements of Regulatory Agencies: Manufacture and installation of precast concrete shall be in accordance with the Standard Building Code. Al D. Quality control and inspection procedures to comply with applicable sections of PCI MNL 116- or_P MNl 117 Al'E. Compute fire resistance rating of units in accordance with the Standard Building Code requirements for equivalent slab thickness required to obtain the minimum fire —mi-e-i�r►fire-resistance rating shown on the Drawings. Al.. G. The precast concrete manufacturing plant shall be PCI member pI an>~ ar be ;certi ft ",by tMte PCB 'P1 and Cert� fi eati on Program i; . I re preand demonstrate a minimum of five years continuous experience in the manufacture of similar size and type of precast concrete sections. THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER 03420-3 HLM 90007.00-1 BID GROUP TWO ADDENDUM #3-SEPTEMBER 13, 1991 SECTION 03420 PRECAST CONCRETE SECTIONS H. Erection of precast concrete work shall be performed by installer with workmen skilled in this type for work and under the direction of installer's supervisor, each having continual experience in similar work over at least a five year period. H. Experience record of fabricator(s) and Installer shall be received 12 working days prior to scheduled Bid Opening to allow inclusion of Architect's approval in the last addendum prior to Bid opening. I. Provide Certificates of Compliance for the following: 1. Material used in the manufacture and erection shall meet the requirements established by this section. 2. Certifications shall be provided on the Contractor's letterhead, dated, and identified as applicable to this project with the signature foremost the same as that required between the Owner and Contractor. J. Installer is to provide erection sequence plan for all precast concrete sections to Contractor for his review and approval. Include in erection sequence plan provisions for stability of precast sections and structure during construction until all permanent connections have been completed. Obtain approval of engineer who designed precast concrete sections prior to submission of erection sequence plan to the Contractor. K. Welding of reinforcing steel, metal inserts and connections: 1.. Comply with AWS D 1.1. 2. Use E-70 low hydrogen welding electrodes. 3. Use proper pre -heat where required. A2 A3 L. The manufacturer may propose an alternate layout of the double tees subject to approval by the Architect. Manufacturer must coordinate .alternate layout with e� other, ai fected >r'ades arid: be renewed by Cdnsi:ruct�ont�anager p1nC�* th sUbmiro ArOtt, ect .; Al A2 A3 THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER 03420-4 HLM 90007.00-1 BID GROUP TWO ADDENDUM #3-SEPTEMBER 13, 1991 SECTION 03420 E. F. PRECAST CONCRETE SECTIONS Design members and connections to resist design loads due to the pressure and suction of wind, and all live and dead loads as indicated on the dDrawings. Design members and connections to resist their own Design component connections to provide for differential foundation settlement of less than 3/4 inch and for building movement due to temperature changes of 35°F less than 70°F and 35°F greater than 70°F. Provide adjustment to accommodate misalignment of structure within normal construction tolerances. G. Provide for the installation of minor (less than 10" x 10") openings in floor or roof slabs, flanges of double tees, and in shear wall elements by assuming one minor opening at any location in the above sections. Assume edge of opening to be further than S" from any connection point to adjacent structures. THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER 03420-5 HLM 90007.00-1 BID GROUP TWO ADDENDUM #3-SEPTEMBER 13, 1991 SECTION 03420 PRECAST CONCRETE SECTIONS H. Provide minimum additional corner reinforcement at all opening corners and re-entrant corners. Minimum reinforcing 2 #4 each face (inside layer) extending minimum 2'-0" past each corner, except in double tee flanges provide 1 #3 in lieu of 2 #4. shear walls aet as a 'Al Al 1 f�hen.'jai nt's. are: required'. red. >�n: pz^ecas.t; shear wall s far handling or erection purposes €n walT: not showirng: joints, design connections at joints to transfer app�lied.f6.rces throug .the joint. 1.6 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING A. Handle precast members in position consistent with their shape and design. Lift and support only from support points. B. Lifting or handling devices shall be capable of supporting member in positions anticipated during manufacture, storage, transportation and erection. Maintain capacity of lifting devices sufficient to resist force of 2.5 times weight of member. C. Protect edges of members to prevent staining, chipping, or spalling of concrete. 1. Place nonstaining resilient spacers of even thickness between each unit. 2. Support units during shipment on nonstaining shock -absorbing material. D. Place members in storage so that identification marks (date of production and final position in structure) are readily discernible. 1.7 PRE -INSTALLATION CONFERENCE Al A. Prior to pre -installation conference Installer must review installation procedures and coordination for other work with all trades whose .... work will be affected by the precast eenerete seetien� work include., recast : P concrete panels, precast cone te.secttvnsr. precast concrete cored hellew planks, a� precast concrete modular cells and windows Al ' Manufaeturers Al. THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER 03420-6 HLM 90007.00-1 BID GROUP TWO ADDENDUM #3-SEPTEMBER 13, 1991 Al SECTION 03420 PART 2 - PRODUCTS PRECAST CONCRETE SECTIONS 2.1 MATERIALS A. Concrete: 1. Portland Cement: Al a. ASTM C-150, Type I or Type III (High Early Strength). b. For exposed surfaces 1.use same brand, type and source of supply throughout. 2. Air Entraining Agent: a. ASTM C-260; minimum of 3%; maximum of 5%, when accordance with ASTM C-173 or ASTM C-231. 3. No water reducing, retarding or accelerating admixtures. 4. No calcium chloride or admixtures containing significant calcium chloride shall be allowed. 5. Aggregates: a. Hard rock aggregates shall conform to ASTM C-33. 6 Water• AZ A3 tested in amount of a. Clean fresh, free of acids, alkalies, oil or organic material. 7. The chloride ion i tee— cement concre.to. e Tee ontent shall not exce t chloride ion conten of the weight of the 260' Obtain test Samples from wel cured B. Reinforcing Steel: -dance with at '1 east 28 1. Deformed Steel Bars: a. ASTM A-615; grade 60 unless noted otherwise. 1) When welding of bars is required, use ASTM A706 grade 60. 2. Welded Wire Fabric: a. Plain - ASTM A-185. b. Deformed - ASTM A-497. C. Flat sheets 3. Wire: a. Cold drawn steel - ASTM A-82. 4. Fabricated Steel Bar or Rod Mats: a. Conforming ASTM A-184. 5. Deformed Bar Anchors: ASTM A496 Fy = 70,000 psi C. Prestressing Strands: 1. Shall conform to ASTM A-416 and shall be 7-wire type. D. Plates and structural shapes shall conform to ASTM A-36 for carbon steel structural steel connection assemblies. 1. Shop Primer: Manufacturer's standard. 2. For items exposed to view or at exterior of structure, hot -dip galvanized finish after fabrication. Galvanizing shall conform to ASTM A-123. THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER 03420-7 HLM 90007.00-1 BID GROUP TWO ADDENDUM #3-SEPTEMBER 13, 1991 Al Al SECTION 03420 3. E. Headed 1. 2. PRECAST CONCRETE SECTIONS Field Spot Painting (touch-up): Primer - Rustoleum; Galvanized - Liquid galvanizing paint; concealed welding touch-up - bituminous paint by SONNEBORN or W.R. GRACE. Concrete Anchors: ASTM A-108 Type with ceramic ferrules; compatible with arc -welding process (AWS D1.1) F. Erection inserts shall be by SUPERIOR CONCRETE ACCESSORIES, INC., or RICHMOND SCREW ANCHOR CO. or A�'oh€ei: approved equivaent G. Formwork shall comply with applicable requirements of ACI-347 and with PORTLAND CEMENT ASSOCIATION "Forms for Architectural Concrete". Forms may be of HDO plywood, fiberglass reinforced polyester or steel. 1. Forms shall be true, straight, and square and entirely without twists and bends. Where joints in forms occur, the interior surface must be flush. Forms shall be rigidly braced during placement of concrete. 2. Forms shall be coated before each placement with approved non -staining form release agent which will not interfere with adhesion of sealants, penetrating sealers or applied finishes, unless noted otherwise. 3. Forms shall be designed sufficiently rigid to withstand vibration during placement of concrete. J. Form Release Agent: 1. Non -staining and compatible with other materials to be applied to concrete surfaces of precast sections. K. Bearing pads for precast members shall be type, i+ze and minimum thickness as indicated on the Drawings. Size pads for forces and 4. nsoveent antc.ipated 1 Bearing pads for precast beams shall be "Sorbtex", by VOSS ENGINEERING COMPANY, Chicago, Illinois, or Architect approved equivalent, with a durometer hardness of 90 plus/minus 5 and meet compression requirements of AASHTO Specifications. Pads shall be glued to the column bearing plates prior to beam erection. 2. Bearing pads for the double tees shall be fiber reinforced elastomeric with durometer hardness of 80 plus/minus 5 and meet AASHTO Specifications. Pads shall be glued to the double tee stem. 3. Bearing pads placed in vertical precast joints shall be "Sorbtex" by VOSS ENGINEERING COMPANY or Architect approved equivalent, with a durometer hardness of 90 plus/minus 5 and meet requirements of AASHTO Specifications. Pads shall be glued to the member prior to erection. 4. Bearing strips for slabs shall be a continuous non -leaching high density plastic bearing strip and support loads with no visible deformation. Bearing strip shall be 1/4" minimum unless otherwise indicated in drawings. 5. Bearing pads which are not properly located will not be accepted by the Architect. Pads shall be repositioned or trimmed after erection has indicated that the bearing pad will not be overstressed. THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER 03420-8 HLM 90007.00-1 BID GROUP TWO ADDENDUM #3-SEPTEMBER 13, 1991 Al A3 SECTION 03420 PRECAST CONCRETE SECTIONS L. Structural Slide Bearings: Design for forces and anticipated movement indicated. Acceptable manufacturers: 1. "Fluorogold Slide Bearings"; Fluorocarbon Company, Pine Brook, New Jersey. 2. Architect approved equivalent possessing similar characteristics. M. Provide self -adhering ethafoam rod stock at grouted joints where required to retain grout and provide backing for sealant specified in Section 07900. N. Inserts, angles and other devices on the surface of the precast concrete that are cast in the concrete shall be galvanized. All steel specified and noted as galvanized shall comply with ASTM A-123 hot dip galvanizing. All galvanizing shall be done after fabrication. Galvanized surfaces for which a shop coat of paint is specified shall be chemically treated to provide a bond for the paint. 0. Non -Shrink Grout: Section 03600 - GROUT. 2.2 CONCRETE PROPORTIONING AND TESTS A. Unless noted otherwise, concrete shall meet the requirements of Section 03300 - CAST -IN -PLACE CONCRETE. Precast concrete sections shall have minimum compressive strength indicated on the drawings and 3500 pounds per square inch at detensioning for prestressed sections. Where compressive strengths are not indicated on the drawings, obtain a minimum of 5000 psi at 28 days. Al: C. Compression tests for all precast concrete work shall conform to PCI MNL 117 a-nd or PCI MNL 116-x eertifled test equipment. Al D. For precast structural„ concrete, six cylinders shall be taken for each product produced- or for°idaiiy produetlon of same type products: Three "A" cylinders shall be taken at the beginning of each placement and three "B"' cylinders shall be taken at the end of each placement. One "A" and one "B" cylinder shall be tested at transfer of prestress (or at time of stripping for non -prestressed members), one of each at 28 days and one of each held in reserve for use as the Architect may direct. After 56 days, reserve cylinders may be discarded if approved by the Architect. Test reports shall be submitted to the Architect semi-monthly for review. 2.3 FABRICATION A. Field verify required member dimensions prior to fabrication. B. Manufacturing procedures shall be in compliance with PCI MNL-116. THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER 03420-9 HLM 90007.00-1 BID GROUP TWO ADDENDUM #3-SEPTEMBER 13, 1991 SECTION 03420 PRECAST CONCRETE SECTIONS C. Formwork: 1. Construct molds to withstand tensioning and detensioning operations for prestressed sections. 2. Construct molds to maintain units within specified tolerances with radii or chamfers at corners. 3. Securely attach anchorage devices to molds in locations not interfering with proper positioning of strand, reinforcement, or placing of concrete. D. Stressing Procedures for Prestressed Sections: 1. All prestressing steel shall be accurately placed and firmly tied in position during the pouring operations. The maximum deviation of the c.g.s. of the total force shall not exceed 1/4" or 3% of the specified distance of the c.g.s. measured from the bottom fiber, whichever is greater. 2. Prestressing strands shall not be allowed to become pitted with rust. Light coating of rust is permissible and short of visible pitting will not be cause for rejection. Form oil shall not be permitted to coat the strands. 3. Strand jacking may be by either .single strand of multiple strand jacking. Where multiple jacking is used, all strands shall be brought to a reasonably uniform preliminary tension. Final tension stress shall be measured by a calibrated pressure gage- of adequate capacity and not less than 5" diameter dial. Total elongation shall be checked regularly and the total stress as measured by gage and elongation shall not differ more than 5%. 4. Methods of deflecting, type of strand holding devices, and deflection points shall be approved by the Architect. 5. Operations will be performed in a safe manner and in strict compliance with all applicable state and local regulations. 6. Transfer of prestress shall not be made until the concrete strength has reached 3000 pounds per square inch for strands 3/8" and under, or 3500 for 7/16" strands and over. Should structural requirements for unusual conditions indicate higher or lower concrete strength at transfer, they will be noted in the Shop Drawings. Transfer of prestress may be accomplished by gradual release of the tensioning jacks or burning of strands. Where the burning method is used, the sequence of cutting strands shall be such as to prevent severe unbalance of the loading. Prior to transfer of prestress, forms shall be loosened, or removed if necessary, to allow free movement of the casting. E. Concrete Work: 1. Concrete shall be conveyed from the mixer to the place of final deposit by, methods which will prevent separation, segregation or loss of materials. 2. Concrete shall be consolidated in the form by approved high frequency vibration. This vibration may be either internal or external or a combination of both. Where external vibration is used, forms must be. of a design adequate to withstand such external vibrating without distortion or failure. THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER 03420-10 HLM 90007.00-1 BID GROUP TWO ADDENDUM #3-SEPTEMBER 13, 1991 SECTION 03420 PRECAST CONCRETE SECTIONS 3. Curing by any of the following methods shall be maintained until release strength has been reached: a. Steam or hot water curing at maximum temperature not exceeding 165 degrees F. After placement of the concrete, members shall be held for a minimum pre -steaming period of not less than three hours. b. Sealing the exposed surfaces with an approved sealing compound or membrane. C. Hot air combined with moisture. d Continuous water curing, Al; a {)ther approved curing trtetE�od`s 4. Rock pockets and chipped corners shall be patched and cleaned by accepted methods. No rock pocket or other void reaching into the prestressing steel shall be patched without permission of the Architect. a. Structural members will be accepted with form finish appearance but with any leakage fins removed. b. Where precast members are exposed in final construction, the finishing requirements are as follows: 1) Columns shall have smooth dense surfaces "as cast" form finish. 2) Double ledger beams shall have all sides, ends and bottom -smooth dense surface "as cast" form finish. 3) Double tees shall have all sides, ends and bottom -smooth dense surface "as cast" form finish. a. Top surface of untopped double tees - uniform parallel coarse broom finish. 4) Slab Soffits: Smooth dense "as cast" form finish. 5) Top surface of sections to receive concrete topping - roughened to a full amplitude of approximately 1/4 inch. F. Primarily on thin sections, the manufacturer shall provide for those openings 10 round or square or larger as indicated on the structural drawings. Other openings shall be located and field drilled or cut by the trade requiring them after the precast prestressed products have been erected. Openings shall be approved by Architect before drilling or cutting. G. The manufacturer shall cast in structural inserts, bolts, and plates as detailed or required by the Drawings. H. Mark each unit with correct piece/location mark, project or contract number, and date cast. A3: I. After stripping, precast unit shall be kept in a surface damp condition at a minimum temperature of 50 degrees F. and shall not be exposed to the weather until the strength of the concrete has reached 3500 pounds per square inch minimum or'._j2500 poctrids per square ;inch mtnimura # dr' non= prestressed Units. Precast units shall not be shipped to the project site until the strength of the concrete has reached 85% of specified ultimate strength or until the unit can safely support the superimposed dead load of other precast units, whichever is greater. THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER 03420-11 HLM 90007.00-1 BID GROUP TWO ADDENDUM #3-SEPTEMBER 13, 1991 SECTION 03420 PRECAST CONCRETE SECTIONS J. At no time shall the weight of stored materials placed on a precast unit exceed the total design load of that unit or of that portion of the unit loaded by the stored materials. K. For protection against corrosion, "Fire-Chex" roof joint sealer by the CELOTEX CORPORATION, or Architect approved equivalent, shall be applied to cover exposed ends of strands in prestressed members. Al L. Lift loops and erection inserts shall be located wherever possible so as not to be visible in the completed construction. All lift loops and inserts shall have 1-1/2" minimum concrete or grout cover in the completed construction. Any lift loops or erection inserts that must be located in areas that will be exposed to view in the completed construction shall be recessed and patched with a minimum 1-1/2" non -shrink, non -staining grout to match surrounding concrete. Refer tai,, Sec ion 0360Q<4GROUT M. Beams, spandrels and columns exposed to view: 3/4" chamfered edges. Tooling of unformed edges may be used subject to approval by Architect. Al . Gentre! and ExpaRsien joint Requirements i. Manufaeture shall eensult with the joint system . „ . ' -- - - - 'AL. _ Elie"--.-L....-..-.l..... L,l.A- 4.- ____ ,__ ,;- 0. Acceptance: Units which do not meet dimensional tolerance standards, or quality control requirements pertaining to concrete strength, reinforcing or prestressing shall be rejected; units judged deficient in finish quality may be corrected at the option of the Architect. 2.4 TOLERANCE FOR MANUFACTURE A. Tolerances for manufacture of precast concrete members shall be as follows: 1. Columns: Length: plus/minus 1/2" Cross-section dimensions: plus/minus 1/4" Vertical Alignment (deviation from straight line parallel to longitudinal centerline of column): 1/4", up to 40'-0" lengths Deviation from square or designated skew: 1/8" per 12" of width, any cross-section 1/4" maximum, any cross-section 1/4", any end (with longitudinal centerline) Position of haunches and pockets: plus/minus 1/4" Dimensions of haunches and pockets: plus/minus 1/4" Haunch and pocket bearing surface deviation from specified. plan: 1/8-- Difference in relative position of adjacent haunch and/or pocket bearing surfaces from specified relative position: 1/4" THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER 03420-12 HLM 90007.00-1 BID GROUP TWO ADDENDUM #3-SEPTEMBER 13, 1991 SECTION 03420 PRECAST CONCRETE SECTIONS Position of sleeves and inserts: plus/minus 1/4" Position of weld plates: plus/minus 1/2" Position of anchor bolt holes in base plate: plus/minus Position of base plates and bearing plates: plus/minus 1/4" Position of handling devices: plus/minus 3" Beams: Length: plus/minus 1/2" Width (over-all): plus/minus 1/4" Ledge width: plus/minus 1/4" Beam width: plus/minus 1/4" Beam depth: plus/minus 1/4" Ledge depth: plus/minus 1/4" Horizontal alignment (deviation from a straight line parallel to longitudinal centerline of member): 1/4", up to 40'-0" lengths 3/8", 40'-0" to 60'-0" lengths Camber deviation from specified design camber: 1/8" per 10'-0" but not greater than 1/2" End deviation from square or designated skew: 1/4" horizontal and vertical Position of tendons: plus/minus 1/8" Position of deflection point for deflected strands: plus/ minus 6" Position of openings and block -outs: plus/minus 1/4" Dimensions of openings and block -outs: plus/minus 1/4" Position'of sleeves and inserts: plus/minus 1/4" Position of weld plates: plus/minus 1/2" Position of bearing plates: plus/minus 1/4" Bearing surface deviation from specified plane: 1/8" Position of handling devices: plus/minus 3" Double Tee Deck Units: Length: plus/minus 1/2" Width (over-all): plus/minus 1/4" Depth: plus/minus 1/4" Stem thickness: plus/minus 1/8" Flange thickness: plus 1/4", minus 1/8" Stem to edge of top flange: plus/minus 1/8" Distance from stems: plus/minus 1/8" Horizontal alignment (deviation from a straight line parallel to longitudinal centerline of member): 1/4", up to 40'-0" lengths 3/8", 40'-0" to 60'-0" lengths Camber deviation from specified design chamber: 1/4" per 10'-0" but not greater than 3/4" Differential camber between adjacent members of the same design: 1/4" per 10'-0" but not greater than 3/4" for topped decks End deviation from square or designated skew: 1/4" horizontal and vertical THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER 03420-13 1;LM 90007.00-1 BID GROUP TWO ADDENDUM #3-SEPTEMBER 13, 1991 A3 SECTION 03420 PRECAST CONCRETE SECTIONS Position of tendons: plus/minus 1/8" Position of deflection points for deflected strands: plus/ minus 6" Position of block -outs: plus/minus 1/2" Dimensions of block -outs: plus/minus 1/4" Position of sleeves and inserts: plus/minus 1/4" Position of weld plates: plus/minus 1/2" Position of bearing plates: plus/minus 1/4" Bearing surface deviation from specified plane: 1/8" Difference in relative position of adjacent steam bearing surfaces from specified relative position: 1/4" Position of handling devices: plus/minus 3" 4. Solid Slabs: Length: plus/minus 1/2" Width: plus/minus 1/4" Depth: plus/minus 1/4" Sweep: plus/minus 1/8" per ten feet, plus/minus 3/8" overall. Center of gravity of strand group: plus/minus 1/4" Minimum cover of strand group: 3/4" Position of weld plates: plus/minus 2" Tipping and flushness of weld plates: Plus/minus 1/4". PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Before erecting precast concrete members, verify that structure and anchorage inserts not within tolerances required to erect these units have been corrected. B. Determine field conditions by actual measurements. 3.2 ERECTION and in the a3 A. Glear, well drained uR4ead4nq areas "d read aeee-.5 areun.1— B. Erect barricades, warning lights or signs to safeguard traffic in the immediate area of hoisting and handling operations. THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER 03420-14 HLM 90007.00-1 BID GROUP TWO ADDENDUM #3-SEPTEMBER 13, 1991 Al Al: Al SECTION 03420 3.3 PRECAST CONCRETE SECTIONS C. Set precast units level, plumb, square, and true within the allowable tolerances. Provide lines and grades in sufficient detail to allow installation. 1. Providing true, level bearing surfaces on all field placed bearing walls and other field placed supporting members. D. Unload and perform handling on the job which is required to install precast concrete work. Set each member in position to which it is assigned, carefully plumbing and leveling it and anchoring it securely in place. Perform field welding using AWS Certified Welders with current certification. E. Column base plates shall be dry packed at least 24 hours before erecting elements supported by the columns- or useshims sited torcagy i5 times ,pa period par�t.i a .loads during 2 . hour cure: period.. F. Where welding of reinforcing steel is specifically detailed on the Drawings, great care shall be exercised to assure no reduction of the cross -sectional area of the reinforcing steel. No other welding reinforcing steel shall be permitted without prior written authorization by the Architect. G. Galvanized steel shall be "touched -up" after connections are complete with "Z.R.C. Cold Galvanizing" by Z.R.C. CHEMICAL PRODUCTS COMPANY, Quincy, Massachusetts or Architect .approved equivalent. The material shall be applied in strict accordance with the manufacturer's instructions and specification. The mil thickness (dry film thickness) shall be equivalent to the mil thickness of the galvanized item. H. Maintain the stability of that portion of the structure receiving topping until cast -in -place topping has attained 3500 pounds per square inch compressive strength. ERECTION TOLERANCES A. Tolerances for erection of precast members shall be as follows Tolerances are:not.cumu1 atIve' 1. Columns: Variation in plan from specified location in plan: plus/minus 1/2 , any column, any location Deviation in plan from straight lines parallel to specified linear building lines: 1/40" per foot, adjacent columns less than 20'-0" apart 1/2", adjacent columns 20'-0" or more apart Difference in relative position of adjacent columns from specified relative position: 1/2" any deck level Deviation from plumb: 1/4", any 10'-0" of height 1" maximum for the entire height Variation in elevation of bearing surfaces from specified elevation: Plus/minus 1/2", any column, any location THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER 03420-15 HLM 90007.00-1 BID GROUP TWO ADDENDUM #3-SEPTEMBER 13, 1991 SECTION 03420 PRECAST CONCRETE SECTIONS Deviation in elevation of bearing surfaces from line parallel to specified grade lines: 1/40" per foot, adjacent columns less than 20'-0" apart 1/2", adjacent columns 20'-0" or more apart Variation of specified clearance from adjacent independent member: plus/minus 1/4" 2. Beams: Variation in plan from specified location in plan: plus/minus 1/2", any beam, any location Deviation in plan from straight line parallel to specified linear building lines: 1/40" per foot, any beam less than 20'-0" 1/2" maximum, any beam 20'-0" or more in length Variation from specified bearing length on support: plus/minus 3/4" Variation from specified bearing width on support: plus/minus 1/2" Variation in elevation of bearing surfaces from specified elevation: plus/minus 1/2", any beam, any location Deviation in elevation of bearing surfaces from line parallel to specified grade lines: 1/40" per foot, any length less than 20'-0" 1/2" maximum, any bean 20'-0" or more in length Deviation of top of spandrel from specified elevation: 1/2", any panel Jog in alignment of matching edges: 1/4" Variation of specified clearance from adjacent independent member: plus/minus 1/4" 3. Double Tee Deck Units: Variation in plan from specified location in plan: plus/minus 1/2", any tee, any location Deviation in plan from straight lines parallel to specific linear building line: 1/2", any tee Variation from specified bearing length on support: plus/minus 3/4" Variation from specified bearing width on support: plus/minus 1/4" Variation in elevation of bearing surfaces from specified elevation: plus/minus 3/4", any tee, any end Deviation in elevation from line parallel to specified grade lines: 3/4" longitudinal 3/8" transverse Jog in alignment of adjoining flanges: 1/8", untopped decks 1/2", topped decks Variation from specified flange joint width: Plus/minus 1/4" THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER 03420-16 HLM 90007.00-1 BID GROUP TWO ADDENDUM #3-SEPTEMBER 13, 1991 A>` a Al. A3 SECTION 03420 PRECAST CONCRETE SECTIONS Variation of specified clearance from adjacent independent member: plus/minus 1/4" 4. Solid Slabs: Variation in plan from specified location in plan: plus/minus 1" any plank, any location. Deviation in plan from straight lines parallel to specific linear building line 1", any plank. Deviation of top elevation from line parallel to specified grade lines at member ends: 3/4". Jog in alignment of matching edges: 1". Variation from specified joint width: plus/minus 1/2". Differential top elevation as erected: 3/4". Variation from specified bearing length on support: plus/minus 3/4". Variation from specified bearing width on support: plus/minus 1/2". Differential bottom elevation of exposed planks: 1/4" B. At the completion of work, remove rejected and surplus material, rubbish or apparatus from the premises and deliver work in a clean and sound condition to the satisfaction of the Architect. 3.4 ATTACHMENTS A. Subject to approval of the Architect, precast prestressed products may be drilled or "shot" provided no contact is made with the prestressing steel. Should spalling occur, it shall be repaired by the trade doing the drilling or the shooting. 3.5 CLEANING A. Glean preeast-ee-nerete surfleees with detergent and water, using fiber brusK and spenge, and rinse thereughly with elean water-.- ******************** END OF SECTION 03420 THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER 03420-17 HLM 90007.00-1 BID GROUP TWO ADDENDUM #3-SEPTEMBER 13, 1991 SECTION 03490 PRECAST CONCRETE MODULAR CELL 8. ASTM A-615 - Specification for Deformed and Plain Billet -Steel Bars for Concrete Reinforcement. 9. ASTM C-33 - Specification for Concrete Aggregates. 10. ASTM C-42 - Test Method for Obtaining and Testing Drilled Cores and Sawed Beams of Concrete. 11. ASTM C-94 - Specification for Ready -Mixed Concrete. C. Prestressed Concrete Institute (PCI) 1. PCI MNL-116 "Manual for Quality Control for Plants and Production of Precast Prestressed Concrete Products. 2. PCI MNL-120 "PCI Design Handbook - Precast and Prestressed Concrete". 3. PCI- MNL-123 "Design and Typical Details of Connections for Precast and Prestressed Concrete". All 4> PCI: MNL..11T - -Manual far QualityCdntroY for Plants and Production: -of Archi.t.ectural' Precast Concrete Products. D. American Concrete Institute (ACI) 1. ACI- 301 - "Specification for Structural Concrete for Buildings". 2. ACI 318 - "Building Code Requirements for Reinforced Concrete". E. American Welding Society (ASTM) 1. AWS D1.1 - "Structural Welding Code - Steel". 2. AWS D1.4 - " Structural Welding Code - Reinforcing Steel". F. Concrete Reinforcing Steel Institute (CRSI) 1. CRSI - "Manual of Standard Practice". Al: G. American Architectural' Manufacturers>Association (AAMA) 1 Metal '`curtain wallt window, storefront and::entrahce..- guide specification manual. A3 1€; American: Association > of State. Highway Trans port ation< Officials '(AASHTO). 1 RASHTfi T-260-84: Method of Sampl i ng and Testy ng, far Total Chloride Ion in Concrete and Concrete Raw Materials.` 1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Fabricator Qualifications: Firms which have two years successful experience in fabrication of precast concrete units similar to units required for this project will be acceptable. Fabricator must have sufficient production capacity to produce required units without causing delay in work. Al.Comply;; w#th the'> manufacturing..and testing procedures and quality control pry i si*bns at' PC I MNL. 116. Al' G' Be re.sponszble .i'or coordination of electrical boxes, utility and equipment 13nes which: are: concealed. >i ncl udi ng plumb ,�ng, .electrical tel*gphicne and:security�communicat.ions systems. AlnQt use: :form e. releasmaterials which are detrimenta'i to the application of i 1 Spraii yed'on Cellulose:Insu attonlAcoustica1: Material Z. Elastomeric Coating -'Exterior 3'. Latex SatinPaint::::-: Interior 1.4 DESIGN REQUIREMENTS A. SBCCI Standard Building Code B. ACI 318 C. PCI MNL - 120 D. Wind Force Criteria THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER 03490-2 HLM 90007.00-1 BID GROUP TWO ADDENDUM #3-SEPTEMBER 13, 1991 SECTION 03490 PRECAST CONCRETE MODULAR CELL 1. SBCCI Standard building code 2. Key West Land Development Code AZ A3 3. Basic.wind speed: 1-1-5 150 MPH; I = 1.00 "t-e .. 4. al Conform with components and cladding requirements AZ 5.< Design units and unit connections to transfer lateral 'shear forces. to shearwallpanels..: Do- not use topping slabs for transfer of lateral shear forces.. E. Precast Unit Reinforcement 1. Minimum reinforcement area: .002 times gross concrete area, each way spaced 12 inches on center maximum. 2. Minimum perimeter reinforcement bar: a. Additional to minimum reinforcement area b. 0.20 square inches for 4" or less panel C. 0.31 square inches for greater than 4" panel thickness 3. Minimum Corner Reinforcement: a. Additional to minimum reinforcement area b. Provide diagonal reinforcing at all opening corners and reentrant corners. Minimum reinforcing 2#4 each face (inside layer) extending minimum 2'-0" past each corner. 4. Provide additional reinforcement for in-service loads, loads and forces imposed during manufacturing, shipping erection and for local stresses at connection or pick-up points. F. Precast Unit Connections 1. Provide minimum of four connections to structure at top and bottom of each precast cell, unless otherwise shown on drawings. 2. Minimum horizontal loads on connections: Provide positive direct connection capable of resisting horizontal forces as specified or minimum horizontal as follows: a. 4" or less panel thickness: 800 lb. b. Greater than 4" panel thickness:1600 lb. 1-41'>5SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: Submit manufacturer's specifications and instructions for manufactured materials and products. Include manufacturer's certifications and laboratory test reports as required. B. Shop Drawings: Submit shop drawings showing complete information for fabrication and installation of precast concrete cell units signed and sealed by State of Florida registered professional engineer who prepared calculations indicating drawings were prepared under his direct supervision. Indicate member dimensions and cross-section; cast in openings and field cut openings; location, size and type of reinforcement, including special reinforcement and lifting devices necessary for handling and erection. 1. Indicate layout, dimensions, and identification of each precast unit corresponding to sequence and procedure of installation. Indicate welded connections by AWS standard symbols. Detail inserts, connections, and joints, including accessories and construction at openings in precast units. 2. Provide location and details of anchorage devices that are to be embedded in other construction. Furnish templates if required for accurate placement. THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER 03490-3 HLM 90007.00-1 BID GROUP TWO ADDENDUM #3-SEPTEMBER 13, 1991 SECTION 03490 PRECAST CONCRETE MODULAR CELL 3. Include erection procedure for precast units and sequence of C. erection. Provide complete checked design calculations prepared by a registered engineer, licensed in the State of Florida. D. Submit welders qualifications per AWS D1.1. E. Submit certificate signed and sealed by State of Florida registered professional engineer stating that precast concrete panels and connections to structure have been designed in accordance with specified design requirements. List design requirements and values used and in letter. Al:: 1.6 CERTIFICATIONS AND gUALIF,ICATIONS A Manufacturing, testing, and quality control procedures shall, be in Al ene.ral coriipllance with those of the PCI Manual MNL 1I .. g. Ail . PFide Cert.i.fications.. of. Comp lance for the following:. Qv Al I Mater. i al used... i : f a6r. i caiAion:an erect.i on shall; meet the ... requirements established. by this Sect'ion:. Al 2. If .plant. is: not. a ?CI Certified Plant, certification of compliance with<the..concrete-requirements wily be required.in the form.of test results made;b.y an Owner -approved ;testing agency on sets of three cylinders,. made in compliance with AS7M..E-31 and tested;: at''28 days in compliance` with ASTM 'C-39 and PC MNt 1164: 1.1 BEL.IVER`�, STORAGE.AND.;HANDLIN A. Deliver precast concrete units to project site in such quantities and at such times to assure continuity of installation. Store units at project site to prevent cracking, distortion, staining, or other physical damage, and so that markings are visible. Lift and support units at designated lift points. B. Deliver anchorage items which are to be embedded in other construction before start of such work. Provide setting diagrams, templates, instructions and directions as required for installation. A ' L.8 PRE INSTALLATION CONFERENCE Al THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER 03490-4 HLM 90007.00-1 BID GROUP TWO ADDENDUM #3-SEPTEMBER 13, 1991 SECTION 03490 PRECAST CONCRETE MODULAR CELL Mini sh. > Refer to .Sec ion> 09830' - ELASTOMERIC COATING: and. 09900 PRINTING (Bidf Group Three -'' InteriorSurface) PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 FORMWORK A. Provide forms and form facing materials of metal that is non -reactive with concrete and will produce required finish surfaces. 2.2 PRECAST CONCRETE A. Reinforcing Bars: ASTM A615, Grade 60, unless otherwise indicated. B. Steel Wire: ASTM A82, plain cold -drawn steel. C. Welded Wire Fabric: ASTM A185, Flat Sheets. D. Welded Deformed Steel Wire Fabric: ASTM A491. E. Supports for Reinforcement: Provide supports for including bolsters, chairs, supporting and fastening recommendations. F. For exposed -to -view concrete contact with forms, provide protected (CRSI, Class 1) or 2). Al G. Portland Cement: ASTM C150, and type of cement throughout Architect. spacers and other devices reinforcing, complying reinforcement for spacing, with CRSI surfaces, where legs of supports are in supports with legs which are plastic stainless steel protected (CRSI, Class .......................... Type I or Type III. Use only one brand project, unless otherwise acceptable to THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER 03490-5 HLM 90007.00-1 BID GROUP TWO ADDENDUM #3-SEPTEMBER 13, 1991 SECTION 03490 PRECAST CONCRETE MODULAR CELL E. Adjustment to Concrete Mixes: Mix design adjustments may be requested when characteristics of materials, job conditions, weather, test results, or other circumstances warrant. Laboratory test data for revised mix designs and strengths results must be submitted to and accepted by Architect before using in the work. F. Admixtures: 1. Use air -entraining admixture in concrete, unless otherwise indicated. 2. Use water -reducing admixtures in strict compliance with manufacturer's directions. Admixtures to increase cement dispersion, or provide increased workability for low -slump concrete, may be used subject to Architect's acceptance. 3. Use amounts as recommended by admixture manufacturer for climatic conditions prevailing at time of placing. Adjust quantities of admixtures as required for maintain quality control. G. Chloride Ion Content: 11 - weight for reinforced concrete or C 064'a R 1. Maximum 0.15% concrete for prestressed concrete.' Al: I ingredient er A3 2. Test in accordance with AASHTO T-260. A3 3.. Obtat ''samples fror Well cured concrete aged at Least 28 days R3 4.. Sample each. 2006 square feet of wall and fI'oor area R; M Unless noted otherwis;e,.. concrete shall meet i;he requirements o1= Section 03300 - CAST -IN -PLACE CONCRETE. 2.5 RELATED MATERIALS A. Insulated Precast Panel: 1. "Thermomass" Concrete Sandwich Wall System: a. Fiber -composite rod by COMPOSITE TECHNOLIGIES CORPORATION (800) 232-1748. b. Insulation: Refer to Section 07210 - BUILDING INSULATION. B. Cast -In -Place Metal Frames: Refer to Section 08100 - METAL DOORS AND FRAMES. C. Concrete Topping: Refer to Section 03300 - CAST -IN -PLACE CONCRETE. 2.6 FABRICATION A. Field verify required unit dimensions prior to fabrication. B. General: Fabricate precast concrete units complying with manufacturing and testing procedures, quality control recommendations, and dimensional tolerances of PCI MNL-116, and as specified for types of units required. C. Ready -Mix Concrete: Comply with requirements of ASTM C94, and as specified here. 1. During hot weather, or under conditions contributing to rapid setting of concrete, a shorter mixing time than specified in ASTM C94 may be required. 2. When the air temperature is between 80°F and 90°F, reduce mixing and delivery time from 1-1/2 hours to 75 minutes, and when air temperature is above 90°F, reduce mixing and delivery time to 60 minutes. THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER 03490-7 HLM 90007.00-1 BID GROUP TWO ADDENDUM #3-SEPTEMBER 13, 1991 SECTION 03490 PRECAST CONCRETE MODULAR CELL D. Built -Up Anchorages: Accurately position built-in anchorage devices and secure to formwork. Locate anchorages where they do not affect position of main reinforcement or placing of concrete. E. Openings: 1. Cast -in holes for openings for wall grilles. 2. Cast -in floor drains and shower drains. 3. Cast -in openings larger than 10" diameter or 10" in largest dimension. 4. Field cut openings less than 10" diameter or 10" in largest dimension at Contractor's Option Al 5 Cast=in sleeves for plumbing and'firejsprinklers F. Coat surfaces of forms with bond -breaking compound before reinforcement is placed. Provide commercial formulation form -coating compounds that will not bond with, stain nor adversely affect concrete surfaces, and will not impair subsequent treatments of concrete surfaces requiring bond or adhesion. Apply in compliance with manufacturer's instructions. G. Clean reinforcement of loose rust and mill scale, earth and other materials which reduce or destroy bond with concrete. H. Accurately position, support and secure reinforcement against displacement by formwork, construction, or concrete placement operations. Locate and support reinforcing by metal chairs, runners, bolsters, spacers -and hangers as required. I. Place reinforcement to obtain at least the minimum coverage for concrete protection. Arrange, space and securely tie bars and bar supports to hold reinforcement in position during concrete placement operations.. Set wire ties so ends are directed into concrete; not toward exposed concrete surfaces. J. Place concrete in a continuous operation to prevent formation of seams or planes of weakness in precast units, complying with requirements of ACI 304. Thoroughly consolidate placed concrete by internal and external vibration without dislocation or damage to reinforcement and built-in items. K. Identification: Provide permanent markings to identify pick-up points and orientation in structure, complying with markings indicated on final shop drawings. Imprint date of casting on each precast unit on a surface which will not show in finished structure. L. Curing by low-pressure steam, by steam vapor, by radiant heat and moisture, or other similar process may be employed to accelerate concrete hardening and to reduce curing time. Alb Z' FINISH OF SURFACES A. Provide finishes for formed surfaces of precast concrete as indicated for each type of unit, and as follows: 1. Standard Finish: Normal plant run finish produced in forms that impart a smooth finish to concrete. Small surface holes caused by air bubbles, normal form joint marks, and minor chips and spalls will be tolerated, but no major or unsightly imperfections, honeycomb or structural defects will be permitted. THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER 03490-8 HLM 90007.00-1 BID GROUP TWO ADDENDUM #3-SEPTEMBER 13, 1991 SECTION 03490 PRECAST CONCRETE MODULAR CELL Al AZ 2. Architectural Grade Finish: Use for exposed surfaces in final construction. greet- as speeif4ed in Air holes and pockets .aver 1/8 shall be' filled .with mortar A3 patching grout as specified in: Section 03600Surface, including patching and form offsets shall be ground :smooth.. Comply: with requirements of PCI MNL-117. B. Finish of Unformed Surfaces: 1. Unformed surfaces to interface other precast elements: Apply trowel finish. Consolidate concrete, bring to proper level with straight edge, float and trowel to a smooth uniform finish. Steel trowel finish face to match precast concrete panels. 2. Unformed surfaces to interface cast -in -place concrete: Consolidate concrete and bring to proper level with straight edge. Surfaces shall be intentionally roughened to a full amplitude of approximately 1/4". A} --�-7 2'8 APPROVED MANUFACTURERS A3 Al `acturers.> S'U tt.1:tut10n ;forms iriance wi th destgAdacc�n ents. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION, GENERAL A. Place precast units and shim at bearing walls to correct position. Use a sufficient number of shims in locations so as not to overstress any portion of the unit. B. Welding: Perform welding in compliance with AWS D1.1. C. Protect units from damage by field welding or cutting operations and provide non-combustible shield as required. D. Repair damaged metal surfaces by cleaning and applying a coat of liquid galvanizing repair compound to galvanized surfaces and compatible primer to painted surfaces. THE NEW MONRBIDCOUNTY GROUP TWO ADDENDUM R ADDENDUM#3-SEPTEMBER 13, 90-9 1991 HLM 90007.00-1 SECTION 03490 PRECAST CONCRETE MODULAR CELL E. Powder -Actuated Fasteners: Do not use powder -actuated fasteners for surface attachment of accessory items in precast, prestressed unit unless otherwise accepted by precast manufacturer. F. Installation Tolerances: Install precast units without exceeding following tolerance limits: 1. Variations from plumb: 1/4" in any 20' run or story height; 1/2" total in any 40' or longer run. 2. Variations from level or elevation: 1/4" in any 20' run; 1/2" in any 40' run; total plus or minus 1/2" at any location. 3. Variation from position in plan: Plus or minus 1/2" maximum at any location. Zero tolerance shall be maintained in cell placement for alignment of slider units. 4. Offsets in alignment of adjacent members at any joint: 1/16" in any 10' run; 1/4" maximum. Al 5.<! Tolerances are not cumulative: G. After precast units have been placed and secured, cast -in or grout horizontal joints as indicated. H. Grout open spaces at connection and horizontal bearing joints as indicated: 1. Shrinkage -resistant grout consisting of premixed compound and water to provide a flowable mixture without segregation or bleeding. 2. Provide forms or other acceptable method to retain grout in place until sufficiently hard to support itself. Pack spaces with stiff grout material, tamping until voids are completely filled. Place grout to finish smooth, plumb and level with adjacent concrete surfaces. Keep grouted joints damp for not less than 24 hours after initial set. Promptly remove grout material from exposed surfaces before it hardens. 3.2 PLANT QUALITY CONTROL EVALUATIONS A. The Owner may employ a separate testing laboratory to evaluate precast manufacturer's quality control and testing methods. B. The precast manufacturer shall allow Owner's testing facility access to materials storage areas, concrete production equipment, and concrete placement and curing facilities. Cooperate with Owner's testing laboratory and provide samples of materials and concrete mixes as may be requested for additional testing evaluation. C. Dimensional Tolerances: Units having dimensions smaller or greater than required, and outside specified tolerance limits, will be subject to additional testing as specified here. D. Precast units having dimensions greater than required will be rejected if appearance or function of the structure is adversely affected, or if larger dimensions interface with other construction. Repair or remove and replace rejected units as required to meet construction conditions. THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER 03490-10 HLM 90007.00-1 BID GROUP TWO ADDENDUM U-SEPTEMBER 13, 1991 SECTION 03490 PRECAST CONCRETE MODULAR CELL AZ Cggt .....testing: and replacing work not in conformance with Contract Documents will be paid.. by Contractor.: Al:3.5 CLEANING Al' A �.eave:,pr. ecast concrete.`surfaces i n a cl ean, >>uni form condition, free of dils, grease and other materials not removable by ,ordinary cleaning A3 w th`detergent and water using fiber brushes and sponges,; except Where seal ants are appl i ed by Contractor then prepare surface for appl feat i on of sealants7.in accordance:with<sealant manufacturer 'requirements.. ******************** END OF SECTION 03490 THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER 03490-12 HLM 90007.00-1 BID GROUP TWO ADDENDUM #3-SEPTEMBER 13, 1991 A3 SECTION 07210 PART 1 - GENERAL BUILDING INSULATION 1.1 SUMMARY A. Building insulation work. Provide all accessories and components for a complete installation for: 1. Rigid board insulation 2. Fire safing insulation. 3. Bonding adhesives. 6. Fire/Smoke Stop System B. Provide materials only for installation as specified in other Sections. 1. Rigid insulation for exterior plaster wall finish. 2. Rigid insulation for precast concrete sandwich panel. 3. Rigid insulation for precast concrete modular cell. 4. Rigid insulation for cast-in-crete concrete block -outs. 5. Rigid insulation for insulated concrete floors under food service walk-in units. C. Related Sections: 1. Section 03412 - PRECAST CONCRETE PANELS. 2, Section 03490 - PRECAST CONCRETE MODULAR CELL. 3 Sec tion*::03520 - INSULATING CONCRETE 1.2 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: Submit manufacturer's product literature and installation instructions for each type of insulation material required. B. Certified Test Reports: With product data, submit copies of certified test reports showing compliance with specified performance values including R values (aged values for plastic insulations), densities, compression strengths, fire performance characteristics, and similar properties. C. Submit written certification that material proposed for use complies with requirements established by this Section. Indicate testing agency and test number, for materials which are a part of a rated assembly. 1.3 PRODUCT DELIVERY A. Use means necessary to protect materials of this section before, during, and after installation and to protect installed work and materials of other trades. B. In event of damage, immediately make repairs and replacements necessary at no additional cost to Owner. 1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Fire Performance Characteristics: Provide insulation materials which are identical to those whose fire performance characteristics and acoustical properties, as listed for each material or assembly of which insulation is a part, have been determined by testing, per methods indicated below, by UL or other testing and inspecting agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction. THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER 07210-1 HLM 90007.00-1 BID GROUP TWO ADDENDUM #3-SEPTEMBER 13, 1991 AZ A3 Al' AI A3 Al SECTION 07210 BUILDING INSULATION 1. Where insulation for rated roof/ceiling assembly, floor/ceiling assembly, wall assembly or perimeter insulations are required, provide insulation types which have been fire -tested under simulated field conditions and ASTM E-119 time -temperature fire exposure tests. To "Submittal" requirements of this Section, provide testing agency, test number, and hourly rating certifi- cation as approved by UL or authorities having jurisdiction. B. Surface Burning Characteristics: Conform to ASTM E 84 "Surface Burning Characteristics of Building Materials". C. Fire Resistance Ratings: Conform to ASTM E119, "Fire Tests of Building Construction and Materials." OI Regulatory Requ.irements.. 1.! Energy: fff€eiency Code for Bu';lding Constr•ucion; State of Florida:, Department.of Cotmnunity Affairs: a.> ConpTy with Energy: Codes for energy efficiency :bui:lding requirments...: Certify in writing,..with calculations that the proposed:.: installation meets. or exceeds...: these requirements: PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 MATERIALS A. Rigid Insulation: 1. Extruded closed cell polystyrene. Thermal resistance "R" of 1" thickness at 5.0 (at 75°F mean temperature) and 5.4 (at 40°F.). Density: not less than 1.7 pounds per cubic foot; water absorption: less than 0.7% by volume; "K" factor at 75°F. shall not be greater than 0.25. Conform to the requirements of ASTM C 578, Type IV materials. Maximum flame spread 5 and smoke developed of 165. Products: . a. DOW CHEMICAL COMPANY "Styrofoam SM/TG" b. U.C. INDUSTRIES "Foamular" c. Architect appro�red equ vales t B. Rigid Insulation for Precast Concrete Sandwich Panel and Modular Cell: 1. Styrofoam Brand Insulation, DOW CHEMICAL COMPANY; pre -drilled extruded polystyrene, R-value of 5.0 per 1" thickness (at 750 mean temperature) when tested in accordance with ASTM C-518; maximum water absorption of 0.1% by volume when tested with ASTM C-272; and meeting physical properties given in ASTM C-578, Type IV Products: .r t-nee. ,c.,,4et a. D( CH'EMICAL COMPANY Styrofoam ;SM/TG" b:i. U C. INDUSTRIES....'.. Fdiivul 40 c� Arcfti tech approved ! equ i vai ent C. Rigid Insulation for Floor Conditions: 1. Provide DOW "Styrofoam PD-60"; extruded polystyrene foam insulation with minimum compressive strength of 60 lbs/sq. in. to comply with ASTM D-1621; R-value of 5.0 per 1" thickness (at 75° mean temperature) when tested in accordance with ASTM C-518; maximum water absorption of 0.1% by volume when tested with ASTM C-272; and meeting physical properties given in ASTM C-578, type THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER 07210-2 HLM 90007.00-1 BID GROUP TWO ADDENDUM #3-SEPTEMBER 13, 1991 SECTION 07210 A3 VII. IV. Products: a DOW CHEMICAL COMPANY "Styrofoam SM/TG" 6 UC. INDUSTRIES,"Foamular" c Architect approved equivalent. BUILDING INSULATION THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER 07210-2a HLM 90007.00-1 BID GROUP TWO ADDENDUM #3-SEPTEMBER 13, 1991 SECTION 03520 PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY INSULATING CONCRETE A. Section Includes: 1. Lightweight insulating concrete fill with integral insulation boards placed over precast concrete roof deck substrate. 2. Perimeter joint filler. B. Related sections: 1. Section 03300 - CAST -IN -PLACE CONCRETE 2. Section 03410 - PRECAST CORED PLANKS 3 Section 03420 - PRECAST CONCRETE SECTIONS 4. Section 07530 - SINGLE PLY ROOFING 5. Section 07720 - ROOF ACCESSORIES 6. Section 07900 - JOINT SEALERS 1.2 REFERENCES A. ASTM C138 - Test Methods for Unit Weight, Yield and Air Content (Gravimetric) of Concrete. B. ASTM C150 - Specification for Portland Cement. C. ASTM C177 - Standard Test Method for Steady -State Heat Flux Measurements and Thermal Transmission Properties by Means of the Guarded -Hot -Plate Apparatus. D. ASTM C260 - Specification for Air Entraining Admixtures for Concrete. E. ASTM C332 - Specification for Lightweight Aggregates for Insulating Concrete. F. ASTM C33 - Specification for Concrete Aggregates. G. ASTM C150 - Specification for Portland Cement. H. ASTM C495 - Test Method for Compressive Strength of Lightweight Insulating Concrete. I. ASTM C518 - Standard Test Method for Steady -State Heat Flux Measurements and Thermal Transmission Properties by Means of the Heat Flow Meter Apparatus. J. Factory Mutual System Approval Guide. K. Underwriters Laboratories - Fire Resistance Directory. 1.3 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION A. Design Requirements THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER 03520-1 HLM 90007.00-1 BID GROUP TWO ADDENDUM #3-SEPTEMBER 13, 1991 SECTION 03520 INSULATING CONCRETE 1. Provide installation and materials to conform to UL Design No. P910. B. Performance Requirements 1. Wind uplift resistance: Deck system tested, approved and listed in Factory Mutual System Approval Guide for FM Class I-90 Wind Uplift Rating. 1.4 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: Provide physical characteristics, thermal values, and product limitations of all components of the system. B. Manufacturer's Installation Instructions: Indicate product installation criteria, environmental and curing requirements. C. Shop drawings: layout indicating drainage patterns, proposed elevations, board patterns and interfacing requirements with adjacent materials. D. Test reports: 1. Submit test reports from an Independent Testing Laboratory acceptable to Architect and Construction Manager, showing compliance with Factory Mutual Wind Resistance classification. 2. Submit laboratory test results for Thermal Resistance Values based on ASTM C 177 or C 518. 1.5 WARRANTY A. Provide Owner with 'an Insulating Concrete Warranty: 1. The lightweight insulating concrete roof deck shall be warranted for a minimum 80% of Design Thermal Resistance. The insulation will remain "re-roofable" for the warranty period. The insulation will remain in place if the roof membrane sustains wind damage. 1.6 QUALITY ASSURANCE kGCr'iN(- A. Installer qualifications: 1. Company specializing in placing lightweight concrete fill material specified in this Section with minimum five years documented experience and approved by manufacturer. B. Regulatory Requirements: 1. Comply with local codes and ordinances. 2. Wind Uplift Resistance: Deck system tested, approved and listed in Factory Mutual System Approval Guide for FM Class I-90 Wind Uplift Resistance rating. 3. Energy Effic.iency Code for Building Construction; State of Florida, Department of Community Affairs. C. Certifications: 1. Upon completion of roof deck work, furnish the roof deck system manufacturer's certificate stating the lightweight insulating concrete THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER 03520-2 HLM 90007.00-1 BID GROUP TWO ADDENDUM #3-SEPTEMBER 13, 1991 SECTION 03520 INSULATING CONCRETE was applied by an applicator approved by the manufacturer, and system was applied in compliance with manufacturer instructions. 2. Compliance with Florida Energy Efficiency Code for Building Construction, 1991; compliance with R values indicated. D. Pre -Installation Conference 1. Comply with pre -installation and pre -application conference requirements of Section 07530 for coordination and interfacing work requirements. E. Thermal Resistance values: Thermal conductivity of insulating concrete shall be based on laboratory testing of dry materials in accordance with ASTM C 177 or C 518. Thermal conductivity based on 40 degrees mean temperature. 1.7 PRODUCT DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING A. Deliver materials in manufacturers original undamaged containers and packing. B. Store packaged material to protect material from the elements and from physical damage. 1. Do not use cement that shows indication of moisture damage, caking, or other deterioration. 1.8 PROJECT CONDITIONS A. Do not place lightweight insulating concrete when ambient temperature is at or above 110°F. B. Do not place lightweight insulating concrete on surfaces covered with standing water. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURERS A. Acceptable manufacturer for lightweight insulating concrete: 1. W.R. Grace (NVS Roof Deck System). 2. Strong-Lite Products Corporation, Pine Bluff, Arkansas. 3. Air Light Processing Corp. of Florida, Vero Beach, Florida. 4. Architect approved equivalent. B. "Foamed" concrete or cellular lightweight insulating concrete types are not acceptable. 2.2 MATERIALS A. Cement: ASTM C150, Portland Type I - Normal. THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER 03520-3 HLM 90007.00-1 BID GROUP TWO ADDENDUM #3-SEPTEMBER 13, 1991 SECTION 03520 INSULATING CONCRETE B. Lightweight Aggregate: ASTM C332; Group I, vermiculite. C. Concrete Materials: ASTM C33 small aggregate and water. D. Air Entrainment Agent: Type recommended and approved by lightweight insulating concrete system manufacturer. E. Water: Potable, clean and free from deleterious amounts of organic material, chloride, and other impurities. F. Insulation board: One pound density rigid polystyrene insulation board with bonding and venting slots, as required by Factory Mutual and UL. Provide FM or UL approval label for wind uplift rating on each bundle. 1. Stepped insulation system: thickness as required to maintain average R resistance value of 20 for the roof system at the low point of the roof, or a minimum U value for the system of .05 Btuh/hr/sq. ft. G. Calcium chloride or any admixture containing chloride salts are not permitted. 2.3 ACCESSORIES A. Perimeter Joint Filler as Required by Manufacturer: Glass fiber strips, compressible to 50 percent original thickness under load of 25 with full recovery; (ASTM C-612). B. Vents: Type recommended by lightweight aggregate manufacturer. 2.4 CONCRETE MIX A. General: Design lightweight insulating concrete mix to produce the following minimum physical properties. 1. Wet Density at Point of Placement: 60 pcf, when tested in accordance with ASTM C 138. 2. Oven -Dry Density: 38 pcf, when tested in accordance with ASTM C 495. 3. Compressive Strength: Minimum 300 psi, when tested in accordance with ASTM C 495. B. Cement to aggregate ratio: 1:3:5 CF. C. Minimum amount of water required to produce a workable mix. D. Comply with lightweight insulating concrete manufacturer recommendations for maximum air content. 2.5 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL A. Tests: 1. Coordinate fastener testing and other testing as required with Section 07530. THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER 03520-4 HLM 90007.00-1 BID GROUP TWO ADDENDUM #3-SEPTEMBER 13, 1991 SECTION 03520 PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION INSULATING CONCRETE A. Examine prior construction and conditions under which work will be performed. B. Do not proceed with the work until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. C. Verify that deck surface is suitable to receive work of this Section. 3.2 PREPARATION A. Control Joints: Install control joints at perimeter of roof deck and at junctures with vertical surfaces, including curbs, walls, and vents, for full depth of insulating concrete, as recommended by the manufacturer of Insulating Concrete System. 1. Provide 1-inch wide expansion joint material for roof areas with dimensions up to 100 ft. in length; 1-1/2 inches thick for roof area dimensions exceeding 100 ft. 3.3 INSTALLATION A. Place lightweight insulating concrete in accordance with manufacturer's instructions, using equipment and procedures to avoid segregation of mix and loss of air content. Deposit and screed in a continuous operation until an entire panel or section or roof area is completed. Do not vibrate or work mix except for screeding or floating. Place lightweight insulating concrete to depths and slopes as shown on approved shop drawings. Leave top surface in acceptable condition to receive subsequent roofing application. B. Begin curing operations immediately after placement, and air cure for not less than three days in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. C. Provide temporary protection of removable waterproof covering to prevent direct exposure to moisture. 3.4 CURING A Air cure in accordance with light weight aggregate manufacturer's instructions. A. Protect insulating concrete from excess evaporation of surface moisture. 3.5 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Field inspection and testing for dry density will be performed under provisions of Section 01410. B. Testing laboratory will take three test samples from each 75 or less cu ydF of insulating concrete placed. THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER 03520-5 HLM 90007.00-1 BID GROUP TWO ADDENDUM #3-SEPTEMBER 13, 1991 SECTION 03520 INSULATING CONCRETE 1. Test in accordance with ASTM C-172, except as modified by ASTM C 495. 2. Determine wet density in accordance with ASTM C-138. 3. Determine compressive strength and oven -dry density in accordance with ASTM C 495. Make at least 6 molds during each placement. C. Drainage test: Upon curing of a section of the roof, water test for drainage in presence of Architect. I. In the event that roof does not drain properly, or low areas occur, fill in low areas and cut back high areas per manufacturer instructions, refinish and retest. 0. Report test results to Architect and lightweight insulating concrete producer within 24 hours of completion of each test. 3.6 DEFECTIVE WORK A. General: Refinish, or remove and replace lightweight insulating concrete surfaces that are too rough to receive finish roofing, or where physical properties do not meet specified requirements. ******************** END OF SECTION 03520 THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER 03520-6 HLM 90007.00-1 BID GROUP TWO ADDENDUM #3-SEPTEMBER 13, 1991 ADDENDUM NO. 4 NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION FACILITY Bid Package No. 10, Precast Concrete Bid Package No. 11, Hydraulic Elevators Bid Package No. 12, Precast Embeds September 20, 1991 The time and date for receipt of bids, and the location for receipt of bids, remains the same. Modification No. 1: Incorporate the attached Prebid II Meeting Minutes, of September 17, 1991 meeting, into the bidding documents. Modification No. 2: Technical Specification section 14240, page 8, paragraph 2.5 Hoistway Entrances, item E., revise to read: if E. Sill: Extruded aluminum." Modification No. 3: Section 00805, Supplementary General Conditions, Article 12, add the following new subparagraph 12.3.3: of 12.3.3 Unless otherwise agreed in writing, the Contractor shall carry on the Work and maintain its progress during any dispute proceeding, and the Owner shall continue to make payments to the Contractor in accordance with the Contract Documents. Disputes unresolved shall be settled in accordance with subparagraph 7.1.1." 09/20/91 ADDENDUM NO. 4 Page 1 PRE -BID MEETING II MINUTES NEW DETENTION CENTER Bid Package No. 10, Precast Concrete Bid Package No. 11, Hydraulic Elevators Bid Package No. 12, Precast Embeds Date: September 17, 1991, 10:OOam Location: Morrison-Knudsen/Gerrits Office, Stock Island Attendees: See attached list, made a part of these minutes. The following issues were discussed. These minutes are not to change, modify, add or delete from the requirements of the bidding documents. 1. Site Conditions A. Site cleared, and retention basins shaped. B. Attention was drawn to subsurface peat layer conditions which affect crane lifting operations. 2. Safety items and temporary stairs were discussed. 3. Utility Routing Coordination was discussed. 4. Drawing 1.03 - There was comment that this drawing was not included in the bidding documents. After the meeting, it was determined that this drawing, as well as all other Bid Group 1 reference drawings, were made a part of the Bid Group 2 set of drawings. They appear at the back of the original set of Bid Group 2 drawings. 5. Contractor's Qualification Statement Table of Contents notes this as 'Contractor Evaluation Form'. This is the same form, and is the standard AIA Document A305. The financial statement is also required to be submitted as described in AIA Document A305. 6. Addendum No. 3 was made available to attendees. It will be sent out today to all other plan holders of record. 7. All Owner Options listed on each proposal form are to be bid. 09/17/91 MEETING MINUTES 1 MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER PRE -BID MEETING II SEPTEMBER 17, 1991 10:00 am Bid Package No. 10, Precast Concrete Bid Package No. 11, Hydraulic Elevators Bid Package No. 12, Precast Embeds NAME COMPANY PHONE ex. John Smith Smith Metal Works, Inc. 294-5000 1. To x y -P/SC,1%P1 6 W47_1m�*L Pear?Q,U l&ytD 913 - SEN 7,6 7/ 2. 3. �jt�L. i�AZt�,izUv� }�ovY�LD S Uaf J �l3 6;5 zj - C1255 4. PAUL VIZAGMER P©MCD It550C41 613-i j -92550 5. Jai 5?a'C'k M1G/ C-7 z q2 - 784S 6. 7. i"J L n+2E.usr - S rrp SSCaf f4 9. 10. 11. ftDAPA ftr�%44 1 V� &VA Zoaklwo l 12 .C%V1/ ,�, 13. 14. 15. 16. 09/17/91 SIGN -IN SHEET 1